■ '.-r- 
 
 
 i in- I 
 
 
 /i- 
 
 
 . -• . .* . r. ■- • 
 
Digitized by the Internet Archive 
 in 2017 with funding from 
 Boston Library Consortium Member Libraries 
 
 A 
 
 https://archive.org/details/campaigninginphi00faus_0 
 
OPPORTUNITY 
 
 Master ot human destiny am I; 
 
 Fame, love and fortune on my footsteps wait , 
 Cities and fields I walk ; I penetrate 
 Deserts and seas remote, and passing by 
 Hovel, mart and palace, soon or late 
 I knock unbidden once at every gate. 
 
 If sleeping, wake ; if feasting, rise before 
 I turn away. It is the hour of fate. 
 
 And those who follow me reach every state 
 Mortals desire, and conquer every foe. 
 
 Save death ; but those who doubt or hesitate, 
 Condemned to failure, penury and woe. 
 
 Seek me in vain and uselessly implore — 
 
 I answer not and I return no more. 
 
 —fOHN /. INGALLS. 
 
CAMPAIGNING 
 
 IN THE 
 
 PHILIPPINES 
 
 ILLUSTRATED 
 
 BY 
 
 KARL IRVING FAUST 
 
 
 SAN FRANCISCO 
 
 I HE HICKS-JUDD COMPANY PUBLISHERS 
 
^<5 
 
 Copyright 1899 by 
 THE HICKS-JUDD COMPANY 
 vSan Francisco, Cal. 
 
 O’NEILL LIBRAh* 
 BOSTON COLLEGE 
 
 U" 
 
 NOV 1 6 1994 
 
Preface. 
 
 W HEN the idea of compiling an historical account of the operations of the American forces 
 in the Philippine Islands was conceived, the war clouds had nearly all disappeared from 
 the horizon, and all that remained were those caused by the prospect of trouble with the 
 insurgents, which, however, were not supposed to be serious. It was expected that the volun- 
 teer regiments would be speedily replaced by regulars, who would only be needed for policing 
 the islands. 
 
 It was intended, therefore, to give in this book an accurate description of the campaign, 
 from Dewey’s great victory to the return of the volunteers, and, in addition, a brief description 
 of the islands. It was also proposed to publish special editions of the book for each of the 
 volunteer regiments, which would contain, in addition to the foregoing, a detailed account of 
 the experience of the regiments from date of mustering into service as volunteers to their 
 return to the United States. In order to obtain this information, it was found necessary to go 
 to Manila, and consequently on December 24, 181)8, Mr. Kare Irving P'aust, to whom is due 
 the credit of having conceived and carried into execution this work sailed from San Francisco 
 on the steamer Gaelic, bound for Manila via Hongkong, with plans and prospectus for com- 
 piling such a book. 
 
 Arriving at Manila on February 2, 1899, it soon became apparent that the plans must be 
 changed. Dark foreboding clouds were hanging over the city, and for more than a month 
 there had been ominous rumors of an outbreak of hostilities Two days later the expected 
 happened, and the real campaign of the Eighth Army Corps commenced in dead earnest. 
 
 It at once became evident that there would be great deeds to be recorded on many fields, 
 involving time and labor far exceeding that which had been anticipated and provided for. 
 Mr. Faust at once set about organizing a competent staff of writers who would follow up the 
 troops and be eye-witnesses to whatever happened. The data thus collected must be collated, 
 condensed and arranged. Fortunately the volunteer regiments furnished abundant material 
 for doing this most important work. 
 
 The commanding officer of each regiment was visited with the object of securing his co- 
 operation in compiling an accurate account of the operations of his regiment. A man was 
 found in each of these regiments competent to write the story, and the official records of the 
 regiments were placed at his disposal. From first to last we enjoyed the hearty and effective 
 co-operation of all the division brigade, and regimental commanders, who placed at our com- 
 mand all facilities, records and information so far as military regulations would permit. 
 
 We were fortunate in securing the services of Mr. PETER MacQueen. the Boston clergyman 
 and journalist, who had come fresh from the battles about Santiago, where he had become 
 associated in a non-official way with the famous “Rough Riders,” among whom his conduct 
 had been such as to win the distinction of being one of the two civilians to be decorated with 
 the medal of the regiment, and formally adopted as one of its members. He had also rendered, 
 during the Cuban campaign, important services to the government which were recognized 
 when he came to Manila, by letters from the Secretary of War, which gave him ready access, 
 for the purpose of obtaining information, to all commanding and other officers in the govern- 
 ment service. Mr. MacQueen at once entered heartily into the spirit of the enterprise, and 
 from the time of his joining the staff assumed the direct charge of the collection of official data 
 from general, division and brigade headquarters. 
 
 As it was intended that the book should be profusely illustrated, photographers were em- 
 ployed to go with the different expeditions, and the many pictures secured of troops in action 
 speak more plainly than words the danger and difficulties under which they were taken. The 
 old Spanish galleries of Manila were ransacked for views of the interior of Fuzon and beyond 
 the lines occupied by our troops. A canvass was also made of the members of the different 
 
IV 
 
 CampaignUig ifi the Philippines. 
 
 regiments who had cameras in the field, and some very fine views of troops in action were 
 obtained in this way. The views which appear in this book are those selected from more than 
 fifteen hundred photographs collected by our staff. 
 
 Maps of all the battlefields and movements of the expeditions are shown in the book. 
 The maps were made by Mr. P. E. Lamar, C. E., the official map-maker of the Second Division, 
 Eight Army Corps, who personally accompanied each expedition with a company of surveyors, 
 and the maps made by him have been endorsed as officially correct by the commanding generals. 
 These maps have been copyrighted by Mr. Lamar, who has published a large map, 64x46 inches, 
 and permission has been secured at considerable expense to use the map in sections in this book. 
 
 We desire to acknowledge our great obligations to Admiral Dewey and Lieutenant-Com- 
 mander Colvocoresses of the Olympia, Major-Generals Lawton, Mac Arthur and Anderson and 
 Brigadier-Generals King, Ovenshine, Hale, Wheaton, H. G. Otis, Hall, Funston, Summers and 
 Smith for facilities, suggestions, and such information as military regulations permitted them 
 to give. This history will be found accurate, so far as earnest zeal and industry on the part of 
 those best informed can make it so. The narrative in the first chapter, describing the naval 
 battle of Manila Bay, was written by Lieutenant-Commander G. P. Colvocoresses of the 
 Olympia, an old schoolmate of Admiral Dewey. The other chapters were prepared in the office, 
 from data collected as above stated in the field and from official records. While this method 
 prevents a certain uniformity of expression and literary finish which would appear in the work 
 of one writer, the fact that many thousands of the book have been sold in advance of publica- 
 tion makes it imperative to complete the work at the earliest possible date, consistent with 
 accuracy, and it would be the work of at least two years for one person to digest the immense 
 quantity of original data which we have collected, and prepare a narrative therefrom. 
 
 Special editions containing about one hundred pages additional matter giving a complete 
 history of the regiment from date of muster-in to muster-out are published for sale in States 
 which sent volunteer regiments to the Philippine Islands. Each of these editions contain the 
 name, rank, postoffice address, and occupation of every man in the regiment ; a list of killed 
 and wounded ; all deaths, with date and cause ; all discharges, promotions, etc. A certificate 
 from the commanding officer of the regiment verifies the history as officially correct. Cuts of 
 each company, the field and staff officers, band and hospital corps are shown. Many of these 
 company pictures were taken in view of the enemy, while the regiment was entrenched, and in 
 several cases the company was fired upon while being photographed. 
 
 THE HICKS-JUDD PUBLISHING COMPANY. 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 Chapter. Page. 
 
 I. The American Fleet at Manila 1 
 
 The Battle of Manila Bay, 3 ; A Spanish Version of the Battle, 8 ; Disputed 
 Points, 10; The Actions of the German Fleet, 13; Impressions of Admiral 
 Dewey, 15. 
 
 II. Events Leading to the War with Spain 17 
 
 The Cuban Atrocities, 17 ; Senator Proctor’s Report, 18 ; The Destruction 
 of the Maine, 21 ; Report of the Court of Inquiry, 22 ; The President’s 
 Message, 25 ; Further Official Acts, 27 ; Congress Recognizes the Indepen- 
 dence of Cuba, 29 ; War Declared Between the United States and 
 Spain, 30. 
 
 III. After the Battle of Manila Bay 33 
 
 American Policy Undetermined, 33 ; Conditions Under Spanish Rule, 34 ; 
 
 Society of the Katipunan, 35 ; Rebellion of 1890, 35 ; Aguinaldo Appears, 
 
 36 ; Changes in the Governor Generalship, 37 ; The “ Pact of Peace,” 38; 
 
 Money Paid by the Spanish to the Insurgents, 39 ; The Tragedy of the 
 Calle de Camba, 41 ; Allocution by the Archbishop of Madrid, 42 ; 
 Aguinaldo Meets the American Consul-General, 42 ; The Terms of an 
 Alleged Agreement, 44; Proclamation of the Philippine Junta, 46; 
 Constitution Proclaimed by Aguinaldo, 49 ; Aguinaldo’s Message to his 
 People, 52. 
 
 IV. The Reinforcement of Dewey 55 
 
 The Strength of the Reinforcement Determined, 55; General Merritt 
 Assigned to Command, 56; Departure of First Expedition, 56; The Capture 
 of Guam, 57 ; Naval Reinforcements, 58 ; More Reinforcements Arrive, 
 
 58 ; Difficulties of Rapid Mobilization, 59 ; The Troops in San Fran- 
 cisco, 60 ; Supply and Transportation System Organized, 60 ; The 
 Transport System, 61; Cost of Transport Service and Charters, 62; 
 
 Troops Sent to Manila, 63-70. 
 
 V. The Capture of Manila 71 
 
 The Fortifications of Manila, 71 ; The Spanish Dungeons, 72 ; The Gates, 
 
 Forts and Barricades, 72 ; The Spanish Block-houses, 73 ; Construction 
 of Spanish Trenches, 74 ; The Filipino Insurgents, 75 ; Filipinos not 
 to Share in the Attack, 76 ; Camp Dewey Established, 76 ; Position of 
 the American Troops, 77 ; Embarrassments of the American Com- 
 manders, 78 ; Misconduct of German Amiral, 78 ; Rumored Coming of 
 Camara’s Fleet, 79 ; The Plan of Attack, 81 ; Organization of the 
 American Forces, 82 ; The Nature of the Ground, 82 ; Difficulties in 
 Landing Troops, 84 ; The Health of the Command, 84 ; Aguinaldo 
 Addresses the Powers, 85 ; Growing Antagonism between the Amer- 
 icans and Filipinos, 85; Work of Troops before Fall of Manila, 86; 
 Arrangements with Aguinaldo, 87 ; Americans Occupy Filipino 
 Trenches, 88 ; The Battle in the Rain, 89 ; Good Conduct of the 
 Volunteers, 93 ; The Americans Ready to Attack Manila, 94 ; The P'leet 
 Takes Position, 95 ; Efforts to Induce Surrender 95 ; Alleged Arrange- 
 ment for a Sham Battle, 96 ; The Fleet Begins the Attack, 96 ; General 
 Merritt Orders an Attack, 97 ; The Alleged Peaceful Program Miscarries, 
 
 98; The Fall of the City, 100 ; Articles of Capitulation, 101. 
 
VI 
 
 Caniparg7ii7ig hi the Philippines. 
 
 CHAPTER. PAGE. 
 
 VI. From the Capture oe Manila to Revolt op' the Filipinos 1<'3 
 
 Proclamation of General Merritt, 103; P'ilipinos in Control of the Country, 
 
 105 ; Complications with the Filipinos, 105 ; General Merritt Consults 
 Aniiral Dewey, 107 ; The President Gives Instructions, 108 ; General 
 Merritt Reports on Aguinaldo, 108 ; Otis Succeeds Merritt, 109; The P'ili- 
 pinos Ordered to Remove, 109; The Filipinos Evacuate, 110; The Mili- 
 tary Government. Ill ; The Filipinos Object to Cleanliness, 111 ; News 
 of the Coming Peace, 112; The Filipinos Accumulate Arms, 113 ; Sanitary 
 Regulations Enforced, 113 ; The Spanish Prison-Houses Opened, 114 ; The 
 Pdscal Admi istration, 114; A Commission Appointed, 115; The Treaty 
 of Peace Signed, 115; The President Declares the United States Sovereign 
 in the Philippines, 117 ; Aguinaldo Replies to the President, 118 ; Military 
 Government in the Philippines, 120. 
 
 VII. The Revolt of the Filipinos 125 
 
 The Military Situation, 125 ; The Disposition of our Troops, 126; A Period 
 of Suspense, 127 ; Otis’ Brigade of MacArthur’s Division. 129 ; Hale’s Bri- 
 gade of MacArthur’s Division, 131 ; Operations South of Pasig River, 
 
 135 ; The Troops of the Provost Guard, 139 ; Operation of the Fleet, 140; 
 
 The Filipinos Plan a Massacre, 143 ; The Attempt to Loot Manila, 144 ; 
 
 Great Destruction of Property by Fire, 145 ; The Attempted Massacre 
 Fails, 145 ; The Insurrectos Ask a Conference, 147 ; Renewed Attacks on 
 the Water-Works, 147 ; Wheaton’s Flying Column, 148 ; Reorganization 
 of Army Coips, 151 ; The Philippine Commission, 152. 
 
 VHI. The March ON Malolos 155 
 
 Position of Opposing Armies, 155 ; Reorganization of MacArthur’s Division, 
 
 156; The Nature of the Country, 156 ; No General Engagement, 157 ; 
 Operations of Hale’s Brigade, 158 ; Operations of Otis’ Brigade, 165 ; 
 Operations of Wheaton’s Brigade, 169 ; The Gilmore Incident, 173. 
 
 IX. MacArthur’s March on San Fernando 175 
 
 Wheaton’s Operations Along the Railroad, 175 ; Hale’s Operations from 
 Malolos to Calumpit, 177 ; Operations of Wheaton’s Brigade to Calumpit, 
 
 184 ; Hale’s Brigade from Calumpit to San Fernando, 187 ; Operations of 
 Wheaton’s Brigade, Calumpit to San Fernando, 192 ; General Funston 
 Succeeds General Wheaton, 193 ; Hall’s Move on Morong, 194. 
 
 X. Lawton’s Lake Expedition 197 
 
 Object of the Expedition, 197 ; Detail for the Expedition, 198 ; The Com- 
 mand Begins the Move, 2('0 ; The Expedition Landed, 201 ; The Loss on 
 Both Sides, 202 ; The Work of the Gunboats, 202 ; Movements After the 
 Fight, 202 ; Heroism of the Wounded, 204 ; Return to Manila, 206. 
 
 XI. Lawton’s Northern Expedition 207 
 
 Organization of the Command, 207 ; Purposes of the Expedition, 207 ; 
 Novaliches Occupied, 208 ; The Column Reaches San Jose, 210 ; Partial 
 Burning of Angat, 211; General Lawton Reports Progress, 212; Com- 
 munications Disturbed, 213 ; Gallant Behavior of Wm. H. Young, 214 ; 
 
 The Command Occupies San Rafael, 214 ; Young’s Scouts Organized, 215; 
 
 San Rafael Captured Again, 215 ; The Column Reaches Baliuag, 216 ; 
 
 Natives Fed from Captured Stores ; 217 ; Maasim Occupied, 218 ; Large 
 Amounts of Stores Captured, 218 ; A Mythical Insurgent Army, 220 ; A 
 Civil Government Established at Baliuag, 220 ; A Concerted Movement 
 Planned, 222 ; Remarkable Gallantry of Young’s Scouts, 223 ; Chief 
 Scout Young Mortally Wounded, 225 ; San Miguel Occupied, 225 ; Lieu- 
 tenant Thornton Succeeds Chief Scout Young, 227 ; Scout Harrington 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 vii 
 
 Killed ; The Column Reaches San Isidro, 228 ; The Filipino Peace Com- 
 mission, 228 ; An Engagement near San Fernando, 229 ; The Expedition 
 Breaks up at Candaba, 230. 
 
 XII. Lawton’s Paranaquk Campaign 233 
 
 The Click of the Guns, 233 ; The Signal Corps at Work, 234 ; The Work of 
 the Expedition, 235 ; Paranaque Occupied, 236 ; The Fighting Continued, 
 
 237 ; Result of the Operations, 240. 
 
 XIII. Expeditions to the Southern Iseands 241 
 
 Operations on Panay, 241 ; Operations in Cebu, 245 ; Occupation of Negros, 
 
 217 ; The Sulu Archipelago, 249. 
 
 XIV. The Gunboat Flotiei.a 253 
 
 The Laguna de Bay, 254; Various P'ights on the Rivers, 255; Captures 
 by the Flotilla, 257; Later Events in the Islands, 257 ; Character of the 
 Campaign now Opening, 258. 
 
 XV. The Phiuippine Iseands and Their Peopee 259 
 
 Physical Aspects, 259 ; Early History Unknown, 260 ; Political Subdivisions, 
 
 261 ; The Visayas, 263; The Sulu Archipelago, 265 ; An Early Account 
 of the Islands, 266 ; The Visayans in Early Times, 269 ; Ancient Form of 
 Government, 270 ; The System of Slavery, 271 ; Marriage Institutions, 
 
 272 ; Deterioration of the Filipino, 272 ; A British Opinion of the 
 Filipinos, 275 ; Business Capacity of the Natives, 276 ; Climatic Conditions, 
 
 277 ; The Typhoons, 279 ; The Oceanic Currents, 280 ; The Unhealthfulness 
 of Manila, 281 ; Commerce of the Islands, 282 ; Natural Products, 283 ; 
 
 Mining Industries, 286. 
 
 The Voyage from San Francisco to M^niea 289 
 
 SUPPEEMENT 301 
 
 The Staff Department of the Army, 301 ; The Engineer Corps: 301 ; The Batcalion 
 of Engineers, 301; The Engineer Corps in the Philippines, 302 ; The Quarter- 
 master’s Department, 302; Operating a Railroad, 302; The Subsistence Depart- 
 ment, 303; Rations on the Transports, 304 ; Rations in the Field, 304 ; The Travel 
 Ration, 301 ; The Medical Department, 301 ; The Supply and Ambulance Service, 
 305 ; Medical Department of the 8th Army Corps, 305 ; Victims of War in the 
 Philippines, 306 ; Noble Work of the Volunteer Lady Physicians, 307 ; The Red 
 Cross Work, 307 ; The Signal Corps, 308 ; The Chaplains in the Army, 309; 
 Sketches of some Chaplains, 313 ; A Deserved Acknowledgment, 314. 
 
CHAPTER 1. 
 
 THE AMERICAN FLEET AT MANILA. 
 
 Take a hold o’ the wings o’ the morhin’ 
 
 And flop ’round the world till you’re dead; 
 
 But you can’t get away from the tune that they play 
 To the bloomin’ old rag overhead. — Kipling. 
 
 NE of the most wonderful events of history is the American 
 occupation of the Philippines. When the Spanish-American 
 war began, these islands were hardly thought of in the prob- 
 lem. The archipelago was to most of us simply a few 
 blotches on our geographies; and Admiral Dewey was a Com- 
 modore at the close of an honorable but obscure career. The 
 big headlines were all about Santiago and Havana, Ponce and 
 Porto Rico, Sampson, Schley and the Rough Riders. Sud- 
 denly from a clear sky and an un visited sea, rose clouds and constellations; nations 
 were confused; American patriotism and glory were put on pinnacles; and the 
 deeds of a simple, quiet gentleman with a company of American Jacktars were 
 placed in the pantheon of history along with those of Earragut and mighty Nelson. 
 
 It was expected by the civilized world that this war would keep its limits in 
 the West Indies. In fact one of the great nations made a move to have the 
 United States understand that the trade of the world was not to be interfered with 
 outside the zone affected by the principles at stake in the island of Cuba. The 
 theater of war has changed. The West Indies are no more interesting than 
 Van Dieman’s land; and the focus of American history and the cynosure 
 of statesmen is the remote archipelago, lying in the China Sea, seven 
 thousand miles from our western coast. Nor was the change in scene the only 
 miracle. The change in the attitude of the nation was greater than the distance 
 that separates Havana from Manila. The war began in the sacred name of libera- 
 tion for a fettered people, dragging their chains in pain and sweat. To-day in 
 jungles of Euzon, by the rivers of Panay, and along the shores of Cebu a sullen 
 people dispute us inch by inch, straining every human effort to be free from the 
 governance of the liberators. To the Filipinos in their long contest for liberty, we 
 appear as the European oppressor appeared to our forefathers who wrought out 
 human rights at Valley Forge and Bunker Hill. Flying with their wives and 
 children to the hills, burning their homes with their own hands; killed by the 
 thousand in the rice-fields and the cane-brakes; driven like wild beasts back to 
 mountain lair — the mightiest nation in the world can not but dread the audacity 
 of their despair. 
 
 The problem is as grave as any that ever put swordcuts of thought on human 
 brows. These islands lie in fair summer seas. They are rich in furrowed field 
 
o 
 
 CiiDipaigHDig in the Philippines. 
 
 and forest height; in the river beds that gleam and the hills that are crowded with 
 waiting metals. Yet their history has been and is to-day a history of blackness 
 and darkness; a history of work and want, of ignorance and fear. No star, no 
 hope as yet shines out for them. In the ruthless game of nations where the 
 pawns are men, the Filipinos must play a losing game. The chains of Spain 
 must be exchanged for the strong government which America, however unwil- 
 lingly, in the evolution of history, must place upon these islands. The history of 
 how this has come about is one of the romances of the nineteenth century. 
 
 There was a time when England trembled at Philip the Tyrant, called the 
 Second of Spain. He was a supreme bigot and thief. He stole, among his many 
 thefts, 1 14,000 square miles of island real estate in the Malay archipelago, and called 
 them the Philippines. Spain never conquered them; Euzon, the largest, was never 
 colonized; Mindanao, the second largest, was never explored. Some 
 
 of the flora and fauna of these ... islands are at this moment 
 
 no better known than 
 
 tidious gentleman in 
 said to a friend that 
 and would like 
 more before he 
 man was ap- 
 rather obscure 
 Pacific. The 
 large, and the 
 might have 
 one of its many 
 had a small 
 well equipped 
 great deal about 
 sailor. He had been 
 and had tied a certain 
 top of the Hartford. At 
 turned up at Hongkong with 
 
 those of Mars. A fas- 
 the American navy 
 he was getting old 
 just one voyage 
 retired. This 
 pointed to a 
 post in the 
 Pacific is quite 
 old gentleman 
 been lost in 
 monsoons. He 
 fleet, but it was 
 Nobody knew a 
 this American 
 in the Civil War, 
 Farragut to the main 
 
 last the fastidious sailor 
 about twenty dress suits. He was 
 a perfect gentleman. Very difficult to snub this man. A German prince tried it 
 once, but was severely taken down. A message of import having arrived 
 shortly after our sailor reached China, he sailed away towards the Malay 
 archipelago. The next heard from him was a story so astonishing that the 
 world was shaken. It was said that this American gentleman, with his slim 
 fleet, had entered a defended harbor at night, silenced its guns, and destroyed 
 utterly and beyond remedy the fleet which guarded the entrance. Wilder 
 than all was the incredible story that he had not lost a single man in the action. 
 The man of many suits had played well. King Philip’s real estate suffered a 
 considerable jar. America had long been a sinister omen for Spain. In 1783 the 
 United States were declared free ; in that year Bolivar was born. By the 
 time Bolivar died, Spain had lost South America. The Antilles alone were 
 left her in the west. She could not reform. On February 15, 1898, the Maine 
 was destroyed at Havana, and the war was on. 
 
Cauipaigiiing in the Philippines. 
 THE BATTLE OF MANILA BAY. 
 
 3 
 
 INTBRIOR FT. SAX ANTONIO. 
 
 On the 24th of April, 1898, the Secretary of the Navy of the United States 
 sent the following cablegram: 
 
 Dewey, Hongkong, China. 
 
 War has commenced between the United States and Spain. Proceed at once to the Philip- 
 pine Islands. Commence operations at once, particularly against the Spanish fleet. You 
 must capture vessels or destroy them. 
 
 That same day the British Commander of Hongkong, owing to the fact that 
 his government had declared its neutrality, gave notice to the American squadron 
 that it would have to clear port inside of twenty-four hours. 
 
 The American fleet left Hongkong, China, under the com- 
 mand of Commodore Dewey in the flagship Olympia on 
 Friday, April 25th, bound for the Philippine Islands, 
 fully equipped as to ammunition, coal and provisions, and 
 with an extra supply carried along in the transports 
 Nanshan and Zajiro, recently put under the American flag. 
 
 After a short stop at Mirs Bay the fleet got under way for 
 the seat of future operations in the following formation: 
 
 Olympia, Baltimore, Raleigh, Concord, Petrel and Bosto7i, 
 and after arriving off the Island of Uuzon steamed slowly 
 in the direction of Manila Bay. On the afternoon of 
 Saturday, April 30th, the Bosto^i, Concord, and later the 
 Baltimore, were sent ahead to reconnoiter Point Subig. 
 
 Finding no sign of the enemy, our ships again assembled in the original forma- 
 tion, with the transports convoyed by the despatch boat, McCulloch, forming a 
 separate column to the right. For the further operations of the fleet in the battle 
 of Manila Bay, we quote from an article prepared for Campaigning in the 
 Philippines, by Uieutenant-Commander G. P. Colvocoresses, executive oflicer of 
 the Olympia. 
 
 “When the United States squadron was off Subig Bay on the afternoon of 
 April 30th the captains were as.sembled on board the flagship, and on returning 
 to their vessels it was learned that we go immediately to Manila Bay, anchor and 
 
 ^ be prepared to bombard the 
 
 arsenal at eight o’clock in the 
 morning. We proceeded at a 
 speed of eight knots in the 
 following formation, single 
 column, four hundred yards 
 distance: Olympia (flying the 
 broad pennant of George 
 Dewey), Baltimore, Raleigh, 
 Petrel, Concord and the Boston, 
 the despatch boat, McCulloch 
 and the transports Nanshan and Zafiro. The ships were cleared for action and 
 the crews were at their guns. The entrance to Manila Bay was made at 
 midnight. There were known to be batteries there, and it was probable that 
 
 EFFECT OF SHELLS ON FORT SAN ANTONIO. 
 
4 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 SAN JUAN DR AUSTRIA. 
 
 Photo hy Bishop. 
 
 the channels had been mined. Corregidor Island is at the mouth of the bay, 
 and on either side of it are channels named Boca Chica and Boca Grande, 
 two and one-half and six miles wide respectively. It was a beautiful starlight 
 
 night. A gentle breeze tem- 
 pered the intense tropical 
 heat. A young moon, occas- 
 ionally veiled by clouds, was 
 in the zenith, and the sea 
 was smooth. Silently and in 
 perfect order the squadron 
 entered the Boca Grande, and 
 suddenly a light gleamed from the summit of Corregidor, probably signaling our 
 approach. As we passed a large rock called El Fraile, a rocket was fired, followed 
 by the boom of a gun over the still waters, and a shot hurtled between the main 
 and mizzen masts of the Concord. It was immediately replied to and the Raleigh 
 had the honor of firing the first shot. We had been fired upon by a battery of 
 four seven-inch guns on El Fraile. The squadron continued up the bay, the 
 stillness occasionally broken by the cry of the lookouts announcing a light upon 
 the distant shore. 
 
 ‘ ‘ At the first break of dawn we could make out the shipping of the city of 
 Manila, apparently consisting only of merchant vessels. At 5:05 A. m. a battery 
 near the city opened on the squadron, and immediately a number of shots were 
 exchanged with it. The Spanish range, however, proved too short. Our trans- 
 ports here left us in order to keep out of fire, and the increasing daylight disclosed 
 the shadowy forms of the Spanish men-of-war at Cavite on the eastern shore of 
 the bay about five miles distant — phantom-like they appeared gliding about in the 
 mist. The smoke was pouring from their stacks and it was evident that they 
 were forming in line of battle. This line extended from behind and beyond a 
 long low sandy spit known as Sangley Point, which partly 
 encloses the little bay of Canacao, in the rear of which 
 is Cavite, where the arsenal is situated. The point 
 was defended by batteries which protected the left 
 flank of the line. The vessels behind it were fairly , 
 
 sheltered from fire, while the right flank was ex- 
 tended into such shallow water that it could not 
 be turned. The Spanish vessels were in close 
 order, and as the mist lifted, the proud red 
 and yellow banners of Castile and Leon could 
 be seen grandly floating from each masthead. 
 
 ‘ ‘ Our fleet in splendid order turned to the 
 right and went for the foe at full speed, the Stars 
 and Stripes fluttering in the breeze, and the signal 
 ‘ Commence Action ’ flying from the yards of the 
 Olympia; only one other signal, ‘ Close Up,’ was made during the first part of 
 the combat. It was a grand moment, and as we advanced the Spaniards opened 
 fire. The zip-zip of their shells increased; soon a reply was given as each of our 
 
 Photo hy Bishop. 
 ISLA DR CUBA. 
 
Caiiipaioiiiui^ i)i the Philippines. 
 
 5 
 
 vessels came within range, and the steady booming of the guns became a 
 deafening roar. Everyone was almost deaf, and altogether begrimed with 
 smoke before the action was over. 
 
 “ A supposed torpedo-boat was seen, making for our leader, but it was obliged 
 to turn back and was beached and abandoned. No torpedo-boat in the world 
 could have passed that shell-swept interval of a mile and a half. Our squadron 
 defiled before the Spanish line, pouring in its shower of death with terrible effect 
 from the port battery; and turning, it continued the same steady shower with the 
 starboard guns. Seven separate times our ships performed this evolution as if on 
 parade, and the Spaniards met our fire with the greatest bravery. They had fully 
 a hundred guns playing upon us from their vessels and batteries; but their aim was 
 poor, and the power of their artillery was inferior to ours, although they had a 
 number of five-inch and six-inch breech-loading rifles. The effect was soon 
 apparent; a large lead-colored cruiser which was taken to be the Reina Christijia 
 presented the best target, and suffered terribly. Her ensign was shot away, but it 
 was soon rehoisted, and it was evident that she was on fire, as we could see the fire- 
 hose playing aloft. A Spanish vessel went to her relief and appeared to be taking 
 men from her. Two 
 gunboats particu- 
 larly distin- 
 guished them- ! 
 selves, steam- 
 i n g up and 
 down behind 
 the point and 
 keeping a 
 steady fire up- 
 on us. These 
 vessels were the 
 Is la de Cuba and 
 
 the Isla de Luzon. battle of Manila bay. 
 
 “At 7:40 A. M. firing ceased by signal from the commander-in-chief, and we 
 withdrew from action, the men going to breakfast. They had stood at their guns 
 all night. The commanding officers were ordered to repair on board the flagship 
 and a council was held. Affairs looked grave; the extent of damage done the 
 enemy was not fully known; and the hot cannonade had expended a great quan- 
 tity of our ammunition. The spirit of men and officers was most admirable. For 
 two hours and a half they had served the guns with unflinching zeal and bravery, 
 and cheered at every telling shot, and now as their captains passed in their gigs, 
 they manned the rails and shout after shout rent the air. Sullenly the Spanish 
 guns joined in the uproar. 
 
 “No time was lost, and again our squadron stood in for the enemy and renewed 
 the contest with redoubled animation. The Spanish fire was slack. One of their 
 ships suffered an explosion and was wrapped in flames and smoke. The BaltP 
 more' s fire told heavily against the remaining guns of the Sangley battery. The 
 Concord received orders to go inside the Spanish line and destroy a large 
 
Canipaifrmng in the Philippines. 
 
 7 
 
 steamer that was in shallow water, obstructed by fish weirs, an ideal place 
 for torpedoes and mines. At the first volley, which was opened at long range, 
 ten boats loaded with men were seen to leave the steamer and land upon the beach. 
 Our position was particularly favorable for enfilading two Spanish men-of-war 
 behind the mole at the arsenal, and this was improved to the best advantage by 
 all the division, whose work was most excellent. Every shot seemed to tell; 
 stones and clouds of dust flew from the walls of houses, and the shells passed 
 through the roofs, bursting beyond. 
 
 “At 12:25 not a Spanish flag was seen in the Canacao Bay except from the 
 staff of the sunken cruiser Don Antonio dc Ulloa submerged behind Sangley 
 Point. This vessel went down with her colors flying in the most gallant manner. 
 The Reina Christina, that had so bravely borne the brunt of battle, was a mass 
 of fire, sinking near the bastion of Cavite, while the Castilla was burning rapidly 
 in Canacao Bay. The remainder of the Spanish fleet had sought shelter behind 
 the arsenal, and several of them were also on fire. The guns of the batteries at 
 Sangley Point were silent and a white flag appeared on the shee .'s of the arsenal. 
 
 Concord continued to shell the steamer, and in 
 order to hasten operations, boats were hoisted out and 
 provided with combustibles for the purpose of burn- 
 ing; but before she had got any distance it was seen 
 that our shells had set her on fire. 
 
 “At 1:45 we were ordered to join the Petrel at 
 Cavite, where she was destroying the vessels at the 
 arsenal. As we neared her, she signaled, ‘ Have 
 destroyed eight vessels,’ and she had six small ves- 
 sels, tugs and launches in tow as prizes. When we 
 anchored, white flags were seen flying from various 
 points on shore and there was no longer any resistance. 
 
 The battle was won, and all the vessels of the Philippine 
 fleet had been destro 3 ^ed. 
 
 “ The Boston joined us at five o’clock, and we guarded the approach of Canacao 
 Bay for the night, while the remainder of the squadron anchored near the city. 
 The sun went down upon a ‘ wide and woeful sight ; ’ the beautiful cruisers 
 Reina Christina and Castilla were outlined from trucks to water line in flames 
 that burst out in great columns of rose-colored smoke as the fire reached some ex- 
 plosive. The Isla de Mindanao was a mass of fire on the shores of Eas Pinas, 
 while behind the arsenal tongues of flames shot high above the walls. 
 
 “ All night the calm moon looked down upon this scene of devastation, silvering 
 alike the cross upon the quaint old church of Cavite, the grey walls of the fort 
 and the shattered hulks in the bay. Our crew remained at the guns all night, 
 and early in the morning a launch flying a flag of truce came out. In it were an 
 aide-de-camp and his orderly, and they were taken to the flagship. Eater in the 
 morning the General commanding at Cavite and his staff passed us in mournful 
 procession. They had been to the flagship to surrender. Our men stood at atten- 
 tion as they neared, and saluted, which the Spanish officers returned with punc- 
 tiliousness. 
 
 
8 
 
 Campaiguuig in the Philippines. 
 
 “ The Spanish force at Cavite was about 2000 men belonging to the navy, with 
 a good many soldiers whose numbers we cannot ascertain. Their loss was esti- 
 mated from 900 to 1200 killed and wounded. The arsenal was abandoned in 
 
 great haste, only a few taking 
 time to get away their personal 
 effects, and large quantities of 
 stores, provisions and ammuni- 
 tion fell into our hands. The 
 REiNA CHRISTINA. churcli aiid hospitals of Cavite 
 
 were filled to overflowing with dead and wounded, and ten Spanish surgeons 
 and some Sisters of Mercy remained to take care of them. The following is 
 a list of the vessels destroyed or captured : Burned and sunk in action : 
 Rciiia Clu'istifia, flagship of Admiral Montejo; Castilla, cruiser; Don Antonio 
 de Ulloa, cruiser; Isla de Mindanao, mail steamer armed. Scuttled and burned 
 after the action; Don Jnan de Austria, cruiser; Isla de Cuba, gunboat; 
 Isla de Luzon, gunboat; Gen. Lezo, gunboat; Marquis del Duero, gunboat; 
 Eleano, gunboat; Velasco, gunboat; Argos, hydrographical vessel. Captured 
 since the battle : Manila, armed transport ; Callao, gunboat ; also several tugs 
 and launches. All the batteries in the bay had been dismantled. Our casualties 
 consisted in four slightly wounded, on board the Baltimore. Some shots struck 
 our vessels, but without doing the least harm.” 
 
 A SPANISH VERSION OF THE BATTEE OF MANILA BAY. 
 
 As General Otis said to one of the writers of this book: “All histories lie. 
 One man sees a battle and describes it ; another man sees it and describes it. 
 Their, accounts differ entirely.” Therefore, it may be interesting to know how 
 this battle seemed to the beaten foe. For this reason we quote from the Diario de 
 Manila of May 4, 1898, the following description of the great sea-fight as seen 
 by a Spaniard. The translation is by the chief officer of the Olympia, G. P. 
 Colvocoresses : 
 
 THE NAVAL COMBAT AT CAVITE. 
 
 As the sun rose above the mists and clouds that overhung our shores on the morning of 
 May 1st., the inhabitants of Manila saw with surprise and dismay the enemy’s squadron in 
 well-ordered line of battle on the waters of the bay. Who could have imagined that they 
 would have had the rashness to stealthily approach onr 
 shores, provoking our defenders to an unavailing display 
 of skill and valor, in which, alas ! balls could not be 
 propelled by heart throbs, else the result might have 
 been different? 
 
 The sound of shots from our batteries and those 
 from the enemy’s ships, which awakened the citizens 
 of Manila at five o’clock on that May morning, trans- 
 formed the character of our u.sual peaceful and happy 
 surrounding. Frightened at the prospects of dangers 
 that seemed greater than they were, women and children place of execution, cavite. 
 in carriages, or by whatever means they could, sought refuge in the outskirts of the city, 
 while all the men, from the highest to the lowest, the merchanband the mechanic, the soldier 
 and the peasant, the dwellers of the mainland and those of the coast, repaired to their posts 
 and took up arms, confident that never, except by passing over their dead bodies, should the 
 
Cauipaignins: in ihc Philippines. 
 
 9 
 
 soil of Manila be defiled by the enemy, notwithstanding that from the first it was apparent 
 that their armored ships and powerful guns were invulnerable to any effort at our command. 
 
 The walls of the public square, the towers of the church, the upper stories of houses and 
 every place that commanded a view of the bay was thronged by citizens whose duties as regulars 
 or volunteers did not assign them to posts within the city or on the decks of our ships. All 
 were eager to observe the least detail of the enemy’s vessels, which in perfect line of battle 
 advanced toward Cavite, parallel to the Manila shore, as if steaming out of the harbor. vShots 
 from the batteries and plaza produced no impression on the cruisers. The spectators on the 
 shore, with and without glasses continued to scan the advancing enemy ; they may have 
 been brave, but had no occasion to prove it since the range of their guns and the deficiencies 
 of our artillery enabled them to do us all the harm they wished with impunity. 
 
 Those who comprehended the undisturbed movements of the enemy, seemingly so inoffen- 
 sive, were filled with rage and desperation, realizing that there was no remedy, and only a 
 choice between honorable death or remaining in impassive cowardice. ^ 
 
 A soldier of the first battalion of sharpshooters who saw a squad- 
 ron so far out of range of our batteries, said, glancing up to 
 heaven, “ If Holy Mary would only transform that water into 
 land then the Yankees would see how we could fight;” and 
 a Malay squatting near by exclaimed, “ Let them land 
 and we will crush them under heel.” Meanwhile the 
 enemy proceeded with speed and safety in perfect 
 formation toward Cavite with a decision born of 
 security. At about 4:45 a., m. absolute silence reigned. 
 
 All was ready. Ideas of death and danger vanished 
 at approach of conflict, and the battle flags waved 
 proudly from the masts of the national vessels. 
 
 Majestically (for why should we not admit it), and 
 in perfect order of battle the nine Yankee vessels 
 bore down on our line. The Olympia flying the 
 Admiral’s flag led the way to Cavite at full speed and 
 behind her defiled the other vessels. As the enemy’s 
 squadron approached Cavite the crew of the mail 
 steamer I si a de Mindanao heard on board the Spanish 
 vessels the order to clear ship for action, and the 
 three cheers for the king, for the queen and for 
 Spain, and responded with frantic enthusiasm. 
 
 At 5:00 A. M. the Olympia opened fire, which 
 was instantly replied to by the battery mounted on 
 the angle of the works of the ports, and pursued her 
 way to Cavite, pointing her armored prow at the 
 Christina and the Castilla, and opening a murderous 
 fire upon both vessels. This was followed by the 
 broadsides of the six vessels that accompanied her. 
 
 The Baltimore'' s fire took particular effect upon our 
 ships, and this cannonade continued until 7:45 a. m. At this time we saw the Austria 
 advance against her enemies with the intention of boarding the Olympia and if a tremendous 
 volley had not checked her career of vengeance perhaps both vessels would now be at the 
 bottom of the bay. 
 
 The captain of the Christina seeing that the efforts of his consort had failed, started full 
 speed ahead to within two hundred meters of the Olympia, intending to engage her at close 
 quarters. A hail of grape-shot swept the deck and shelters, filling the ship with dead and 
 wounded. Heroes and martyrs that the motherland will never forget as long as she exists! A 
 thick column of smoke burst out of the forward store-room of the Christina indicating that 
 an incendiary projectile, of the kind prohibited by divine and human laws, had taken effect in 
 the cruiser. Without ceasing her fire she retired toward the shore and was scuttled. The 
 
 
 EFFECT OF SHEET, CHURCH AT CA\ ITE. 
 
10 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 indignation of the sailors of the Christina was raised to the highest pitch at seeing the 
 Castilla on fire from the same incendiary causes. 
 
 Our principal vessels were now out of the combat, and as several of the Yankees were badly 
 injured by our vessels and batteries, they withdrew toward Mariveles, ceased firing, and occu- 
 pied themselves in repairing damages until ten o’clock, when they commenced their second 
 attack, which was to complete their work of destruction. In the second combat the fire of the 
 arsenal was silenced and the cannonade continued upon our ships that were burning in all 
 directions. A gunboat that seemed to have no more daring object than the destruction of the 
 Isla de Mindanao detached herself from the enemy’s squadrons and riddled the vessel with 
 balls. 
 
 The Spanish vessels that had not succumbed to the flames or the shots of the enemy were 
 run aground, as they could not be disposed of in any other way. This was the last stroke. We 
 could do no more. The combat at Cavite was ended and our last vessel went down flying her 
 colors. 
 
 It is impossible to picture the bloody scene presented by the waters of Cavite on that Sab- 
 bath morning. We will not attempt a description that would be weak and imperfect and 
 unworthy of the heroic deeds that should be perpetuated in the pages of history. To mention 
 those who distinguished themselves in this combat would be to transcribe the names of the 
 crews from captain to cabin boy. For them our words of praise, for them our congratulations, 
 for the living our laurels, for the dead our prayers, for all our deepest gratitude. 
 
 For more than an hour and a half cannonading had continued, keeping in suspense the 
 hopes of those on the opposite shore of the bay, who with their hearts took part in this unequal 
 struggle, in which, 
 as ever, the Spanish 
 sailors went down 
 with their ships 
 rather than strike 
 their colors. Anx- 
 iou.sly we asked, 
 
 “ What is going on 
 at Cavite?” From 
 Manila we could 
 see by the aid of . . 
 glasses the two 
 squadrons almost con- 
 founded and enveloped 
 in clouds of smoke. Owing to the inferiority of our batteries it was evident that the enemy 
 was triumphant, and, secure in his armored strength, he was a mere machine requiring only 
 motive power to keep in action his destructive agencies. Only the cheers of our intrepid 
 boarders and the glitter of their cutlasses could have checked this automatic confidence, but 
 alas! we could not reach them. Who can describe the heroic acts, the prowess, the deeds of 
 valor performed by the sailors of our squadron as rage animated them ? All who were beneath 
 the folds of the banner of Spain did their duty as becomes the chosen sons of the fatherland. 
 They slacked not their fire nor yielded to superior force, and preferred to perish with their 
 ships rather than live with them in the hands of the enemy. 
 
 DISPUTED POINTS. 
 
 Since the battle of Manila Bay or Cavite, as it is sometimes called, several 
 questions have been disputed. The first point about which discussion has been 
 raised is which entrance to Manila harbor the ships entered. Some said that it 
 was by way of the Boca Chica or “little mouth,” others that it was by way of 
 the Boca Grande or “great mouth.” This que.stion is .settled by the description 
 given by the Lieutenant-Commander of the Olympia in the earlier part of this 
 chapter, viz., that it was by way of the Boca Grande. 
 
 THREE OK THE SUNKEN SPANISH SHIPS. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 il 
 
 The second point at issue was the reason for the withdrawal of the American 
 fleet between the first and second fight. Some maintained that it was for the 
 purpose of giving the men their breakfast. Others assert that it was in order to 
 count the ammunition, which, it was feared, was running short. 
 
 To settle these points beyond all dispute and also to make this book an abso- 
 lutely correct history, the writer of this chapter visited Admiral Dewey on the 
 Olympia on May 15, 1899. The Admiral was most courteous and obliging in 
 the matter, and put at our disposal the best sources of information. He said, 
 “there was talk of a lack of ammunition.” Referring to the article of Mr. Joseph 
 T. Stickney in Harper's Moiithly for February, 1899, Admiral Dewey .said that 
 the account therein given was accurate as to its details of the withdrawal of the 
 fleet. We quote Mr. Stickney’s language: 
 
 It has always been assumed in the United States that, from start to finish, there was nothing 
 felt on our side except a buoyant certainty of victory. It will do no harm now to tell the 
 real facts. 
 
 It will be remembered that the battle began at six minutes past five o’clock on the morning 
 of May 1st; that Commodore (now Rear-Admiral) Dewey led the line of American war-ships into 
 action in his flagship Olympia ; that after a fierce fight, lasting two hours and a half, the 
 attacking fleet retired from the battle into the center of Manila Bay, and did not renew the 
 attack until nearly four hours later. 
 
 When we hauled off from the fighting line, at 7:36 o’clock, the situation had become appar- 
 ently serious for Commodore Dewey. We had been fighting a determined and courageous 
 enemy for more than two hours without having noticeably diminished the volume of his fire. 
 It is true, at least three of his ships had broken into flames, but so had one of ours — the 
 Boston. These fires had all been put out without apparent injury to the ships. Generally 
 speaking, nothing of great importance had occurred to show that we had seriously injured any 
 Spanish vessel. They were all steaming about in the bight back of Sangley Point, or in Bakor 
 Bay, as actively as when we first sighted them in the early dawn. So far, therefore, we could 
 see nothing indicating that the enemy was less able to defend his position than he had been at 
 the beginning. 
 
 On the other hand, our condition was greatly altered for the worse. There remained in the 
 magazines of the Olympia only eighty-five rounds of five-inch ammunition, and though the 
 stock of eight-inch charges was not proportionately depleted, it was reduced enough to make 
 the continuance of the battle for another two hours impossible. When it is remembered that 
 Commodore Dewey was more than 7000 miles from a home port, and that under the most 
 favorable conditions a supply of ammunition could not be obtained in less than a month, the 
 outlook was far from being satisfactory. The Commodore knew that the Spaniards had just 
 received an ample supply of ammu- 
 nition in the transport Mindanao, 
 so that there was no hope of ex- 
 hausting their fighting power by 
 an action lasting twice as long. If 
 we should run short of powder and 
 shell, we might become the hunted 
 instead of the hunters. 
 
 I do not exaggerate in the least 
 when I say that, as we hauled off 
 into the bay, the gloom on the 
 bridge of the Olympia w^as thicker view of the sunken Spanish ships from cavite. 
 
 than a Dondon fog in November. Neither Commodore Dewey nor any of the staff believed that 
 the Spanish ships had been sufficiently injured by our fire to prevent them from renewing the 
 battle quite as furiously as they had previously fought. Indeed, we had all been distinctly 
 
12 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 A Comparative View of the American and the Spanish Fep:ets Engaged at Maniea. 
 
 AMERICAN FEEET. 
 
 Name. 
 
 Class. 
 
 Armament. 
 
 iMen and 
 Officers. 
 
 Built in 
 
 Olvmpia 
 
 Protected Cruiser 
 
 , Four 8-in., ten 5-in., 24 R. F. . . 
 
 466 
 
 1892 
 
 Baltimore 
 
 Protected Cruiser 
 
 i Four 8-in., six 6-in., 10 R. F. . . 
 
 395 
 
 1888 
 
 Boston 
 
 Par. Protected Cruiser 
 
 Two 8-in., six 6-in., 10 R. F ... 
 
 272 
 
 1884 
 
 Raleigh 
 
 Protected Cruiser 
 
 One 6-in., ten 5-in., 14 R. F' . . 
 
 295 
 
 1892 
 
 Concord 
 
 Gunboat 
 
 Six 6-in., 9 R. F' 
 
 1.50 
 
 1891 
 
 Petrel . . 
 
 Gunboat . . 
 
 Four 6-in., 7R.F 
 
 100 
 
 1888 
 
 McCulloch (not in action) . . 
 
 Revenue Cutter 
 
 Four 4-in 
 
 130 
 
 1888 
 
 
 
 1,808 
 
 
 
 * SPANISH 
 
 FLEET. 
 
 
 
 Reina Christina 
 
 Steel Crui.ser 
 
 Six 6.2-in., two 2.7-in., 13 R. F. 
 
 352 
 
 1887 
 
 Castilla 
 
 Don Antonio de Elloa 
 Don Juan de Austria . 
 
 Isla de Luzon 
 
 Isla de Cuba 
 
 Velasco 
 
 Marques del Duero 
 
 General Lezo 
 
 Argos 
 
 Wooden Cruiser 
 
 Iron Cruiser 
 
 Iron Cruiser 
 
 Steel Protected Cruiser 
 Steel Protected Cruiser 
 
 Iron Cruiser 
 
 Gunboat 
 
 Gunboat 
 
 Gunboat 
 
 i Four 5.9, two 4.7, two 3.4 
 i two 2.9, 12 R. F 
 Four 4.7, 5 R. F 
 Four 4.7, two 2.7, 21 
 
 vSix4.7, 8 R. F 
 
 Six 4.7, 8 R. F 
 
 Three 6-in., two 2.7, 2 R. F 
 One 6.2, two 4.7, 1 R. F 
 One 3.5, 1 R. F 
 
 Two torpedo boats and two transports, practically not in action. 
 
 1881 
 
 1875 
 
 1887 
 
 1887 
 
 1887 
 
 1881 
 
 1875 
 
 1885 
 
 '^El Correo is mentioned in Admiral Dewey’s list of May 4, but is omitted in that given in his despatch oi 
 July 9. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 13 
 
 disappointed in the results of our fire. Our projectiles seemed to go too high or too low — 
 just as had been the case with those fired at us by the Spaniards. Several times the Commodore 
 had expressed dissatisfaction with the failure of our gunners to hit the enemy. We had begun 
 the firing at too great a distance, but we had gradually worked in further on each of the 
 turns, until we were within about 2500 yards at the close of the fifth round. At that distance, 
 in a smooth sea, we ought to have made a large percentage of hits; yet, so far as we could 
 judge, we had not sensibly crippled the foe. Consequently Commodore Dewey hauled out 
 into the open bay at the end of the fifth round to take stock of ammunition and devise a new 
 plan of attack. 
 
 As I went aft the men asked me what we were hauling off for. They were in a distinctly 
 different humor from that which prevailed ou the bridge. They believed that they had done 
 well, and that the other ships had done likewise. The Olympia cheered the Baltimore and 
 the Baltimore returned the cheers with interest. The gun-captains were not at all dissatisfied 
 with the results of their work. Whether they had a better knowledge of the accuracy of their 
 aim than we had on the bridge, or whether they took it for granted that the enemy must have 
 suffered severely after so much fighting, I do not know, but, at any rate, they were eager to go 
 on with the battle, and were confident of victory. I told one of them that we were merely 
 hauling off for breakfast, which statement elicited the appeal to Captain Lamberton, as he came 
 
 past a moment later, 
 captain, don’t let us 
 with breakfast!” 
 Commodore that I 
 ute our withdrawal 
 breakfast, he inti- 
 not a matter of much 
 reason I gave, so 
 give the true one. 
 episode went to the 
 excuse for what 
 traordinary strategic 
 which has been the 
 nient than almost 
 during the battle, 
 said to me that it 
 spoil so good a stoiy^ 
 but, as the Comiiio- 
 let the cat out of the 
 as well let her have 
 Of course we 
 about the effect of 
 
 ‘‘For God’s sake, 
 stop now. To hell 
 W hen I told the 
 intended to attrib- 
 to the need for 
 mated that it was 
 importance w h a t 
 long as I did not 
 And so the breakfast 
 world as a plausible 
 seemed like an ex- 
 m a n o e u V e r — one 
 .subject of more com- 
 an y other event 
 IMany people have 
 would be a pity to 
 by telling the truth; 
 dore will be sure to 
 bag .some day, I may 
 her freedom now. 
 
 W.^LLS OK FORT s.^x ANTONIO. learned the truth 
 
 our fire when we .saw, .soon afterward, the flames rising from the 
 Reina Christina and the Castilla, and heard the explosion of their ammunition, and 
 the former’s magazine. We could not understand why the Castilla did not blow up. 
 vShe burned fiercely, and was in a bright glow even as late as IMoiida}* night, having 
 been on fire since Sunday forenoon. It is probable that her magazine had lieen flooded 
 before the vSpaniards abandoned her, .so that no explo.sion accompanied her destruction. 
 
 Although built partly of wood, the Castilla was aLso to a great extent a steel vessel; and 
 when we boarded her, after the flames had left nothing but her bare bones, her sponsons and 
 gun platforms were found to be .so littered with pieces of our shells that it was impo.ssible to 
 walk there without displacing some of them. Nothing gave a better idea of the .storm of pro- 
 jectiles that must have .struck this .ship than these heaps of rusty fragments. 
 
 THK GERMAN FLKKT IN MANILA BAY 
 There is .still another matter that has interested the American public very 
 greatly — the actions of the German fleet in Manila Bay. Personally after grave 
 investigation the writer thinks that the Germans have at no time had .serious 
 
14 
 
 Caiiipaigiiijig in the Piiilippincs. 
 
 thoughts of opposing the American control of the Philippine Islands, or of caus- 
 ing any friction between the United States and Germany. The German com- 
 mander was undoubtedly using what in other countries is called diplomacy, but in 
 
 our country is 
 
 - .... ; ■ ■ ■ "Ay 
 
 •: • ■ . % called “bluff.” 
 
 If the bluff had 
 worked the 
 officer would 
 have been pro- 
 moted; it failed 
 and he was 
 recalled. 
 
 VIEW OF THE BAY FROM CAVITE. 
 
 About the 
 
 relations of the German fleet and ours Mr. Stickney in the article already 
 quoted, says : 
 
 And speaking of the Germans, it may be well to point out that, while they made themselves 
 as offensive as they dared, and while the}' acted in a very disagreeable way from the first. Com- 
 modore Dewey refrained from taking any notice of their discourtesy until he should be able to 
 do so in such a manner as to admit of no reply. 
 
 It would require too much space to repeat all the annoyances to which the Germans lent 
 themselves during the early part of their stay in Manila waters. Their ships came into and 
 went from the harbor at all hours of the day and night. When a steamer made her appearance 
 to seaward, a German vessel would run out to examine her with great promptitude. After one 
 such instance, which occurred at a time when Vice-Admiral Von Diederich’s flag-lieutenant 
 was on board the Olympia Admiral Dewey said to the German officer: “ One might almost 
 think your ships were blockading Manila, and not mine.” The lieutenant chuckled com- 
 placently, as though he thought it was a compliment to the activity of his commander-in- 
 chief, but he was wholly unable to comprehend that, when Dewey became so sweetly suave, it 
 was a good time to look out for squalls. 
 
 One night one of the German steam-launches came steaming toward our fleet at full speed. 
 She was picked up by the search-lights of our squadron fully a mile away, and was kept in the 
 focus of their rays until she came alongside. Our officers almost universally believed that the 
 object of her unnecessary and untimely visit was to discover whether it would be possible for a 
 Spanish torpedo-boat to get within range of our vessels without being discovered by us. 
 
 Then the Princess Wilhelmina, lying off Subig Bay, notified the insurgents that she would 
 not permit them to attack the Spanish troops at that point. At another time one of the Ger- 
 man ships tried to sneak into the anchorage off the city of Manila at night, all her lights being 
 extinguished, and her course being an unusual one. She was detected, and promptly “ brought 
 to ” by a shell across her bows from the United States cruiser that was on picket duty that 
 night. Our courteous and courtly Commodore made no sign. He was waiting until he could 
 put an end to the whole annoyance with one crushing blow. At last the opportunity came. 
 He learned, on unquestionable authority, that one of the German vessels had landed provisions 
 in Manila, thereby violating neutrality. I was not present when he sent his message to 
 Admiral von Diederich, and therefore I do not speak from personal knowledge concerning it; 
 but I learned the facts from a perfectly authentic source, as follows: “ Orderly, tell Mr. 
 Brumby I would like to see him,” said Admiral Dewey, one forenoon. “ Oh, Brumby,” he 
 continued, when the flag-lieutenant made his appearance on the quarter-deck, ” I wish you to 
 take the barge and go over to the German flagship. Give Admiral von Diederich my. compli- 
 ments, and say that I wish to call his attention to the fact that the vessels of his squadron have 
 shown an extraordinary disregard of the usual courtesies of naval intercourse, and that finally 
 one of them has committed a gross breach of neutrality in landing provisions in Manila, a port 
 which I am blockading.” 
 
Canipaigniui!; in the Philippines. 
 
 15 
 
 The Conimodore’s voice had been as low and sweetly modulated as if he had been sending 
 von Diederich an invitation to dinner. When he stopped speaking, Brumby, who did not need 
 any better indication of the Commodore’s mood than the usually formal and gentle manner of 
 his chief, turned to go, making the usual official salute, and replying with the customary, “ Ay, 
 ay, sir.” 
 
 ” And, Brumby,” continued the Commodore, his voice rising and ringing with the intensity 
 of feeling that he felt he had repressed about long enough, ” tell Admiral von Diederich that 
 if he wants a fight, he can have it right now ! ” 
 
 Brumby went with his message, and the Commodore paced the quarter-deck in silence for a 
 considerable time, evidently working off some of the high pressure that had brought forth his 
 emphatic message to the German Admiral. The latter sent back the extraordinary reply that 
 he had not known anything about these actions of his captains, and that they would not be 
 repeated. When one considers the rigidity of discipline that is supposed to exist in the Ger- 
 man navy, the character of Admiral von Diederich 's a])ology is all the more incomprehensible. 
 
 But whatever may have been the new methods adopted by Admiral von Diederich to pre- 
 vent his captains from violating neutrality and showing bad manners, they were entirely effica- 
 cious. There was never the least further need to refer to the possibility of giving Commodore 
 Dewey the job of disciplining them. 
 
 IMPRESSIONS OF ADMIRAD GEORGE DEWEY. 
 
 On a beautiful May morning, a year after the events recorded in this chap- 
 ter, I went down the harbor of Manila to visit the grand old man of the fleet, 
 and to authenticate this part of our history. I found him an agreeable, chivalrous, 
 courteous gentleman endeared to his countrymen by simplicity and honor. 
 After giving me the information that I needed, and the confirmation of the data 
 on which this chapter is based, the Admiral sat down on the quarter-deck 
 and, looking away towards Cavite and the sunken ships of Spain, began to think 
 about his home-going to America. He deeply appreciated the warmth and unani- 
 mity of the love his country bears him. But he said he was afraid of the great 
 strain so many receptions would be upon his health. 
 
 The Admiral, though over sixty, still looks hale and stout, every inch a man, 
 every wit a “gentleman unafraid.” He thought that now, after his many voyages 
 and battles, he would like to go up and 
 rest among the green hills of Vermont. 
 
 He wanted, he said, to settle down in 
 Montpelier, his old New England home. 
 
 “If the folks up in Montpelier will 
 give me a reception in the town hall, 
 that will be enough,” said this world- 
 loved man. One could see that, after 
 his long and honorable career, and after 
 his superb successes, the old man longed 
 for the spot of earth where he had been 
 a boy. He looked at the far, fair moun- 
 tains of Mariveles, and the green crown of Corregidor, but not to him 
 like the wind-swept hillsides of dewy New England were these Southern 
 scenes. 
 
 I spent the whole forenoon on board the Olympia., the officers and men showing 
 me the wonders of their trig little crui.ser. And one said this was where the 
 
16 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 Admiral stood during the great fight ; and one said that was a dent made in the ship 
 by a cannon ball. The Lieutenant-Commander was busy writing a history of the 
 battle. He told me that Dewey and he were schoolmates together in the Academy 
 of Norwich, Vermont. He was going to have a sketch of the Admiral and him- 
 self made ready for the little school paper. It was a very grave matter, this coun- 
 try school, and the bulletin of it which was dignified by the name of a paper. He 
 must have the best matter and the finest pictures for it, he said — that was the old 
 place where he and the Admiral were schoolboys together. 
 
 This mood of Admiral Dewey and his chief officer gave me matter to ponder 
 over. They did not think of the grand acclaims and the wonderful applause of 
 the free, proud nation they had honored. But “ How will the folk of Montpelier 
 receive me?” and “Can I write an article worthy of the Norwich country 
 school ? ’ ’ Men who would be welcomed as writers by the best magazines and 
 gladly honored by the Czar, asking themselves these questions ! It is only one 
 more example of the old truth of how strong a grasp on men have the associations 
 of a pure home life. It is this love of home, deep-rooted and enduring, this fond- 
 ness for the earliest part of life, which followed these men through life and crossed 
 the chasm of years and wars and stormy seas — this shall save the Republic when 
 the battleships are futile and the cannon dumb. 
 
CHAPTER II. 
 
 EVENTS LEADING TO THE WAR WITH SPAIN. 
 
 T is, of course, well known that neither the Philippine Islands 
 nor the conditions therein were in any degree a consideration 
 which led to our war with Spain. It is even true that after 
 the naval battle at Manila, the people stood with finger-tips 
 upon the little spots in the map of the Pacific and questioned 
 one another as to where and what might be “ Manila” Bay. 
 It is proper, however, to complete this record of achievement by 
 a brief account of the civil and military affairs antedating the 
 action in Manila Bay. 
 
 In palliation of Spanish inhumanity to her colonial subjects, it may be said that 
 her internal dissensions have been such that the government was powerless as 
 against the will of certain classes of its subjects. A brief reference to the late 
 successions to the Spanish crown may throw some light on this matter. 
 
 Ferdinand VII died in 1833, and his daughter, Isabella, was proclaimed 
 Queen, with her mother, Maria Christiana of Naples, as Regent. Then Don 
 Carlos, Ferdinand’s brother, asserted that the choice of Isabella violated the Salic 
 Law, which forbids the inheritance of women, and that he should have been 
 preferred. 
 
 This pretension had much support in the north of Spain, and this was the 
 origin of the ” Carlist ” party, which has been a constant menace to the govern- 
 ment when not in open rebellion against it. The character of Isabella II, who 
 was declared of age in 1843, added new elements of perplexity. A successful 
 revolution drove her from the throne and, in 1870, (the ten years’ war in Cuba 
 being then in progress) Amadeus of Aosta, the second son of Victor Emanuel of 
 Italy, was invited to govern as a constitutional king. Within three years he 
 resigned the office. A provisional government was then created, with Castilla at 
 its head, after which, for a brief time, a committee of officers undertook the 
 administration. In 1874 Isabella’s son, Alphonse XII, accepted the crown. He 
 died in 1885, and his widow, Christiana of Austria, was made Regent. Their son 
 was born May 17, 1886, and he is now known as the ” Little King.” 
 
 THE CUBAN ATROCITIES. 
 
 However, whatever might have been the origin or cause of Spanish misrule, 
 the knowledge that Spain was helpless in the hands of its subjects only helped to 
 goad into a frenzy the apprehension and alarm of her colonists in regard to the 
 
 2b 
 
18 
 
 Lainpaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 intolerable barbarities practiced upon them. This was especially the case in 
 Cuba, where the oppression was so grievous and so long continued that not only 
 the Cubans were crying out against it, but the civilization of the world was aghast 
 at the spectacle. 
 
 We of the TJnited States were so placed that the appeals of these sufferers came 
 to us with great force. Our own material interests had long paid tribute to the 
 shrine of this intolerance, and to our private and public remonstrances the Span- 
 ish government paid no heed. Our benefactions to relieve the distresses had been 
 treated with disdain by Spain, and our contributions largely diverted into Spanish 
 hands. So universal and pronounced had public sentiment in this country 
 become, that all the great political parties declared against further endurance of 
 the evil, and the platform upon which President McKinley was nominated and 
 elected, insisted that some solution must be made in the interests of humanity. 
 For the purpose of verifying the rumors and reports, many private commis- 
 sions visited Cuba, and all returned with the statement that the enormities there 
 had only in part been told. Senator Proctor of Vermont, who was Secretary of 
 War in Harrison’s administration, was one of those who visited the island. On 
 his return, at the earnest request of the Senate, in his place in the Senate Cham- 
 ber, he made this remarkable statement: 
 
 SENATOR PROCTOR’S REPORT. 
 
 “Outside of Havana all is changed. It is not peace, nor is it war. It is 
 desolation and distress, misery and starvation. Every town and village is 
 surrounded by a trocha (trench), a sort of rifle pit, but constructed on a plan 
 new to me: the dirt being thrown up on the inside, and a barbed wire fence on 
 the outer side of this trench. 
 
 “These trochas have at every corner, and at frequent intervals along the 
 sides, what are called forts, but which are really small block-houses, many of 
 them more like a large sentry-box, loopholed for musketry and with a guard of 
 from two to ten soldiers in each. The purpose of these trochas is to keep the 
 
 reconcentrados in as 
 well as to keep the 
 insurgents out. From 
 all the surrounding 
 country the people 
 have been driven into 
 these fortified towns 
 and held there to sub- 
 sist as they can. They 
 are virtually prison yards, and not unlike one 
 TIDAL WAVE IN MANILA. in general appearance, except that the walls are 
 not so high and strong, but they are sufficient, where every point is in range 
 of a soldier’s rifle, to keep in the poor reconcentrado women and children. Every 
 railroad station is within one of these trochas, and has an armed guard. Every 
 train has an armored freight-car, loopholed for musketry, and filled with soldiers, 
 
Cauipaiirmuir in the Philippines. 
 
 19 
 
 and with, as I observed and was informed was always the case, a pilot engine a 
 mile or so in advance. There are frequent block-houses inclosed by a trocha, 
 and with a guard along the railroad track. With this exception there is no 
 human life or habitation between these fortified towns and villages and throughout 
 the whole of the four western provinces, except to a very , p ' / - ^ ^ b 
 
 limited extent among the hills, where the Spaniards have 
 not been able to go and drive the people to the towns 
 and burn their dwellings. I saw no ^ 
 house or hut in the four hundred 
 miles of railroad rides from Pinar del 
 Rio province in the west, across the 
 full width of Havana and Matanzas 
 provinces, and to Sagua la Grande 
 on the north shore, and to Cienfuegos 
 on the south shore of Santa Clara, 
 except within the Spanish trochas. 
 
 There are no domestic animals or 
 crops on the rich fields and pastures, 
 except such as are under guard in the 
 immediate vicinity of the towns. In other 
 hold in these four western provinces just what 
 man, woman, and child, and every domestic 
 
 
 ■»'S 
 
 words, the Spaniards 
 their army sits on. Every 
 wherever their columns 
 
 animal, 
 
 have reached, is under guard within their so-called fortifications. To describe 
 one place is to describe all. To repeat, it is neither peace nor war. It 
 is concentration and desolation. This is the ‘ pacified ’ condition of the four 
 western provinces. 
 
 “All the country people in the four western provinces, about 400,000 in 
 number, remaining outside the fortified towns where Weyler’s order was made, 
 were driven into these towns, and these are the reconcentrados. They were the 
 peasantry (many of them farmers) some land owners, others renting lands and 
 owning more or less stock, others working on estates and cultivating small 
 patches — and even a small patch in that fruitful clime will support a family. It 
 is but fair to say that the normal condition of these people was very different 
 from what prevails in this country. Their standard of comfort and prosperity 
 was not high, measured by our own. But according to their standards and 
 requirements their conditions of life were satisfactory. They live mostly in 
 cabins made of palm, or wooden houses. Some of them had houses of stone, the 
 blackened walls of which are all that remain to show that the country was ever 
 inhabited. The first clause of Weyler’s order reads as follows; 
 
 “ ‘I order and command: First, all the inhabitants of a country (district) 
 outside of the line of fortifications of the towns shall, within the period of eight 
 days, concentrate themselves in the towns occupied by the troops. Any individual 
 who, after the expiration of this period, is found in the uninhabited parts will be 
 considered a rebel and tried as such.’ 
 
 “ The other three sections forbid the transportation of provisions from one 
 town to another without the permission of the military authority; direct the 
 
20 
 
 Campaignino^ hi the Philippines. 
 
 wear, but little clothing except such stray substitutes as they can extemporize, 
 and with large families or with more than can be accomodated in this little 
 space, the commonest sanitary provisions are impossible. Conditions are unmen- 
 tionable in this respect. Torn from their homes, with foul earth, foul air, foul 
 water and foul food, or none, what wonder that one-half have died, and that 
 one-quarter of the living are so diseased that they cannot be saved ? A form of drops)^ 
 is a common disorder resulting from these conditions. Tittle children are still walk- 
 ing about with arms and chests terribly emaciated, eyes swollen, and abdomen 
 bloated to three times the natural size. The physicians say these cases are hopeless. 
 
 “Deaths in the street have not been uncommon. I was told by one of our 
 consuls that many have been found dead about the markets in the morning, where 
 
 owners of cattle to bring them into the towns; prescribe that eight days shall be 
 counted from the publication of the proclamation in the head town of the 
 municipal districts, and state that if news is furnished of the enemy which can be 
 made use of it will ser^^e as ‘ a recommendation.’ 
 
 “ Many doubtless did not learn of this order. Others failed to grasp its 
 terrible meaning. It was left largely to the guerrillas to drive in all who did not 
 obey, and I was informed that in many cases a torch was applied to their homes 
 with no notice, and the inmates fled with such clothing as they might have on, 
 their stock and other belongings being appropriated by the guerrillas. When they 
 reached the town they were allowed to build huts of palm leaves in the suburbs 
 and vacant places within the trochas, and left to live if they could. Their huts are 
 about ten by fifteen feet in size, and for want of space are usually crowded together 
 very closely. They have no floor but the ground, no furniture, and after a year’s 
 
 STREET SCENES IN MANILA. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 21 
 
 they had crawled, hoping to get some stray bits of food from the early hucksters, 
 and that there had been cases where they had dropped dead inside the market, 
 surrounded by food. These people were independent and self-supporting before 
 Weyler’s order. They are not beggars even now. There are plenty of profes- 
 sional beggars in every town among the regular residents, but these country 
 people, the reconcentrados, have not learned the art. Rarely is a hand held out 
 to you for alms when going among their huts, but the sight of them makes an 
 appeal stronger than words. 
 
 “Of these I need not speak. Others have described their conditions far 
 better than I can. It is not within the narrow limits of my vocabulary to portray 
 it. I went to Cuba with a strong conviction that the picture had been over- 
 drawn; that a few cases of starvation and suffering had inspired and stimulated 
 the press correspondents and they had given free play to a strong natural, and 
 highly cultivated imagination. Before starting I received through the mail a 
 leaflet published by the Christian Herald., with the cuts of some of the sick and 
 starving reconcentrados, and^^<-r*“ took it with me, thinking these 
 
 would be rare specimens gotten up to make the worst 
 
 possible showing. I saw t)ad and worse ; 
 
 many that should not llj A be photographed and 
 
 shown. I could not believe that out of a pop- 
 ulation of 1,600,000, 200,000 had died with- 
 in these Spanish forts, KMbS; ' \ ' practically prison walls, 
 
 within a few months dr past, from actual star- 
 vation and i s e a s e caused by insufficient 
 
 and improper food. My inquiries were entirely 
 
 outside of sensational sources. They were 
 
 made of our medical officers, of our consuls , of 
 
 city alcaldes, (mayors), of relief committees, of leading mer- 
 
 chants and bankers, physicians native dog. and lawyers. Several of my 
 informants were Spanish born, but every time the answer was that the case 
 had not been overstated. What I saw I cannot tell so that others can see it. It 
 
 must be seen with one’s own eyes to be realized. The Tos Palos Hospital in 
 
 Havana has been recently described by one of my colleagues. Senator Gallinger, 
 and I cannot say that his picture was overdrawn, for even his fertile pen could 
 not do that. He visited it after Dr. Lesser, one of Miss Barton’s very able and 
 efficient assistants (in the Red Cross work), had renovated it and put in cots. I 
 saw it when four hundred women and children were lying on the stone floors in 
 an indescribable state of emaciation and disease, many with the scantiest covering 
 of rags — and such rags! Sick children as naked as they came into the world. 
 And the conditions in the other cities are even worse.’’ In the United States this 
 conservative, candid statement of Senator Proctor put feeling to a pitch, and 
 there was loud clamor against Congress and the Executive for its unfeeling delay. 
 
 THE DESTRUCTION OF THE “MAINE.” 
 
 At this time there was an occurrence which set the country aflame. On 
 the night of February 15, 1898, while peacefully at anchor in the harbor 
 
Campaignifig in the Philippines. 
 
 o? 
 
 of Havana, the United States battle-ship Marne was sunk by an explosion 
 and two officers and 264 of her crew killed or drowned. Prior to this, the 
 Spanish government had protested against our sending cruisers with supplies 
 to the reconcentrados, and there was much talk of the designs of the Spanish 
 
 fleet upon our Atlantic Coast. The 
 attitude and feeling in Spanish circles 
 was such that this destruction pf the 
 Maine was at once charged to the 
 perfidy and cruelty of the Spanish 
 government. At once the President 
 created a commission to consider and 
 report upon the cause of the destruc- 
 tion of the Maine, but in the minds of 
 the public there was an ample casus 
 belli, and it would hardly brook the 
 A FAMILIAR STREET SCENE. delay iiecessary for a report. The con- 
 
 servatism of Congress kept it well in check, but the importunities of constituents 
 drove it to preparatory action. On March 8, 1898, the House, by unanimous 
 vote, passed a bill appropriating $50,000,000 for national defense. By unanimous 
 vote, and without debate, the bill passed the Senate on the same day, and was 
 immediately signed by the President. On the 16th of March, a protest by the 
 Spanish government against our measures of defense and our fleet in Key 
 West was received. On March 28th the President sent to Congress the report 
 of the Court of Inquiry on the Marne disaster. The following is its full text: 
 
 REPORT OF THE COURT OF INQUIRY. 
 
 J “ United States Steamship Iowa. 
 j First Rate. 
 
 “ Key West, Florida, Monday, March 21, 1898. 
 
 “After full and mature consideration of all the testimony before it the court 
 finds as follows: 
 
 “ 1. That the United States battle-ship Maine arrived in the harbor of 
 Havana, Cuba, on the 25th day of January, 1898, and was taken to buoy No. 4, 
 in from five and one-half to six fathoms of water, by the regular government pilot. 
 The United States Consul-General at Havana had notified the authorities at that 
 place the previous evening of the intended arrival of the MaUie. 
 
 “ 2. The state of discipline on board the Maine was excellent, and all orders 
 and regulations in regard to the care and safety of the ship were strictly carried 
 out. All ammunition was stowed in accordance with prescribed instructions, and 
 proper care was taken whenever ammunition was handled. Nothing was stowed 
 in any one of the magazines or shell-rooms which was not permitted to be stowed 
 there. The magazines and shell-rooms were always locked after having been 
 opened, and after the destruction of the Maine the keys were found in their proper 
 place in the Captain’s cabin, everything having been reported secure that evening 
 at 8 p. M. 
 
« Campaignin^r in the Philippines. 
 
 T 
 
 “The temperature of the magazines and shell-rooms was taken daily and 
 reported. The only magazine which had an undue amount of heat was the after 
 ten-inch magazine, and that did not explode at the time the Maine was destroyed. 
 The dry gun-cotton primers and detonators were stowed in the cabin aft, and 
 remote from the scene of the explosion. Waste was carefully looked after on the 
 Maine to obviate danger. Special order in regard to this had been given by the 
 commanding officer. Varnishers, dryers, alcohol and other combustibles of this 
 nature were stowed on or above the main deck, and could not have had anything 
 to do with the destruction of the Maine. 
 
 “ The medical stores were stowed aft under the ward-room, and remote from 
 the scene of the explosion. No dangerous stores of any kind were stowed below in 
 ,any of the other store rooms. 
 
 “ The coal bunkers were 
 inspected daily. Of those 
 bunkers adjacent to the for- 
 ward magazines and shell- 
 rooms, four were empty, 
 namely: ‘B3, B4, B5, B 6.’ 
 
 ‘A 15’ had been in use that 
 day, and ‘ A 16’ was full of 
 New River coal. This coal 
 had been carefully inspected 
 before receiving it on board. 
 
 The bunker in which it was 
 stowed was accessible on 
 three sides at all times, and 
 the fourth side at this time 
 on account of bunkers ‘ B 4 ’ 
 and ‘ B 6 ’ being empty. 
 
 This bunker, ‘ A 16,’ had 
 been inspected that day by 
 the engineer officer on duty. 
 
 The fire-alarms in the bunk- 
 ers were in working order, 
 and there had never been 
 a case of spontaneous com- 
 bustion of coal on board the 
 Maine. The two after 
 boilers of the ship were in use at the time of the disaster, but for auxiliary pur- 
 poses only, with a comparatively low pressure of steam, and being tended by a re- 
 liable watch. These boilers could not have caused the explosion of the ship. The 
 four forward boilers have since been found by the divers, and are in a fair condition. 
 
 “ On the night of the destruction of the Maine everything had been reported 
 secure for the night at 8 p. m. by reliable persons, through the proper authorities, 
 to the commanding officer. At the time the Maine was destroyed the ship was quiet, 
 and therefore least liable to accident caused by movements from those on board. 
 
 SCENE ON THE RIO GRANDE. 
 
24 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 “ 3. The destruction of the Maine occurred at forty minutes past nine in the 
 evening of the 15th day of February, eighteen hundred and ninety-eight, in the 
 harbor of Havana, Cuba, she being at the time moored to the same buoy to which 
 she had been taken upon her arrival. There were two explosions of a distinctly 
 different character, with a very short, but distinct interval between them, and 
 the forward part of the ship was lifted to a marked degree at the time of the first 
 explosion. The first explosion was more in the nature of a report, like that of a 
 gun; while the second explosion was more open, prolonged, and of greater vol- 
 ume. This second explosion was, in the opinion of the court, caused by the 
 partial explosion of two or more of the forward magazines of the Maine. 
 
 “ The evidence bearing upon this, being principally obtained from divers, did 
 not enable the court to form a definite conclusion as to the condition of the wreck, 
 although it was established that the after part of the ship was practically intact, 
 and sank in that condition a very few minutes after the destruction of the forward 
 part. The following facts in regard to the forward part of the ship are, however, 
 established by the testimony. 
 
 SPANISH SOLDIERS AT PRAYER. 
 
 “ 4. That portion of the port side of the protective deck which extends from 
 about frame 30 to frame 41 was blown up aft and over to port. The main deck from 
 about frame 30 to frame 41 was blown up aft and slightly over the starboard, 
 folding the forward part of the middle superstructure over and on top of the after 
 part. This was, in the opinion of the court, caused by the partial explosion of 
 two or more of the forward magazines of the Maine. 
 
 “ 5. At frame 17, the outer shell of the ship, from a point eleven and one- 
 half feet from the middle line of the ship, and six feet above the keel when in its 
 normal position, has been forced up so as to be now about four feet above the sur- 
 face of the water; therefore, about thirty-four feet above where it would be, had 
 the ship sunk uninjured. The outside bottom-plating is bent into a reversed 
 V-shape, the aft wing of which, about fifteen feet broad and thirty feet in length 
 (from frame 17 to frame 25) is doubled back upon itself against the continuation 
 of the same plating extending forward. 
 
 “ At frame 18 the vertical keel is broken in two, and the flat keel bent into an 
 angle similar to the angle formed by the outside bottom-plating. This break is 
 now about six feet above its normal position. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 25 
 
 “ In the opinion of the court this effect could have been produced only by the 
 explosion of a mine situated under the bottom of the ship at about frame 18, and 
 somewhat on the port side of the ship. 
 
 “ 6. The court finds that the loss of the Maine, on the occasion named, was 
 not in any respect due to fault or negligence on the part of any of the officers or 
 members of the crew of said vessel. 
 
 “7. In the opinion of the court the Maine was destroyed by the explosion of 
 a submarine mine, which caused the partial explosion of two or more of her for- 
 ward magazines. 
 
 “8. The court has been unable to obtain evidence fixing the responsibility 
 for the destruction of the Maine upon any person or persons. 
 
 “W. T. Sampson, Captain U. S. N., President. 
 
 “A. Marix, Tieutenant-Commander U. S. N., Judge- Advocate. 
 
 “The court, having finished the inquiry it was ordered to make, adjourned at 
 11 A. M to await the action of the convening authority. 
 
 “ W. T. Sampson, Captain U. S. N., President. 
 
 “ A. Marix, Tieutenant-Commander U. S. N., Judge-Advocate.” 
 
 “ U. S. Flagship York, off Key West, Fla., March 22, 1898. 
 
 “ The proceedings and findings of the Court of Inquiry in the above case are 
 approved. 
 
 “ M. SiCARD, Rear Admiral, 
 Commander-in-Chief of the United States Naval Force 
 on the North Atlantic Station.” 
 
 THE PRESIDENT’S MESSAGE. 
 
 Accompanying this report was the following explanatory message of the 
 President: 
 
 “ For some time prior to the visit of the Mahie to Havana harbor our Consu- 
 lar representatives pointed out the advantages to flow from the visit of national 
 ships to Cuban waters, in accustoming the people to the presence of our flag as 
 the symbol of good will, and of our ships in the fulfillment of the mission of pro- 
 tection to American interests, even though no immediate need therefor might 
 exist. 
 
 “ Accordingly on the 24th of January last, after a conference with the Spanish 
 Minister, in which the renewal of visits of our war vessels to Spanish waters was 
 discussed and accepted, the peninsular authorities at Madrid and Havana were 
 advised of the purpose of this government to resume friendly naval visits to Cuban 
 ports, and that, in that view, the Mahie would forthwith call at the port of 
 Havana. This announcement was received by the Spanish government with 
 appreciation of the friendly character of the visit of the Maine, and with notifica- 
 tion of an intention to return the courtesy by sending Spanish ships to the princi- 
 pal ports of the United States. Meanwhile the Maine entered the port of Havana 
 on the 25th of January, her arrival being marked with no special incident besides 
 the exchange of customary salutes and ceremonial visits. 
 
Cainpaignin^^ in the Philippines. 
 
 ^'8 
 
 “ The Maine continued in the harbor of Havana during the three weeks fol- 
 lowing her arrival. No appreciable excitement attended her stay; on the con- 
 trary, a feeling of relief and confidence followed the resumption of the long- 
 interrupted friendly intercourse. So noticeable was this immediate effect of her 
 visit that the Consul-General strongly urged that the presence of our ships in 
 Cuban waters should be kept up by retaining the Maine at Havana, or in the 
 event of her recall, by sending another vessel there to take her place. 
 
 “ At forty minutes past nine on the evening of the 15th of February, the Maine 
 was destroyed by an explosion, by which the entire forward part of the ship was 
 utterly wrecked. In this catastrophe two officers and two hundred and sixty-four 
 of her crew perished; those who were not killed outright by her explosion being 
 penned between decks by the tangle of wreckage and drowned by the immediate 
 sinking of the hull. Prompt assistance was rendered by the neighboring vessels 
 anchored in the harbor, aid being especially given by the boats of the Spanish 
 crniser, Alphonse Xn, and the Ward Tine steamer, City of JVashi'n^ion, which 
 lay not far distant. The wounded were generously cared for by the authorities of 
 Havana, the hospitals being freely opened to them, while the earliest recovered 
 bodies of the dead were interred by the municipality in a public cemetery in the 
 city. Tributes of grief and sympathy were offered from all official headquarters 
 of the island. 
 
 “ The appalling calamity fell upon the people of our country with crushing 
 force, and for a brief time an intense excitement prevailed, which, in a community 
 less just and self-controlled than ours, might have led to hasty acts of blind resent- 
 ment. This spirit, however, soon gave way to the calm processes of reason, and 
 to the resolve to investigate the facts and await material proof before forming a 
 judgment as to the cause, the responsibility, and, if the facts warranted, the 
 remedy due. This course necessarily recommended itself from the outset to the 
 Executive, for only in the yXX ^ light of a dispassionately ascertained 
 ceitainty could it de- termine the nature and measure of 
 
 its full duty in the matter. The usual 
 procedure was followed, as in all cases of 
 casualty or disaster to national vessels 
 of any maritime state. A naval court 
 of inquiry was at once organized, com- 
 posed of officers well qualified by rank 
 and practical experience to discharge 
 the onerous duty imposed upon them. 
 Aided by a strong force of wreckers 
 and divers, the court proceeded to make 
 a thorough investigation on the spot, 
 employing every available means for the impartial and exact 
 determination of the causes of the explosion. Its operations 
 have been conducted with the utmost deliberation and judgment, and, while 
 independently pursued, no source of information was neglected, and the fullest 
 opportunity was allowed for a simultaneous investigation by the Spanish 
 authorities. 
 
Canipaigjiijis; in the Philippines. 
 
 27 
 
 
 
 “ The finding of the Court of Inquiry was reached, after twenty-three days of 
 continuous labor, on the 21st of March instant, and, having been approved 
 on the 22d by the Commander-in-Chief of the United States naval force of 
 the North Atlantic Station, was transmitted to the Executive. ^ ^ 
 
 “It is herewith laid before the Congress, together with the 
 voluminous testimony taken be- 
 fore the court. Its purport 
 is, in brief, as follows : 
 
 ‘ ‘ When the Maine arrived at 
 Havana she was conducted by 
 the regular government pilot to 
 buoy No. 4, to which she was 
 moored in from five and one-half 
 to six fathoms of water. The 
 state of discipline on board 
 and the condition of her yy/ 
 magazines, boilers, coal- 
 bunkers and storage com- 
 partments are passed in 
 review, with the conclusion 
 no indication of any cause for an internal explosion existed in any quarter. 
 
 “At eight o’clock in the evening of February 15th everything had been 
 reported secure, and all was quiet. At forty minutes past nine o’clock the vessel 
 was suddenly destroyed. There were two distinct explosions, with a brief interval 
 between them. The first lifted the forward part of the ship very perceptibly; the 
 second, which was more open, prolonged,- and of greater volume, is attributed by 
 the court to the partial explosion of two or more of the forward magazines. 
 
 ‘ ‘ The evidence of the divers establishes that the after part of the ship was 
 practically intact and sank in that condition a very few minutes after the 
 explosion. The forward part was completely destroyed. 
 
 “ Upon the evidence of a concurrent external cause the finding of the court is 
 as follows: 
 
 “ (As in paragraphs 5, 6, 7 and 8 of the Report.) 
 
 “ I have directed that the finding of the Court of Inquiry, and the views of 
 the government thereon, be communicated to the government of Her Majesty, the 
 Queen Regent, and I do not permit myself to doubt that the sense of justice of the 
 Spanish nation will dictate a course of action suggested by honor and the friendly 
 relations of the two governments. It will be the duty of the Executive to advise 
 the Congress of the result, and in the meantime deliberate consideration is 
 invoked. William McKinley. 
 
 “Executive Mansion, March 28, 1898.’’ 
 
 FURTHER OFFICIAL ACTS. 
 
 In both branches of Congress the next day bills were introduced on Cuban 
 affairs, and on April 1st, Congress passed a naval appropriation bill. In the 
 days following there was a tempered discussion in Congress on Cuban affairs. 
 
 
 
 NATIVES SAWING WOOD. 
 
 that excellent order prevailed, and that 
 
28 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 On April 7tli, a note was received from the representatives of foreign powers, 
 expressing a hope “that further negotiations will lead to an agreement which, 
 while securing the maintenance of peace, will afford all necessary guarantees for 
 
 the establishment of order in Cuba.” This was signed 
 by the representatives of Germany, Austria, 
 Hungary, France, Great 
 Britain, Italy and Russia. 
 President McKinley’s reply 
 was diplomatic and concilia- 
 tory but not in harmony 
 with the voice of the people. 
 
 On March 27th, Presi- 
 dent McKinley had sub- 
 mitted to the Spanish gov- 
 ernment propositions look- 
 STREET SCENE IN SAN FERNANDO. ing to an armistico between 
 
 Spain and the Cuban insurgents until October, with a view of coming to an 
 adjustment of Cuban affairs. Soon thereafter General Blanco issued this 
 proclamation : 
 
 “ His Majesty’s Government, yielding to the reiterated wish expressed by His 
 Holiness, the Pope, has been pleased to decree a suspension of hostilities, with the 
 object of preparing and facilitating the restoration of peace on this island, in virtue 
 whereof I believe it convenient to order: 
 
 “ Article 1. From the day following the receipt in each locality of the present 
 proclamation hostilities are ordered to be suspended in all the territory of the 
 Island of Cuba. 
 
 “The details for the execution of the above article will be the subject of 
 special instructions that will be communicated to the several commanders-in-chief 
 of the army corps for easy and prompt execution according to the situation and 
 circumstances of the case. Blanco.” 
 
 An ineffective revocation of Weyler’s reconcentrado orders had been issued 
 and Spain appropriated J600,000 for Cuban relief. However, all came to naught. 
 The conditions mentioned in the Blanco proclamation were such that the insur- 
 gents could not comply — one being that they must surrender their arms. The 
 appropriation failed of its ostensible intent, one of the conditions being that no 
 one who was a relative of an insurgent in arms could have the benefit, and 
 this would include nearly the whole Cuban population. 
 
 In a message to Congress, during this time. President McKinley used this 
 significant language: “ I need not speak of forcible annexation, for that cannot 
 be thought of. That, by our code of morality, would be criminal aggression.” 
 
 On the 11th day of April, President McKinley submitted his message to Congress, 
 which put an end to controversy, and brought Congress to immediate and definite 
 action. Its great length precludes a recapitulation of the whole. It dwelt upon the 
 policies of his predecessors in regard to the vital questions involved ; told of the 
 Spanish aggressions in Cuba, and the great menace to our material interests, 
 
CampatgJiing in the Philippines. 
 
 29 
 
 while this government had practiced the utmost prudence at enormous expense, 
 having in view international relations, to protect Spanish interests in spite of 
 their career of intrigue and destruction, and concludes : 
 
 “In the name of humanity, in the name of civilization, in behalf of endangered 
 American interests, which give us the right and the duty to speak and to act, the 
 war in Cuba must stop.’’ 
 
 “ In view of these facts and these considerations, I ask Congress to authorize 
 and empower the President to take measures to secure a full and final termination 
 of hostilities between the government of Spain and the people of Cuba, and to 
 secure in the island the establishment of a stable government capable of maintain- 
 ing order and observing its international obligations, insuring peace and tran- 
 quillity, and the security of its citizens as well as our own ; and to use the military 
 and naval forces of the United States as may be necessary for these purposes. 
 
 ‘ ‘ And in the interest of humanity and to aid in preserving the lives of the 
 starving people of the island, I recommend that the distribution of food and sup- 
 plies be continued, and that an appropriation be made out of the public treasury to 
 supplement the charity of our citizens. 
 
 “The issue is now with Congress. It is a solemn responsibility. I have 
 exhausted every effort to relieve the intolerable condition of affairs which is at our 
 doors. Prepared to execute every obligation imposed upon me by the constitution 
 and the law, I await your action.” 
 
 CONGRESS RECOGNIZES THE INDEPENDENCE OF CUBA. 
 
 In this there was no mincing of words. It had the true ring. It was a cen- 
 ter shot, and hit a vital part. At once Congress made its response and it likewise 
 came in no uncertain terms. On the 13th of April, the House of Representatives 
 passed a resolution directing the President to intervene in Cuban affairs at once, 
 and authorized him to use the land and naval forces of the United States in his 
 effort to stop the war. The Senate passed a substitute for the House resolution. 
 Not that all did not concur in 
 its spirit, but it was thought 
 to be too loose in its wording. 
 
 The Senate substitute was 
 adopted by the House, and 
 the measure as finally passed 
 is the following; 
 
 “Joint resolution for the 
 recognition of the independence 
 of the people of Cuba, demand- 
 ing that the government of 
 Spain relinquish its authority 
 
 and government in the island a filipino hut. 
 
 of Cuba, and withdraw its land and naval forces from Cuba and Cuban waters, 
 and directing the President of the United States to use the land and naval forces 
 of the United States to carry these resolutions into effect. 
 
CampaiiTuing in the Philippines. 
 
 P/0 
 
 ‘ Whereas the abhorrent conditions which have existed for more than three 
 3’ears in the island of Cuba, so near our own borders, have shocked the moral 
 sense of the people of the United States, and have been a disgrace to Christian 
 
 civilization, culminat- 
 ing, as they have, in 
 the destruction of a 
 United States battle- 
 ship, with 266 of its 
 officers and crew, 
 while on a friendly 
 visit in the harbor of 
 Havana, and cannot 
 be longer endured, as 
 had been set forth by 
 the President of the 
 United States in his 
 message to Congress of April 11, 1898, upon which the action of Congress 
 was invited; therefore, be it resolved : 
 
 “First — That the people of the island of Cuba are, and of right ought to be, 
 free and independent. 
 
 “Second — That it is the duty of the United States to demand, and the govern- 
 ment of the United States does demand, that the government of Spain at once 
 relinquish its authority and government in the island of Cuba, and withdraw its 
 land and naval forces from Cuba and Cuban waters. 
 
 “ Third — That the President of the United States be, and he hereby is, directed 
 and empowered to use the entire land and naval forces of the United States, and 
 to call into the actual service of the United States the militia of the several states 
 to such an extent as may be necessary to carry these resolutions into effect. 
 
 “ Fourth — That the United States hereby disclaims any disposition or inten- 
 tion to exercise sovereignty, jurisdiction, or control over said island, except for 
 the pacification thereof, and asserts its determination when that is accomplished to 
 leave the government and control of the island to its people.” 
 
 WAR DECLARED BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND SPAIN. 
 
 On April 20th the United States government presented its ultimatum to Spain 
 to, before noon on April 23rd, relinquish authority and government in the island 
 of Cuba and withdraw both land and naval forces from Cuba and Cuban waters. 
 Spain protested and refused compliance, and at once our North Atlantic squadron 
 was ordered to Cuban waters to blockade Havana and other port cities. 
 
 At noon on April 23rd the President issued his proclamation calling for 125,000 
 men for service in the military and naval forces of the government in the war with 
 Spain. It is as follows: 
 
 “ Whereas, by a joint resolution of Congress, approved on the 20th day of 
 April, 1898, entitled ‘Joint resolution for the recognition of the independence of 
 the people of Cuba, demanding that the government of Spain relinquish its 
 
 SPANISH FORT AT CAVITE. 
 
Campaigmu}]; in the Philippines. 
 
 31 
 
 authority and government in the island of Cuba, and withdraw its land and naval 
 forces from Cuba and Cuban waters, and directing the President of the United 
 States to use the land and naval forces of the United States to carry this 
 resolution into effect,’ and, 
 
 “Whereas, by an Act of Congress entitled ‘An Act to provide for tempora- 
 rily increasing the military establishment of the United States in time of war and 
 for other purposes,’ approved April 22, 1898, the President is authorized, in 
 order to raise a volunteer army, to issue this proclamation calling for volunteers 
 to serve in the army of the United States. 
 
 “ Now therefore, I, William McKinley, President of the United States, by virtue 
 of the power vested in me by the constitution and the laws, and deeming sufficient 
 occasion to exist, have thought it fit to call forth, and hereby do call forth, vol- 
 unteers to the aggregate number of 125,000, in order to carry into effect the pur- 
 pose of the said resolution ; the same to be apportioned, as far as practicable, 
 among the several states and territories and the District of Columbia, according 
 to population, and to serve for two years, unless sooner discharged. The details 
 for this object will be immediately communicated to the proper authorities through 
 the War Department. 
 
 “ In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the 
 United States to be affixed. 
 
 “ Done at the City of Washington this twenty-third day of April, A. D. 1898, 
 and of the independence of the United States the one hundred and twenty-second. 
 “By the President : William McKinley. 
 
 “John Sherman, Secretary of State.’’ 
 
 Upon the issuance of this proclamation. Chairman Dingley, of the Ways and 
 Means Committee, introduced in the House a War Revenue Bill. At the instance 
 of the President, Congress, on the 25th day of April, made the following formal 
 declaration of war : 
 
 “ A bill declaring that war 
 the Kingdom of Spain. Be it 
 enacted, etc. 
 
 “1. That war be, and the 
 same is hereby declared to 
 exist, and that war has existed 
 since the 21st day of April, 
 
 1898, including said day, be- 
 tween the United States of 
 ^ America and the Kingdom of 
 I Spain. 
 
 I “2. That the President of 
 I the United States be, and he 
 hereby is, directed and em- 
 powered to use the entire land and naval forces of the United States, and to 
 call into active service of the United States the militia of the several states to such 
 extent as may be necessary to carry this act into effect.” 
 
 exists between the United States of America and 
 
 A FILIPINO EQUIPAGE. 
 
* n 
 
 Campaigiiuig in the Philippmes. 
 
 On the same day a bill passed the Senate increasing the regular army. Pur- 
 suant to the call for troops, the enlistment of men exceeded all expectations, and 
 tenders were made by the governors of many states largely in excess of their 
 quotas. By the 16th of May, 70,000 volunteers had been mustered in, and by the 
 18th, 92,580, and the following States had completed their quotas: California, 
 Georgia, Idaho, Indiana, Kansas, Maine, Maryland, Minnesota, Massachusetts, 
 New Hampshire, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Vermont, Washington, West 
 Virginia, Wisconsin, Wyoming and District of Columbia. 
 
 On May 25th the President issued his proclamation, calling for 75,000 more 
 volunteers, making a total force of regulars and volunteers of 278,500 men. A 
 statement from the Treasury Department of June 2d showed that for April the 
 expenditure for a navy was $12,557,000, and for the army, $6,223,000. For May 
 it was, navy, $9,093,000, and the army, $17,093,000. Congress passed a deficiency 
 bill, appropriating $17,845,000 for war expenditures, and on June 10th, the War 
 Revenue bill and the Secretary of the Treasury asked for subscriptions to the 
 $200,000,000 three per cent bonds. 
 
CHAPTER III. 
 
 AFTER THE BATTLE OF MANILA BAY. 
 
 FTHR the destruction of the Spanish fleet the holding of Manila 
 Bay was a military necessity. The American fleet was 7000 
 miles from an American port, and among all the hundreds of 
 Asiatic ports which would have been available in time of peace 
 there was not one which was open to an American war-vessel 
 except for temporary refuge from stress of weather, and once 
 only for each ship for such repairs and coal supply as might 
 enable her to reach the nearest home port. It was therefore a 
 military necessity to hold the bay and the naval docks and shops 
 which had been wrested from the Spaniards. To this extent Admiral Dewey’s 
 duty was clear. What should be done with the city of Manila was a different, 
 and far more difficult problem. That it was within his power, by bombardment, 
 to compel the capitulation of the city there could be no doubt. Had a Spanish 
 fleet been approaching with the intent to attack him in Manila Bay, it would have 
 doubtless been a military necessity to promptly reduce the city, no matter at what 
 hazard, that in the event of another naval battle, his ships might not be subject to 
 the fire of shore batteries. This condition, however, for the time being, did not 
 exist. The only Spanish fleet in Oriental waters had been destroyed. Dewey’s 
 fleet was safe in Manila harbor, with full possession of the stores, docks and shops 
 of Cavite, and it was perfectly certain that so long as he did not attack Manila its 
 batteries would not fire upon the American ships. If, on the other hand, he 
 should take possession of Manila, international law would hold the United States 
 responsible for the protection of non-Spanish persons and property in the city, and 
 the law of humanity would hold them equally responsible for the protection of all 
 other non-combatants. For this duty Admiral Dewey had no force, and his 
 obvious course, therefore, was the one adopted — to leave things as they were, 
 pending instructions and reinforcements, for which he promptly applied, mean- 
 while, of course, maintaining a close blockade of the port. 
 
 THE AMERICAN POEICY UNDETERMINED. 
 
 Whether or not the opening thus made should be followed by the conquest 
 and annexation, or other disposal of the Philippines, was a matter to be deter- 
 mined at Washington, and for the pre.sent the authorities there had no means of 
 forming an opinion. There was absolutely no public sentiment upon the subject 
 other than the general desire to seize everything belonging to the enemy,, which 
 
 8b 
 
34 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 prevails in all countries in time of war; nor was there any such special informa- 
 tion immediately available to the President and Congress as would warrant the 
 formation of any fixed judgment by them. The decision was made, however, and 
 
 put into execution as rapidly 
 as possible, to despatch troops 
 to the islands in sufficient 
 numbers to capture and hold 
 the city of Manila, and be pre- 
 pared to enforce, as to the 
 remainder of the territory, 
 whatever decision might 
 ultimately be reached. 
 
 As a matter of fact the 
 most important factor in the 
 ultimate solution of the problem was the character and disposition of the inhab- 
 itants of the islands, and the probability of a satisfactory affiliation between 
 them and the Americans. It is, perhaps, even yet too early to form definite 
 opinions on this subject, but the following resume of some of the events which 
 have occurred upon the islands during the past few years will throw some light 
 upon the subject, and is at any rate essential to a proper understanding of the 
 course of events since the American occupation. 
 
 CONDITIONS UNDER SPANISH RULE. 
 
 The Philippines, like all other Spanish colonies, were ruled with an iron hand. 
 All authority was concentrated in the Governor-General, residing at Manila. 
 There were provincial and municipal governments, but all subject to review by 
 the central authority. To what extent the Governor-General was directed from 
 Madrid does not appear, but apparently it depended upon his personal influence 
 with the home government. It is stated that the Governor-Generals always went 
 to the islands as poor men, and returned very rich. If this were true, and it is 
 common report, their riches were obtained by peculation, because it is impossible 
 to become rich from the legitimate emoluments of public office. There is no 
 authentic statement known to us of the exact forms of tyranny practiced by the 
 Spaniards upon the Filipinos, but in general it appears to have taken the form 
 of corrupt administration rather than of oppressive laws. Both the fiscal ad- 
 ministration and the courts are said to have been corrupt. The rich oppressed 
 the poor, and divided the plunder with ofiicials. There appears to have been cases 
 of enforced colonization, in which natives were compelled to leave their homes 
 and settle in other islands. Those forms of oppression, however, which most 
 directly affected the masses, seem to have been connected with the church. During 
 the course of the three centuries of Spanish control, Christianity has become firmly 
 implanted among the natives. With the exception of some Mohammedans in the 
 southern islands, and the few tribes which are entirely uncivilized, all Filipinos 
 are good Catholics. Those who know them best have least doubt as to the sin- 
 cerity of the belief of the masses in the tenets of the Catholic faith. The Catholic 
 church, as is well known, is a hierarchy with the parish priest as the unit, locally 
 
 SPANISH TARGET PRACTICE ON THE LUNETA. 
 
'^ampaigJiiiig in the Philippines. 
 
 35 
 
 directed by his bishop and archbishop. But within the church there are a large 
 number of religious orders, supposed to be devoted to good words and works, 
 and actually so, so far as we in America know them, but independent 
 of the authority of the priests and bishops, and respon- 
 sible mainly to their own superiors, and through them, 
 like the parish priests and bishops, to the Pope. The 
 testimony is universal that in the Philippines these 
 “friars” were wholly unlike the good men whom we 
 know as such in this country, and, to a very great extent, 
 were ignorant, brutish, licentious and rapacious. Educa- 
 tional affairs, at least in the rural districts, were largely 
 in their hands, and in many ways they were employed by the Governors in 
 connection with the civil administration, in which capacity they could, and, as 
 alleged, did practice all forms of petty extortion, while leading, as is stated, 
 in many cases, grossly immoral lives. At any rate, the one clear and emphatic 
 demand which stood out above all others from this sincerely Catholic people 
 was that the friars should be banished from the islands, and all religious 
 work committed to the parish priests, as to whom no complaint was made, and 
 who appear to have acquired and deserved the entire respect of the people. 
 
 SOCIETY OF THE KATIPUNAN. 
 
 As the result of misgovernment there have been, since 1868, several Filipino 
 insurrections, none of them attaining any great measure of success until that of 
 1896, which was coincident with the rebellion in Cuba. During all these years, 
 however, the spirit of discontent has been spreading, and the art of secret organ- 
 ization acquired. It is said that educated Filipinos residing in European capitals 
 were initiated as Freemasons, and introduced into the islands many of the methods 
 of that organization in the formation of the society of the “ Katipunan” — a Tagalo 
 word meaning “brotherhood” — which was devoted to the attainment of the inde- 
 pendence of the islands. This brotherhood became very strong on the island of 
 Euzon, and gradually spread over most of the islands of the archipelago, largely 
 aided, it is said, by the enforced colonization schemes of the government, from the 
 fact that the suspected persons who were selected for deportation became new 
 centers of conspiracy in the islands to which they were taken. 
 
 REBEEEION OF 1896. 
 
 Warfare between the Spaniards and their subject people has always been savage 
 on both sides, and the preparations for the revolt which broke out on August 20, 
 
 ' • ' 1896, are said to have included 
 
 a conspiracy for the massacre of 
 the entire Spanish, and perhaps 
 foreign population. The night 
 attack, on the 20th of August, 
 in which the Spaniards were to 
 have been slaughtered, was frustrated through the confession of the wife of a 
 member of the Katipunan to a priest, and this led to the arrest and 
 
 
 t - » 
 
 
 
3 (> 
 
 Caiupc.igmng in the Philippines. 
 
 imprisonment at once of some 300 of the suspects. Some time before 
 this, a petition, signed by 5000 of these natives, had been presented to the 
 government of Japan, asking for annexation to that government, and this was 
 at once forwarded by the Japanese government to that of Madrid. This action of 
 J apan only added fuel to the fire. While the Spanish government was for the 
 time lenient with these petitioners, it was compulsory lieniency, as there were 
 then in the Philippines only about 1500 Spanish soldiers, and 6000 auxiliaries 
 (natives). By the 1st of December following, this force had been increased to 
 10,000 Spanish regulars, with the addition of some small war-craft. Arrests fol- 
 lowed, and discontent became rampant. On the 26th of August, 1896, Caloocan 
 was raided by the insurgents, some Chinese killed and others captured. The 
 Spanish cavalry started in pursuit, but all had vanished. On the morning of 
 August 30th the first battle of the insurrection occurred at San Juan del Monte, 
 just outside Manila, the rebels making the attack at four o’clock in the morning. 
 
 BRIDGE OF SPAIN. A FIESTA DAY. 
 
 They had no military skill or leadership, Sancho Valenzuela being in command, 
 and he, by occupation, a ropemaker. One Spaniard was killed and several 
 wounded. There were eighty of the rebels killed. On September 4th four of the 
 leaders of the San Juan fight were executed on the Luneta. This was followed 
 by the execution of others. The rebellion now spread like an infection, reaching 
 into the provinces, the populace being quite universally allied with the rebellion. 
 Everywhere, however, the little conflicts were favorable to the Spanish. 
 
 AGUINALDO APPEARS. 
 
 The province of Cavite soon attracted most attention from its connection with 
 Don Emilio Aguinaldo. He was there teaching school at Silan, a small place, 
 but a hotbed and resort of rebels. He was born in this province on the 22d of 
 March, 1868, at Cauit. 
 
Cauipaii^nuig in the Philippines. 
 
 37 
 
 Aguinaldo at once sprang into prominence by issuing an address to the people, 
 counseling resistance. There was not formulated in this proclamation a plan of 
 government. At San Francisco de Malabon he organized the revolutionary move- 
 ment, and at once marched to Imus, in the province of Cavite. 
 Here there was a slight engagement, and several priests were 
 captured and cruelly tortured to death. Aguinaldo fortified Imus. 
 The insurgents also held Paranaque and Las Pinas, and built 
 trenches one and one-half miles long, south of Cavite fort and 
 arsenal; they were splendidly entrenched. Here the Spaniards, 
 with a large force, sought to dislodge them, but were defeated 
 with the loss of nearly the half of a whole regiment of auxiliaries; sixty 
 Spanish regulars were killed and fifty wounded. The Spaniards retired behind 
 trenches. In the meantime executions were the order of the day; in Manila 
 thirteen of the “promoters” were executed at one time. 
 
 There was an organized force of insurgents north of Manila, in the provinces 
 of Bulacan and Pampanga. Their estimated strength was 3000. Against these 
 the Spaniards had a cavalry c’etachment of 500 men. Nothing effective, however, 
 was done. With the augmentation of the Spanish forces an attempt was made to 
 capture the insurgents, but everywhere the rebels seemed victorious. At Car- 
 mona, Silan, Imus, Binicayan — all were Spanish defeats, but still these defeats 
 served the purpose of keeping the rebel forces out of Manila. It was a savage 
 warfare and no mercy shown by either faction. 
 
 CHANGES IN THE GOVERNOR-GENERALSHIP. 
 
 Governor-General Blanco, not being in harmony with the archbishop, was 
 recalled to Spain in December. At this time the insurgent force was practically 
 in possession of the whole province of Cavite, except the fortifications of Cavite, 
 and there were in the province about 7000 insurgent troops, mostly equipped with 
 Mauser rifles. They were well entrenched, but with no sufficient artillery. Their 
 total fighting force at this time was about 35,000 men. 
 
 General Camilo Polavieja succeeded General Blanco. His available force was 
 increased to 28,000 men, and a vigorous campaign was at once inaugurated. 
 General Lachambre was his deputy commanding in the field, and a large number 
 of small engagements followed, the result of which, for the time, re-established 
 Spanish rule in Cavite province. General Polavieja and his 
 deputy resigned and left for Spain, April 15, 1897. He was 
 succeeded in command by General Fernando Primo de Rivera, 
 who arrived later in the spring in Manila. 
 
 At this time, Aguinaldo had united his forces with Llaneras, 
 and they overran a number of the northern provinces, including 
 Tarlac. General Monet conducted the Spanish campaign against 
 these forces, but his barbarities were such that the rebellion only 
 spread and strengthened. His native auxiliaries, and the native priests, almost 
 in a body joined the rebellious army. The rebellion, from now until the making 
 )f that remarkable pact of peace which so long brought Aguinaldo and his 
 
ss 
 
 Cauipaii^ning in the Philippines. 
 
 party into obloquy, took on the form of guerrilla warfare. There were no actions 
 known as battles, between the forces, but a series of raids and assaults by small 
 detachments. 
 
 THE PACT OF PEACE. 
 
 On August 6, 1897, General Rivera commissioned a Filipino to negotiate 
 terms of peace with the insurgents; and an agreement or treaty, known as the 
 “ Facto de Biac-na-bato,” was made, on the part of the Spanish government, by 
 
 Pedro A. Paterno, the Filipino mentioned, and Agui- 
 naldo and thirty-four of his leaders; in which among 
 other stipulations, it was agreed, — 'that the rebels should 
 be paid $1,000,000, and the families who had been 
 damaged by the war $700,000; that Aguinaldo and his 
 associates should leave the islands, and not return 
 without the consent of the Spanish government; all 
 arms and ammunition of the rebels were to be sur- 
 rendered, and the}" were to evacuate all places and 
 A SORE CROWD. fortlficatlons held by them b}" force of arms. An 
 
 armistice for three years was provided for, in which certain promised reforms 
 were to be made, and the rebels should not again engage in rebellious acts. 
 
 There has been much dispute as to the full terms of that compact, the insur- 
 gents claiming that many reforms were provided for, which the Spaniards deny. 
 As the treaty or agreement has never been published or made known by any of 
 those who were party to it, there is cause for suspicion, that in its scope, and 
 afterwards in its execution, there was that which would compromise those con- 
 nected with it. On the 15th of December, 1897, however, the General-in-Chief, 
 and his mediator, Pedro A. Paterno, signed the following agreement which 
 appears to be a part of the unpublished compact: 
 
 “ In the peace proposals presented b}" the sole mediator, Don Pedro Alejandro 
 Paterno, in the name and on behalf of the rebels in arms, and in the Peace Pro- 
 tocol which 
 was agreed 
 to and sub- 
 mitted to His 
 Majesty’s 
 Government, 
 which approv- 
 ed of the same, 
 there exists 
 a principal 
 clause relat- 
 ing to the 
 sums of mon- 
 ey which BRIDGE AT BULACAN. 
 
 were handed over to the rebels and their families as indemnity for the loss 
 of their goods consequent on the war, which sums amounted to a total of $1,700,- 
 000, which the mediator, Senor Paterno, was to distribute absolutely at his 
 
CanipcAij^mng i)i the Philippines. 
 
 39 
 
 discretion, but the payment of the said sum will have to be subject to the conditions 
 proposed by the representative of the government, H. K. the General-in-Chief 
 of this army. These conditions were agreed to be as follows, viz : 
 
 1. For the rebels in arms a draft for the sum of $400,000 will be handed to 
 Sehor Paterno, payable in Hongkong, as well as two cheques for $200,000 each, 
 payable only on the condition of the agreement being fulfilled on the other part. 
 
 2. For the families of those who were not rebels in arms, or engaged in rebel- 
 lion, but who likewise suffered the evils of war, the balance of the sum offered 
 shall be paid in three installments, the last to be paid six months after the date on 
 which the Te Deum shall be sung, assuming the peace to become an accomplished 
 fact. Peace shall be held to be effectively concluded if, during the interval of 
 these installment periods, no party of armed rebels, with recognized leader, shall 
 exist, and if no secret society shall have been discovered as existing here or 
 abroad with the proved object of conspiracy by those who benefit by these pay- 
 ments. The 
 representative 
 of the rebels, 
 
 Don Pedro Al- 
 ejandro Pater- 
 no, and the 
 representative 
 of the govern- 
 ment, the Cap- 
 tain-General 
 Don Fernando 
 Primo de Ri- 
 vera, agree to 
 the above con- 
 ditions, in witness whereof each representative now signs four copies of the same 
 tenor and effect, one being for the government, another for the archives of the 
 Captain- Generalcy, and one copy each for the said representatives. 
 
 *Done in Manila on the 15th of December, 1897. 
 
 Fernando Primo de Rivera, 
 
 The General-in-Chief. 
 
 Pedro A. Paterno. 
 
 MONEY PAID BY THE SPANISH TO THE INSURGENTS. 
 
 Pursuant to this agreement certain sums were paid by the Spanish to the rebels. 
 Aguinaldo and his party embarked for Hongkong on December 27, 1897, escorted 
 by Spanish officers, and counseling submission to Spanish authority. The rebels 
 delivered up their arms, the Spanish government sent home 7000 of its troops, 
 and there was an interval of peace. 
 
 It is claimed on one hand, and has generally been believed in America, that 
 in this transaction Aguinaldo and his leaders were bribed by the Spanish 
 
 *The original of the above document was read in public session of Congress in Madrid, on 
 the I6th of June, 1898, by the Deputy Sehor Muro. 
 
 ENTRANCE TO FORT SAN FILIPA. 
 
40 
 
 Campaigning^ in the Philippines. 
 
 government to desert their cause, and that as matters turned out they were 
 guilty of the double infamy of accepting a bribe and refusing to “ stay bought.” 
 
 On the other hand it is insisted by the friends of Aguinaldo that the money 
 paid by the Spaniards was in no sense a personal matter, but constituted a trust 
 fund, to be employed as circumstances might determine; if the pledges alleged to 
 have been made by the Spanish in connection with the payment were kept, the 
 money was to be distributed among those who had suffered loss by the rebellion; 
 if otherwise it was to be used in a renewal of the revolutionary movement. 
 
 What the real intent 
 
 was cannot now be 
 known. There can be 
 little doubt that the 
 Spanish authorities be- 
 lieved that whatever the 
 ostensible purpose for 
 which the money was 
 paid, it would in the end 
 be retained by Auginaldo 
 and his leaders, who 
 would thereby be dis- 
 credited and incapable of 
 further mischief. Wheth- 
 er this would have been 
 the case can now never 
 be known, as the advent 
 of the Americans made 
 a complete change in the 
 situation, opening as it 
 did to the imagination 
 of Aguinaldo, possibili- 
 ties of which he could 
 not have dreamed. 
 
 It is interesting to note 
 in this connection what 
 General Francis V. 
 NATIVE THEATER. Grccne, of the United 
 
 States Army in the Philippines, thought of the bribery phase of the affair and 
 of Aguinaldo. In his official report to the Secretary of War, dated August 30, 
 1898, he says: 
 
 “ Aguinaldo and his associates went to Hongkong and Singapore. A portion 
 of the mone}", $400,000, was deposited in banks at Hongkong, and a lawsuit soon 
 arose between Aguinaldo and one of his subordinate chiefs named Artacho, which 
 is interesting on account of the very honorable position taken by Aguinaldo. 
 Artacho sued for a division of the money among the insurgents according to rank. 
 Aguinaldo claimed that the money was a trust fund, and was to remain on deposit 
 until it was seen whether the Spaniards would carry out their promised reforms. 
 
Caiupaigmng in the Philippines. 
 
 41 
 
 and if they failed to do so, it was to be used to defray the expenses of a new insur- 
 rection. The suit was settled out of court by paying Artacho $5000. No steps 
 have been taken to introduce the reforms. 
 
 More than 2000 insurgents who had been 
 deported to Fernando Po and other places 
 are still in confinement, and Aguinaldo is 
 now using the money to carry on the opera- 
 tions of the present insurrection.” 
 
 General Whittier’s statement shows that 
 Aguinaldo even refused to take money for 
 his personal expenses when asked to return 
 to Manila by the American Consul at 
 Singapore, Spencer Pratt, who offered him. ^ soldikr has varied experiences. 
 money for that purpose. Did the Spanish government keep its pact ? It is 
 known before General Rivera left Manila in April, 1898, the chiefs in Hong- 
 kong had been paid $300,000. What further pacification they have received is 
 not clear. 
 
 THE TRAGEDY OF THE CALLE DE CAMBA. 
 
 It now became apparent that the government, believing that the rebellion was 
 conquered, the forces scattered, the fortifications surrendered, and the rebels 
 without arms, thought it could treat with impunity the rights of the people in 
 utter disregard of its promises and pledges. The public, mind was soon again in 
 a ferment, and the agitation was becoming tense. At this time, March 25th, 
 occurred what is known as the 2 Tragedy of the Calle de Camba.” A large 
 number of Viscayan sailors were assembled in one of the outskirts of Manila, and 
 in a little carnival, were vehemently discussing the national wrongs. A passer-by 
 informed the police; the civil guard attacked the place, and, without warning, 
 shot down seventy of the Viscayans. Within nine days from this time an army 
 of insurgents in Cebu, in the Viscayan group, 5000 strong, organized and took 
 the city, except the fort. Government House, college and the foreigners’ houses; 
 the government places were kept in a state of siege. Reinforcements came from 
 Manila and the rebels were driven from the city. At Labangan another great 
 battle was fought, in which the rebel loss was reported at 1000. 
 
 In Euzon Island rebellion was again rife. In the provinces adjoining and north 
 ' of Manila the looting and killing was like that of savages. A Spanish force of 
 about 1000 men, under General Monet, was sent agaimst the rebels; but still the 
 violence and destruction was not abated. General Basilio Augustin now succeeded 
 Rivera in command in the Philippines. 
 
 Upon the breaking out of war with this country the Spanish policy towards 
 the natives was at once changed, and every effort made to attach them to the 
 Spanish cause. Relying upon their attachment to the Catholic church, the 
 strongest appeals were made to them by the church authorities. The following 
 “allocution,” issued by the archbishop of Madrid, may serve as an example of 
 these documents which were strongly reinforced by the resident prelates and the 
 press. It was sought to convince the Filipinos that a Protestant army was coming 
 to devastate their homes and destroy their religious liberty. 
 
42 
 
 Campai(^)ii}io- m the Philippines. 
 
 ALLOCUTION BY THE ARCHBISHOP OF MADRID 
 “Very Beloved Sons: 
 
 The cursed hunger for gold and the unquenchable thirst for power have com- 
 bined to tarnish that flag which the great Queen Isabella raised, by the hand of 
 Columbus, in the West Indies. With justice trodden under foot, the voice of the 
 Pope unheeded, and the interventions of the nations despised with arrogance, every 
 road to the counsels of peace has been barred, and the horrors of war have become 
 a necessity. Tet heaven be witness that we are not the authors of this disaster, 
 and let the responsibility before God be on that vain people whose dogma seems 
 
 to be that money is the god of the world There, ploughing the seas, 
 
 go our soldiers and our sailors. Have no fear, let no one weep, unless, indeed, it 
 be for fear of arriving too late for the fray. Go, braves, to fight with the blessing 
 of the Fatherland. With you goes all Spain, from the Mediterranean to the 
 Atlantic, from Irun to Tarifa. With what envy do we contemplate you weighing 
 anchor to leave our shores! Oh! why does juvenility, or decrepitude, or duty 
 deprive us of the joy of taking part in your enterprise? But no! with you goes 
 
 our Spanish heart May the Immaculate Virgin, whose scapulary 
 
 hangs around your necks and whose blessed image floats on your flags, protect you 
 under her mantle in the moment of danger, deliver you from all evil, and shower 
 blessings upon you! May Saint James, patron of Spain, and the martyr Nico- 
 demus and Saint Telmo and Saint Raymond and the King Saint Ferdinand, go 
 before you and ever march in the vanguard wherever you may go and make you 
 invulnerable to the bullets of the enemy, so that you may return victorious to 
 tread once more this noble soil and kiss the cheek of the weeping mother who 
 bore you! .... We, who cannot go to take part in the battles, will hold 
 and brandish the arms of prayer, like Moses, who prayed on the mountain whilst 
 
 Joshua slew his ferocious enemies in the valley God has triumph in 
 
 His hand and will give it to whom He pleases. He gave it to Spain in Cova- 
 donga, in Las Navas, in El Salado, in the river of Seville, on the plain of Granada, 
 and in a thousand battles which overflow the pages of history. Oh, Lord, give it 
 us now! Let the nations see that against the right of might there is the might of 
 right! 
 
 To all beloved sons, from our heart we have pleasure in sending you our pas- 
 toral benediction, in the name of the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Ghost. 
 Amen. 
 
 Given in our palace in Madrid on the 23d of April, 1898. JosE Ma, 
 
 Archbishop of Madrid- Alcala.’^ 
 
 AGUINALDO MEETS THE AMERICAN CONSUL-GENERAL. 
 
 At Hongkong, in the m.eantime, there had been established by Aguinaldo and 
 his self-exiled followers, a junta known as the “Philippine Patriotic League.” 
 In view of the alleged Spanish violation of the pact, it was seeking foreign help 
 and recognition with the intent to again attack Spanish rule in the Philippines. 
 The breaking out of the American war seemed to open a new prospect for the 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 4 :? 
 
 MAGELLAN’S MONUMENT. 
 
 Singapore a Malay police sergeant was 
 illegally employed to investigate the private 
 acts of a Filipino. The editor of the Singapore 
 Free Press and Mr. Bray had become 
 acquainted. The editor introduced Mr. Bray to 
 the American Consul-General, Mr. Spencer Pratt, 
 and Mr. Bray presented Emilio Aguinaldo to 
 the Consul-General. The midnight meeting of the above-named four persons 
 took place at ‘ The Mansion,’ River Valley Road, Singapore, on the 24th 
 day of April, the day following the outbreak of American-Spanish hostilities. 
 The original idea in making Aguinaldo and the Consul-General known 
 to each other was to utilize Aguinaldo’ s services and prestige with the 
 armed natives to control them and prevent reprisals when the American 
 forces should appear before Manila. It was hoped that, in this way, the lives 
 of many Spaniards in the islands would be spared. The result of this Singapore 
 meeting was that a draft agreement between Consul-General Pratt and Emilio 
 
 PACO CEMETERY. 
 
 attainment of Philippine independence. Aguinaldo at once sought to open commu- 
 nication with the American representatives at Hongkong, who were of course 
 ready to forward any enterprise directed against Spain. The manner in which 
 this meeting was brought about, with a summary of the agreement alleged to 
 have been made, is given as follows by John Foreman, F. R. G. S., an English 
 author then in Hongkong: 
 
 “The Filipinos were now anxious to co-operate with the Americans in com- 
 pelling the Spaniards to evacuate the archipelago. The American Consul in 
 Hongkong, Mr. Wildman, accepted the honorary post of treasurer of the Patri- 
 otic League Fund. Emilio Aguinaldo and suite went to Singapore, where they 
 found Mr. Howard W. Bray, an Englishman and old personal friend of mine, who 
 had resided some years in the islands. Aguinaldo 
 and his party were obliged to travel incognito, 
 because secret paid agents were on his track 
 to endeavor to fetter his movements, and in 
 
44 
 
 Ca}iipai_^)ii}ij^' in the Philippines. 
 
 Aguinaldo was drawn up, subject to the approval of Commodore Dewey and 
 subsequent confirmation from Washington. The essence of this provisional un- 
 derstanding was as follows, viz: 
 
 THE TERMS OF AN ALLEGED AGREEMENT. 
 
 1. Philippine independence to be proclaimed. 
 
 2. A Federal republic to be established by vote of the rebels; pending the 
 taking of this vote Aguinaldo was to appoint the members of that government. 
 
 8. The Federal republic to recognize a temporary intervention of American 
 and European Administrative Commissions to be appointed by Commodore Dewey. 
 
 4. The American Protectorate to be recognized on the same terms as those 
 fixed for Cuba. 
 
 5. Philippine ports to be open to all the world. 
 
 6. Precautionary measures to be adopted against the influx of Chinese. 
 
 7. The existing judicial system to be reformed. 
 
 8. Liberty of the press and right of assembly to be proclaimed. 
 
 9. Ample tolerance of all religions and sects, but abolition and expulsion of 
 all monastic orders. 
 
 10. Measures to be adopted for working up the natural resources of the 
 archipelago. 
 
 11. The wealth of the country to be developed by the construction of high 
 roads and railways. 
 
 12. The obstacles operating against the development of enterprises and 
 employment of foreign capital to be removed. 
 
 13. The new government to preserve public order and check all reprisals 
 against the Spaniards. 
 
 14. Spanish officials to be transported to another safe and healthy island 
 until there shall be an opportunity for their return to Spain. 
 
 15. This agreement is subject to ratification (by telegraph) by Commodore 
 
 Dewey and 
 President Mc- 
 Kinley. 
 
 Consul-Gen- 
 eral Pratt 
 then sent Em- 
 ilio Aguinaldo 
 with his staff 
 to Hongkong 
 with instruc- 
 tions to Con- 
 sul Wildman 
 to put him 
 in communi- 
 cation with Commodore Dewey, which he did, and Commodore Dewe}^ before 
 he left China for Manila, gave orders to Consul Wildman to see that Aguinaldo 
 and his staff followed on in an American war-ship.” 
 
Cauipaigiiing lu the Philippines. 
 
 45 
 
 Whatever the actual facts attending this meeting, they have never been 
 officially disclosed by the United States government. There can be no doubt that 
 what Aguinaldo had in mind was the independence of the islands, with himself 
 as the President or Sovereign. It would 
 be very natural to suppose that with the 
 Spanish fleet still safely at Manila, the 
 fighting powers of Spain still undeter- 
 mined, and no thought of the conquest 
 of the Philippines in the mind of any 
 American, our Consular and other officers 
 might have assumed that the policy of the 
 United States towards those islands would 
 be precisely that solemnly announced with 
 reference to Cuba — the independence of the 
 islands under the friendly supervision, and 
 possibly, the protectorate of the United 
 States. That Consul-General Pratt made 
 any promises is impossible, for he had no 
 authority, and Aguinaldo knew that he 
 had none. The summary as given by Mr. 
 
 Foreman in fact expressly provides for the 
 ratification of the agreement at Washing- 
 ton. It is very likely indeed, however, 
 that both Consul-General Pratt and Com- 
 modore Dewey believed at the time that the agreement was desirable on the part 
 of the United States, and would be ratified at Washington. It may be con- 
 sidered as certain that this was expected by Aguinaldo. 
 
 Neither President McKinley and his advisers, however, nor Congress were 
 apparently prepared to say yes or no. They knew little of Aguinaldo and less of 
 the Filipinos. They did know that hostilities in the Philippines had been con- 
 ducted by the most brutal methods, and were probably not willing to become 
 responsible before the world for a warfare conducted with savage barbarity, and 
 certainly no conditions existed — nor did they exist before the ratification of the 
 Treaty of Paris — which would warrant the President in acknowledging indepen- 
 dence or even belligerency on the part of the Filipinos. Beyond this, the Presi- 
 dent himself had no authority except during war, as a military commander. 
 He could not pledge the course of the United States except as to the conduct of 
 military affairs during the existing war with Spain, and for whatever Aguinaldo 
 and the Filipinos might do while serving under the direction of an American 
 commander, the United States would be responsible, pecuniarily and otherwise to 
 neutral nations, and morally to the Spanish government and the world, for the 
 treatment of Spanish citizens. 
 
 What apparently happened was this: Admiral Dewey, and subsequently the 
 commander of the army, were given, or assumed, the authority to make whatever 
 use they deemed possible of the Filipinos against Spain, so long as it could be 
 assured that the war would be conducted in accordance with the usages of 
 
46 
 
 Cauipaigfuyi^ in the Philippines. 
 
 civilized nations. The proposals of Aguinaldo looking to the independence of the 
 islands apparently received no definite answer until the signature of the Treaty of 
 Paris. The result was that Aguinaldo, as previously arranged with Commodore 
 Dewey, proceeded to Cavite, where he arrived on May 19, 1898, on the despatch 
 boat McOilloch. The object of Aguinaldo was to work and fight for independ- 
 ence. On the part of the American authorities there was no policy as to this sub- 
 ject, and doubtless no direct reply made to Aguinaldo. The conditions of trouble 
 existed, and in due time developed. 
 
 Previous to his arrival, Aguinaldo had prepared and sent forward the follow- 
 ing proclamation which seems to have been distributed in the islands by the 
 American generals: 
 
 PROCLAMATION OF THE PHILIPPINE JUNTA. 
 
 “ Philippine Patriots. A nation which has nothing good can give nothing. It 
 is evident we cannot depend on Spain to obtain the welfare we all desire. A 
 country like Spain, where social evolution is at the mercy of monks and tyrants, 
 can only communicate to us its own instincts of calumny, infamy, inquisitorial 
 proceedings, avarice, secret police, false pretences, humiliation, deprivation of 
 liberties, slavery and moral and material decay which characterize its history. 
 Spain will need much time to shake off the parasites which have grown upon and 
 cling to her; she has no self-dependence so long as her nationality is composed of 
 inquisitorial monks, ambitious soldiers, demoralized civil servants, and a populace 
 bred to support this state of things in silence. It is, therefore, useless to expect 
 anything from Spain. 
 
 “ During three and a half centuries Spain’s policy has been a delusion. Is there 
 a conflict between Spain and England or Holland ? Then the friars come and 
 relate to us preposterous absurdities of the miracles of Saint Francis and of the 
 Image of the Virgin of the Rosary, whilst Simon de Anda calls the Pampango 
 natives his brothers so long as they fight to save the Spanish flag falling into the 
 hands of English or Dutch savages! Is the foreign invasion ended ? Then the 
 friars, through their salaried agents in the press, reward us with epithets such as 
 monkey, buffalo, etc. Is there another conflict imminent between Germany and 
 Spain ? Then the friars call the natives Spaniards and the military officers own 
 
 us as their sons, and they dub us brave 
 soldiers. Is the conflict finished ? Then 
 we are again overgrown boys, beings of 
 inferior race and incapable of being civil- 
 ized. Is there now to be a struggle with 
 Americans ? Then General Augustin, who 
 is the living symbol of Spanish authority, 
 who ought to be the most prudent of the 
 prudent, the most cultivated of the cul- 
 tivated, points at America as a nation 
 composed of all* social excrescences; the friars and their enslaved Spaniards 
 want to again cajole and cheat us with offers of participation in public affairs, 
 recognition of the military grades of ex-rebel chiefs, and other twaddle degrading 
 
 COOKS’ QUARTERS. 
 
Camfaigniuir in the JVii/ippities. 
 
 47 
 
 to those who would listen to it. In fact, they have called into their councils the 
 sons of the country, whilst they exclusively carry out their own ideas, and reserve 
 to themselves the right to set aside all the resolutions at a stroke. They offer to 
 enroll in their ranks the insurgents of yesterday, so that they can have them 
 all shot on the morrow of the present difficulty. What irrision ? Do you want 
 another trick exposed ? Now that Spain is in danger of losing the Philippines, 
 the executioners of the other day — the everlasting tyrants — tell us that America 
 will sell the islands to England. No, America has its past and its present. 
 America will preserve a clear intelligence; she is not dominated by friars and 
 tyrants like Spain; she is liberal; she has liberated her slaves against the will of 
 the Spaniards who were, for the most part, their owners. A country is known by 
 its national character, — review its past history and it is easy to understand the 
 
 calumny launched against the 
 Americans. But even though we 
 became English should we not gain by 
 PICCANINNIES. it ? The English have conceded self-government to 
 
 many of their colonies and not of the frail delusive sort that Spain granted to 
 Cuba. In the English colonies there are liberties which Spain never yielded 
 to hers in America or Philippines. 
 
 “ Our country is very rich, and as a last resource we can buy it from the Amer- 
 icans. Do not be deceived by the Spaniards ! Help the Americans, who promise 
 us our liberty. Do not fall into the error of taking Spain to be a civilized country. 
 Europe and America consider her the most barbarous of the century. There the 
 weakest is the most persecuted. In no country to-day but Spain is the inquisi- 
 tion tolerated. It is proved by the tortures imposed on the prisoners of Mont- 
 juich, of the Philippines, and of Cuba. Spain did not fulfill the agreement entered 
 
 .. ^ — 
 
 LiH/e Photo. 
 
 RITRAE SCENES. 
 
CaDi'yai^nins; in the Philippijics. 
 
 EP'FECT OE SHELLS ON CONVENT AT CAVITE. Darcey Pltolo. 
 
 Remember the 
 
 into with Maximo Gomez at Zanjon, nor that made with Aguinaldo at Biac-na- 
 bato. Spain is a nation always more ready to promise than to perform. But ask 
 for friars, soldiers and state dependents to come and devour our wealth and instantly 
 
 you will get 
 them. Spain 
 has nothing 
 else to give, 
 and God grant 
 she will keep 
 what she has. 
 Spain will flat- 
 ter 3 ^ou under 
 the present cir- 
 " cum stances, 
 but do not 
 be deceived. 
 
 Submit every fawning offer to your conscience. Remember the execution of 
 the innocents, the tortures and atrocities which have been the means of covering 
 with decorations the breasts of those who took the blood of 3 'our fathers, 
 brothers, relations and friends. Providence will aid the Americans in their 
 triumph, for the war is a just one for the nation elected to lead us to the goal 
 of our liberty. Do not rail against the designs of Providence; it will be suicidal. 
 Aid the Americans ! ” 
 
 At once upon the arrival of Aguinaldo, he was found at the head of 30,000 
 “insurrectos,” and on such terms of amit}^ with Admiral Dewey, that the latter 
 furnished him, two cannon, 500 rifles, and 200,000 rounds of ammunition. Agui- 
 naldo was found to have retained his oldtime prestige with his countrymen, and 
 at once began an active campaign to cripple and harass the Spanish forces. 
 There now followed a series of small engagements between the Spaniards and the 
 insurgents, in which the Spaniards were driven into a small radius in and around 
 iManila; and there was an effective blockade of that city from the interior. As 
 the result of six days’ campaign they captured 1500 prisoners, including 
 Brigadier-General Garcia Pena of the Spanish forces, a colonel, and many staff 
 officers, and 500 Filipino volunteers, as prisoners. General Monet, who was now 
 operating north of Manila, against the “insurrectos,” lost practically his whole 
 command, and was fortunate to get into Manila himself, without his followers. 
 Aguinaldo had been ordered not to attack the city of Manila. 
 
 During this period there was a comparative tranquillity in the outlying dis- 
 tricts of Manila, and the country reclaimed by the rebels. Aguinaldo, at the 
 time of his return from Hongkong, declared a dictatorship for the islands, and 
 this government was in control in the territory mentioned. Within two months 
 this jurisdiction had been so effective, that Aguinaldo convened a Provisional 
 Congress, on June 23d, giving the government the name of “Revolutionary,” 
 instead of “ Dictatory,” and proclaimed a constitution. The lines of the insur- 
 gent army were gradually drawn round the city of Manila, and in this con- 
 dition affairs remained until the arrival of the advance of the American army. 
 
Cainpaigmng 7// the Philippuies. 
 
 49 
 
 “ Don Emii.10 Aguinai^do y Famy, 
 
 “President of the Philippine Revolutionary Government and 
 Commander-in-Chief of its Army, 
 
 “This government, desirous of demonstrating to the Philippine people that one of its 
 objects is to abolish with a firm hand the inveterate vices of Spanish administration, substitut- 
 ing a more simple and expeditious system of public administration for that superfluity of civil 
 service and ponderous, tardy and ostentatious official routine, I hereby declare as follows, viz : 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 Of the Revolutionary Government. 
 
 “ Article 1. The Dictatorial government shall be henceforth called the Revolutionary gov- 
 ernment, whose object is to struggle for the independence of the Philippines until all nations, 
 including Spain, shall expressly recognize it, and to prepare the country for the establishment 
 of a real republic. The dictator shall be henceforth styled the President of the Revolutionary 
 government. 
 
 “ Article 2. Four government Secretaryships are created: (1) of Foreign Affairs, Navy 
 and Trade; (2) of War and Public Works; (3) of Police, Public Order, Justice, Public Educa- 
 tion and Health; (4) of Finance, Agriculture and Manufactures. The government has power 
 to increase the number of secretaryships when experience has shown that the above distribu- 
 tion of public offices is insufficient to meet public requirements. 
 
 “ Article 3. Each Secretary shall assist the President in the administration of affairs con- 
 cerning his particular branch. The Secretary at the head of each respective department shall 
 not be responsible for the Presidential decrees, but shall sign the same to give them authen- 
 ticity. But if it should appear that the decree has been issued on the proposal of the Secre- 
 tary of the corresponding branch, then the Secretary shall be jointly responsible with the 
 President. 
 
 “Article 4. The Secretaryship of Foreign Affairs shall be divided into three centers, one 
 of Diplomacy, one of Navy, and another of Trade. The first center shall study and execute 
 all affairs which concern the direction of diplomatic negotiations with other powers and the 
 correspondence of this government connected therewith. The second shall study all that 
 relates to the formation and organization of our navy, and the fitting out of whatever expedi- 
 tions the circumstances of the revolution may require; and the third shall attend to all matters 
 concerning home and foreign trade and the preliminary work in connection with the treaties 
 of commerce to be made with other nations. 
 
 “ Article 5. The Secretaryship of War shall be divided into two centers, the one exclusively 
 of War and the other exclusively of Public Works. The first center shall be divided into four 
 sections, one of Campaign, one of Military Justice, one of Military Administration, and the 
 other of Military Health. 
 
 The Campaign section shall draw up and attend to all matters concerning the service and 
 enlistment of the Revolutionary militia, the direction of campaigns, the making of plans, 
 fortifications, and the editing of the announcement of battles, the study of military tactics for 
 the Army, and organization of the respective staffs, artillery, and cavalry corps, and all other 
 matters concerning campaigns and military operations. 
 
 The section of Military Justice shall attend to all matters concerning court-martials and 
 military sentences, the appointment of judges and assistant judges in all military-judicial 
 affairs. The Military Administrator shall take charge of the commissariat department and all 
 Army equipment, and the Military Health department shall take charge of all matters concern- 
 ing the health and salubrity of the militia. 
 
 “ Article 6. The other Secretaryships shall be divided into so many centers corresponding 
 to their functions, and each center shall be sub-divided into sections as the nature and import- 
 ance of the work requires. 
 
 “ Article 7. The Secretary of each department shall inspect and watch over the work 
 therein and be responsible to the President of the government. At the head of each section 
 there shall be a director, and in each section there shall be an official in charge assisted by the 
 necessary staff. 
 
 4b 
 
50 
 
 CiDupaigning in the rhilippines. 
 
 “Article 8. The President shall have the sole right to appoint the Secretaries, and in agree- 
 ment with them he shall appoint all the staff subordinate to the respective departments. 
 Nevertheless, in the election of individuals, favoritism must be avoided on the understanding 
 that the good name of the Fatherland and the triumph of the revolution need the services of 
 the most really capable persons. 
 
 “Article 9. The Secretaries can take part in the sessions of the Revolutionary Congress, 
 whenever they have a motion to present in the name of the President, or on the interpellation 
 of any deputy, but when the question under debate, or the motion on which they have been 
 summoned is put to the vote, they shall retire and not take part in that voting. 
 
 “ Article 10. The President of the government is the personification of the Philippine peo- 
 ple, and as such he cannot be held responsible for any act whilst he holds that position. His 
 position is irrevocable until the revolution shall triumph, unless extraordinary circumstances 
 should compel him to tender his resignation to Congress, in which case only Congress shall 
 elect whomsoever is esteemed most fit. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 Of the Revolutionary Congress. 
 
 “Article 11. The Revolutionary Congress is the assembly of those deputies from the 
 Philippine provinces, elected in due form, as prescribed in the decree of the 18th inst 
 Nevertheless, if any province could not elect deputies because the majority of its towns had 
 not yet been able to free themselves from Spanish dominion, the government can nominate 
 provisional deputies chosen from the persons of highest consideration by reason of their educa- 
 tion and social position up to the number fixed by the said decree, always provided that such 
 persons shall have been born or have resided for a long time in the provinces to be represented. 
 
 “ Article 12. When the deputies shall have met in the town and in the building to be pro- 
 vided by the Revolutionary government, the preliminary act shall be the election by majority 
 of votes of a commission of five persons who shall examine the documents accrediting the 
 personality of each person, and another commission of three persons who shall examine the 
 documents exhibited by the first commission of five. 
 
 “ Article 13. The next day the said deputies shall again meet and the two commissions 
 shall read their respective reports on the validity of the said documents, all doubts on the same 
 to be resolved by an absolute majority of votes. They shall then at once proceed to the elec- 
 tion, by absolute majority, of a President, a Vice-President, and two Secretaries, to be chosen 
 from among the same deputies, after which the Congress shall be held to be constituted, and 
 notice of the same shall be given to the government. 
 
 “Article 14. The meeting place of Congress is sacred and inviolable, and no armed force 
 can enter therein except on the summons of the President of the Congress for the purpose of 
 restoring order, should the same have been disturbed by those who know not how to honor 
 themselves and their solemn functions. 
 
 “Article 15. The powers of Congress are: To look after the general interests of the 
 Philippine people and the fulfillment of the Revolutionary laws; to discuss and vote laws; to 
 discuss and approve before ratification, all treaties and loans ; to examine and approve the 
 accounts of the general expenses which shall be presented annually by the Finance Secretary 
 and to fix the extraordinary taxes, and others which, in future, may be imposed. 
 
 “ Article lb. The voice of Congress shall also be heard in all matters of grave importance 
 the resolution of which will admit of delay, but the President of the government can resolve 
 questions of an urgent character, rendering an account of his acts to Congress by means of a 
 message. 
 
 “ Article 17. Any deputy can present a bill in Congress and any Secretary can do so by 
 order of the President of the government. 
 
 “ Article 18. The sessions of Congress shall be public, and only in cases where reserve is 
 necessary shall secret sessions be held. 
 
 ‘ ‘ Article 19. The order of debate and parliamentary usages shall be determined by 
 instructions to be formulated by Congress. The President shall lead the debate, but shall not 
 vote unless there fail to be a majority, in which case he shall give his casting vote. 
 
CauipaiiTjiijiir tn the Philippines. 
 
 51 
 
 “ Article 20. The President of the government cannot, in any manner, impede the meet- 
 ing of Congress nor interfere with the sessions of the same. 
 
 “ Article 21. Congress shall appoint a permanent judicial commission, to be presided over 
 by the Vice-President, assisted by one of the Secretaries, and composed of these persons and 
 seven assessors elected by a majority of votes from among the deputies. This commission shall 
 revise the sentences given in criminal cases by the provincial councils, and shall judge and sen- 
 tence, without right of further appeal, cases brought against the Government Secretaries, 
 Provincial Chiefs and Provincial Councilors. 
 
 “ Article 22. In the office of the Secretary to Congress there shall be a book of honor, in 
 which shall be noted the great services rendered to the Fatherland and esteemed as such by 
 Congress. Any Filipino, military or civil, can solicit of Congress inscription in the said book 
 on producing the documents which prove the praiseworthy acts performed by him for the good 
 of the Fatherland since the present revolution began. For extraordinary services which may 
 in future be rendered, the government will propose the inscription, the proposal being accom- 
 panied by the necessary justification. 
 
 “ Article 23. Congress shall determine, on the proposal of the government, the money 
 rewards to be paid, once for all, to the families of those who were victims to duty and patriot- 
 ism in the execution of heroic acts. 
 
 “Article 24. The resolutions of Congress shall not be binding until they have received 
 the sanction of the President of the government. When the said President shall consider any 
 resolution undesirable, or impracticable, or pernicious, he shall state his reasons to Congress 
 for opposing its execution, and if Congress still insists on the resolution the said President 
 can outvote it on his own responsibility. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 Of Military Justice. 
 
 “ Article 25. When any commandant of a detachment shall receive notice of an individual 
 in the service having committed a fault or having performed any act reputed to be a military 
 misdemeanor, he shall inform the commandant of the district of the same, and this officer 
 shall appoint a judge and secretary to constitute a Court of Inquiry in the form prescribed in 
 the instructions dated 20th instant. If the accused held the rank of lieutenant, or a higher 
 one, the same commandant shall be the judge, and if the commandant himself were the 
 a.ccused, the Superior Commandant of the province shall appoint as judge an officer of a 
 higher rank, and if there were none such the same commandant of the province shall open 
 the inquiry. The judge shall always hold the rank of chief. 
 
 “Article 26. When the Court of Inquiry has finished its labors, the Superior Commandant 
 shall appoint three assistant judges of equal or superior rank to the judge, and a court-martial 
 shall be composed of the three assistant judges, the judge the assessor, and the president. 
 The commandant of the district shall be the judge if the accused held the rank of sergeant, 
 or a lower one, and the Superior Commandant shall be judge if the accused held the rank of 
 lieutenant, or a higher one. This court shall pass sevitence in the same form as the Provincial 
 Courts, but the sentence can be appealed against before the Superior Council of War. 
 
 “ Article 27. The Superior Council of War shall be composed of six assistant judges, who 
 shall hold the minimum rank of Brigadier-General, and the War Office Adviser. If the num- 
 ber of generals residing in the capital of the Revolutionary government are insufficient, the 
 number shall be made up by deputies to be appointed on commission by Congress. The presi- 
 dent of this council shall be the general of the highest rank among them, and if there is 
 more than one of the same rank, one shall be elected by themselves by majority of votes. 
 
 “Article 28. The Superior Council shall judge and sentence, without right of further 
 appeal, Superior Commandants, Commandants of Districts, and all officers who hold rank of 
 Commandant, or a higher one. 
 
 “ Article 29. Military misdemeanors are the following : 
 
 (11 Violation of the immunity due to foreigners, both as to their persons and their goods, 
 and violation of the privileges appertaining to sanitary establishments and ambulances, as well 
 
52 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 as the persons and effects in, or belonging to, one or the other, and persons employed in the 
 service of the same so long as they commit no hostile act. (2) Want of respect for the lives, 
 money, and jewelry of the enemy who surrenders his arms, and for prisoners of war. (3) 
 The entry of Filipinos into the service of the enemy as spies, or to discover war secrets, make 
 plans of the revolutionists’ positions and fortifications, or present themselves to parley without 
 proving their mission or their individuality. (4; Violation of the immunity due to those who 
 come with this mission, duly accredited, in the form prescribed by international law. 
 
 The following persons also commit military misdemeanors : 
 
 (1) Those who endeavor to break up the union of the revolutionists, fomenting rivalry 
 between chiefs, and forming divisions and armed bands. (2) Those who collect taxes without 
 being duly authorized by government, or misappropriate public funds. (3) Those who, being 
 armed, surrender to the enemy or commit any act of cowardice before the same ; and (4) 
 Those who sequester any person who has done no harm to the revolution, or violate women, or 
 assassinate, or seriously wound any undefended persons, or commit robbery or arson. 
 
 “ Article 30. Those who commit any of the above-named misdemeanors shall be con- 
 sidered declared enemies of the revolution, and shall be punished in the highest scale of 
 punishment provided for in the Spanish Penal Code. If the misdemeanor were not provided 
 for in the said code, the culprit shall be confined until the revolution has triumphed, unless 
 his crime shall have caused an irreparable injury, which, in the opinion of the court, would 
 justify the imposition of capital punishment. 
 
 AdDITIONAI. CIvAUSES. 
 
 “ Article 31. The government shall establish abroad a Revolutionary committee, composed 
 of an indefinite number of the most competent persons in the Philippine archipelago. This 
 committee shall be divided into three sections, viz ; Of diplomacy ; of the navy and of the 
 army. The diplomatic section shall negotiate with the foreign cabinets the recognition of 
 belligerency and Philippine independence. The naval section shall be entrusted with the 
 study and organization of Philippine navy and prepare the expeditions which the circum- 
 stances of the revolution may require. The army section shall study military tactics and the 
 best form of organizing staff, artillery and engineer corps, and all that is necessary to put the 
 Philippine army on a footing of modern advancement. 
 
 “Article 32. The government shall dictate the necessary instructions for the execution of 
 the present decree. 
 
 “ Article 33. All decrees of the Dictatorial government which may be in opposition to the 
 present one are hereby rescinded. 
 
 Given at Cavite, 23d of June, 1898. EMILIO AGUINALDO.” 
 
 A MESSAGE OF AGUINALDO TO HIS PEOPLE. 
 
 One week before the arrival of the first American troops at Manila, Aguinaldo 
 promulgated the following “message ’’ to the people explanatory of the objects of 
 the revolution: 
 
 “ It is an established fact that apolitical revolution, judiciously carried out, is the violent 
 means employed by nations to recover the sovereignty which naturally belongs to them, when 
 the same has been usurped and trodden under foot by tyrannical and arbitrary government. 
 Therefore, the Philippine revolution cannot be more justifiable than it is, because the country 
 has only resorted to it after having exhausted all peaceful means which reason and experience 
 dictated. 
 
 “ The old Kings of Castile were obliged to regard the Philippines as a sister nation, united 
 to Spain by a perfect similarity of aims and interests, so much so that in the constitution of 
 1812, promulgated at Cadiz, as a consequence of the Spanish War of Independence, these 
 islands were represented in the Spanish Parliament. But the monastic communities, always 
 unconditionally propped up by the Spanish government, stepped in to oppose the sacred obli- 
 gation, and the Philippine Islands were excluded from the Spanish constitution, and the 
 country placed at the mercy of the discretional or arbitrary powers of the Governor-General. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 53 
 
 “ Under these circumstances the country clamored for justice, demanding of the metropolis 
 the recognition and restitution of its secular rights through reforms which should gradually 
 assimilate it to Spain. But its voice was soon stifled, and its children were rewarded for their 
 abnegation by punishment, martyrdom and death. The religious corporations, whose interests 
 were always at variance with those of the Filipinos and identified with the Spanish govern- 
 ment, ridiculed these pretensions, calmly and persistently replying that liberty in Spain had 
 only been gained by the sacrifice of blood. 
 
 “What other channel, then, was open to the country through which to insist upon the 
 recovery of its lawful rights ? No other remedy remained but the application of force, and, 
 convinced of this, it had recourse to revolution. 
 
 “ Now its demands are no longer limited to assimilation with the Spanish constitution. It 
 asks for a definite separation therefrom ; it struggles for its independence, with the certainty 
 that the time has arrived when it is able and ought to rule itself. 
 
 “ Hence, it has constituted a Revolutionary government, based on wise and just laws, suited 
 to the abnormal circumstances it is passing through, preparatory to the founding of a real 
 Republic. Accepting right as the only standard of its acts, justice as it sole aim, and honor- 
 able labor as its sole means, it calls upon all Filipinos, without distinction of birth, and in- 
 vites them to solidly unite with the object of forming a noble society, not by bloodshed, nor 
 by pompous titles, but by labor and the personal merit of each one ; a free society where no 
 egoism shall exist, where no personal politics shall overthrow and crush, nor envy, nor partial- 
 ity debase, nor vain boasting, nor charlatanry throw it into ridicule. 
 
 “ Nothing else could be expected from a country which has proved by its long suffering and 
 courage in tribulation and danger, and industry and studiousness in peace, that it is not made 
 for slavery. That country is destined to become great ; to become one of the most solid instru- 
 ments of Providence for ruling the destinies of humanity. That country has resources and 
 energy sufficient to free itself from the ruin and abasement into which the Spanish govern- 
 ment has drawn it, and to claim a modest, though worthy place in the concert of free nations. 
 “ Give7i at Cavitk, 23d of June, 1898. 
 
 EMILIO AGUINALDO.” 
 
CHAPTER IV. 
 
 THE REINFORCEMENT OF DEWEY. 
 
 HE news of the battle of Manila Bay came to the American 
 people like a thunder clap out of a clear sky. Few of our 
 people knew that there was in the United States service an 
 officer named George Dewey, and many, and possibly the 
 majority, had no idea where Manila was situated, or that 
 there had been a Spanish fleet there. The first that was 
 known of any of these things was that a Commodore Dewey 
 had destroyed the fleet, was holding the bay, and had called 
 for soldiers to occupy the city. Certainly he should have 
 them. Whoever Commodore Dewey might be and wherever 
 Manila might be could be determined later, but if there were an American 
 like that afloat and calling for soldiers he should have what he wanted, 
 and have it quick. On such distant service of indefinite duration it might 
 possibly seem best to send regiments of the regular army, but regular 
 troops were very scarce at that time, and the volunteer regiments then 
 forming were anxious to go. San Francisco was the natural point of departure 
 from the United States to the Philippines, but at the outbreak of the war the 
 entire Pacific Coast had been almost denuded of regular troops, which had been 
 hurried to Cuba, and the few volunteer regiments which formed the quota of the 
 Pacific States were not yet in readiness. One regiment — the Fourteenth In- 
 fantry — remained on the coast, whose colonel, Thomas N. Anderson, was ordered 
 to San Francisco, made brigadier-general of volunteers, and put in charge of the 
 preliminary arrangements, pending the selection of the officer to command the 
 expedition. Assignments of volunteer regiments, mostly from the Western States, 
 were rapidly made, and such regular troops as were available were concentrated 
 at San Francisco. The transportation and commissary service was organized as 
 rapidly as possible, and every exertion made to get help to the victorious Commo’ 
 dore — already made Admiral — at the earliest possible moment. 
 
 THE STRENGTH OF THE REINFORCEMENT DETERMINED. 
 
 At first a force of 5000 men was contemplated. This was very soon increased 
 to 10,000, and when the command in the Philippines was offered to Major-General 
 Wesley Merritt, second in command in the United States Army, his estimate of 
 the number required was 20,000 men, of whom a large portion should be regulars. 
 This number was finally agreed upon to comprise the expedition, of which number 
 
56 
 
 Caiupaigmiig in the Philippines. 
 
 471 officers and 10,43‘2 enlisted men actually reached Manila before the capture of 
 the city on August 18, 1899. At the end of this chapter will be found a com- 
 plete vStatement of the forces despatched to the Philippines up to June 80, 1899, 
 with dates of sailing and arrival. 
 
 GENERAL MERRITT ASSIGNED TO THE COMMAND. 
 
 On May 20th, Major-General Elwell S. Otis, U. S. V., assumed command 
 at San Francisco of “All United States troops now assembled and upon 
 arrival of such troops as are to be assembled at this point for contemplated expedi- 
 tionary purposes.” On May 21st, General T. N. Anderson, U. S. V., was 
 assigned to the command of the First Expedition to the Philippine Islands. 
 On Ma}^ 29th, a locality in the “Bay District Track” was designated by 
 order as ‘ Camp Merritt.” On May 80th, Major-General Wesley Merritt, U. S. A. 
 
 assumed command of the expeditionary 
 forces at San Francisco, and on the same 
 day assigned General Otis to the command 
 of Camp Merritt as an independent 
 division for administrative purposes. 
 
 June 2d, General Otis assumed com- 
 mand of this division and put in force a 
 strict camp discipline. On June 28d, 
 General Merritt assumed command of the 
 Eighth Army Corps, composed of forces 
 comprising the Philippine Expedition, 
 and on June 29th, General Otis assumed 
 command at San Francisco of “All the 
 Philippine Islands’ Expeditionary Forces 
 in this locality, and, upon arrival, of all troops directed to the port for further 
 expeditionary purposes.” On July 11th, Brigadier-General N. P. Miller, U. S. V., 
 assumed command of all troops at Camp Merritt and the Presidio, including the 
 so-called “Expeditionary Forces, ” General Otis relinquishing command to serve 
 in the Philippines. 
 
 Loading horses on transport. 
 
 DEPARTURE OF THE FIRST EXPEDITION. 
 
 Prior to the arriv^al of General Merritt at San Francisco in command, as noted, 
 the First Philippine Expedition had sailed for the islands with General Anderson 
 in command. General Anderson in speaking of conditions then, said: “I 
 was ordered to Manila, when things were very unsettled, with a few regiments. 
 I was hurried away with no explicit instructions. ‘ Do the best you can ’ were 
 the orders I received.” 
 
 The cruiser Charlestoii had preceded this expedition to Honolulu from which 
 place it was to convoy the expedition to Manila. At Honolulu the expedition 
 disembarked, where it was received with much enthusiasm by all classes, and 
 most hospitably entertained. The expedition left Honolulu in good condition on 
 the 15th, under convoy of the Charleston, Captain Glass being in command of 
 the cruiser. On this date, while at sea, according to instructions. Captain Glass 
 
Campais^nins^ in the Philippines. 
 
 57 
 
 opened his sealed orders, and at once signaled General Anderson, then on board 
 the Australia-. “My instructions require me to capture the Spanish forts and 
 vessels at the Island of Guam, en route to Manila. The transports will accom- 
 pany this ship as only two or three days’ delay will occur. This may be made 
 public. Glass.’’ 
 
 THE CAPTURE OF GUAM. 
 
 Guam was reached June 20th, after an uneventful voyage. Soon after the 
 battle the press of the country was filled with tales of the heroism of the capture 
 of Guam, but it should be said no one in the command thought of it especially 
 as an exploit. This may be said — it was not known exactly in what the fortifica- 
 tion consisted, the condition of the force, or the strength of the Spanish 
 military occupation; and such precaution was taken as would be observed had 
 they been of a formidable nature. In Guam there were two forts, St. lago and 
 Santa Cruz, and the ruins of an old fort called San kuis. The fort St. lago was 
 also at the time an old, unoccupied fort. The Charlesto7i left the convoy so as to 
 be unexposed to shells from the fort, and proceeded to the attack. She passed 
 the old fort St. lago in silence and moved up against fort Santa Cruz to shell 
 the fort. There was no response and it was unoccupied. In all, the Charleston 
 discharged thirteen shells at the fort, seven shells from the starboard three pound 
 battery, and three from the port battery. The “battle’’ lasted four and a half 
 minutes. By this time the Spanish settlement !was aroused, and the captain of 
 the port came aboard the Charleston and said he had recognized the salute but 
 could not answer as he had no battery, but would try in the future to have one 
 so salutations could be answered. 
 
 Authorities in Guam had no knowledge that a declaration of war had been 
 made. Upon being apprised of this, they parleyed for delay, but were notified 
 that they were prisoners of war ; that the Governor and garrison must surrender 
 and become prison- 
 ers. The garrison 
 consisted of 108 
 men, 54 Spanish 
 regulars and the 
 balance natives 
 (Chamorros.) The 
 garrison surrender- 
 ed its arms, the Cha- 
 morros being al- 
 lowed to remain on 
 the Island of Guam, 
 which condition 
 they gladly accept- 
 ed. The regulars 
 
 were, with the Governor and staff, taken aboard ship. After the necessary 
 preparation the expedition set sail for Manila. There are a dozen and perhaps 
 more of the Mariana or kadrone Islands, Guam being the largest. The capital 
 
58 
 
 Campaig}iini:[ in the Philippines. 
 
 of the group is Agana. These islands were given the name Lad rone by the 
 Spaniards because of the thieving propensities of the natives. In 1668, the 
 name of Mariana was given them in honor of Maria Ana of Austria, the 
 widow of Philip IV of Spain. The population of the group is estimated at 
 27,000 ; that of Guam 12,000 ; and Agana 4000. The soil is very productive 
 and well adapted to the culture of all tropical plants. The harbor of San 
 Luis d’ Apra could easily be made a fine coaling station, being nearly in 
 direct line between Honolulu and Manila, at which place the expedition arrived 
 on June 30, 1898, and the reinforcement of Dewey had begun. 
 
 NAVAL REINFORCEMENTS. 
 
 It is proper to state in this place that while, as had been demonstrated, the 
 Admiral had a naval force quite sufficient to take care of any Spanish ships then 
 in eastern waters, there was no heavy armed battle-ship in his fleet, and there was 
 always a possibility of the despatch of heavy armed vessels from Spain by way of 
 the Suez Canal, which later grew into a strong probability when Admiral Camara’s 
 fleet sailed for the east. It was also not impossible that complications might arise 
 
 — — with European 
 
 powers having 
 interests in the 
 Philippines, and 
 whose naval 
 forces on the 
 Asiatic station 
 were far in ex- 
 cess of Dewey’s. 
 It was, therefore, 
 highly import- 
 
 WAITING FOR TENTS. 4. 4. 1. • a i. 
 
 ant that his fleet 
 
 should be promptly strengthened. The cruiser Charleston, as already stated, 
 accompanied the first expedition, and the monitors Mo)iterey and Monadnock, 
 although intended for coast defense and not for long voyages, were made 
 ready as soon as possible and despatched from San Francisco, the Mojiterey 
 arriving safely at Manila on August 4th, and the Monadnock later. They 
 would have been a few days too late to meet Camara’s fleet had it con- 
 tinued its voyage from Suez and met no mishap, and it is said to have been 
 Dewey’s intention, had the Spanish fleet continued its course, to leave Manila Bay 
 and cruise until his reinforcements were met, after which he would have returned 
 for another battle for the possession of the bay. The necessity of this was pre- 
 vented by Admiral Camara’s return to Spain. Upon the arrival of the monitors 
 Admiral Dewey was equipped for any emergency, and the subsequent changes in 
 his fleet did not affect the course of events, and do not fall within the scope of this 
 narrative. 
 
 MORE REINFORCEMENTS ARRIVE. 
 
 The troops of the second expedition, under command of Brigadier-General 
 F. V. Greene, reached Manila on July 17th, and those of the third expedition, in 
 
Campaignifijr in the Philippines. 59 
 
 command of Major-General Merritt, on July 25th. The fourth expedition, under 
 Major-General Otis, reached Manila on August 21st, a few days after the fall of 
 the city. 
 
 DIFFICULTIES OF RAPID MOBILIZATION. 
 
 To people not familiar with military operations the despatching of an army to 
 the Philippines may seem a simple matter. There were plenty of men to go, and 
 officers, more or less inexperienced, in superabundance. Apparently in the popu- 
 lar mind, there was nothing to hinder their going — but there were many things. 
 There were no modern guns, no smokeless powder, no suitable clothing, no com- 
 missary stores, no hospital equipment, and no ships. The organization of the 
 supply and transport service took far more time than the organization of the troops, 
 but while waiting for these essentials of warfare to be provided there was time for 
 drill. A newly organized regiment is but one remove from a mob, and to un- 
 necessarily lead such a force against a disciplined enemy is to invite disaster. 
 Fortunately most of the volunteer regiments were largely composed of National 
 Guardsmen, and had had valuable training, but real war is very different from a 
 militia encampment in time of 
 peace, and there was a large 
 number of recruits who had 
 received no training at all. The 
 organization of the staff services 
 seemed slow to the people, but in 
 reality it was rapid, and such de- 
 lay as there was was turned to 
 good purpose in training the offi- 
 cers and men for service in the 
 field. It is desirable that the 
 public be better informed as to 
 the details of the various services upon whose effective administration the 
 success of campaigns so largely depends, and it is convenient, in connection 
 with the movement of an army to the Philippines, to give some account of the 
 transport service which accomplished it. 
 
 The energies of the government, at the beginning of the war, were directed 
 toward the preparation for the invasion of Cuba, and in pursuit of this plan, 
 officers and men were taken from all sections and mobilized at points accessible to 
 the Eastern seaboard. When finally attention was given to the situation in the 
 Philippines, it was found that a base must be established on the Pacific Coast, 
 and San Francisco was made the place. From the fact that supplies had been 
 diverted eastward to furnish and equip the army for Cuba, the difficulty of the 
 work of furnishing and equipping this new army was largely augmented. To 
 house, clothe and feed the troops was not the only factor. The men had to be 
 disciplined and drilled, and then arose the problem of transportation. In this it 
 was not only to secure .suitable transports, but to determine how best to feed and 
 furnish, not only for the long voyage, but for the needs of the new and untried 
 climate. 
 
 LINFD UP FOR DINNER. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 
 THE TROOPS IN SAN FRANCISCO. 
 
 Soon nflei the troops began to arrive from the different States at San Franeisco, 
 tbi‘ qiiesticii of climate effects became serious. Men heretofore strong and 
 vipoK us were attacked with divers’ ailments, mostly of a pulmonary nature, and 
 
 soon fatalities were alarm- 
 ingly frequent. From May 
 - 23d to September 2d, in- 
 
 # elusive, there were ninety- 
 
 ■"mW one deaths in the military 
 hospitals in the city. 
 
 The first camp was located 
 ■ in the western outskirts of 
 
 the city, on a sandy piece of 
 ground, and fearing that the 
 locality might contribute to the mortality, a new camp was established at the 
 Presidio. Here, by choosing the locality least exposed to the ocean winds, and 
 with every precaution of sanitation, the death rate decreased. With improved 
 sanitary conditions came restored health, so that the army sent to the Philippines 
 was in excellent condition. It should be borne in mind that, at this time, the 
 government owned no transports on the Pacific Coast and they must be 
 obtained, either by charter or purchase, and in every instance refitted and made 
 suitable for transporting the troops. Already commerce on the Pacific had 
 received such an impetus that ships were difficult to get, and for some time 
 could only be had after threatened seizure by the government. 
 
 SUPPLY AND TRANSPORT SYSTEM ORGANIZED. 
 
 After much effort transportation was secured for the first expedition, and in 
 time, by dint of great energy and perseverance, an excellent transport system was 
 perfected. It grew with the requirements, and met emergencies. A table will be 
 found at the end of this chapter which includes the transport service performed 
 by this department, from the time of departure from San Francisco of the 
 first expedition to June, 1899, 
 showing the number of officers 
 and men and organizations 
 carried. Something of the 
 magnitude of the supplies 
 carried in connection with this 
 transportation may be inferred 
 when it is stated that, outside 
 of clothing and other essential 
 supplies, including tents, camp 
 equipage and medical supplies, there accompanied each man in the expedition 400 
 rounds of ammunition and four months’ rations, and as their stay prolonged beyond 
 this time, their future supplies were to be subsequently added. The public eye 
 seldom looks beyond the glamour of the battle-field to find merit in military life, but 
 
 ROLL CALL. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 61 
 
 attributable to defects in the Quartermaster’s Department and, with 3500 horses 
 forwarded, the loss is less than that which occurred in their transit from the place 
 of purchase to the place of shipment. It will not exceed two per cent. The 
 business done exceeds five times the whole of the five great commercial lines from 
 the city. Stevedoring costs about 15 cents a ton. Private firms pay from 23 to 
 30 cents for the same kind of service. It is thought that about $15,000,000 have 
 been expended for supplies in the transport service at the port of San Francisco, 
 and the total number of men employed in the various departments, including 
 manufacturing, approximates 11,000. The expense is about 40 per cent of what 
 it costs private companies. But one ship has had an accident worthy of note — 
 and this occurred in a fog on the coast of Japan. 
 
 In the English transport system, each man is allowed a minimum of 70 cubic 
 feet of air in his berth and a maximum of 77 cubic feet. In the system which 
 Colonel Eong supervises, every man is allowed a minimum of 80 cubic feet and 
 
 the exigencies of the staff services require equal ability and devotion, while yielding 
 none of the glory, so dear to the soldier’s heart. Up to the present tune about 
 53,000 troops with their supplies have been forwarded to the Philiopines and 
 preparation is now well in hand to forward .soon, and as required, about 30,000 
 more, besides the return of the volunteer troops from the islands. 
 
 THE TRANSPORT vSYSTEM. 
 
 This work has been and now is under the direct supervision and management 
 of Colonel Oscar F. Tong, Quartermaster of the department. As indicative of 
 the ability with which it has been managed, it should be mentioned that at no 
 time has there been a lack of supplies in the Philippines for the troops, and these 
 have been commended both for quantity and quality. Not a life has been lost 
 
 BREAKING CAMP AT THE PRESIDIO. 
 
62 
 
 Campaigning ifi the Philippines. 
 
 a maximum of 100 cubic feet. Take the Scaiidia as further illustration. In the 
 Russian service she carried 2400 men. In our service she carries 1100. Colonel 
 Tong has had four commissioned assistants in this work, his staff being Captains 
 N. P. Bachelder, John T. Barneson, C. G. Lyman and J. H. Humphreys. 
 
 The sub-joined table in a condensed form shows : 
 
 First — The cost of the transport service on this coast since the war began to 
 July 1, 1899 ; second, the cost of charters ; and third, the time not in transit. 
 
 COST OF TRANSPORT SERVICE. 
 
 Cost of charters (of 22 vessels) $4,223,400 
 
 Cost of Arizona (Hancock) 600,000 
 
 Cost of Scandia (Warren) 200,000 
 
 Tug Fearless 150,000 
 
 Tug Active 75,000 
 
 Tug Vigilant 60,000 
 
 Fitting up transports up to June 30, 1898 88,268 
 
 Fitting up transports subsequently (estimated) 50,000 
 
 Cost of water (estimated) 40,000 
 
 Cost of coal 443,550 
 
 Total cost of transport service $5,930,218 
 
 COST OF 
 
 NAME OF VESSEL DATE OF CHARTER 
 
 City of Peking. . . .May 1, 1898, to Sept. 1. . . 
 
 City of Sidney. . . .May 10 to August 30 
 
 Australia May 10 to August 29 
 
 Colon May 27 to Sept. 7 
 
 China May 27 to Sept. 22 
 
 Zealandia May 27 
 
 Senator June 8 
 
 Morgan City June 7 to Nov. 3 
 
 Morgan City January, 1899 
 
 City of Para (just 
 
 recliartered) . . . June 7 to Nov. 26 
 
 Indiana June 7, 1898 
 
 Ohio June 7, 1898 
 
 Valencia June 19 
 
 Newport June 30 
 
 Peru June 25 to Nov. 2 
 
 City of Pueblo. . . June 23 to June 2, 1899. . 
 
 Pennsylvania July 7 
 
 Rio de Janeiro. . . July 7 to October 22 
 
 St. Paul July 19 to Nov. 1 
 
 St. Paul Nov. 6 to June 12, 1899 . . 
 
 Tacoma (sailing) . .July 11, 1898, to July 3, 
 
 1899 
 
 Centennial February, 1899 
 
 Cleveland March, 1899, to June 24. . 
 
 Portland March to May, 1899 
 
 CHARTERS. 
 
 DURATION OF CHARTER COST 
 
 $1,500 per day, 123 days $184,000 
 
 1,500 per day, 112 days 112,000 
 
 20,000 per month, 3X months 72,000 
 
 750 per day, 104 days 78,000 
 
 1,500 per day, 119 days 178,500 
 
 20.000 per month, 13 months 260,000 
 
 100 per day, 390 days 390,000 
 
 660 per day, 150 days 99,000 
 
 550 estimated, 180 days 90,000 
 
 1,000 per day, 172 days 172,000 
 
 25.000 per month, 13 months 325,000 
 
 25,000 per month, 13 months 325,000 
 
 650 per day, 380 days 247,000 
 
 1,000 per day, 379 days 379,000 
 
 1,000 per day, 131 days 131,000 
 
 900 per day, 345 days 310,500 
 
 25,000 per month, 12 months 300,000 
 
 1,000 per day, 108 days 108,000 
 
 1,000 per day, 105 days 105,000 
 
 700 per day, 219 days 153,300 
 
 200 per day, 358 days 71,600 
 
 500 per day, 150 days 75,000 
 
 300 per day, 116 days 34,800 
 
 300 per day, 74 days 22,200 
 
 $4,223,400 
 
 Total cost of charters 
 
Ca}npaijs^Hi}i(r in ike Philippines. 
 
 63 
 
 DAYS NOT IN TRANSIT. 
 
 Vessels 
 
 City of Sidney. . 
 City of Peking. . 
 
 Australia 
 
 Colon 
 
 China 
 
 Zealandia . . . . | 
 Senator | 
 
 Morgan City. . | 
 
 City of Para . . . . 
 
 Indiana 
 
 Ohio 
 
 Valencia 
 
 Newport 
 
 Peru 
 
 City of Puebla . . 
 Pennsylvania . . 
 Rio de Janeiro. . 
 St. Paul 
 
 I^eft 
 
 San 
 
 Francisco 
 
 Arrived 
 
 Manila 
 
 L,ay Over 
 in Manila 
 
 Awaiting 
 Cancellation 
 of Charter in 
 
 San Francisco 
 
 Out of 
 Transit 
 
 Charter Price 
 per Day or 
 Month 
 
 Cost 
 
 May 25 
 
 June 30 
 
 20 days 
 
 17 days 
 
 37 
 
 $ 1,000 per day 
 
 $37,000 
 
 May 25 
 
 June 30 
 
 30 “ 
 
 11 “ 
 
 41 
 
 1,500 “ “ 
 
 61,500 
 
 May 25 
 
 June 30 
 
 23 “ 
 
 12 “ 
 
 35 
 
 20,000 “ mo. 
 
 23,333 
 
 June 15 
 
 July 17 
 
 21 “ 
 
 3 “ 
 
 24 
 
 750 “ day 
 
 18,000 
 
 June 15 
 
 July 16 
 
 44 “ 
 
 
 44 
 
 1,500 “ “ 
 
 66,000 
 
 June 15 
 
 July 17 
 
 37 “ 
 
 
 
 
 
 Oct. 30 
 
 Nov. 28 
 
 57 “ 
 
 
 94 
 
 20,000 “ mo. 
 
 62,666 
 
 June 25 
 
 July 17 
 
 38 “ 
 
 
 65 
 
 
 
 Oct. 17 
 
 Nov. 21 
 
 27 “ 
 
 
 
 1 ,000 ‘ ‘ day 
 
 65,000 
 
 June 27 
 
 July 31 
 
 59 “ 
 
 
 
 
 
 Jan. 26 
 
 Mar. 2 
 
 12 “ 
 
 1 day 
 
 72 
 
 660 ‘ ‘ day 
 
 47,520 
 
 June 27 
 
 July 31 
 
 87 “ 
 
 
 87 
 
 1,000 “ “ 
 
 87,000 
 
 June 27 
 
 July 31 
 
 30 “ 
 
 
 30 
 
 25,000 “ mo. 
 
 25,000 
 
 June 27 
 
 July 31 
 
 35 “ 
 
 
 35 
 
 25,000 “ “ 
 
 29,166 
 
 June 28 
 
 July 31 
 
 34 “ 
 
 
 34 
 
 650 ‘ ‘ day 
 
 22,100 
 
 June 29 
 
 May 25 
 
 50 “ 
 
 
 50 
 
 1,000 “ “ 
 
 50,000 
 
 July 15 
 
 Aug. 21 
 
 45 “ 
 
 1 day 
 
 46 
 
 1,000 “ “ 
 
 46,000 
 
 July 15 
 
 Aug. 21 
 
 30 “ 
 
 
 30 
 
 900 “ “ 
 
 27,000 
 
 July 19 
 
 Aug. 24 
 
 20 “ 
 
 
 20 
 
 25,000 “ mo. 
 
 16,666 
 
 July 27 
 
 Aug. 24 
 
 28 “ 
 
 
 28 
 
 1,000 “ day 
 
 28,000 
 
 July 29 
 
 Aug. 31 
 
 27 “ 
 
 
 27 
 
 1,000 “ “ 
 
 27,000 
 
 Total cost 
 
 .$738,951 
 
 It should be said in explanation of the last table that any delay in San Fran- 
 cisco was caused by the transports being refitted, refurnished and repaired, and 
 often a little delay in waiting for cargo or the arrival of troops. Similar con- 
 ditions may be considered as existing in Manila. 
 
 The following is a statement of the troops despatched to the Philippines up to 
 September 15, 1899, with date of sailing and arrival: 
 
 FIRST EXPEDITION- 158 Officers and 2386 Men. 
 
 Australia left San P'rancisco May 25, 1898, and arrived at Manila June 30, 1898, carrying 
 the following officers and men: Brigadier-General Thomas M. Anderson, U. S. V.; Elmer W. 
 Clark, 2d Lieut., 14th Inf., Aid-de-Camp; Henry P. McCain, Lst Lieut., 14th Inf., Adjutant- 
 General; Samuel R. Jones, U. S. V., Chief Quartermaster; Sydney A. Cloman, 1st Lieut., 
 15th Inf., Chief Commissary; Harlan E. MeVay, Capt., Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A., Commis- 
 sary Sergeant; 1st and 2d Battalions and Company C, 2d Oregon, 38 officers and 732 men, 
 making a total of 44 officers and 733 men. 
 
 City of Sidney left San Francisco May 25, 1898, and arrived at Manila June 30, 1898, carrying 
 the following officers and men: Companies F, I, and M, 3d Battalion, 2d Oregon Inf., U. S. 
 V.; detachment of Batteries A and D, California Volunteer Heavy Artillery ; band and Com- 
 panies A, C, D, E and F, 14th Inf.; Hospital Corps; Commissary Sergeant, making a total of 
 22 officers and 674 men. 
 
 City of Pekinyi left San Francisco May 25, 1898, and arrived at Manila June 30, 1898, carry- 
 ing the following officers and men : 1st Regiment California Volunteer Inf. and Commissary 
 Sergeant, making a total of 49 officers and 979 men. 
 
 SECOND EXPEDITION— 158 Officers and 3404 Men. 
 
 China left San Francisco June 15, 1898, and arrived at Manila July 17, 1898, carrying the fol- 
 lowing officers and men : Brigadier-General F. V. Greene, U. S. V.; W. G. Bates, Capt., Assis- 
 tant Adjutant-General, U. S. V., Adjutant-General ; Frank S. Bourns, Maj., Chief Surgeon, 
 
04 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 U. S. V.; W. H. Anderson, Capt., Chief Surgeon, U. S. V., Chief Commissary; Schuyler 
 Schieffelin, 2d Lieut., 47th New York Volunteers, Aide-de-Camp. Attached; Lieutenant- 
 Colonel C. L. Jewett, Judge- Advocate, U. S. V.; Maj. J. F. Bell, Engineer Officer, U. S. V.; 
 Capt. W. A. Tucker, Chief Surgeon, U. S. V.; 1st Lieut.; J. B. Clayton, Assistant Surgeon, 
 U. S. A.; 1st Lieut. R. H. Allen, 14th Inf., Aide-de-Camp; 1st Regiment Colorado Inf., 
 U. S. V.; Company A, 18th Inf.; Company G, 18th Inf.; Sections 3, 4 and 5, Battery B, Utah 
 Volunteer Light Artillery; detachment Company A, Engineer Battalion, U. S. A.; Detach- 
 ment Hospital Corps, making a total of 61 officers and 1208 men. 
 
 Senator left San Francisco June 15, 1898, and arrived at Manila July 17, 1898, carrying 
 the 1st Regiment Nebraska Inf., U. S. V.; Detachment Hospital Corps, making a total of 43 
 officers and 950 men. 
 
 Zealandia left San Francisco June 15, 1898, and arrived at Manila July 17, 1898, carrying 
 the following officers and men: 10th Regiment Pennsylvania Inf., U. S. V.; Sections 1, 2 and 
 6, Battery B, Utah Volunteer Light Artillery; Detachment Hospital Corps, making a total cf 
 34 officers and 665 men. 
 
 Colon left San Francisco June 15, 1898, and arrived at Manila July 17, 1898, carrying the fol- 
 lowing officers and men: Companies B and E, 18th Inf.; Companies D, E, F, and H, 23d Inf.; 
 Battery A, Utah Volunteer Light Artillery; Detachment Hospital Corps, making a total of 20 
 officers and 581 men. 
 
 THIRD EXPEDITION— 198 Officers, 4642 Men and 34 Civilians. 
 
 Newport left San Francisco June 29, 1898, and arrived at Manila July 25, 1898, carrying 
 the following officers and men: Major-General Wesley Merritt, U. S A.; John B. Babcock, 
 Brigadier-General, U. S. V., Adjutant-General, Department of the Pacific; Lewis H. Strother, 
 Maj., U. S. V., Aide-de-Camp; Harry C. Hale, Maj., U. S. V., Aide-de-Camp; T. Bentley Mott, 
 Capt. Aide-de-Camp; C. A. Whittier, Lieutenant-Colonel, Inspector-General, U. S. V.; James 
 W. Pope, Lieutenant-Colonel, Chief Quartermaster, U. S. V.; David L. Brainard, Lieutenant- 
 Colonel, Chief Commissary Sergeant, U. S. V.; W. A. Wadsworth, Maj., U. S. V., Assistant to Chief 
 Quartermaster; Charles McClure, Maj., Paymaster, U. S. A., Chief Paymaster; Charles E. Kil- 
 bourne, Maj., U. S. A., Paymaster; Charles H. Whipple, Maj., S. A., Paymaster ; R. B. C. 
 Bement, Maj., Engineer Officer, U. S. V.; William A. Simpson, Maj., U. S. V., Chief of Artillery; 
 Samuel D. S. Sturgis, Maj., U. S. V., Assistant Adjutant-General, Department of the Pacific; 
 Enoch H. Crowder, Lieutenant-Colonel, U. S. V., Judge- Advocate ; Henry Lippencott, Lieuten- 
 ant-Colonel, U. S. A., Chief Surgeon; Charles E. Woodruff, Maj., U. S. V., Attending Sur- 
 geon, Department of the Pacific; Julian M. Cabell, Capt., (retired). Assistant Surgeon; Charles 
 L. Potter, Lieutenant-Colonel, U. S. V., Chief Engineer Officer; Richard E. Thompson, Maj., 
 
 U. S. V., Chief Signal Officer; Frank R. Keefer, Capt., Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.; G. W. 
 Day wait. Acting Surgeon, U. S. A.; G. W. Matthewes, Acting Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.; Astor 
 Battery, Batteries H and K, 3d Art.; Detachment Hospital Corps attached to Headquarters, 
 making a total of 15 civilians, 33 officers and 548 men. 
 
 Astor Battery left Manila for San Francisco, Cal., December 15, 1898, on transport Senator. 
 Armament and ammunition of Battery turned over to Light Battery D, 6th United States Art. 
 
 Indiana left San Francisco June 27, 1898, and arrived at Manila July 31, 1898, carrying the 
 following officers and men: Brigadier-General Arthur MacArthur, U. S. V.; F. J. Kernan, 1st 
 Lieut., 21st Inf., Acting Assistant Adjutant-General; C. G. Sawtelle, Jr., Assistant Quarter- 
 master, U. S. V., Quartermaster; Pegram Whitworth, 2d Lieut., 18th Inf., Aide-de-Camp; 
 Herbert M. Lord, Maj., Additional Paymaster, U. S. V.; William B. Rochester, Jr., 
 Maj., Additional Paymaster, U. S. V.; Henry C. Fitzgerald, Maj., Additional Paymaster, U. S. 
 
 V. ; Timothy D. Keheler, Maj., Additional Paymaster, U. S. V.; William B. Gambrill, Maj., 
 Additional Paymaster, U. S. V.; John M. Sears, Maj., Additional Paymaster, U. S. V.; R. H. 
 Fitzhugh, Maj., Commissary Sergeant, U. S. V.; W. A. Harper, Capt., Assistant Quartermaster, 
 U. S. V.; Dr. Titus, Acting Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.; Dr. Henry Brodek, Acting Assistant 
 Surgeon, U. S. A.; 19 civilian clerks; 1 newspaper correspondent; Headquarters band and 
 Companies B, C, G and L, 23d Inf.; recruits for 1st Battalion, 23d Inf.; Companies D and H, 
 
Photo hy Hodson. 
 
 TRANSPORT “SHP:rMAN.” 
 
 One of the largest and best troopships in Uncle Sam’s service. 
 
 Photo hy Hodson. 
 
 “ ’TWPIEN DECKS” ON THPl ‘‘ SHPlRMAN.” 
 
 Showing sleeping quarters occupied by the rank and file of onr soldiers 
 
I'l 
 
 I 
 
 f 
 
 f) 
 
 ■Ii; 
 
 -L 
 
 Captain J. H. Mathews, 
 Superintending Engineer. 
 
 Capt.^in N. P. Batchetder, a. Q. M., U. S. V. 
 Assistant to General Superintendent, A. T. S., 
 San Francisco, Cal. 
 
 Captain John Barneson, 
 Marine Superintendent. 
 
 I 
 
 j 
 
 i; 
 
 I 
 
 Jas. H. Humphreys, 
 
 Asst, to Superintending Engineer. 
 
 Colonel Oscar F. Fong, U. S. A., 
 General Superintendent Army Transport 
 Service, San Francisco, Cal. 
 
 C. G. Eyman, 
 
 Asst, to Marine Superintendent. 
 
 OFFICERS ARMY TRANSPORT SERVICE SAN FRANCISCO, CAE. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 65 
 
 18th Iiif.; recruits for 1st Battalion, 18th Inf.; Detachment U. S. V. Signal Corps; Company 
 A, Engineer Battalion, U. S. A.; detachment Company H, North Dakota Volunteer Inf.; 
 Hospital Corps making a total of 36 officers, 944 men and 20 civilians. 
 
 JMorgan City left San Francisco June 27, 1898, and arrived at Manila July 31, 1898, carry- 
 ing the following officers and men: 1st and 2d Battalions, 1st Idaho Inf., U. S. V.; privates, 1st 
 Nebraska Volunteer Inf.; Detachment Signal Corps; Detachment Hospital Corps, making a total 
 of 32 officers and 677 men. 
 
 left San Francisco June 27, 1898, and arrived at Manila July 31, 1898, carrying the 
 following officers and men: Headquarters band and Companies C and F, 18th Inf.; recruits for 
 1st Battalion, 18th Inf.; Batteries G and D, 3d Art; 1st Battalion, 1st Wyoming Inf., U. vS. V.; 
 Detachment Signal Corps; Detachment Hospital Corps, making a total of 24 officers and 886 
 men. 
 
 Valencia left San Francisco June 28, 1898, and arrived at Manila July 31, 1898, carrying 
 the following officers and men : 1st and 2d Battalion, 1st North Dakota Inf., U. S. V.; Detach- 
 ment Signal Corps; Detachment Hospital Corps, making a total of 29 officers and 606 men. 
 
 City of Para left San Francisco June 27, 1898, and arrived at Manila, June 31, 1898, carry- 
 ing the following officers and men: Forty-four officers, 963 men ; 13th Regiment, Minnesota 
 Inf., U. S. V.; Detachment Signal Corps, 2; Detachment Hospital Corps, 16, making a total 
 of 44 officers and 981 men. 
 
 FOURTH EXPEDITION— 172 Officers, 4720 Men and 17 Civilians. 
 
 Pern left San Francisco July 15, 1898, and arrived at Manila August 21, 1898, carrying the 
 following officers and men : Major-General Elwell S. Otis, U. S. V.; Thomas H. Barry, Eieu- 
 tenant-Colonel, Assistant Adjutant-General, U. S. V.; Fred W. Sladen, 1st Lieut., 4th Inf., 
 Aide-de-Camp ; Capt. C. H. Murray, 4th Cav., Aide-de-Camp ; R. P. Hughes, Brigadier- 
 General, Inspector-General, U. S. V.; J. S. Mallory, Maj., Inspector-General, U. S. V.; Charles 
 McClure, Capt., 18th Inf., Judge- Advocate. Attached: G. P. Scriven, Maj., Sergeant-Quarter- 
 master, U. S. V.; P. B. Strong, Capt., Assistant Adjutant-General, U. S. V.; C. du P. Coudert, 
 Capt., Chief Surgeon, U. S. V.; C. A. Devol, Capt., Assistant Quartermaster, U. S. A.; G. H. 
 Richardson, A. S. S., U. S. A.; Clarence W. Quinan, A. S. S., U. S. A.; C. M. McQuestin, A. 
 S. S., U. S. A.; 9 civilians; Troops C, I, K, L, E and G, 4th Cav., Batteries D and G, 6th 
 Art ; detachment 3d Art.; Engineer Corps, attached to 3d Art.; 13th Minnesota, attached to 
 3d Art.; Detachment Signal Corps; Detachment Hospital Corps, making a total of 34 officers, 
 916 men and 9 civilians. 
 
 left San Francisco July 15, 1898, and arrived at Manila August 21, 1898, carrying 
 the following officers and men: S. O. L. Potter, Maj., Brigade Surgeon, U. S. V.; H. C. Cabell, 
 Capt., Assistant Adjutant-General, U. S. V.; S. B. Bootes, Capt., Chief Surgeon, U. S. V.; P. S. 
 Kellogg, Assistant Adjutant-General, U. S. A.; C. C. Pierce, Chaplain, U. S. A.; Franklin M. 
 Kemp, 1st Lieut., Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.; Non-Commissioned Staff, 14th Inf.; General 
 Staff, Naval Engineer Officers, 10; Companies G, I, K, L and M, 14th Inf.; recruits of 14th 
 Inf.; detachment 23d Inf.; United States Signal Corps, 1st California Volunteers; 1st Wyoming 
 Volunteers, making a total of 16 officers and 822 men. 
 
 Pennsylvania left San Francisco July 18, 1898, and arrived at Manila August 24, 1898, carrying 
 the following officers and men: John D, Merit, Maj., Additional Paymaster, U. S. V.i 
 G. Tilley, Lieut., U. S. V., Signal Corps. Attached: 14th Inf.; 1st Regiment Montana Inf., U. S. 
 V.; recruits, 1st California Volunteer Inf.; Hospital Corps, making a total of 51 officers and 
 1274 men, 
 
 Rio de Janeiro left San Francisco July 23, 1898, and arrived at Manila August 24, 1898, 
 carrying the following officers and men: Brigadier-General H. G. Otis, U. S. V.; George 
 F. Shields, Maj., Brigade Surgeon, U. S. V.; Edward Murphy, 2d Capt., Assistant Adjutant- 
 General, U. S. V.; A. W. Kimball, Capt., Assistant Quartermaster, U. S. V.; Seth M. Miliken, 
 Capt., Chief Surgeon, U. S. V.; L. P. Sanders, 1st Lieut., 1st Montana, Aide-de-Camp to Briga- 
 dier-General Otis; Charles W. Whipple, Lieutenant-Colonel, Inspector-General, U. S. V.; 
 A. W. Bradbury, 2d Lieut., 1st California, Aide-de-Camp to Brigadier-General Otis; S. W. Bel- 
 ford, Capt., Assistant Adjutant-General, U. S. V.; 2d and 3d Battalions, 1st South Dakota 
 5b 
 
06 
 
 CiunpaifTfiifij^ in the Philippines. 
 
 Volunteer Inf.; recruits, Utah Light Artiller}' Volunteers; band of 1st Battalion, 1st South 
 Dakota Volunteer Inf.; Detachment Volunteer Signal Corps; Detachment Hospital Corps; 
 Ordnance Department, U. S. A.; 1st Montana Inf.; 1 Red Cross steward; 8 civdlian clerks, 
 making a total of 46 officers and 820 men. 
 
 St. left San Francisco July 29, 1898, and arrived at Manila August 31, 1898, carrying 
 the following officers and men: J. G. Blaine, Capt., Assistant Adjutant-General, U. S. V.; Lee 
 Linn, Capt., Chief Surgeon, U. S. V.; Raymund Sulzer, Capt., Assistant Quartermaster, 
 U. S. V.; C. C. Walcutt, Capt., Assistant Quartermaster, U. S. V. (from Honolulu). Attached: 
 1st Battalion, 1st South Dakota Volunteer Inf.; recruits for the 13th Minnesota Volunteers; 
 recruits for 1st Colorado Volunteers; Detachment U. S. V. Signal Corps; Detachment of 
 Hospital Corps, making a total of 25 officers and 788 men. 
 
 Scandia left San Francisco August 27, 1898, and arrived at Manila October 2, 1898, carry- 
 ing the following officers and men: William A. Kobbe, Maj., 3d Art.; W. O. Owen, Map, 
 Brigade Surgeon, U. S. V.; H. Pahe, 1st Lieut., U. S. A.; E. K. Johnstone, Acting Assistant 
 Surgeon, U. S. A.; H. du R. Phelan, Acting Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.; William B. Schofield, 
 Additional Paymaster, U. S. V.; M. F. Sheary, Additional Paymaster, U. S. V.; T. Sternberg, 
 Additional Paymaster, U. S. V.; E. A. Wedgwood, 1st Lieut., Battery B, Utah Volunteer Art.; 
 N. T. Messer, Capt., Acting Chief Surgeon, U. S. V., Acting Assistant Quartermaster; 4 civ- 
 ians; Detachment Hospital Corps; detachment 1st Montana; detachment California Volunteer 
 Heavy Artillery. Attached: CommissarySergeant, U. S. A.; Red Cross nurses, male, making 
 a total of 11 officers and 166 men. 
 
 FIFTH EXPEDITION— 233 Officers and 6258 Men. 
 
 Senator left San Francisco October 17, 1898, and arrived at Manila November 21, 1898, 
 carrying the following officers and men: Companies A, I, K and M, 23d Inf.; detachment 
 14th United States Inf.; detachment 18th United States Inf.; detachment Battery D, Califor- 
 nia Heavy Artillery Volunteers; recruits for 2d Oregon Volunteer Inf.; 10th Pennsylvania 
 Volunteer Inf.; 1st South Dakota Volunteer Inf. ; 1st Montana Volunteer Inf.; 1st Nebraska 
 Volunteer Inf.; 13th Minnesota Volunteer Inf.; 20th Kansas Volunteer Inf.; 1st Tennessee 
 Volunteer Inf.; U. S. V. Signal Corps; Acting Assistant Surgeons, U. S. A.; Hospital Corps, 
 U. S. A., making a total of 20 officers and 747 men. 
 
 left San Francisco October 17, 1898, and arrived at Manila November 22, 1898, 
 carrying the following officers and men: Companies F, G, I and L, 1st Washington Volunteer 
 Inf.; Batteries A and D, California Heavy Artillery Volunteers; Commissary Sergeant, U. S. A.; 
 Acting Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.; Hospital Corps, U. S. A., making a total of 18 officers and 
 491 men. 
 
 Arizona left Honolulu November 10, 1898, and arrived at Manila November 25, 1898, carry- 
 ing the following officers and men: Brigadier-General Charles King, U. S. V.; 2d Lieut. Henry 
 M. Meriam, 3d Art., Aide-de-Camp; 2d Lieut. James R. Goodale, 1st New York Inf. Volun- 
 teers, Aide-de-Camp; Maj. E. R. Morris, Brigade Surgeon, U. S. V.; Capt. J. B. Handy, Chief 
 Surgeon, U. S. V., Chief Commissary; Companies I, K, L and M, and recruits, 18th United 
 States Inf.; recruits, 1st Nebraska Inf., U. S. V.; recruits, 1st Colorado Inf., U. S. V.; recruits, 
 10th Pennsylvania Inf., U. S. V.; Acting Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.; Hospital Corps, U. S. A., 
 making a total of 18 officers and 1006 men. 
 
 Ohio left San Francisco October 28, 1898, and arrived at Manila November 26, 1898, carry- 
 ing the following officers and men: Headquarters and Companies A, B, C, D,E, H, K and M, 
 1st Washington Inf., U. S. V ; detachment California Heavy Artillery, U. S. V.; 4th United 
 States Cav.; 23d United States Inf.; 2d Oregon Inf., U. S. V.; 1st Montana Inf, U. S. V.; 
 Hospital Corps, U. S. A., making a total of 27 officers and 759 men. 
 
 Zealandia left San Francisco October 30, 1898, and arrived at Manila November 28, 1898, 
 carrying the following officers and men: Headquarters and Companies A, B, C, E, F, L and M, 
 1st Tennessee Inf ; U. S. V.; 23d United States Inf.; 13th Minnesota U. S. V.; Hospital Corps, 
 U. S. A., making a total of 25 officers and 534 men. 
 
Cai)ipai(^)ii)i(j^ in the Philippines. 
 
 67 
 
 Indiana left San Francisco October 27, 1898, and. arrived at Manila November 30, 1898, 
 carrying the following officers and men: Headquarters and Companies C, D, E, G, H, I, K, 
 and M, 20th Kansas Volunteer Inf.; Hospital Corps, U. vS. A., making a total of 30 officers and 
 717 men. 
 
 City of Puebla left San Francisco November 6, 1898, and arrived at Manila December 6, 
 1898, carrying the following officers and men: Companies D, G, H, I and K, 1st Tennessee 
 Volunteer Inf.; Troop A, Nevada Cav., U. S. V.; detachment California Heavy Artillery, 
 U. S. V.; 2d Oregon Inf., U. S. V.; 1st Tennessee Inf., U. S. V.; 23d Inf.; 18th Inf.; Bat- 
 tery D, 6th United States Art.; Commissary Sergeant, U. vS. A.; 13th Minnesota Inf., U. S. V.; 
 Hospital Corps, U. S. A., making a total of 24 officers and 572 men. 
 
 Newport left San Francisco November 8, 1898, and arrived at Manila December 7, 1898, 
 carrying the following officers and men: Brigadier-General M. P. Miller, U. S. V.; 1st Uieut. 
 C. G. Woodward, 3d United States Art., Aide-de-Camp; 1st Lieut. M. K. Barroll, 3d United 
 States Art., Aide-de-Camp; Capt. John B. Jeffrey, Assistant Quartermaster, U. S. V., Chief 
 Quartermaster; Capt. Daniel Van Voorhies, Chief Surgeon, U. S. V., Chief Commissary; Compa- 
 nies A, B, F and L, 26th Kansas Inf., U. S. V.; Light Battery A, Wyoming Art., U. S. V. 
 Attached: Acting Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.; Hospital Corps, U. S. A.; California Heavy 
 Artillery, U. S. V.; 1st Washington Inf., U. S. V.; 23d United States Inf.; Commissary Ser- 
 geants U. S. A.; making a total of 24 officers and 466 men. 
 
 Pennsylvania left San Francisco November 3, 1898, and arrived at Manila December 7, 
 l:-98, carrying the following officers and men: 51st Iowa Inf., U. S. V.; 14th United States 
 Inf.; 18th United States Inf.; 2d Oregon Inf., U. S. V.; 1st Colorado Inf., U. S. V.; 20th 
 Kansas Inf., U. S. V.; 1st Nebraska Inf., U. S. V.; Hospital Corps, U. S. A., making a total 
 of 47 officers and 964 men. 
 
 SIXTH EXPEDITION— 69 Officers, 2505 Men and 3 Civilians. 
 
 Scandia left San Francisco January 26, 1899, and arrived at Manila February 23, 1899, 
 carrying the following officers and men: Brigadier-Geneial Loyd Wheaton, U. S. V.; Maj. 
 C. E. Stanton, Additional Paymaster, U. S. V.; Acting Assistant Surgeon W. R. Van Tuyl, U. S. 
 A.; Acting Assistant Surgeon T. M. McCullom, U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Surgeon B. L. John- 
 son, U.S. A.; 4th United States Cav. ; 14th United States Inf.; Hospital Corps, U. S. A.; 51st 
 Iowa Volunteer Inf.; 20th United States Inf., making a total of 34 officers, 1193 men and 3 
 civilian clerks. 
 
 Tacoma, sailing ship, (supplies,) left Honolulu January 21, 1899, and arrived at Manila March 
 
 1, 1899, carrying the following officers and men: Acting Assistant Surgeon C. Y. Brownlee, 
 U. S. A.; 4th United Stated Cav.; 1st Washington Volunteer Inf., making a total of 2 officers, 
 28 men, 19 civilians, also 81 cavalry horses and 119 mules. 
 
 Morgan City, (supplies,) left San Francisco January 26, 1899, and arrived at Manila March 
 
 2, 1899, carrying the following officers and men: 1st Lieut. W. J. Kirkpatrick, Assistant Surgeon, 
 U. S. A.; Hospital Corps; 20th United States Inf., making a total of 5 officers and 7 men. 
 
 Senator \Cl\. San Francisco February 1, 1889, and arrived at Manila March 4, 1899, carry- 
 ing the following officers and men: Capt. J. S. Kulp, Assistant Surgeon, U.S. A.; Acting As- 
 sistant Surgeon, I. W. Brewer, U. S. A.; Capt. E. H. Fitzgerald, Chaplain, U. S. A.; Hospital 
 Corps, U. vS. A.; 22d United States Inf., Headquarters and Companies A, B, D, H, K and M, 
 making a total of 18 officers and 602 men. 
 
 left San Francisco February 1, 1899, and arrived at Manila March 5, 1899, carrying 
 the following officers and men: 1st Lieut. R. P. Strong, Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.; 
 C. N. Andrews, Acting Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.; 4th U. S. Cav.; 10th United States Inf.; 
 3d United States Art. (recruits); 6th United States Art. (recruits); 14th United States Inf. 
 (recruits); 18th United States Inf. (recruits); 23d United States Inf. (recruits); Hospital 
 Corps, U. S, A.; 22d United States Inf., Companies C, E, F, G, I and L, making a total of 17 
 officers and 710 men. 
 
 left New York January 19, 1899, and arrived at Manila, via Suez Canal, March 10, 
 1899, carrying the following officers and men: Major-General H. W. Lawton, U. S. V.; Maj. 
 
68 
 
 Canipai^s^nin^ in the Philippines. 
 
 C. R. Edwards, Assistant Adjutant-General, U. S. V.; Maj, C. G. Starr, Inspector-General, 
 U. S. V.; Capt. R. Sewell, Assistant Adjutant-General, U. S. V., Aide-de-Camp to General 
 Lawton; 1st Lieut. W. Brookes, 4th United States Inf., Aide-de-Camp to General Lawton; 2d 
 Lieut. E.L. King, 8th United States Cav., Aide-de-Camp to General Lawton; Brigadier-General 
 R. H. Hall, U. S. V., commanding 4th United States Inf.; Capt. E. Reichman, Assistant 
 Adjutant-General U. S. V., commanding Company G, 17th Inf.; Capt. G. de Shon, Assistant 
 Surgeon, U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Surgeon P. M. Ashburn, U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Sur- 
 geon A. C. Ghiselia, U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Surgeon L. E. Hess, U. S. A.; 14th United 
 States Inf.; 18th United States Inf.; 23d United States Inf.; Signal Corps, U. S. A.; Hospital 
 Corps, U. S. A.; 4th United States Inf.; 17th United States Inf., making a total of 53 officers, 
 1688 men and 4 civilian clerks. 
 
 Sherman left New York February 3, 1899, and arrived at Manila, via Suez Canal, March 
 22, 1899, carrying the following officers and men: Capt. J. D. Poindescter, Assistant Surgeon, 
 U. S. A.; 1st Lieut. R. B. Westnedge, Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Surgeon 
 G. S. Pitcher, U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Surgeon J. B. Darling, U. S. A.; Acting Assistant 
 Surgeon F. B. Bowman, U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Surgeon A. B. Smith, U. S. A.; Capt. 
 P. J. Hart, Chaplain, U. S. A.; Hospital Corps, U. S. A.; 3d United Stated Inf.; 17th United 
 States Inf., making a total of 39 officers, 1689 men and 1 civilian clerk. 
 
 Sheridan left New York February 19, 1899, and arrived at Manila, via Suez Canal, April 
 14, 1899, carrying the following officers and men: Capt. F. A. Winter, Assistant Surgeon, U. S. 
 A.; 1st Lieut. E. W. Pinkham, Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Surgeon O. C. 
 Heise, U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Surgeon T. L. Lowe, 12th United States Inf.; 17th United 
 States Inf., Headquarters and Companies A, C, E and F; 3d United States Inf.; 4th United 
 States Inf.; 14th United States Inf.; 18th United States Inf.; 20th United States Inf.; 22d 
 United States Inf.; Hospital Corps, making a total of 57 officers and 1786 men. 
 
 Roanoke^ (supplies,) left San Francisco February 26, 1899 and arrived at Manila March 
 29, 1899, carrying the following officers and men: Lieutenant-Colonel J. D. Miley, Inspector- 
 General, U. S. V.; Acting Assistant Surgeon S. F. Fraser, U. S. A.; 14th United States Inf.; 
 20th United States Inf.; 22d United States Inf.; 23d United States Inf.; Hospital Corps, mak- 
 ing a total of 3 officers, 100 men and 1 civilian clerk. 
 
 Portland, (supply ship,) left San Francisco March 2, 1899, and arrived at Manila April 10, 
 1899, carrying the following officers and men: Capt. J. A. Logan, Jr., Chief Surgeon, U. S. V.; 
 Acting Assistant Surgeon T. A. McCulloch, U. S. A.; 2d United States Inf.; 14th United States 
 Inf.; 18th United States Inf.; 22d United States Inf.; 23d United States Inf.; 3d United States 
 Art.; Hospital Corps, making a total of 11 officers and 95 men. 
 
 Cofmemaugh (supply ship,) left San Francisco March 11, 1899, and arrived at Manila 
 April 20, 1899, carrying the following officers and men : Capt. E. R. Butler, Assistant 
 Quartermaster, U. S. V.; Hospital Corps, U. S. A., making a total of 1 officer, 2 men ; and also 
 1 civilian clerk, 32 civilian teamsters and 284 mules. 
 
 City of Puebla left San Francisco March 24, 1899, and arrived at Manila April 23, 1899, 
 carrying the following officers and men: 9th United States Inf., Headquarters and Companies 
 A, F, G, I, L and M ; Hospital Corps, making a total of 14 officers and 680 men. 
 
 Zealandia left San Francisco March 28, 1899, and arrived at Manila April 27, 1899, carry- 
 ing the following officers and men: Acting Assistant Surgeon H. W. Elliott, U. S. A.; 9th 
 United States Inf., Companies B, C, D, E, H and K; Hospital Corps, making a total of 12 
 officers and 524 men. 
 
 Nelson (supply ship,) left San Francisco March 30, 1899, and arrived at Manila May 2, 
 1899, carrying the following officers and men: Acting Assistant Surgeon S. Wythe, U. S. A.; 
 18th United States Inf. ; 3d United States Inf.; 6th United States Art.; Signal Corps; Hospital 
 Corps; General Staff, making a total of 2 officers and 60 men. 
 
 Hancock (formerly Arizona) left San Francisco April 18, 1899, and arrived at Manila May 
 11, 1899, carrying the following officers and men: Maj. W. P. Kendall, Surgeon, U. S. V.; 1st 
 Lieut. H. E. Wetherill, Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Surgeon J. H. Hepburn, 
 U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Surgeon C. M. Drake, U. S. A.; 21st United States Inf./ 9th United 
 
Caiiipaifrnin^ in the Philippines. 
 
 69 
 
 States Inf.; Light Battery E, 1st United States Art.; 7th United States Art. ; Hospital Corps, 
 U. S. A., making a total of 40 officers and 1450 men. 
 
 Warren (formerly Scandia') left San Francisco April 20, 1899, and arrived at Manila May 
 18, 1899, carrying the following officers and men: Brigadier-General E. B. Williston, U. S. V.; 
 Maj. G. L. Edie, Surgeon U. S. V.; 1st Lieut. W. J. Calvert, Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.; 1st 
 Lieut. E. H. Hartness, Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.; 1st Lieut. P. C. March, 5th United States 
 Art., Aide-de-Camp to Major-General MacArthur; Acting Assistant Surgeon E. E. Persons, U. S. 
 
 A. ; Acting Assistant Surgeon W. P. Benta, U. S. A.; 6th United States Art.; 3d United States 
 Art.; 4th United States Cav. ; 3d United States Inf.; 9th United States Inf.; 12th United States 
 Inf.; 14th United States Inf.; 17th United States Inf.; 20th United States Inf.; 22d United 
 States Inf.; Hospital Corps, making a total of 28 officers and 1182 men. 
 
 Newport left San Francisco April 20, 1899, and arrived at Manila May 23, 1899, carrying 
 the following officers and men: Acting Assistant Surgeon E. F. Robinson, U. S. A.; Acting 
 Assistant Surgeon H. L. Coffin; 1st United States Art.; Light Battery F, 4th United States Art.; 
 Light Battery F, 5th United States Art.; General Staff; Hospital Corps, making a total of 11 
 officers, 224 men and also 15 officers, 258 enlisted men. Marine Corps; 6 government female 
 nurses, 8 Red Cross female nurses, 2 women and 4 civilians. 
 
 ]\[orga7i City left San Francisco April 25, 1899, and arrived at Manila May 27, 1899, carry- 
 ing the following officers and men: Acting Assistant Surgeon J. G. Reifsnydeer, U. S. A.; 
 Acting Assistant Surgeon J. M. Williams, U. S. A.; 4th United States Cav.; 6th United States 
 Art.; 9th United States Inf.; 12th United States Inf.; 14th United States Inf.; 18th United 
 States Inf.; 21st United States Inf.; 22d United States Inf.; 23d United States Inf.; Signal Corps, 
 U. S. A.; Hospital Corps, U. S. A., making a total of 10 officers and 606 men. 
 
 Ohio left San Francisco April 27, 1899, and arrived at Manila May 29, 1899, carrying the 
 following officers and men: Acting Assistant Surgeon P. W. Beckman, U. S. A.; Acting As- 
 sistant Surgeon H. E. Stafford, U. S. A.; 13th United States Inf., Companies B, D, E, K, Land 
 M; recruits; Signal Corps, U. S. A.; Hospital Corps, U. S. A ; Commissary Sergeants; making 
 a total of 15 officers and 763 men. 
 
 Senator left San Francisco April 27, 1899, and arrived at Manila May 29, 1899, carrying the 
 following officers and men: Maj. H. I. Raymond, Surgeon U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Surgeon 
 G. W. Roberts, U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Surgeon C. B. Mittelstaedt; 13th United States 
 Inf., Headquarters and Companies A, C, F, G, H and I; recruits Hospital Corps, U. S. A.; 9th 
 United States Inf.; 14th United States Inf., making a total of 19 officers and 679 men. 
 
 Sher7}ian left San Francisco May 22, 1899, and arrived at Manila June 18, 1899, carrying 
 the following officers and men : Brigadier-General J. C. Bates, U. S. V.; Brigadier-General F. D. 
 Grant, U. S. V.; Capt. S. E. Smiley, 15th United States Inf., Aide-de-Camp to General Bates; 
 1st Lieut. C. W. Fenton, 5th United States Cav., Aide-de-Camp to General Grant; Maj. 
 
 B. Halloway, Additional Paymaster, U. S. V.; Maj. J. A. Canby, Additional Paymaster, U. S. V.; 
 Capt. J. Baxter, Jr., Assistant Quartermaster, U. S. A.; Capt. J. A. Randolph, Post Chaplain, 
 U. S. A.; Capt. and Assistant Surgeon C. Lynch, U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Surgeon H. E. 
 Manage, U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Surgeon B. F. Van Meter, U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Sur- 
 geon W. L. Whittington, U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Surgeon J. T. Halsell, U. S. A.; 4th United 
 States Cav. ; 3d United States Art.; 6th United States Art.; 3d United States Inf.; 4th United 
 States Inf.; 6th United States Inf.; 9th United States Inf.; 12th United States Inf.; 13th United 
 States Inf.; 14th United States Inf.; 17th United States Inf.; 18th United States Inf.; 20th 
 United States Inf.;. 21st United States Inf.; 23d United States Inf.; Company A Engineer 
 Battalion, U. S. A.; Signal Corps, U S. A.; Hospital Corps, U. S. A.; Commissary Sergeant, 
 U. vS. A., making a total of 46 officers, 1743 men and 5 civilian employees. 
 
 Grant left San Francisco May 30, 1899, and arrived at Manila June 26, 1899, carrying the 
 following officers and men’: Maj. Henry S. T. Harris, Brigade Surgeon, U. S. V.; Acting 
 Assistant Surgeon W. H. Dade, U. S. A.; Acting Assistant Surgeon C. D. Lloyd, U. S. A ; 
 Acting Assistant Surgeon S. Richmond, U. S. A.; Capt. M. M. McMillan, Acting Quarter- 
 master, U. S. V., Capt. Walter Marvine, Post Chaplain, U. S. A.; 16th United States Inf.; 1st 
 
70 
 
 Campaigniii{r in the Philippines. 
 
 United States Art.; 6th United States Art.; 9th United States Inf.; 12th United States Inf.; 18th 
 United States Inf.; 21st United States Inf.; 13th Minnesota Inf.; Signal Corps, U. S. A.; Hos- 
 pital Corps ; Post Quartermaster Sergeant ; recruits, making a total of 42 officers and 1655 men. 
 
 VESSEUS SAIEED FROM SAN FRANCISCO SINCE JUNE 1, 1899. 
 
 June 22, Zealandia; June 24, Sheridan; June 28, Valencia. July 1, Pennsylvania; 3, 
 Wyefield, freight and 140 horses; July 11, Covenaugh, freight and 300 horses; July 13, City 
 of Para; July 24, Tarter; July 26, New York; July 27, Ohio; July 27, (Ship) Tacoma, 260 
 horses. August 10, Indiana; August 10, Morgan City; August 14, St. Paul; August 15, 
 Senator; August 18, City of Sidney; August 19, Siam, 373 horses and freight; August 29, City 
 of Puebla; August 29, Leelanaw , 260 horses and freight. September 2, Warren; September 8, 
 Columbia; September 16, Aztec, 364 horses and freight; September 16, Belgian King. 
 
CHAPTER V. 
 
 THE CAPTURE OF MANILA. 
 
 HE arrival of the first detachment of American troops on June 
 30, 1898, found Dewey in possession of Manila Bay and of 
 all the shore fortifications from Corregidor to Malate. The 
 Filipinos had possession of all the interior of Luzon Island, 
 and the Spanish forces, numbering about 5600 men, under 
 Governor-General Augustin, were hemmed in Manila. 
 
 With the American fleet in possession of the bay and the 
 Filipinos holding the interior, there was but one possible out- 
 come of the siege, and yet the Spanish position in the city 
 was by no means weak. If well defended by a force sufficient 
 to man the fortifications, it was well nigh impregnable to troops unsupported by 
 heavy artillery. The defenses consisted of two walls surrounding the old town, 
 known as the “Walled City,” and numerous outlying works. The attack of the 
 American forces was directed against the fortifications on the south and east of 
 the city, and a description of these will serve for a description of the whole. 
 
 THE FORTIFICATIONS OF MANILA. 
 
 The west wall was built to ward off a sea attack; the south and east an attack 
 by land. The total length of the south and east wall is 4900 feet, the south wall 
 being 3300 and the east wall 1600 feet long. There are two of these walls, known 
 as the inner and the outer wall. The outer wall is 15 feet high, on an incline 
 from the top to the bottom on the outside, and the inner wall has a height of 25 
 feet, and is so arranged that firing is done over the heads of those occupying the 
 outer wall. These walls are built of heavy masonry and are from 15 to 25 feet 
 in width on the top, and so arranged that a large force can occupy them and be 
 sheltered from a front fire. For instance, on the top of the inner wall there is a 
 space about 20 feet in width which the troops occupy in action. In front of them 
 is a stone wall 6 feet high, through which are loopholes. There is a moat sur- 
 rounding the outer wall 100 feet wide, now nearly filled with debris and offal, in 
 which water stands the year round. Between the walls is another moat varying 
 in width from 125 to 150 feet, in a condition like the outer moat. In this inside 
 moat are three bastions, built in the same manner as the walls and connected with 
 the inner wall by foot bridges. All these bastions and walls are surmounted by 
 guns, some modern and heavy, others ancient and comparatively useless in modern 
 warfare. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 THE SPANISH DUNGEONS. 
 
 Beneath these walls and covering their length underground are the “dun- 
 geons.” They are built in three apartments, the first 50 by 25 feet, the other two 
 30 by 25 feet. All are connected by stone causeways and built of solid masonry. 
 
 The guard-room to 
 these is a little struc- 
 ture 8 by 12 feet. 
 From this is an en- 
 trance to dungeon 
 No. 1 by a series of 
 stone steps, and the 
 end of this descent is 
 the gate of entrance, 
 2 feet high and lyi 
 feet wide. The exit 
 to the next dungeon 
 was of the same size 
 and kind, and here 
 another descent of a number of stone steps through a stone causeway and the 
 same kind of entrance to dungeon No. 2. From dungeon No. 2 was a like 
 causeway and descent to No. 3, which was located below sea level. There was 
 a gate with iron grates opening from the third dungeon, which, when raised, 
 would permit the water from the sea or Pasig River to flow into the dungeon. 
 In this last dungeon it was the habit of the Spanish authorities to keep the 
 Filipino prisoners, and when they failed to die of starvation or become too 
 numerous, they could raise the gates. When the Spanish sought diversion 
 in their executions they would take out the prisoners and publicly shoot them 
 by the score. Two places were specially appropriated for this. One at the 
 northwest corner of the wall, near the barracks and arsenal, and another across 
 the street, south of the moat. Here most of the civilians were shot. 
 
 THE GATES, FORTS AND BARRICADES. 
 
 There are six gates leading into the walled city, one of these being in the 
 south wall mentioned, another in the east wall, and the remainder opening 
 upon the bay or river. Nearly opposite the south gate and a little west 
 of Luneta barracks is another fort similar in construction to the old wall, 
 with moat and double walls. It covers nearly an acre of ground, and is 900 
 feet inland from the shore. Here was a powder magazine. At the place 
 called Ermita, 1500 feet south of the city wall, were strong earthworks mounting 
 a battery of Krupp guns, built as a defense against naval attack. Through 
 this place extended the street or Calle Real from the wall southward to Malate, a 
 distance of one mile. It runs nearly parallel to the shore and distant there- 
 from 200 to 500 feet. Here, extending across the street, was a strong barri- 
 cade. It was 6 feet high and 6 feet wide at the top, with substantial 
 buildings at either end, with openings between the sandbags on the top. 
 
 SPANISH TRENCHES AT CAVITE. 
 
Campaignhig in the Philippines. 
 
 73 
 
 At different places between this and Fort San Antonio, Abad, or Fort Malate, were 
 three of these street barricades. In this suburb of Malate, all the streets or 
 roads were crossed with these barricades. All through this section, also, were 
 such barricades in the open, covering all approaches to the city. Twenty-four 
 hundred feet south along the Calle Real Road, was another trench, commencing 
 at the beach and extending eastward 700 feet. This barricaded the approach to 
 Malate, the last suburb of the city south. The beach formed the west flank of 
 this trench, and an impassable swamp the east flank. Five hundred feet south 
 from this trench, is Fort Malate. This was a stone fort, built of solid masonry 
 and mounted with modern guns. Instead, however, of a moat in front, there 
 was a slough or waterway, 100 feet wide and varying in depth, depending upon 
 tide and rain. The slough approached the fort from the east, thence deflected 
 southward, and thence westward into the bay. The approaches to this were 
 swamps and brush. A stone bridge crosses this stream by the fort on the Calle 
 Real Road, and the approaches to this bridge were covered by strong stone walls. 
 Connecting with this stone bridge and the fort, was a strong line of trenches. 
 They extended from the fort to the beach, west, a distance of 200 feet, and from 
 the fort eastward, a distance of 3000 feet to block-house No. 14, which was 
 flanked on the east by an impassable swamp, and by the bay on the west. 
 
 THE SPANISH BEOCK-HOUSES. 
 
 All over the country wherever the Spaniards had outposts, is found the block- 
 house. They are all on the same plan, although of different material. Some are 
 of stone, some stone in part and partly wood, and some are all of wood. Block- 
 house No. 14 was the kind known as the wooden block-house. It was thirty feet 
 square, two stories high, built on raised ground, sloping from the base outward 
 at an incline of about fifty degrees. At the corners are ten-inch timbers to which 
 heavy planks are nailed, extending from one corner to the other, both on the in- 
 side and outside, making a double wall of plank. The space between these walls 
 is filled with 
 a mixture of 
 earth and 
 stone, forming 
 a kind of ce- 
 ment or mac- 
 adam, though 
 not hardened. 
 
 Each story 
 has loopholes 
 suitable for 
 rifle firing; 
 the holes are 
 six inches in 
 
 diameter, have an incline of thirty-five degrees, the bottom of which is steel- 
 lined, so that a shot entering the hole would strike the steel plate and glance 
 Upward above the heads of the men behind the guns. There was a trench around 
 
I 
 
 74 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 block-house No. 14, so built that it intercepted and commanded the Cingalon 
 Road, hereafter mentioned, also another highway, these two roads being the 
 only approach to Manila from this district. 
 
 CONSTRUCTION OF THE SPANISH TRENCHES. 
 
 The Spanish trench is always about the same. There is a ditch in front about 
 six feet wide and three feet deep, and the earth back of this is thrown up five feet 
 high. They are five to seven feet thick on the top, and slope from this outward 
 to the ground. They are usually covered with sandbags, between which are 
 loopholes. Sometimes the breastwork is made entirely of sandbags. The ap- 
 proach to the trench at block-house No. 14 is a swamp, almost impassable, and 
 brush. South of this trench along the Calle Real Road, and reaching to the trench, 
 is the Spanish cemetery. The wall has a stone base and was a good protection 
 against an assault. Adjoining this on the south is the American cemetery, where 
 our soldiers are interred. South of this last trench, at an average distance of 
 1100 feet, runs a highway extending eastward at right angles from the Calle Real 
 
 Road, which 
 here inter- 
 cepts it from 
 the north. 
 
 This highway 
 bears north- 
 ward and 
 passes block- 
 house No. 14, 
 and from there 
 on forms what 
 is known as 
 the Cingalon 
 Road. On 
 
 both sides of this road were Spanish trenches commanding open spaces 
 where attacks could be made. South of the above intersection of the highway 
 was another line of entrenchments extending from the Calle Real Road to 
 the beach, the distance being 650 feet. This was the last Spanish outpost 
 entrenched in front of the American line. All these fortifications, under the plan 
 of battle of August 13th, were to be attacked and overcome by Gen. Greene’s j 
 
 Brigade, known as the 2d Brigade of the division, with Gen. MacArthur’s 
 Brigade in supporting distance to the right. Gen. MacArthur’s Brigade, under 
 the plan of battle, was to move directly against other Spanish strongholds, with 
 Greene’s brigade in supporting distance on the left. These fortifications remain 
 to be noticed. For this purpose we go back to block-house No. 14. The dis- 
 tance of block-house No. 13 from block-house No. 14 is 425 yards, air-line, vary- ,j 
 ing north by ten degrees east, and between these two were a number of short 
 trenches and rifle-pits, and a stone house and barricades, all so situated as to en- 
 filade the approaches from different directions. This was a formidable place. 
 
Campaigning^ in the Philippines. 75 
 
 Block-house No. 13 rested on the west side of the Cingalon Road and was strongly 
 built, and from this eastward and extending across the highway to an impassable 
 swamp was a strong barricade. On the west of this fortified line was also a 
 swamp. The only traveled 
 way between these two block- 
 houses was the Cingalon Road, 
 which ran eastward from block- 
 house No. 14 255 yards and 
 thence turned at right angles to 
 block-house No. 13, 360 yards. 
 
 Between this highway and the 
 fortified line were cultivated fields. Back of block-house No. 13 and extend- 
 ing northeast towards block-house No. 12 were numerous trenches which gave 
 protection against an advance from the south by a swamp and slough. The dis- 
 tance between these two block-houses is 750 yards, and between them there is no 
 direct traveled way. The only connection is by highway eastward to Cingalon, 
 where it is intersected by a road leading past block-house No. 13, and thence ex- 
 tending to Paco. The distance from Cingalon to block-house No. 12 is 440 yards, 
 and from block-house No. 13 to Cingalon 600 yards. The highway continues from 
 Cingalon to Paco and intersects the main highway from Malate to Paco, a distance 
 of 830 yards. From this intersection to Paco bridge is 180 yards. The main traveled 
 highway to the walled city gates from this locality intersects this highway 80 
 yards from the bridge, and this would be the line of approach to the south gate of 
 the city. On this line of road lies the Paco cemetery, distant from intersection 
 700 yards. From Paco cemetery there are two ways to the city gates. By direct 
 way to the south gate it is 1200 yards; the other makes a circuit northward. 
 The gate also may be reached by a road going west to Ermita and thence north. 
 The extent of the fortifications held by the Spaniards against the American troops 
 was from the city wall to the south line of the entrenchment, two miles, and from 
 east to west at the furthest point in width, one mile. 
 
 THE FIEIPINO INSURGENTS. 
 
 In front of the Spanish fortifications, and surrounding the city, the Filipinos 
 had thrown up trenches, many of them skilfully constructed, and were occupying 
 them on the arrival of the American forces. They were very deficient in military 
 discipline, and did not hold the trenches with any regularity. The trenches were 
 I often inadequately guarded, and at times an entire trench might be vacated. It 
 was evident to our commanders that the Filipinos would be utterly unreliable as 
 an auxiliary, or even a supporting force. In the event of their entering Manila 
 i with our forces it was evident that neither their own officers nor the Americans 
 * could control them. There were arms and equipments but for a small part even 
 of the actual soldiers, and in case of success there would be no limit to the num- 
 ber of vengeful and bloodthirsty followers who would rush into the city, and who 
 could not be distinguished from those actually under military discipline, or from 
 I the inhabitants of the city. It was certain that under such circumstances it would 
 
 i 
 
 LANDING OF TROOPS AT CAVITE. 
 
 1 
 
Catnpaigniiig iji the Philippines. 
 
 7 () 
 
 be impossible for the small American army to prevent the sack and burning of the 
 city, with accompan 3 dng horrors such as the world has not seen since the days of 
 Attila, and for which, if permitted, America would be held responsible. 
 
 FILIPINOS NOT TO SHARE IN THE ATTACK. 
 
 It was determined from the first, therefore, that the Filipinos should have no 
 part in the attack, or recognition as an army in entering and occupying the city. 
 Not the least difficult of the tasks assumed by the American commanders, was the 
 inducing of Aguinaldo and his arm}^ to peacefully assent to this program. On the 
 other hand they were doubtless aided in the negotiations for the final surrender by 
 the fear of the Spanish and foreign residents of Manila of the terrible scenes which 
 would follow the entrance of armed Filipinos, and the knowledge that the Amer- 
 ican commanders would probably not be able to restrain them if the city were 
 taken by assault. Spanish military tradition, if not law, forbids the surrender of 
 a fortified place, no matter what the force brought against it, until there has been 
 such an exercise of that force as to actually demonstrate the futility of resistance. 
 Some bad things have been done in the Philippines, as in all wars, but too much 
 praise cannot be given to the American commanders for the care and tact dis- 
 plaj^ed in so managing, in the interest of humanity, that open rupture with the 
 Filipinos was avoided, while giving to the brave Spanish officers in comrrand the 
 opportunity to save themselves from the rigor of Spanish military law, while 
 assuring to non-combatants in Manila the protection which civilization demands. 
 
 CAMP DEWEY ESTABLISHED. 
 
 The first duty of Gen. T. N. Anderson, upon the arrival of the first ex- 
 pedition, was to reconnoiter the position of the enemy, and decide upon his 
 base of operations, and the nature of his campaign. His base must be under the 
 protection of the fleet, in the most healthful position possible, and easily accessible 
 with supplies and reinforcements to the trenches, where the fighting must be 
 done. For this purpose he settled upon a place, afterwards called Camp Dewey, 
 by wagon road twenty-one miles from Cavite, and by boat six miles. The place 
 was formerly a peanut field; the soil is sandy loam and about four feet above sea 
 level. It was a mile and a quarter in length, by two hundred and fifty to three 
 hundred 3 ^ards in width. The place was protected from sea winds by trees and 
 
 shrubs. The 1st Bat- 
 talion of California Vol- 
 unteers first went into 
 camp here July 15th, 
 and was soon followed 
 by the other troops. 
 Upon the arrival of the 
 next expedition, Gen. 
 
 GRAVES OF AMERICAN SOLDIERS IN SAN FRANCISCO. Greene made his head- 
 
 quarters at Camp Dewey, Gen. Anderson still retaining his headquarters 
 at Cavite. Camp Dewey was located on the now famous Calle Real Road, 
 which continued its way south from the place we last left it on the Spanish 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 77 
 
 line. The distance from headquarters northward towards the Spanish line 
 to the entrenchments occupied by the insurgents was one mile and a half, 
 these extended from the beach to the Calle Real Road, the length of the 
 trench being three hun- 
 dred yards. The distance 
 from this trench to the 
 next insurgent trench was 
 three hundred and fifty 
 yards. This also extended 
 from the beach to the 
 Calle Real Road. East 
 of these lines were the 
 swamps in which the army 
 could not operate. It was 
 this last trench that was 
 finally vacated by the in- 
 surgents for the Ameri- 
 cans, and then, afterwards, 
 the line was advanced by the Americans from fifty to one hundred and fifty yards, 
 and a new line constructed, extending from the beach to a highway westward, 
 and thence to a swamp seven hundred yards. It was built for enfilading, and to 
 cover approaches from the north. The left rested on the bay, and the right was 
 covered by an impassable swamp. 
 
 POSITION OF THE AMERICAN TROOPS. 
 
 At the time of the advance on Manila, Gen. Greene’s Brigade held this line 
 of entrenchments with his reserve within supporting distance. Two hundred and 
 fifty yards north on the Calle Real Road, is the intersection of the highway to 
 Pasai, the distance being 700 yards. At Pasai, the road turns at right angles and 
 extending northward, forms the Cingalon Road. Along this road were the 
 trenches held and covered by MacArthur’s Brigade, at the time of the advance, 
 the first of which is 700 yards from Pasai. The trench here extends west 300 
 yards and 100 yards east from the road. The west approach is covered by a 
 swamp, and the left by a trench held by Greene’s Brigade. All along this 
 highway were a number of short earthworks extending northward a distance 
 of 650 yards to another main trench 200 yards long. Here was a strong barri- 
 cade built for enfilading. This was north and east of Greene’s last trench, and in 
 advance of it 350 yards, and 300 yards south of block-house No. 14, oc- 
 cupied by the Spanish force. In front of this was a strong outpost about 60 
 yards distant. Here began the insurgent trenches, extending northeast 350 
 yards. Their left had for support the American line and their right 
 an impassable swamp. These were strong earthworks and would be effective 
 in making an assault on the strong Spanish position which was supported by the 
 block-houses. It was these trenches which our forces wished to occupy before 
 making the advance on Manila. Our operations prior to this advance taking 
 Camp Dewey as a base, covered three-quarters of a mile east and west, and two 
 
 CHURCH AT MALABON. 
 
78 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 and a half miles north and south. The west was protected the ba}^ and the 
 east by an impassable swamp, and the whole was covered by the guns of the 
 fleet. 
 
 EMBARRASSMENTS OF THE AMERICAN COMMANDERS. 
 
 The position of the American commanders, previous to the arrival of a military 
 force sufficient to make them masters of the situation, was very trying. There 
 were large foreign interests in Manila, and the well known temporary lack of 
 power on the part of the Americans to give due protection to non-combatants and 
 their property from the possible excesses of the Filipinos was a legitimate cause of 
 anxiety to the governments whose citizens were in Manila. The result was a 
 speedy gathering of British, French, Japanese and German war-ships to observe 
 events, and afford such protection to their own citizens and other non-combatants 
 as the exigencies of the case might require. 
 
 MISCONDUCT OF THE GERMAN ADMIRAL. 
 
 The number of German ships, however, was unnecessarily large. * There 
 were five in all, two of which were armored and outclassed any ship of Dewey’s 
 fleet; and considering their number and size the German squadron in Manila Bay 
 
 CRAVES OF AMERICAN SOLDIERS IN PACO CEMETERY. 
 
 almost constituted what is called a “naval demonstration,” a term which is used 
 to describe a naval force sufficient in strength to control an existing situation, and 
 which is very seldom displayed under such circumstances, except for the purpose 
 of a warning against some possible action. The actions of the German squadron 
 were very peculiar. The rules of naval etiquette in a blockaded port, or in the 
 presence of belligerents, are very closely drawn and perfectly understood by all 
 naval commanders. It was the constant practice of the ships of the German 
 squadron to strain these rules to the utmost, and in some cases they certainly 
 overstepped them. There was a studied discourtesy, which could apparently have 
 no object except to irritate the Americans and engage them in a controversy. As 
 naval commanders are always presumed to be acting in pursuance of instructions, 
 it was difficult for Admiral Dewey to interpret the actions of the German admiral 
 except upon the supposition that he desired to provoke a contest which would 
 serve as an excuse for Germany’s intervention in affairs in the Philippines. 
 Admiral Dewey endured these petty annoyances with such patience as he might, 
 
 *Mr. Stickney’s account of this matter has already been given, (see page 1(>) but it seems 
 proper to make the narrative complete in this place, 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 79 
 
 until, what he deemed a sufficient occasion arising, he is said to have .sent, in con- 
 nection with a protest against an improper action, a request to Admiral Von Died- 
 erich to be informed “Whether Germany and the United States were at peace or at 
 war, in order that he might take measures accordingly,” with the added notifica- 
 tion that “If Admiral Von Diederich wanted a fight he could have it right now.” 
 No official report of any such message has been published, but unque.stionably 
 some mes.sage was sent which relieved the situation, for there was no more trouble 
 from that source. What instructions Admiral Von Diederich may have had, or 
 what designs, if any, the German government may have had, is not likely to be 
 known, but so far as we can now .see, whatever trouble there was grew out of the 
 fact that the German commander was an impertinent and foolish man. At an}" 
 rate he was quietly recalled by his government. 
 
 RUMORED COMING OF CAMARA’S FLEET. 
 
 In addition to this cause of anxiety, and the strain of managing the Filipinos, 
 there was a very po.s.sible danger from a Spanish fleet. The battle-ships of the 
 American navy were all in the Atlantic, while Spain had at home a good number 
 of formidable vessels, from which a squadron, far more powerful than that of 
 Dewey, might easily be fitted out, and reach Manila, by way of the Suez Canal 
 long before any American battle-ship, even if it could be spared from the Atlantic, 
 could reach there. In anticipation of this, and as the only thing possible to be 
 done, the monitors Monterey and Monadnock, then lying in San Francisco, were 
 fitted out for the Philippines, and the Monterey was promptly got off. As a mat- 
 ter of fact, as is well known, a squadron, including the battle-ship Pelayo, was 
 made up in the Mediterranean, and despatched eastward under Admiral Camara. 
 Dewey knew this, and also that the Monterey had sailed to his assistance. The 
 anxiety and strain which grew out of this situation is well described in the follow- 
 ing language of Gen. F. V. Greene: 
 
 “We had been thirty days without news from the outer world. The Boston 
 brought us the latest information by way of Hongkong, which was dated July 
 2d, and consisted of a few brief telegrams, to the effect that Admiral Camara’s 
 fleet had passed 
 through the Suez Ca- 
 nal, was coaling in the 
 Red Sea, and as soon 
 as this was completed 
 would continue its 
 voyage to Manila; and 
 that Gen. Merritt had 
 sailed from San Fran- 
 cisco in the steamer 
 Newport on June 28th. 
 
 “The.se telegrams capturkd Spanish guns. 
 
 showed that a most interesting race was in progress on two sides of the globe, 
 each of the contestants with about 7000 nautical miles to go. Camara was 
 coming east, and Merritt was coming west; and the monitor Moyiterey., which 
 
80 
 
 Campaigniji^ in the Philippiiies. 
 
 we had left coaling at Honolulu, and the arrival of which was of such vital 
 importance to Dewej^ was also coming west, all having the same objective — 
 Manila Bay. As we steamed down the coast of Luzon, I spent several hours 
 figuring on a time table to see who would come in first. Allowing the 
 Monterey six knots, Camara’s fleet ten knots, and the Newport twelve knots, I 
 figured out that Camara would reach Manila July 26th, Merritt July 28th, and 
 the Monterey August 4th. Would Camara come straight to Manila ? Would he 
 sail east to intercept Merritt ? Would his arrival be delayed beyond August 4th ? 
 Would he come at all ? 
 
 “I handed the time table to Admiral Dewey, and he spent most of the night 
 and the following day studying over it. On the morning of the third day (July 
 19) he came to the China in his barge, and asked me to go ashore with him 
 
 to see Gen. Anderson, 
 of his expedition, was 
 racks at Cavite. The 
 vinced that if Camara 
 age he would reach 
 Monterey. Having no 
 mand, he was out- 
 The safety of the army 
 such an enormous 
 ica, depended upon 
 tact. He therefore 
 nation, in case news 
 less than a week that 
 back, to take his fleet 
 the north of Luzon, 
 eastward until he met 
 Mo7iadnock , which 
 then he would return 
 fleet. He felt reason- 
 would be gone not 
 10th, and he asked 
 was the senior officer, what he would do. 
 
 BONES OF THE DEPARTED, 
 
 who, with 2500 men 
 quartered in the bar- 
 Admiral was con- 
 continued his voy- 
 Manila before the 
 battle-ship in his corn- 
 classed by the Pelayo. 
 and the transports, at 
 distance from Amer- 
 keeping his fleet in- 
 came to the determi- 
 was not received in 
 Camara had turned 
 and the transports to 
 and then to cruise 
 the Moiiterey and the 
 was following her; 
 and destroy Camara’s 
 ably confident that he 
 longer than August 
 Gen. Anderson, who 
 The latter promptly replied that he 
 
 would take thirty days’ rations, march into the hills about twenty miles east of 
 Cavite, entrench and await the return of the fleet. My opinion was asked, and I 
 fully concurred in the wisdom of the departure of the fleet, and the propriety of 
 taking the troops inland to await its return. 
 
 “ If Camara’s nerve had held out, the result would have been a very interesting 
 campaign in the Philippines. Merritt arrived three days ahead of schedule time, 
 and the Monterey arrived on the very day calculated, but Camara did not come at 
 all. Definite information that Camara had turned back reached the Admiral on 
 July 22d, just as it was becoming necessary to take steps to carry the above plan 
 into operation.” 
 
 Such is the fortune of war. Conceding the arrival of Camara with the Pelayo 
 and his fleet as expected, the destruction of the transport fleet, with Gen. Merritt, 
 
MAJOR GKNKRALS IN TIIK KIOHTH ARMY CORPvS. 
 
 1. Wesley Merritt, first Governor-General of the Philippine Islands; resigned, August 26, 1898, to go as 
 Peace Commissioner to Paris. 2. PIlwell S. Otis, present Governor-General, Philippine Islands, succeeding 
 General Merritt. 3. Thomas N. Anderson, commanding First Division, resigned, March 18, 1899. 4. Arthur 
 MacArthur, commanding Second Division. 5. H. W. Dawton, commanding First Division, succeeding 
 General Anderson. 6. Henry C. Merriam, commanding Dept, of California, relieved, January 19, 1899. 
 
I 
 
 BATTI.E OF AVGUST 13 , 1898 . 
 
Cauipaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 81 
 
 was among the probabilities. Among the certainties would have been the 
 Spanish occupation of all the fortifications from Corregidor to Manila, the 
 American forces, twenty miles inland, the insurgents driven out of every fortified 
 place in and about Manila, and this powerful Pelayo and the Spanish fleet in 
 Manila Bay under the protection and support of the heavy guns on the fortified 
 walls of Manila. But none of these things happened. 
 
 THE PLAN OF ATTACK. 
 
 On the arrival of the second expedition Gen. Anderson and Gen. Greene 
 deliberated on the plan of attack, Greene having brought information to Ander- 
 son from Gen. Merritt that, if he was certain of 
 success, he might make the attack before his 
 (Merritt’s) arrival; otherwise, to await 
 his coming. Gen. Anderson and 
 Gen. Greene had under con- 
 
 GATES TO THE WALLED CITY. 
 
 sideration two plans of attack. One, to make San Pedro Macati the base, 
 and the other to proceed direct against the Spanish position on the Manila 
 Bay side. In this there were two considerations. From the San Pedro Macati 
 base, the eastern and less fortified part of the city could be easily reached. 
 On the east, the insurgents already held the city water-works, and effectually 
 blockaded the city from all egress into the interior. But to attack from the 
 San Pedro Macati base involved the great difficulty of hauling the artillery 
 by hand to the place, and moving the army so that it would practically be 
 detached from the present base, while the San Pedro Macati base would be out of 
 effective range of the fleet, and without its support. Gen. Anderson, accord- 
 ing to Gen. Greene, favored the San Pedro Macati base, while he favored the 
 bay side attack. In any case, it was considered that the attack should be. 
 
 6b 
 
S2 
 
 Cauipaii]^)ii)ig^ in the Philippines. 
 
 postponed until the arrival of Gen. Merritt, and he, upon his arrival, ordered the 
 attack on the Greene plan. At that time, the reputed strength of the Spanish 
 force was 10,000 men, but Gen. Greene says that at the time of the surrender 
 it was found to be 18,000- 
 
 Opposed to this force was that of the insurgent forces which, while not 
 allowed to co-operate with the Americans in their aggressive movements, still 
 held strong defensive positions against the Spaniards. Gen. Anderson was the 
 ranking officer prior to the arrival of Gen. Merritt, and the American forces 
 being formed into a division, Gen. Anderson was placed in command, and upon 
 the arrival of Gen. MacArthur with the third expedition, the whole command 
 was divided into two brigades, Gen. MacArthur being assigned to the command 
 of the 1st Brigade and Gen. Greene to the 2d Brigade. 
 
 ORGANIZATION OF THE AMERICAN FORCES. 
 
 The formation of the force into brigades and the assignment of the different 
 regimental and other organizations for the brigades was made by Gen. Merritt, 
 by general order, August 1st, as follows : 
 
 Gexerat. Orders, [ Headquarters Department of the Pacific 
 
 No. 2. \ AND Eighth Army Corps. I 
 
 Manila Bay, P. I., August 1, 1898. j 
 
 I. The United States forces assembled at Cavite, Camp Dewey and in transports off 
 Cavite are hereby organized as the 2d Division of the 8th Army Corps, composed of two 
 brigades. Biigadier-General T. M. Anderson, U. S. V., is assigned to the command of the 
 division; 
 
 The brigades are organized as follows; 
 
 FIRST BRIGADE — Brigadier-General Arthur MacArthur, U. S. V., commanding; 23d 
 U. S. Inf., two battalions; 14th U. S. Inf. , one battalion; I3th Minnesota Volunteer Inf.; 1st 
 North Dakota Volunteer Inf., two battalions; 1st Idaho Volunteer Inf., two battalions; 1st 
 Wyoming Volunteer Inf., one battalion; Astor Battery. 
 
 SECOND BRIGADE— Brigadier-General F. V. Greene, U. S. V., commanding; 18th U. S. 
 Inf., two battalions; battalion four-foot batteries, 3d U. S. Art.; Company A, Battalion U. S. 
 Engineers; 1st California Volunteer Inf.; 1st Colorado Volunteer Inf.; 1st Nebraska Volunteer 
 Inf.; 10th Pennsylvania Volunteer Inf. ; Light Battery A, Utah Volunteer Art. ; Light Battery 
 B, Utah Volunteer Art. 
 
 H. The 2d Oregon Volunteer Inf. and detachment of California Volunteer Heavy 
 Artillery, now at Cavite, will remain at that place on their present duties, the commanding 
 officers reporting direct to division commander. 
 
 III. The Signal Detachment will remain at Cavite, and will report to the chief signal 
 officer at the.se headquarters. 
 
 By command of Major-General Merritt. 
 
 J. B. BABCOCK, Adjutant-General. 
 
 THE NATURE OF THE GROUND COVERED BY OUR ARMY. 
 
 The first expedition under Gen. Anderson, had arrived in the bay on June 
 30, 1898, and landed next day at Cavite. This city and fortifications are on a 
 narrow neck which connects with the main peninsula. This neck is a mile long 
 to a point where it is so narrow that only a single wagonway connects with the 
 peninsula. This road always overflows at high tide. The large peninsula to 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 83 
 
 which this neck connects, is five miles long to a point where it connects with the 
 mainland, and here there is only room for a single wagonway, and during the 
 rainy season this roadway is quite impassable. In the interior, and north and 
 east of the Cavite peninsula, and extending 
 to within a short distance of where Camp 
 Dewey was afterwards located, the country 
 is composed largely of swamps and rough, 
 uneven ground, through which many small 
 streams flow, which have their sources in 
 the innumerable swamps, the larger ones 
 taking their rise in the mountain range, 
 which lies inland near the Cake Laguna 
 de Bombon, and thence flowing westward 
 and emptying into Manila Bay. Over this 
 whole region was a rank tropical vegeta- 
 tion. Luckily this district, at the time 
 of the first debarkation, had been cleared 
 of the Spaniards by the insurgents, and 
 thus all possibility of opposition in landing 
 prevented. There is practically but one 
 wagon road through this region from 
 Cavite northward towards Manila, to a 
 place where Camp Dewey was subsequently established, and this, most of the 
 year in an almost impassable condition. The distance is about twenty miles. The 
 Spaniards on their official maps, designate their public travel ways as “roads,” 
 “bridlepaths” and “paths.” The first is something of an improved way, the 
 streams bridged or supposed to be so, and the road-beds thrown up much after the 
 manner of our Western country roads, and averaging about twenty-five feet in 
 width. The “ bridle path” is a way over which a carabao may haul a sled. The 
 “ path” is suitable only for travel by foot or on horseback. From the roads, 
 notably that which leads from Cavite to Manila, there are many of these bridle 
 paths and paths leading back into the interior. This interior, after leaving the plain 
 south and east of Manila, over which the campaign was made, consists of foot- 
 hills merging into a mountain range, the highest peaks of which are from 5000 
 to 7000 feet, and this range extends from the southwest border of Lake Laguna 
 de Bombon to the Pasig River, making a circuit much in the form of a half moon. 
 
 It became at once evident to Gen. Anderson that Cavite could not, for the 
 reason stated, be made a base of operations in an active campaign against Manila, 
 and, luckily again, to enable him to establish his base as he desired, the insur- 
 gents had driven the Spaniards out of the locality which he wished to occupy. 
 That is to say, at the time of the arrival of the first expedition, the insurgents 
 occupied San Francisco de Malabon, Cavite Viejo, Imus, Bacoor, Las Pinas, Para- 
 naque and Malibay. After a further reconnaissance, Gen. Anderson selected 
 as a new base of operations in the active campaign a plot of ground near 
 Paranaque. The plan of his campaign had for its objective, first, the capture of 
 the entrenchments and strongholds of the Spanish positions south and eastward 
 
 FLAG RAISED OVER FORT SAN ANTONIO, 
 AUGUST 13 , 1898 . 
 
84 
 
 Caitipaigniug in the Philippines. 
 
 of the walled city, many of which, owing to the obstacles shutting them from 
 view of the fleet and other causes, could not be bombarded successfully by the 
 fleet, and second, the capture of the walled city. 
 
 DIFFICULTIES IN LANDING TROOPS. 
 
 Debarkation when once begun on the part of the troops, was pushed with 
 vigor, although under unpropitious conditions. The rainy season was on. 
 
 There was a heavy downpour 
 and the men were heavily 
 loaded with rations. Personal 
 supplies and ammunition were 
 carried ashore by lighters 
 called “cascos.” This was the 
 only kind of craft obtainable. 
 The casco is a kind of hybrid 
 affair, unwieldy and cumber- 
 some, without sail or steam; 
 neither Chinese junk nor Amer- 
 ican scow, but partaking of the 
 characteristics of both. They 
 
 COL. HALE DIRECTING MOVEMENTS IN THE FIELD. ^gaVy timberS, With 
 
 outlying riggers and towed from one position to another. Without any material 
 mishaps the expedition was thus landed at Cavite, as were likewise the second and 
 third expeditions, the only troops which took part in the campaign of Manila. 
 
 THE HEALTH OF THE COMMAND. 
 
 Few can realize the conditions at the time that the first expedition cast anchor 
 in Manila Bay. With the best that could be done, it was impossible, in the hurried 
 departure from the States, and the many hindrances unavoidable in securing 
 transports, to properly equip and supply the troops. As a consequence, the mem- 
 bers of the first expedition endured many discomforts which were largely avoided 
 in the subsequent expeditions. The germs of disease, which soon after landing 
 became widespread and alarming, were undoubtedly fostered on board the trans- 
 ports. The 2d Oregon were the worst sufferers. It was reported that within 
 thirty days after debarkation, not more than one-half of the regiment was fit for 
 camp duties. There was much complaint on shipboard of improper food supply 
 and clothing, and shoes were not up to the standard. Hygienic conditions aboard 
 ship were doubtless neglected. The change from civil to military life brings new 
 and untried conditions, which usually put to the test the best physical conditions. 
 Add to this climatic change, improper diet and bad sanitation, and many break 
 down under the strain. As the transport and supply service became better organ- 
 ized, and the troops got under better discipline, these conditions gradually disap- 
 peared. 
 
 The most prevalent disease, especially in the second expedition, was measles. 
 Gen. Greene, accounting for this, says that there was a great strife among the 
 regiments at San Francisco to be the first in taking transports; that at the time 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 85 
 
 his expedition left San Francisco a number of the members of the different regi- 
 ments were in hospitals, some afflicted with measles, and about a dozen of these 
 men by stealth escaped from the hospital, and secreted themselves on shipboard, 
 and were not found until far out at sea. 
 
 AGUINALDO ADDRESSES THE POWERS. 
 
 Gen. Wesley Merritt arrived at Manila on July 25th. He at once assumed 
 command, and on August 1st issued the order, already quoted, organizing the 
 brigades of his army. On the 6th day of August, Aguinaldo, as President of the 
 Revolutionary government, addressed a note to the Powers, asking their recogni- 
 tion of his government. In this he did not consult any representative of the 
 United States, nor had he the concurrence or consent of any such representative. 
 It was a plain, unequivocal act, indicating a determination to no longer act in 
 concert with the United States. He said in his note: “The revolution has about 
 9000 prisoners of war, and a regularly organized army of 30,000 men, and they 
 are now besieging Manila, the capital.” 
 
 On the 12th of August, 1898, the protocol between Spain and the United 
 States was made, and among other recitals it provided: “That the United States 
 will occupy and hold the city, bay and harbor of Manila, pending the conclusion 
 of a treaty of peace, which shall determine the control, disposition and govern- 
 ment of the Philippines.” The issue was thus plainly drawn. Aguinaldo 
 demanded the recognition of his government. The United States decided that 
 the status of the Philippines should be settled between them and Spain by a 
 treaty yet to be made. 
 
 GROWING ANTAGONISM BETWEEN THE AMERICANS AND FILIPINOS. 
 
 Ante-dating these events, a gradual antagonism between the personnel of the 
 two armies had grown up. An indistinct, undefined color-line had been drawn 
 between the armies. At first the Filipino sought fraternity, but his overtures fell 
 on barren ground, and he 
 was taught that there could 
 be no social affinity between 
 him and the Americans 
 When once the breach be- 
 gan, it was but a step to 
 open insults. Before and 
 during the engagement 
 which ended in the capture 
 of Manila, animosities be- 
 tween the Americans and 
 Filipinos became very 
 manifest. During the ad- 
 vance, Aguinaldo was 
 ordered out of his trenches, then to cease firing, and at a time during the 
 advance, a part of the two commands stood opposed to each other at the “fire” 
 command. At the surrender the Filipinos were not allowed to participate, and, 
 
 GUNS IN THE ARSENAL AT MANILA. 
 
86 
 
 Catnpaig fling in the Philippines. 
 
 with the exception of their commanding officers, were excluded from the city 
 while bearing arms. 
 
 Some time before this Aguinaldo’s headquarters were at Bacoor, in close 
 proximity to the American land and naval forces. It was to free himself from this 
 supposed dangerous proximity that he removed his headquarters to a place three 
 miles north of Manila. To this Gen. Otis demurred, and Aguinaldo, paying 
 no heed, on the 13th of September he was ordered peremptorily by Gen. Otis 
 to evacuate by the afternoon of the 15th. On the 14th Aguinaldo, in consequence, 
 moved his force to Malolos, where he established his headquarters and that of the 
 Provisional government, making Malolos its capital. At this time, as stated, his 
 forces, in part, were distributed as follows: At Caloocan, 3000 men; his cannon 
 were pointed towards Binondo; at Pasig, 400; south of Malate, 1200, and at 
 Pasai, Pandacan, Paco and Santa Ana, about 500 each. 
 
 During this time, and up to the signing of the treaty of peace between Spain 
 and the United States, the insurgents claim that they had so conducted their cam- 
 paign that the Spanish soldiery had been practically driven out of the Philippines, 
 with the exception of Manila and its suburbs, and there was no civil control out- 
 side of this limit for the Spanish government to transfer to the United States. 
 
 On August 9th the following general order was issued by Gen. Merritt: 
 
 General Orders, ) Headquarters Department of the Pacific ' k 
 
 No. 3. \ and Eighth Army Corps. I 
 
 Manila Bay, P. I., August 9, 1898. j 
 
 In view of the extraordinary conditions under which this army is operating, the command- 
 ing general desires to acquaint the officers and men composing it with the expectations which 
 he entertains as to their conduct. You are assembled upon foreign soil, situated within the 
 western confines of a vast ocean separ iting you from your native land. You have come, not as 
 despoilers and oppressors, but simply as the instruments of a strong, free government, whose 
 purposes are beneficent, and which has declared itself in this war the champion of those 
 oppressed by Spanish rule. 
 
 It is, therefore, the intention of this order to appeal directly to your pride in your position 
 as representatives of a high civilization in the hope and with the firm conviction that you 
 will so conduct yourselves in your relations with the inhabitants of these islands as to convince 
 them of the lofty nature of the mission which you have come to execute. 
 
 It is not believed that an^ acts of pillage, rapine or violence will be committed by soldiers 
 or others in the employ of the United States, but should there be persons with this command 
 who prove themselves unworthy of this confidence, their acts will be considered not only as 
 crimes against the sufferers, but as direct insult to the United States flag, and they will be 
 punished on the spot with the maximum penalties known to military law. 
 
 By command of Major-General Merritt. 
 
 J. B. BABCOCK, Adjutant-General. 
 
 WORK OF AMERICAN TROOPS BEFORE THE FADE OF MANILA.. 
 
 It was a vigilant command during the six weeks intervening between the 
 landing of the first expedition and the fall of Manila, and during this interim 
 both the officers and rank and file, without murmur, endured the hardships and 
 vicissitudes of campaign life in the trenches. The rainy season was at its height, 
 and the downpour was almost incessant. Life in camp, aside from the exposures 
 on duty, was almost intolerable. Resort was had to every device to provide some 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 87 
 
 comfort in tent life, but to little avail. The ground was in an overflow, and the 
 continued tramping to and fro made a mixture of mud which rendered passage 
 almost impossible. To cook, eat and sleep, to live, to endure, put to the test all 
 their fortitude. The work of the soldiers consisted, aside from the duties in camp, 
 in doing service in the trenches, sometimes to fight, always under the enemy’s aim 
 and always in mud and rain. Usually the trench filled with water as it was dug, 
 and often the upthrown dirt washed down as fast as placed. The trenches were 
 held and the work there done in relays, the relays serving for twenty-four hours. 
 
 ARRANGEMENTS WITH AGUINALDO. 
 
 It was to make more effective our own operations that a request was made of 
 the insurgents to vacate their trenches, giving place to the Americans. This 
 caused much parleying, the matter being referred to Aguinaldo, who then had his 
 
 AGUINALDO AND FILIPINO LEADERS’ HEADQUARTERS. 
 
 headquarters eleven miles inland, and whose consent was obtained, the condition 
 being that the transaction should be put in written form. Our troops occupied 
 this insurgent trench the next morning. Express instructions were given by 
 Gen. Merritt in this negotiation that no force should be used or threatened. 
 This removed the whole insurgent force from the line desired to be occupied by 
 the Americans. This was not the first instance in which the insurgents hesitated 
 to comply with the requests of the American commanders. Soon after the arrival 
 of the first troops, land transportation facilities were badly needed by the Ameri- 
 cans. All of these facilities were in the hands of the insurgents, who refused to 
 allow their use by the Americans upon any consideration. Gen. Anderson 
 thereupon seized such animals and means as he required, but in all instances paid 
 far more than their worth. The treatment of the Spanish prisoners at Cavite by 
 the insurgents was so barbarous that our general in command interfered and 
 
88 
 
 Carnpaignm^ in the Philippines. 
 
 called the attention of the insurgent officers to the starving condition of their 
 prisoners, and asked that they be accorded more humane treatment. This being 
 refused, the prisoners were suitably furnished by our army. 
 
 AMERICANS OCCUPY FILIPINO TRENCHES. 
 
 The trench vacated by the Filipinos was occupied by one battalion 18th Reg- 
 ulars, one battalion 1st Colorado Inf. and four guns, two from each of the Utah 
 Batteries. Owing to defects in profile and location, it was determined to remove 
 the trench to a new location, which would better command the Spanish position 
 and could be better strengthened and extended so as to cover the whole line of the 
 Spanish trenches. Lieutenant-Colonel McCoy surveyed the ground and deter- 
 mined upon the location and character of the trench, and it was placed under his 
 direction. The construction of this trench went on for two days and nights, and 
 during this time the change of occupants had apparently not been noticed by the 
 Spaniards. The first day, the 18th Inf. and Colorado Inf. were relieved by two 
 battalions of California Inf., and on the next morning, being July 31st, the 
 two California battalions were relieved by two battalions of the 10th Pennsylvania 
 Volunteers, one of the Nebraska Volunteers and by 200 of the 3d Regular 
 Artillery as infantry. During this day there was occasional picket firing. The 
 trench at this time had been built to and from the Capuchin chapel, a total dis- 
 tance of about 300 yards, extending from the beach to the Calle Real, and 
 was nearly completed. It had a height averaging about seven feet. 
 
 A wide hall runs through the center of the Capuchin chapel, east and ^vest. 
 The trench began just north of the chapel door, which opened into this hall-way 
 and thence direct to the road. Connecting on the west corner of the building, the 
 trench extended to the beach, connecting the trench with this corner. The earth 
 was piled high against the iron-barred window. Near the beach, the trench 
 inclined forward a short space, and thence a few yards across to a wrecked cais- 
 son. During the day there had been slight desultory firing by the Spaniards, but 
 not sufficient to materially interfere with the construction of the trench. It was 
 seen, however, that the Spaniards had become extremely watchful of the work 
 going on. The insurgents in the trenches had a habit, prior to this, of a “hit-or- 
 miss” fashion of firing, as the spirit caught them. One or several would elevate 
 their guns and blaze away, without any aim and no special object. The Spaniards 
 r ; v ’,^ 7 '''; " seemed to have a like faculty of random 
 
 firing, but seemingly always firing high. 
 As a result, the insurgents in the 
 trenches were not in danger, but our 
 troops occupying positions in their rear 
 were exposed. Gen. Merritt had re- 
 quested Aguinaldo to stop this firing 
 and, after much persuasion, they 
 
 SIXTH ARTILLERY IN ACTION. deSisted 
 
 The particular danger to our troops occupying these trenches, in consequence 
 of the Spanish high firing, was not so much in the trench as in going to and from 
 it. It is indisputable that had our troops in the trenches paid no heed to this firing^ 
 
Ca^npaigning m the Philippines. 
 
 89 
 
 it would have been an accident if any loss of life had occurred prior to August 
 13th, and even then there would have been no loss had the program, as 
 arranged, been strictly followed. It was Admiral Dewey’s desire and plan to 
 effect the capture of Manila without the loss of a single man. But our soldiers 
 could not resist the temptation, although against orders, to now and then take a 
 shot. It was always the case, if they kept quiet behind the trenches, that the 
 Spaniards would fire a few shots or volleys and then subside. 
 
 THE BATTLE IN THE RAIN. 
 
 On the night of July 31st, however, the tension reached a climax, and there 
 occurred between the forces what is known as the “ Battle in the Rain.” It was 
 one of those typical tropical night storms in which there was a raging wind and a 
 furious downpour, and, in the darkness, objects were not discernible beyond your 
 reach. In the rush and roar of the storm you could neither see nor hear. It was 
 
 CONVENT OF GUADALUPE BEFORE DESTRUCTION. 
 
 certainly a reckless enthusiasm which could drive our soldiers out on such a night 
 I against orders and at the hazard of their lives. Exactly what occurred when the 
 I conflict was at its height would be difficult to learn. At the time it was sup- 
 I posed and believed, and the order of the command so stated, that the Spaniards 
 { had left their trenches and attempted to turn our right flank. It is now conceded 
 j this \^as not so, and the Spaniards, after their surrender of Manila, said they 
 j never left their trenches. The Spanish trench was much longer than our own, 
 i and their left extended far eastward of our right. 
 
 I The 10th Pennsylvanians were the chief sufferers. They might have been in 
 ! error in supposing the enemy were turning their flank, but there can now be no 
 I doubt as to their own position and actions in the affair. While conflicting state- 
 ! ments are made in official reports and by those not participating, the narration 
 given in the Tenth Pennsylvania Regimental History in the Pennsylvania edition 
 of this volume puts the question at rest. It says: ” On the morning of July 31st 
 it fell to the lot of the 10th Pennsylvania Inf. to be detailed for outpost duty 
 for the next twenty-four hours. Col. Hawkins and the entire command was at 
 or near this advanced line, except Company B, which was posted on guard on a 
 
 i 
 
Cainpaijrjiijij^ in the Philippines. 
 
 yo 
 
 road near the village of Pasai, nearly two miles to the right rear of the line occU' 
 pied by the rest of the regiment. Maj. H. C. Cuthbertson, in command during 
 the day, placed the 2d Battalion, composed of Companies A, C, H and I, Maj. 
 Everhart Bierer commanding, and the Utah Eight Artillery in the entrenchment 
 and Companies E and D of the 1st Battalion in reserve about 200 yards in the 
 rear of the center of the advanced line. Company K’s position was about the same 
 distance in the rear of the right of the line east of the Manila Road, and it fur- 
 nished outposts and pickets from a point seventy-five yards east, distant and in a 
 curved line to the north and west. During the day there was no movement or 
 firing of any account, and most of the time the Keystone State soldiers were busy 
 strengthening their earthworks. 
 
 “That night about eleven o’clock the Spanish forces opened a heavy fire of shell 
 from four pieces of artillery at Fort Malate, which continued for a half hour, the 
 Pennsylvania Regiment being the first American troops to be fired upon in the 
 Philippines. The attack caused no material damage to the regiment’s works, 
 nor casualties to its members. The enemy then advanced, delivering a heavy 
 round of infantry firing by squads until within about 400 yards of our line, 
 when, halting, he formed a line and delivered many volleys. This lasted for about 
 three hours. When this volley firing had continued nearly a half hour the enemy 
 evidently relieved a part of his line from the extreme right at the beach and again 
 opened fire from two pieces of artillery with shell and shrapnel. The casualties 
 of the regiment behind the entrenched line during the entire engagement were 
 one man killed and four wounded. About 11:30 p. m. the enemy advanced a line 
 of infantry toward the point east of the entire prolongation of the lOth’s en- 
 trenched line with the evident intention of turning the regiment’s right flank. 
 Seeing this, Maj. Cuthbertson withdrew the pickets and outposts and advanced 
 the reserve line under the command of Maj. Bierer, who made his disposition as 
 follows: Company K (Capt. Thomas S. Crago), about sixty feet to the right of 
 the road, the eastern end of the entrenched line, the left resting on a dense thicket 
 of heavy timber, the line extending east of the entrenched line and about thirty 
 feet in advance of the same; the right resting about five degrees north of* the 
 
 entrenched line. Companies 
 E (Capt. James A. Eoar), 
 and D (Capt. F. B. Haw- 
 kins), prolonged this line 
 to the right in the order 
 mentioned. 
 
 “ When this new line 
 had been placed in position 
 the enemy, firing volleys, 
 had advanced to within 200 
 yards of the same. The 
 three companies of the 10th 
 Pennsylvanians which were deployed on the right of the Calle Real Road num- 
 bered about 200 men, and they made the assault upon, at the lowest estimate, 1000 
 of the enemy. 
 
 RAID ON OPIUM DEN BY THIRTEENTH MINNESOTA POLICE. 
 
Canipaigjiiii^^ in the Philippines. 
 
 91 
 
 “ The Pennsylvanians made this advance with continuous volley firing and the 
 enemy continued his movements until within about 100 yards from our front.’' 
 
 Their account, however, must be in error as to the enemy’s position and move- 
 ments. If they left their trenches 
 
 and were in such close prox- 
 imity to our line, there would 
 have been dead or wounded 
 there after their retreat to their 
 trenches, and no such were 
 found after the firing ceased. 
 The Spanish fire was mostly by 
 heavy volleys, which would 
 not have been the case had 
 the force been deployed and 
 
 A SCOUTINO PARTY UNDER FIRE. 
 
 scattered. Again, the outposts of the second platoon of Battery K, 3d U. S. Art., 
 were not driven in, and did not come in until they were relieved at their station 
 the next morning. This platoon, which was stationed on the Pasai Road, Lieut. 
 Ke.ssler in command, sent forward four or five cossack posts, composed of four 
 men and a non-commissioned officer. These outposts were to the right and ahead 
 of the Pennsylvania line. They did not participate in the fight. The enemy was 
 not seen nor heard firing outside of their trenches, and there was no approach to 
 their outposts. 
 
 In order to determine to a greater certainty from whence came the fire upon 
 our men, it is necessary to consider the disposition of our forces and what they 
 did. The force occupying the trenches has been noted. The Pennsylvania troops 
 also had the cossack- outposts in front of the line. Back of the trenches and in 
 reserve was the following disposition of troops: One company of the 3d Art. 
 was in the rear of the trenches, and promptly moved forward into them when the 
 firing began, and apprised the command of the movement. The other company 
 of the 3d Art. was ordered forward, but before the order reached them they 
 had already left camp for the scene of action. The 1st California Inf. was sent 
 forward — one battalion to the trenches, the second battalion to halt in reserve 
 about 1200 yards in the rear, and the third battalion just in the rear of the second, 
 and out of the range of the Spanish fire. The 1st Colorado occupied like positions 
 in rear of the Californias. 
 
 Between ten and eleven o’clock. Fort Malate and the whole Spanish entrenched 
 line opened fire on our little line of trenches. The infantry did mostly volley 
 firing. The Pennsylvania cossack outposts came in and reported their belief that 
 the Spaniards were flanking our right. At once the v/hole camp was aroused, 
 and the troops went forward. It is readily seen that with both wings of the 
 Spanish line focusing their fire on the trench it would seem to the occupants like 
 an enfilading or flanking fire. Many thought by the sound of the shots that they 
 were nearer than the entrenched Spanish line. But it has since been thought, in 
 accounting for this, that these sounds were made by the “spats” of the bullets 
 against the bamboo trees. The approach to our trenches during this fire was a 
 hot zone, owing to the high-firing habit of the Spaniards. For about 700 yards 
 
92 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 back from the trench, along the Calle Real, owing to the focus of the Spanish 
 range, there was a perfect maelstrom of firing. During the “battle” our forces 
 fired 60,000 rounds, and it may be safely estimated that the Spanish during the 
 same time fired nearly double that quantity, the heavy firing, including the can- 
 nonading, being centered in this locality. How it happened that so few were 
 killed or wounded is inexplicable. 
 
 The bullets were falling like a torrent, and the shells were bursting in a con- 
 tinuous roar, and this continued for about four hours. With all this the only 
 casualty reported, caused by the shells, was the wounding of Lieut. Buttermore 
 of the Pennsylvanians. He was knocked down by a piece of shell striking him 
 over the eyes. He got up at once and went on with the fight. The Pennsylvan- 
 ians in going into this position were undoubtedly in the thickest of the fight. 
 Here the first soldier in the Philippines was killed in battle. He was Corp. N. B. 
 Brown of Company D. Many were wounded here, and a little beyond this others 
 w^ere killed. In the trenches the men were standing two to the yard, and no 
 more men could be worked there. The reserves were in position and chafing to 
 
 get to the front. 
 In their anxiety 
 a serious mis- 
 take was made. 
 Maj. Boxton’s 
 Battalion of 
 California Inf., 
 under orders, 
 rushed to the 
 front under a 
 heavy fire. 
 Capt. Reinhold 
 
 Richter, of 
 Company I, was 
 
 SPANISH TRENCHES NEAR FORT SAN ANTONIO. 
 
 the first to fall, hit on the top of the head, on the right side, by a bullet. In the 
 further advance, 1st Sergt. Maurice Justh of Company A, was instantly killed 
 by a shot through the body. A number were wounded. Coming to the old 
 trench, complying, as they supposed, with their order, they saw the flash of guns 
 in their immediate front, which was our firing line in the new trench. Mis- 
 taking this for the reported advanced line of the Spaniards, they at once opened 
 fire by volleys, and discharged three volleys straight into the backs of the Penn- 
 sylvanians and Regulars. Col. Smith of the 1st Californias, had caught up with 
 the Regulars of Battery H, and was with Capt. O’Hara in the trench, and at 
 once sent one of his officers back to warn Maj. Boxton of his mistake. The 
 officer ran with the message, but before it could be delivered the three volleys 
 had been fired. The result of these volleys is not known. The surgeons, how- 
 ever, believe that no man was killed by a shot from the rear. 
 
 When the California Battalion finally got into position, it was sent to the 
 relief of the Pennsylvanians. The cruiser Bostoji was at anchor in position to 
 rake the whole Spanish trench, but Admiral Dewey did not wish to bring on an 
 
Campaigning in ihe Philippines. 
 
 93 
 
 engagement unless from necessity, and it was arranged that the Boston should not 
 be signaled to open fire, unless as a last resort. Gen. Greene says he became con- 
 vinced, after watching the Spanish fire, although reports were continually coming 
 in of the Spanish advance, that they were still in their trenches, and hence did 
 not signal the Boston. 
 
 GOOD CONDUCT OF THE VOLUNTEERS. 
 
 There were many heroic acts done during this engagement, but there is no 
 space here for incidents.. It was amply shown, however, that the old-time 
 American valor was not wanting in the command. While Gen. Greene truthfully 
 says, that when compared with the battles of the Civil War, this was an unim- 
 portant skirmish, and that during that war there were many affairs much larger 
 in fatalities than this, of which no record was . ' 
 
 made, still he says the conditions were such as 
 usually create consternation among green soldiers, 
 and the Veterans of the Civil War could not have 
 done more thoroughly what was required that 
 night than did these young men from Pennsyl- 
 vania, California, Colorado and Utah, and from 
 the various States whose men were found in the 
 3d Regular Artillery. 
 
 On the night of August 1st, the Colorado 
 Regiment held the trenches, but under strict 
 orders not to return the enemy’s fire unless they 
 quit their trenches. With few exceptions this 
 order was observed, but in the darkness the men 
 would find an excuse for firing, alleging as a pre- 
 tense that the Spaniards were advancing. In 
 consequence of this unnecessary exposure one was 
 killed and three wounded. Up to August 4th, 
 the time when the Monterey arrived, our total loss 
 while in these defensive tactics, was twelve killed 
 and fifty-four wounded. At this time, Gen. Mac- 
 Arthur and his command had arrived, but not 
 landed, being prevented by a rough sea. On the 
 night of August 5th, occurred other conflicts be- 
 tween the lines, the usual excuse being that “the 
 Spaniards were advancing.” The trenches were 
 held by one battalion each of the 14th and 23d 
 Regulars and 1st Nebraskas. Firing began at 
 half-past seven o’clock, and lasted till ten. About 
 20,000 rounds were fired by our men. The loss was three killed and seven wounded. 
 
 Gen. Merritt and Admiral Dewey now hit upon a plan to end this skirmish 
 firing, and the Governor-General at Manila was notified that within forty-eight 
 hours, if these attacks on our lines did not cease, an attack by the land and naval 
 forces on the city would take place, and that this notice was given so that 
 
 CHURCH AT MALATE. 
 
94 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 non-combatants and women and children might be removed. This had the desired 
 effect, and from thenceforth until the final attack on the city, on August 13th, 
 there was no further molestation of our outposts, and the Spaniards were to be 
 seen on their parapets with impunity. 
 
 The third expedition arrived on July 31st, but did not go into camp until the 
 9th of August. The Astor Battery was among the first to land. One of their 
 cascos was capsized, her ammunition ruined, and most of the rations lost. 
 Another boat was upset, but no one was drowned. 
 
 THE AMERICANS READY TO ATTACK MANIDA. 
 
 With the arrival of Gen. MacArthur and the Monterey, the complement of 
 men and equipment was at hand, and work was pressed for an attack on Manila. 
 On the 10th, Gen. Anderson came over from Cavite and assumed command of the 
 division, and their work went hurriedly on. Every point of weakness was con- 
 sidered and strengthened; the troops were looked carefully after, and every van- 
 tage ground and stragetic maneuver determined. The brigade commanders 
 
 GATE TO LA LOMA CHURCH. 
 
 urged the necessity of occupying the strong insurgent trenches by a part of Gen. 
 MacArthur’s Brigade prior to the advance, but Gen. Merritt persisted in his policy 
 of not using force, strictly forbidding anything being either said or done that 
 would give offense to the insurgent command, and further ordered that the trenches 
 should not be extended. There were but two important objective points against 
 which the forces should move — MacArthur’s Brigade against the stronghold which 
 included block-houses Nos. 13 and 14, in the first attack, and Greene’s Brigade 
 against the rest of the Spanish line west, resting on Fort Malate. For this pur- 
 pose the forces were massed as follows: Against Fort Malate’ s front, and in Gen. 
 Greene’s Brigade, were seven battalions in the trenches and eight in reserve, the 
 reserve being at Pasai cross-road, before described, under Gen. Anderson’s im- 
 mediate command. Seven guns of the Utah Battery were placed in the trenches 
 at intervals, and in addition three guns of the navy, manned by a volunteer de- 
 tachment of the 3d Art. These were on the extreme right of the column. 
 MacArthur occupied a position, as seen, with a narrow front, owing to the fact 
 that no further trenches were allowed and no interference with the insurgents, so 
 that his force was massed in support of this narrow line back along the Pasai 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 95 
 
 Road. His front lay between impassable swamps, and back of this, to the Pasai 
 Road, the brigade occupied invulnerable positions. The Astor Battery was on the 
 right, one Utah gun in an insurgent emplacement on the Cingalon Road, the 13th 
 Minnesota on the right, and the 23d Regulars on the left. 
 
 THE FEEET TAKES POSITION. 
 
 Having thus located the land forces at the time of the attack, we must now 
 take up the matters pertaining to the fleet, which was to join in a joint attack on 
 the Spanish positions at Manila on the 13th. In the preparations for this attack. 
 Admiral Dewey and Gen. Merritt acted in concert. At this time there was a 
 large fleet of foreign war-ships in Manila Bay, composed of four English, five 
 German, two Frenchman, and a Japanese. Admiral Dewey wanted the place 
 occupied by them in which to maneuver, and they moved out of the way. Every 
 precaution was taken by the fleet for bombardment as though it actually might 
 occur. 
 
 EFFORTS TO INDUCE SURRENDER. 
 
 For some time before this, negotiations had been going on to effect a surrender 
 without the loss of property or life. In this the Spanish held to their tradition 
 of requiring defeat before surrender. They had, too, been watching and hoping 
 for Camara’s fleet and the Pelayo, and the 3000 men which the fleet was said to 
 be convoying from Spain; but when Camara turned back, the last hope of holding 
 the Philippines by force vanished; consequently, they were inclined to consider 
 terms of surrender. The Belgian consul, M. Andre, had been for some time 
 occupying a Belgian craft in the bay, and put forth his good ofiices as an inter- 
 mediary between Admiral Dewey and Gen. Merritt and Captain-General Augustin, 
 looking to a pacific capitulation. The Spanish authorities, however, held out for 
 honor, and it required no little strategy to perfect the plan of mimic battle without 
 I it verging into the real. The American commander would not permit this if the 
 j play should go so far as to imperil the life of a single man. Still, if Spanish 
 I pride could be assuaged and no evil follow, it would be far better than to incur 
 the loss of life and property which was sure to follow should a general engage- 
 ment be precipitated. Augustin became so convinced of the folly of resistance 
 j that he was prepared to surrender without further show, and even, as is stated, 
 i hoisted the white flag. It was pulled down, however, and subsequently he was 
 called to Madrid, and Fermin Jaudenes made Captain-General, which position he 
 held when the “ultimatum” was made to him, 
 as before stated, on August 7th. When the 
 final demand was made for surrender, the Cap- 
 j tain-General got twentyfour hours’ time, but 
 after a conference, refused to surrender without 
 an attack. In the meantime the Belgian consul 
 was busy, and his trips were frequent between 
 the fleet and the Captain-General’s oflice. 
 
 During this time the fleet had cleared for action and was ready at a moment to 
 commence the attack. Gen. Merritt, at the time it was arranged the attack 
 
 SIGNAL CORPS GOING TO THK FRONT. 
 
96 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 should be made, came on board the Olympia and stated that the American forces 
 were not in position sufficiently eastward to protect the city from the incoming 
 insurgents at the time of surrender, so a little time was taken to accomplish this. 
 
 ALLEGED ARRANGEMENT FOR A SHAM BATTLE. 
 
 By the 12th of August, the full details of the coming “battle” were arranged 
 between Admiral Dewey, Gen. Merritt and Captain-General Jaudenes. In this, 
 on the part of the American forces, such display was to be made as would satisfy 
 an observer that further resistance on the part of the Spaniards would not only be 
 futile, but ground for censure by all non-combatants; when this point was reached 
 the white flag of surrender was to be hung out from the Spanish fort, when 
 further assault should cease. So definite were the details as to this, that the 
 maneuver of the fleet was specified, the time when the attack should begin, 
 where it should be made, its continuance and character; that the Spaniards should 
 fire no shots in return, the exact time when the flag of surrender should be raised, 
 the proceedings pertaining to this and the place and disposition of the American 
 and Spanish forces after this, until the American occupation was made complete, 
 so as to prevent looting and destruction, and ward off the insurgents from the city. 
 
 Ail the principal officers in both commands were fully apprised, and specific 
 instructions given so that no mistakes be made or loss of life occur. Pursuing 
 this plan, the American fleet was put as fully in readiness as when it first went 
 into the engagement in Manila Bay. 
 
 THE FLEET BEGINS THE ATTACK. 
 
 At nine o’clock on the morning of the 13th, the fleet commenced to maneuver 
 into position for the attack, and within one-half hour the Olympia was in position 
 for shelling Fort Malate, followed by the Raleigh and Petrel, the Callao and the 
 little Bareelo closer in shore; and back of these was Gen. Merritt and staff on a 
 
 transport, and the Kwonghai 
 with the Oregon troops. The 
 Boston, Charleston and Balti- 
 more were on the port quarter 
 of the Olympia. The AfeC?il- 
 loch was on the starboard 
 quarter, while the Moyiterey 
 moved up close in shore, 
 where her twelve-inch muzzles 
 stood grinning at the heavy 
 Krupp batteries at the Luneta; 
 and on the north the Concord 
 lay at the mouth of the Pasig. 
 The threatening array would 
 have amply justified the Spanish surrender without a shot, but the play went on, 
 with the head of the army and escort in the rear, waiting for the white flag 
 and the peals of victory, which should call him from his seclusion to receive 
 the capitulation of the city as per arrangement. 
 
 OUR PHOTOGRAPH WAGON, A QUILESA USED AS A DARK 
 ROOM FOR CHANGING PLATES AT THE FRONT. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 97 
 
 The Olympia opened fire at 9:30 in the morning on the old Fort Malate; her 
 shells falling short, the Raleigh and Petrel took it up. The shots improved, the 
 Olympia changed position, and then did more effective work, as did the others. 
 
 In the meantime, the remnants of the Spanish forces that had been about the 
 fortifications had withdrawn 
 toward the city. The firing 
 continued till 10:30, when '> 
 the order to cease firing was 
 given to the fleet, and the 
 surrender signals shown to 
 the Spanish fort. There not 
 being an immediate answer, 
 the fleet was ordered to close 
 up. Every captain in the 
 fleet, it is stated, was watch- 
 ing for the white flag. Capt. 
 
 Lamberton was on the after- 
 bridge of the Olympia with 
 the Admiral and said: “ I don’t se^ 
 
 FLAG RAISING AT GUAM ISLAND. 
 
 that white flag yet over that red roof. 
 
 They were to raise the flag on the southwest corner. The Admiral said it had 
 been there for some time, and by close observation all discovered it, raised at the 
 appointed place. The Spanish signaled back and asked a conference, and nego- 
 tiations forthwith were begun and completed as per agreement. 
 
 During all this time not a shot was fired from a Spanish gun, and the Span- 
 iards remained within the walled city. ’ 
 
 GEN. MERRITT ORDERS AN ATTACK. 
 
 Turning now to the land forces, it should be noted that on the afternoon of 
 Friday Gen. Merritt had issued this general order: 
 
 “A combined land and naval attack will be made on the enemy’s works 
 to-morrow, the 13th inst., at noon. 
 
 “ It will consist of a naval and artillery attack. Our lines will make no 
 advance, but will hold the trenches, the infantry covering the artillery. 
 
 “ The 1st Brigade will hold the right of the line, and, operating on the Manila- 
 Pasai Road, have for its immediate objective the Spanish block-house No. 
 14 and adjoining trenches. 
 
 “ The 2d Brigade will hold the left of the line, operating along the beach and 
 the trenches adjoining. 
 
 “ The 1st Brigade will put eight battalions in the firing line, and hold three 
 in reserve. The 2d Brigade will put three battalions in the firing line, and hold 
 eight in reserve. The reserves of both brigades will be held in column of battal- 
 ions in the open field to the west of Camino Real and 500 rods south of the inter- 
 section of the Camino Real and the road to Pasai. The reserves will be under 
 the general direction of the division commander, whose position will be on the 
 Camino Real near the reserves. 
 
 7b 
 
?8 
 
 Canipai(rnuig hi the Philippines. 
 
 “ The men will take one day’s cooked rations, canteens filled with water, and 
 a minimum of 100 rounds of ammunition for the Springfield rifle and 150 for the 
 Krag-Jorgensen. The reserve ammunition will be held with the reserves. 
 
 “ Brigade commanders will distribute necessary entrenching tools among the 
 several organizations. 
 
 “ The general hospital will remain in camp. Ambulance stations will be 
 established on the beach in the rear of the left, one at Pasai, in the rear of the 
 right, and one on the Camino Real, near the reserves. 
 
 “All positions should be taken up by 9 a. m., the 13th inst., except the 
 reserves, which will take position at 11 A. m. Our line will not advance except 
 under orders of the commanding general in the field.” 
 
 This order, however, was not fully observed, as shown by the following: 
 
 All instructions to division and brigade commands were of the nature that 
 precluded a determined assault, although the men were equipped for a long, hard 
 struggle. Besides his gun and accouterments, each man carried 200 rounds of 
 ammunition, two days’ rations of meat and hard bread, and mess kit. The front 
 
 rank filled their canteens with 
 coffee and the rear rank with 
 water. Distributions of spades 
 and axes were made to the com- 
 panies, so that each set of fours 
 had an entrenching tool. A 
 hatchet and ax was provided 
 for each section and one pick 
 for each platoon. The ser- 
 geants were provided with a 
 TRANSPORT LEAVING SAN FRANCISCO. wire cutter. Strict instructions 
 
 as to fire, so that waste of ammunition and time should be avoided, and for the 
 movements of regiments, had been given. If an assault was ordered, it was 
 to have been made by successive battalions in extended order, each regiment 
 covering a battalion front and the distance between the battalions to be about 200 
 yards. The whole command were intact and silent for some time, while the 
 bombardment from the fleet of Fort Malate was going on, its effects being in plain 
 view of most of the command. Then the Utah Battery opened fire at 1000 yards’ 
 range, aiming just below the crest of the parapet of the fort, as directed. The 
 shots were very effective. A six-inch shell from the Olympia now pierced 
 through the three-foot wall of the fort and exploded in the magazine, wrecking it 
 completely. 
 
 THE ALLEGED PEACEFUL PROGRAM MISCARRIES. 
 
 In the morning, just before the attack, Gen. Merritt sent instructions to Gen. 
 Greene to send forward one regiment as soon as the bombardment had produced 
 any effect, and without waiting for the signal given on the fleet to surrender, he 
 now ordered the Colorados to advance. The advance was made through an open 
 field in front of the trench, and partly along the beach in the water. Upon this 
 advance the Spaniards opened fire from the woods and trenches back of the fort. 
 It is claimed that had the advance not been made there would not have been a 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 ^>9 
 
 HELIOGRAPHIC WORK BY THE SIGNAL CORPS. 
 
 single rifle shot fired that day. The program was that the advance should not be 
 made till after the surrender signal was given. The Spaniards, therefore, not 
 knowing of this late order, could not understand this advance, and opened fire. 
 The Colorados continued their ad- T . 
 
 vance, wading up the beach and 
 entered the now vacant fort, Lieuten- 
 ant-Colonel McCoy of the Colorados 
 being in command. The Spanish flag 
 was hauled down and the Stars and 
 Stripes ran up in its stead. The ex- 
 hibition brought a round of hurrahs 
 from the troops. Here the color- 
 bearer of the Colorados was killed. 
 
 Gen. MacArthur was shut off from the view of the fleet, but seeing the flag 
 raised on the fort, he ordered the attack on block-house No. 14. The two bat- 
 teries, AvStor and Utah, quickly made this a ruin. The 13th Minnesota rushed in 
 and captured part of the forces there and in the trenches. The command pressed 
 on to block-house No. 13, which took fire, a great quantity of small cartridges 
 therein exploding. The whole front of the column now moved rapidly onward, 
 the 13th Minnesota being in advance, and with them the Astor Battery, dragging 
 their guns by hand and pushing on along the Cingalon Road, and the 23d Inf., 
 pressing forward on the road which parallels this west. All through this locality 
 a hot fire was being poured into the ranks. The locality was such that a view of 
 the signal of surrender could not be seen, and the Americans continued advancing 
 and firing by volleys. At Cingalon cross-road was a strong position held by 
 the enemy, and from this a galling fire was being poured into our advance, also 
 an enfilading fire from a block-house about 200 yards east. Capt. Sawtelle, of 
 Gen. MacArthur’ s staff, reconnoitered the position while the troops were mass- 
 ing for assault, and, with Lieut. March of the Astor Battery, then led the 
 charge against this position with detachments from both the battery and the 
 13th Minnesota, they volunteering for the purpose. The artillerymen, leaving 
 their guns and charging with revolvers, the Spaniards were quickly driven 
 from their positions. 
 
 It is difficult to reconcile all this with the theory that the program was 
 entered into which should provide for the surrender of Manila without loss of 
 life, unless it be that some of the subordinate commands were not apprised of the 
 arrangement and that the Spaniards resisted under a misapprehension. They 
 were on the alert to hold positions against the insurgents, and as the insurgents 
 were known to occupy advanced positions here, they might have mistaken our 
 advance for that of the insurgents. 
 
 This ended the fighting of MacArthur’ s Brigade, which had instructions, after 
 this place had been secured, to move westward and eastward and occupy the 
 approaches to the city from Paco, locating the forces at the bridges near Paco, 
 and also in the suburbs of Hrmita and Malate. Greene’s instructions were, if 
 no great resistance was met in the advance, to go on through Malate and Hrmita, 
 and thence move the columns around the city walls and occupy the suburbs east 
 
100 
 
 Canipaignmg m the Philippines. 
 
 and south of the city and cover all approaches. None of the force was to enter 
 the walled city. After carrying the first line of the Spanish entrenchments 
 and fort, the advance columns of Greene’s Brigade moved forward toward the 
 
 city and deploy- 
 ed from the Calle 
 Real, the 18th 
 Infantry and the 
 3d Artillery to 
 the right, and, 
 moving against 
 the Spanish 
 trenches back 
 of the first line, 
 uncovered the 
 forces in the 
 thick woods and 
 brush and 
 marsh. The 1st 
 California and 
 the 1st Colorado 
 held positions 
 covering the 
 
 Calle Real barricades and thence to the shore line west. In this way they moved 
 up to Malate, where the force was reformed in the open square about Malate 
 church. Up to this time the advancing column had met sharp random firing 
 from the enemy, much of it coming from the houses and places of cover, which 
 the Californias and those exposed routed, often by assault. Reforming, the 
 18th Inf. and the 1st California were to move through the main streets, the 
 1st Colorado in the parallel streets on the right and the 1st Nebraska along 
 the beach. The Callao kept slightly in advance in the bay and in position to 
 rake all lines of trenches in advance of the moving columns. The 3d Art. and 
 the 10th Pennsylvania occupied the reserv^e. The Pennsylvanians had been 
 in the trench for twenty-four hours, but were pressing hard for an advance 
 position. Desultory firing met this advance, and when the open near the Uuneta 
 was reached, the firing was sharp from the right. 
 
 THE FATE OF THE CITY. 
 
 At this time the white flag was flying from the southwest bastion of the city 
 wall. Some of the insurgents had gone through by some of the approaches at 
 Paco, and it was thought the firing came from them. There were now several 
 thousand Spanish regulars within the city walls, and no firing came from any of 
 this body. The day’s work was done. What remained to be done was to take 
 and hold possession of the approaches to the city and distribute the forces accord- 
 ing to previous instructions. The capitulation was now going on. 
 
 After hoisting the white flag, the Spaniards signaled for a conference. Flag- 
 Lieutenant Brumby and Lieutenant-Colonel Whittier, representing the army and 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 101 
 
 navy, were despatched in response to this, and the preliminary terms of surrender 
 were arranged between them and Captain-General Augustin, Acting Governor- 
 General Jaudenes and Admiral Montejo. This occurred in the City Hall. 
 
 Gen. Merritt, on the return of the American representatives, went ashore 
 to the City Hall with escort of the 2d Oregon. Two other battalions of the 
 Oregon followed and took position in front of the Government Building at 
 2:36 p. M. 
 
 On return of Cieut. Brumby to the flagship with the preliminary terms of sur- 
 render, Admiral Dewey hoisted the signal, “Enemy has surrendered.” With 
 some modification, the preliminary terms as drawn were signed, and the Spanish 
 flag hauled down and replaced with the Stars and Stripes. The following are the 
 articles of capitulation: 
 
 articles of capitulation. 
 
 The undersigned, having been appointed a commission to determine the details of the 
 surrender of the city and defenses of Manila and its suburbs, and the Spanish forces stationed 
 therein, in accordance with agreement entered into the previous day by Major-General Wesley 
 Merritt, U. S. A., American Commander-in-Chief in the Philippines, and His Excellency Don 
 Fermin Jaudenes, Acting General-in-Chief of the Spanish army in the Philippines, have agreed 
 upon the following: 
 
 1. The Spanish troops, European and native, capitulate, with the city and defenses, 
 with all honors of war, depositing their arms in the places designated by the authorities of the 
 United States and remaining in the quarters designated and under the orders of their officers 
 and subject to the control of the aforesaid United States authorities until the conclusion of a 
 treaty of peace between the two belligerent nations. All persons included in the capitulation 
 remain at liberty, the officers remaining in their homes, which shall be respected as long as 
 they observe the regulations prescribed for their government and the laws in force. 
 
 2. Officers shall retain their side arms, horses, and private property. All public horses, 
 and public property of all kinds, shall be turned over to staff officers designated by the United 
 States. 
 
 3. Complete returns, in duplicate, of men by organizations, and full lists of public prop- 
 erty and stores shall be rendered to the United States within ten days from this date. 
 
 4. All questions relating to the repatriation of officers and men of the Spanish forces and of 
 their families and of the expenses which said repatriation may occasion, shall be referred to 
 the government of the United States at Washington. Spanish families may leave Manila at 
 any time convenient to them. The return of the arms surrendered by the Spanish forces shall 
 take place when they evacuate the city, or when the American army evacuates. 
 
 5. Officers and men included in the capitulation shall be supplied by the United States, 
 according to their rank, with rations and necessary aid, as though they were prisoners of war, 
 until the conclusion of the treaty of peace between the United States and Spain. All the 
 funds of the Spanish treasury and all other public funds shall be turned over to the authorities 
 of the United States. 
 
 6. This city, its inhabitants, its churches and religious worship, its educational estab- 
 lishment<5, and its private property of all descriptions, are placed under the special safeguard 
 of the faith and honor of the American army. 
 
 F. V. Greene, Brigadier-General of Volunteers, U. S. A. 
 
 B. P. Lamberton, Captain U. S. N. 
 
 > ChareES a. Whittier, Lieutenant-Colonel and Inspector-General. 
 
 V. E. H. Crowder, Lieutenant-Colonel and Judge-Advocate. 
 
 Nichoeas De La Pena, Oidor-General de Ejercito. 
 
 Careos Reyes, Coronel de Ingenieros. 
 
 Jose Maria Oeaquen, Jefe de Estado Mayor. 
 
 Weseev Merritt, Major-General. 
 
102 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 By the capture of Manila, there was surrendered to our command about 
 5600* prisoners, 22,000 small arms, 10,000,000 rounds of ammunition, 70 pieces of 
 modern artillery of various calibers and several hundred ancient bronze pieces, 
 and $900,000 of public money, besides the city and fortifications. 
 
 The day previous to the capture, the protocol of peace between Spain and the 
 United States had been signed at Washington. 
 
 * There seems to be some uncertainty about the number of Spanish troops surrendered with 
 the city. We have been able to find no official report. If, as stated on page 82, Gen. Greene 
 gave 13,000 as the number, he must have included prisoners in the hands of insurgents. The 
 figures in the list are those of Mr. Foreman, who appears to have had access to official records. 
 
 ARMS USED BY NATIVES OF MINDANAO. 
 
CHAPTER VI. 
 
 FROM THE CAPTURE OF MANILA TO THE REVOLT 
 
 OF THE FILIPINOS. 
 
 HE situation in Manila at the time of the capitulation was 
 chaotic. Civil government was disrupted and the only law in 
 force was military law. It is remarkable with what celerity 
 the military authorities brought order out of confusion, so that 
 within a few days a system of government was established, as 
 effective as that which obtains in most of our large cities. 
 From the hour of surrender, there was not a hostile demonstra- 
 tion against the American army. The Spaniards, whatever 
 their regret for the defeat of their arms, were ready to co-operate 
 heartily in establishing and maintaining order. For twenty-four 
 hours, and until it suited the pleasure of the Americans to disarm them, they 
 held their positions with their guns. The great batteries on the Luneta were 
 still in their possession, and Admiral Dewey next day sent Eieut. Calkins ashore 
 to learn the situation, fearing that there might be some danger unforseen, his 
 attention having been directed to these batteries, and Eieut. Calkins still finding 
 the Spaniards in possession, he took from the guns the breech-plugs and brought 
 them to the ship. In the eastern part of the city, the next day still found the 
 Spaniards on duty, and, upon their notifying the American commander that they 
 could not hold their positions against the insurgents, were relieved by the Ameri- 
 cans and ordered to surrender their arms. So universal within the city was the 
 feeling that order would be maintained, that within two days business was gen- 
 erally resumed. 
 
 The disturbing force was far less in the city proper than in its surroundings, 
 and the danger was not from the Spaniards within, but the insurgents without. 
 On the 14th of August, the day the capitulation was signed, Gen. Merritt issued 
 the following proclamation: 
 
 PROCLAMATION OF GEN. MERRITT. 
 
 Manila, August 14, 1898. 
 
 To The People of the Philippines: 
 
 1. War has existed between the United States and Spain since April 21st of this year. 
 Since that date you have witnessed the destruction by an American fleet of the Spanish naval 
 power in these islands, the fall of the principal city, Manila, and its defenses, and the surrender 
 of the Spanish army of occupation to the forces of the United States. 
 
 2. The Commander of the United States forces now in possession has instructions from his 
 government to assure the people that he has not come to wage war upon them, nor upon any 
 
104 
 
 Canipaig7iing in the Philippines. 
 
 party or faction among them, but to protect them in their homes, in their employments, and 
 in their personal and religious rights. All persons who, by active aid or honest submission, 
 co-operate with the United States in its effort to give effect to this beneficent purpose, will 
 receive the reward of its support and protection. 
 
 • 3. The government established among you by the United States army is a government of 
 
 military occupation, and for the present it is ordered that the municipal laws, such as affect 
 private rights of persons and property, regulate local institutions, and provide for the punish- 
 ment of crime, shall be considered as continuing in force, so far as compatible with the pur- 
 poses of military government, and that they may be administered through the ordinary 
 tribunals substantially as before occupation, but by officials appointed by the government of 
 occupation. 
 
 4. A Provost Marshal-General will be appointed for the city of Manila and its outlying 
 districts. This territory will be divided into sub-districts, and there will be assigned to each 
 a Deputy Provost Marshal. The duties of the Provost Marshal-General and his deputies will 
 be set forth in detail in future orders. In a general way, they are charged with the duty of 
 making arrests of military, as well as civil offenders, sending such of the former class as are 
 triable by court martial to their proper commands, with statements of their offenses and 
 names of witnesses, and detaining in custody all other offenders for trial by military commis- 
 sion, provost courts or native criminal courts, in accordance with law and the instructions 
 hereafter to be issued. 
 
 5. The port of Manila, and all other ports and places in the Philippines which may be in 
 actual possession of our land and naval forces, will be open, while our military occupation may 
 
 CHINESE CATHOLIC CHURCH NEAR MANILA. 
 
 continue, to the commerce of all neutral nations, as well as our own, in articles not contraband 
 of war, and upon payment of the prescribed rates of duty which may be in force at the time of 
 the importation. 
 
 6. All churches and places devoted to religious worship and to the arts and sciences, all edu- 
 cational institutions, libraries, scientific collections and museums, are, so far as possible, to be pro- 
 tected, and all destruction or intentional defacement of such places or property, of historical 
 monuments, archives or works of science, is prohibited, save when required by urgent military 
 necessity. Severe punishment will be meted out for all violations of this regulation. 
 
 The custodians of all properties of the character mentioned in this section will make 
 prompt returns thereof to these headquarters, stating character and location, and embodying 
 such recommendations as they may think proper for the full protection of the properties under 
 their care and custody, that proper orders may issue enjoining the co-operation of both military 
 and civil authorities in securing such protection. 
 
 7. The commanding general, in announcing the establishment of military government 
 and in entering upon his duties as military governor, in pursuance of his appointment as such 
 by the government of the United States, desires to assure the people that so long as they pre- 
 serve the peace and perform their duties toward the representatives of the United States, they 
 will not be disturbed in their persons and property, except in so far as may be found necessary 
 for the good of the service of the United States and the benefit of the people of the Philippines. 
 
 WESLEY MERRITT, 
 Major-General U. S. A., Commanding. 
 
Canipaig7ii7ig ui the Philippmes. 
 
 105 
 
 This proclamation was rapidly followed by a series of orders, having in view 
 the establishment and maintenance of law and order in the city. Under the terms 
 of the capitulation, the Spanish authority surrendered to the American command 
 “the Spanish troops, 
 
 European and native, with 
 the city and defenses,” 
 and there were now within 
 this area approximately 
 4000 insurgent troops and 
 occupying fortified positions 
 held by the Spaniards at 
 the time of surrender. 
 
 There was no question as 
 to the limits of the territory 
 held by the Spanish forces 
 at the time of surrender, 
 and no question that the 
 insurgents were not in- captured guns. 
 
 eluded by the terms of the surrender as one of the victors, and under its terms the 
 Americans succeeded alone to the Spanish possession. The insurgents, however, 
 insisted that they also had a claim of rights, and based their claim upon the assump- 
 tion that they were allies of the American force. It was not claimed by them that 
 they were such allies by express stipulation or even recognition, but they did insist 
 that the circumstances of their investment of the city made them so. It was 
 their claim that their participation forced the surrender of the city and that they 
 had the right to participate in its control, independent of the terms of the sur- 
 render or the parties to it. The insurgents surrounded the city, except where the 
 Americans were entrenched, holding most of the block-houses and all the out- 
 lying Spanish trenches and the approaches to the city. 
 
 THE FILIPINOS IN CONTROL OF THE COUNTRY. 
 
 The business of Manila depended largely upon its commercial intercourse with 
 the interior, and this could not go on without the consent of the insurgents. 
 They also held possession of the city water-works. Their possession and reten- 
 tion was considered dangerous to our command. Aguinaldo afterward com- 
 plained that he was not notified of the time or plan of the American attack. 
 In this he was in part correct. He was not informed of the plan, but he knew 
 of the time, and intended to force his command into recognition at the time of 
 surrender, as is plainly evident by events preceding the attack. 
 
 COMPLICATIONS WITH THE FILIPINOS. 
 
 The evening of the 12th, under instructions from Gen. Merritt, Gen. Ander- 
 son had telegraphed to Aguinaldo, in substance that the Americans would pro- 
 ceed to the attack without his forces, and that his command should be kept out of 
 the city. This Aguinaldo answered with the memorable despatch, “Too late.” 
 This was but a pretense, for there was ample time for him to countermand any 
 
10() Campaig)iitig hi the J Philippines. 
 
 previous instructions he might have given. One of the first acts of Gen. Merritt, 
 then, after the surrender, was to take measures to rid the city of the armed insur- 
 gents. On the day of the surrender many of them had been intercepted and 
 
 turned back, and others, hav- 
 ing gotten within the city, 
 were disarmed. Gen. Ander- 
 son was ordered by Gen. 
 Merritt to rid the city of the 
 insurgents, and Anderson 
 telegraphed Aguinaldo to 
 withdraw his men at once. 
 Aguinaldo answered him, 
 that he had already sent a 
 commission to present the 
 matter to the Americans, and 
 asked that Gen. Anderson 
 consider the matter with 
 them. There has been some 
 censure of Gen. Anderson 
 from military sources because 
 he recognized this condition, 
 but he had precedent for so 
 doing all through the cam- 
 paign. Even Gen. Merritt’s proclamation had been read to Aguinaldo’ s com- 
 mission in parts, and was made in part to conform to their protest. As it was 
 originally drawn, it provided that the Spanish laws governing civil affairs, prop- 
 erty rights and the punishment of crime, should remain in force and be admin- 
 istered by local Spanish officers. The commissioners said they could not submit 
 to Spanish officials, and Gen. Merritt provided that American officers should be 
 appointed to hold important offices. Also, when the staff officer brought the 
 order to Gen. Anderson, he asked if he was authorized to use force. The officer 
 did not know, and if it were simply to be a matter of persuasion, it is difficult to 
 see what other course was open to him. When the commissioners met Gen. 
 Anderson, they submitted to him ten propositions, as follows: 
 
 1. That the insurgents would retire to a line running from Malate to Paco, thence down 
 the Paco Creek to the Pasig, up the Pasig to the bridge of Aviles, along the Calle Aviles to 
 Santa Mesa; thence through Sampaloc, San Lazaro and Tondo, to the beach at the north. (This 
 would have given them Malate and Paco and important positions on the east and north of the 
 city.) 
 
 2. That the Filipinos should retain certain convents in Malate, Paco and the northern 
 suburbs, and should have the palace of the Captain-General in Malacahan. 
 
 3. That the Filipinos should have the free navigation of the Pasig for their vessels and the 
 “ protection of the Patria.” (Nobody knows what the Patria is, or has been able to find out, but 
 .subsequent negotiations showed that it had something to do with our protection of their ships 
 in all waters under our control.) 
 
 4. That the Filipinos share in the booty of war. 
 
 5. That the civil offices be filled entirely by North Americans. Gf Gen. Merritt desired to 
 appoint Filipinos to any such places, Aguinaldo suggested through the commissioners that he 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 107 
 
 would be glad to consult Gen. Merritt about such appointments and to recommend men for 
 them whom he knew to be fit for the places.) 
 
 6. That the Phlipinos should retain control of the reserv-oir and ])umping station of the 
 water-works. 
 
 7. That the Filipino officers should be permitted to enter the city at all times wearing their 
 side arms. 
 
 8. That the arms taken from the Filipinos on the night of August llltli should be returned 
 
 9. That the American troops should retire within the lines proposed by Aguinaldo, and 
 should not pass beyond those lines with arms. 
 
 10. That all regulations should be in writing, and to be binding should be confirmed by 
 the commanders-in-chief of the two forces. 
 
 Gen. Anderson, in reply, said he had just one condition to make, and that was 
 that the insurgents should withdraw at once to the line he then drew, before there 
 should be any further negotiation. The line ran from the Bocano de Vista to San 
 kazaro, Cemeterio de Sampaloc to block-house No. 5, block-house No. 6, the 
 Depot des Aguas Patables, the Spanish works beyond San Juan del Monte; 
 thence in a straight line to San Pedro Macati; thence in a straight line to block- 
 house No. 14, on 
 the Pinda Road; 
 thence in a 
 straight line to 
 the beach at May- 
 tubig, south of 
 the Polvorin at 
 Malate. Gen. 
 
 Anderson yielded 
 to the commis- 
 sioners in their Is-EBRASKA regiment marching into MANILA, AUGUST 13 , 189 S. 
 
 request to have the matter submitted to Gen. Merritt, and all appeared before 
 Gen. Merritt. Now, while Gen. Anderson had been told to take sole charge of 
 the matter, Merritt listened to the commissioners and asked for time in which 
 to consider their proposal, promising an answer later. 
 
 GEN. MERRITT CONSULTS ADMIRAL DEWEY. 
 
 Leaving Anderson at headquarters, and in waiting, Merritt went out to consult 
 Admiral Dewey. On his return, he ordered Anderson back to Cavite in charge of 
 his command. After much deliberation, Gen. Merritt consented to the following: 
 That, as the insurgents had captured the water- works, they should retain them; 
 that the insurgent officers should enter the city with side arms, but suggested that 
 they should do so without revolvers; that the arms captured from the Filipinos 
 should be returned to them when they left the city. The answer was delayed in 
 getting to Aguinaldo. The insurgents in the meantime were strengthening their 
 positions. Aguinaldo, on receipt of Merritt’s communication, sent three proposi- 
 tions in lieu of those previously sent. They asked, first, that the first line desig- 
 nated by his commissioners be the line of separation between the forces; second, 
 that the insurgent vessels be protected by our navy in American waters, or waters 
 
108 
 
 Cat)ipaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 under our control; third, that in case the Americans should return the city to 
 Spain in consequence of the impending treaty, the insurgents should be placed in 
 possession of all they now hold. 
 
 THE PRESIDENT GIVES INSTRUCTIONS. 
 
 Gen. Merritt left for Paris on August 30th, leaving this letter unanswered. 
 Gen. Merritt had been in the Philippines, or, to speak definitely, on the Newport, 
 in the bay most of the time, a little over a month, and during this time he had 
 announced the policy of the government, and in a large part formulated its meas- 
 ures. Whether wise or unwise, however, the responsibility must rest with his 
 superiors. On August 13th, the day of the surrender, the following despatch was 
 sent to the Adjutant-General at Washington: “Since occupation of town and 
 suburbs the insurgents on the outside are pressing demand for joint occupation of 
 city. Situation difficult. Inform me at once how far I shall proceed in forcing 
 obedience in this matter and others that may arise. Is government willing to use 
 all means to make natives submit to the authority of the United States ? 
 
 Merritt. 
 
 Dewey.” 
 
 The answer was the following: 
 
 “Major-General Merritt, Manila, Philippines; The President directs that 
 there must be no joint occupation of the insurgents. The United States, in pos- 
 session of Manila City, Manila Bay and Harbor, must preserve the peace, and 
 protect persons and property within the territory occupied by their military and 
 naval forces. The insurgents and all others must recognize the military occupa- 
 tion and authority of the United States and the cessation of hostilities proclaimed 
 by the President. Use whatever means, in your judgment, is necessary to this 
 end. All law-abiding people must be treated alike. 
 
 By order of Secretary of War. 
 
 H. C. Corbin, Adjutant-General.” 
 
 GEN. MERRITT REPORTS ON AGUINALDO. 
 
 The official report of Major-General Merritt, dated August 31, 1898, has the 
 following bearing upon the relation of the two commands: 
 
 As Gen. Aguinaldo did not visit me on my arrival nor offer his services as a subordinate 
 military leader, and as my instructions from the President fully contemplated the occupation 
 of the islands by the American land forces, and stated that “ the powers of the military occu- 
 pant are absolute and supreme, and immediately operate upon the political conditions of the 
 inhabitants,” I did not consider it wise to hold any direct communication with the insurgent 
 leader until I should be in possession of the city of Manila, especially as I would not until then 
 be in a position to issue a proclamation and enforce my authority in the event that his preten- 
 sions should clash with my designs. 
 
 For these reasons the preparations for the attack on the city were pressed, and military 
 operations conducted without reference to the situation of the insurgent forces. The wisdom 
 of this course was subsequently established by the fact that when the troops of my command 
 carried the Spanish entrenchments, extending from the sea to the Pasai Road on the extreme 
 Spanish right, we were under no obligations by prearranged plans of mutual attack to turn 
 to the right and clear the front still held against the insurgents, but were able to move 
 forward at once and occupy the city and suburbs. 
 
CaiiipaigJiing in the Philippines. 
 
 109 
 
 After the issue of my proclamation and the establishment of my office as military gov- 
 ernor, I had direct written communications with Gen, Aguinaldo on several occasions. He 
 recognized my authority as military governor of the town of Manila and suburbs, and made 
 professions of his willingness to withdraw his troops to a line which I might indicate, but at 
 the same time asking certain favors for himself. The matters in this connection had not been 
 settled at the date of my departure. Doubtless much dissatisfaction is felt by the rank and file 
 of the insurgents that they have not been permitted to enjoy the occupancy of Manila, and 
 there is some ground for trouble with them owing to that fact; but, notwithstanding many 
 rumors to the contrary, I am of the opinion that the leaders will be able to prevent serious dis- 
 turbances, as they are sufficiently intelligent and educated to know that to antagonize the 
 United States would be to destroy their only chance of future political improvement. 
 
 OTIS SUCCEEDS MERRITT IN COMMAND. 
 
 Gen. Klwell E. Otis arrived in Manila on August 20th, and when Gen. Mer- 
 ritt was ordered to Paris, he succeeded to the command. He had to take up the 
 unfinished work of Gen. Merritt and he required some little time to familiarize 
 himself with the situation. The insurgent occupation continually increased in 
 
 SIGNING DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE AT MALOLOS. 
 
 aggressiveness — their entrenching and fortifying continually went on, and with it 
 the show of resistance increased. Orders had been issued to the effect that no 
 interference should be made with them, while they did not disturb our lines or 
 positions. There was a prospect that the city water supply might be shut off. 
 Americans desiring to pass the insurgent lines required a pass from the insurgent 
 commander, and the demonstrations of the soldiers became insolent. A few 
 companies of the Colorados were ordered to the water-works, but met with resist- 
 ance so that they were about to use force when the situation was reported to 
 headquarters and they were ordered back. 
 
 THE FIDIPINOS ORDERED TO REMOVE. 
 
 When Gen. Otis assumed command, the insurgents while infesting the whole 
 city, had some especial strongholds, notably, Tondo, Paco, Sampaloc, Ermita, and 
 Malate. Gen. Otis sent word to Aguinaldo that it would take some time for him to 
 
110 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 familiarize himself sufficiently with the matter to answer his last letter to Gen. 
 Merritt. The insurgents had now been infesting the city for a month; and Gen. 
 Otis determined that the only solution compatible with the duties and obligations 
 
 of the command 
 was to order 
 the removal of 
 the insurgents 
 from their posi- 
 tion, and to 
 such distance 
 that there 
 would be no 
 inter fere nee 
 with the occu- 
 pation of the 
 Americans in 
 
 the territory surrendered by the Spaniards. After submitting to the War Depart- 
 ment his views of the situation he was instructed to proceed, and, if need be, 
 use force to effect a removal. Gen. Otis now addressed a letter to Aguinaldo 
 in which the exigencies of the case were set forth, and closed by giving 
 Aguinaldo notice to remove his forces from the jurisdictional limits of Manila 
 by September 15th on penalty of being forcibly removed by the Americans. 
 Aguinaldo was at this time establishing his headquarters and seat of government 
 at Malolos, with communication by railroad north and south, and a country of 
 large resources tributary. 
 
 Aguinaldo demurred and again sought his favorite method of doing business 
 by commission. An encounter seemed likely to occur, and the Americans 
 strengthened their positions and prepared for the worst. In the conference which 
 followed, the insurgent leaders still professed their cordial amity towards the 
 American occupation, but wanted an agreement made that in case Manila was 
 put back into Spanish control, they should have the same positions before Manila 
 that they now held. They desired also to know whether the Spaniards would 
 have returned to them the guns and supplies captured by the Americans, and be 
 re-instated in the position they occupied before the attack of August 13th. Gen. 
 Otis in reply said, “If the Americans quit control the Spaniards will be re- 
 instated in their defensive positions and their arms restored to them.” There was 
 intense dissatisfaction on the part of a large element of the insurgent command 
 with this disposition of the matter, and an open rupture was imminent. Gen. Pio 
 del Pilar was the leader of this faction. 
 
 THE FILIPINOS EVACUATE. 
 
 After acceding to all requirements the Filipinos made a last request that in 
 removing from their position they be allowed to march up the Luneta with their 
 arms and pass the ground of the many bloody executions of their friends by the 
 Spaniards. To this Gen. Ovenshine in command of the Krmita and Malate pre- 
 cincts consented. On the morning of the 14th, there were indications of a move. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 Ill 
 
 and all our sentries were on the keen lookout for events. Early on this morning, 
 that part of the insurgent forces which would make their departure by the Euneta, 
 began to move. The columns passed from the Calle Real into the Calle San Luis, 
 the rank and file in blue drilling led by the famous Pasig band of ninety pieces 
 and the column headed by Col. Callis. Down the Paco Road they went to the 
 Calle Bagumbayan where they soon stood beside the wall where so many of their 
 comrades had endured Spanish execution. As they passed the Wyoming Reg- 
 iment, cheer upon cheer was given by the Wyoming boys. It was an incident 
 long remembered by the insurgents. With the removal of the insurgents there 
 was no further immediate opposition to American control. 
 
 THE MILITARY GOVERNMENT. 
 
 The withdrawal of the Filipinos from the immediate vicinity of the city left 
 the commanding general free to arrange the details of the civil administration. 
 The most important orders upon this subject will be found at the end of this 
 chapter. Military rule required first, order; next, justice. As has been said, the 
 people of Manila were anxious for the maintenance of order, but there were many 
 adverse conditions to be 
 met. During the inter- 
 regnum the constabulary 
 and all administrative 
 functions had been sus- 
 pended. It was a meet- 
 ing of strangers in 
 method, manner, and 
 tongue, and the purposes 
 of each were difficult of 
 understanding by the 
 ether. Some misunder- ^.n kngagemknt in a kamboo thicket. 
 
 standings and mistakes, under these circumstances, were unavoidable. That 
 none which were serious occurred may be attributed to the forbearance of 
 all parties concerned. Our habits and customs were so unlike those of the 
 inhabitants that often our intent was in doubt, and the requirements under 
 our rule were, in many essentials, so unlike those which preceded us that 
 they were often considered severities. Our design was the betterment of the 
 social life of the citizen and the security of his personal and property rights; 
 but the two civilizations were so unlike that those intended to be benefitted were 
 often disposed to rebel. Spanish custom approved much that is not only dis- 
 tasteful, but iniquitous, under our laws and civilization, and the interference with 
 native habits naturally brought enmity and discontent. This was especially the 
 case as to gambling, which was a national habit. 
 
 THE FILIPINOS OBJECT TO CLEANLINESS. 
 
 The many restrictions put upon the citizens in social life and essential to the 
 maintenance of military rule were irksome, and our sanitary measures brought 
 our rule squarely in conflict with the daily life of the great mass of people. 
 
112 
 
 Campais;ni7ig in the Philippines. 
 
 When our army took possession of the city it seemed that the rot and ruin of 
 centuries were within its borders. Degeneration and decay were everywhere. It 
 
 was essential that this be 
 remedied, but the enforced 
 cleanliness was very dis- 
 tasteful. 
 
 The orders hereafter 
 given show the character 
 of our government. The 
 system of constabulary 
 was in the hands of 
 the Provost Marshal- 
 General’s Department, 
 bamboo thicket cut down by bullets. and was apportioned into 
 
 districts, and these again into precincts. The Provost Marshal had direct 
 supervision of the patrol, which, by details, was constantly on the guard, and 
 thus the whole area of the city was constantly under the scrutiny of the military 
 eye. This patrol was composed of the rank and file of the army, and it was the 
 only part of the army that came directly in personal contact with the mass of the 
 people. Every act of this strange people was to be interpreted by this patrol; 
 their methods learned, their intentions measured, their purposes understood. 
 
 NEWS OF THE COMING PEACE. 
 
 News of the signing of the peace protocol arrived in Manila on the 15th of 
 August, and the Spaniards now asked for re-instatement into their position held 
 before the attack of August 13th, claiming that the protocol was in force at the 
 time of the attack, and it was in its violation that the attack and capitulation 
 were made. 
 
 The provisions of the protocol affecting the situation in the Philipines were as 
 follows : 
 
 Third. The United States will occupy and hold the city, hay, and harbor of Manila, 
 pending the conclusion of a treaty of peace which shall determine the control, disposition and 
 government of the Philippines. 
 
 Fifth. The United States and Spain will each appoint not more than five commissioners 
 to negotiate and conclude a treaty of peace. The commissioners are to meet at Paris not later 
 than the 1st of October. 
 
 Sixth. On signing the protocol, hostilities will be suspended, and notice to that effect will 
 be given as soon as possible by each government to the commanders of its military and naval 
 forces. 
 
 The protocol was immediately circulated extensively among the native popula- 
 tion, and was not only read, but “read between the lines,’’ and from this on the 
 native temperature, t\hich for a time had been cool, fast lowered towards the 
 freezing point. Notwithstanding this tendency to frigidity, the patrol, with 
 trifling exceptions, had no conflicts with the people. From the 20th of August to 
 February 4th, eight people had been shot in the city. These were cases where there 
 was either open hostility or attempted escape from arrest, and in every case, after 
 full consideration, were approved by the Provost Marshal-General. A number o^ 
 
Cavipaiirtiing in the Philippines. 
 
 113 
 
 minor offenses were treated, but the percentage of crime was no greater than other 
 American cities of like size. The crimes committed were mostly charged to a 
 party of Macabebees, who, seventy-fire in number, entered the city by the Pasig 
 River, and for a time kept their haunt secret from the patrol. When once dis- 
 covered they were readily disposed of, but for a time they terrorized the city. A 
 number of patrolmen were injured by these tribesmen. Their habit was to 
 approach their victim with their head bared, their wide hats held to their breasts, 
 and when within striking distance, thrust the hat into the face of and plunge the 
 dagger into the victim. 
 
 THE FIIvIPINOS ACCUMULATE ARMS. 
 
 It soon became known that the insurgents without the city were being supplied 
 with arms and ammunition. On the 81st of August the steamer Abbie landed a 
 cargo of these supplies at Batangas, and afterwards landed a second cargo before 
 being detected, when she was seized by order of Admiral Dewey. After a time 
 the death rate of the Filipinos became surprising, and the frequency of burials led 
 to further investigation, whereby it was learned that the putative corpse was in 
 
 AGUINALDO’S CARRIAGE. 
 
 reality arms and ammunition, being carried through the lines for the insurgents. 
 These arms had, at some prior time, been secreted, largely in the cathedrals and 
 monasteries, by the Spanish authorities to be distributed in case of emergency 
 and used against the Filipinos in an uprising. 
 
 On August 16th, soon after the surrender, the Mo7iadnock had arrived, and on 
 the 20th, the expedition under Gen. Elwell E. Otis. This expedition brought 
 about 5000 men, which somewhat served to dampen the warlike ardor of the 
 insurgents. 
 
 SANITARY REGULATIONS ENFORCED. 
 
 Sanitation received immediate attention after the American control began, and 
 a series of orders were issued, formulated by Deputy Surgeon-General Lippincott, 
 prescribing the methods of averting disease. These orders prescribed cleanliness 
 of person and surroundings, proper diet and abstinence from drink, and caution 
 as to intercourse with the native class. These regulations were rigidly enforced. 
 Smallpox of a mild type is very common among the natives, and few attain their 
 majority not having had the disease. If not closely watched and well treated 
 the malignant type sets in. Fevers of various types were prevalent, especially 
 typhoid. 
 
 8b 
 
114 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 THE SPANISH PRISON-HOUSES OPENED. 
 
 There were 2900 prisoners left by the Spaniards in the Presidio and Bilibid 
 Prisons. In the Bilibid Prison were 28 women and 1300 men, mostly “suspects,” 
 that is, the}^ had been arrested and incarcerated upon the suspicion of being in 
 league with the enemies of the realm, and there many had remained for years 
 without a trial or the formality of indictment. Most of the women were charged 
 with insurrection and open revolt against the government. It was a very common 
 thing to find that their property had been confiscated by officials, and the vic- 
 tims left penniless. Ever}" case was promptly taken up and considered. Many of 
 the men were held upon suspicion of being in sympathy with the revolution of 
 1896, and had been entitled to their liberation for a long time. Some, whose prop- 
 ert\" had been confiscated, were detained long after their sentence had expired. 
 With few exceptions, they were all Filipinos. Over 1200 were summarily dis- 
 charged by the American authorities, which went far to pacify the Filipinos in 
 their distrust of the Americans. One of the first acts after investigating prison 
 afiairs was the arrest of some prison officials on the charge of embezzling prison 
 funds. They were tried and found guilty of thus embezzling $1600. 
 
 THE FISCAL ADMINISTRATION. 
 
 One of the first duties of the military governor was to provide a revenue. 
 This was derived from the customs, internal revenue, licenses, water rents, fines 
 and miscellaneous sources. The revenue was honestly collected and disbursed, 
 and the following statement of the receipts and disbursements for the first two 
 months of American occupation will give an idea of the sources of income and 
 expenditure: 
 
 receipts and disbursements for two months. 
 
 Receipts. 
 
 Seized fund $ 890,144.25 
 
 Internal revenue collections . . . 156,378.97 
 
 Customs 1,811,358.21 
 
 Captain of Port — fees 1,823.24 
 
 Quartermaster 58.00 
 
 Subsistence Department 3,150.15 
 
 Refund 90.16 
 
 Fines — Provost Court $10,455.81 
 
 Water rents 37,060.82 
 
 Markets 13,966.98 
 
 Butchers 23,075.04 
 
 Cemeteries 4,167.43 
 
 Licenses 11,039.91 
 
 Disburseniejits. 
 
 Treasury $ 1,000.00 
 
 Provost M a rshal-General, for 
 schools, street cleaning. Sani- 
 tary Department and Fire De- 
 partment 193,963.47 
 
 Internal Revenue Office, includ- 
 ing $7,000 re-fund of taxes ille- 
 gally collected 10,182.24 
 
 Custom House, general expenses. 17,754.16 
 Chief Commissary, for support of 
 
 Spanish prisoners 537,244.74 
 
 Captain of the Port, for clearing 
 river of obstructions and for 
 
 launch hire $24,870.88 
 
 General expenses, stationery and 
 
 printing 495.66 
 
 Medical supplies for Spanish pris- 
 oners 1,284.95 
 
 Chief Quartermaster, general ex- 
 penses, mostly transportation. . 300,424.75 
 Chief Ordnance Officer, arsenal 
 
 repairs 1,200.00 
 
Cainpaigiiing in the Philippines. 
 
 115 
 
 A COMMISSION APPOINTED. 
 
 A commission appointed by the President of the United States had been for 
 some time endeavoring to come to an understanding with Aguinaldo that should 
 form the basis of a settlement satisfactory to himself and to the United States. 
 The commissioners were men as well qualified for the task as in the President’s 
 judgment could be found, combining a knowledge of civil, military and legal 
 affairs far beyond the common — namely, Gen. R. P. Hughes, Provost Marshal- 
 General, and Inspector-General of Manila; Col. Enoch H. Crowder, Judge Advocate 
 General, and Col. (now General), James F. Smith of the 1st California Regiment. 
 
 These men met the Filipino commissioners appointed by Aguinaldo — namely, 
 Florentine Flores, Ambrosio Flores, and Manuel Arguieles, many times in the 
 attempt to secure a frank statement of their views — how they were to establish a 
 stable government, and how to meet the just demands of the United States, which 
 in the eyes of the civilized world was bound to protect the Philippines from the 
 rapacity of other nations until they were strong enough to protect themselves. 
 Such protection as it seemed, could only be afforded by the United States assuming 
 the responsibility of establishing a provisional government, which was to lead up to 
 complete autonomy as rapidly as the lesson of self-government was learned. To 
 this proposition Aguinaldo had not consented — would not consent. Whatever of 
 patriotism was in his heart, his brain seemed to be inflamed by the ambition to rule. 
 
 The following short colloquy at a session of the commission brings out very 
 clearly some of the difiiculties of the case : 
 
 Col. Crowder asked the insurgents : 
 
 Has any foreign power recognized your government ? 
 
 No. ‘ 
 
 Have you been recognized even as belligerents ? 
 
 No. 
 
 Then the United States and Spain are the only powers recognized here? 
 
 Yes. 
 
 Then the United States is responsible to other nations for these islands? 
 
 Yes. 
 
 If we should leave you, what would happen to you ? 
 
 Don’t leave us, for other powers would come in and take possession of the islands. 
 
 Then if our remaining here is essential, why do you insist on making trouble ? 
 
 The people are beyond control. 
 
 THE TREATY OF PEACE SIGNED. 
 
 On the 10th of December, 1898, the treaty of peace between Spain and the 
 United States was signed, containing in the third article those fateful words ceding 
 the Philippine Islands to the United States. 
 
 The treaty in so far as it relates to the Philippines is as follows: 
 
 ARTICLE HI. 
 
 Spain cedes to the United States the archipelago known as the Philippine Islands, and 
 comprising the islands lying within the following lines : 
 
 A line running from west to east along or near the twentieth parallel of north latitude, and 
 through the middle of the navigable channel of Bachi, from the one hundred and eighteenth 
 U18th) to the one hundred and twenty-seventh (127th) degree meridian of longitude east of 
 
116 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 Greenwich, thence along the one hundred and twenty-seventh (127th) degree meridian of longi- 
 tude east of Greenwich to the parallel of four degrees and forty-five minutes ( 4*^ 45' ) north 
 latitude, thence along the parallel of four degrees and forty-five minutes (4° 45') north latitude 
 
 to its intersection 
 with the meridian 
 of longitude one 
 hundred and nine- 
 teen degrees and 
 thirty-five min- 
 utes (119° 35') 
 east of Greenwich, 
 thence along the 
 meridian of longi- 
 tude one hundred 
 and nineteen de- 
 grees and thirty- 
 
 five minutes (119^ 35') east of Greenwich to the parallel of latitude seven degrees and forty 
 minutes (7° 40') north, thence along the parallel of latitude seven degrees and forty minutes 
 (7° 40') north to its intersection with the one hundred and sixteenth (116th) degree meridian 
 of longitude east of Greenwich, thence by a direct line to the intersection of the tenth lOth) 
 degree parallel of north latitude with the one hundred and eighteenth (118th) degree meridian 
 of longitude east of Greenwich, and thence along the one hundred and eighteenth (118th) 
 degree meridian of longitude east of Greenwich to the point of beginning. 
 
 The United States will pay to Spain the sum of twenty million dollars ($20,000,000), within 
 three months after the exchange of the ratifications of the present treaty. 
 
 ARTICUK IV. 
 
 The United States will, for the term of ten years from date of exchange of the ratifications 
 of the present treaty, admit Spanish ships and merchandise tO the ports of the Philippine 
 Islands on the same terms as ships and merchandise of the United States. 
 
 ARTICLE V. 
 
 The United States will, upon the signature of the present treaty, send back to Spain, at its 
 own cost, the Spanish soldiers taken as prisoners of war on the capture of Manila by the Ameri- 
 can forces. The arms of the soldiers in question shall be restored to them. 
 
 Spain will, upon the exchange of the ratifications of the present treaty, proceed to evacuate 
 the Philippines, as well as the island of Guam, on terms similar to those agreed upon by the 
 commissioners appointed to arrange for the evacuation of Porto Rico and other islands in the 
 West Indies, under the protocol of August 12, 1898, which is to continue in force till its pro- 
 visions are completely executed. 
 
 The time within which the evacuation of the Philippine Islands and Guam shall be com- 
 pleted shall be fixed by the two governments. Stands of colors, uncaptured war-vessels, small 
 arms, guns of all calibers, with their carriages and accessories, powder, ammunition, live stock, 
 and material and supplies of all kinds, belonging to the land and naval forces of Spain in the 
 Philippines and Guam, remain the property of Spain. Pieces of heavy ordnance, exclusive of 
 field artillery, in the fortifications and coast defenses, shall remain in their emplacements for 
 the term of six months, to be reckoned from the exchange of ratifications of the treaty; and the 
 United States may, in the meantime, purchase such material from Spain, if a satisfactory agree- 
 ment between the two governments on the subject shall be reached. 
 
 ARTICLE VI. 
 
 Spain will, upon the signature of the present treaty, release all prisioners of war, and all 
 persons detained or imprisoned for political offenses, in connection with the insurrections of 
 Cuba and the Philippines and the war with the United States. 
 
 MOVING ARTILLERY TO THE FRONT. 
 
Cainpaio^nins^ in the Philippuies. 
 
 117 
 
 Reciprocally, the United States will release all persons made prisoners of war by the 
 American forces, and will undertake to obtain the release of all Spanish prisoners in the hands 
 of the insurgents in Cuba and the Philippines. 
 
 The government of the United vStates will, at its own cost, return to Spain and the govern- 
 ment of Spain will, at its own cost, return to the United States, Cuba, Porto Rico, and the 
 Philippines, according to the situation of their respective homes, prisoners released or caused to 
 be released by them, respectively, under this article. (Other articles of the treaty provide for 
 the protection of the inhabitants of the ceded territory in their civil rights.) 
 
 THE PRESIDENT DECLARES THE UNITED STATES SOVEREIGN 
 IN THE PHILIPPINES. 
 
 A few days after the signing of the treaty of peace, Gen. Otis made public the 
 following instructions of the President : 
 
 Executive Mansion, Washington, D. C., December 21, 1898. 
 
 To the Secretary of War. Sir : The destruction of the Spanish fleet in the harbor of 
 Manila by the United States naval squadron commanded by Rear-Admiral Dewey, followed by 
 the reduction of the city and the surrender of the Spanish forces, practically effected the con- 
 quest of the Philippine Islands and the suspension of Spanish sovereignty therein. 
 
 With the signature of the treaty of peace between the United States and Spain by their 
 respective plenipotentiaries at Paris on the 10th inst., and as the result of the victories of the 
 
 BLOCK-HOUSE NO. 2, LA LOMA CHURCH IN THE DISTANCE. 
 
 American arms, the future control, disposition and government of the Philippine Islands is 
 ceded to the United States. In fulfillment of the rights of sovereignty thus acquired and the 
 responsible obligations of government thus assumed, the actual occupation and administration 
 of the entire group of the Philippine Islands becomes immediately necessary and the military 
 government heretofore maintained by the United States in the city, harbor, and bay of Manila 
 is to be extended with all possible despatch to the whole of the ceded territory. 
 
 In performing this duty the military commander of the United States is enjoined to make 
 known to the inhabitants of the Philippine Islands that, in succeeding to the sovereignty of 
 Spain, in severing the former political relations of the inhabitants and in establishing a new 
 political power, the authority of the United States is to be exerted for the sovereignty of the 
 persons and property of the people of the islands and for the confirmation of all their private 
 rights and relations. 
 
 It will be the duty of the commander of the forces of occupation to announce and proclaim 
 in the most public manner that we come not as invaders or conquerors, but as friends to protect 
 the natives in their homes, in their employments and in their personal and religious rights. All 
 persons who, either by active aid or honest submission, co-operate with the government of the 
 United States to give effect to these benefits and purposes, will receive the reward of its sup- 
 port and protection. All others will be brought within the lawful rule we have assumed with 
 firmness, if need be, b)it without severity so far as may be possible. 
 
 Within the absolute domain of military authority, which necessarily is and must remain 
 supreme in the ceded territory until the legislation of the United States shall otherwise provide, 
 the municipal laws of the territory in respect to private rights and property and the repression 
 
118 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 of crime are to be considered as continuing in force and to be administered by the ordinary 
 tribunals so far as possible. The operations of civil and municipal government are to be per- 
 formed by such officers as may accept the supremacy of the United States by taking the oath of 
 allegiance, or by officers chosen as far as may be practicable from the inhabitants of the islands. 
 
 While the control of all the public property and the revenues of the State passes with the 
 cession, and while the use and management of all public means of transportation are necessarily 
 reserved to the authority of the United States, private property, whether belonging to individ- 
 uals or corporations, is to be respected except for cause fully established. The taxes and duties 
 heretofore payable by the inhabitants to the late government become payable to the authorities 
 of the United States unless it be seen fit to substitute for them other reasonable rates or modes of 
 contribution to the expenses of the government, whether general or local. If private property 
 be taken for military use it shall be paid for, when possible, in cash at a fair valuation and when 
 payment in cash is not practicable receipts are to be given. 
 
 All ports and places in the Philippine Islands in the actual possession of the land and 
 naval forces of the United States will be opened to the commerce of all friendly nations. All 
 goods and wares, not prohibited for military reasons by due announcement of the military 
 authority, will be admitted upon payment of such duties and other charges as shall be in force 
 at the time of their importation. 
 
 Finally, it should be the earnest and paramount aim of the military administration to win 
 the confidence, respect and affection of the inhabitants of the Philippines by assuring to them 
 in every possible way that full measures of individual rights and liberty which is the heritage 
 of free people and by proving to them that the mission of the United States is one of benevolent 
 assimilation, substituting the mild sway of justice and the right for arbitrary rule. In the ful- 
 fillment of this high mission, supporting the temperate administration of affairs for the greatest 
 good of the governed, there must be sedulously maintained the strong arm of authority, to 
 repress the disturbance and to overcome all obstacles to the bestowal of the blessings of good 
 and stable government upon the people of the Philippine Islands under the free flag of the 
 United States. WIULIAM McKINLEY. 
 
 AGUINALDO REPLIES TO THE PRESIDENT. 
 
 Within two days after the promulgation of the foregoing by Gen. Otis, 
 Aguinaldo issued the following statement: 
 
 The government of the Filipinos has concluded that it is obliged to expound the reasons 
 for the breaking off of friendly relations wdth the army of the United Seates in these islands, 
 so that all can be convinced that I have done everything on my part to avoid it, and at the 
 cost of many rights necessarily sacrificed. 
 
 After the naval combat of May 1st, the Commander of the American squadron allowed me 
 to return from Hongkong, and distributed among the Filipinos arms taken from the arsenal at 
 Cavite, with the intention of starting anew the revolution (that had settled down in conse- 
 quence of the treaty made between the Spaniards and the Filipinos at Biak-na-bato) in order that 
 he might get the Filipinos on his side. 
 
 The different towns now understand that w’ar was declared between the United States and 
 Spain and that it was necessary for them to fight for their liberty, sure that Spain would be 
 annihilated and would be unable to do anything to put the islands in the way of progress and 
 prosperity. 
 
 My people rejoiced at my return, and I had the honor to be chosen as chief for the services 
 I had rendered before. Then all the Filipinos, without distinction of class, took arms, and 
 every province hurried to turn all the Spaniards outside the lines of its boundary. 
 
 So it is easy to understand how my government would have had the power over the whole 
 island of Luzon, Bisayas and a portion of Mindanao had the Americans taken no part in the 
 military operations here, which have cost us so much blood and so much money. 
 
 My government is quite aware that the destruction of the Spanish fleet and giving of arms 
 to them from the arsenal has helped them much in the way of arms. I was quite convinced 
 
Canipaignm^ in the Philippines. 
 
 119 
 
 that the American army was obliged to sympathize with a revolution which had been crushed 
 so many times, had shed so much blood, and was’again working for independence. I had all 
 confidence in the American tradition and history, for they were willing to fight for independ- 
 ence and the abolition of slavery until it was attained. 
 
 The Americans, having won the good disposition of the Filipinos, disembarked at Para- 
 naque and took the position occupied by our troops in the trenches as far as Maytubig, taking 
 possession as a matter of fact of many trenches that had been constructed by my people. 
 
 They obliged the capitulation of Manila, and the city, being surrounded by my troops, was 
 obliged to surrender at the first attack. Through my not being notified, my troops advanced to 
 Malate, Ermita, Paco, Sampaloc and Tondo. Without these services in keeping the Spaniards 
 in the city they would not have given up so easil 3 \ 
 
 The American generals took my advice regarding the capitulation, but afterwards asked me 
 to retire with my forces from Port Cavite and the suburbs of Manila. 
 
 I reminded the Generals of the injustice they were doing me and asked them in a friendly 
 manner to recognize in some expressed way my co-operation, but they refused to accord me 
 anything. Then not wishing to do anything against the wishes of those who would soon be the 
 liberators of the Filipino people, I even ordered my troops to evacuate the port of Cavite and 
 all the suburbs of Cavite, retaining only one, the suburb of Paco. 
 
 After all these concessions, in a few days Admiral Dewey, without any motive, took posses- 
 sion of our steam launches that were circulating, by his express consent, in the bay of Manila. 
 
 Nearly the same time I received an order from Gen. Otis, Commander-in-Chief of the army 
 of occupation, obliging me to retire my army outside certain lines which were drawn and given 
 me, and in which I saw included the town of Pandacan and the village of Cingalon, which 
 never have been termed suburbs of Manila. 
 
 In the actual sight of the two American generals I ordered a consultation of my military 
 generals, and I consulted my assistant counselors and generals, and the two bodies conformed 
 in a desire to appoint a commissioner to see Gen. Hughes. 
 
 The General received my commissioner in a poor way and would not allow him to speak, 
 but I allowed it to pass, by a friendly request from Gen. Otis, and withdrew my troops outside 
 the given lines so as to avoid trouble and waited for the conclusion of the peace commission at 
 Paris. 
 
 I thought I would get my independence, as I was promised by the Consul-General of Singa- 
 pore, Mr. Pratt, and it would come iu a formal, assured, friendly proclamation by the American 
 generals who had entered these waters. 
 
 But it was not so. The said Generals took my concessions in favor of friendship and peace 
 as indicative of weakness, and, with growing ambition, sent forces to Iloilo with the object of 
 taking that town, so they might call themselves the conquerors of that part of the Philippines, 
 which is already occupied by my government. 
 
 This way of proceeding, so far from custom and practice observed by the civilized nations, 
 gives me the right to proceed, leaving them out of consideration. Notwithstanding this, and 
 wishing to be in the right to the last, I sent to Gen. Otis a commissioner with a request to 
 desist from this fearful undertaking, but he refused to do so. 
 
 My government cannot remain indifferent in a view of violent and aggressive usurpation 
 of its territory by a people who claim to be the champions of liberty, and so it is deter- 
 mined to begin hostilities if the American forces intend to get, by force, the occupation of 
 Visayas. 
 
 I denounce these transactions before the world in order that the universal conscience may 
 give its inflexible decision. Who are the manslaughters of humanity ? Upon their heads be 
 all the blood that will be wasted ! EMILIO AGUINALDO. 
 
 January 6, 1899. 
 
 The crisis was fast approaching. At Iloilo the expedition, under Gen. Marcus 
 P. Miller, was resisted, with arms, by the natives, and under instructions he 
 desisted from using force. When the manifesto of Aguinaldo was posted on the 
 
120 
 
 Caiiipaif^iiing in the Philippines. 
 
 walls of the city, the native population very largely quit the city for the provinces 
 and the insurgent army, the Spaniards sought safety in the walled city, the 
 American forces doubled its guards, and the men were kept in quarters and under 
 arms. 
 
 MILITARY GOVERNMENT IN THE PHILIPPINES. 
 
 The following is the series of orders organizing the administration of civil 
 affairs in the Philippines, under military authority. 
 
 General Orders, 
 No. 4. 
 
 Headquarters Department of the Pacific 
 AND Eighth Army Corps. 
 
 Manila, P. I., August 15 
 
 , 1898. } 
 
 I. Ill addition to his duties as Division Commander, Brigadier-General T. M. Anderson, 
 U. S. V., is hereby assigned to the command of the district of Cavite, and will remove his head- 
 quarters to that point. The garrison of the district of Cavite will be augmented upon the 
 arrival of the next transports containing troops for this command. 
 
 II. In addition to his duties as Brigade-Commander, Brigadier-General Arthur MacArthur, 
 U. S. V., is hereby appointed Military Commandant of the walled city of Manila, and Provost 
 Marshal-General of the city of Manila, including all the outlying districts within the municipal 
 jnrisdiction. Gen. MacArthur will remove his headquarters within the walled city, and will 
 bring with him one strong regiment of his command to take station within the walled town. 
 The commanding officer of the 2d Oregon Volunteer Inf., now stationed in the walled city, 
 will report to Gen. MacArthur, and the companies of the 2d Oregon Volunteer Inf., now at 
 Cavite, will, upon being relieved by other troops, be sent to Manila to join the regiment. Gen. 
 MacArthur will relieve the Civil Governor of his functions, and take possession of the offices, 
 clerks, and all machinery of administration of that office, retaining and employing the present 
 subordinate officers of civil administration until, in his judgment, it is desirable to replace them 
 by other appointments. 
 
 HI. Col. Janies S. Smith, 1st California Volunteer Inf., in addition to his duties as Regi- 
 mental Commander, is appointed Deputy Provost Marshal for the district of the city north of 
 the Pasig River, and will report to Gen. MacArthur. Col. S. Ovenshine, 23d U. S. Inf., is 
 appointed Deputy Provost Marshal for the districts of the city, including Ermita and Malate, 
 outside of the walled town and south of the Pasig River, and will report to Gen. MacArthur. 
 
 IV. Under paragraphs 3 and 4 of the terms of capitulation, full lists of public property 
 and stores, and returns, in duplicate, of the men by organizations, are to be rendered to the 
 United States within ten days, and public horses and public property of all kinds, are to be 
 turned over to the staff officers of the United States designated to receive them. Under 
 these paragraphs, the chief of artillery at these headquarters and the chiefs of the staff depart- 
 ments, will take possession of the public property turned over, as above, pertaining to their 
 respective departments. ' 
 
 The returns of the prisoners will be submitted to the Military Commandant of the city, 
 who will assign the men for quarters in such public buildings and barracks as are not required 
 for the use of the United States troops. The horses and private property of the officers of the 
 Spanish forces are not to be disturbed. The Chief Paymaster at these headquarters will turn 
 over such portion of the Spanish public funds received by him, by virtue of this order, to the 
 Military Commandant above designated, as may be necessary for the administration of his 
 office. 
 
 V. All removals and appointments of subordinate officers of civil administration, and 
 transfer of funds authorized by this order, must receive the approval of the commanding general 
 before action is taken. 
 
 VI. The Chief Quartermaster and Chief Commissary of Subsistence at these headquarters 
 will establish depots of supply in Manila, with as little delay as possible. 
 
 Quartermaster and subsistence depots will also be retained at Cavite. 
 
 By command of Major-General Merritt. 
 
 J. B. BABCOCK, Adjutant-General. 
 
Ca}Hpaii}^ninQ; in the Philippines. 
 
 121 
 
 General Orders, } 
 No. 8. f 
 
 Hp:adouarters Department of the Pacific 
 AND Eighth Army Corps. 
 
 Manila, P. I., August 22, 1898. 
 
 I. For the maiiiteiiaiice of law and order in those portions of the I’hilippines occupied or 
 controlled by the army of the United States and to provide means to promptly punish infrac- 
 tions of the same, Military Commissions and Provost Courts, composed and constituted in 
 accordance with the laws of war, will be appointed from time to time, as occasion may require. 
 
 II. The local courts, continued in force for certain purposes in proclamation from these 
 headquarters, dated August 14, 1898, shall not exercise jurisdiction over any crime or offense 
 committed by any person belonging to the army of the United States, or any retainer of the 
 army, or person serving with it, or any person furnishing or transporting supplies for the army, 
 nor over any crime or offense committed on either of the same by any inhabitant or temporary 
 resident of said territory. In such cases, except when courts martial have jurisdiction, juris- 
 diction to try and punish is vested in Military Commissioners and the Provost Courts, as here- 
 inafter set forth. 
 
 III. The crimes and offenses triable by Military Commission are murder, manslaughter, 
 assault and battery with intent to kill, robbery, rape, assault and battery with intent to commit 
 rape, and such other crimes, offenses or violations of the laws of war as may be referred to for 
 trial by the commanding general. The punishment awarded by Military Commission shall 
 conform, as far as possible, to the laws of the United States, or of either of the States, or the 
 custom of war. Its sentence is subject to the approval of the commanding general. 
 
 IV. The Provost Court has jurisdiction to try all other crimes and offenses referred to in 
 Section II of this order, not exclusively triable by court martial or military commission, in- 
 cluding violations of orders of the laws of war, and such cases as may be referred to it by the 
 commanding general. It shall have power to punish with confinement, with or without hard 
 labor, for not more than six (6) months, or with fine not exceeding two hundred and fifty 
 dollars ($250), or both. Its sentence does not require the approval of the commanding 
 general, but may be mitigated or remitted by him. 
 
 V. The Judge of the Provost Court will be appointed by the commanding general. When, 
 in the opinion of the Provost Court, its power of punishment is inadequate, it shall certify the 
 case to the commanding general for his consideration and action. 
 
 By command of Major-General Merritt. J. B. BABCOCK, Adjutant-General. 
 
 General Orders, ) Headquarters Department j 
 
 No. 1. ( OF THE Pacific. I 
 
 Manila, P. I., August 25, 1898. j 
 I. Until such times as by orders from these headquarters it shall be declared that the local 
 courts are re-organized, under proclamation from Headquarters Department of the Pacific and 
 Eighth Army Corps, dated August 14, 1898, and have resumed their criminal jurisdiction, all 
 crimes and offenses committed by inhabitants or temporary residents and not triable by court 
 martial, are triable by Military Commissions and Provost Courts. The graver of these offenses, 
 such as are usually punishable under the laws of the United States or either of the States, or under 
 the laws of war, by death or long terms of imprisonment, will be referred for trial to Military 
 Commissions, and charges in all such cases will be sent to the Judge Advocate at these head- 
 quarters for such reference. To the Provost Courts the Provost Marshal-General is authorized 
 to refer for trial all other crimes and offenses of the class referred to above which may, in his 
 opinion, be adequately punished within the punishing power of such courts, as hereinafter 
 established. 
 
 H. So much of paragraph IV. G. O. 8, c. s.. Headquarters Department of the Pacific and 
 Eighth Army Corps as limits the punishing power of the Provost Court for the city of Manila 
 to confinement, with or’ without hard labor, for not more than six months, or to a fine not ex- 
 ceeding two hundred and fifty dollars ($250) or both, is revoked, and the punishing power of 
 said court is fixed at confinement, with or without hard labor, for a period of one year, or fine 
 not exceeding one thousand dollars ($1000), or both. 
 
122 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 III. An Inferior Provost Court with jurisdiction to punish by confinement, with or without 
 hard labor, for a period of two (2) months, or by fine not exceeding fifty dollars (^50), or both, 
 is hereby established. 
 
 IV. Capt. Thomas R. Hamer, 1st Idaho Volunteers, is hereby appointed Judge of the 
 Inferior Provost Court. He will hold the sessions of his court at such times and places as may 
 be directed by the Provost Marshal-General. The procedure of this court will conform to that 
 of the Provost Court for the city of Manila, and a record of all cases tried, assimilated to that of 
 the Summary Court, will be kept. 
 
 V. Upon the last day of each month transcripts of all cases tried by the Provost Courts 
 during the month will be rendered by the Judges thereof, through the Provost Marshal-General, 
 to these headquarters, setting forth the offenses committed and the penalties awarded. 
 
 By command of Major-General Merritt. THOMAS H. BARRY, 
 
 Assistant Adjutant-General. 
 
 General, Orders, 
 No. 8. 
 
 Office of the U. S. Mieitary Governor in 
 the Phieippine Iseands. 
 
 Maniea, P. I., October 7, 1898. j 
 
 I. Until otherwise directed from these headquarters the civil courts, as composed and con- 
 stituted by the laws of Spain, which were held and administered prior to August 13, 1898, 
 within Philippine territory now subject to United States military occupation and control, are 
 permitted to resume at once the exercise of the civil jurisdiction conferred by Spanish laws 
 within the limits of that territory, subject, however, to such supervision by the military govern- 
 ment of the United States, here instituted, as in its judgment the interests of that government 
 may demand. This privilege does not extend to or embrace permission to institute criminal 
 proceedings or to exercise criminal jurisdiction of any nature or character whatsoever. 
 
 II. The provisions of orders heretofore issued by the authority of the United States in the 
 Philippine Islands inconsistent with the foregoing instructions and directions are hereby 
 revoked. 
 
 By command of Major-General Otis. THOMAS H. BARRY, 
 
 Assistant Adjutant-General. 
 
 Generae Orders, 
 No. 21. 
 
 Office of the U. S. Mieitary Governor^ 
 IN THE Phieippine Iseands. ( 
 
 m. f 
 
 Maniea, P. I., June 5, 1899. 
 
 I. The Courts of First Instance of the province of Manila, and the Courts of the Peace, here- 
 tofore held in the city of Manila, P. I., are hereby re-established and will exercise the juris- 
 diction, civil and criminal, possessed by them prior to August 13, 1898, in so far as compatible 
 with the supremacy of the United States in the Philippine Islands and the exercise of military 
 government therein, and will administer the laws recognized as continuing in force by pro- 
 clamation from these headquarters dated August 14, 1898, except in so far as these laws have 
 been, or hereafter may be, modified by the authority of the United States. 
 
 II. The division of the province of Manila into the four judicial districts of Binondo, 
 Tondo, Quiapo and Intramuros, as such districts existed prior to August 13, 1898, is continued. 
 The territorial jurisdiction of the Justice of the Peace in each of these districts shall be co- 
 extensive with that of the Court of First Instance therein. 
 
 By command of Major-General Otis. THOMAS H. BARRY, 
 
 Assistant Adjutant-General. 
 
 Generae Orders, 
 No. 22. 
 
 Office of the U. S. Mieitary Governor^ 
 IN the Phieippine Iseands. b 
 
 Maniea, P. I., June 17, 1899./ 
 
 I. The Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands and the Courts of First Instance and of 
 the Peace for the province of Manila, re-established in General Orders Nos. 20 and 21, c. s.> 
 this office, are announced as open and in the exercise of their jurisdiction, civil and criminal, 
 
Campaigning hi the Philippines. 
 
 123 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 on and after Wednesday, June 21, 1899. The sessions of the Supreme Court will be held in 
 the building known as the “Audiencia;” those of the Courts of First Instance and of the 
 Peace, in the building known as the “ Casa de la Moneda,” Intramuros. 
 
 II. The jurisdiction of the courts, specified in paragraph I of this order, and of other 
 civil courts which may hereafter be re-established, shall not extend to and include crimes and 
 offenses, committed by either citizens of or persons sojourning within the Philippine Islands, 
 which are prejudicial to military administration and discipline, except by authority specially 
 conferred by the Military Governor. Jurisdiction to try and award punishment in the class of 
 cases designated remains vested in the provost courts, court martial or military commissions. 
 
 By command of Major-General Otis. 
 
 THOMAS H. BARRY, 
 
 Assistant Adjutant-General. 
 
I.IKUT. NAYI^OR AND ME:n OF BATTFRY B, UTAH RIGHT ARTIRRFRY. 
 
 These gvins did most effective work in the battle of February 5th, and throughout the northern campaign. 
 
CHAPTER VIL 
 
 THE REVOLT OF THE FILIPINOS. 
 
 F or some time previous to the 4th of February, 1899, the tension 
 between the Americans and the natives had been great, both 
 in the city of Manila and along the lines of the army surround- 
 ing it. Within the city incidents were continually occurring 
 which made it evident to the Provost Guard that important 
 events were anticipated by the natives. Without the city the 
 American outposts were subjected to continuous insults which 
 daily were more marked as the Americans continued to endure 
 them with patience. The restraints of discipline were mis- 
 understood by the natives as manifestations of cowardice, and 
 there was an evident and growing desire on the part of the 
 natives to provoke a conflict in which they anticipated an 
 easy victory. Upon the part of the rank and file of the 
 Americans, and doubtless, also, upon the part of many of the officers, there 
 grew up a feeling of intense personal hatred of their tormentors, and an earnest 
 desire to be turned loose upon them and kill them. While many refused 
 to believe that Aguinaldo would really reach the point of ordering an attack upon 
 the American army, it was a general opinion among the officers of the Provost 
 Guard that existing conditions could not long continue, and that they would end 
 in a fight. The commanding generals, however, while fully alive to the danger 
 of the situation, were powerless, until actually attacked, to make any movement 
 to end it. It was felt that the Americans must not make the first hostile move 
 against those who had been so lately their allies, and of whose liberty they had 
 been proclaimed the champions. They could and did, however, take every pre- 
 caution not to be taken unawares at any point. The little army was disposed in 
 a thin line completely encircling the city, and facing the natives at all points. 
 The division, brigade and regimental commanders all had their instructions, and 
 were prepared to act at a moment’s notice. If an outbreak should occur, signals 
 were arranged for directing the fire of the fleet. 
 
 THE MILITARY vSITUATION. 
 
 The military situation was a very simple one. The old Spanish line of defense 
 against native attacks was a series of block-houses, more or less connected by 
 trenches or other works, completely enclosing the city on an irregular semi-circle 
 extending from the shore of the bay on the north to the shore on the south, and 
 with a radius of from two and a half to three and a half miles from a center in the 
 
126 
 
 Campaigning hi the Philippines. 
 
 mouth of the Pasig River. These block-houses were from one-half to three-fourths 
 of a mile apart, and were numbered regularly from 1, on the railroad, near the 
 shore on the north, to 15, a little south of Malate, on the shore on the south. All 
 
 the block-houses, from 1 to 9 
 inclusive, were north of the 
 Pasig River, and all numbered 
 higher than 9, were south of 
 the river. The natives had 
 taken possession of most of 
 these defenses, all the block- 
 houses, except Nos. 8, 10, 11 
 and 12, which were within the 
 general line of the semi-circle, 
 being occupied by them, on 
 February 4th. 
 
 UTAH LIGHT ARTILLERY IN ACTION. The Americau army was dis- 
 
 posed on a much smaller irregular semi-circle within these lines and facing 
 outward from the city. The object of the natives, in any attack, would be 
 to find a weak place in our line, break through it and rush into the city, 
 where their compatriots were all ready to rise, join them, and begin an orgie 
 of massacre and plunder. The object of the Americans, on the contrary, should 
 an attack be made, would be to repel it, maintain their line intact, assume the 
 offensive, and pursue the natives wherever they might go, so far as they could 
 do so without exposing the city to an attack from a new army which might spring 
 into existence at any moment from the dense population of hostile natives. The 
 natives had the advantage of overwhelming numbers, and better arms for their 
 infantry, but the Americans had the advantage of discipline, good artillery and 
 the smaller interior line, permitting rapid re-inforcement of threatened points, but 
 again the disadvantage of operating from a city the great majority of whose in- 
 habitants were intensely hostile and treacherous. The guns of the ships com- 
 manded all the entrenchments of the natives as far inland as they could reach, and 
 really rendered any attack upon our lines hopeless, except in the event of a sudden 
 rush, overpowering our troops in their defenses, and so mingling the men that the 
 ships would not dare to fire. This was doubtless what was expected by the 
 natives. But it did not happen. 
 
 DIvSPOSITION OF OUR TROOPvS. 
 
 Our army was divided into two divisions of two brigades each, the first 
 division, under Major-General T. M. Anderson, being stationed south of the Pasig 
 River, and the second division, under Major-General Arthur MacArthur, on the 
 north. 
 
 Beginning on the north, in the Tondo district, on the shore of the bay, the 
 troops of the .second, or MacArthur’s Division, were distributed as follows: 
 
 The 1st Brigade, under Brigadier-General H. G. Otis, extended from near the 
 shore of the bay easterly to a point about 400 yards southwest of block-house No. 
 4, in the following order: 20th Kansas, 3d U. S. Art., 1st Montana, 10th Penn- 
 
Cainpaignin}r in the Philippines. 
 
 127 
 
 sylvania, facing northerly; on their right, and facing northeasterly, was the 2d 
 Brigade, under Brigadier-General Irving Hale, extending from its connection 
 with the 1st Brigade to block-house No. 8, near the junction of the San Juan and 
 Pasig Rivers, in the following order: 1st South Dakota, at San Miguel, occupy- 
 ing the line about half way to block-house No. 5; 1st Colorado, at Sampoloc, 
 opposite block-houses Nos. 5 and 6; 1st Nebraska, from the right of the Colorados, 
 through Santa Mesa and McReod’s Hill to block-house No. 8, near the river. 
 
 The two brigades were supported by the Utah Right Artillery. 
 
 On the south of the river, Anderson’s Division was disposed as follows: 
 
 The 1st Brigade, under Brigadier-General Charles King, was made up of the 
 1st California, 1st Washington, 1st Idaho, and during February 5th, a Wyoming 
 Battalion. This brigade occupied a line from near the river to block-house No. 12, 
 and faced easterly or southeasterly; the 2d Brigade, under Brigadier-General 
 Samuel Ovenshine, was composed of the 14th U. S. Inf., 1st North Dakota, and 
 six troops of the 4th U. S. Cav., and occupied the line from block-house No. 12 
 to Fort Malate, on the bay, and faced southward. 
 
 There were also in this division, two batteries of artillery, one, of six guns, 
 under Capt. A. P. Dyer, 6th Art., and four mountain guns of the Astor Battery. 
 The artillery was under the direction of the division commander. There was 
 also one company of U. S. Engineers, acting as infantry 
 
 A PERIOD OF SUSPENSE. 
 
 During all the latter part of January, the two armies had faced each other 
 substantially as has been described. The Filipinos were gathering their forces, 
 organizing, drilling and fortifying, undisturbed by our generals. The orders 
 against foraging or other misdemeanors were strictly enforced in the American 
 army, and every effort made to avoid cause of collision. The Filipinos freely 
 came and went 
 through our 
 lines, and were 
 fully informed 
 of the disposi- 
 tion of our 
 troops and their 
 entrenchments. 
 
 The attitude of 
 the natives and 
 their insulting 
 actions and 
 words have 
 been described, 
 
 and gradually it was felt that the lines must be drawn a little closer, and the 
 armed Filipinos be somewhat restricted in their movements. A line of delimi- 
 tation was arranged between the American and Filipino commanders which 
 should not be crossed by armed men of either side. As the Americans, however. 
 
12<S 
 
 CatupaigJiifig in the I^hilippincs. 
 
 did not in all cases fully occupy the ground assigned to them, the Filipinos 
 Avere disposed to pass the limit and themselves occupy che ground. This led 
 to correspondence between Gen. MacArthur and the Filipino commander, who 
 agreed to order the withdrawal of his troops.* 
 
 * The details of this correspondence are interesting and are given, as follows: 
 
 [From the report of Gen. MacArthur.] 
 
 “ The pertinacity of the insurgents, in passing armed parties over the line of delimitation 
 into American territory, at a point nearly opposite the pipe-line outposts of the Nebraska Regi- 
 ment, induced a correspondence which, in the light of subsequent events, is interesting, as 
 indicating with considerable precision, a premeditated purpose, on the part of somebody in the 
 insurgent army, to force a collision at that point. The original note from these headquarters, 
 which was prepared after conference with the Department Commander, was carried by Maj. 
 Strong, who entered the insurgent lines and placed the paper in the hands of Col. San Miguel. 
 The answer of Col. San Miguel was communicated in an autograph note, which was written in 
 the presence of Maj. Strong, who also saw Col. San Miguel write an order to his officer at the 
 outpost in question, directing him to withdraw from the American side of the line. This order 
 Maj. Strong saw delivered to the officer on the outpost. The correspondence referred to is as 
 follows, the original of Col. San Miguel’s note, which was written in the Spanish language, 
 being enclosed herewith: 
 
 Headquarters Second Division, A 
 Eighth Army Corps. I 
 
 Maniea, P. I., F'ebruary 2, 1899. j 
 “Commanding Generae, Phieippine Troops In Third Zone — Sir: The line between 
 your command and my command has been long established, and is well understood by your- 
 self and myself. 
 
 It is quite necessary under present conditions that this line should not be passed by armed 
 men of either command. 
 
 “An armed party from your command now occupies the village in front of block-house 
 No. 7, at a point considerably more than 100 yards on my side of the line, and is very active 
 in exhibiting hostile intentions. This party must be withdrawn to your side of the line at once. 
 
 “From this date, if the line is crossed by your men with arms in their hands they must be 
 regarded as subject to such action as I may deem necessary. Very respectfully, 
 
 (Signedl ARTHUR MacARTHUR, 
 
 Major-General, U. S. V., Commanding. 
 
 San Juan Dee Monte, February 2, 1899. 
 
 “Major-Generae MacArthur — My Very Dear Sir: In reply to yours dated this day, 
 in which you inform me that my soldiers have been passing the line of demarcation fixed by 
 agreement, I desire to say that this is foreign to my wishes, and I shall give immediate orders 
 in the premises that they retire. Truly yours, SAN MIGUEE, 
 
 (Signed) Colonel and First Chief. 
 
 “At about 8:30 p. m., February 4th, an insurgent patrol, consisting of four armed soldiers, 
 entered our territory at block-house No. 7 and advanced to the little village of Santol, which 
 was occupied from the pipe-line outpost of the Nebraska Regiment. This, it will be observed, 
 was precisely the point referred to in the correspondence above quoted. 'The American sen- 
 tinel challenged twice, and then, as the insurgent patrol continued to advance, he fired, where- 
 upon the patrol retired to block-house No. 7, from whence fire was immediately opened by the 
 entire insurgent outpost at that point. 
 
 “At 9 P. M., Col. Stotsenburg, 1st Nebraska Inf., U. S. V., reported considerable firing at his 
 outposts, which extended gradually along the entire front of the division. At 10:10 p. m., it 
 was evident that hostilities had been commenced in earnest by the insurgents, and aecordingly 
 an order was issued from these headquarters to call out everything on the firing line according 
 to a program which had been pre-arranged for such an emergency.” 
 
BRIGADIER-GENKRAI.vS in the eighth army corps. 
 
 1. Brigadier-General Eloyd Wheaton. 3. Brigadier-General Francis V. Greene. 
 
 2. Brig.\dier-Gener.a^l Charles King. 4. Brigadier-General Harrison Gr.\y Otis. 
 
 ."). Brigadier-General Marcus P. Miller. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 129 
 
 At 8:30 p. M. on the night of February 4, 1899, a squad of four armed Fili- 
 pino soldiers, attempting to pass the American line near block-house No. 6, and 
 refusing to halt when challenged, was fired upon by Private Grayson of the 
 Nebraska Regiment, and war 
 with the Filipinos was begun. 
 
 Before the echo of the Nebras- 
 kan’s Springfield rifle had died 
 away, volleys were pouring 
 from the Filipino earthworks, 
 and a call to arms was ringing 
 through the Nebraska camp. 
 
 The Tagalos had intended to 
 draw our fire and they drew it. 
 
 The action began at three 
 principal points on our line — 
 block-houses Nos. 1, 2, and 3 on signal corps in the jungle. 
 
 the north, Santa Mesa on the northeast, and Santa Ana on the southeast of the city. 
 
 The fighting thus begun, while at first having the character of a general engage- 
 ment, which might have had a beginning and end, with certain definite results 
 immediately following, degenerated, after February 5th, into a series of detached 
 combats and independent operations which cannot well be described as a whole, 
 except to say that the rebels were not successful in breaking our line at any point, 
 but were promptly defeated everywhere, and immediatlly put upon the defensive. 
 
 Our lines were constantly pushed outward as the rebels retreated, and the 
 fighting continued on some part of the line almost continuously for weeks, and can 
 best be understood by following the operations of the different divisions or brigades, 
 until one by one they reached a period of rest. 
 
 OTIS’ BRIGADE OF MacARTHUR’S DIVISION. 
 
 Of the second division, the 1st Brigade, under Gen. H. G. Otis, was more or 
 less under fire during the night of the 4th, but it was the 20th Kansas and the 
 1st Montana Regiments chiefly which replied to the enemy’s volleys before day- 
 light. On the 5th, an advance of the entire line was made, the 10th Pennsylvania 
 on the right, the 3d U. S. Art. next, the Montana next, and the 20th Kansas on 
 the left, all pressing gallantly forward under fire. The losses sustained were con- 
 siderable, but the Filipinos were driven out at every point, with a much larger 
 loss. In this advance the 3d Art. suffered more heavily than the other regiments 
 of the 1st Brigade, having five killed and nineteen wounded. 
 
 Col. Kessler, with the 1st Montanas, advanced to and captured the Chinese 
 hospital and the adjacent walled cemetery, both of which were occupied as military 
 posts. The position of the 20th Kansas, on the extreme left, near the bay, was 
 covered by a thick wood in front, which concealed the Filipinos, to dislodge whom 
 Col. Funston resorted to volley firing. The 10th Pennsylvania with the 3d Art, 
 advanced upon La Roma church. As the artillery approached the church-yard 
 walls. Col. Hawkins divided his small command, throwing one wing to the 
 right and the other to the left of the walls, which his men passed on the run, 
 
 9b 
 
130 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 driving the enemy before them, and occupying the block-house in front. The new 
 position was immediately entrenched, three guns of the Utah Battery taking 
 position at the northeast corner of the churchyard, and two at the stone block- 
 house. A company of the 20th Kansas was sent by Gen. MacArthur to this point 
 to strengthen the 3d Art. line, and two companies of the 10th Pennsylvania to the 
 churchyard, where they remained until the 7th, and two companies of the Mon- 
 tanas under Maj. Drennen, from the city, to fill the gap in the 10th Pennsylvania 
 made by the withdrawal of two of its companies. 
 
 When the first advance was made on the afternoon of the 5th from the posi- 
 tion where the left of the line rested on the block-house peninsula at the mouth 
 of the Vitas Creek, one Kansas company was left to occupy this entrenched 
 position, and guard details of about sixty men continued to hold this block- 
 house.* Uater, this point was held by a company of the 23d Inf., taken from the 
 Provost Guard. 
 
 During the forward movement of MacArthur’ s Division on the afternoon of 
 the 5th, the Kansas Regiment advanced beyond the line intended for it by the 
 Division Commander, and captured two strong earthworks thrown up across the 
 
 VIEW OF AMERICAN TRENCHES. 
 
 road to Caloocan, and two adjacent block-houses. In this operation the Kansas 
 lost several men, but inflicted much greater loss on their opponents. When 
 Gen. MacArthur became apprised of this action, fearing that the regiment would 
 come into the zone of firing from the fleet which had been agreed upon, he im- 
 mediately recalled it. It was, however, ordered forward again on the 6th, when 
 the earthworks and the block-houses were found unoccupied. A position still 
 further to the front, about on a line with block- house No. 1, on the railroad was 
 then taken up, and a new alignment was perfected with the other regiments of 
 the 1st Brigade, running from the stone block-house No. 2, westward, across the 
 ravine adjacent, an intervening plain, and through a wood near the shore of the 
 bay, all promptly and strongly entrenched. 
 
 The Kansas did no more fighting until the evening of the 7th, when a captain 
 of that regiment who had entered the woods with about half a company, near 
 block-house No. 1, came unexpectedly upon the enemy, and Col. Funston with 
 
 * This block-house is not numbered. It was on the bay shore to the left, and west of 
 block-house No. 1 which was ou the railroad. 
 
Campais;ninQ; in the Philippmes. 
 
 131 
 
 three companies was directed to go to his assistance. A severe but brief engage- 
 ment followed, the Kansas losing one officer killed, and six enlisted men wounded. 
 The Filipinos left thirty dead upon the field. 
 
 Nothing further of importance from a military point of view occurred on this 
 brigade’s front for several days. Reconnaissances were made by the various com- 
 mands, and the usual outpost and trench duty performed with the alacrity of pro- 
 fessional soldiers, until the 10th, when by order of Gen. Mac Arthur, a general 
 advance was made upon the Filipino position in and about Caloocan. The action 
 was preceded by firing from the fleet, and also from field guns planted near La 
 Loma church, lasting for thirty minutes, after which the infantry advanced, mak- 
 ing a broad sweep to the right by a half turn, begun by the 20th Kansas on the 
 left, followed by the 1st Montana on their right, and the 3d Art. in the open. 
 During this operation the 10th Pennsylvania stood fast to the right of the block- 
 house No. 2, the pivotal point. The line was supported by two battalions of the 
 1st Idaho Inf. under Maj. Figgins, one of which was placed in the Montana, and 
 one in the rear of the Kansas Regiment. These troops advanced with those of 
 the 1st Brigade, remaining on the line throughout the action. The movement 
 resulted in placing, by night, the left in advance of Caloocan, with the new line 
 extended to block-house No. 2. Five guns from the Utah Battery, and two from 
 the 6th U. S. Art. one rifled mortar, and a Nordenfeld, constituted the artillery 
 force acting in conjunction with the infantry in the advance on Caloocan. 
 
 HALE’S BRIGADE OF MacARTHUR’S DIVISION. 
 
 Gen. Hale in his report says: “About 8:30 p. m. a patrol from Nebraska out- 
 posts on the water-pipe line, opposite block-house No. 7, was compelled to fire on 
 insurgents who advanced this side of their line and refused to halt. The fire was 
 returned, and the exchange of shots for a few minutes continued and then ceased. 
 Sometime afterwards the insurgents renewed the attack all along the line.” “Fir- 
 ing,” he says, “continued at intervals during the night, the insurgents always 
 taking the initiative.” But no definite 
 plan of battle could be adopted before 
 daylight. Soon after daybreak the two 
 Utah guns on Sampaloc Hill opened 
 fire on block-house No. 5, the earth- 
 works and the villages in the vicinity. 
 
 At 8:10 A. M. Companies B, K and L, 
 
 1st Colorados, under Maj. Anderson, 
 with Col. McCoy in general command, 
 charged and captured the places just 
 mentioned; and immediately afterwards 
 a battalion of the 1st Colorado, com- 
 posed of Companies E, F and G, under 
 Lieutenant-Colonel Moses, advanced 
 and captured the line between block- 
 houses Nos. 5 and 6. About the same time the Nebraskas, with Colorado Com- 
 panies D and I attached, all under Col. Stotsenberg, captured block-houses Nos. 
 
 WHERE THE MONTANAS LOST HEAVILY ON 
 FEBRUARY 5 , 1899 . 
 
132 
 
 Campaigning in the Phihpphies. 
 
 6 and 7, advancing afterwards to and across San Juan Bridge, taking the powder- 
 house and Deposito on San Juan Hill, the entire movement being completed by a 
 little after 12 o’clock noon. A Tennessee Battalion co-operated with the Nebraskas 
 
 and Colorados in the capture of San Juan Hill, 
 afterwards exploring and occupying San Filipe and 
 Mandalayan between San Juan and Pasig Rivers. 
 About 9 o’clock a. m. the 1st South Dakota Regi- 
 ment under Col. Frost charged and took block- 
 house No. 4 and vicinity, and about 3 o’clock p. m. 
 they co-operated v/ith troops of the 1st Brigade in 
 the capture of La Loma church, about two and a 
 half miles west of the block-house. In all these 
 brilliant charges and captures the various regiments 
 were greatly assisted by the Utah guns. 
 
 The casualties in the 2d Brigade during the 
 night of February 4th and the day of February 5th, 
 were twelve enlisted men killed, and twenty-eight 
 enlisted men and one officer, Lieut. Haughwout of 
 the 1st Colorados, wounded. Lieut. Haughwout 
 was hit by one of the first shots, while dressing to 
 go to the front, at the Colorado headquarters in 
 the city, more than a mile from the Filipino lines. 
 The staff officers of Gen. Hale, Capt. Brooks, 
 Capt. Krayenbuhl, Lieut. Perry, and Lieut. Connor 
 of the Engineers, who volunteered his service, had three miles of firing line with 
 which to keep in touch, and this they gallantly did, being under fire most of the 
 time. On Monday morning, February 6th, Gen. Hale applied for some additional 
 troops to assist in holding his long line so that he could make an advance on the 
 water-works, the immediate capture of which he urged before the enemy could 
 destroy them. One battalion of the 23d U. S. Inf., and one battalion of the 2d Ore- 
 gon were attached to the brigade to co-operate with the Nebraskas, and two attached 
 companies of the Colorados and the Utah guns — all of which were placed under 
 the direct command of Col. Stotsenberg. The Tennessee Battalion had been 
 ordered by the Department Commander to rejoin the Provost Guard in the city, 
 but when Gen. Hale reached the firing line they had taken the field on the 
 extreme right, and he was unable to communicate the order to them until after 
 the capture of the water-works, when they were returned to the city. 
 
 Col. Stotsenberg moved on the water-works, three and a half miles east of the 
 Deposito or reservoir, with the following troops: Two companies of the Colorados, 
 as advance guard; one battalion of the Tennessee in extended order on the 
 extreme right; one battalion of the Nebraska as a reserve, and four Utah guns 
 to follow the advance guard and clear the woods and roads to the right and left. 
 The Oregon Battalion guarded the Deposito, while the 23d Battalion proceeded 
 along the road from the Deposito toward Mariquina, about a mile north of the 
 water-works, to cover the attack on the latter place from a flank movement from 
 the north. 
 
 FILIPINO TRENCHES AT FORTSON’S 
 KNOLL AFTER BATTLE OF FEBRU- 
 ARY 5 , 1899 . 
 
Cainpaigniui^ hi the Phitippines. 
 
 133 
 
 At intervals on the way to the water-works, skirmishing occurred, in which 
 one of the Nebraskas was killed, and three wounded. A considerable number of 
 the insurrectos were killed, and a few taken prisoners. A short distance back 
 from the road, the body of Assistant-Surgeon Young, of the Utah Battery, was 
 found, with a powder-stained bullet hole in his head, showing that he had been 
 captured and afterwards killed. He had intended to meet Maj. Young at 
 the Deposito, but missed his way. A little while before his murder he had gone 
 across the line to attend to some Filipino wounded, which errand of mercy cost 
 him his life. 
 
 Maj. Goodale, with a battalion of the 23d, proceeded meanwhile along the 
 road from the Deposito towards Mariquina, his advance being much retarded by 
 the cane-brakes, ridges, and a generall}^ rough country. As they reached the 
 rising ground on the south side of the river, staggering under the heat and their 
 heavy loads, the air was fanned by a musketry discharge from the enemy. But 
 the artillery on a high cliff, a mile to the south of them, opened a fire for their 
 protection, which soon silenced the Filipino small arms, and our troops took pos- 
 session of a ready-made trench and lay on their arms until morning. 
 
 Gen. Hale had determined to clear the front of his right wing from the annoy- 
 ance of constant bushwhacking. On the morning of the 7th, the gunboat Laguna 
 de Bay, under Maj. Grant, began shelling the Filipino position, while detach- 
 ments of the 20th Inf. and 1st Nebraska swung in from the road to the water- 
 works, driving the Filipinos towards the Pasig River. At the same time the 
 Wyoming Battalion advanced on the enemy’s front. Attacked on three sides, the 
 insurrectos were driven back and the country between the reservoir and the pump- 
 ing station swept clean. In this engagement one man was killed and three 
 wounded on the American side, and considerable loss suffered by the Filipinos, 
 Gen. Hale was in command during this action and directed a movement on Mari- 
 quina, as a part of his plan. The town was surrounded, only to find white flags 
 on all the houses. On being assured that they would not be injured in person or 
 property, if they showed a friendly disposition, the natives readily shouted “Vive 
 Americanos,” 
 and declared 
 their desire to 
 become Ameri- 
 can citizens. 
 
 Subsequently, 
 under similar 
 circumstances, 
 
 Mariquina was 
 many times 
 taken and aban- 
 doned, the insur- 
 rectos returning work of the Kansas boys. 
 
 and occupying the town as soon as it was evacuated. It was at this point tha\ 
 Senor Paterno had collected 25,000 soldiers for a revolution, before Aguinaldo 
 returned from Singapore. 
 
134 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 On February 8th and 9th the lines were straightened and the 2d Brigade then 
 covered the front of block-houses Nos. 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 to San Juan River Bridge, 
 two and a half miles ; San J uan Bridge to the Deposito, one mile ; Deposito south 
 to Mandala 3 'an on Pasig River, two miles ; Deposito east to water-works on the 
 Mariquina River, three and a half miles, making a total front of nine miles. This 
 was afterwards increased, b}^ covering the Mariquina Road, north of the water- 
 works, to ten and a half miles. 
 
 Col. Stotsenberg on February 8th took three companies of the Nebraska Regi- 
 ment and advanced on Cainta and Taytay, which surrendered to him, the first of 
 their many surrenders. The insurrectos were at that time in full retreat towards 
 Antipolo. 
 
 On February 8th, the 23d Inf. was relieved by the W^^omings, and Gen. 
 Hale had then in his command the South Dakotas, the Colorados, the Nebraskas, 
 the Wyomings, one battalion of the Oregons and four guns of the Utah Battery. 
 
 This remained 
 the status of the 
 brigade till 
 March 14th. 
 Then the Colo- 
 rados and Ne- 
 braskas ex- 
 changed places 
 on account of 
 the exhausted 
 condition of the 
 latter regiment, 
 due to the con- 
 stant skirmishes 
 in their vicinity. 
 On March 17th, 
 
 PREPARIXa TO ADVANCE ON THE ENEMY. -j-pg IQth Pcnn- 
 
 sjdvania, which held the line on the left of the South Dakota Regiment, was 
 added to the brigade. On March 20th one battalion of the 13th Minnesota was 
 attached and placed on the water-works road, and on March 22d another battalion 
 of the same regiment relieved the battalion of the Oregons near the Deposito. 
 
 All through the da^’s of battle. Batteries A and B, Utah Tight Artillerj^, had 
 been of inestimable service. In response to the first alarm on the night of the 4th, 
 it had proceeded to the various places assigned in the districts east and north of 
 Manila and the Pasig River, and participated in the first repulse of the insur- 
 rectos, as well as in the general advance and the battle of the 5th. Two platoons 
 of four guns, under Tieuts. Gibbs and Webb, assisted in the important capture of 
 the water-works. 
 
 The strongest attack upon Mac Arthur’s Division developed at Santa Mesa and 
 Caloocan. The native troops fought bravely, but they were no match for the 
 stronger and more skilled warriors from over the seas. Aside from their physical 
 superiority, the Americans who had for so long held in leash their resentment at 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 135 
 
 the indignities to which they had been compelled to submit, were inspired by a 
 personal feeling which would not brook further restraint and became implacable 
 foes, fighting not only to repulse but to kill. Steadily they advanced, driving the 
 Filipinos before them from Santa Mesa to San Juan del Monte, capturing those 
 villages. 
 
 Gen. MacArthur’s estimate of the losses in his division from the 4th to the 10th 
 of February, was two officers, and forty-six enlisted men killed, and thirteen officers 
 and two hundred and twenty-three enlisted men wounded. 
 
 OPERATIONS SOUTH OF THE PASIG RIVER. 
 
 It will be remembered that the district south of the Pasig was occupied by the 
 first division, under Major-General Anderson. At 3:40 A. m., on the morning of 
 the 5th, the insurrectos opened fire on block-house No. 11, on the south side of 
 the Pasig. Concerning the movements of Gen. Anderson, he says in his report of 
 Februar}^ 18th to the Adjutant-General: 
 
 “I had just ridden up to my headquarters in the city, from which I had tele- 
 graphic communication with every post of my command. I first telegraphed 
 Corps Headquarters for permission to take the offensive when it became light 
 enough to do so. At seven o’clock I directed Gen. Ovenshine to open artillery fire 
 on block-house No. 14, and the wood near by, and to be prepared to drive the 
 enemy from Malate front, and if they yielded easily, turn to the left with part 
 of his command and sweep the enemy from his entire front ; if successful, to be 
 ready to re-inforce King’s right and turn to the left of the insurgent force operat- 
 ing from Santa Ana. This project was not carried out until later in the day, as 
 permission was not given to assume the offensive until eight o’clock. 
 
 “ In the meantime the firing on King’s line became heavier as the day ad- 
 vanced. The Washingtons, the Idahos, six companies of the California Regi- 
 ment, and Hawthorne’s Mountain Battery were put on the firing line, on the Paco 
 front. Four guns of Dyer’s 
 Battery, and four com- 
 panies of Californias were 
 sent to Battery Knoll on 
 the right. A battalion of 
 Wyoming Volunteers 
 which had reported the 
 night before, was brought 
 up to the intersection of 
 the Paco and Cingalon 
 Roads, so that it could re- 
 inforce either brigade as 
 occasion required. The 
 troops of the 4th Cav. 
 were kept in reserve. 
 
 “ The artillery soon began to do effective service, and drove the insurgents 
 from several strong positions near our line. Toward eight o’clock I learned that 
 neither the fire from the navy, nor our guns on Malate had shaken the hold of the 
 
136 
 
 Campaigni^ig i?i the Philippiyies. 
 
 enemy on Ovenshine’s front, and the volume of fire beyond Cingalon, and the 
 demand for ambulances showed that a desperate battle was being waged there. At 
 last at eight o’clock, a telegram came from Major-General Otis, authorizing an 
 
 advance, if not made too 
 far. I went at once to 
 Battery Knoll, taking 
 with me the Wyoming 
 Battalion. Finding there 
 three companies of Cali- 
 fornias, I placed these 
 seven companies under 
 the command of Col. 
 Smith of the 1st. Cali- 
 fornia, and directed him 
 to deploy and advance 
 
 SKIRMISH LINE UNDER HEAVY FIRE, BEHIND RICE “ PADDIES.” in line with the reSt Of 
 
 King’s Brigade substituting this for the intended co-operation of Ovenshine. 
 Smith’s right was a little later re-inforced by Company A, Battalion of Engineers, 
 under Lieut. Haan. Gen. King was present, and was ordered to advance as soon 
 as Smith deploj^ed. 
 
 ‘ ‘ These officers received this order with delight, and their troops with enthus- 
 iasm. The movement began at 8:20 A. M. with a rush over the creek on our 
 front, a cheer, and rattling volleys as the whole line advanced, not by rushes, but 
 with a rush. The insurgent line fell back before our advance, fighting, however, 
 with spirit. The rice-fields in our front were intersected by little irrigating 
 dykes, and behind each of these, a stand was attempted, the Filipinos firing from 
 behind them. Our men disdained these shelters and moved steadily on until 
 raking fire was opened on them from the redoubt on the neck of the bend between 
 Pandacan and Santa Ana. The Idaho Regiment made a turn to the left, charging 
 the reboubt, carrying it at the point of the bayonet, and driving a regiment of 
 the insurgents to the bank of the river. 
 
 “The California companies in Pandacan at the same time crossed Concordia 
 Creek and captured the smaller earthwork on the further bank. On the lower 
 side of Santa Ana, on the river, wms another earthwork in which two Krupp 
 guns were placed, bearing on the river, hut with embrasures also on the land side, 
 and to one of these one of the Krupp guns was transferred, when an advance was 
 made. To its fire, Hawthorne’s Battery replied with good effect, until its fire was 
 masked by the advance of our line. This earthwork was also carried, and both 
 Krupp guns captured. 
 
 “At the redoubt the Filipinos made a brave defense, as the Scotch guard at 
 Flodden Field formed an unbroken line around their king. So these misguided 
 insurgents fell where they fought, filling the trenches with an unbroken line of 
 killed and wounded. Apparently a whole battalion was driven to the bank of the 
 river. They attempted to cross in boats and by swimming, but not a man was 
 seen to gain the opposite bank. Their bodies have been floating down the stream 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 137 
 
 ever since.* Maj. Figgins, of the Idahos, estimates the enemy’s loss in this 
 movement in the neighborhood of 700 killed, wounded, drowned and captured. 
 
 ‘ ‘ At the same time the California Battalion charged and drove the enemy out 
 of Santa Ana, driving them from stone walls and convents, churches and houses, 
 and fighting their way through blazing bamboo huts from which the natives were 
 firing. This could not have been accomplished, had not Col. Smith’s command 
 broken the left of the insurgents’ line and carried the English cemetery which 
 was enclosed with a strong stone wall. The Regular Engineer Company, under 
 Eieut. Haan, volunteered for this service, and did yeoman’s work. 
 
 “The Wyoming Battalion, on the right of the line, did not advance with the 
 energy of the rest of the line. Had they done so, the enemy’s forces might have 
 been captured in Santa Ana. Retreating on San Pedro Macati, they attempted to 
 make a stand. A number attempted to hold the church and cemetery of San 
 Pedro Macati. Then the Wyomings came up, at last, and did good service. By 
 a skilful, tactical movement of the Engineer Company this strong position was 
 taken in reverse and carried. The insurgents finally broke and ran, and our forces 
 advanced and captured the church and monastery of Guadalupe, a mile beyond. 
 
 “Brigadier-General Ovenshine, commanding the 2d Brigade, had the North 
 Dakota Regiment, under Eieutenant-Colonel Treumann, occupying the old Spanish 
 trenches, from Fort Malate, on the bay, to an almost impassable swamp which 
 divided his line into two sections. From the further east side of his line was 
 block-house No. 13, on the Tripa de Gallina. His line was held by nine com- 
 panies of the 14th Inf., under 
 
 Maj. C. H. Potter, and three 
 dismounted troops of the 4th 
 Cav., under Capt. F. Wheeler, 
 on the extreme left. There 
 our men had to fight in dense 
 woods and bamboo thickets. 
 The enemy had strong en- 
 trenchments, and fired on us 
 from ditches and tree tops. 
 The fight waged here more 
 fiercely than anywhere else. 
 
 ‘ ‘ The left of our line could 
 not advance because the enemy 
 had a flank fire on it. When I 
 sent Smith’s improvised com- 
 mand to the left of King’s line, 
 I kept only one company in 
 reserve in support of the artil- 
 lery at Battery Knoll, but 
 
 GEN. HALE AND COL. STOTSENBERG CONFERRING WITH COL. 
 MIGUEL ON THE SAN JUAN BRIDGE A FEW DAYS 
 BEFORE THE OUTBREAK OF FEB. 4tH. 
 
 finding that two companies which had been out on outpost duty during the 
 night had been left behind in the advance, I ordered them over to the right to 
 
 * This report is dated February IStli. 
 
138 
 
 Campaig7iins; in the Philippines. 
 
 support Wheeler. This gave him one battalion of the 14th Infantry, his three 
 troops of cavalry, and one company each of Washingtons and Californias. 
 
 “ At about ten o’clock, Ovenshine ordered an advance. The North Dakotas 
 drove the enemy from their front back to the Carmelita convent. Maj. Potter, 
 with Mantile’s Battalion, 14th Inf., advanced through the woods to the right of 
 block-house No. 14, and Capt. John Murphy, with his battalion of the 14th Inf., 
 charged block-house No. 14 and the adjoining trenches. After a desperate fight, 
 the enemy were driven out, but not without inflicting serious loss on us. Capt. 
 Mitchell was mortally wounded leading his company. 
 
 “Lieut. Miles, 14th Inf., was first in the enemy’s trenches, and followed by 
 only six men, charged into the smoking ruins of the block-house. This was a 
 daring and brilliant feat of arms. At the same time Capt. Wheeler advanced 
 from block-house No. 13, but after coming in view of the enemy’s trenches, fell 
 back. A gun of Dyer’s Battery was sent to him, but on account of the dense 
 bamboo thicket, it could not do satisfactory service. Shortly before 2 p. m., Maj. 
 Rucker, 4th Cav., joined the cavalry battalion, and relieved Capt. Wheeler of 
 
 UTAH BATTERY IN ACTION AT BLOCK-HOUSE NO. 2. 
 
 command. Hearing of the successful advance of the North Dakotas, I telegraphed 
 Gen. Ovenshine to carry out the project I had arranged with him, to attempt to 
 roll up the enemy by a movement from right to left. As there was a long 
 delay in carrying out this order, I repeated it several times by telegraph, and 
 aides were sent with oral orders. It was at last found that he was under a false 
 impression that he had received orders from the Corps Commander. When this 
 misapprehension was removed, he made the movement with complete success. In 
 the meantime I had sent a battalion of the 1st Tennessee, under Lieutenant- 
 Colonel Gracey Childers, to the Cingalon front. They reached that point just as 
 the North Dakotas were clearing the front and driving the enemy into the woods 
 beyond the Tripa. The Tennessee Battalion, crossing said stream, opened on 
 them, as also did Dyer’s guns on Battery Knoll. Ovenshine then advanced with 
 his brigade to Pasai, which he found abandoned. Leaving part of his command 
 there, he marched with the rest up the Pasai Macati Road and opened communi- 
 cation with Gen. King at San Pedro Macati, and returning picketed the road. 
 This ended the fighting at the front, but soon after King’s Brigade had advanced 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 139 
 
 TRENCH SHOWING WORK OF WASH- 
 INGTON REGIMENT. 
 
 beyond Paco a number of insurgents, who had lain concealed in the town, began 
 to fire on the ammunition carts and hospital ambulances going to the front. 
 
 “Anticipating the possibility of this treachery, a small force had been left 
 Paco under Lieutenant-Colonel Duboce. For a 
 time there was a lively contest in the town. The 
 insurgents were so persistent that nearly all their 
 “nipa” houses had to be burned to dislodge them. 
 
 Forty-three prisoners were taken, all in ordinary 
 clothing, but unquestionably participants in the 
 savage warfare. While this was going on in the 
 town, a sharp musketry fire was opened on us from 
 a large stone church near the Paco Bridge. I 
 directed Dyer’s Battery on the Knoll to reverse 
 his guns and open on the church. It was soon in 
 flames, yet a number of desperate men took refuge 
 in the church tower. It was several hours 
 before they could be dislodged, and they kept up their resistance to the last. 
 
 “ During the engagement, the telegraph men of the Signal Corps did effective 
 service, carrying their lines to the extreme front at San Pedro Macati, Fort Malate 
 and Pasai. Lieut. Kilbourne, who was with the headquarters party, did a brave 
 act in climbing a telegraph pole at the Paco Bridge to string a broken wire, under 
 a cross-fire between desperados in the tower and our artillery. New troops are 
 generally demoralized by firing from flanks and rear. In this contest bullets 
 seemed to come from all directions, but our men continued unconcerned. 
 When I had my headquarters on Battery Knoll, the artillery men and my staff of 
 officers and orderlies were subject to this cross-fire during the entire engagement, 
 and as the enemy used smokeless powder it could only be surmised from what 
 direction the fire came. 
 
 “ At two o’clock I rode to King’s front and found his lines satisfactorily estab- 
 lished; then went to Cingalon front and found everything satisfactory there. 
 In this engagement we lost two officers and ninety-five soldiers wounded, and one 
 enlisted man killed. We can only estimate the enemy’s loss. Our burial parties 
 interred in their own trenches two hundred and thirty-eight insurgent dead. We 
 took about three hundred and six prisoners, and two very fine Krupp guns, 
 besides a large number of small arms, ammunition and ordnance stores. 
 
 “ This division had on the firing line in the battle of the 5th instant about 
 3850 officers and men. We werfe opposed, as I believe, by about 5000 insurgent 
 Filipinos. Of these, I estimate that 2000 were killed, wounded, captured or 
 scattered. Within two days we had captured Pasig and Pateros, and our scouting 
 parties had gone to the Laguna de Day." 
 
 THE TROOPvS OF THE PROVOvST GUARD. 
 
 The troops of the Provost Guard were glad of an opportunity to go to the 
 front. At the call to arms, on the night of the 4th, the 2d Oregon Inf. took posi- 
 tions assigned them at the gates and on the streets of the walled city. On the 
 6th, three companies, C, G, and K, under Maj. Hastwick, took the field in Paco 
 
140 
 
 Campaig7iinir in the Philippines. 
 
 district for the day. On the following day they were stationed at the water-works, 
 where they remained until the 10th. Company F was on guard at department 
 headquarters ; Compaii}^ H on duty at the Custom House. 
 
 The 13th Minnesota Inf., on the 4th, was under arms, patrolling the streets in 
 their respective districts and guarding the bridges and river front. Filipinos, 
 detected in signaling with lights from house-tops, were fired on. On the 5th, 
 patrols of Company C were attacked by 150 insurrectos, armed with bolos and 
 machetes, when they were re-inforced by the entire company, under Capt. Robin- 
 son, and the natives dispersed. Company M was transferred to a station in a 
 church in the Tondo district. 
 
 The 2d Battalion, 1st Tennessee, on the 5th, left camp and proceeded in the 
 direction of the water-works, having an engagement with the enemy and returning 
 to station. The 1st Battalion of the same regiment, on the 5th, took part in an 
 engagement with the Filipinos in Paco district, returning to station on the 6th. 
 The 3d Battalion of the same regiment proceeded to the Presidio of Manila and 
 Bilibid Military Prison, remaining there until the evening of the 6th. The 23d 
 Inf., as already mentioned, participated in the taking of the water-works, under 
 command of Maj. Goodale, on the 7th. 
 
 THE OPERATIONS OF THE FLEET. 
 
 When firing began, on the night of February 4th, the signals agreed upon by 
 the army and navy commanders could not be given until daylight, and firing from 
 the fleet without them would have been as dangerous to the American forces, 
 whose positions could not be known, as to the Filipinos. On the coming of day, 
 the Admiral’s ship lay directly in front of Manila, between the city and the 
 German cruiser Irene and the Spanish transport Alava. The Monadnock lay 
 
 about one mile off Fort Malate, and 
 with the coming of day commenced 
 firing ten -inch shells on the 
 enemy’s south line, blowing out 
 the breech-block of one of her guns 
 during the engagement, having one 
 man killed and two wounded. Her 
 fire, directed by Lieut. E. E. Kelly, 
 1st Company U. S. V. Signal Corps, 
 lasted through the forenoon of the 
 5th, and was very effective, destro}'- 
 ing villages and killing many Fili- 
 pinos. In the afternoon, the 
 Charleston relieved the Monadnock 
 and continued the firing during 
 the remainder of the day and night, and the day of the 6th, using six and eight- 
 inch guns. She was again joined by the Mo7iad7iock., when they patrolled the beach 
 as far south as Paranaque, setting villages on fire and driving the Filipinos from 
 their trenches. The Charlesto7i remained in this service until the 9th of February, 
 when she was relieved by the Buffalo^ which held the position throughout the 
 
 GEN. MAC ARTHUR AND STAFF WATCHING BATTLE OF 
 CALOOCAN FROM LA LOMA CHURCH. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 141 
 
 remainder of the campaign. On the morning of the 5th, the Charleston was 
 lying off the block-house near the mouth of the Vitas River, on the north 
 side, about 1000 yards from shore, and during the forenoon, with ten-inch shots, 
 enfiladed the Filipino line in front of the Kansas Inf. until she relieved 
 
 the Monadnock, the Concord taking her position. The Callao, “Tappan’s 
 
 battle-ship,” as Admiral Dewey was fond of calling this little boat, patrolled 
 the beach on this side, her firing being directed by Lieut. C. M. Gordon, 
 18th Company, U. S. V. Signal Corps. The Callao patrolled close in shore, 
 using three-pounders and rapid-fire guns, her fire being directed on the block- 
 house. During the afternoon, the Concord fired six-inch shells on the 
 
 Filipinos in front of the Kansas lines, continuing the bombardment on the 6th. 
 
 An eight-ench shell from the Concord w^as thrown into the church at Malabon, 
 occupied as headquarters by the enemy, and exploding, completely demolished it. 
 By ten o’clock of the 6th, the Callao had so destroyed the block-house at the 
 mouth of the Vitas River that it was taken with a detachment of twenty men 
 under Lieut. Ball. 
 
 The Concord and Callao held their positions until the 9th of February, when, 
 an advance being made on Caloocan, the Monadnock came up to assist in shelling 
 the Filipino lines. In this engagement the Coiicord and Callao fired about thirty 
 
 LIEUT. WEBB’S GUNS ON SANTA MESA HILL, SHELLING BLOCK-HOUSE NO. 7 AND SAN JUAN BRIDGE. 
 
 shots. On the 25th of February, these two ships were relieved by the Bennington 
 and the Helena. The latter was, like the Callao, a light draft boat, and with her 
 did patrol service, intercepting and capturing many of the insurrectos’ boats carry- 
 ing supplies to their lines. 
 
 The activity of the land forces made it difficult to direct the fire, but the 
 moral effect, as well as the destructive energy of the navy guns was of very great 
 assistance to the Americans. The fleet in the harbor had a reputation for invinci- 
 bility which of itself was as valuable as regiments of fighting men in sustaining 
 the splendid courage of our troops, and disconcerting the confidence of the Fili- 
 pinos. Not only in the first two or three days of battle was the navy of such 
 consequence, but all through the weeks of campaigning in the vicinity of Manila 
 which followed. 
 
 As a result of the operations of the first week the American lines had been 
 advanced in all directions outward from the city, and extended from a point beyond 
 Caloocan southeasterly to the San Juan River, and thence easterly to the pumping 
 
142 
 
 Cauipaigiiing in the Philippines. 
 
 Station which it was a vital necessity to hold firmly. The towns of Pasig and 
 Pateros, situated in a marshy district on the river, had been occupied and our 
 southern line pushed forward to Malate. The Corps Commander, Gen. Otis, how- 
 ever, had not the force to occupy and adequately guard so large a district, and on 
 the south of the river the line was gradually moved back to San Pedro Macati. 
 Pending the arrival of re-inforcements nothing could be done except to hold such 
 territory as was deemed absolutely essential, with occasional extensions to chastise 
 the insurgents when they became too bold. This involved constant changes of 
 position of our troops, especially on the south side of the river, which it would be 
 confusing to attempt to follow, and the taking, abandoning, and retaking of many 
 villages. The behavior of the natives was very trying. They were practically all 
 sympathizers of Aguinaldo, and the men were with the army so far as they could 
 be furnished with arms. As there were many more men than arms there seemed 
 to be a constant change in the personnel of the rebel army, a simple change of 
 clothing sufficing to transform a ferocious warrior to a peaceful citizen, and vice 
 
 battle-fip:ld over which our troops passed in the capture of caloocan. 
 
 versa. When our army approached a town everything that could be made 
 to do duty as a white flag was displayed. When we entered^ all the inhabi- 
 tants declared themselves “amigos,” and blessed the Americans. When we 
 departed the white flags came down and they were all “insurrectos” again. The 
 rules of civilized warfare were disregarded. If, in skirmishing, the Filipinos 
 killed an American cut off from his command, they shot him to pieces, often so 
 that his body could not be recognized. The natives were not altogether united, 
 however. On the 12th of February the Macabees and other natives of the Pam- 
 panga province near Malolos, sent a messenger to Gen. Otis, offering to desert 
 Aguinaldo, and join the Americans with 3000 organized troops, armed and 
 equipped, and needing only rations. They claimed that they had fought against 
 Aguinaldo as allies of the Spanish. For prudential reasons the overtures were 
 not accepted. At a later period some of the Macabees were employed as scouts. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 143 
 
 A LULL PENDING ARRIVAL OF RE-INFORCEMENTS. 
 
 After the establishment of our lines as described, there was nothing further to 
 be accomplished until re-inforcements should arrive from the United States. The 
 natural defenses of Manila having been reached, and a defensive line established 
 about the city, the fighting was only such as 
 resulted from the meeting of scouting parties. 
 
 On the 15th of February, a portion of the 4th 
 Cav., on a reconnaissance, encountered a party 
 of Filipinos near Paranaque, and in an exchange 
 of shots had one of its men wounded. The 
 cruiser Buffalo, later on the same day, fired a 
 few small shells to arrest the operations of 
 another party of natives who were attempting 
 to mount a battery near Paranaque, causing 
 them to withdraw their guns to the tower. 
 
 Frequent small affairs like these simply kept alive the embers of war during 
 February and early in March. Rumors, however, were rife of the intensions of 
 Aguinaldo, and there was a growing impression that a crisis for the city was 
 impending. The natives in Manila had been greatly affected by the disastrous 
 results which followed the attack upon the Americans, of the 4th and 5th. 
 They had been buoyed up ev^er since the capitulation of Manila in the previous 
 August, by the hope that when the Americans should withdraw from the city, 
 whether compulsorily or not, they would, in the confusion which was sure to 
 ensue, have the long desired opportunity of looting the city and wreaking ven- 
 geance upon the Spanish population. But this expectation had not been realized, 
 and they were disappointed and wrathful, looking upon the new invaders as taking 
 the place of the old. Considering the miscarriage of this part of the revolt, and 
 the heavy losses they had sustained, they were in a condition bordering on frenzy. 
 That condition had been met with tact by a strong hand, but American troops 
 were eager to avenge their fallen comrades; the Filipinos were sullenly awaiting 
 an opportunity to repeat their first revolt. 
 
 THE FILIPINOS PREPARE FOR A MASSACRE 
 
 That there was ground for alarm was made evident by the finding at Malabon, 
 of the following order which was to have been executed on the 15th, its execu- 
 tion being only delayed by the capture of Caloocan and succeeding events. 
 
 First, you will dispose so that at eight o’clock at night the individuals of the territorial 
 militia at your order will be found united in all of the streets of San Pedro, armed with their 
 bolos and revolvers, or guns and ammunition if convenient. 
 
 Second, Filipino families only will be respected. They should not be molested, but all 
 other individuals, of whatever race they be, will be exterminated without any compassion after 
 the extermination of the army of occupation. 
 
 Third, the defenders of the Philippines in your command will attack the guard at Bilibid, 
 and liberate the prisoners and “presidarios,” and having accomplished this they will be armed, 
 saying to them, “Brothers, we must avenge ourselves on the Americans, and exterminate them 
 that we may take our revenge for the infamy and treachery which they have committed upon 
 us; have no compassion upon them; attack with vigor. All Filipinos en masse will second you 
 — long live Filipinos’ independence.’’ 
 
144 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippmes. 
 
 Fifth, the order which will be followed in the attack will be as follows: The sharpshooters 
 of Tondo and Santa Ana will begin the attack from without, and these shots will be the signal 
 for the militia of Troso, Binondo, Quiapo and Sampaloc to go out into the street and do their 
 duty; those of Paco, Brniita, Malate, Santa Cruz and San Miguel will not start out until twelve 
 o’clock, unless the}^ see their companions need assistance. 
 
 Sixth, the militia of Tondo will start out at three o’clock in the morning; if all do their 
 duty our revenge will be complete. Brothers, Europe contemplates us. We know how to die 
 as men shedding our blood in the defense of the liberty of our country. Death to the tyrants ! 
 War without quarter to the false Americans who have deceived us ! Either independence or 
 death ! 
 
 The fourth paragraph was not furnished to the press, but its substance could 
 be conjectured. 
 
 Following the discovery of this plot, the tension in the city was high. The 
 guards were doubled, and squads of soldiers searched the suspected houses. Not- 
 vvithstanding this watchfulness, a secret conference of 100 Filipinos at mid- 
 night was discovered, adding to the general apprehension. Day by day, incidents 
 more or less alarming were occurring. 
 
 THE ATTEMPT TO LOOT MANILA. 
 
 On the evening of the 22d of February, a considerable body of Filipinos, 
 leaving their entrenchments at Malabon, forded the swamps on Gen. Mac Arthur’s 
 left and entered the city. At eight o’clock, an incendiary fire broke out in the 
 Calle la Coste, in the Santa Cruz district, where, owing to the inflammable nature 
 of the native houses, the flames spread rapidly. The city fire department being 
 
 AT THE BATTLE OF TONDO. — WORK OF MINNESOTA MEN. 
 
 unable to deal with a serious conflagration, the English fire brigade was sum- 
 moned from Santa Mesa, and after several hours brought the fire under control. 
 In the meantime, confusion reigned, notwithstanding the thorough police arrange- 
 ments directed by Gen. Hughes. The district was, by the closing of the electric 
 circuit, deprived of light, except that from the burning buildings. In the semi- 
 darkness the hose of the fire brigade was several times cut, causing the issuing 
 
Cauipaignins;- in the Philippines. 
 
 145 
 
 of an order to drive the natives into vacant lots, and- guard them there. This 
 action stopped the placing of impediments in the way of the firemen, although in 
 their anxiety to save their furniture and property, such of the inhabitants as were 
 not participating in the 
 plot to burn the city, had 
 crowded the streets for a 
 quarter of a mile. The 
 flames in Santa Cruz dis- 
 trict had hardly been 
 subdued, when another 
 conflagration was started 
 in Tondo district, where 
 there were three miles of 
 “nipa” houses. When 
 the firemen and soldiers 
 made an attempt to ex- 
 tinguish the burning houses, they were met with a fusilade from the windows 
 and roofs of the buildings passed. The firemen, then, in connection with the 
 soldiers, directed their efforts to clearing these houses of the assassins, while the 
 fire was unheeded. 
 
 GREAT DESTRUCTION OF PROPERTY BY FIRE. 
 
 The fires and the frequent shots spread terror through Manila. It was remarked 
 that immediately before the first fire-alarm, the sounding of a native bugle had 
 startled the city. Timid persons, men and women, hoping to find safety on board one 
 of the men-of-war, hastened from their houses or hotels into the streets, only to be 
 turned back at the first corner, by a guard. The Chinese population hurried 
 across the bridges, into the city, to seek the protection of their consulate ; and 
 all night long the fire spread, devastating the Tondo district and destroying prop- 
 erty, valued at a million dollars, which belonged to the natives themselves. So 
 nearly had Aguinaldo’s plot, to destroy the lives and pillage the property of the 
 foreigners in Manila, succeeded. 
 
 THE ATTEMPTED MASSACRE FAIRS. 
 
 The failure did not deter the insurrectos from making a concerted attack on 
 Mac Arthur’s front during the forenoon. At the first sign of hostilities the artil- 
 lery was brought into action, the insurrectos replying not only by volley firing, 
 but with six shots from a battery. The signal was then given from the station to 
 the Monadnock, which hurled ten-inch shells, as indicated by the Signal Corps, 
 over the American lines into the Filipino positions. About eleven o’clock there 
 were sharp engagements at the Chinese cemetery and at San Pedro Macati, with 
 the apparent design of withdrawing attention from the city. In this intention the 
 enemy was checked by the artillery of the Americans. The MonaduocPs shells, 
 also, added to the extent of fires still burning in Tondo, Santa Cruz, San Nicolas, 
 and other environs. Early in the afternoon the Filipinos, becoming convinced 
 of the futility of their present efforts, abandoned their designs on Manila and retired. 
 
 lOb 
 
146 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 Numerous arrests had been made in the Tondo district, and two carloads of 
 arms, with accoutrements, captured, together with sixty of the enemy, guarding 
 them. Early on the afternoon of the 23d, one battalion of the 23d Inf., under 
 Maj. Goodale, three companies of Minnesotas, three of the Oregons, and a bat- 
 talion of the 4th Cav. were ordered to this position. Proceeding along the road 
 they were fired on from house-tops, making their advance slow. At Tondo Bridge 
 they encountered about 250 of Aguinaldo’s army, who, during the night, had 
 built fine trenches across the road and taken possession of the bridge, cutting the 
 line of communication with MacArthur’s front wing. Here occurred one of the 
 fiercest engagements of the campaign, the insurrectos making a stubborn resist- 
 ance, but being overcome by superior strength. In this battle Capt. N. C. Robin- 
 son, of the Minnesotas, a non-commissioned officer, and six privates were 
 wounded. The Filipino loss was twenty killed and many wounded, to whom the 
 
 American surgeons gave 
 their services as kindly 
 as to their own people. 
 Hundreds of refugees 
 afterwards came into the 
 American lines — soldiers, 
 who had thrown away 
 their uniforms, weeping 
 women, bearing their 
 children in their arms, 
 and sullen, hopeless men. 
 
 On MacArthur’s right 
 the Filipino army had 
 pressed the American 
 lines closely, looking for 
 a point of the least resist- 
 ance, but Col. Frost of 
 the South Dakotas, by a 
 flank movement drove 
 them back, with a loss of Lieut. Eugene S. French, 1st Montana Volunteers, 
 and one private of the South Dakotas, killed, and two other Dakotas wounded. 
 
 Threats to burn the walled city on the night of the 23d were current, and fear- 
 ing the attempt, the wives of army officers and other Americans were taken on 
 board the transport St. Paul to remain until order should be restored. To the 
 gloom of the situation was added the shadow of heavy clouds of smoke hanging 
 over the city and its environs. This element of discomfort had indeed driven many 
 of the natives to the beach, where they w^ere exposed to artillery firing, and wLere 
 many were killed. Extraordinary precautions were taken by Gen. Otis to prevent 
 a recurrence of incendiarism, one of which was the establishment of a curfew 
 regulation, by which all persons without orders or passes were confined to their 
 houses after seven o’clock in the evening. This seriously interfered with the com- 
 fort and convenience of all classes of people, but was recognized as necessary to 
 their safety. 
 
 FOURTH CAVALRY AT SAN PEDRO MACATI. 
 
Campaigning; in the Philippines. 
 
 147 
 
 THE INSURRECTOvS ASK A CONFERENCE. 
 
 Following the re-establishment of comparative quiet in and about the city, 
 there was but little fighting. On February 27th, under a flag of truce, the insur- 
 rectos asked for a conference, and prominent Filipinos attempted to open negotia- 
 tions with Gen. Otis, but were met with a demand for unconditional surrender. 
 During the week following February 27th, there was no general attack from either 
 side of the contending armies. But on the 2d of March an unsuccessful attempt 
 
 BATTLE OF SANTA MESA, SHOWING BLOCK-HOUSE NO. 8, AND THE ROTE EACTORV WHICH 
 WAS AFTERWARDS BURNED BY THE NEBRASKANS. 
 
 was made to dislodge the American outposts in front of San Pedro Macati, result- 
 ing in a severe loss to the Filipinos. On the 4th of March, the U. S. gunboat 
 Bennington was fired upon by the insurrectos, and replied by shelling the suburbs 
 of Malabon. The arrival about this time, of several transports with troops 
 materially strengthening our position, may have given the Department Commander 
 a greater confidence in the army, a crushing blow to the rebellion being promised 
 about this date. 
 
 RENEWED ATTACKS ON THE WATER-WORKS. 
 
 On the night of March 5th, the Filipinos attacked Gen. Hale’s front, but were 
 driven off after a short encounter. This action centered about Mariquina. No 
 sooner was the fight well under way than the Filipinos, knowing that Hale’s force 
 had been weakened by sending troops to Mariquina, attacked the water-works 
 in the rear. They thus attempted to recapture the pumping station, but with- 
 out success. This continued attempt on the part of the enemy to recapture the 
 water-works caused Gen. Hale, on March 7th, to move forward for the dislodg- 
 ment of the Filipinos on his front. Throwing forward detachments from the 20th 
 Inf., 1st Nebraska and 1st Wyoming, supported by a gunboat under the command 
 of Capt. Grant, the enemy was attacked on three sides and rapidly driven back, 
 leaving the country free between the reservoir and pumping station. 
 
 The brigade of Gen. King, which had been placed temporarily under the com- 
 mand of Gen. Wheaton, during the interval between February 27th and March 
 13th, had been much annoyed by this desultory fighting. So also were the troops 
 in front of Caloocan. On the recovery of Gen. King from his illness, he was 
 returned to his command and Gen. Wheaton was assigned to the command of a 
 
148 
 
 Cai>ipaignin(r in the Philippines. 
 
 flying column, with orders to drive out the enemy along the Pasig River, and 
 thereby break all communication between the northern and southern wings of 
 Aguinaldo’s army. 
 
 WHEATON’S FLYING COLUMN. 
 
 Reference to the map will show that the American position at the water -works, 
 which it was essential to maintain, was much in advance, on the eastward, of the 
 general line of our army, and greatly exposed to flank attacks from Pasig and 
 vicinity where the insurrectos were encamped. The repeated attempts on the 
 water-works have been mentioned, and there was a constant feeling of insecurity 
 with so vital a point so greatly exposed. Added to this was the easy communica- 
 tion of the insurgents south of the Pasig with Aguinaldo’s headquarters and army 
 at Malolos. The army having been strengthened by the arrival of re-inforcements, 
 it was determined to put an end to these conditions by driving the insurrectos out 
 of the Pasig district. To this end a “Provisional Brigade’’ was organized, which 
 has been known as “Wheaton’s Flying Column,’’ and placed under the command 
 of Brigadier-General Lloyd Wheaton, with instructions to clear the Pasig 
 country. The following account of the operations of this brigade is given in the 
 language of an officer who accompanied the expedition: 
 
 “ By general orders No. 11, Headquarters Department of the Pacific and 
 Eighth Army Corps, Gen. Wheaton was assigned to the command of “A Provisional 
 Brigade,’’ composed of the 20th and 22d Regiments of U. S. Inf., two battalions 
 of the 1st Washington Volunteer Inf., seven companies of the 2d Oregon Volun- 
 teer Inf., a platoon of 6th U. S. Art., and a squadron of three troops 4th U. S. 
 Cav. His instructions were to clear the enemy from the country to Pasig and to 
 strike him wherever found. The brigade was formed on the night of March 12th, 
 and bivouacked in line in rear of the entrenched position extending from San 
 Pedro Macati on the Pasig one mile and a half in the direction of Pasai from right 
 to left in the following order: Squadron 4th U. S. Inf., Lieutenant-Colonel 
 
 TAKING SUPPLIES TO THE FRONT 
 
 McCaskey; seven companies 2d Oregon Volunteer Inf., Col. Summers; one 
 platoon, two guns, 6th U. S. Art., Lieut. Scott; two battalions 1st Washington 
 Volunteer Inf., Col. Wholley. Soon after daylight on the morning of March 13th, 
 the brigade moved by Echelon, from the right, the cavalry and the 22d U. S. Inf. 
 moving first, then the 20th U. S. Inf., followed by the 2d Oregon Volunteer Inf. 
 
Campaignifig in the Philippines. 
 
 149 
 
 When the cavalry and 22d Inf, had advanced one mile and a half, the line wheeled 
 to the left and marched toward the river road along the Pasig. Scott’s guns had 
 now opened fire upon the position of the enemy at Guadalupe, and the left of the 
 line advancing, forced him out, the 20th Inf. and the 1st Washington Volunteer 
 Inf., reaching the church at Guadalupe at nearly the same time. The right of 
 
 VIEW OF CALOOCAN, SHOWING BURNED DISTRICT. 
 
 the 22d Inf., struck the enemy as he was retreating in the direction of Pasig, 
 inflicting heavy loss. The whole line moved on and occupied the Pasig Road, and 
 then marching east along the road, soon came under fire of the enemy from his 
 entrenched position at Pasig, on the north side of the river; opened fire upon his 
 entrenchments from one gun on the road, and placed the other upon a cliff or 
 ridge, extending at right angles to the Pasig; occupied the ridge with infantry, 
 and extended the 20th and 22d U. S. Infs, to the right on the high ground in the 
 direction of Pateros. One battalion of the 22d Inf., under Capt. Tockwood, and 
 the squadron of 4th Cav., under Maj. Rucker, attacked a force of the enemy in 
 the direction of Pateros and drove him beyond Taguig. The gunboat Lagima 
 de Bay., under Capt. Grant, came up, and night closed in with the enemy driven 
 to the north side of Pasig. March 14th, Gen. Wheaton extended his line to the 
 south and west of Pateros, and reconnoitered the country to the west and south. 
 The cavalry engaged the enemy in force in the direction of Taguig and drove 
 him beyond that place. 
 
 “The enemy being entrenched in the bamboo thickets across the channel near 
 Pateros, the 1st Washington Volunteer Inf., one battalion under Maj. J. J. Weis- 
 senburger, crossed the channels in canoes and by swimming, stormed the entrench- 
 ments and captured or killed all the rebels there. The town of Pateros took fire 
 and burned. March 15th one battalion of the 20th U. S. Inf. was ordered across 
 the river at Pasig under command of Maj. Rogers; a gun was brought up and 
 the entrenchments in front of Pasig and to the left shelled. The battalions of the 
 20th Inf. carried the city by storm. A part of the 2d Oregon Volunteer Inf. were 
 crossed below Pasig and when the rebels fled from Pasig they were exposed to a 
 heavy flank fire from this detachment. The whole of the 20th Inf. was then sent 
 over to Pasig, the regiment being carried across upon the steam launch Maritimo. 
 The 1st Washington was advanced on the right to Taguig and captured about 
 500 prisoners. Night came on with the enemy in the front, and on the 
 
150 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 right killed, captured or dispersed. The enemy lost at least 1000 men this 
 day. March 16th Ivieiitenant-Colonel McCaskey, 20th U. S. Inf. at Pasig, 
 was instructed to clear the country in his immediate vicinity of any of the insur- 
 gents who might be lurking near, and soon after he sent a despatch that he had 
 sent out two battalions to be deployed as skirmishers to clear the island of Pasig. 
 Soon after a heav}" and continued firing was heard to the east and north of Pasig. 
 At 12 M. it was learned that Maj. William P. Rogers, commanding 3d Battalion 
 20th Inf., had come upon the enemy entienched, 1000 strong, at the 
 village of Cainta and that he had carried the entrenchments and burned the town, 
 the enemy flying in the direction of Taytay. Maj. Rogers returned .with his bat- 
 talion to Pasig. In this affair he lost two killed and fourteen wounded. 
 
 On the 17th of March, by direction of the Corps Commander, the 20th U. S. 
 Inf. returned to Manila, being relieved at Pasig by a part of the 1st Washington 
 Volunteer Inf. On the afternoon of March 18th a force of the enemy appeared in 
 the vicinity of Taguig, which was held by one company of the 1st Washington 
 Volunteer Inf. The place was re-inforced with two companies of infantry, and the 
 colonel of the 22d Inf. directed to send a battalion south of the position, held by 
 his regiment, and to the west of Taguig to ascertain the force of the enemy. The 
 latter was found about 800 strong, occupying the crests of the ridges, and a 
 spirited combat ensued, which was terminated by darkness. The 22d Inf. had 
 twenty men killed and wounded in this affair. Among the wounded was 
 Capt. Frank B. Jones, 22d Inf., commanding the battalion. The enemy fell back 
 toward the south. 
 
 “The morning of March 19th, soon after daylight, Gen. Wheaton formed line, 
 deployed in the extended order, facing to the south as follows: 22d U. S. Inf., six 
 companies, center; 1st Washington Volunteer Inf., six companies, left. The line 
 advanced and struck the enemy four miles south of Taguig; wheeling to the 
 left the enemy was partly enclosed toward the lake and completely routed with 
 great loss. The left of the line pursued him down the lake for fifteen miles from 
 
 VIEW OF BURNING OF TONDO DISTRICT, SHOWING DEPOT OF MANILA & DAGUPaN RAILROAD. 
 
 Taguig as far as San Pedro Tunasan, all the houses along the lake to that point 
 being burned. The enemy’s entrenchments on the left and in front of the 1st 
 Washington Volunteer Inf. were carried, the enemy leaving more than 200 dead 
 upon the field. The command returned to the vicinity of Pateros and bivouacked 
 there, receiving orders to return to their respective former encampments near 
 
Cauipai^niiig in the Philippines. 
 
 15T 
 
 Manila, excepting that the 1st Washington Volunteer Inf. was designated to hold 
 Pasig, Pateros and Tagiiig and adjacent country. This ended the operations of 
 the “Provisional Brigade.” In one week all the enemy’s positions, that were 
 attacked, were taken and his troops killed, captured, or dispersed. The towns, 
 
 TRENCHES OVER WHICH THE PENNSYLVANIA REGIMENT PASSED IN CHARGE ON LA LOMA CHURCH. 
 
 from where he brought over troops or in which he resisted, were burned or 
 destroyed; he burned them himself. The enemy’s loss in killed, wounded and 
 captured was not less than 2000 men. 
 
 “Gen. Wheaton was ably supported and assisted by the several regimental 
 commanders through the series of operations. He calls attention to the energetic 
 conduct of Col. J. H. Wholley, 1st Washington Volunteer Inf., and the gallant 
 conduct in action of Maj. William P. Rogers, 20th U. S. Inf., and Maj. J. J. Weis- 
 senburger, 1st Washington Volunteer Inf., and to the gallant and meritorious 
 services of Capt. Frank B. Jones, 22d U. S. Inf., 2d Rieut. K. D. Scott, 6th 
 U. S. Art., rendered most efficient service with his guns, showing skill and 
 intrepidity. He also calls attention to the very gallant conduct of Capts. Herbert 
 S. Foster, James A. Irons and Benjamin Alrord, 20th U. S. Inf., in the storming 
 of Pasig and in the combat of Cainta. First Tieuts. F. D. Webster and Chas. R. 
 Howland, 20th U. S. Inf., Aides, gave valuable assistance, also 1st Lieut. Wm. D. 
 Connor, Corps of Engineers, Acting Aide. Service, both efficient and gallant, 
 was rendered by Capt. Elmore McKenna and Lieut. Charles E. Kilbourne, Vol- 
 unteer Signal Corps.” 
 
 About Manila, all was quiet, with the exception of a little skirmishing, until 
 the morning of March 25th. During this time the insurgent army had massed its 
 forces at Malolos, and Gen. MacArthur, by command of Major-General Otis, was 
 preparing tor an advance for the capture of that stronghold. 
 
 RE-ORGANIZATION OF THE ARMY CORPvS. 
 
 At this time the American force was re-organized as follows: Major-General 
 H. W. Lawton on March 18th, replaced Gen. Anderson in command of the first 
 division, the latter returning to the United States according to orders. Gen. 
 Lawton’s Division consisted of the following: The Washington, North Dakota and 
 California Volunteers, under Gen. King; six troops of the 4th Cav., the 14th 
 
152 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 Regiment, the Idaho Volunteers and a battalion of the Iowa troops, under Gen. 
 Ovenshine; the 3d and 22d Regiments Inf., and the Oregon Regiment, under 
 Gen. Wheaton, and D3^er’s and Hawthorne’s Right Batteries. 
 
 Gen. MacArthur’s Division, — two batteries of the 3d Art.; the Kansas and 
 Montana Volunteers, under Gen. H. G. Otis; the Colorado, Nebraska and South 
 Dakota Regiments, and six companies of the Pennsylvania Regiment, under Gen. 
 Hale; the 4th and 17th Regiments; the Minnesota and Wj^oming Volunteers, and 
 the Utah Art., under Gen. Hall. 
 
 A separate brigade was assigned to provost guard duty, consisting of the 20th 
 Regiment, and eight companies of the 23d Regiment Inf. 
 
 THE PHILIPPINE COMMISSION. 
 
 President McKinley, by appointment, had created a “Philippine Commission.’’ 
 This consisted of five members as follows: Admiral Dewey; Gen. Elwell S. Otis; 
 President J. G. Schurman, of Cornell University; Prof. Dean C. Worcester andChas. 
 
 “LAGUNA DE BAY’’ BOMBARDING CONVENT OF GUADALUPE. 
 
 This was the largest of four small boats, known as the “ mosquito fleet,’’ used to patrol the lake and rivers, 
 
 where they did most effectual work. 
 
 Denby. This commission was advisory to the Executive Department of the govern- 
 ment, and was vested with the authority to proclaim to the people of the Philip- 
 pine Islands a Modus Vivendi in their civic affairs, pending the action of Congress 
 in the premises. This was a strong commission and well constituted to deal with 
 the matter in hand. Mr. Denby had thirteen years’ experience, as Minister to 
 China, in dealing with Oriental questions. Prof. Worcester had spent years in 
 the Philippines in the study of the people and the country. Pres. Schurman was 
 deeply learned in civic affairs and constitutional questions, and the military and 
 naval situation could not have been in abler hands. 
 
 This commission could not exceed the prerogative of the President, and the 
 Executive only had such power as accrued by the treaty of peace and the military 
 occupation of the country. The most this commission or the President could do 
 was to arrange a temporary government, leaving to Congress the future govern- 
 ment or final disposition of the islands, and to make a general study of the situation. 
 
Canipai^^ning in the Philippines. 
 
 153 
 
 for the information of the President and Congress in determining our ultimate 
 policy with reference to the islands. Nothing came of any effort to establish a 
 temporary government, and the report of the commission on the general situation 
 was not publish- 
 ed when these 
 pages were 
 printed. The 
 commission ar- 
 rived in Manila, 
 
 March 4, 1899, 
 and on March 
 20th, organized 
 in session with 
 Pres. Schurman, 
 
 President, and 
 T. R. McArthur, 
 
 Secretary. On 
 April 4, 1899, 
 the commission 
 issued a procla- 
 mation to the Filipinos and after many recitals therein, showing the obligations of 
 the government to establish and maintain order in the islands and its good 
 wishes and desires in the interest of the people, it declared the intentions of 
 our government as follows: 
 
 1. The supremacy of the United States must and will be enforced throughout every part 
 of the archipelago. Those who resist can accomplish nothing except their own ruin. 
 
 2. The amplest liberty of self-government will be granted which is reconcileable with 
 just, stable, effective and economical administration, and compatible with the sovereign rights 
 and obligations of the United States. 
 
 3. The civil rights of the Filipinos will be guaranteed and protected, their religious free- 
 dom will be assured, and all will have equal standing before the law. 
 
 4. Honor, justice, and friendship forbid the exploitation of the people of the islands. 
 The purpose of the American government is the welfare and advancement of the Philippine 
 people. 
 
 5. The United States government guarantees an honest and effective civil service, in 
 which, to the fullest extent practicable, natives shall be employed. 
 
 6. The collection and application of taxes and other revenues will be put upon a sound, 
 honest and economical basis. The public funds, raised justly and collected honestly, will be 
 applied only to defraying the proper expenses of the establishment and the maintenance of 
 the Philippine government, and such general improvements as public intentions demand. 
 Local funds collected for local purposes shall not be diverted to other ends. With such 
 prudent and honest fiscal administration, it is believed the needs of the government will, in 
 a short time, become compatible with a considerable reduction in taxation. 
 
 7. The establishment of a pure, speedy and effective administration of justice, by which 
 the evils of delay, corruption and exploitation will be effectively eradicated. 
 
 8. The construction of roads, railroads, and other means of communication and transporta- 
 tion and other public works of manifest advantage to the people, will be promoted. 
 
 9. Domestic and foreign trade and commerce and other industrial pursuits, and the gen- 
 eral development of the country, in the interest of its inhabitants, will be the constant objects 
 of solicitude and fostering care. 
 
 FLAGS OF TRUCE IN STREETS OF CALOOCAN. 
 
 The appearance of some of the streets resembled a back yard on washday. 
 
151 
 
 CampaiiTjiing in the Philippi7ics. 
 
 10. Effective provision will be made for the establishment of elementary schools, in 
 which the children of the people will be educated. Appropriate facilities will also be provided 
 for higher education. 
 
 11. Reforms in all departments of government, all branches of the public service, and all 
 corporations, closely touching the common life of the people, must be undertaken without 
 dehn- and effected conformably with common right and justice, in a way to satisfy the well- 
 founded demands and the highest sentiments and aspirations of the Philippine people. 
 
 The Filipino Junta, at Hongkong, issued in reply its manifesto, in substance 
 denying the rights, claimed by the American commission, on the part of the 
 United States, to govern or control the islands, or that the United States acquired 
 any right with reference thereto by virtue of the treaty of peace, and said further: 
 “The proclamation is a tissue of generalities, bristled with pharisaism and cant, 
 and vaguely promises much and grants nothing to the Idlipinos, who are tired of 
 promises and servitude, what Spanish promises seem to the Americans.” 
 
 A HOT ENGAGEMENT ON THE PASIG RIVER, NEAR GUADALUPE. 
 
CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 THE MARCH ON MALOLOS. 
 
 N the latter part of March, there had arrived at Manila a force 
 consisting of about 950 officers and 23,000 men, with more on 
 the way, and allowing for sickness and the defense of Manila, 
 Gen. Otis felt strong enough to assume the offensive. Agui- 
 naldo had established his headquarters and the civil capital at 
 Malolos, on the railroad, about twenty-five miles northwest of 
 Manila, where he was maintaining some sort of a civil govern- 
 ment, with a Congress and executive departments as prescribed 
 by the constitution which he had “proclaimed.”* 
 
 Funds were derived from a revenue system which, including customs and a 
 poll tax, was rigidly enforced in all parts of the territory held by the insurrectos. 
 There were also large donations, voluntary or enforced, from wealthy Filipinos. 
 These funds were used for the purchase of arms and ammunition, which were 
 obtained from foreign sources, our fleet being insufficient to entirely prevent their 
 landing. There was little artillery except some old-fashioned pieces of little use 
 in modern warfare. The strength of the insurgent army was not very well 
 known, but was supposed to be about 30,000 men. It doubtless ffuctuated from 
 week to week. The general in direct command of the insurrectos in front of Gen. 
 MacArthur was Gen. Antonio Tuna. 
 
 It was generally believed that with sufficient force the rebel army could be 
 surrounded and captured, and with this capture of Aguinaldo there was good 
 reason to suppose that the rebellion would come to end. At any rate it would be 
 possible to dislodge and disperse the army and capture the capital, which of itself, 
 and without the capture of Aguinaldo, might end the trouble. Thus Malolos was 
 the obvious objective of the American army as soon as it should be strong enough 
 to move at all, and preparations to that end were accordingly made. Major-General 
 MacArthur, being in command upon the north of the Pasig River, was naturalljr 
 assigned to the command of the movement. 
 
 POSITION OF THE OPPOSING ARMIES. 
 
 MacArthur’ s Division lay substantially where we left them at the close of 
 Chapter VII, facing northerly, and extending from a point on Manila Bay, near 
 Caloocan; easterly by Ea Eoma church to the Deposito and water- works; Otis’ 
 Brigade on the left, by the bay, occupying about two and a half miles of the line, 
 and Hale’s Brigade on the right, occupying, with its extension to the Pasig River 
 
 *See page 49. 
 
156 
 
 Campaig7iing t)i the Philippines. 
 
 opposite San Pedro Macati, about ten and a half miles. The line of the insur- 
 rectos extended along the front of MacArthur’s Division from Polo, through 
 Novaliches, to the Nanca River, with strong outposts at important points nearer 
 the American line. 
 
 RE-ORGANIZATION OF THE DIVISION. 
 
 For the purposes of this movement MacArthur’s Division was re-organized on 
 March 17th, as follows: 
 
 The Wyoming Battalion, the 13th Minnesota, occupying the line from the 
 San Juan River to the water- works, with the 4th and one battalion of the 17th 
 U. S. Inf., were formed into a new 3d Brigade, under command of Brigadier- 
 Oeneral R. H. Hall, who had arrived on March 10th, and were left upon Hale’s 
 ■old line to guard the water-works and Manila, and make such demonstrations as 
 were found desirable to keep the enemy occupied on its front. 
 
 The remainder of Hale’s old brigade, consisting of the 10th Pennsylvania, 1st 
 South Dakota, 1st Colorado, and 1st Nebraska Regiments, remained under Hale’s 
 ■command and formed the right of the line in the advance. There were also with 
 
 this brigade two 
 Nordenfeldt guns 
 and a detachment 
 of the Utah Tight 
 Artillery. At the 
 left of Hale, the 
 brigade of Gen. H. 
 G. Otis, consisting 
 of the First 
 Montana, 20th 
 Kansas, and two 
 battalions, 3dU. S. 
 Art., (as infantry) 
 occupied a portion 
 
 ■ of the front hitherto held by this brigade, while to the left of Otis, and next 
 to the bay, was stationed a new brigade transferred from the first division, 
 consisting of one battalion, 3d U. S. Inf., the 22d U. S. Inf., and eleven com- 
 panies of the Oregon Regiment. This brigade was commanded by Brigadier- 
 General Tloyd Wheaton, who had arrived at Manila on February 23d. It was 
 the intention that Wheaton’s Brigade should march in the rear as a support to the 
 other brigades as needed. The total number of troops under Gen. MacArthur 
 at the beginning of the movement was 11,578 officers and men, including Hall’s 
 Brigade. The total of the three brigades engaged in the movement was 8682. 
 The number of effectives, however, was rapidly reduced. 
 
 THE NATURE OF THE COUNTRY. 
 
 The line of advance to Malolos ran parallel with the shore of the bay, near 
 which the ground was low and marshy and cut up by a large number of inter- 
 connecting tidal estuaries called “esteros.” From these lowlands there is a 
 gradual rise to a line of foothills which, near Caloocan, are about two and a half 
 
 AN OLD SMOOTH-BORE CANNON CAPTURED FROM INSURGENTS AT CALOOCAN. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 157 ' 
 
 miles from the bay shore, but gradually retreat, leaving a broad plain, intersected, 
 however, by frequent rivers and esteros, for the operations of the armies. The 
 natural defenses of the insurrectos were along the lines of the rivers which flow 
 down from the foothills to the 
 bay. These lines were fully 
 utilized, as well as rises of 
 ground, timber, and all other 
 natural points of defense. The 
 country except where it was 
 actual swamp, was densely popu- 
 lated, and in a high state of 
 cultivation. It was mostly rice- 
 fields, intersected by low dykes 
 for retaining the irrigating 
 waters. During the rainy season 
 the rice-fields are flooded, and at that time military movements over such lands^ 
 are not merely difficult but impossible. There are quagmires with no bottom 
 which the soldiers can reach. In the dry season the earth, thrown up in making 
 the ditches, affords partial protection to troops lying down. There were roads, 
 such as they were, traversing the plain, and the railroad embankment was of 
 course utilized for troops, but as the ground was contested at all points from the 
 start, the army moved forward, for the most part, over the fields, and for much 
 of the way in line of battle. The line of advance at the beginning of the move- 
 ment covered about eight miles. 
 
 NO GENERAL ENGAGEMENT. 
 
 While there was constant fighting along the whole line of the army, there was 
 no general engagement between large bodies of massed troops. In a general way 
 the line of advance was marked out for each brigade by the Division Commander, 
 who pushed forward or restrained the different brigades, to conform to his general 
 plan, which was quite carefully supervised by the Corps Commander at Mani-la; 
 but the actual fighting was under the direction of the Brigade Commanders, who 
 were charged with the duty of fighting their way to the points designated by 
 Gen. MacArthur. The Signal Corps kept the division and brigade headquarters 
 in touch by the field telegraph, so that general directions could be promptly given 
 and received, but all details were necessarily in charge of the Brigade Commanders. 
 The movement began on March 25th, and our army entered Malolos on March 
 31st, but the details of our operations can be best understood by following the for- 
 tunes of the different brigades. The accounts of the movements of Hale’s and 
 Otis’ Brigades, as here given, are by a member of the staff of this book, who 
 accompanied the column, and are given as written, for the picture they give of the 
 actual work of the troops. The account of the operations of Wheaton’s Brigade 
 was written by an officer of the brigade, and, as will be seen, is a concise state- 
 ment of the military movements and their results. The narrative will be more 
 readily understood, if it is stated here, that on March 27th, Wheaton’s Brigade 
 was detached from MacArthur’s Division and assigned to protecting the railroad 
 
 SUPPLY TRAIN ON PONTOON BRIDGE, AT MARILAO RIVER. 
 
158 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 ■communications, reporting directly to the Corps Commander. On April 2d, Gen. 
 Wheaton was assigned to the temporary command of the 1st Brigade, relieving 
 Gen. H. G. Otis, resigned, Gen. Wheaton retaining command of the troops on the 
 railroad. 
 
 OPERATIONS OF HALE’S BRIGADE. 
 
 With the 2d Brigade, as stated, were two Nordenfeldt guns and a detach- 
 ment of the Utah Light Battery, under Lieut. Naylor, accompanied by Lieut. 
 Perry, of the brigade staff. These advanced on March 25th up the Masambong 
 sunken road, under cover of the infantry fire. Very soon the Filipinos, who were 
 well entrenched, opened on the infantry and artillery. The Americans advanced 
 almost on a run, and in less than an hour drove the insurgents from their trenches. 
 The Nebraskas, along the San Juan River, at San Francisco del Monte, rushed 
 into a hand-to-hand fight. The South Dakotas and Pennsylvanias gallantly 
 forced the barricades on the Masambong Road. Naylor’s guns did effec- 
 tive work, keeping abreast of the infantry firing line throughout the advance. 
 
 CALTFOKNIA TRENCHES NEAR CONVENT OF GETaDALUPE. 
 
 As the writer crossed the field that morning, half an hour after the troops, he 
 found that the Americans had thrown away their rations and blanket rolls, and 
 that ambulance wagons were gathering up what could be found of the soldiers’ 
 belongings ; also, however, they were bringing in the wounded of both forces, 
 and, while the Americans exhibited more tenderness towards their own wounded, 
 yet they did not neglect those of the enemy. A dozen Filipino prisoners had 
 been captured, and these were given stretchers and made to carry their injured 
 companions to the ambulances. Neither were correspondents overlooked. The 
 Hospital Corps gave to us “first aid’’ bandages, and asked us to do what we could 
 for the wounded rebels, who were scattered through the woods and in the rice- 
 fields. Behind the breastworks were appalling sights. Here an old man lay wel- 
 tering in his blood ; there a boy, his strong limbs shattered by Springfield bullets, 
 and yonder in the rice-fields were rebel soldiers in all attitudes of pain — the life- 
 blood bedewing the land they died to free. Some cried for water, and some for 
 cigarettes, and some for death. The fields were brown and unsown, but the next 
 year, how this red rain would nourish a harvest ! 
 
Campaigning in the Ptnhppines. 
 
 159 
 
 In the woods was an old man from Tarlac, who cried for water and a priest. 
 His leg was shattered by a Springfield bullet, and he said he felt the chill of death. 
 Through an interpreter we listened to his confession. He told us he had a wife 
 and five children at Tarlac, and 
 his last words were, “Forgive 
 me for fighting the Americans, 
 
 I did not know the kind of 
 people they were.” Meanwhile 
 the brigade kept advancing 
 along the Novaliches Road. 
 
 After a fierce struggle the in- 
 surrectos gave up the villages 
 of Cabataon and Talinapa. The 
 day was extremely hot, and many men fell out of the march, overcome by the 
 sun. About noon, the advance was ordered in a northwesterly direction along the 
 Tuliahan River. At a ford of this river, where there was an uncompleted bridge, 
 a small body of the 4th Cav. attached to the division, ran into a strong position of 
 the enemy. In a few minutes twelve of the cavalrymen had fallen. Gen. Mac- 
 Arthur immediately sent the Utah Battery to their aid. The rebels were driven 
 out after a short fight, and the brigade bivouacked for the night along the river, 
 the Nebraskas, South Dakotas and Peiinsylvanias guarding the ridges. The 
 insurgents came in force towards the rear of our army that night, but were held in 
 check by Maj. Allison’s Battalion of the South Dakotas, sent back as rear outpost. 
 At the Tuliahan Bridge in one rail which had been used in an entrenchment, were 
 found ninety-six bullet marks. 
 
 On the 26th of March, Gen. Hale marched northwesterly across the country 
 towards Polo, a town on the Dagupan railroad, supposed to contain a strong force 
 of rebels. Near the railroad he effected a junction with the 1st Brigade, and 
 soon after Gen. MacArthur directed him to deploy north of the 1st Brigade and 
 take such action against the town of Polo as circumstances might render advisable. 
 While he was deploying the Pennsylvanias, facing west towards Polo, the Filipinos 
 opened a brisk fire on that regiment from the north, and the South Dakotas were 
 directed to form on the Pennsylvanias’ right in a semi-circle around the crest of a 
 hill facing north and east, while the Nebraskas, as a general reserve, were placed 
 in the rear. 
 
 By three o’clock in the afternoon. Hale was ready to begin operations on 
 Polo, or rather, on Meycauayan, as it turned out, the enemy having retreated to 
 the strong entrenchments south of the latter town. The insurrectos kept con- 
 tinually harassing the brigade from the right flank, and Maj. Howard’s Battalion 
 of the South Dakotas was sent into the woods in that direction to drive them off. 
 The main attack began by the discharge of the Utah Battery guns, followed by 
 the Nebraska Hotchkiss gun, which did effective work on the eastern entrench- 
 ments. The Filipinos fought valiantly, and covered their retreat with considerable 
 skill. At four o’clock the Pennsylvanias and South Dakotas advanced on the en- 
 trenchments, the Nebraskas following as a reserve. Gen. Hale cleverly placed his 
 men so that the South Dakotas’ right flanked the insurgents’ left, demoralizing the 
 
160 
 
 Campaigiihig in the Philippines. 
 
 ( 
 
 X 
 
 enemy and driving him back all along the line. While Gen. Hale was thus engaged, 
 riding along the firing line, he came upon the South Dakotas while they were 
 under a hot fire from the rebels, entrenched in woods and villages across the Mey- 
 caua 3 ’an railroad bridge. In endeavoring to ascertain the position of the enem\^ 
 he was exposed to a brisk fusilade and received a painful, though not serious 
 wound on the knee. 
 
 Seeing that it was necessarj" at once to flank the enemy’s trenches across the 
 river, he sent Capt. Krayenbuhl to bring up Dieutentant-Colonel Stover’s Battalion 
 for this work. Capt. Kra^^enbuhl had just brought up the battalion, under heavy 
 fire, when he was fatall>^ wounded. Col. Stotsenberg came up with part of his 
 Nebraska troops and reported that it would be necessary to flank the entrench- 
 ments from the railroad bridge, and was told that the South Dakotas’ left had just 
 swung around to this, and to co-operate with them in this work which he did 
 gallantly and effectivel 3 \ 
 
 Gen. Hale, his knee having been bandaged, conducted the companies on the 
 right up the railroad, and personally directed the fire from the embankment against 
 the trenches across the river. After capturing the railroad embankment, the river 
 bank and the bridge, the South Dakota and Nebraska men drove the enemy from 
 their earthworks and killed many of them as they ran across the plain. Ninety- 
 six Filipino dead were counted in the vicinity. 
 
 The Nebraska troops were then directed to take possession of the Meycauayan 
 railroad station, about 1000 yards north of the bridge, and extend their line 500 
 yards eastward into the plain. The South Dakotas were deplo^-ed across the 
 plain on the Nebraskas’ right, with their own right thrown back on the river. After 
 locating the troops, Gen. Hale returned across the river, reconnoitered the town of 
 Meycaua^^an and esteros to the west, and placed the Pennsylvanias on the Nebras- 
 kas’ left, extending westward through Meycauayan. This arrangement put the 
 brigade in a crescent, with its right flank on the river and its left flank on an estero. 
 
 THE SUPPLY TRAIN FOLLOWING I’P TROOPS ON THE ADVANCE ON MALOLOS. 
 
 This crescent formation prevents flanking by the enemy, and enables a skilled 
 commander cleverly to change his formation to meet all exigencies. 
 
 During the forenoon of the 27th of March, the 2d Brigade advanced toward 
 the Marilao River, the South Dakotas acting as advance guard, the Nebraskas and 
 Pennsylvanias as the main bod\\ At noon the insurrectos opened fire upon the 
 
I 
 
 
 'X 
 
 I 
 
 h 
 
 MAP SHOWS THK OPERATIONS OF MACARTHUR’S DIVISION IN THE ADVANCE P'ROM CALOOCAN TO MALOLOS. 
 Made by P. K- baniar, the oihcial map maker for this division. 
 
COI^OXKlvS OF VOFUNTKliR RKOIMENTS WHO WON THEIR STA.R IN THE JUNGEES OF EUZON. 
 
 I. Bkigadier-Genkral Irving Hale (Colorado Regiment), appointed August 13, 1898. 2. Brigadier- 
 
 Generae Frederick P'unston (Kansas Regiment), appointed May 4, 1899. 3. Brigadier-General Owen 
 Summers (Oregon Regiment), appointed (Brevet) May 24, 1899. 4. Brigadier-General James F. Smith (Cali- 
 fornia Regiment), appointed April 2."), 1899. 5. Brigadier-General Harry C. Kessler (Montana Regiment), 
 
 appointed (Brevet) October 4, 1899. fi. Brig.vdier-General C. McC. Reeve (Minnesota Regiment), appointed 
 August 13, 1898. 7. Colonp:l John H. Whollev (Washington Regiment) recommended for Brevet. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 161 
 
 advance skirmish line of the South Dakotas (Maj. Howard’s Battalion) from entrench- 
 ments in the woods south of the river. This line pressed on, and Lieutenant- 
 Colonel Stover and Maj. Allison rushed forward their battalions to its support, 
 Col. Frost personally superintending the advance of the entire line. The Filipinos 
 contended foot by foot for the ground. From one line of trenches to the next, 
 
 SAN JUAN BRIDGE, TAKEN SOON AFTER THE BATTLE OF SANTA MESA. 
 
 Companies of the Tennessee, Colorado and Nebraska Regiments charged over the bridge m a most gallant 
 
 manner, in the face of murderous fire. 
 
 they fell back. Then they crossed the river and formed in strong trenches there. 
 Again the victorious Americans pursued them, the South Dakotas wading waist- 
 deep in the stream, and with wild cheers, charged up the opposite bank on the 
 sullen foe. After one of the hardest fought battles of the campaign, the Filipinos 
 were again routed, the South Dakota Regiment losing three officers and six men 
 killed and twenty-three men wounded. Admiration is divided between the wild 
 valor of the Americans and the courageous defense of the Filipinos. All through 
 the afternoon they kept up a desultory fire from the woods across the plain to 
 the north and a bitter enfilading fire along the north bank of the river, wound- 
 ing several of our men, who returned their attacks with spirit, the enemy 
 evidently covering in this way his obstinate retreat. 
 
 As night came on, large bodies of insurrectos, apparently brought from the 
 north by trains, formed and deployed along the north side of the plain, 2000 yards 
 away, covering the entire front of MacArthur’s Division. These at once began 
 a hot fusilade all along our lines. The 3d Art., (1st Brigade) on the left of the 
 railroad replied with Krage-Jorgensens. Gen. Hale found his line exposed on the 
 right to a galling enfilading fire and instructed his troops to lie low behind their 
 entrenchments until the enemy were within 600 yards before returning their fire. 
 This order was given in view of the fact that the Springfield rifle is much inferior 
 in range to the Mauser of the Filipinos. On this occasion it seems that the enemy 
 pressed very closely upon the right flank of the Nebraskas, who charged before 
 the order was given. The rest of the regiment, seeing their comrades pursuing 
 the foe, joined in the charge and drove the insurrectos across the plain two miles 
 to a wooded ridge. The South Dakotas were sent forward half way across the 
 plain to support the Nebraskas, who were afterwards withdrawn to the river 
 where the whole brigade encamped for the night. 
 
 lib 
 
162 
 
 Ca})ipaigni7i(r m the Philippines. 
 
 The next day the whole of MacArthur’s Division remained at Marilao recuper- 
 ating, bringing up the supply trains and issuing rations and ammunition. On 
 reconnoitering, the patrols found that the ridge captured by the Nebraskas the 
 
 day before, was 
 still unoccupied, 
 although some 
 insurrectos were 
 found near the 
 railroad. On 
 March 29th, the 
 brigade advanc- 
 ed on the east 
 side of the rail- 
 road track. The 
 Nebraskas then 
 moved on the 
 right of the 
 brigade against 
 
 PENNSYLVANIA AMBULANCE WAGON AT LA LOMA CHURCH. ridge Which 
 
 they had captured on the night of the 27th. They swung to the left, and flanked 
 the enemy in front of the Pennsylvanias and Dakotas. The Nebraskas engaged the 
 enemy at 7:30 in the morning, and pursued them across the Bocaue River towards 
 Santa Maria. A company of Nebraskas then caused the town to be evacuated. 
 The South Dakotas and Pennsylvanias crossed the river without serious opposi- 
 tion, and the whole command arrived at the Bigaa River about noon, where the 
 enemy had partially destroyed the railroad and the bridges. A Are had been set 
 to the bridge, and 100 feet of the railroad track torn up, but the Yankee troops 
 came up too rapidly, and the fire was extinguished leaving the bridge practically 
 uninjured, while the road was easily repaired. 
 
 These marches were usually commenced just after daylight. The morning 
 hours in the tropics are the coolest and the men can then work without suffering 
 from the heat. The hours from four to six in the afternoon are also favorable for 
 hard work. Accordingly, at half past three o’clock the march from Bigaa was 
 assumed and the Guiguinto River reached about five. As there was no sign of a 
 concealed foe the Pennsylvanias began to cross the bridge. When about fifteen 
 men had passed over and deployed, the insurrectos, from a ridge at some distance, 
 opened a hot fusilade on the bridge and the railroad track. Col. Hawkins, who 
 was with his advanced line when the attack was made, gallantly returned the fire 
 and the few men who were already on the ground deploying, the others as they 
 came up held the position until enough troops were on the line to repulse the 
 enemy, the Pennsylvanias standing well to their guns while Gen. Hale hurried the 
 remainder of the regiment across, while Maj. Howard’s Battalion of South 
 Dakotas quickly came up and took a position on the right. The 20th Kansas, of 
 the 1st Brigade, and the Utah guns and rapid fire guns also crossed and came into 
 the action. A barricade across the railroad track was demolished by the artillery. 
 At this bridge the Filipinos were doing very good work with their Mausers with 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 103 
 
 which they fired on our men, armed with Springfields, without coming into 
 effective range of the latter. But when the cannon began to speak, the enemy 
 gave up their position on the hill. Lieut. Perry of the Brigade Staff, was slightly 
 wounded in this engagement. As darkness was drawing on, the troops camped 
 for the night on the river bank. The men enjoyed their evening meal in peace, 
 and many of them had a swim in the mild waters. 
 
 The forenoon of the following day was passed in bringing up the train, and 
 issuing rations and ammunition. In the afternoon preparations were made to 
 renew the march on the Filipino capital. When the brigade had reached a point 
 west of the Guiguinto River, it met with a scattering, insurrecto fire. The Gen- 
 eral perceived soon after that a party of Filipinos were coming down the railroad 
 track, apparently with the intention to surrender. He sent out a man to meet 
 them, but as he approached, the P'ilipinos ran back towards their own lines. 
 Sometime later a second party appeared on the track, and this time a Filipino was 
 sent out to interview them. They, however, made some paltry excuse for their 
 action, and it became evident that they were trying to spy upon our lines, or lead 
 our troops into a trap. No further attempt was made to communicate with them, 
 but, as a precaution. Hale advanced one company of Pennsylvanias, and one com- 
 pany of Kansas (1st Brigade), to take possession of entrenchments, supposed to be 
 unoccupied. But the wily enemy, from his cover where he had been watching 
 like a panther, sent his fire into our men the moment they advanced. Nothing 
 daunted, however, the two companies with great dash and elan went at the posi- 
 tion and took it, without the loss of a man. Then camp was made once more. 
 In all our marching, fighting and bivouacking, it was cheering to see how readily 
 the troops 
 adapted things 
 to their com- 
 fort. Thus, one 
 swam into a 
 river to catch 
 some ducks for 
 his evening 
 meal ; another 
 boy had a game- 
 cock, captured 
 at the last vil- 
 lage, while the 
 rank and file 
 fell upon the 
 pigs and chick- 
 ens and made a 
 vast slaughter 
 of them. In 
 
 fact, it soon came to be a settled thing that no sell-respecting hen would trust 
 herself inside the American lines. When we entered a captured place, the first 
 question asked, was: “Well, comrade, are hens flying high?” If there were a 
 
164 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 few shacks, or some bamboo tables, or Filipino stretchers, the boys would get at 
 these things and put them to use in the most ingenious wa}^ The}^ sometimes 
 entered the abandoned houses, but there was little left to take away. If there 
 was a white flag or any sign of peaceful inhabitant, they were invariably left 
 unmolested. All “pacificos” were encouraged to return to their homes, and to 
 pursue their peaceful avocations. 
 
 On the night of March 30th, a reconnaissance was made by Gen. Hale, and 
 trenches with insurrectos in them, were found at Santa Isabel, the eastern suburb 
 of Malolos. Outposts were placed along the edge of the woods, the Utah Battery 
 and the infantry detachments built emplacements for guns on each side of the 
 railroad, and preparations were made to attack Malolos in the morning. 
 
 Shortly after dawn, on March 31st, the 2d Brigade advanced up the right side 
 of the railroad in the following order: The Nebraskas on the right moved fifteen 
 minutes after the Utah Battery had opened fire; the South Dakotas marched in the 
 center five minutes after the Nebraskas; the Pennsylvanias, with their left near 
 
 WARD IN FIRST RESKRVE HOSPITAL. Photo hy T.ilUe.. 
 
 the railroad, moved five minutes later than the Dakotas. This made a crescent 
 formation concave toward the enemy, enveloping his left flank, and compelling 
 him to abandon his trenches and the town of Malolos, thus facilitating the entrance 
 of the 1st Brigade which moved up the west side of the track into the town itself. 
 
 At half past six the Filipinos began to fire. The fire at this time was not 
 heavy nor long continued, and it soon became evident either that Malolos was 
 being eva^ated by the enemy, or Aguinaldowas holding fire for stragetic reasons. 
 
 The first supposition turned out to be the true one. After the brigade had 
 crossed the Malolos Creek and the Malolos-Quingua Road it wheeled to the left 
 across a broad open plain under a galling Mauser fire from the railroad embank- 
 ment, which could not be effectively returned by our men, armed mostly with 
 Springfield rifles. The Hotchkiss gun of the Nebraskas fired three shots at the 
 foe, retreating up the railroad track 2000 yards away. The shots seemed to strike 
 right among the fleeing insurgents. At half past ten, Gen. Hale’s command 
 reached Barasoain Station, the northwest suburb of Malolos. In accordance with 
 
Ca)}ipaig-nins^ in the Philippines. 
 
 165 
 
 instructions from Gen. MacArthur, it was afterwards swung back upon the 
 Malolos-Quingua Road, where it remained until the advance upon Calumpit began. 
 
 In the advance from Manila to Malolos, the losses on the staff were four; 
 in the Pennsylvanias, thirty - eight ; in the South Dakotas sixty - two ; in the 
 Nebraskas, eighty-seven, making a total of one hundred and ninety-one. One 
 officer on the staff was killed, and two officers and one orderly wounded; in the 
 Pennsylvanias four enlisted men were killed, and two officers and thirty-two men 
 wounded; in the South Dakotas three officers and four men were killed, and two 
 officers and fifty-three men wounded; in the Nebraskas six enlisted men w^ere 
 killed, and four officers and seventy-seven men wounded. This is the most 
 eloquent tribute to the bravery of these regiments. 
 
 The total distance marched by the right flank from March 25th to 31st was 
 sixty-six miles, or over three times the air-line distance from Caloocan to Malolos. 
 This was due to the repeated turning movements executed by the 2d Brigade to 
 flank the enemy out of entrenched positions, and render the advance along the 
 railroad less deadly. As the result of this arduous and dangerous campaign, in 
 addition to those already mentioned, one officer and four enlisted men died from 
 the effects of their wounds before the march on Calumpit, and large numbers were 
 obliged to return to Manila sick and suffering from heat prostration. This is not 
 surprising, when we consider the heavy weight which the men had to carry 
 in this rough country. Each soldier was loaded with gun, with strap and 
 bayonet, belt, haversack, mess-kit, canteen full of water or coffee, one day’s ra- 
 tions, 100 to 150 rounds of ammunition, and poncho hung in belt. 
 
 OPERATIONS OF GEN. OTIS’ BRIGADE. 
 
 At 6 p. M. on the 25th, the column, consisting of 2184 officers and men, 
 advanced from near the Ea Eoma church and to the right and left of it — at right 
 angles to Caloocan and the Balantasig Road. The word was whispered down the 
 Kansas line, “ Ret us throw away our 
 rations and blankets and go at the niggers 
 with guns, canteens and ammunition alone.” 
 
 The writer crossed the field of war half an 
 hour after the engagement. The boys had 
 dropped their cans of beef and salmon, their 
 blankets and camp kit; they kept their can- 
 teens and guns, and went at the foe. With 
 such a brigade of fighters, the Filipinos 
 thought all pandemonium was after them. 
 
 They fought bravely at the first onset, but 
 it was soon evident that the white man’s 
 nerve and the white man’s science were 
 too much for the wild valor of Aguinaldo’s 
 mountain men. Before two hours had passed the 3d Art. and the Kansans had 
 gained the north bank of the Tuliahan River, the men intrepidly swimming the 
 stream in the face of a severe fire. It was a short range, and the brave little 
 regiment, the 3d Art., lost heavily. But the loss they inflicted was greater still. 
 
 COL. STOTSENBERG, TAKEN SHORTLY BEFORE 
 HE WAS KILLED. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 1()B 
 
 Lieut. Abernethy of the 3cl Art. distinguished himself for gallantry, but every 
 man in the command was equally worthy of high praise. In a trench in front of 
 the Kansans, there were thirty Filipinos. These men fought till twent 3 ’-six were 
 
 dead, two mortally wounded, one slightly 
 wounded, and only one man got away. 
 Owing to the thorny thickets, dense jungles, 
 bamboo belts, difficult streams and deep 
 morasses, the Montanas were delayed, but 
 they fought a terrific fight, and joined the line 
 as the evening lights were beginning to soften 
 the land. In the first day’s fight our loss in 
 this brigade was sixty-eight killed and 
 wounded. Information of the burning and 
 evacuation of Malabon came to us here among 
 the cane brakes. The brigade bivouacked at 
 the Tuliahan River. 
 
 On the morning of the 26th as we started 
 out towards Polo and Malinta we saw a cloud 
 of smoke like a great volcano towering up into 
 the air. All along the sun-beaten track of 
 road our men reclined in the shade where 
 they could get it; or tried their luck in the 
 empty houses along the march looking for 
 water. The natives usually left a fine supply 
 of good water in earth ern jars. We lay still 
 for several hours in a hot tropic forenoon. 
 A party of correspondents found two bushels 
 of ripe tomatoes. They happened to be in the Pennsylvania lines just then and 
 went down the lines with the tomatoes, the excellent find lasted till the^^ had gone 
 along a line of 200 men. 
 
 At last the order was given to advance. I saw one old grizzly captain, if I 
 remember rightly it was Capt. Baltwood of the 20th Kansas, watching his men 
 and carefully keeping them under the trees whenever there was a chance to find 
 retreat from the pursuing rays of the sun. I noted also, that he and his men were 
 like untamed panthers when the battle was on. Well, down a hot dusty road we 
 rushed; soon firing, and by the tack-tack sound we knew that it was a Mauser; 
 then an angry roar as of unchained lions where the penned martyrs are; then a 
 confusion of such sounds punctuated b}^ the snarl of the cannon — then 'a hush. 
 In the headquarters a party are waiting. Around are the officers and the reporters 
 and foreign attaches. The attache from Japan is making careful notes; of how 
 the Krag penetrates, of how the Mauser carries, of how the Springfield kicks, of 
 how vSUperb and accurate is the firing of the American soldier. He starts suddenly 
 and well he may; death came near enough his door to have made a call. A 
 Remington in an angry way drilled a hole on the under side of his leg and after 
 burrowing in the ground came out a foot away from him. The men across in the 
 
Cauipaii^riinir in the Philippines. 
 
 167 
 
 reserve are lying low, for bullets are barking the trees all around them — yet they 
 talk and joke as if this was only an April holiday. 
 
 The reserves are ordered up. Out of the woods and into the wide rice-fields 
 they go; they deploy to the right; Wheaton’s Brigade is on their left cutting its 
 way through woods afire and fields aflame. Already the brave Col. Egbert of the 
 22d Regulars, is down with his death wound, and other hearts .are going to break 
 in far away America. Down the road we looked in the edges of the woods and 
 the grass for any man that might need help. On a cot a man lay full six feet, a 
 big brave boy ten minutes ago. He drew a few breaths and then reported for 
 duty in other fields. 
 
 Smashing us from one side and another the insurrectos retreated inch by inch 
 stubbornly contesting the ground. At the close of day we had Polo and Malinta. 
 Both towns had been fired by the signed order of Gen. Luna. 
 
 This day the brigade lost eleven in killed and wounded. We passed the night 
 near Polo. The 10th Pennsylvanias were detached for service in the 1st Brigade. 
 
 BRIDGE AT MALABON, .SHOWING SPAN BLOWN OUT BY INSURGENTS. 
 
 On the 27th of March the brigade advanced at 7 A. m. When they reached 
 the next town, Meycauayan, they found it in flames, fired by the orders of Gen, 
 Luna. Passing on up the railroad track in the direction of the insurrecto capital, 
 they arrived at Marilao early in the day. The enemy was here discovered in 
 unknown strength, and Col. Funston with three battalions went after him. It 
 was a hot fight but the indomitable Colonel and the unsubdued Kansans drove 
 him back. As before, the enemy fought well at first, but was overcome by the 
 white man’s nerve, skill and staying power, and by his immense superiority in 
 weapons. 
 
 In the afternoon the Kansans crossed the bridge which had already been 
 crossed by the 3d Art., which Gen. Otis calls “a small, but effective regiment,” 
 with the loss of eighteen in killed and wounded. The Montanas, as a train and 
 artillery guard, came up to mend the bridge. Camp was made for the night at 
 the Marilao River. The lo.ss of the command at the bridge was four. 
 
 On the following day the Bocaue and Bigaa Rivers were crossed. The horses 
 were made to swim. The column flanked Bulacan, lying we.st near the bay, and 
 reported to be occupied by Aguinaldo’s troops. The leader here was said to be 
 Gen. Gregorio del Pilar with 500 men. 
 
Canipaigmn»; /;/ the Philippines. 
 
 Guiguilito was reached on the afternoon; the 10th Pennsylvania and the Kan- 
 sans crossed the bridge, and the 3d Art. and Montanas camped on the south side 
 of the river. Indications of demoralization among the enemy were frequent. Yet 
 from later knowledge of them, they were evidently conducting a rear guard 
 fight and doing it with great skill, as they had done on former occasions. 
 
 SQUAD OF MONTANA MEN ON THE FIRING LINE NEAR MALOLOS. Photo hy Lillie. 
 
 All the bridges were saved, but many houses were destroyed. Sometimes the 
 rebels set fire to them; sometimes they were burned after our army came into the 
 towns. March 30th, we marched to the rebel trenches, two miles from Malolos. 
 There we found a small party strongly entrenched near the railroad. The rail- 
 road had been the vertebra, as it were, of the advancing division. On either side 
 of this were long, low stretches of level grounds, dotted with villages and settle- 
 ments, and interspersed by bamboo belts about every mile of the way. On this 
 railroad then, the insurgent forces suddenly opened on Otis and his staff. Gen. 
 MacArthur was also on the ground at the time with his staff. One company of 
 the 10th Pennsylvania and one company of the Kansans repelled this attack; the 
 2d Brigade with the rest of MacArthur’ s Division marched on Malolos at the 
 break of day on March 31st. The 20th Kansas were on the right of the brigade, 
 the Montanas in the center, and the 3d Art. on the left. The advance uncoiled 
 itself slowly, like a great python, across the lagoons and marshes. On the right 
 there was some heavy firing, but Malolos was taken with scarcely a blow, the 
 army of Aguinaldo having evacuated the place. Smoke and flames were seen 
 issuing from the palace of the President of the Filipino Republic. The “ nipa ” 
 huts were also in flames. The frenzied inhabitants were determined to destroy 
 their homes and die for what they considered their sacred liberties. 
 
 The Montanas were nearest the town, and Otis sent them forward to occupy it, 
 which they did at 9:40, according to Gen. Otis’ report. At 9:45 the Montanas 
 came to the public square. The house of the Filipino Congress was in flames. 
 Col. Kessler, of the 3d Art., came up at once; Col. Funston and the Kansans had 
 entered at 9:30, going in at a point near the railroad line. At ten o’clock the 
 Kansans reported, and shortly after the 1st Brigade flag, .surmounted by the 
 
Cainpaii^yiijl^ in the Philippines. 
 
 169 
 
 nationaal colors, floated from the staff, erected in front of the headquarters of the 
 insurgent government. The flag was given by Company G of the Montanas. 
 When it was raised a mighty cheer went up. 
 
 No burning by our troops was allowed. Tooting was strictly forbidden, and 
 all public and private property was put under guard. Perfect order was main- 
 tained in the city. The Montanas and the 3d Art. were sent to guard the town. 
 Scouting parties and outposts were posted. 
 
 The total loss of the brigade in the march to Malolos was 285 killed and 
 wounded, being more than ten per cent of the strength of the whole command. 
 
 Col. Funston, Col. Kessler, and Maj. Kobbe were mentioned for gallant con- 
 duct, and special distinction was asked for them from the War Department. After 
 seven days of hard fighting the insurgent capital was taken. Of the men under 
 him Gen. Harrison Gray Otis writes: “They have shown in an eminent degree 
 the qualities of good soldiers, obedient to discipline, enduring in courage, in 
 steadiness, in patriotism, and magnificent order in battle.” 
 
 OPERATIONS OF WHEATON’S BRIGADE* 
 
 On March 22d, Gen. Wheaton received orders from Headquarters Department 
 of the Pacific and Eighth Army Corps to report for temporary duty with his brigade 
 to Major-General MacArthur. The brigade consisted of one battalion 3d U. S. Inf., 
 just landed from transport, 22d U. S. Inf., and eleven companies 2d Oregon Vol- 
 unteer Inf., in all 2241 officers and enlisted men effective for duty. The night of 
 March 24th, this brigade relieved the 1st Brigade, second division, Brigadier- 
 General Otis, in the trenches extending from the left, west of Caloocan, to the 
 vicinity of Ea Toma church. This disposition was made in the darkness, without 
 the enemy gaining any knowledge of it, although his entrenchments were close in 
 
 r • 
 
 TRENCHES AND BRIDGE AT CALUMPIT. Photo by Lillie.. 
 
 front and our movements exposed to his short-range fire. The 2d Oregon was 
 placed on the left, 22d U. S. Inf. on the right, the battalion 3d Inf. in the 
 enclosure, or wall, about Caloocan church, and near the center. March 25th, 
 soon after daylight, Major-General MacArthur commenced his movement by 
 
 * Written by an officer of the brigade. 
 
270 
 
 Campaigning m the Philippines. 
 
 advancing his right brigade to attack the enemy in the trenches on his front, and 
 to advance his right on Polo. Soon after, his left took up the movement and 
 advanced to the front and left his artillery near the center, advancing with his lines. 
 
 As soon as the left brigade moved, Gen. Wheaton advanced one battalion of 
 the22d Inf. on his right to cover the movement of the 3d U. S. Art. — foot — on Gen. 
 
 SECTION OF FIRST RESERVE HOSPITAL, USED FOR WOUNDED FILIPINOS. Photo hy Lillie. 
 
 MacArthur’s left. The turning movement having sufficiently developed to threaten 
 the rebel entrenchments on their left flank, Gen. Wheaton directed that Are be 
 opened on the rebel entrenchments on his front by the guns of the Utah Light 
 Artillery, 1st. Lieut. George W. Gibbs, and at 8:30 a. m. directed his whole line to 
 advance in the following order: 22d U. S. Inf., Col. H. C. Egbert, on the right to 
 endeavor to keep in touch and communication with the 3d U. S. Art. on the left of 
 Otis’ Brigade; MacArthur’s Division, one battalion 3d U. S. Inf., Capt. Cooke, 
 center; two companies on the east side of the railroad track and two on the west 
 side. Second Oregon Volunteer Inf., Col. O. Summers, left extending to near the 
 channel separating Malabon from the mainland. The rebels were found in their 
 entrenchments in great force, and line after line of their works was carried with 
 the utmost gallantry. The roll of the infantry fire was now continuous and in- 
 tense; the heaviest fighting at this time falling on the 2d Oregon and two companies 
 of 3d U. S. Inf. By 11:30 A. m. the enemy was thrown to the line of entrench- 
 ments along the Tuliahan River, he having been driven from his successive lines 
 of entrenchments with great slaughter. The two guns of the Utah Light Battery 
 were now brought up from the line of works in front of Caloocan to a point on 
 the railroad track, nine hundred yards from the bridge across the Tuliahan; a 
 Hotchkiss revolving cannon was sent to the extreme left to keep down the fire of 
 the enemy coming from across the channel near Malabon. His block-houses and 
 entrenchments along the river on the north bank were shelled. A battalion of 
 two companies of the 23d U. S. Inf., one hundred and fifty-nine officers and enlisted 
 men, Capt. S. B. Pratt, having been sent out from the city, were placed on the right 
 with instructions to connect with the left of Otis’ Brigade, which was done by 
 fording the Tuliahan. Late in the afternoon, a despatch was received from 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 171 
 
 Gen. Mac Arthur that it was probable, owing to the difficulties of the country, 
 that he would not be able to place his right at Polo that day, but hoped to be 
 there early next morning. Gen. Wheaton now suspended his forward movement, 
 in order that the enemy might not be driven beyond Polo or Malinta before the 
 ground in that vicinity had been seized by Gen. MacArthur. Night closed 
 with Gen. Wheaton’s right connecting with Otis’ Brigade of the second 
 division, and the line close to the Tuliahan, with the enemy all driven to the 
 north bank. March 26th, at daylight, the indications were that the enemy was 
 preparing for retreat. 
 
 The city of Malabon, on the left, was on fire, and a stream of fugitive soldiers, 
 of the enemy, and inhabitants, was pouring from the city toward the north. Col. 
 Egbert was ordered to ford the Tuliahan River with his regiment — the 22d U. S. 
 Inf. — near the right, and form line perpendicular to the river, his right to the 
 north, his left to be supported by the battalion 23d U. S. Inf. By 11 A. m. all 
 entrenchments near the river were carried, the 2d Oregons on the left meeting 
 with an obstinate resistance. Gen. Wheaton crossed the river in person at this 
 time near the railroad bridge, and the rebels opened fire from an entrenchment 
 halfway, from the river to Malinta, from walls, loopholed for musketry about the 
 church, and from entrenchments at Malinta. The 22d U. S. Inf. was ordered to 
 form line, facing the entrenchments, and to charge and carry them, wffiich the 
 regiment did with great gallantr3\ Col. H. C. Egbert was mortally wounded in 
 this charge, and died soon after. At the same time the 2d Oregon, on the left, 
 carried everything before it. The 3d U. S. Art. now — about 12 m. — entered 
 Malinta. The enemy fled north, pursued by Gen. MacArthur’ s center and right. 
 Gen. Wheaton’s whole brigade went into camp at Malinta, the two remaining 
 battalions of the 3d U. S. Inf. having joined from the transport, about dark. 
 March 27th, under order from the Division Commander, the 2d Oregon was left at 
 Malinta, and the rest of the brigade joined head of column. The battalion of the 
 23d U. S. Inf. was returned to Manila. At 8:40 A. m. Gen. Wheaton received a 
 despatch from the Department Commander to be under his orders direct, and to 
 keep railroad open in the rear of Gen. MacArthur’ s Division. March 28th, the 3d 
 
 JUST BEFORE THE ADVANCE. 
 
 and 22d Infs, marched to Marilao. March 29th, the Marilao was crossed and the 
 brigade marched up the railroad. March 30th, the 13th Minnesota Volunteer Inf. 
 was assigned to Gen. Wheaton’s command. Column moved at 6:30 A. m. All trains 
 were left at Bocaue with one battalion, 22d U. S. Inf., as guard. The column 
 reached Guiguinto at 9:30 A. m., and before dark the 3d U. S. Inf., Col. Page, and 
 
172 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 two battalions ‘22d U. S. Inf. were in bivouac, one half mile in rear of Major- 
 General MacArthur’s line of battle, one and one-half to two miles from Malolos. 
 In conference with Gen. Mac Arthur it was decided that Gen. Wheaton should 
 support his attack on the enemy’s position, in front of Malolos, by supporting his 
 left with two battalions 22d U. S. Inf. and his right with three battalions 8d 
 U. S. Inf. March 81st, soon after daylight, the five battalions mentioned were 
 placed, deployed in two lines of skirmishers, closed to two and one-half paces 
 interval ; distance between lines, 500 yards. The right and left battalions to lap 
 over and beyond the line of battle of the division. Action commenced about 7 
 A. M., the left occupying Malolos, the enemy’s capital, early in the day. Gen. 
 Wheaton was with the right and opened fire on an entrenchment of the enemy 
 with Hotchkiss revolving cannon, soon after the line was formed. 
 
 After some maneuvering, Hale’s Brigade carried the enemy’s works, and pur- 
 sued him in the direction of Calumpit. The entire movement from the lines in 
 front of Caloocan to Malolos was a complete success. Great damage and heavy 
 loss in killed and wounded was inflicted upon the rebels, and nowhere was the 
 
 WHERK THE NEBRASKA REGIMENT LOST TWELVE MEN WITHIN FIFTY AWARDS. Photo hi/ Roomer. 
 
 enemy able to considerably retard the advance. He was in strong force in front 
 of our lines on March 25th. In front of Gen. Wheaton’s Brigade his entrench- 
 ments were held by not less than 4000 men, mostly armed with Mauser rifles. The 
 conduct of our officers and men was distinguished by daring and the utmost 
 energy. Gen. Wheaton expresses the highest admiration for the distinguished 
 gallantry of Col. Harry C. Egbert, 22d U. S. Inf., who fell at Malinta during the 
 charge of his regiment upon the enemy’s entrenchments. He should be held in 
 grateful remembrance by his countrymen. The gallant conduct of Col. O. Summers, 
 2d Oregon Volunteer Inf., on March 25th and 26th, is worthy of the highest 
 praise. He maneuvered his regiment with ability and did excellent service, in- 
 spiring his command which fought with courage and determination. The con- 
 duct of Capt. John G. Ballance, 22d U. S. Inf., was distinguished for courage and 
 skill. His ability in handling his battalion under the enemy’s fire is worthy of 
 the highest consideration. Gen. Wheaton states that he is indebted for valuable 
 asistance to Capt. H. C. Cabell, 8d U. S. Inf., Assistant Adjutant-General U. S. V.; 
 1st Eieut. F. D. Webster, 20th Inf., Aide-de-camp; 2d Lieut. W. D. Connor, 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 173 
 
 Corps of Engineers, Acting Aide-de-camp, and 2d Lieut A. P. Hayne, Battery A, 
 California Volunteer Heavy Artillery, Acting Aide-de-camp; that they carried 
 his orders to all parts of the field during these operations; he expresses his thanks 
 for the courage and ability with which they carried his orders. Gen. Wheaton 
 also states that Maj. G. F. Shiels, Brigade Surgeon of Volunteers, rendered 
 valuable service in bringing wounded from the most exposed places, and in many 
 instances carrying orders under the heaviest fire of the enemy. 
 
 THE GIEMORE INCIDENT. 
 
 In the latter part of March, during the period covered by this chapter, 
 the gunboat Yorktown was ordered to patrol the coast of Luzon. After 
 liberating foreign residents in towns where they were held as prisoners, 
 the Yorktown proceeded northward as far as the province of El Principe, 
 stopping at the capital town of Bales, where she arrived April 12th. The 
 province contains about 50,000 inhabitants, and is a mountainous country. 
 The town of Bales has a population of nearly 12,000, and is ten days’ distant by 
 land from Manila — three days on horseback, and seven by coach. So isolated is 
 tne place that neither the natives nor Spanish residents were aware of events 
 transpiring in Manila, nor of their changed relations to each other, or the world. 
 
 The Spanish had maintained a garrison at Bales, which for nearly a year had 
 oeen besieged by the insurrectos, a siege which was continued nothwithstanding 
 surrender of Spain’s claims to sovereignty. The garrison consisted of eighty- 
 three soldiers, three officers and two priests, who were defending themselves in a 
 church. The mission of the Yorktowyi was to acquaint the insurrectos with the 
 change in government, and to rescue the beleaguered garrison. On the arrival of 
 the Yorktowji, Lieut. J. C. Gilmore, and Ensign W. H. Standley were directed to 
 proceed up the river in the Yorktown' s launch, making soundings, and discover- 
 ing the conditions of affairs at Bales. On arriving at the mouth of the river. 
 Ensign Standley landed, and Gilmore with a party from the gunboat proceeded 
 up the stream, soon being concealed from view by a bend in the shore. Shortly 
 after losing sight of the boat, Standley heard a bugle call, followed by three volleys 
 and cheering. That the launch had been surprised by insurrectos, he did not 
 doubt, and as the automatic gun with which the boat was equipped, made no 
 reply, it seemed almost certain that Gilmore and party had been killed, or taken 
 prisoners. 
 
 Returning to the ship with this report, search was instituted for the Lieu- 
 tenant, his party, and the launch, but nothing coming to light about either, after 
 a few days, during which the Filipinos refused to communicate with the American 
 officers, the Yorktown continued her voyage to Iloilo. From that time, and to 
 the time when these pages are printed, the party have been held as prisoners by 
 the Filipinos. 
 
1 
 
 CHURCH AT MAUOUOS. 
 
 Used as headquarters for our troops. 
 
 i 
 
CHAPTER IX. 
 
 MacARTHUR’S march on SAN FERNANDO. 
 
 R some weeks after the capture of Malolos, MacArthur’s 
 Division remained there awaiting further developments. 
 The position of affairs was not much changed, except that 
 the headquarters of the insurrectos had been pushed 
 back a few miles. The insurrectos were as active as ever, 
 and their lines confronted ours near Malolos, just as they 
 had previously confronted them at Caloocan. Whenever 
 the Americans appeared in force the insurrectos retired. 
 When the Americans fell back, the insurrectos returned. 
 About this time Gen. H. G. Otis resigned and returned to 
 the United States, and was succeeded in the command of the 1st Brigade by Gen. 
 Lloyd Wheaton on April 2d. The regiments of Wheaton’s Brigade were partly 
 returned to Manila and partly scattered along the line of the railroad upon guard 
 duty, under command of Gen. Wheaton. Gen. Wheaton remained in command 
 of the 1st Brigade until our forces reached San Fernando, and was also in general 
 charge of the railroad communications with Manila. On April 14th, the 10th 
 Pennsylvania Regiment was relieved by the 51st lowas. 
 
 During the second week in April, a body of insurrectos appeared near the 
 railroad between Malolos and Manila, threatening our communications. Gen. 
 Wheaton proceeded to attend to that matter, and the following, written by an 
 officer of his brigade, describes his operations in so doing: 
 
 WHEATON’S OPERATIONS ALONG THE RAILROAD. 
 
 At 1 A. M. April 11th, Gen. Wheaton received a despatch from the command- 
 ing officer at Bigaa that the enemy had attacked in force at Bocaue, on the rail- 
 road, our line of communication; that he was attacked and that he wanted 
 re-inforcements. In compliance with instructions from Major-General MacArthur, 
 commanding the second division, Gen. Wheaton immediately proceeded (on foot) 
 in the direction of points attacked, taking with him a detachment of twenty-five 
 men of the 4th Cav. (dismounted), under command of Lieut. Charles Boyd, 
 4th U. S. Cav. Upon reaching a company of the 13th Minnesota Volunteer Inf., 
 encamped two and one-half miles south of Malolos and along the railroad track, 
 it was found that an additional company had been sent there from Guiguinto. 
 The company was ordered to follow the General, and also one platoon of the other 
 company. Upon arriving at the bridge, one mile or less from Guiguinto, the 
 company there was ordered to follow. The command arrived at Guiguinto as the 
 
17*5 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 enemy attacked the outposts there. The commanding officer seemed to have made 
 no adequate preparation for combat. Gen. Wheaton immediately deployed the 
 whole force, amounting to about 400 men, along the railroad track, and pushed by 
 hand the armored train lying there into position to command the ground east and 
 north of Guiguinto. The enem}' now attacked by firing from all the bamboo 
 thickets and timber near the station and north and east of the depot. Fire was 
 opened upon him from the six-pound rifle, and the Hotchkiss revolving cannon and 
 the two machine guns on the armored train. The whole infantr}^ line opened fire, 
 and before daylight the enemy was driven off and dispersed. 
 
 Gen. Wheaton then proceeded to Bigaa, taking the troops at Guiguinto with 
 him and leaving the detachment 4th Cav. to guard the station, until relieved by 
 troops sent from Malolos by the Division Commander. The armored train was 
 pushed by hand. The enemy was driven from the vicinit}* of Bigaa, and taking 
 the troops there, excepting detachment left as guard, the General proceeded to 
 Bocaue. Upon arriving within a mile of that place he found the troops 3 ’et 
 engaged. He opened fire on the enem^’ with machine guns and attacked him with 
 infantr}^ deployed in the extended order, and drove him in flight in the direction 
 
 THE ADVAXCE OX MALOLOS. 
 
 of Santa Maria and east of Bocaue. It was found that there had been a spirited 
 combat at Bocaue, and the four companies of infantr}" there and in the vicinity had 
 preser\*ed the railroad track intact and had inflicted loss upon the enem 3 ^ It was also 
 learned that the three companies of the Oregon Regiment at Marilao had been 
 attacked by about 400 rebels, who were driven off. The telegraph line betu^een 
 Bocaue and Marilao had been cut in several places, and it was not until afternoon 
 that the line was restored. The enem 3 " had attacked in considerable force all the 
 places held b 3 ' troops, from Marilao to Guiguinto inclusive. He was beaten off 
 ever 3 'wffiere b 3 ' da 3 flight and driven from the vicinit 3 ^ of all the stations before 6:30 
 A. M. The General ordered four companies of the 2d Oregon from Malinta and 
 two from Marilao, and with two companies at Bocaue assembled at that point 
 two battalions of the regiment and had there the entire Minnesota Regiment. 
 Major-General MacArthur sent from Malolos one 3.2-inch gun and one Hotch- 
 kiss revolving cannon. At da 3 dight, on the morning of the 12th of April, a 
 move was made upon Santa Maria with this force. Fire was opened upon the 
 position and entrenchments of the enem 3 ^ at that place with artiller 3 q and the 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 177 
 
 infantry advanced in the extended order. The enemy — eleven companies o^ 
 infantry — offered a feeble resistance, and fled north and east of Santa Maria. 
 Strong detachments were sent on all north and east roads. They pursued the 
 enemy in every direction, but were unable to come up with him, as he had dis- 
 persed. The command returned to Bocaue, during the afternoon, and from there 
 the troops were sent to the several stations they occupied before the enemy’s 
 attack upon the points, held by the troops along the railroad track. From inform- 
 ation obtained from prisoners and from escaped Spanish refugees, it was learned 
 that this attack upon our communications was made under the orders and super- 
 vision of Aguinaldo, who was at Santa Maria the 11th of April. The loss of the 
 enemy, as near as could be ascertained, was about 250 killed and wounded. 
 
 Thanks are due Col. O. Summers, 2d Oregon Volunteer Inf., for prompt co- 
 operation and to Capt. H. C. Catell for able assistance, also to 1st. Tieut. F. D. 
 Webster, 20th Inf., Aide-de-camp, and 1st Lieut. H. B. Ely, 22d Inf., Acting 
 Assistant Quartermaster and Acting Chief Surgeon. Maj. Bell, U. S. V. 
 Engineers, of Major-General MacArthur’s staff, rendered valuable services on the 
 12th of April, and had charge of an important reconnaissance from Santa Maria. 
 
 In the latter part of April, Gen. MacArthur was instructed by the command- 
 ing general to renew his pressure upon the insurrectos, and drive them from 
 Calumpit and San Fernando, which had become their headquarters. 
 
 HALE’vS OPERATIONvS FROM MAEOLOS TO CALUMPIT. 
 
 The country from Malolos to Calumpit is level for the most part. A wagon 
 road runs five miles northeasterly to Quingua, bordered with a fringe of woods 
 most of the way, with open fields on both sides. For half a mile about Quingua, 
 the country- is covered with woods, but just before reaching the woods there was 
 half a mile of open space defended by trenches — the scene of the battle of Quin- 
 gua. Around the town itself - . ■ - 
 
 was a strong line of trenches. 
 
 The Quingua River flows west- 
 ward past the north edge of the 
 town of Quingua, and the south 
 edge of the town of Pulilan 
 toward Calumpit, eight miles 
 west of Quingua. 
 
 The railroad runs northwest 
 from Malolos to Calumpit, 
 through a rich farming country 
 like the English downs. Five 
 miles from Malolos it crosses 
 the Bagbag River, which here 
 flows southwesterly. The rail- 
 road has an iron bridge, the gen. wheaton at malolos. puotohymue . 
 
 farther span of which had been dropped into the river by the insurrectos, — a fact 
 discovered by Maj. Bell in a reconnaissance from Malolos. A mile and a quarter 
 further on, the road crosses the Rio Grande de la Pampanga on a fine iron bridge ^ 
 
 12b 
 
178 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 the condition of which was unknown. Three hundred yards above and north- 
 east of the broken Bagbag Bridge, the Bagbag River is formed by the junction of 
 the Quingua River, flowing from the east, and the Calumpit River, a narrow, 
 
 deep, canal-like stream extend- 
 ing from this junction north- 
 westerly parallel to the railroad 
 to the Rio Grande, thus forming 
 a connecting link between the 
 two rivers. 
 
 The town of Calumpit lies in 
 the rectangle formed b}^ the 
 railroad, the Rio Grande de la 
 Pampanga, the Calumpit and 
 the Bagbag, being thus sur- 
 rounded on three sides by rivers 
 said to be unfordable. It was 
 known to be very strongly 
 fortified by entrenchments built 
 in a practically continuous line along the river banks, covered in some cases with 
 bomb proofs, and other cases with loopholed breastworks, having individual 
 coverings for each rifleman. The railroad enbankment was also converted into 
 a parapet for firing in either direction, and was gashed with trenches cut across it, 
 to fire on troops advancing along the road. 
 
 The Americans fully appreciated that the capture of this place, so strongly 
 fortified, both by nature and the insurgents, was a serious problem — the most 
 difficult yet encountered. The insurgents regarded it as absolutely impregnable. 
 Buencameno, one of their leaders, stated in a letter to Aguinaldo, picked up on 
 the battle-field after the capture, that ‘ ‘ Calumpit will be the sepulcher of the 
 Americans,” and he was certainly justified in this opinion by the strength of the 
 position. 
 
 The original plan was for the 1st Brigade to work up the railroad, Hale’s Brigade 
 moving due north from Malolos across the Quingua River, and thence westward to 
 the Calumpit, from which position it could partially enfilade the trenches along the 
 Bagbag, near the railroad bridge in front of the 1st Brigade, and thus enable the 
 latter to effect a crossing. The Quingua part of the fight was not premeditated, 
 but events so shaped themselves that the 2d Brigade had to go to Quingua and 
 fight its way along the Quingua River, past Pulilan to Calumpit, and so attack 
 the city in that way. 
 
 Before the march commenced, Maj. Bell went with a cavalry troop in the direc- 
 tion of Quingua, to reconnoiter the river. At the camp in Malolos, at six o’clock 
 on the morning of April 23d, a heavy firing was heard coming from the direction of 
 Maj. Bell’s expedition. The firing being so heavy and continuous, as to indicate 
 something more than a mere brush with an outpost, Gen. Hale immediately sent 
 an order to Lieutenant-Colonel Miller, of the 51st lowas, to send two companies 
 to Maj. Bell’s support, and, as the firing did not abate, increased this to four 
 companies. A cavalryman rode in and reported that Maj. Bell had sent for a 
 
 OREGON BOYS ON THE FIRING LINE. Photo hy Lillie. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 179 
 
 battalion of Nebraskas, whose camp was nearest the Quingua Road, and that the}" 
 were already on the way out. A little later another battalion of lowas and one of 
 Nebraskas went out to re-inforce their comrades. About this time Capt. Lockett, 
 Gen. MacArthur’s Aide, who had ridden out to investigate, reported that the morn- 
 ing skirmish had developed into quite a serious situation, and that artillery would 
 be required to drive the Filipinos from their strong position. Gen. MacArthur 
 ordered four guns to the post. 
 
 Gen. Hale at once took the field in person, and reached the firing lines to find 
 that the Nebraskas were deployed behind a rice-ridge in the field, at the right of 
 the road ; that the lowas had taken a position on their right and the cavalry were 
 posted on the left. The Filipinos were pouring a fierce and deadly fire on our 
 lines. The General waited for our guns, which were rapidly coming up the road, 
 placed them at the edge of the woods, ordered the Nebraskas, who were between 
 his cannon and the enemy on the right, to withdraw to the woods as soon as the 
 artillery began firing on the left, thus permitting the shelling of the insurgent 
 trenches in front of the Nebraskas before they advanced, and then opened with 
 the artillery. 
 
 The Nebraska firing line, however, began to advance under a terrific musketry 
 discharge. Thinking that his instructions had been misunderstood. Hale ran 
 down the road towards the Nebraskas and discovered that Col. Stotsenberg, who 
 had just come out and was not aware of the General’s plan and orders, had gone 
 to the front, and, with his characteristic, impetuous bravery, had given the order 
 to advance. It was too late to recall the men who had by this time almost reached 
 the enemy’s trenches and were fighting with the courage and spirit of Napoleon’s 
 Old Guard. The Filipinos in this fight delivered a very effective fire, and within 
 a few hundred yards Col. Stotsenberg, Lieut. Sisson and two enlisted men were 
 killed, and thirty-one men wounded, out of not over 200 men actually on the 
 firing lines. But the charge of this “thin, brown line’’ was irresistible, and the 
 Filipinos were beaten back from their position and driven through the town only 
 after they had made several 
 stands behind the barricades. 
 
 When the artillery fire was 
 about to begin, Capt. Brooks, 
 
 Adjutant-General of the brigade, 
 had been sent above the line, 
 to the right, to direct the Iowa 
 troops to advance with the 
 Nebraskas, which they did, 
 meeting strong resistance from 
 the enemy, entrenched around 
 the southwest side of the town, 
 but gallantly carrying these 
 works and entering the town 
 with the Nebraskas. The unexpected events of the day having put our troops 
 in possession of Quingua, it was considered better to hold it, and effect a crossing 
 of the Quingua River at that point, and march from there against Calumpit 
 
 GUNS OF THE UTAH BATTERY TRAINED ON MALABON. 
 
180 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 instead of carrying out the former plan of advancing north from Malolos 
 and forcing a passage at a new place which would probably be strongly 
 defended. The events of the next day proved the wisdom of this judgment, 
 and showed that the battle of Quingua was a blessing in disguise. Accordingly, 
 the South Dakotas, and the remaining companies of the Nebraskas and lowas 
 were marched to Quingua. 
 
 Rations and ammunition were distributed, and everything put in readiness to 
 force the passage of the river on the following morning. During the night the 
 enemy made an attempt to destroy the bamboo bridges, but was frustrated b}^ the 
 American outposts. Sergeant-Major Coleman of the Nebraskas succeeded in recon- 
 noitering the ford, although the enemy on the opposite bank fired on everyone 
 approaching the river, and found that it was shallow enough for troops to pass. 
 
 After a busy and anxious night the infantr}' and artillery were placed, at 
 5 A. M., along the south bank of the river, the guns being located in such a wa}’- 
 that they could partially enfilade the Filipino trenches. At 5:30 the firing began. 
 Twenty-five minutes later Company B of the Nebraskas, under Lieut. Osborne, 
 advanced through the ford, and Company F, of the South Dakotas, under Capt. 
 
 IX THE TRENCHES AT THE PUMPING STATION. 
 
 Brockway, dashed across the frail bambooo foot-bridge. This boldness of the 
 Americans, which was not down in the books, and which Spain had not taught 
 them, seemed to paralyze the insurgents, and they left their trenches forthwith. 
 After four hours’ hard work, owing to the rickety condition of the bridge, and the 
 steep approach to the ford, and the soft bottom of the river, transportation and 
 army were all taken across, and a northwesterly march on Pulilan began. Pulilan 
 lies on the north bank of the Pulilan River, about two miles northwest of Quin- 
 gua and six miles east of Calumpit. The thick jungles rendered the maintenance 
 of an extended line extremely difficult, but b}" hard riding up and down the line 
 and constantly passing of signals, the continuity of the brigade was preserved as 
 it forced its way through the dense, thorny brush. The artillery was kept within 
 100 yards of the firing line, to be ready for quick action in an emergency. 
 
 Gen. Hale is a strong advocate of this departure from the text-book rules for 
 location of artillery, when applied to warfare with the Filipinos. On account of 
 the high fire of the Filipinos, it was fully as safe on the firing line as farther back. 
 The guns did not have to come up under fire, and a few shells and shrapnel 
 promptly administered at the very outset of an attack, exert a wonderful influence. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 181 
 
 At 10:20 A. M. the line was met by a heavy fire from the dense bamboo thickets 
 in its front, where the enemy was strongly entrenched in a line of earthworks 
 built across the road, and in the woods. One field gun opened immediately to the 
 
 front, and a few 
 well directed 
 shots from an- 
 other put to 
 flight a party 
 of the enemy 
 who had attack- 
 ed our right and 
 
 TRENCHES AT SAN FERNANDO. Photo by Darcey. rear. The SoUth 
 
 Dakotas and Nebraskas charged the enemy’s earthworks, and, as a longer resist- 
 ance than usual was made, a large number were killed. In one barricade thirty- 
 eight dead were counted, at another, twenty-eight, and at a third, fifteen, while 
 many more were seen along the lanes and in the woods. The brigade halted at 
 Pulilan, resuming the march at 3 p. m. 
 
 As the sun was sinking towards the horizon, and the weary skirmish line was 
 plodding along past the ford of the Quingua where the crossing would have been 
 made if the plan had been carried out, and thinking that the enemy would probably 
 not make another stand before the final and crucial conflict at the stronghold of 
 Calumpit, they were rudely awakened by the crackling of Mausers from a line of 
 invisible trenches extending perpendicularly to the river along the entire front of 
 the brigade for a distance of nearly a mile. The left battalion of the Nebraskas 
 and the artillery took up some earthworks which had been vacated by the Fili- 
 pinos, and which made a splendid defense at this time. Tieut. Webber’s com- 
 pany was sent up the road on the left to turn the enemy’s right flank. The right 
 battalion of the Nebraskas, under Maj. Eager, in company with the South 
 Dakotas, under Col. Frost, charged across the intervening space. When they 
 were half way across, the Filipinos retreated, leaving twenty-five dead. This 
 ended the third fight of the day. Without counting those scattered through trees 
 and jungles, over one hundred of the enemy were found killed and wounded in 
 four groups alone during the day, and it is a conservative estimate to place their 
 dead at two hundred. * The Americans lost in the day’s fight six killed and fourteen 
 wounded, one of w^hom after- • 
 wards died. The command 
 camped on the battle-field during 
 the night. Under the cover of 
 the darkness supplies were 
 brought from Malolos and taken 
 across the river on the men’s 
 backs. The dead, wounded and 
 
 PENNSYLVANIAS SKIRMISHING JUST AFTER DAYBREAK 
 
 sick were carried across and sent in the march on malolos. 
 
 back to Malolos in ambulances, and in the wagons and bull-carts which brought out 
 the supplies. The next morning, April 25th, after a practically sleepless night, mak- 
 ing forty-eight hours of almost continual fighting, marching and handling supplies, 
 
182 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines,. 
 
 the advance upon Calumpit was resumed. The order of battle was for the main body 
 to march in an extended line, leaving one battalion of each regiment in reserve. 
 When within a mile of the Calumpit River, Gen. Hale, by means of the 
 compass, established a new line, forty degrees west of north, and swung his brig- 
 ade around, so that it would be parallel with the river, before he made his final 
 advance on the town. Maj. Mulford, of the Nebraskas, and the General made a 
 reconnaissance, locating the Ragbag railroad bridge, the west span of which had 
 
 THE ADVANCE ON MALOLOS. 
 
 been broken down, and the enemy’s entrenchments across the river. The 1st 
 Brigade was working up the railroad, on the south side of the Quingua River in 
 conjunction with the 2d Brigade on the north side. When sure that the 1st 
 Brigade was up, the guns, which had been placed to command the bridge and 
 trenches, opened fire. The enemy replied with much vigor. When the artillery 
 had sufficiently shaken things up, the infantry advanced, firing, until they came 
 to the east bank of the Calumpit River, where they engaged with the enemy only 
 fifty yards away, defended by the strong entrenchments already mentioned, and 
 with a deep and apparently impassable stream. The brigade staff and the 
 artillery came forward, Tieut. Fuller, Aide-de-camp, going back to hurry up the 
 last piece. Tieut. Fleming, with great coolness, placed his guns on the bank and 
 poured death into those wonderfully constructed trenches. Not in the whole 
 Filipino war have our troops occupied more dangerous ground, and it is only 
 owing to the fact that the insurgents were obliged to fire without aiming, that our 
 men escaped a heavy slaughter. The conduct of the men was gallant, and so 
 heavy and accurate was their fire that the frame of the covered and loopholed 
 earthworks was afterwards seen to be cut in shreds by bullets passing through 
 the loopholes themselves. The insurgents were afraid to raise their heads above 
 the ramparts, but their hands and guns could be seen rising over the edge, firing 
 and dropping back to load. Consequently, their sheet of bullets flew over the 
 prostrate forms of the Americans, lying on the opposite bank, and delivering a 
 cool and aimed fire that played like a garden hose along the top of the enemy’s 
 parapets. After half an hour, when the enemy’s fire was practically silenced on 
 our left, it seemed feasible to Hale to get a line of troops across, near the junction 
 of the Calumpit and Quingua Rivers, and put an end to the agony. He therefore 
 told Maj. Mulford to take Company K of the Nebraskas, which was on the left, 
 and make the attempt. Mulford and Lieut. Webber waded in with their men, but 
 were soon beyond their depth. A second attempt farther out on the Quingua 
 showed the water to be only shoulder deep, and at this point the line was sent across. 
 
Campaigning in the Philipphies. 
 
 183 ' 
 
 Gen. Hale and his staff intrepidly plunged through with the first fording party, 
 at the same time hurrying about fifty more men across, and formed them in line 
 to sweep through Calumpit and take the river trenches in flank. The Nebraska 
 men at once marched through the town, and the lowas and South Dakotas were 
 told not to fire across the river while this move was going on. Several times 
 Aguinaldo’s men rallied, but at each stand they were routed and left their slain in 
 the blood-stained trenches. Forty dead, and fourteen wounded, were found as 
 the result of this movement through the town. The number killed and wounded 
 in the earlier part of the fight can not be estimated, as they were removed before 
 our troops crossed the river. 
 
 When the Americans approached Calumpit church, which the insurgents had 
 fired before retreating, a reconnoitering party went forward and discovered that 
 the insurrectos had left the district south of the Rio Grande, and were in strong 
 force on the north bank. Soon afterward the Filipinos opened fire with artillery 
 as well as infantry. It was one of the few instances in which they used artillery. 
 A shrapnel burst over the heads of our men. Receiving no reply, the insurgents 
 soon tired of their artillery and rifle practice, and stopped firing. The Nebraskas 
 bivouacked on the Calumpit and Ragbag Rivers, with their left on the railroad 
 track. The Adjutant-General of the brigade, Capt. Brooks, was sent up the 
 railroad with a detail of ten men, to ascertain the condition of the track and the 
 Rio Grande Bridge. He found that the road-bed had been stripped of ties and 
 converted into a breastwork for resisting the American advance, either along or 
 across the road, but that the trusses of the railroad bridge were apparently unin- 
 jured. As he approached within 400 ^mrds of the Rio Grande Bridge, he had 
 been fired on by infantry and artillery. The total number of our losses during 
 these engagements at Calumpit, were three killed and thirty-three wounded, of 
 which one, later, died. During the rest of April, the command remained at 
 Calumpit, guarding the bridges over the Ragbag and Rio Grande Rivers. 
 
 On May 2d, Gen. Hale took the South Dakota and Iowa Regiments with a 
 
 MINNESOTA FIRING LINE IN THE ADVANCE ON SAN ISIDRO. Photo by Lillie. 
 
 platoon of cavalry and three guns to a point on the Pulilan-Quingua Road, east of 
 Pulilan, holding them there as a re-inforcement for Gen. Fawton’s Division in the 
 movement, then proceeding against Baliuag, in case assistance should be required. 
 Baliuag, however, was captured with little resistance, and the next morning the 
 command was ordered back to Calumpit, and in the afternoon moved north of 
 the Rio Gronde in preparation for the advance on San Fernando the following day. 
 The total distance marched in the two days was twenty-one miles. 
 
134 
 
 Campaigning m the Philippines. 
 
 OPERATIONS OF WHEATON’S BRIGADE TO CAEUMPIT * 
 
 Pursuant to orders of Major-General MacArthur, Gen. Wheaton moved his 
 brigade, now consisting of a battalion of 3d U. S. Cav., one of Montana Volunteer 
 Inf. and one 20th Kansas Volunteer Inf., out of Malolos, on the morning of April 
 24th, with instructions to attack the enemy on the north bank of the Bagbag River, 
 but the brigade of Gen. Hale, with which it was desired he should co-operate, 
 not having advanced from the direction of Quinga on Calumpit sufficiently to 
 attack at that point that day, Gen. Wheaton was directed by Major-General Mac- 
 Arthur to hold his brigade in the vicinity of the railroad at Barasoain until Hale 
 had fought his way to the vicinity of a ford across the Quinga, not far from the 
 Calumpit River. About 8:30 A. m., on the morning of April 25th, by direction of 
 the Division Commander, Gen. Wheaton marched his brigade on the enemy’s 
 position, moving the 20th Kansas Volunteer Inf. on the left of the railroad and 
 the 1st Montana Volunteer Inf. on the right. The battalion of the 3d U. S. Art., 
 Maj. Kobbe, was left at Malolos and Barasoain to guard the line of road. The 
 armored train was directed to follow up the track, after the brigade was well on 
 
 INSURGENT TRENCHES AT CALUMPIT. 
 
 the march. His movements being well screened from the enemy by extensive 
 lines of bamboo jungle, the General moved both regiments of infantry into a well- 
 protected position, about 1200 yards from the enemy’s entrenchments along the 
 Bagbag. The armored train, having reached at this time a point on the road near 
 the infantry, it was ordered that fire be opened from the rifled six-pounder and the 
 three machine guns on the train, and at this minute Hale’s Artillery, in front and 
 on the right, across the Quinga, opened fire, and the guns of the Utah Battery on 
 the right commenced firing. Soon after the armored train was moved to the front 
 and several companies of infantry, from both regiments, were advanced to seize 
 all places near the river, from which an effective fire might be directed upon the 
 enemy’s entrenchments. The converging fire of the two brigades of the division 
 and the artillery now began to shake the enemy. 
 
 Col. Funston, 20th Kansas Volunteer Inf., with Lieut. C. M. Warner, 1st 
 Sergt. Raymond Enslow and Sergt. C. P. Barshfield, Company K 20th Kansas, 
 endeavored to rush across the railroad bridge. A span of the bridge being 
 
 * Written by an officer of the brigade. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 185 
 
 1 
 
 j broken, Col, Funston, Lieut. Ball and the two sergeants named, swam the river 
 
 j and drove the enemy out of the entrenchments near the bridge. At the same 
 
 j time Hale’s Infantry on the right, forded the Calumpit to the front and right, 
 
 turned the enemy out of his entrenchments along the Calumpit and pursued him to 
 the vicinity of the Rio Grande, near the town of Calumpit, which the enemy 
 burned. The two regiments of Gen. Wheaton’s Brigade bivouacked near the 
 Bagbag. April 26th, the enemy was in force on the north bank of the Rio 
 Grande de la Pampanga, a broad and deep river. He was protected by a most 
 elaborate system of field fortifications and had near the railroad bridge three 
 t pieces of artillery, and one rapid fire Maxim. The important stragetic position 
 
 ; of Calumpit would be untenable until he was driven off. Gen. Wheaton was 
 
 directed to do this, his force to be the 20th Kansas, and 1st Montana Volunteer 
 Inf., five guns Utah Light Artillery, and three machine guns. It was effected in 
 , thirty-six hours as follows: The infantry was advanced in deployed lines in the 
 
 :| extended order from the Bagbag, to an entrenched position about 600 yards from 
 
 :■ the Rio Grande, which position had been abandoned by the enemy, placing the 
 
 20th Kansas on the left of the railroad, and the 1st Montana on the right. The main 
 body now being well screened from the enemy’s fire, detachments and several 
 parties of skirmishers were advanced, and seized all sheltered places near the 
 river, and within long rifle range of the railroad bridge. Two brick and stone 
 buildings near the river were seized and loopholed for musketry. The machine 
 
 guns and a part of the artillery were placed in position for fire upon the enemy’s 
 
 I entrenchments. The river was reconnoitered below the railroad bridge for the 
 ' purpose of ascertaining any place feasible to cross. A constant and continued fire 
 of sharpshooters was kept up, and a slow, but continued fire from the 3.2-inch 
 guns, during the 26th. On the night of the 26th, the railroad bridge was found 
 to be in such condition that to rush it with men carrying arms would be impracti- 
 cable. A reconnaissance at night by Col. Funston, made it apparent that the enemy 
 \ ' was entrenched in force at all points for a considerable distance down the river. 
 
 ! The morning of the 27th of April, a 3.2-inch gun was brought up to the brick 
 
 ; house near the bridge and opened fire at 
 ‘ short range upon the enemy’s works. 
 
 , ^ Upon consultation with Col. Funston 
 : a point about 900 yards below the rail- 
 
 road bridge was selected as the place 
 I that he would endeavor to cross part of 
 I his regiment. The enemy’s entrench- 
 j ments opposite this point were well 
 [ screened by bamboo thickets, but a well- 
 directed fire from the brick house near 
 the bridge from the 3.2-inch gun and 
 I by the companies of infantry was kept 
 . : up. Col. Funston also advanced to a snapshot behind the filipixo trenches. 
 
 the river bank strong parties that kept up a fire of great volume. The effect 
 of the heavy and continued fire was to drive a part of the enemy’s force from 
 his works and Privates Edward White and W. B. Trembly of Company B, 
 
186 
 
 Cainpai^Q;niiig in the Philippines. 
 
 20th Kansas swam the river with a rope and fastened it to a stake on the enemy’s 
 entrenchments while yet occupied. Rafts were pulled over by means of this rope, 
 Col. Funston going over on the first raft. The artillery had during this time 
 kept up a heav3^ fire from positions selected by Maj. Richard W. Young, Utah 
 Light Artillery. Under direction of Lieutenant-Colonel Wallace, 1st Montana, a 
 heavy and continuous fire was directed on the enemy near the railroad bridge, the 
 machine guns also being directed upon the same place. When Col. Funston had 
 crossed fortj^-five officers and men he attacked the enemy, turning him out of his 
 works near the bridge. Gen. Wheaton with his staff then crossed the bridge 
 
 followed by the 20th Kansas and 
 1st Montana as fast as they could 
 pass over such frame work as 
 the enemy had not destroyed. 
 Upon reaching the north bank 
 of the river two bodies of the 
 enemy, each about 1500 strong 
 were observed, one about one 
 and a half miles to our left which 
 had evidently been guarding the 
 river below. The^^ formed in 
 deployed line in extended order 
 and advanced, but after being 
 subjected to fire about twenty 
 minutes they fell back in disorder 
 and retreated out of range. The 
 other body was in front and 
 along the railroad. The 20th 
 Kansas and 1st Montana were 
 deployed on the left and right 
 side of the railroad embankment 
 and drove them beyond Apalit 
 Station in the direction of St. 
 Tomas. The whole force of the 
 enemy disappearing in that 
 direction, the nature of the 
 
 OUTLOOK ,N THE TREE TOP. -P*"" % coutitry beiiig sucfa that they 
 
 were compelled to march along the embankment, Gen. Wheaton estimated as 4000. 
 The night of the 27th of April the brigade bivouacked in the town north of the rail- 
 road bridge. The next morning two commissioned officers came from the rebels under 
 a flag of truce and asked for an armistice sa^dng, “They wished to acknowledge 
 the valor of the American soldier,’’ They were sent to the Division Commander. 
 
 Gen. Wheaton invites attention to the gallant conduct of Col. Frederick Fun- 
 ston — now Brigadier-General U. S. V., — during these operations. Also to 
 the very efficient ser\dces and meritorious conduct of Lieutenant-Colonel Robert 
 B. Wallace, Commanding 1st Montana Volunteer Inf., and Maj. Richard W. Young, 
 Utah Light Artillery, for the courage and skill with which he directed the operations 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 187 
 
 of his guns. The extraordinary and most gallant conduct of Private Edward 
 White, Company B, 20th Kansas and that of Private W. B. Trembly same com- 
 pany and regiment in swimming the Rio Grande in face of the enemy’s fire and 
 fastening a rope to a stake in 
 his occupied works is worthy of 
 high commendation and re- 
 ward. The conduct of Eieut. 
 
 C. H. Ball and of Sergts. Emer- 
 son and Barshfield and Corp. 
 
 A. M. Ferguson of Company 
 E, 20th Kansas Volunteer Inf. 
 in swimming the Bagbag with 
 Col. Funston under the fire of 
 the enemy is worthy of reward 
 and great praise. Gen. Whea- 
 ton also states that he is in- SENomo a message to mac Arthur from calumpit. 
 
 debted for efficient assistance to Maj. G. F. Shiels, Brigade Surgeon of Volun- 
 teers; to Capt. H. C. Cabell, 3d U. S. Inf.; to 1st Eieut. F. D. Webster, 20th Inf., 
 Aide-de-camp; to Eieut. A. P. Hayne, Battery A, California Heavy Artillery. 
 Eieut. Philip P. Russell, 1st Nebraska Volunteer Inf., A. A. G. rendered gallant 
 and effective service during these operations. 
 
 HALE’S BRIGADE FROM CALUMPIT TO SAN FERNANDO. 
 
 Beyond Calumpit the Dagupan Railway runs northwesterly ten miles to San 
 Fernando, past the towns of Apalit and Santo Tomas. The 2d Brigade marched 
 on the right on the railroad. It moved for two miles north, along the Rio Grande 
 de la Pampanga, and by wagon road ten miles more, in a northwesterly direction, 
 parallel to the railroad and a mile or two from it. From the river to San Fernando 
 the country is flat and cut by esteros, mud-bottoms, swamps and bayous. It is a 
 country which only an adventurous huntsman would venture over in search of the 
 wild fowl that inhabit its dark fen a land of moors and tarns, difficult to cross 
 in most peaceful times — a horrible with artillery, baggage and 
 
 accoutrements, and with an entrci- its passage through every 
 
 river and swamp. Into this country of aebo.^t. \d dangerous bogs the 
 
 American army plunged. 
 
 Hale’s Brigade advanced in a northwesterly direction along the wagon road 
 toward Santo Tomas and San Fernando, co-operating with the 1st Brigade which 
 was to move up the railroad. The Divisional Artillery (Utah and 6th U. S., 
 under Maj. Young), squadron of 4th Cav. and the wagon train, went with the 2d 
 Brigade. The 3d Battalion of the 51st lowas was left at the Rio Grande Bridge 
 to guard the stores and bridge. On May 4th the column formed in the following 
 manner: 2d Battalion of the 51st lowas advance guard; two field guns and one 
 Gatling gun behind the advance party, for prompt action if resistance was 
 encountered; 1st Battalion of 51st lowas; remainder of artillery; 1st Nebraska Inf.;: 
 1st South Dakota Inf, and wagon train escorted by squadron of 4th Cav. 
 
 At five o’clock the advance began. After marching a couple of hours, they" 
 
188 
 
 Cauipaigni7i<r iu the Philippines. 
 
 reached some recently constructed, but unoccupied trenches across the road. Re- 
 ceiving a report from Maj. Bell, who as usual, was scouting to the front, that 
 there was a party of natives or insurgents half a mile ahead in the road, Gen. 
 Hale deployed the advance battalion, placed the guns near the road out of sight, 
 and went forward with Maj. Bell to reconnoiter. The suspected part}' consisted of 
 some uniformed insurrectos, and some natives in white, who were swarming in the 
 road, busy as ants in constructing obstacles to the advance of the Americans. A 
 shell or two from a field gun put to flight the trench builders, and also brought a 
 fusilade from a party of Filipinos to the right, sheltered in the woods. Another 
 field piece and a Gatling gun were brought into operation, and the concealed foe 
 was silenced. The infantry devoted its attention to the road party which retreated 
 northward. The road which had just been the scene of so much industr}' was 
 discovered to be honeycombed with conical pits, in the bottom of which sharpened 
 bamboo stakes had been stuck, and the whole covered with light bamboo mats on 
 which earth was being spread to make the place appear safe. As the pits were in 
 front of a stone bridge, which had swampy ground on either side, it took some 
 time to build a road strong enough to support the artillery around the pits. While 
 
 BRIXGIXG THE ARTILLERY ACROSS THE RAGBAG RTT’ER. 
 
 this was being done, the artiller\' again opened fire on the insurrectos, who had 
 halted and seemed disposed to make a stand, but who finally moved on. When 
 the column had passed the pitfalls, and come to where the enemy’s fire had been 
 so annoying, they found a deep estero with a destroyed foot bridge. 
 
 Just before reaching this place, a battalion of the lowas which had swung out 
 to the left of the road, came upon a swamp and were obliged to return. hX. the 
 estero a strong fire from the enemy was encountered at 800 to 1000 3 'ards to the 
 front and right. Hale replied with all the artillery he could advantageously place 
 on the road, and sent the Iowa Battalion to the right, along the bank of the 
 estero, and the Xebraskas still further to the right, with a view to their crossing 
 the stream and flanking the enemy. The Xebraskas, however, were greatl}" im- 
 peded b}' the deep swamps they encountered. A heavy artillery and infantry fire 
 for half or three-quarters of an hour producing no apparent discouragement on 
 the part of the Filipinos, it became evident that only a charge would drive them 
 from their stronghold among the swamps. Gen. Hale found that the estero could 
 barely be forded by his troops, being neck-deep in places, with a foot or two of 
 
Cauipai^nin(r in the Philippines. 
 
 189 
 
 GEN. MAC ARTHUR, GEN. HALE AND 
 GEN. OTIS AT MALOLOS. 
 
 Photo hy Lillie. 
 
 mud. Nevertheless, he urged the lowas across, and proceeding along the line to 
 where the Nebraskas were just arriving, on the banks of the estero, sent them 
 also across, instructing them to go to the right and ahead of the Iowa men, and, 
 
 if possible, to flank the enemy. 
 As they advanced through the 
 swamps in execution of his order, 
 they were fired into on their 
 right and front. The fire on the 
 right, showing serious signs of 
 flank attack, the South Dakotas 
 were ordered to go to the Ne- 
 braskas’ right and draw it off. 
 Thus, the three regiments ad- 
 vanced, floundering through 
 swamps and muddy streams, fir- 
 ing as they went. On seeing this, 
 the Filipinos hastily retreated. 
 
 Gen. Hale crossed the river and followed the Nebraskas until they succeeded 
 in getting through the first branch of the Santo Tomas River. After this he 
 went to the left of the line, where the lowas, near the destroyed stone bridge, 
 were delivering a telling fire upon the insurrectos, driving them across the stream, 
 many of them throwing their guns into the water as they fled. When the General 
 found that the insurgents were retreating towards a strong line of entrenchments, 
 between the wagon road and the railway, he sent word to Col. Mulford of the 
 Nebraska Regiment to flank them out. 
 
 Col. Mulford in a few minutes appeared, covered with blue swamp mud, and 
 gave the gratifying information that his regiment had kept on, wading eleven 
 streams altogether, and had already taken the trenches in question. 
 
 This advance of the Nebraska, Iowa and South Dakota Regiments through 
 swamps knee- to waist-deep, and numerous stagnant, mud -bottomed esteros, waist- to 
 neck-deep, under oppressive 
 heat and in the face of a galling 
 fire, driving the enemy from 
 entrenched positions, which 
 would have been strong with- 
 out these natural obstacles, and 
 with them would have been 
 impregnable, if held by well 
 armed troops, may fairly be 
 considered the most remarkable 
 exhibition of persevering pluck 
 and energy during the cam- 
 paign. The lowas, having con- wounded FILIPINOS. PUotohy Parcey. 
 
 structed a floating bamboo foot-bridge across the river at the broken stone 
 bridge, began to cross and move forward, deploying on the Nebraskas’ left 
 in trenches. Gen. Hale returned to the first river to see what progress was 
 
190 
 
 Ca})ipaig)ii)ig in the Philippines. 
 
 being made in bridging it and getting the artillery across. The engineers 
 were obliged to send back a considerable distance for bamboo to make a raft, 
 and it was doubtful whether a crossing could be effected before night. The 
 
 pack-horses, un- 
 loaded , swam 
 across, the packs 
 being carried by 
 the men, but the 
 wheeled trans- 
 portation had to 
 remain. The re- 
 mainder crossed 
 
 5on the foot- 
 Ij bridge and de- 
 ployed on the 
 * right of the Xe- 
 braskas. The 
 
 MAJ. FITZGERALD, CHIEF SCRGEOX AT FIRST RESERVE HOSPITAL. 
 PERFORMING AX OPERATION. 
 
 brigade then advanced in line, and bivouacked on the road running northeast 
 from Santo Tomas railroad station. During the night, although exhausted by 
 the day’s work, large details went back about three miles for the wagon train, 
 which could not cross the streams, and carried up rations and ammunition. The 
 distance marched by the flank, not counting the trip to the wagon train, was 
 eleven miles, including about two miles of swamps and esteros. The casualties 
 for the da.y were, 1st Nebraska, two enlisted men killed and five wounded ; 
 lowas, three enlisted men wounded ; South Dakotas, one enlisted man wounded. 
 
 The next morning, Gen. MacArthur, having received report from Maj. Bell’s 
 scouting party that San Fernando seemed to be held onl}’ bj^ a small force of the 
 enemy, directed Gen. Hale to take two battalions and occupy the town. Two 
 battalions of the lowas were immediately formed and moved to the corner of 
 main San Fernando Road. The column marched northwest on the road to a 
 point near the entrenchments, about half a mile southeast of the river and 
 town. They proceeded north across open fields, forded a muddy estero, ad- 
 vanced beyond the bend in the river, and deployed parallel to river, facing west, 
 so as to enter the town on the east side. 
 
 Gen. Hale accompanied the right battalion, and Maj. Bell the left. On reach- 
 ing the bank of the river a brisk fire opened on the left. The right battalion 
 was rushed across the river which was about chest deep, and flung to the left, to 
 flank the enemy in front of the left battalion. The latter kept on, however, with- 
 out serious resistance, and the entire line wheeling to the left, reached the railroad 
 near the station, discovering and firing on some parties of insurgents escaping on 
 the roads to the west of Bacolor. From there companies were sent out up the 
 roads and the railroad, and others through the town, all finally assembling in the 
 church. 
 
 In this engagement one enlisted man was wounded and several insurgents were 
 killed. Sentinels were prompth" posted throughout the town to protect property, 
 and a line of outposts established in semi-circular form from the river, southwest 
 
Campaigning- in the Philippines. 
 
 191 
 
 of town, towards Bacolor. Strict orders were issued against looting, and it is 
 believed that the behavior of troops in this respect was very exemplary. The South 
 Dakota Regiment, in compliance with instructions from the Division Commander, 
 was sent for, and arrived at San Fernando about 5:30 p. m., relieving the lowas 
 from interior provost guard duty. The railroad station, church, and a number of 
 buildings in its vicinity, had been burned by the insurrectos, but the greater part 
 of the town was uninjured. A number of warehouses containing a large quantity 
 of sugar were found. 
 
 Several Spanish prisoners were discovered in the town, including the former 
 secretary of the province, a captain and other officers. They stated that from 
 1200 to 1500 insurrectos had passed through to the north on the previous after- 
 noon, after the fight of Santo Tomas, and that Gen. Lnna was wounded on the 
 arm or chest, and was carried on a couch. 
 
 Next morning the Nebraska Regiment was ordered from Santo Tomas to San 
 Fernando, and was quartered on the main road, guarding the front, from the 
 railroad northeasterly about 1400 yards. The 1st Brigade also came up, and 
 occupied the ground west of the railroad. The insurgents were located around 
 the entire front of our troops on the northwest side of the river, and had been en- 
 trenching, especially across the Mexico road, and the adjoining country. 
 
 From the outbreak of the Filipino war on its front on the night of February 
 4th, and the capture by it of the first Filipino position, taken by the American 
 troops on the morning of February 5th, the 2d Brigade of the second division fought 
 its way through fifty miles, as the crow flies, of hostile and strongly defended 
 country, marching, in its numerous turning movements and side engagements, as 
 measured on the way, over two hundred miles. The entire brigade was involved 
 in eighteen battles; portions of it consisting of two or more organizations, had 
 eight engagements; and single regiments or parts thereof fought on nine other 
 occasions, making a total of thirty-five engagements in which the troops of this 
 brigade participated. It lost six officers and forty-seven enlisted men killed, twenty- 
 two officers and three hundred and thirty-one enlisted men wounded, making a 
 total of four hundred 
 and six casualties — 
 the largest of any 
 brigade in the corps. 
 
 In the advance from 
 Manila to Malolos, 
 
 Gen. Hale and two 
 of his three staff 
 officers, Capt. Kray- 
 enbuhl and lyieut. 
 
 Perry were wound- 
 ed, — Capt. Krayen- 
 
 buhl, mortally. south Dakota boys on the firing line. Photo hy luiu. 
 
 Three brigade orderlies were wounded during the campaign. Two staff officers 
 and four orderlies were compelled to return to Manila on account of heat 
 exhaustion, and other sickness, and another officer was rendered practically 
 
192 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 unfit for field service by partial sunstroke. These facts testifiy to the hard work 
 and excellent service rendered by the brigade. 
 
 OPERATIONS OF WHEATON’S BRIGADE, CALUMPIT TO SAN FERNANDO. 
 
 The morning of May 4th, in compliance with instructions of Major-General 
 MacArthur, Gen. Wheaton advanced from the vicinity of Calumpit to attack the 
 enern}^ in position near St. Tomas. His force consisted of the 20th Kansas and 
 1st Montana Volunteer Inf., with two machine guns on small cars pushed by 
 hand. The advance was directed along the railroad track, while that of Brigadier- 
 General Hale with his brigade and the artillery was directed along the wagon 
 road, a mile to two miles on Gen. Wheaton’s right. The country along each 
 side of the railroad embankment was found to be cut up with tide-water channels 
 or esteros, and marshy ground was so continuous that all the command kept on 
 the railroad. Upon approaching St. Tomas, about five miles from Calumpit, the 
 enemy was found entrenched upon the north bank of a river, deep and unford- 
 able, and the bridge broken down. Hale, upon the right, became engaged in 
 
 THE “THIN BROWN LINE” BEHIND THE RICE PADDIES. 
 
 Spirited combat, and Gen. Wheaton opened upon the enemy’s entrenchments with 
 both the Gatling guns and the Hotchkiss revolving cannon. Three companies of 
 the 20th Kansas were advanced and seized all points from which an effective fire 
 might be directed upon the enemy’s entrenchments to the right of the railroad 
 bridge, and one company of 1st Montana was deployed to the left. A fire was. 
 also kept up from points along the enbankment upon the enemy’s works near St. 
 Tomas. After some time, Hale continuing to advance, and our fire increasing 
 in intensity, the enem}^ set fire to St. Tomas and soon after was driven from his 
 entrenchments near the bridge. Gen. Wheaton crossed the bridge with the 20th 
 Kansas, and a heavy fire was opened on the enemy as he evacuated the entrench- 
 ments on our left and fled beyond St. Tomas. The 20th Kansas was then ad- 
 vanced to the railroad station a half mile or more north of the bridge, and at once 
 became engaged with a large force of the enemy occupying two lines of entrench- 
 ments. With his staff, Gen. Wheaton at once proceeded to the place of combat,. 
 
FOUR HIGH OFFICIALS IN VORUNTFI^R RI^XilMKNTS WHO GAVF: UP THEIR FIVES IN THE 
 
 sf:rvicf: of their country. 
 
 1. Colonp:l John M. Stotsenreihj, First Nebraska, killed in action at the battle of Quingna, April 23, ’899 
 (Elite photo, S. F.). 2. Major Ehwakd McConviei.e (brevet Brigadier-General), First Idaho, killed in action 
 on Sunday morning, February 5, 1899 (Elite photo, S. F.). 3, Coeonee Alexander E. Hawkins, Tenth 
 Pennsylvania diecl at sea while returning home with regiment, July, 1899. 4. Coeonee Wieeiam C. Smith, 
 First Tennessee, died of apoplexy on battlefield, February a, 1899. 
 


 Campaigning^ in the Philippines. 193 
 
 and taking five companies of the 20th Kansas, in person, led a charge upon the 
 enemy’s entrenchments, which were all carried, and he fled in the direction of San 
 Fernando. Col. Funston, 20th Kansas Volunteer Inf., was wounded at this 
 time. Capt. Cabell, 3d U. S. Inf.; 1st Fieut. F. D. Webster, 20th U. S. Inf., 
 Aide-de-camp; Fieut. Philip P. Russell, 1st Nebraska Volunteer Inf., A. A. 
 A. G., and Fieut. Edward Kinnell, 3d U. S. Art., A. A. Q. M. ; all of the Gen- 
 eral’s personal staff accompanied him in this charge. 
 
 On May 5th, San Fernando was occupied, the enemy having burned the public 
 buildings and fled on the night of the 4th. 
 
 GEN. FUNSTON SUCCEEDS GEN. WHEATON. 
 
 On the 16th of May, Gen. Funston was assigned to command the 1st Bri- 
 gade, second division, at San Fernando, relieving Gen. Wheaton, and on the 22d, 
 having about recovered from his wound received on May 4th, at Santo Tomas, 
 assumed command. 
 
 On May 25th, at about 7 o’clock A. m., the enemy opened fire on the left of the 
 line occupied by the brigade, from a trench at right angles to the Bacolor Road, 
 and at a distance of about one mile from our outposts. At 8:30, the brigade hav- 
 ing been assembled at the outposts, two battalions of the Moni-ana Regiment, 
 under command of Fieutenant-Colonel Wallace, were sent along a sunken road to 
 fall on the enemy’s right, and two battalions of the 20th Kansas, under command 
 of Maj. Whitman, were sent to make a similar movement against the enemy’s 
 left, while two guns of the Utah Art., under Capt. Wedgewood, took up 
 position opposite the enemy’s center. The movement was completely concealed 
 until the two attacking columns had arrived within 200 yards of the enemy’s 
 lines. The affair lasted less than one hour, both flanks of the enemy were rolled 
 back, and the entire force driven in confusion through Bacolor. The enemy’s loss 
 was fifty-three dead, thirty-four wounded, and twenty-nine prisoners. Three horses 
 and all the official correspondence of the Filipino commanding officer were captured. 
 Our loss, one man killed, one mortally wounded, one officer and five enlisted men 
 wounded in the Kansas 
 Regiment, and four men 
 wounded in the Montana. 
 
 On May 25th, Gen. 
 
 Funston, with three com- 
 panies of the brigade and 
 detachment of scouts, made 
 a reconnoissance to and 
 through the town of Santa 
 Rita, driving a small body 
 of insurrectos toward Porac, 
 with no losses. Upon his 
 
 return to this place, he skirmish link USINC, smokeless powder. Pkotohy LHUe. 
 
 found that the enemy had appeared in force in front of the right of the brigade. 
 Taking eight companies of the Kansas Regiment, Gen. Funston moved against 
 the enemy’s right flank, quickly repulsing them, and driving them back. 
 
 13b 
 
194 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 LOOKING FOR TROUBLE. 
 
 About 4 o’clock a. m., on May 26th, a slight affair occurred on the right of the 
 Montanas’ line, a scouting party of insurgents having cut off one of our outpo.sts, 
 forcing it to move by the flank to escape capture. 
 
 At 4:05 A. M., June 8d, the enemy opened fire from a point on the Bacolor 
 Road with artillery, and volleys from infantry, advancing several hundred yards. 
 
 No reply on our part being made, the 
 enemy quickly withdrew. On June 10th 
 the Brigade Commander with his staff 
 and one company, each, from the Mon- 
 tana and Kansas Regiments, made a 
 second reconnaissance through and to 
 the north of Bacolor. Reaching Bacolor, 
 the Kansas company was left at that 
 point to protect the line of retreat, and 
 the remainder of the command advanced 
 towards Angeles. About one and a half miles beyond Bacolor a force of Filipinos, 
 deployed across our road, was met. Though about 200 in number, the forty men of 
 the Montana company were deployed, and opened fire on them. The firing was 
 vigorously replied to, and ten minutes later an additional force of about 250 of the 
 enemy opened fire from a distance of about 800 yards, and on our left flank. This 
 second party attempted to cut us off from Bacolor, by extending to their right. A 
 withdrawal was promptly ordered and successfully accomplished, the Kansas 
 company that had advanced at the sound of the firing covering the movement. 
 Two Montana men were severely wounded. 
 
 On June 16th, at about 4:45 A. m., a general attack was made by the enemy 
 from all around the town of San Fernando. They employed several pieces of 
 artillery, and it was estimated that at least 4000 infantry were in the attacking 
 force. Our outposts were promptly re-inforced, and the enemy having advanced 
 all along the front of the brigade to within 500 yards, a sharp fight of about 
 an hour and a half resulted. A flank movement against an exposed portion 
 of the enemy’s line was admirably executed by a battalion of the 20th Kansas, 
 commanded by Maj. Bishop, taking the enemy at that point entirely by sur- 
 prise. Thirty-six of the enemy were killed by this battalion in five minutes. 
 Total casualties in the brigade, six enlisted men wounded. 
 
 On June 24th, the 20th Kansas was relieved by the 9th U. S. Inf., Col. H. H. 
 Liscum commanding, and on June 28th, the Montana Regiment was replaced in 
 the brigade by the 12th U. S. Inf. Tieutenant-Colonel J. H. Smith commanding. 
 The four batteries of the 3d U. S. Art. were detached from the brigade on June 
 3d. On June 30th, at 10 A. m., and at 10:30 p. m., and at about 10 p. m., July 
 4th, desultory firing by the enemy, at long range, was experienced. At no time 
 did the enemy attempt an advance, and but two casualties, both slight, resulted. 
 
 HALL'S MOVE ON MORONG. 
 
 When Gens. Hale, Otis and Wheaton moved north, Gen. Hall remained in 
 the province of Manila, guarding the water-works, and meeting the annoying 
 attacks of the insurrectos. Gen. Lawton having relieved Gen. Anderson, in 
 
Catnpaigiiing in the Philippines. 
 
 195 
 
 command of the 1st Division, and subsequently been assigned to command of all 
 troops south of Caloocan, Gen. Hall was directed to make a movement southeast 
 from the pumping station. His column, which was assembled at the water-works 
 on the evening of the 2d of June, consisted of the 2d Oregon Inf., a battalion of 
 the 1st Wyoming, four troops of the 4th Cav., one mounted on American 
 horses, the others dismounted, two battalions of 4th Inf., one battalion of the 9th 
 Inf., six companies of the 1st Colorado, and two mountain guns. 
 
 At four o’clock on the morning of the 3d, they began crossing the San Mateo 
 River, and about noon easily repulsed a considerable force of Filipinos, twelve 
 miles east of Manila. At the same time Col. Wholley, who relieved Gen. King 
 in command of his brigade, proceeded east from San Pedro Macati, the two columns 
 approaching each other. The town of Cainta was captured, with small loss, Gen. 
 Hall driving the Filipinos from the vicinity of Mariquina towards Wholley’ s 
 column. During the night of the 3d, a part of Wholley’ s Brigade, under Col. 
 Treumann, advanced to the Filipino position at Taytay, which they reached at 
 daybreak of the 4th, immediately attacking. After a sharp engagement the natives 
 fled over the mountains. Col. Treumann pursuing. Many were killed, and many 
 captured, with their arms and ammunition. 
 
 Hall’s Brigade moved at the same time toward Antipolo, leaving behind the 
 Oregon Regiment and 9th Inf., to guard Mariquina. The Filipinos made, as 
 usual, a vigorous resistance, feeling hopeful of success. Antipolo never having 
 been taken by the Spanish. Situated high up in the mountains and easily defended 
 it had always made a successful defense. After three or four hours’ climb up a 
 steep mountain grade, the American lines, which were thrown around the town 
 on three sides, closed in for a final advance, at 8:30 A. m., but closed upon a de- 
 serted city. The Filipinos had abandoned their last refuge in this direction. 
 
 Gen. Hall marched from Antipolo towards Morong, which lies about six and 
 a half miles southeast of the mountain town, on the peninsula of Morong, stop- 
 ping at Teresa, half way 
 between, until the morning of 
 the 5th, when he advanced to 
 the town of Morong without 
 incident. 
 
 In the meantime Col. 
 
 Wholley, with eight companies 
 of the Washington Inf., had 
 marched by night from Taytay 
 to Pasig, where he embarked 
 
 on cascos, which were attached 
 by lines to the three gunboats 
 Napidan, Covado?iga and Oesta, lying there ready to tow them to their destination 
 near Morong. Col. Treumann, with the 1st North Dakota and 12th Inf., 
 advanced by the lake shore, clearing the country of the natives. Thus the large 
 force in the field was concentrated on this province, thought so important by Gen. 
 Tawton, who had met Gen. Hall at Taytay and was present in person at Morong, 
 and who had passed two nights without sleep, directing the movements of his army. 
 
 SHOWING CONSTRUCTION OF INSURGENT TRENCHES. 
 
Campaigning^ in the Philippines. 
 
 19 () 
 
 At Morong the Filipinos made a stubborn fight, using artillery, and sending a 
 shell into the Covadonga, but the contest ended, as was intended by Gens. 
 Lawton and Hall, with the evacuation of Morong, and its re-occupation by the 
 Americans. 
 
 In this movement on Morong peninsula, Gen. Hall completed the circuit of 
 twenty miles over a rough country, fighting two engagements, one of them severe, 
 and keeping up an almost constant fire against scattered parties of insurrectos for 
 almost twenty -four hours, from four o’clock on the morning of the 3d to about the 
 same hour on the morning of the 4th. The gunboats, as in so many other opera- 
 tions, had been of great assistance in driving the natives from their defenses. The 
 difficult nature of the country prevented heavy artillery from reaching position. 
 Lieut. Hawthorne, who was in command of the light mountain battery, was com- 
 pelled to burn his wagons to prevent them from falling into the enemy’s hands. 
 
 The Washington Regiment, which returned to Pasig on the 5th, and which 
 had not rested for forty-eight hours, was exhausted, and all had found the service 
 hard, although cheerfully performed. On the 6th, Hall’s Brigade, excepting three 
 troops of the 4th Cav., and all of Wholley’s Brigade, excepting the North 
 Dakotas, returned to their quarters. 
 
 The excepted companies, under Col. Treumann, remained at Morong until the 
 7th of July, when six companies of the 21st Inf., relieved them. During the 
 month of June there were some slight skirmishes, in which twelve or fifteen Fili- 
 pinos were killed, and one American scout killed. The base of operations on the 
 lake shore was a mere hamlet of the “ nipa ” huts. On the 21st of July, the 21st 
 Inf., leaving a small guard, advanced along the lake shore to Paete, where they 
 were joined by other troops brought there on cascos. The town of Calamba was 
 taken by the 21st Inf., on the 26th of July. An attack was made July 29th, on 
 Santa Cruz, which Gen. Lawton had selected for a base of operations, but the 
 American force was repulsed, and Santa Cruz remained untaken. The American 
 loss in this campaign, was ten killed, and twenty-seven wounded. 
 
 With the exception of a movement of a part of Hall’s Brigade, under com- 
 mand of Col. Summers, of the Oregon Regiment, from Bocaue, in support 
 of a northern movement by Gen. Lawton, of which some account will appear in 
 describing that expedition, this practically concludes the history of the opera- 
 tions of MacArthur’s Division, for the spring of 1899. The rainy season coming 
 on, no further active operations were attempted, pending the arrival of the new 
 troops to replace the volunteers whose terms of enlistment had expired. Our 
 lines were gradually contracted as our effective force diminished, and the territory 
 yielded was immediately re-occupied by the insurgents. 
 
CHAPTER X. 
 
 LAWTON’S LAKE EXPEDITION. 
 
 HILE the 2d Division, under Gen. Mac Arthur, was actively 
 engaged north of the Pasig, in its move on the insurgent 
 capital, the 1st Division, operating south of the Pasig, was 
 occupied with a series of expeditions, whose object was the 
 exploration of the country, the disposal of armed bands of 
 insurgents, the capture of supplies intended for the rebel army, 
 2 and, if it should be found possible with the force at command, 
 — which it was not — the permanent occupation of the coun- 
 try visited. With the occupation of Manila, Gen. Otis had 
 no military reason for the occupation of Camp Dewey, or 
 
 indeed any of the country between Manila and the peninsula of Cavite. Both 
 these places were securely held and the line of communication was by water, and 
 so long as there were to be insurrectos at all they might just as well be along the 
 bay shore between Manila and Cavite as anywhere else; perhaps better, as being 
 more conveniently found when wanted. The small size of his force compelled Gen. 
 Otis to contract his lines so as to include only Manila and a small district about 
 it, and upon the south the line was substantially that occupied by the Spanish 
 before the surrender of Manila, resting on the bay at Malate. All the bay shore 
 and country between our lines and Cavite was promptly occupied by the insur- 
 rectos. As already stated the 1st Division, after the return of Gen. Anderson to 
 America, was in command of Major-General H. W. Lawton, with Brigadier- 
 Generals Charles King and Samuel Ovenshine in command of the 1st and 2d 
 Brigades respectively. 
 
 OBJECT OF THE TAKE EXPEDITION. 
 
 The first expedition undertaken was to the towns along the shore of the large 
 lake known as the “Laguna de Bay,” of which the River Pasig is the outlet. The 
 district to be reached was a beautiful rolling country, raised above the lowlands 
 which immediately surround Manila, densely populated and very wealthy, the 
 principal towns being ranged along the shore of the lake, from which the products 
 were transported to Manila by water. Besides the main Pasig, which is navigable 
 for small steamers, the lake has a large number of shallow outlets which unite 
 with each other, and then with the main stream below the city of Pasig. These 
 outlets which are navigable for cascos, are interconnected and form a series of 
 islands, of which some portions are swampy, but for the most part are high and 
 dry, and densely populated. The distance from Manila to the lake, at the outlet 
 of the Pasig, is about ten miles. The possession of so populous and wealthy a 
 
198 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 district was of course of most importance to Aguinaldo, not only as a source of 
 supplies, but as affording a point from which to make flank attacks upon our 
 advanced posts at the water-works. The lake country, therefore, was obviously 
 
 the first district to be occupied 
 in a movement of the 1st 
 Division, auxiliary to the attack 
 upon Aguinaldo’ s main army at 
 Malolos. 
 
 The special objects of the ex- 
 pedition were three in number; 
 first, to secure several launches 
 and cascos still in possession of 
 the insurrectos, and to cut off 
 their most northerly fortress on 
 the lake, the town of Santa 
 Cruz; secondly, to distribute the 
 proclamation issued by the American commissioners; thirdly, to sweep back 
 overland, and in conjunction with Gen. Ovenshine’s command to crush the 
 enemy at Paranaque. The first two were brilliantly and successfully accom- 
 plished; the third was delayed by the recall of the expedition, after eight days, to 
 Manila, for other military movements. 
 
 Lawton’s expedition on this occasion comprised 1509 men, and as it was led 
 through a portion of Luzon hitherto unvisited by our soldiers, it united to some 
 extent, the element of exploration as well as of military operations. The land 
 on either side of the Pasig River from Manila to the Laguna de Bay, is varied and 
 beautiful. First, there are the rich rice-lands bordering the river as far as San 
 Pedro Macati, then there are six miles or so of green banks and over-hanging 
 trees. As you near the island on which Pasig town is built, the view expands 
 into a fine vista of far hills, and near rolling fields. The air is sweet with the 
 odor of wild flowers; and the traceried branches of the palms and the bamboos cut 
 clear silhouettes against the sky, while the burned villages, and the ruined Guada- 
 lupe church, suggest the stern rigor of war. 
 
 THE detail for THE EXPEDITION. 
 
 On the 6th of April, 1899, the following order was issued from the Headquar- 
 ters of the 1st Division, 8th Army Corps: 
 
 The following named organizations will be immediately prepared to take the field on a 
 special expedition. They will be equipped in light marching order and will be supplied with 
 200 rounds of ammunition per man and ten days’ rations, two of which will be “ travel rations,” 
 and will be carried in the haversack : 4th U. S. Cav, Gale’s Squadron, Troops C, G, and L, 219 
 men; 14th U. S. Inf., Hasbrouck’s Battalion, A, G, L, and K, 311 men; Patten’s Battalion, 
 Companies C, D, E and I, 290 men; 1st Idaho Volunteer Inf., Linck’s Battalion, Companies 
 A, C, D, and P', 225 men; 1st North Dakota Volunteer Inf., Fraine’s Battalion, Companies C, 
 D, I and K, 248 men; two mountain guns, Hawthorne’s Battery, Lieut. Koehler commanding, 
 with necessary equipment, etc., and sixty rounds of ammunition for each piece (shell and 
 shrapnel) sixteen men. 
 
 For the purposes of this expedition, the authorized sharpshooters, whose names have been 
 reported to these headquarters, with the ofiicers selected to command them, will be temporarily 
 organized as follows: 
 
 GEN. LAWTON AND STAFF IN THE FIELD. 
 
Campaigning hi the Philippines. 
 
 199 
 
 First Company — i4th U. S. Inf., nine squads, forty-five enlisted men, and 4th U. S. Cav., 
 three squads, fifteen enlisted men, commanded by Lieut. W. C. Geiger, 14th Inf., sixty men. 
 
 Second Company — 1st North Dakota Volunteer Inf., eight squads, forty enlisted men, 
 commanded by 1st Lieut. H. J. Gruschus, 1st North Dakota Volunteer Inf. 
 
 Third Company — 1st Idaho Volunteer Inf. , eight squads, forty enlisted men, commanded 
 by 1st Lieut. R. H. Hartman, 1st Idaho Volunteer Inf. 
 
 Fourth Company— 1st Washington Volunteer Inf., twelve squads, sixty enlisted men, com- 
 manded by 1st Lieut. W. E. Weigle, and 2d Lieut. R. T. Hazzard, 1st Washington Volunteer 
 Inf. Making a total of 1509 enlisted men. 
 
 With the exception of those belonging to the 1st Washington Volunteer Inf., sharpshooters 
 will remain for rations with their respective companies, and those detached from companies 
 not taking part in this expedition will be assigned for rations to companies of their regiment 
 above designated, but will be held undercharge of squad leaders and the officers assigned to com- 
 mand them, in readiness to respond promptly to calls for service in their special duties. The 
 Washington detachment will be equipped as a separate company. 
 
 Maj. Weisenburger, 1st Washington Volunteer Inf., is assigned to command the battalion 
 of sharpshooters. Brigadier-General Charles King, U. S. V., is assigned to command the forces 
 as thus organized, and will report in person to the Major-General commanding the division for 
 detailed instructions. 
 
 The Quartermaster and Medical Departments, and the Signal Corps, will furnish the neces- 
 sary personnel and material. 
 
 Brigade Commanders are charged with the concentration of the troops of their respective 
 commands at a point and time to be designated by telegraph from these headquarters. 
 
 No transportation other than by boat will be provided except from camp to the place of 
 embarkation. As the journey by boat will probably be made during the night, company com- 
 manders will arrange to have coffee made and served during the night or just before landing, 
 which will doubtless occur about daylight or before. 
 
 It is the desire of the Major-General commanding the division that this expedition have a 
 thorough and complete organization, and, to that end, the companies will be divided into squads 
 and a non-commissioned officer as chief will be assigned to the charge of each. This assignment 
 to squads will be made permanent, and the men remain attached to the squads to which they are 
 assigned, except when changed by direction of the company commander, and the chief of squad 
 will keep in his possession a list of names of men in his squad, and he shall know at all times 
 the whereabouts of each man and be able to account for him. 
 
 In battle, the men of each squad will constitute “comrades in battle,” and will support and 
 assist each other. In no case will a man be abandoned, except when specially so directed by 
 the company commander in each case. When a member of a squad is killed, wounded, or 
 otherwise disabled, the fact will be immediately reported by the chief of the squad to his next 
 superior. In case it becomes necessary to detach individual men from squads, they will be sent 
 in pairs, and the chief of squad will know that all his men are accounted for. 
 
 One of the purposes of this special expedition is the fulfillment of a desire and determina- 
 tion of the United States government to prove to and reassure the Filipinos that a campaign 
 conducted by Americans, through a hostile country, can and will be prosecuted according to the 
 most generous rules of civilized warfare. To this and General Orders No. 7, series 1898, and 
 No. 7, current series these headquarters, and paragraph No. 2, General Orders No. 15, current 
 series. Headquarters Department of the Pacific and 8th Army Corps, will be rigorously 
 executed. (These orders refer to looting, etc.) 
 
 Capt. F. A. Grant, Utah Volunteer Light Artillery, is assigned to command the gunboats 
 forming a part of this expedition; he will also arrange, prescribe and superintend the formation of 
 the flotilla and the order of the sailing of same, taking due and proper precautions against accident. 
 
 During the absence of the Major-General commanding the division on this expedition, the 
 line of entrenchments from Pasig to Pasai will be in charge of Brigadier-General Samuel Oven- 
 shine, U. S. V., commanding 2d Brigade, who will assume control of all the troops remaining 
 of the 1st Division. CLARENCE R. EDWARDS, Assistant Adjutant-General. 
 
 By command of Gen. Lawton. 
 
200 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 These orders are quoted at length, to show how complete and careful was the 
 preparation. Accompanying the expedition, were a number of war-correspondents, 
 and Hon. H. A. Ramsden, the English Vice-Consul, a man of very agreeable 
 companionship, and thoroughly in sympathy with out-door life, and with our 
 American boys. Brigade Surgeon Maj. George Shiels, with twelve assistants, 
 constituted the Hospital Corps. Early in the move, Gen. King had to be relieved 
 from his command, owing to an attack of heart trouble. 
 
 THE COMMAND BEGINS THE MOVE. 
 
 On April 8th, at 5:15 p. m., Eawton, with eight launches, seventeen cascos, 
 and two bancas left San Pedro Macati. The journey up the Pasig River, to the 
 lake, consumed the night until 4 a. m. next morning. The winding narrow 
 channel and inexperienced pilots caused much loss of time through the frequent 
 grounding of the launches and cascos, which had to be floated by the launch 
 Maria, acting under Capt. Grant’s orders. Through the indefatigable and intelli- 
 gent efforts of Capt. Grant, the entire flotilla was formed at the entrance to the lake 
 
 SonXH DAKOTA PACK TRAIN CROSSING THE RIO GRANDE. Photo Jii/ Roomer. 
 
 an hour before daybreak of the 9th. The Associated Press boat Orient volun- 
 teered its aid as a tug boat, and the three gunboats, Lagnna de Bay, Oesta and 
 Napidan, also acted in the same capacity. 
 
 It was an interesting sight to watch the hulks of the black cascos lying be- 
 tween us and the rising sun; to hear the men chat and chaffer with one another 
 from boat to boat. They all went into the day’s work as if they were going out 
 among the hills for a holiday. “Who are you?’’ one boat would ask another in 
 the gray light. “ We are the 4th Cavalry.’’ “ Who are you?’’ “ Oh, we are the 
 Heavy First; we do all the scrappin’, and we get all the praise.’’ “Here you 
 fellows keep quiet, I can’t hear the orders,’’ yelled the Sergeant, as one casco 
 crashed into another. It was all taken in good part, and by daylight the whole 
 flotilla started up the lake. 
 
 Before noon we lay in front of Santa Cruz, a fine town strongly defended. 
 The winds come suddenly on lakes which lie among mountains, and a stifi" breeze 
 swept the waters as the men prepared to land. The infantry and battery were 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 201 
 
 landed on a beach in front of a wide meadow. The wind interfered a good deal 
 with the landing, many of the men having to wade ashore in water shoulder deep. 
 From the Associated Press boat, we could .see the whole of the maneuvers on lake 
 and shore as on a chart. 
 
 THE EXPEDITION LANDED. 
 
 Soon all the boys were on the land, except the 4th Cav. We could see the 
 long line form and the march begin. Soon a sharp fire opened on the right of our 
 advancing line. The boys started the grinning guns,” and after half an hour, 
 quietness fell on the scene. Darkness came quickly, as it does in the tropics, and 
 the soldiers bivouacked for the night. The insurgents were seen to be well forti- 
 fied on the beach where the cavalry were to land, so they stayed on the cascos all 
 night. 
 
 At daybreak of the 10th, Gen. Dawton, in person, landed on the left flank of 
 the line, walked along to the right, which he found resting on the main road leading 
 from the south into the town. A telegraph line was cut, thus destroying the con- 
 nection with Malolos. Owing to the illness of Gen. King, Maj. Weisenburger of 
 the 1st Washingtons, was put in command of the expeditionary brigade. The 
 companies were at once put into position; three companies of the Idahos on the 
 right of the road, the artillery section on the road supporting Company I, of the 
 Idahos; on the left of the road, Capt. Hasbrouck’s Battalion of the 14th Inf.; the 
 Washington sharpshooters; Capt. Patten’s Battalion, 14th Inf., and North Dakota 
 Battalion in the order named, the last resting its left flank on the beach. The 
 advance toward the city was then begun, Gen. Tawton, himself personally super- 
 vising the right of the line; Maj. Edwards, the center, and Maj. Starr the left. 
 
 In his report of the fight, Gen. Eawton highly commends these two staff ofiicers 
 and Maj. Weisenburger. Meanwhile little opposition was met until the command 
 reached the main bridge of the city. Here Capt. Hasbrouck’s Battalion of the 
 14th, and some of the Idahos and Washingtons made a beautiful charge, com- 
 pletely routing 
 the enemy, who 
 put up a plucky 
 fight. On the 
 north side of 
 the field of op- 
 erations, the 
 4th Cav., were 
 succe s s fully 
 landed by Capt. 
 
 Gale. The gal- 
 lant Captain 
 not only landed 
 in the face of an 
 insurgent fire, 
 
 but dislodged the enemy and took their fortifications on the north. As the 
 rebels fled from the city, the gunboats under Capt. Grant did good execution; 
 for the Filipinos had to cross an open field, where they were exposed to the 
 
202 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 hot fire of our men on land as well as a scathing fire from the gunboats. It 
 seemed as, from our coign of vantage, we saw these Filipinos running out of cover ' 
 into the field, and then saw our men after them like fury, that we were watching 
 some terrific foot-ball game. 
 
 THE LOSS ON BOTH SIDES 
 
 The record of casualties on our side was a short one. No one was killed in 
 this action. William Somars, Company D, 14th Inf., was cut in the right arm 
 with a bolo knife in the hands of a wounded insurgent; 1st Sergt. Wall, Company* 
 A, had a gun-shot wound in the wrist; Private Pitts, Company G, a gun-shot 
 wound in the head, which proved fatal. In the 4th Cav., 2d lyieut. Eltinge was 
 shot in the finger, J. Grabowski, Troop G, shot in the head seriously; in the 
 Idahos, A. Pearson, Company A, gun-shot wound on the wrist; G. B. Manning, 
 Company C, shot in the foot. No one was missing. The enemy’s loss was ninety- 
 three killed, thirty wounded, of whom three died; prisoners, forty-one. The 
 wounded both of the insurgents and ours were sent to Manila on a casco that 
 night. 
 
 THE WORK OF THE GUNBOATS. 
 
 The gunboats the Laguna de Bay, the Oesta and the Napidan did fine work 
 under Capt. Grant. Capt. Gale was put in charge of the city of Santa Cruz with 
 his command of cavalry; and at six o’clock, on the morning of the 11th, Lawton 
 set out to hunt up the fleeing Filipinos. Capt. Grant from his boat reported that 
 the natives were seen retreating towards the head of the bay. 
 
 Some of the reports of the subordinate commanders are good reading. One 
 characteristic report is that of Maj. Figgins, of the Idahos. He closes it with this 
 entry: “Estimate of killed and wounded Filipinos: April 9th, killed eight, 
 wounded none; April 10th, killed thirty, wounded none.’’ It would seem from 
 this that the Idahos were out to kill, and that everything they hit died. Capt. 
 Gale reported that all he needed was ammunition, which he ran out of, or he 
 would have taken the town himself. One of the 14th Inf. boys stated to the 
 reporters that he had been gored by a carabao bull, as his regiment charged. He 
 was, indeed, all torn and ripped. But he had self-command enough to take the 
 bull by the hind-foot and hold him till the rest of his squad got together and shot 
 the animal. This is a better thing than taking the bull by the horns. 
 
 MOVEMENTS AFTER THE FIGHT. 
 
 From Santa Cruz the Americans chased the enemy in the direction of Pagsanjan, 
 a beautiful village, nestled at the foot of the mountains, which, at this northern 
 end of Laguna de Bay, rise like a rim of bastions from the level face of the fields. 
 The broad avenues, well macadamized, which we marched over, indicated pros- 
 perity, and the fine cocoa-nut groves, that bordered our way, gave us grateful 
 shade, as we took a quick march among song-birds and the dew. We had gone 
 not more than a mile when the crackle-crackle-crackle of Mausers told us that 
 the day’s work was on. At 7:15 the 14th Inf. deployed into the palm woods; then 
 the Idahos came up and deployed to the right ; then the North Dakotas and 
 deployed to the left. A general advance was at once made, but it met with no 
 further resistance. Pagsanjan was taken without a shot. In the center of this 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 203 
 
 fine town there is an old Spanish monument, from which the natives have taken 
 the original inscriptions and put in inscriptions of their own ; one of these is to 
 “E. Aguinaldo, el Eibertador.” In this town there was an ajr of so much refine- 
 ment and wealth that it seemed strange, that such intelligent folk should run off 
 before a civilized army, as if it were the hosts of Timur. 
 
 One poor woman was left in town ; but she was curled up in a clothes basket. 
 Lieut. Hartman, of the Idahos, discovered her there ; but the gallant officer from 
 the Silver State was so embarrassed that he was golden in his silence, and bowed 
 sweetly, smiled and vanished, finding the situation more trying to him than to the 
 poor, half-dead lady. Hens and chickens were in plenty. Dogs gave us but a 
 cold welcome. The soldiers halted an hour or two. Some geese and hens fell 
 under their conquering blades. But the town was policed and left in the same 
 good state of preservation in which Lawton’s army found it. 
 
 Maj. Weisenburger took six troops of infantry forward along the Lumban River, 
 to effect a junction at its entrance with the gunboat Lagima de Bay. About tw^o 
 miles down the river the rebels again made a stand for a couple of hours, but were 
 dislodged. The troops then marched to the lake and took their supper on the beach. 
 
 GEN. LAWTON’S LAKE EXPEDITION MOVING TROOPS IN CASCOS UP THE PASIG RIVER. 
 
 The Idahos under Maj. Figgins camped in the church at Lumban. The orders 
 were very strict about looting. But the old Major said he thought he could con- 
 strue them so as to let his men catch chickens, and take mats from the houses to 
 cover them from the dew. One brawny miner was hauling away a piece of 
 carpet, and was thus found by Gen. Lawton. Lawton took him up to Maj. Fig- 
 gins. “What is the charge, General?” asked Figgins. “ I found this man 
 looting,” answered the General. “All right, General,” said Figgins, “ leave him 
 to me. I’ll deal with him.” When Lawton went away, the Major turned to his 
 man who was an Irishman : “You big galoot; why did you let the General catch 
 you? Now off with you, and get your carpet, and don’t let me see you get 
 caught again.” 
 
 During the action along the Lumban or Pagsanjan River, the expedition cap- 
 tured six rebel launches and two cascos. It was impossible to bring these out 
 into the lake until dredges were used. The insurgents had put obstructions in the 
 river and a bar had formed. While waiting for these bars to be removed, Maj. 
 Weisenburger led the advance along the lake from Lumban to Longos. He met 
 no resistance up to this point. The road was a good one, running between the 
 
204 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 lake and the mountains. As the soldiers looked around them, they saw scener}^ 
 which reminded some of California, some of Georgia, some of other fine 
 mountain lands they had seen. The valleys and ravines were thickly overgrown 
 
 with underbrush; but on high the 
 palm tree lifted its disheveled head 
 like a woman in grief. Brooks 
 burst out of the side of hills, at 
 which the men filled their canteens 
 and were refreshed. About noon, 
 the column halted to take lunch 
 at lyongos, a small town which 
 straggles along the road, has 
 good water, and a fine old church. 
 All the natives had left, and our 
 lads were enjoying a quiet meal. 
 All at once the bugles blew. The 
 boys laid down their half-eaten meal, and got out in the road in battle array. 
 One man in the 6th Art., loaned me his cup. It was full of hot tea, and he did 
 not want to have me throw it away, so he shouted to me as he unlimbered his 
 gun: “You keep the tin, and bring it on. Iv’e got to go.” He was off immedi- 
 ately. The firing increased and lasted for two hours. I waited at the old church 
 of Longos. At four o’clock a quiet little procession came, bearing three men, 
 one shot seriously, two fatally. 
 
 HEROISM OF THE WOUNDED. 
 
 The doctor came in and told them they would die in an hour. One looked to 
 the other and smiled; “ Well, its all right, let us die bravely.” They died at five 
 o’clock. Chaplain Father McKinnon of the 1st Californias, and Chaplain 
 Stephenson, of the 1st Idahos, did beautiful service for the men that day. They 
 got them tea and food, or took their dying messages and prepared them for the 
 last. At six o’clock a second procession came with three silent stretchers. All 
 dead. They laid out on the church aisle at Bongos five men, with strong, firm 
 faces, under the dim altar light. The firing ceased. Father McKinnon was 
 kneeling at the sanctuary with a wounded man, now giving him nourishing 
 draughts, now giving him consolation, now staunching his wounds. All quiet, 
 all sacred. Out in the sky the Southern Cross shone brightly; in the dim aisle 
 the face of the Virgin was suffused as with tears. 
 
 What had happened was this: Maj. Weisenburger sent Maj. Fraineof the North 
 Dakotas ahead to reconnoiter the road between Bongos and Paete, San Antonio. 
 The battalion marched three-quarters of a mile in columns of fours, with point 
 two hundred yards in advance of column, point being followed by twenty sharp- 
 shooters, at a distance of one hundred yards, and with sharpshooters out on the 
 right flank in the jungle. 
 
 The country, away from the road, was an impenetrable jungle, and on the 
 right, rising at angles of about forty-five degrees, were gullies and dry beds of. 
 water-courses. At half past three, the point signaled back that the insurgents 
 
 INST’RGEXr ARMY MARCHING THROUGH PASAI. 
 
L.ainpaigning in the PhilippineSn 
 
 205 
 
 were seventy-five yards ahead, behind strong entrenchments. The sharpshooters 
 were brought up and deployed. At that time a heavy fire from our right flank, 
 extending the entire length of the command, was poured into us. A platoon from 
 each company was sent into the jungle, the left resting on the road, the right 
 swinging up the hill and making a left turn. 
 
 While this was going on Lieut. Brooke, of the staff, arrived, and shortly after- 
 wards Maj. Weisenburger with the mountain battery and the Washingtons. They 
 took up a position in front of the entrenchment, first noticed by our point. Lieut. 
 
 MAP SHOWING MOVEMENT OF GEN, LAWTON’S LAKE EXPEDITION. Copyrighted h}/ P. E Lamar. 
 
 Brooke deserves great credit for the coolness with which he steadied the men with 
 him. When that part of the line was receiving a terrific hail of lead, his courage, 
 good-nature and calmness communicated itself to the men. Everybody did his 
 duty well. After two hours’ sharp fighting the entrenchment was passed, and the 
 Americans went on and entered Paete at six o’clock. The conduct of the officers 
 and men was exceptionally good on this occasion. Maj. Fraine said afterwards 
 that no fear was shown, no orders misunderstood, and all worked well. He 
 mentioned the conduct of Lieut. Brooke, and also of Private John I. Warn pies. 
 Company D, Idahos, and Thomas Sletteland of Company C, who volunteered to 
 
CcDHpaigning in the rhilippines. 
 
 r 
 
 200 
 
 take extremely dangerous positions where they could observe the enemy in their 
 trenches. The loss to the one regiment of the North Dakotas was five killed and 
 one wounded. The killed were, Corp. Isador Driscoll ; Privates Peter Tompkins, 
 A^lfred Almen, William C. Tamb, Company C, and Musician George Schneller, 
 Company I. Wounded, Private Herbert J. Fyles, Company I. The Laguna de 
 Bay shelled the rebels in this engagement, and the 14th Inf. and 6th Art. re- 
 inforced Maj. Fraine. Sergt. Charlton, of the Washingtons, was also wounded. 
 
 RETURN TO MANILA. 
 
 On the 15th of April, Gen. Otis sent word to Gen. Tawton that the expedition 
 would have to return to Manila, owing to military necessities arising in other parts 
 of the field of war. Our men then rested quietly at Paete for two or three days. 
 
 The town of Paete is situated at the mouth of a ravine. On the high hills 
 above us we watched the rebels bury their dead, after their fight on the 12th. A 
 strict guard was placed at all the avenues to the town. It was a pleasant camp- 
 ing ground. The streams that flow from the hills come through the town and 
 cool the warm heart of it. Springs and cool gardens abound. The palm and the 
 plantain throw delicious shadows. The hills are ever changing in glorious, verd- 
 urous robes. It is a land of sunny days and starry nights ; of river-beds gleam- 
 ing, and hills crowded with waiting metals. 
 
 Such is Laguna de Bay country — a land even richer and fairer than has been 
 described. The Idahos went to panning gold and found in the streams of Paete 
 that the waters do truly “wander o’er sands of gold.” Of course, all were tired 
 of their cramped life and were glad when the orders came that embarked them on 
 the launches and cascos, and bore them back to Manila. 
 
 The expedition accomplished this: It captured six launches and two cascos; 
 one hundred and twenty-five of the enemy were killed, thirty wounded and forty 
 taken prisoners. Sixty Chinamen, who begged to be taken from Santa Cruz, 
 were brought to Manila. When we pulled out from Santa Cruz, amid the golden 
 glory of mountain sunset, we saw the rebel fires on the hills and discerned that the 
 insurrectos were back in the town. Yet, much was learned on this expedition; 
 among other things the fine qualities of our soldiers, and the wonderfully 
 
 . 5 . 
 
CHAPTER XL 
 
 LAWTON’S NORTHERN EXPEDITION. 
 
 PON his return from the lake expedition, Gen. Eawton was im- 
 mediately directed to prepare for an expedition upon a larger 
 scale into the country immediately east of that occupied by 
 Gen. MacArthur in whose field would be located Eawton’ s 
 base of supplies, and from which a supporting column was to 
 join him. It appears to have been assumed that Eawton could 
 go where he pleased with his columns, but that insurgent bands 
 would close in behind him, rendering his communications with 
 Manila insecure, unless protected by a larger force than he 
 could spare. And such proved to be the case. The Dagupan 
 railroad, along which MacArthur was operating, runs somewhat west of north from 
 Manila. Starting also from Manila a main road runs northerly with a deflection 
 from the north to the east about equal to the westerly deflection of the railroad. 
 Along the general direction of this main road Gen. Eawton was to advance. It 
 is evident that as he proceeded north, he would continually be getting farther 
 from the main line of MacArthur’ s Division. Upon the east of the Rio Grande 
 from Calumpit north lies an extensive swamp known as the Pinag de Candaba, or 
 Swamp of Candaba. This swamp was intersected in several directions by roads 
 built through it, but was otherwise impassable. All the operations of MacArthur’ s 
 Division had been conducted on the west of this swamp, while the route marked 
 out for Eawton’ s column lay to the east of it. The following account of the move- 
 ment is substantially that given by Gen. Eawton in his report to Gen. Otis: 
 
 ORGANIZATION OF THE COMMAND. 
 
 Pursuant to orders from the Corps and Department Commander, during the 
 afternoon of April 21, 1899, the 22d U. S. Inf., 1st North Dakota Volunteer Inf., 
 2d Squadron (Gale’s) 4th U. S. Cav., Hawthorne’s Separate Mountain Battery 
 and Scott’s Platoon (two guns). Battery D, 6th U. S. Art., assembled in the vicinity 
 of Ea Eoma church, about four miles north of Manila. The troops bivouacked 
 for the night, and instructions were given for an early movement in the morning. 
 
 Eight companies of the 3d U. S. Inf., under the command of Capt. J. W. Han- 
 nay, of that regiment, were encamped about a mile distant and reported for duty 
 with the expedition. 
 
 PURPOSES OF THE EXPEDITION. 
 
 The purposes of the expedition or plan of campaign contemplated the advance 
 of this column on what appeared on most maps to be a practicable road through 
 Novaliches and San Jose to Norzagaray, where a large insurgent force was reported 
 
208 
 
 Cainpai^niiis; in the Philippines. 
 
 to have their headquarters. In front of Norzagaray, junction with another column, 
 1200 strong, marching from Bocaue through Santa Maria, was to be made. 
 
 After the capture and occupation ot Norzagaray, the road leading north from 
 there to San Miguel was to be thoroughly reconnoitered, especially as to 
 the practicability for this column. On the best credited map, this route is repre- 
 sented a good road. San Miguel was sup- 
 posed to be an insurgent stronghold, and 
 the probable rendezvous of the forces to be 
 defeated, but it was suggested that the 2d 
 Division column, could move on San Miguel 
 along the road east of the swamp, thus making 
 a combined attack with the 1st Division. This 
 Novaliches-San Jose route would promise that 
 this column would get over on the extreme 
 right of the insurgents’ left; would invade their 
 country; engage the enemy’s forces, and pre- 
 vent a concentration of the forces in our front 
 upon MacArthur, if not at the same time turn 
 the enemy’s flank and disconcert his plans. 
 The combined northern movement of both field 
 divisions, if unable to secure a decisive action 
 against the northern insurgent army, would at 
 least drive the enemy out of the Tagalog pro- 
 TRENCHEs AT SAN FERNANDO. Photo hy Darcey. viuces iuto uorthem oues, whose iuhabitauts 
 were reported unfriendly to the insurrection. At five o’clock next morning, 
 April 22d, the command commenced the march northward, the 3d Inf. 
 joining the column at its formation. 
 
 COLUMN MOVES IN LIGHT MARCHING ORDER. 
 
 The command was equipped in the lightest possible marching order compatible 
 with an expedition of the duration contemplated for this. Ten days’ field rations 
 were taken in carts, drawn by carabao, or water buffalo, as was also a reserve of 
 100 rounds per man of ammunition. One hundred rounds were also carried 
 by each soldier on his person. The transportation was very limited and 
 orders were issued directing the loading of wagons to 3000 pounds and carts 1500 
 pounds, exclusive of forage for the animals. It was represented that the proposed 
 route was over a passable wagon road, and these loads were considered conserva- 
 tive maxima. 
 
 NOVALICHES OCCUPIED. 
 
 The order of march for the first day placed the North Dakotas in the advance, 
 and Gale’s squadron in the rear. The command passed the trenches of the 4th 
 Inf. shortly after leaving the camping grounds of the night previous, and ad- 
 vanced about six miles without incident when the enemy was encountered in small 
 force, being developed by Company H, 1st North Dakotas, the vanguard of the 
 column. Companies A, B, G and I, of that regiment were immediately deployed, 
 and the enemy fell back making but feeble resistance. After driving the enemy about 
 
MAP SH’OWING movements of gen. LAWTON’S NORTHERN EPXEOITION. Copurkihtcd hy P. K . Lamar. 
 

 AGUINALDO AND FOUR OF HIS LKADING GENKRAUS. 
 
 1. Emilio Aouixaldo. 2. Genkral Pow, an influential Chinese official in the insurgent army, and 
 brother-in-law of Aguinaldo. 3. General Pilar, one of Aguinaldo’s'ablest officers. 4. General Torres. 
 5. General Garcia. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 209 
 
 ! 
 
 a mile, the column was again formed. After proceeding about a mile further, the 
 
 f enemy was again encountered in larger force, and made a determined opposition 
 
 I to our advance, pouring in a strong fire on our front from both sides of the road, 
 j principally from the left. The same companies were again deployed, and vigor- 
 1 ously engaged the enemy, completely routing them and driving them on through 
 I the village of Novaliches, to a point about two miles beyond. Our troops oc- 
 
 1 cupied the village about 10 A. m., and a line of outposts was established about the 
 
 j town. Our casualties: Two enlisted men, 1st North Dakotas, wounded, one ser- 
 I iously, and several men overcome by heat. 
 
 1 Considerable difficulty was experienced in crossing the transportation over the 
 
 ji Rio de Tuliacan, as the north bank of that stream is of solid rock, and no suitable 
 approach to the ford from that side has ever been constructed. 
 
 During the afternoon the pickets of the 22d Inf. , on the northeast side of the 
 village were fired on by the enemy who had entrenched about 1000 yards away on 
 j a hillside. Shots were exchanged during the whole afternoon, Scott’s platoon 
 being brought into action, and the enemy finally silenced with the exception of 
 shots throughout the night. No casualties. 
 
 The town being entirely deserted by its inhabitants, the troops occupied “nipa” 
 huts as quarters for the night. Nothing of value was to be found in the town, 
 practically all stores of rice and other provisions having been removed by the 
 people in their flight. At five o’clock next morn- 
 ing, the 23d, the command was again on the move 
 toward the north, San Jose being the objective 
 point. On leaving Novaliches, the road which 
 up to that village had been, with the exception 
 of the approaches to the ford, passable for wagons 
 I and carts, now became a mere footpath, winding 
 i its way over rice-fields with their innumerable 
 dykes, which were too high to permit the passage 
 of wagon and cart wheels, without work with 
 pick and shovel at each dyke. Great difficulty 
 was experienced by the rear guard of that day, 
 the North Dakota Regiment, in assisting the carts 
 along. The “road” leads over a succession of 
 hills and valleys, on the former of which the 
 troops cind water buffalo were exposed to the 
 burning rays of a tropical sun, and in the latter 
 they labored through jungles and mudholes. 
 
 The heat was intense, the loads so great (though 
 only absolutely necessary rations and ammunition 
 were carried) and the trail so rough, that it was 
 I necessary to unhitch the carabao on many of the divides and lead them down to 
 
 j waterholes to soak for a half hour, thus greatly impeding the progress of the train. 
 
 ; Headquarters, the 3'' and 22d Regiments of infantry, and Scott’s platoon 
 
 reached the ford crossing the Pasunkambor River, about one and one-half miles 
 south of San Jose, at 3 p. m., having been delayed through not having any official 
 
 I4b 
 
 WOODEN GUN USED BY INSURGENTS. 
 
210 
 
 CainpaigJiing in the Philippines. 
 
 guide, and being misdirected by an impressed native guide picked up on the 
 wa>'. The advance during the day had been without contact with the enemy. 
 The 4th Cav., Hawthorne’s Battery, and the North Dakotas, with the wagon 
 train went into camp about four miles back toward Novaliches, the men and ani- 
 mals being almost completely exhausted by hauling the transportation over 
 sun-scorched divides, and through swampy valle3's and rock}' gullies. 
 
 THE COLUMN REACHES SAN JOSE. 
 
 Early on the morning of the 24th, the command, now separated into two parts, 
 through the failure of the wagon train to reach the river before going into camp 
 the night before, was in motion. The 22d Inf. advanced to, and occupied San 
 Jose without opposition, being accompanied by Scott’s platoon. The 3d Inf. oc- 
 cupied the approaches to the ford and the adjacent thickets to guard the trans- 
 portation. The remainder of the command, with wagon train, resumed the 
 advance toward the river. The same condition, or worse, if possible, continued 
 to impede the progress of the wagon train as on the day previous. Capt. Gale, 
 
 r 
 
 BRIDGE AT BAGBAG RIVER, SHOWING SPAN CUT OUT BY INSURGENTS. Photo by Darcey. 
 
 with his dismounted squadron of the 4th Cav., furnished the advance guard and 
 convoy of the train, and with his entire command rendered valuable aid as en- 
 gineers in assisting to prepare the roads, building bridges, etc. Lieut. Hawthorne, 
 with his mountain battery detached, and even Maj. Penrose, Lieut. Kemp of the 
 Medical Corps, with their hospital squad, and Chinamen, lent a willing hand to 
 overcome what frequently appeared insurmountable obstacles to further progress. 
 But of the North Dakotas, commanded by Lieutenant-Colonel Treumann, Gen. 
 Lawton expresses special appreciation. They exchanged their well performed 
 duties of advance guard of the day before, for the laborious one of rear guard 
 of the two days necessary to reach Norzagaray. This regiment had orders to 
 leave nothing behind, and literally carried transportation over bad places and put 
 squads of men in the shafts to replace worn-out and dead bulls. Every serv'ice, 
 even to the use of pick and shovel was performed, from the Colonel down to the 
 private, with the same commendable earnestness that has given this regiment 
 its reputation for cheerful and effective accomplishment of any task set them. 
 
Campaigning^ in the Philippines. 
 
 211 
 
 As rapidly as the troops came in, they occupied the deserted huts of the town, 
 (San Jose) and remained all night. The wagon train came in during the night, 
 men and animals completely exhausted, many carabao having died, the men tak- 
 ing their places and hauling the carts along. 
 
 During the afternoon 2d Tieut. C. H. Boyd, 4th Cav., reported Troop I, of 
 that regiment, for duty with the expedition. He had come with his troop, which 
 was mounted on native ponies, from the vicinity of Norzagaray, to which point a 
 provisional brigade, composed of seven companies of the 2d Oregon Volunteer Inf. 
 and eight of the 13th Minnesota Volunteer Inf., and a section (one gun) of the 
 Utah Light Artillery, under command of Col. Owen Summers, 2d Oregon Volun- 
 teer Inf. had been accompanied by Maj. Charles G. Starr, Inspector-General, 
 U. S. V., from Bocaue, with a view to joining the expedition. Lieut. Boyd 
 reported that, while with Col. Summers’ command, the enemy had been encoun- 
 tered and had made a stubborn resistance, but had been driven back through 
 Norzagaray and across the river, just east of that town, wdthout serious cuasalty 
 on our side. Lieut. Boyd and his troop returned at once to Norzagaray. The 
 march was resumed at the usual hour, on the morning of the 25th instant, for 
 Norzagaray, with Troop L, 4th Cav., as escort, and advanced with headquarters, 
 without waiting for the remainder of the command, arriving at Norzagaray about 
 12:30 P. M., without incident. 
 
 PARTIAIv BURNING OF ANGAT. 
 
 While on the march, dense smoke was observed, rising from the valley in the 
 direction of Angat. It was found, on arrival at Norzagaray, that Maj. Kastwick’s 
 Battalion, of the Oregons, and Capt. Masterman’s, of the Minnesotas, with the 
 Utah gun, had that morning routed the enemy from, and occupied the town of 
 Angat, some four miles northwest of Norzagaray, and that during the engage- 
 ment a portion of the town had been burned. During the engagem.ent at Angat 
 about 200 men of those left behind at Norzagaray, while swimming in the 
 river, were surprised by a heavy fire from the enemy on the opposite bank. 
 The mounted troop was watering at the same time, but fortunately not a man was 
 hit. The enemy, in small force, 
 were entrenched across the river 
 from Norzagaray and scattered 
 through the bamboo. During 
 the afternoon they kept up a 
 desultory and annoying fire upon 
 the town, the bullets striking 
 the church in which a hospital 
 had been established. No casual- 
 ties resulted, as the firing was 
 at long range and not intelli- 
 gently dii ected. The transporta- 
 tion made but little progress as the road, over which our route lay, did not improve 
 until Norzagaray was sighted. The train camped some distance back, toward 
 San Jose, and, advancing next morning, was directed to continue to Angat and 
 
 BRINGING IN WOUNDED MEN ON A HANDCAR. 
 
212 
 
 Cainpaigjiiiig hi the Philippines. 
 
 go into camp at that place, which the 3d and 22d Inf. and the 1st North 
 Dakotas, accompanied by Hawthorne’s Mountain Battery, occupied the same day. 
 
 The mounted troop was sent on a recon noissance along the west bank of the 
 river and about two miles west of Angat, at Marunco, encountered the enemy in 
 force reported to be about 500 — 200 were actually counted by Capt. W. E. Birk- 
 himer, 3d Art., Acting Judge- Advocate. At the same time the cavalry started, 
 one battalion of the Oregons, under Maj. Eastwick, forded the river, just above 
 Norzagaray, and successfully dispersed the insurgent forces from the thickets, 
 along the river bank from east to west. Maj. Eastwick reported an insurgent loss 
 of five killed and several wounded. The following report will explain Gen. 
 Eawton’s view of the situation at this time. 
 
 GEN. LAWTON REPOPvTS PROGRESS. 
 
 Headquarters First Division, Eighth Army Corps, ) 
 
 In the Field, Norzagarar 3 ', Luzon, April 26, 1899. ) 
 
 To the Adjutant-General, Department of the Pacific and 8th Army Corps, Manila, P. I. 
 
 Sir — Your messages of 9:30 and 9:35, 25th inst., reached me this a. m. The command with 
 transportation has not yet reached this point. I hope to get it all up this evening. The 
 mounted troops were sent this a. m. , on a reconnoissance west along the bank of the river to 
 look at roads and fords. Two miles west of Angat, the enemy was encountered in force, reported 
 to be about 500 — 200 were actually counted by Capt. W. E. Birkhinier who accompanied the 
 cavalry. At the same time cavalry started, one battalion of the Oregons forded the river oppo- 
 site this place and drove the enemy from the country opposite; they were plainly seen from this 
 point scattering, some fifty moved up the river in southeast direction, others moved toward the 
 main body. Our troops occupied high ground and moved down river opposite Angat. As soon 
 as my command arrives will cross Col. Summers’ command and move by both flanks down 
 river and endeavor to throw flanks around the enemy and destroy some of them. Concerning 
 your message of 9:30, there seems to be no direct road from this place to Quingua. The only 
 route for wagons is via Baliuag to Bocaue. I will be prepared to follow instructions contained 
 in message of 9:35 as soon as nn' column has arrived with transportation, and I have drawn the 
 enemy from this vicinity. I desire, however, to submit the following suggestions: 
 
 From the best information I can obtain, I learn that there were at this place and at Angat 
 about 1000 men. They were reported to have plenty of ammunition and expended it freely at 
 long range, mostly Remington, but very little food. Gen. “Punta” Pantelon Garcia, command- 
 ing a few local troops, but mostly troops driven from Malabon about March 25th or 26th. The 
 action of the enemy indicates that they are disintegrating, as small detachments have been 
 wandering in different directions over the country and there seems to be little organization. 
 They have been well cut off from the east and south and the mountains in the up-river country, 
 and the main force have been pushed north and west. I feel sure we are on their extreme left 
 and can double them up. Our problem is transportation. Buffalo carts are out of the question 
 for even ordinaiA’ marching except over smooth, hard roads, for rapid moving over rolling coun- 
 try they are impracticable. The conditions of marching are such that the soldier is taxed to 
 his utmost capacity of endurance to carr}' his rifle, ammunition and blanket roll, without being 
 yoked to a cart to haul the supplies as we have been obliged to do, and are doing at this moment. 
 A number of our bulls have died, I cannot ascertain how many, but ten or more, and the men 
 pull along the carts. These bulls have died from exhaustion and not from disease. The four- 
 mule teams have done verj- well, with help over bad places and on the hills, but the two-horse 
 and mule teams could not pull more than the empty wagons. I have therefore no spare trans- 
 portation even after the reduction of weight after the consumption of rations; we have, however, 
 traveled over a rough country with no road. I hope when I get my transportation in to replace 
 dead bulls with others found in the country, to re-adjust and arrange it so that it can continue 
 
Campaigning hi the Philippines. 
 
 213 
 
 over good roads and make short marches each day. The fifty pack mules will give us very 
 little material assistance, as they will not carry one day’s rations for the whole command, and 
 I must still rely on the bull teams. I can, however, give the pack train to the squadron of 
 cavalry, including the mounted troops, and it will carry ten days’ rations for the whole squad- 
 ron, and I can use them for flank or rapid movements as they will be strong enough to main- 
 tain themselves anywhere. 
 
 IVIy suggestion then is to let me move west down the river by both banks to or near Baliuag, 
 where I should be met by a supply train with ten days’ rations. Then let me move north along 
 the road through San Ildefonso to San Miguel, and let Mac Arthur move over the road to the 
 west of the swamp along the river. I can keep my cavalry squadron on my right flank, and in 
 communicating distance, and thus the whole country between the mountains on the east and 
 the Rio Grande on the west will be covered. I believe the movement would disintegrate the 
 insurgent army in that section, and I gather from information received that the roads suggested 
 are very good. The signal officer has reported it impossible to maintain the telegraph line, it 
 having been cut many times between San Jose and Novaliches. He has sent out twice or oftener 
 each day to repair it, but it is as often cut, and the last time a long section was removed, and he 
 did not have wire enough along to repair it. I suggest that it be taken up from Manila and 
 toward Novaliches, and I will send out and take up from this end as far as possible, and then 
 that a line be laid out to me with supply train, if it be sent. 
 
 I do not believe I will be much in advance of MacArthur, if my suggestion is approved; at 
 any rate I feel that I have force enough for any emergency. A reply by return of this escort 
 will reach me before I can be ready to move. 
 
 Very respectfully, 
 
 H. \V. LAWTON, 
 
 Major-General, U. S. V., Commanding. 
 
 LAWTON’S COMMUNICATIONS DISTURBED. 
 
 As there was no other means of communication Gen. I^awton was obliged 
 to send this by courier. No one had been over the route from Norzagaray to 
 Bocaue since Col. Summers’ advance, and therefore the security of this route to 
 small parties was problematical. 
 
 Maj. Charles G. Starr, Inspector- General, U. S. V., was selected for this duty, 
 which he unhesitatingly performed, accompanied only by his personal orderly. 
 
 With the exception of Troop I, 4th Cav., all the troops left Norzagaray for 
 Angat on the morning of the 27th, Col. Summers’ command continuing two miles 
 further down the river to and occupying the town of Marunco. Much trouble 
 was experienced with the telegraph line, it having been cut many times between 
 San Jose and Novaliches. Information was received from Corps Headquarters, 
 that the line would be taken up from Manila to Novaliches, and the remainder 
 would be abandoned unless the command could recover it from the north. This 
 was afterwards done by Capt. F. A. Perkins, U. S. V., Signal Corps, escorted 
 by Troop I, 4th Cav. 
 
 From an insurgent officer captured by Maj. Eastwick’s Battalion, of the 2d 
 Oregons, on the 26th, it was learned that the San Jose and Novaliches insurgents 
 did not obey orders from Aguinaldo, but acted separately; and that the insurgent 
 forces were falling back to San Miguel where Aguinaldo was supposed to be. It 
 was also learned from the same source, that if the soldiers of the insurgent army 
 knew of the treatment they would receive from the Americans, many would desert 
 and come into our lines, and that the officers, particularly, feared maltreatment by 
 Americans. 
 
214 
 
 Campaigning in the PhilippUies. 
 
 At 9 A. M. , the commanding officers of regiments, battalions and separate organi- 
 zations were called together at headquarters, and were advised regarding treat- 
 ment of the property and persons of non-combatants, the purpose of the expedition, 
 and what was contemplated for the future. Two companies of the 22d Inf. were 
 sent back to Norzagaray to re-inforce Troop I, 4th Cav., the insurgents having 
 attempted to re-occupy the town. 
 
 Information was received from headquarters, that the fifty pack mules loaded 
 with ammunition, and the additional four-mule teams, hauling rations, would 
 leave Bocaue the morning of the 29th, and request was made that they be sent 
 via Angat to join the command. Instructions were received on the 29th, after the 
 first battle of San Rafael, to remain at Angat until supplies arrived. 
 
 GALLANT BEHAVIOR OF WILLIAM H. YOUNG. 
 
 At daybreak, on the 29th, the 1st North Dakotas, 3d U. S. Inf. and Scott’s 
 platoon, moved down the south bank of the river toward San Rafael. At the same 
 time Col. Summers’ command, to which was added Hawthorne’s Separate Moun- 
 tain Battery, moved down the north bank of the river in the same direction. 
 About noon Col. Treumann’s command developed a force of the enemy, afterwards 
 estimated at 400, which they drove on down the river. Here an incident took 
 
 WORK OF IXSFRGENTS AT SAN FERNANDO. Photo 'ay Darce.xj. 
 
 place which Gen. Lawton says he shall not soon forget, in that it made him 
 acquainted with that splendid and gallant man and scout, William H. Young. He, 
 in citizen’s clothing, was noticed walking well in front of the right flankers of the 
 advance point. Gen. Lawton ordered him in, intending to reprimand and send 
 him to the rear. Something in the man’s bearing and appearance made the 
 General change his mind, and he directed him to go to the front and bring in a 
 citizen that the General might get definite information about the location of San 
 Rafael. He cheerfully complied, and in less than five minutes Gen. Lawton heard 
 three shots and Young appeared as cool and collected as ever, bearing a rifle and 
 haversack with eighty-six rounds of ammunition, dripping with blood. He had 
 run into an insurgent outpost of eight men, and had alone killed one and driven 
 the others off. His action prevented a surprise to our advance guard which was 
 soon under a rapid and hot fire. 
 
 THE COMMAND OCCUPIES SAN RAFAEL. 
 
 Col. Summers’ command occupied San Rafael without opposition. Our casual- 
 ties: 2d Lieut. C. C. Todd, 3d Inf., slight gun-shot wound, right thigh, and two 
 enlisted men, 3d Inf., and one enlisted man, 1st North Dakotas, wounded, the latter 
 severely. One insurgent is known to have been killed. Scott’s platoon of 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 215 
 
 artillery participated in the engagement with some effect. Telegraphic instructions 
 were received from Corps Headquarters that peaceful conditions would obtain 
 while representatives of insurgent government, who had come in through Gen. 
 Mac Arthur’s lines, remained. 
 
 April 30th, two companies of 
 the 22d Inf. were sent with 
 wagons from Angat to meet 
 supply train coming from 
 Bocaue and relieve its escort, 
 a battalion of the 51st Iowa 
 Volunteer Inf, and allow part 
 of the wagons to return. In- 
 structions were received from 
 Corps Headquarters that upon 
 moving, the objective would 
 be Baliuag, where a strong 
 force (3000) of insurgents was reported to be. Information was received from the 
 same source that the armistice requested by the enemy had not been granted. Much 
 difficulty was experienced by the Quartermaster Department in bringing supplies 
 from Bocaue. The mules were very soft, and the teamsters and packers, almost 
 without exception, were inexperienced. 
 
 YOUNG’S SCOUTS ORGANIZED. 
 
 Mr. W. H. Young, previously mentioned, was employed as guide and scout, 
 and placed in charge of twenty-five selected men who were detailed by name from 
 the 4th Cav., 2d Oregon Volunteer Inf, and the 1st North Dakotas. 
 
 SAN RAFAEL CAPTURED AGAIN. 
 
 The rations arriving at Angat in good season, May 1st, issue was made as 
 speedily as possible, and the Oregons, Minnesotas, 3d Inf, Scott’s platoon, under 
 command of Col. Summers, moved down the right bank of the river toward San 
 Rafael. Gale’s squadron, 4th Cav., was ordered to be reported to Col. Summers 
 for duty with his column. The remainder of the expeditionary forces, under com- 
 mand of Col. Treumann, moved down the left bank of the river as a co-operative 
 force. Gen. Tawton accompanied Col. Summers’ column, and Maj. Charles G. 
 Starr of the staff, the force on the south bank. 
 
 The enemy was developed on the north bank by the scouts about one and one- 
 half miles above San Rafael. Private Harrington, scout, accompanied by one 
 other, was well in advance of the left of our skirmish line. They steadily ad- 
 vanced, taking advantage of every shelter, entered the village, constantly firing, 
 and steadily pushed back and drove a large force from the village and rang the bell 
 in the belfry before our troops entered. The enemy were driven through the 
 town under the fire of the Oregons and Minnesotas, and made a stand across the 
 river from the town. Scott’s Battery was brought into action, and the force on 
 the south bank of the river co-operating, the enemy dispersed. The strength of 
 the enemy estimated at about 1000. Our casualties, one enlisted man, 13th Min- 
 nesota, killed; one man. Battery D, 6th Art., and three men, 2d Oregon, wounded. 
 
 SUPPLIES FOR GEN. LAWTON’S TROOPS. 
 
216 
 
 Canipaignhig in the Philippines. 
 
 The town of San Rafael thus occupied by our forces was found deserted by the 
 inhabitants. But little rice was found in the grainaries of the town. The troops 
 on the north bank of the river remained in the town during the night, those on 
 the south bank bivouacked opposite the town. Telegraphic communication was 
 now via Bocaue, from which point a line had been constructed with the advance 
 of the supply train. Information was received that a line was now in progress of 
 construction via Quingua, to meet the expedition at some favorable time and place 
 in the future. 
 
 THE COEUMN REACHES BAEIUAG. 
 
 At daybreak, the 2d of May, the commands on both sides of the river left 
 their bivouacs of the night and continued the advance down the river toward 
 Baliuag on the north bank, and Bustos on the opposite bank. About one mile 
 
 from the latter town. Col. Treumann’s 
 command encountered the enemy, and 
 forced them back and through the town 
 which our forces occupied at 11:30 a. m. 
 A half hour later. Col. Treumann’s 
 scouts crossed the river to Baliuag and 
 rang the cathedral bells to announce 
 their arrival. Col. Summers’ column 
 developed a force of the enemy about 
 two miles out from San Rafael and 
 easily forced them back for about two 
 miles, when we came in view of the 
 troops and citizens fleeing in great con- 
 fusion along the road to the north 
 (toward San Miguel). Owing to the 
 great number of women and children 
 and what appeared to be wounded, 
 being carried on litters, our fire ceased, 
 and a flag of truce was sent out, 
 hoping we might assure them of their 
 safety. Capt. J. F. Case, 2d Oregons, 
 Acting Engineer Officer of the expedi- 
 tion, with Private Schnutenhaus, 1st 
 Idaho Volunteer Inf., as orderly, conducted the flag toward these people 
 until at a point wdthin about 500 yards of them, fire was opened on the flag 
 detachment, and it returned to our lines without casualty. Col. Summers’ 
 troops were then deployed in the hope of surrounding the fugitives by advancing 
 our right flank, but they scattered in dire confusion. Capt. Gale, in charge of his 
 three dismounted troops and the mounted Troop I, 4th Cav., was sent up the San 
 Miguel Road in the hope that a hurried march would allow him to get far enough 
 north to turn to the left and cut off the fleeing force that was making for the marsh. 
 When about three miles out, this command run into what was believed to be the 
 rear guard of the enemy, belonging to, or bound for San Miguel. A sharp engage- 
 ment followed, in which the enemy were driven rapidly north. It was midday 
 
 INSURGENT TRENCHES NEAR PASAI. 
 
Cauipaignbig in the Philippines. 
 
 217 
 
 1 
 
 and excessively hot, and this pursuit was at the end of a day’s march. The 
 resultant strain on the men of this seasoned organization, as well as on others of the 
 command, may be imagined, when the facts are considered, that in less than 
 twenty minutes thirty-five men fell 
 out from the two dismounted 
 troops with heat prostration, eight 
 of them were in a comatose con- 
 dition. For this reason the pursuit 
 was discontinued. The loss suf- 
 fered by the enemy was undoubted- 
 ly severe, as seen by our troops, 
 and corroborated by a Spaniard, 
 found at Baliuag. Large numbers 
 of dead and wounded insurgents 
 were carried toward San Miguel 
 on wheeled vehicles and on litters 
 Several commissioned officers were fishing for alligators in the pasig river. 
 
 included in the casualties of the enemy. It is known that six insurgents were 
 killed, and fourteen wounded. It was learned that Gen. Gregorio del Pilar had 
 had his headquarters at Baliuag with a force of 800 men, but on our advance had 
 fallen back to San Miguel. Our casualties in the occupation of Baliuag were two 
 enlisted men wounded. 
 
 NATIVES FED FROM THE CAPTURED STORES. 
 
 The citizens of Bustos and Baliuag, like those of the other towns along our 
 advance, had fled from their homes, but within a short time after our occupation of 
 Baliuag many of the poorer class had returned to that town, and by dark, on the 
 first night our troops were there, the native population had increased from a scant 
 half dozen at noon, when we entered the town, to several hundred — so great was 
 their confidence in our humanity as reported to them by the natives, through 
 whose territory we had hitherto passed. They immediately commenced to beg for 
 food, of which they claimed to have none, having been robbed by the insurgents. 
 
 Under the supervision of Capt. G. H. Gale, 4th U. S. Cav., Provost Marshal, 
 the granary of the tax collector of the place, Capt. Esteban, of the insurgent 
 army, was opened, and its 30,000 bushels distributed, each native, man or woman, 
 who asked, receiving as much pilai, or unhulled rice, as he or she could carry. To 
 prevent conveyance of stores to the enemy, strict orders were enforced, prohibiting 
 the departure of any one from the town, to the north only, except on presentation 
 of a pass from headquarters or other competent authority. All who wished were 
 permitted to enter the town, and in many instances the male members of families 
 having come in and investigated the conditions, they were allowed to return outside 
 our lines for the purpose of bringing in their women and children. 
 
 VARIOUS MINOR OPERATIONS. 
 
 On the 3d, Col. Treumann’s command forded the river from Bustos, and joined 
 the remainder of the expedition at Baliuag. A suitable guard was left at Bustos. 
 About three o’clock on the afternoon of the 3d of May, a scouting party was fired 
 
218 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 on b\' the insurgents, some three miles northeast of Baliuag on the San Miguel 
 Road. Troop I, 4th Cav., was promptly sent out to assist the scouts. The 
 enem}’, in strength about two hundred, was dispersed without casualty to us. 
 The pursuit was kept up until darkness came on. 
 
 Upon information from the Department Headquarters to the effect that the 
 insurgents were constructing store-houses in the Maasim River country, scouts were 
 sent out with instructions to destroy all stores and property belonging to insur- 
 gents, but to respect the persons and property of non-combatants. 
 
 Telegraphic communication was established via Malolos and Quingua, and 
 proved much more reliable than the Bustos- Angat-Bocaue line, which was a source 
 of much annoyance and hard work for the signal detachment, being frequently 
 cut. On the 4th, one company of the 22d Inf. was sent to Quingua in accord- 
 ance with instructions from Corps Headquarters, for the purpose of preserving 
 telegraphic communication, and to assist in guarding railway lines in the vicinity 
 of Malolos. 
 
 MAASIM OCCUPIED. 
 
 Col. Summers with the Oregons, Minnesotas, 3d U. S. Inf., and the section of 
 Utah Volunteer Light Artillery was ordered out, and left Baliuag about 6 A. m.. May 
 4th, and advanced toward Maasim, a village on the Baliuag-San Miguel Road. 
 Instructions were given that scouting parties be sent out from Maasim to make care- 
 ful search of the country thereabouts to discover the insurgent stores reported to 
 have been taken there, and to destroy the same, great care being taken to respect 
 private property. Shortly before noon Col. Summers encountered the enemy and 
 an engagement ensued, lasting about an hour, when the insurgents were forced to 
 evacuate Maasim and retreat toward San Miguel. The enemy occupied trenches, 
 and their strength was estimated at about four hundred. Our casualties were 
 Capt. P. S. Heath, 2d Oregons, and two enlisted men, 13th Minnesotas, slightly 
 wounded. Four dead insurgents were found on the field. This advance was 
 beautifully made in the shape of a “V,” enveloping the enemy’s position. 
 Col. Summers in his report of the occupation of Maasim stated that two store- 
 houses, containing about four tons of rice, had been found. He found the road in 
 some places impassable without repairs, and that another heavy rain would 
 render it altogether impassable for wagons. 
 
 LARGE AMOUNTS OF STORES CAPTURED 
 
 The search for insurgent supplies from Baliuag had resulted in the finding of 
 thirty-seven store-houses containing, on conservative estimate, 100,000 bushels of 
 rice and 160 tons of sugar. Many other store-houses had not been examined when 
 Lawton’s report was made to Corps Headquarters. The buildings were of stone, 
 with iron roofs, rendering it almost impossible to burn their contents — and from 
 their location, to have burned these store-houses would have resulted in the 
 destruction of much of the town. Instructions were requested as to the disposi- 
 tion of stores. 
 
 Chief Scout Young was instructed to proceed, on the afternoon of the 4th, 
 with the entire detachment of scouts, in a northeasterly direction, covering the 
 country between the San Rafael Road and the Maasim River, for the purpose of 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 219 
 
 locating and destroying all magazines, store-houses and caches of insurgent sub- 
 sistence, or other supplies. He was instructed to keep a careful record of stores 
 destroyed; that his party would not carry rations, but would subsist on the 
 country traversed by them ; that the expedition should continue; that reports 
 of progress be sent in at every opportunity practicable, and that his movements 
 should be concealed from the enemy as much as possible, with whom no avoidable 
 contact should be had, though he might, when returning, secure as many guns as 
 possible from the insurgents. The usual instructions as to private persons and 
 property were given. 
 
 Troop I, 4th Cav., was sent up the river toward the foothills of the mountains, 
 to search out supplies of the enemy. The wagon train left Baliuag on the 4th, 
 with ninety-two sick and wounded for Malolos, the sick and wounded to proceed 
 thence by rail to Manila, and the wagons to bring the supplies back to Baliuag. 
 
 GROUP OF WOUNDED MEN AT FIRST RESERVE HOSPITAL. 
 
 On May 6th, Col. Summers reported the destruction of 2000 bushels of rice, 
 and that a reconnoissance toward San Miguel had developed the enemy entrenched 
 near San Ildefonso in force, about 1500, and extending for about one mile. No 
 shots were exchanged. It was reported to Corps Headquarters that the examina- 
 tion of store-houses had been completed, and that they contained at least 150,000 
 bushels of rice and 265 tons of sugar, in which estimate were not included small, 
 or apparently private stores. These amounts did not include the stores found in 
 Bustos, of which there was a large quantity, including maize. As the river from 
 Baliuag is navigable for bancas, it was suggested the stores be shipped to market 
 and sold at auction. To this suggestion, reply was received that until the naviga- 
 tion of the river had been tested, it was not apparent how the stores could be 
 moved in that way. It was later directed that the stores be confiscated, and pend- 
 ing final determination of the matter that they be distributed to families residing 
 in the vicinity who desired them. Col. Summers reported that scouting parties 
 returning on the 5th, had destro^^ed 17,045 bushels and 644 sacks of rice and 
 
220 
 
 Cainpaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 100 rounds of Remington ammunition. On the 6th, Capt. Perkins and a 
 detachment of the Signal Corps, escorted by a company of infantry, commenced 
 recovering the Bustos-Angat-Bocaue telegraph line. 
 
 A MYTHICAL INSURGENT ARMY. 
 
 At this time information was received from Corps Headquarters, that Gens. 
 Geronimo with 3000 troops at San Mateo, and Pio del Pilar with 2000 at Antipolo, 
 were reported as having received instructions from Aguinaldo, to proceed with 
 
 their united forces by a mountain road to 
 Norzagaray and Angat, for the purpose of co- 
 operating against this expedition, and cutting 
 off our communication with the base of supply, 
 evidently thinking our route of supply was via 
 Angat. The reported line of advance of this 
 large force was Norzagaray, Angat, San Rafael 
 and Bustos. Caution was ordered to watch 
 with scouting parties the country to the east- 
 ward. To these instructions, reply was made, 
 that the mounted troop of cavalry would be on 
 the hills southeast of Norzagara}^, on the San 
 Jose Road, from which they can view the 
 country for miles around, and that a company 
 of infantry was at Angat, and that three would 
 be sent to San Rafael to watch for the enemy. 
 Col. Summers at Maasim, and the command at 
 Quingua, were similarly instructed. Request 
 was made for authority to advance Col. 
 
 FILIPINO TRENCHES NEAR RAGBAG. Summors, driving out the enemy from San 
 Ildefonso, and to threaten San Miguel. Reply was received from the Corps Com- 
 mander, that it was “not prudent to advance Summers north until the reported 
 movement of insurgents from the south developed,” and that his command should 
 be held in readiness to unite with the troops at Baliuag in crushing force on this 
 large body of insurgents, should they appear. 
 
 From Col. Summers, it was learned that the enemy, who still continued on his 
 front, were reported by a captured spy to be about 2000 strong, and that at San 
 Miguel, they had two large pieces of ordnance. Col. Summers also reported that 
 the parties from his command had just destroyed 3500 bushels and 644 sacks of 
 rice, 15 bells of sugar, and as many gallons of syrup, within a radius of two and 
 one-half miles from Maasim. 
 
 Reports were received of the destruction of quantities of military stores by 
 Young’s scouts in the country northeast of Maasim. These scouts also reported 
 the killing of an insurgent officer and the capture of his mount, an excellent one. 
 
 A CIYIL GOVERNMENT ESTABLISHED AT BALIUAG. 
 
 On May 6th, large numbers of the inhabitants having returned to their homes 
 in Baliuag, a meeting, by permission of the Division Commander, was held in the 
 public square or plaza, for the purpose of electing a Mayor or Capitan Municipal, 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 221 
 
 who might administer the civil affairs of the town, and represent its civil 
 population in its official business with the military forces occupying it. Sehor 
 Francisco Guerrero was the unanimous choice of the people, and on the following 
 day was announced in Spanish, English and Tagalog, as Mayor of Baliuag, and 
 given authority to select and appoint such assistants as might be necessary, no 
 responsibility for salaries or compensation of these civil officers to devolve on the 
 United States government. 
 
 A party of twenty-five insurgents was reported to have been seen in the 
 vicinity of Norzagaray, and supposed to belong to a force of some two or three 
 companies scattered through the mountains to the northeast of that place, and 
 that they were foraging for food. Young’s scouts were ordered to search for the 
 enemy through the foothills east of Norzagaray, and southward toward San Jose, 
 co-operating with the mounted troop. 
 
 From an insurgent officer, captured by the mounted troop, it was learned 
 that four or five miles to the northeast, in the mountains, there were four or five 
 companies of insurgents, and from captives it was learned that two days’ march to 
 the northeast there were insurgents in large numbers, but nothing could be learned 
 of the large force under Gens. Geronimo and 
 Pilar. Maj. Fraine, commanding North Dakota 
 Battalion, along the river, in the vicinity of 
 San Rafael, reported that, with the excep- 
 tion of a force of 150 some four miles away, 
 traveling northward, his scouts had not been 
 able to discover any body of insurgents. He 
 also reported that from natives it was learned 
 that the hospital and cartridge factory had been 
 moved by the insurgents from San Miguel to San 
 Isidro. He also stated that he had about 20,000 
 bushels of rice under guard in warehouses. 
 
 Capt. Case, Acting Engineer Officer, was 
 sent to Maasim, and reconnoitered the lines of 
 the enemy for the purpose of sketching their 
 fortifications, which he did on the 8th inst., 
 under the fire of the enemy, accompanied by 
 a portion of Col. Summers’ command. Our 
 casualties were Maj. A. W. Higgles, com- 
 manding 13th Minnesotas, seriously wounded 
 in the head, and one enlisted man, 2d Oregons, 
 slightly wounded. Shortly after noon, on the 
 9th, the Corps Commander authorized the with- 
 drawal of the scouting parties which had 
 been searching in vain for the San Mateo 
 
 Much difficulty was experienced by the Quartermaster Department in bringing 
 up supplies from Malolos. The acting engineer officer devoted considerable time 
 and effort toward making a satisfactory ferry or ford, over the river at Quingua. 
 While the command remained at Baliuag, practically the whole time was occupied 
 
 INTERIOR VIEW OF LA LOMA CHURCH. 
 
 and Antipolo insurgent column. 
 
222 
 
 Cainpaignhig in the Philippines. 
 
 by the transportation in bringing up rations, ammunition and quartermaster’s sup- 
 plies. The roads were in a passable condition, and the river at Quingua falling 
 slowl}^ but a heavy rain would render the roads, through a low, swampy country, 
 too muddy for wagons, and the river too deep to be forded, and too swift for safe 
 ferriage. 
 
 EXTENSIVE RECONNOISSANCE MADE. 
 
 Being still dissatisfied with the results of the reconnoissances made at San Ilde- 
 fonso, and anticipating that any day might bring favorable answers to Gen. 
 Lawton’s repeated request to make an advance on San Miguel, on the 11th of 
 May, Young’s scouts were ordered to report to Col. Summers. Capts. Birkhimer 
 and Case were sent to Maasim to thoroughly reconnoiter the enemy in Summers’ 
 front. Capt. Birkhimer was especially directed to look up good artillery positions. 
 These officers were advised to confer with Col. Summers and request of him such 
 aid, including the use of the scouts, as was proper. The enemy’s right and left 
 were to be investigated, but especially the roads to the enemy’s left and rear, (San 
 Miguel way) with a view to a turning movement and subsequent advance on San 
 Miguel. 
 
 A CONCERTED MOVEMENT PEANNED. 
 
 Information was received from Corps Headquarters that the command should 
 be prepared for a forward move on the 14th inst., and be rationed to include 
 the 25th; that a battalion of the 17th would be sent Saturday to join the 
 command; that Gen. MacArthur and the gunboats on the Rio Grande would 
 be ready to advance on Monday; that the movement would be by San Ildefonso 
 and San Miguel; and that Gen. MacArthur could join Gen. Lawton at the latter 
 place if found necessary. 
 
 Information was also received that one gun of Battery D, 6th Art., would be 
 sent by Gen. MacArthur, with two companies of the 3d Inf., from Calumpit to 
 join at Baliuag; and that three guns of Light Battery B, 3d Art., would be sent 
 to join the command. 
 
 Word was received from Capt. Birkhimer that he and Capt. Case, with Young’s 
 scouts, and eighty-four men, under Maj. Eastwick, of the Oregons, had flanked 
 and routed the enemy about noon from their trenches in front of San Ildefonso 
 and pursued them until they had fallen back to a point some three miles from 
 San Ildefonso toward San Miguel ; and also that 2d Lieut. Perfort Reyes, of the 
 insurgent army, with an orderly, had come into our lines under a flag of truce, 
 with request from Gen. Gregorio del Pilar for safe conduct to Manila for the pur- 
 pose of arranging with the military authorities there for a conference of the 
 representatives of the so-called Filipino government v/ith the United States Peace 
 Commissioners. The mission of the insurgent officer and our occupation of San 
 Ildefonso was immediately reported to Corps Headquarters with the remark that 
 Capts. Birkhimer and Case were sent to make reconnoissance, and it was not 
 intended to make any advance. Our casualties were, one scout wounded in knee. 
 Insurgent loss, four killed and six or more wounded, including one officer. 
 
 Instructions were received to have Col. Summers occupy San Ildefonso, leav- 
 ing the 3d Inf. at Maasim; and to send in the insurgent officer to Corps Head- 
 quarters. Lieut. Reyes 'vas promptly brought in, and was accompanied from 
 
Catnpaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 223 
 
 Baliuag by Capt. Sewell, Aide-de-camp, going to Malolos by honseback, and from 
 there by rail to Manila, and reporting to the Corps Commander, who, after receiv- 
 ing him, gave Capt. Sewell written instructions for the Division Commander to 
 make the necessary arrangements for Gen. Pilar’s visit to Manila, Capt. Sewell 
 and the representative of Gen. Pilar immediately returned by the same route they 
 pursued in going in. Lieut. E. L. King, 8th U. S. Cav., Aide-de-camp, escorted 
 the Filipinos through our lines. 
 
 REMARKABLE GALLANTRY OF YOUNG’vS SCOUTS. 
 
 When Capts. Birkhimer and Case arrived at San Ildefonso they requested, and 
 were granted, two companies as a reconnoitering force. They first went to the 
 right of the line, and there found Young’s scouts, who had preceded them, 
 heavily engaged, or rather by their tactics, drawing a heavy and continued fire 
 from the insurgents, and only returning a shot when a good target presented itself. 
 
 CONVALESCENTS AT THE FIRST RESERVE HOSPITAL. 
 
 The enemy’s line was thus well developed and was conservatively estimated at 
 about 500 men, who wasted about 7000 rounds of ammunition. The scouts were 
 then sent to the left of the enemy’s line with directions to the commanding officer 
 of the supporting battalion to make quite a detour, and keep themselves entirely 
 concealed. The scouts finally took position on a knoll that commanded the 
 enemy’s left. A heavy fire was at once opened on them. Range flags, as well as 
 the fact that all bullets struck dangerously close, showed that ranges had been 
 carefully measured. The enemy could easily see and count on this hill our forces, 
 which consisted of the scouts and Capts. Birkhimer and Case, in all less than 
 twenty men. Their courage accordingly increased, in spite of the deadly aim of 
 the scouts, and it appeared that the latter would soon be surrounded. Messengers 
 were sent to tell Maj. Eastwick, but Anally Capt. Case was successful in finding him, 
 and the battalion hurried gallantly to the rescue. As soon as the insurgents saw 
 this supporting force, although only eighty-four men, they faltered and fell back, 
 
 ■t- 
 
224 
 
 Ca}>ipaig7iing hi the Philippines. 
 
 closely pressed, and finally fled and evacuated the town. This heroic act of the 
 men on that knoll was to be duplicated, if not excelled, on the following day. A 
 list of the scouts selected by Chief Young and detailed by special field orders fol- 
 lows, as their achievements up to this time had already made the list an honor roll: 
 
 Fourth U. S. Cav. — Privates EH E. Watkins, Troop C; S. Harris, Troop G; 
 Peter Quinn, Troop E. First North Dakota Volunteer Inf. — Corp. W. F. Thomas, 
 Compan}’ K; Privates A. Jensen, Company D; D. Powell, Company H; J. H. Illion, 
 Company H; J. C. Smith, Company K; P. Hussey, Company K; Christiansen, 
 Company G; Charles Davis, Company G; F. Andres, Company B; C. M. Euthur, 
 Company B; McBain, Company B; Sletteland, Company C; M. Glasley, Company 
 A; C. Wilson, Company A; J. R. Desmond, Company I; Otto Boehler, Company I. 
 Second Oregon Volunteer Inf. — Privates Jas. Harrington, Company G; F. High, 
 Company G; W. Scott, Company K; J. B. Oneal, Company E; E. C. Eyon, Com- 
 pany B; M. Robertson, Company B. 
 
 Eieut. Reyes, the insurgent officer who entered the lines, reported that their 
 losses that day were twent 3 -five killed, including his Captain and 1st Eieutenant, 
 and about forty wounded, and also that the charge was blown three times without 
 results against that small body of men on the knoll. 
 
 Telegraphic information was received on the 12th, from Corps Headquarters, 
 that it was contemplated sending the entire 17th Inf., and one battalion of the 9th 
 Inf., also part of Andrews’ Eight Battery, with three mountain guns, as an 
 independent column, on Candaba, with the gunboats. It was stated that junction 
 with this column could be made by this command at San Miguel, or on the river 
 south of San Isidro. 
 
 Suggestion was made that a detachment be left at Baliuag, as the town is an 
 important produce mart, seven roads centering there, and the large quantities of 
 rice and sugar enough for six months’ supply for the insurgent army, left by the 
 insurgents, showing in part, the amount brought to that place for shipment to 
 market. Its strategic value is also great. 
 
 Early in the afternoon of Ma}^ 13th, Capt. Case telegraphed from San' Ilde- 
 fonse that San Miguel was being held by our forces. Shortly afterwards informa- 
 tion was received from Capt. Birkhimer, stating that the scouts, supported by 
 
 Company A, 2d Oregons, 
 commanded by Eieut. 
 Kelly, and Company H, 
 13th Minnesotas, Capt. 
 Bjornstad, commanding, 
 both under Capt. Heath, 
 2d Oregons, Capts. Birk- 
 himer and Case accom- 
 paning, routed the enemy, 
 and occupied the town of 
 San Miguel at 12:30 p. m.. 
 May 13th, with a loss of one enlisted man, 13th Minnesota, seriously wounded. 
 Insurgent loss, three killed and several wounded, including two officers. Our 
 force was 118 strong; the insurgents under Gen. Gregorio del Pilar, were reported 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 225 
 
 to have numbered 600. Again was demonstrated the value of these scouts. In the 
 quest of information for the objective attack on this reported stronghold of San 
 Miguel de Mayumo, Capt. Birkhimer urged forward the scouts, only eighteen of 
 them beitig able to turn out that morning. After a stead}^ advance before anything 
 definite had been developed or known, the outskirts of the town were reached. 
 
 CHIEF SCOUT YOUNG MORTAULY WOUNDED. 
 
 All of a sudden a heavy skirmish line appeared. It consisted of what was 
 then estimated at 300 in view, behind rice dykes; the right upon the river con- 
 cealed in the bamboos, and left on a hill with ravine in front, both flanks unturn- 
 able. The enemy were not more than 150 to 175 yards distant, — with Chief 
 Young opposite the center. There hap- 
 pened to be only 11 other scouts present, 
 their names follow: 
 
 First North Dakota Volunteer Inf. — 
 
 Privates P. Hussey, Company K;J. Mc- 
 Intyre, Company B; J. R. Desmond, 
 
 Company I; G. Jensen, Company D; 
 
 F. Summerfield, Company K. Fourth 
 U. S. Cav. — Privates P. Quinn, Troop L; 
 
 S. Plarris, Troop G; Eli E. Watkins, 
 
 Troop C. Second Oregon Volunteer 
 Inf.— Private J as. Harrington, Company 
 
 G. (Privates McIntyre and Summer- 
 field voluntarily joined the scouts after 
 detail was made.) 
 
 Taking the situation at a glance, 
 with the favorable endorsement of Capt. 
 
 Birkhimer, who was with this party 
 throughout. Chief Young, with scout 
 Harrington at his side, gallantly and desperately charged the center of this line, 
 unhesitatingly followed by the above loyal ten. The line faltered, and finally 
 broke and fled to the other side of the river. It was on this side of the river, on 
 this side of the bridge, that this gallant leader received a severe wound through 
 his knee, that subsequently proved fatal. These ten scouts were recommended by 
 Gen. Eawton, for a medal of honor. 
 
 Four companies of the 3d Inf., were moved forward to San Miguel, where they 
 arrived about 8:30 p. m. without incident, and the telegraphic communication 
 was established with that place about the same time. 
 
 THE COMMAND OCCUPIES SAN MIGUEL. 
 
 Col. Summers had during the afternoon occupied San Miguel with his com- 
 mand, except two companies left at Maasim, and two at San Ildefonso. In com- 
 pliance with telegraphic authority, thirty dollars reward was offered for each 
 insurgent rifle turned in. This information was published in Spanish and Tagalog, 
 and every effort made to get it within the insurgent lines. On account of desired 
 
 15b 
 
226 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 concert of movement, with the column moving toward Candaba, the movement of 
 Lawton’s headquarters from Baliuag toward San Miguel was postponed by the 
 Corps Commander. The piece of artillery (Battery D, 6th Art.), and Companies 
 E and I, 3d Inf., reported at Baliuag about four o’clock on the afternoon of the 
 
 14th. Orders were then 
 received for the movement 
 of all the command, except 
 a battalion of 22d Inf. from 
 Baliuag to San Miguel. 
 This was made next day. 
 It commenced early in the 
 morning and headquarters 
 arrived at San Miguel about 
 10 A. M., without incident. 
 About three o’clock in the 
 afternoon Col. Summers 
 with the 2d Oregons and 
 13th Minnesotas, accom- 
 panied by a section of 
 artillery, were advanced from San Miguel and proceeded north toward San Isidro, 
 to the village of Bulac (or on most maps, San Jose), a distance of about three miles. 
 About two and one half miles out, the scouts were fired on, and the command 
 deployed, driving the enemy who were strongly entrenched on the north bank of 
 a stream, about one and one-half miles north of Bulac, toward San Isidro. Our 
 casualties — one enlisted man, 13th Minnesotas, very slight wound, not disabling 
 for continuance on duty with regiment. The insurgent loss — sixteen killed, 
 including at least one officer, and five wounded, left on the field. Twenty-one or 
 more guns and equipments were captured from the enemy. 
 
 On the morning of May l6th, Capt. Gale, commanding 4th Cav. , moved out 
 with his dismounted squadron, two battalions 3d Inf., Troop I, 4th Cav., and 
 Hawthorne’s Mountain Battery, toward Sibul, for the purpose of reconnoitering 
 that town, and the insurgent stronghold known as Split Rock, and to destroy the 
 supplies supposed to be at the first-named place. 
 
 Sibul was reached by the middle of the forenoon and found deserted by the 
 insurgent troops, although a few of the residents of the town remained. Much 
 difficulty was experienced by the wagons and artillery as the road passed through 
 muddy sloughs. An attempt was made to find the trail into the mountains, but 
 owing to unreliable information of natives, nothing was accomplished and the 
 reconnoissance was concluded by the return of the command to San Miguel, in the 
 evening. 
 
 San Miguel was the most important town occupied thus far by the expedition, 
 with the exception of Baliuag. There were many handsome residences and other 
 evidences of the wealth of the people who had, with the exception of a very few of 
 the wealth}" class, and a few hundred of the poorer classes, deserted their homes, 
 and gone to the mountains. Many came in as soon as the troops arrived, and the 
 insurgents had fallen back toward San Isidro, and hundreds were returning daily 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 227 
 
 as long as we remained there. As is the case with all these towns of considerable 
 size, no reliable information is at hand concerning their population. The inhabi- 
 tants cannot even guess, and it is not easy to form a satisfactory estimate, owing 
 to the crowding of houses and huts customary among the lower classes of the 
 natives and Chinese. Of the latter a large number appear to have lived in each 
 of these larger provincial towns, and to have constituted the commercial class, 
 conducting a multitude of small shops. These Chinese merchants have been 
 scattered by the unsettled conditions in the provinces, some remaining, paying 
 heavy war taxes to the insurgent officials, for which they are supposed to receive 
 protection from the Filipino soldiers who are said to have ruthlessly slaughtered 
 many. 
 
 LIEUT. THORNTON SUCCEEDS CHIEF SCOUT YOUNG. 
 
 About the time that Capt. Gale’s column moved out on its reconnoissance 
 toward Sibul, Col. Summers and his column advanced toward, and occupied San 
 Roque, where they arrived about nine o’clock. The scouts under 2d Rieut. 
 J. E. Thornton, 2d Oregons, (successor to Chief Scout Young) were sent forward 
 in search of water. About 
 two and one-half miles out 
 they were fired on by the 
 enemy, whom they engaged 
 and forced back across a 
 river about forty feet wide, 
 and too deep to be forded, 
 necessitating the use of a 
 large wooden bridge by any 
 one desirous of crossing to 
 the north bank. The insur- 
 gents retreated across the 
 bridge, which they set on 
 fire, and entered their 
 trenches which commanded 
 the approach to the bridge 
 by a frontal and enfilading 
 fire. The scouts charged across the bridge, followed by a battalion of the Oregons, 
 and engaged the enemy in their trenches, completely routing them, with a known 
 loss of six killed and eight prisoners, six of whom were wounded. Fourteen 
 Mausers, and two Remingtons with equipments and ammunition, were captured. 
 Many killed and wounded are known to have been carried away to San Isidro, 
 which is not far from the bridge. 
 
 SCOUT HARRINGTON KILLED. 
 
 Our loss was numerically small, but was nevertheless severe, in that Scout 
 James Harrington of the 2d Oregons was killed. As Young’s assistant, he had 
 done many gallant deeds of which official records exist. Prior to the organization 
 of Young’s scouts, Harrington’s reputation as a successful, intelligent scout had 
 ^extended beyond his regiment, his many daring encounters with outposts of the 
 
 INSURGKNTS FISHED OUT OF THE MARILAO RIVER. 
 
228 
 
 Canipaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 eneni}' being known generall 3 ' throughout the whole command; and after the 
 iDeginning of the operations of the scouts as an organization, he was 
 invariabl}^ placed in charge of aii}^ detachment sent out from Young’s charge. 
 
 The bridge was saved from destruction by the efforts of the Oregons and the 
 scouts, and, occupying both sides of the river, they set about repairing it, wisely 
 recognizing the delay that would otherwise be caused the main command in 
 advancing. Col. Summers and his troops were again commended in reports, and 
 great regret expressed at the loss of the two most important and valuable members 
 of the detachment of scouts. ? 
 
 THE COEUMN REACHES SAN ISIDRO. 
 
 Orders were then issued for an advance on San Isidro, the new objective, to 
 take place early on the morning of the 17th. Col. J. W. French, 22d Inf., command- 
 ing his own regiment and the 1st North Dakotas, was sent forward in the evening 
 of the 16th to join Col. Summers for the contemplated movement of the morrow. 
 About four o’clock. May 17th, Gen. Lawton and .staff left San Miguel for the 
 front, which was found to be just north of the bridge and trenches occupied the 
 day before by the scouts and the 2d Oregons. Telegraphic communication was 
 e.stablished with San Miguel, and Corps Headquarters without dela}^, and the 
 movement on San Isidro commenced. Col. Summers deployed the column; the 
 22d Inf. on the left, their right resting on the road, the 1st North Dakotas and 1st 
 Battalion, 2d Oregons on right of road; along which Scott’s Battery followed; the 
 scouts preceded the right of the line. Troop I, 4th Cav., operated on the left of 
 the road. 
 
 The command advanced toward the town, and when within about 1800 yards 
 of it, fire was opened on the scouts and on the right of our line. The advance was 
 continued and the city occupied by our forces. Our casualties, one enlisted man, 
 each, 13th Minnesotas and 2d Oregons slightly wounded. Insurgent loss, fifteen 
 killed, twenty wounded, three prisoners. Seven guns and four horses fell into our 
 hands. Several Spaniards who claimed to have been held prisoners by the insur- 
 gents were found in the city, among them three officers. Many wealthy natives 
 remained with their property and families, and at once applied for, and were 
 accorded protection by our troops. Dr. Albert a former Peace Commissioner 
 .selected by the Filipino Congress, of which he was still a member, reported the 
 presence at his residence of a large number of non-combatants, including the wives 
 and children of insurgent officers, and gave much imformation concerning the 
 doings of the insurgent leaders. 
 
 THE FILIPINO PEACE COMMISSION. 
 
 Arrangements were made for the entry of Gen. Gregorio del Pilar, and three 
 other members of the Filipino Peace Commission, who desired to go to Manila 
 for conference with the American Commission, with a view to the termination of 
 hostilities. These per.sons came within our lines. May 18th, and next morning started 
 for Manila, accompanied by Lieut. E. L. King, Aide-de-camp, with orders to com- 
 manders of all forces of this expedition, located on their route, to .secure for the 
 party every accommodation and courtesy possible. It was learned that the 
 
CaiHpai^nins; in the Philippines. 
 
 229 
 
 insurgents had had at this place fourteen prisoners, thirteen Americans, including 
 a lieutenant of our navy, and one Englishman, whom they had moved back into 
 the mountains on our advance. The afternoon of the capture of San Isidro, it 
 was reported that the enemy had fled toward Gapan, a town of considerable 
 importance, about four miles east of San Isidro. The insurgents had a hospital 
 there, which was reported to be filled with wounded Filipinos. It was further 
 alleged that stores and munitions were there located. 
 
 One battalion of Oregons and one of Minnesotas were sent to Gapan from 
 San Isidro, and their departure so timed as to eflect a junction with another 
 column, under Capt. Hannay, from San Miguel, by way of cross-roads at San 
 Roque, the second column consisting of Gale’s dismounted squadron and a battalion 
 of the 8d Inf. The two columns joined as anticipated, and with the exception of 
 a desultory fire from the other side of the river, no resistance was encountered. 
 The town was deserted. The San Isidro troops were returned next morning and 
 the San Miguel troops were sent to San Miguel the same afternoon. 
 
 Capt. Hannay, with ten companies of the 3d Inf. and one gun from Haw- 
 thorne’s Mountain Battery, was ordered to remain at San Miguel, and Gale’s 
 squadron, with another gun from Hawthorne’s Battery, were ordered to re-inforce 
 the garrison at Baliuag, which was reported to be in danger of attack by a large force 
 of the enemy. 
 
 AN ENGAGEMENT NEAR SAN FERNANDO. 
 
 Col. French with the 22d Inf., 1st North Dakotas and Scott’s Battery (two guns), 
 proceeded down the Rio Grande toward Candaba, on the afternoon of the 18th. 
 When near San Fernando they met the enemy in trenches, or behind embank- 
 ments commanding the road, and an engagement ensued which lasted until 
 
 ENGINEER CORPS REPAIRING RAILROAD TRACK TORN UP BY INSURGENTS. 
 
 darkness came on, the enemy being forced back across the river, where they 
 poured in a hot fire from that side of the stream. Scott’s guns were brought up, 
 and threw shrapnel at point-blank range. Many of these shrapnel burst in the 
 piece, the projectiles falling harmlessly into the water. This frequently occurred 
 during the campaign, and experience had rendered the use of shrapnel for 
 the protection of our advancing infantry too dangerous an experiment to hazard. 
 
230 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 However, the effect of such shrapnel as did reach, was the next day attested by 
 our column on that side of the river finding several rifle-pits filled with new earth. 
 Our loss, suffered from the first fire from the barricade across the road, was five 
 wounded, two of whom afterward died. The enemy left tw^o killed and four 
 wounded. Col. French’s command bivouacked when darkness overtook them, 
 and next morning moved out and occupied Cabiao. 
 
 THE EXPEDITION REACHES CANDABA AND BREAKS UP. 
 
 On the morning of the 20th, the entire command left San Isidro, proceeding 
 down the river toward Candaba, with the exception of the signal detachment, 
 which returned toward San Miguel, recovering the telegraph line, kieutenant- 
 Colonel Yoran and the two battalions of the 2d Oregons, crossed over to the west 
 bank of the river, the remainder of the command moving along the road on the 
 east bank, arriving at Cabiao about 10 A. m., at which point Col. French’s com- 
 mand joined the main column, and all proceeded on down to the vicinity of Mount 
 Ara3’at, and went into camp about dark. 
 
 Just before starting from San Isidro, two or three Mauser volleys were fired 
 from across the river, some of the bullets going through the house occupied as 
 Division Headquarters. The scouts under Lieut. Thornton, 2d Oregons, as 
 planned the night before, shortl}^ afterwards crossed over, and under cover of the 
 morning mist, secured a good position directly in the enemy’s rear, and waited to 
 communicate with the force under Col. Yoran. Col. Yoran’s column after cross- 
 ing the river at San Isidro proceeded up the road toward San Antonio, where, 
 after a junction was effected, they engaged the enemy under Col. Tecson, in force 
 of about five hundred and fiftjq who were driven back in great disorder, leaving 
 five dead on the field, and with an estimated loss of twenty-five. Col. Yoran then 
 proceeded down the west bank of the river and re-crossing, joined the main com- 
 mand at Cabiao. The entire command left its bivouac earl}^ on the morning of 
 May 21st, and proceeding down the river, arrived at the ferry near the town of 
 Arayat shortly after sunrise. Much to our surprise, no resistance was encoun- 
 tered. It was an ideal place for defense, and the crossing was commanded by 
 man}’ deserted rifle trenches. 
 
 Much difficulty was experienced in preparing the approach to the ferry for the 
 passage of wheeled vehicles, and in improvising a suitable raft for the crossing of 
 stores and ammunition. The river at this point was about four and half feet deep, 
 and, as indicated by its banks, is subject to a considerable rise at some seasons of 
 the year. 
 
 The advance of the column, a battalion of the 22d Inf., entered the town of 
 Arayat at 7:12 a. m., and found no evidence of the presence of the enemy any- 
 where in the vicinity. Many of the residents of the town were in their houses, 
 and many others came in during the day. 
 
 As rapidly as possible the command was ferried over to the west bank of the 
 river, and entered the town. Col. French’s command was brought over before 
 dark, and even Col. Summers completed his crossing before the end of the day. 
 The column which had been advancing up the river under command of Maj. J. A. 
 Kobbe 3d Art., joined the expedition at Arayat, and remaining over night 
 
Cainpai^nini^ in the Philippines. 
 
 231 
 
 accompanied the main column down the river toward Candaba where they arrived 
 without incident. The launch and cascos carrying supplies had grounded about 
 two miles below Arayat, and no effort was made to push them further up the river. 
 
 At Candaba were found the U. S. A. gunboats, Laguna de Bay and Covadonga^ 
 the armored launch Oceania, and cascos carrying supplies. Telegraphic commu- 
 nication was again secured, and instructions were received to send the Oregons, 
 Minnesotas and Andrews’ Battery to the south side of the river at Calumpit. 
 These organizations left en route to Calumpit early in the morning of the follow- 
 ing day. 
 
 During the day, after the departure of the troops for Calumpit, considerable 
 firing was heard to the eastward in the direction of San Miguel and Baliuag. A 
 battalion of the 22d Inf., commanded by Capt. Ballance and the detachment 
 of scouts were sent in the direction from which the sound of firing came, 
 but were unable to discover anything, the swamp preventing their continuing 
 to the San Miguel-Baliuag Road. Rater it was learned that the troops in San 
 
 THIRD ARTILLERY TRENCHES NEAR CALOOCAN. 
 
 Miguel in obedience to orders from Corps Headquarters had, under command of 
 Capt. Hannay, 3d Inf., started to Baliuag to join the garrison at that place, and 
 had met the enemy near San Ildefonso, and were engaged almost continuously all 
 the rest of the way to Baliuag. The insurgents were in strong force and suffered 
 severely. Capt. Hannay was prostrated by heat, result of over- work during the 
 expedition. Insurgent loss estimated at fifty killed and fifty wounded. 
 
 Capt. Hannay’ s command performed an excellent day’s work, comprising, as 
 it did, fifteen hours marching, covering a distance of fourteen miles, during which 
 time the command fought four different battles. Capt. J. W. Hannay was 
 awarded much credit for the way he handled his regiment, (ten companies) during 
 a series of difficult situations. A battalion of the 22d Inf., came to the support 
 of the 3d just after the last skirmish. The two Captains who had been captured 
 were sent to Manila, and turned over to the Provost Marshal-General. 
 
 During the evening of the 23d, telegraphic orders were received from the 
 Corps Commander breaking up the expedition, stating that it was contemplated 
 assigning Gen. Lawton to the command of the forces, including, and south of the 
 
282 
 
 Ca))ipaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 Caloocan, Taguig and Pasai line of trenehes, except certain organizations in the 
 city of Manila performing special duties. In accordance with these instructions, 
 one battalion of the 22d Inf., and one Utah gun were left at Candaba and San 
 Luis, with orders to report to Gen. MacArthur. The remainder of the troops 
 composing the expedition with the exception of the four troops of 4th Cav., the 
 1st North Dakotas, the battalion of the 9th Inf., and Scott’s Battery, which were 
 ordered to return to Manila, were turned over to Major-General MacArthur. 
 
 On May 24th, Gen. Lawton proceeded by steam launch to Calumpit and thence 
 by rail to Malolos to carry out instructions from the Corps Commander in regard 
 to distribution and rationing of troops, added to Gen. MacArthur’s command, 
 and to supervise the re-arrangement of the 13th Minnesotas, guarding the railway. 
 On May 26th, it was reported that a force of the enemy was being concentrated in 
 the vicinity of Baliuag, and instructions were given to the commanding officer at 
 that point to send out reconnoitering parties in the direction of the enemy to 
 ascertain the facts. One company of the 3d Inf., under 1st Lieut. Moore, of that 
 regiment, developed a force of the enemy in the direction of San Rafael, and being 
 encumbered with two wounded men was forced to continue the engagement until 
 relieved by two more companies, when the enemy were dispersed in short order. 
 Other scou-ting parties failed to discover evidences of the enemy. 
 
 The troops destined for Manila were shipped in by rail from Calumpit as rapidly 
 as possible, and the wagon train marched in overland. 
 
 Gen. Lawton returned to Manila on the 27th, with his staff. The wagon train 
 arriving in the city on the 30th, closed the expedition, although it was practically 
 completed at the breaking up on the 23d at Candaba. 
 
 VIEW OK KORTSON’S KNOI.E. Photo hij Jackson. 
 
CHAPTER XII. 
 
 LAWTON’S PARANAQUE CAMPAIGN. 
 
 EN. LAWTON’S command, composed of the following-named 
 troops, concentrated at San Pedro Macati on June 9th, for opera- 
 tion against the insurgent forces in the vicinity of Paranaque, 
 Gen. Wheaton now commanding King’s old brigade. 
 
 Gen. Ovenshine’s Brigade — 13th U. S. Inf., (complete); 14th 
 U. S. Inf., (nine companies); 12th U. S. Inf., (two companies); 
 two guns, 6th Art., (Battery D); two guns, Hawthorne’s 
 Separate Mountain Battery; two guns, Andrew^s’ Battery H, 1st 
 Art. Gen. Wheaton’s Brigade — 9th U. S. Inf., (eight com- 
 panies); 21st U. S. Inf., (eight companies); 1st Colorado 
 Volunteer Inf., (six companies); two guns, 6th Art., (Battery D); two guns, Haw- 
 thorne’s Separate Mountain Battery; two guns, Andrews’ Battery E, 1st Art. 
 
 On the following morning, June 10th, the command left camp at San Pedro 
 Macati at 5 A. m., and moved in the direction of Paranaque. The line of march 
 was over the ridges of Guadalupe to attack the town in the rear. The intention 
 was to clear out the country lying between Laguna de Bay and Manila Bay. It 
 is a rough grazing country, cut by gulches and overgrown by grass and chaparral. 
 
 While the men slept with no tents, the rain poured down heavily for an hour. 
 The men only laughed, for in the gentle air of these favored isles, rain, however 
 it may dampen, seldom chills one. Then again, the lust of war was in our blood, 
 and we knew that to-morrow would show us the terrible beauty of skilled and 
 legal murder. 
 
 Before dawn we passed out of the shadow of the church and in sight of the 
 benediction in the chapel. Out to war and past the blessed Christ who taught 
 us to love one another; along Pasig River; then up past ruined Guadalupe; over 
 the hill, till we came to a high ridge, where the white tents of the 12th Inf. kept 
 watch and ward over the sleepy fields. A long procession of men, miles long, a 
 file of ruthless steel, a wall of iron and will, came over the ridge and went across 
 the face of the ground, towards Paranaque, hidden in the woods, yet revealing 
 the white steeple of a church, and pointing a finger to the skies, and to the infinite 
 Justice throned there. 
 
 THE CLICK OF THE GUNvS. . 
 
 A kind of soothing rap-tap-tap, tickety-tick-tick, comes to your ears, and some- 
 body looks two miles off among the ranges and ridges. “They are using black 
 powder,’’ he says. We had heard that the Filipinos were manufacturing their own 
 powder at Lipa, in Batangas province, out of the sulphur from the volcano of Taal. 
 
234 
 
 Campaignmg in the Philippines. 
 
 This tapping is not hard or unpleasant. If this is death, you say, it is an easy 
 death ; some such quiet feeling as a man has who has taken laughing gas. He 
 knows something tragic is going on, but he does not care nor bother about it. 
 
 At last, as we look over the land we see long files of brown men stalking knee 
 deep in long grass. Some one says, “that looks like the Colorados.” No. The 
 Colorados are away a mile and a half making those rapid tick-tacks which are so 
 
 soothing. A big 
 vase seemed to burst 
 at our feet. But it 
 was not a vase, it 
 was lyieut. Scott’s 
 first shot from the 
 artillery at the line 
 of insurgent de- 
 fense. He hit close 
 to it and exploded 
 some shells right 
 over them. But sly 
 Pio del Pilar was 
 too old a rat to be 
 
 caught in a cheese trap like that. You could see his men vamoose over the 
 hill, and no cannon could shoot away a hill. Not yet. Pilar, whether you are 
 a traitor or a patriot, shall Yankee hands be laid on you. 
 
 We are standing under a tree, which, from its shape, the boys have christened 
 the “T” tree. It is on the topmost ridge and commands the prospect of the 
 field of fight and flight. But we want to hear those tick-tacks a little closer. So 
 we follow a trail down the hillside and into a valley. Tick-tacks over in these 
 wolds. The 14th Inf. must be tacking up proclamations of the peace commis- 
 sioners. What did you say about peace? Did you notice those “rookies,” or 
 new men, duck? Did you hear an angry bee buzz past your ear? Well, then 
 listen, and look out. You may not be an inch from death. 
 
 THE SIGNAL CORPS AT WORK. 
 
 As we marched into the rough land, we were surprised to see a man uncoiling 
 a wire. He must be out surveying the land for a farm. No. He is the Signal 
 Corps man. His wire does not measure land, but conveys thoughts. It runs 
 from Lawton’s headquarters to those of Otis. It took a curt message to-day. 
 
 Otis is fussy, sends word to Lawton about something. He thinks so and so, 
 and like a school girl, wants to talk it over. Lawton can’t be reached. Again 
 and again Otis tries to reach the Indian Exterminator. At last, he gets this out 
 to him: “Where is Lawton?” The grizzly fighter sends back in reply: “At the 
 front firing line with his men, where he ought to be.” 
 
 The Signal Corps are brave. To-day they got ahead of their body-guard, and 
 were almost bagged by Pilar’s men. 
 
 Anon, Maj. Penrose of the staff goes over a hill to a grassy field. Here he 
 establishes a temporary hospital. No sooner is this done, than the enemy fires 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 235 
 
 into the hospital. We, who are unarmed get behind the ammunition boxes and 
 “Suave qui peut,” is in order. Forty riflemen come up and fight the trees and 
 fields for two hours and a half. But thick and fast flow events. Here is a wounded 
 man: “Company K, wounded in right forearm, not serious.” 
 
 A hundred feet behind, the Chinese have a litter. They carry a silent form. 
 A young boy of seventeen years. Ten minutes ago, that was Healy — little Joe 
 Healy of Company M, 13th Regulars. Somebody in America to-day is poorer 
 because of the rich Philippines. Joe was terribly young. He had a surprise look 
 of wonder on his face. What could death have told him that surprised him so ? 
 Ask the Sphinx. Why did the tap-taps come out of the woods and cut his throat 
 like that? Not much had happened to Joe. Only “shot in the neck fatally.” 
 Ah, Joe, what makes you lie so still, gazing intently up? You are not always 
 serious, you were gay and sprightly, Joe. 
 
 And now the tropic sun is getting up above our heads. The boys are young, 
 and many are for the first time under fire. Under a tent cover in this long, hot 
 grass, are two men overcome by heat. A comrade watches by. This one is pros- 
 trated by the heat, and that one has fever coming on. 
 
 THE WORK OF THE EXPEDITION. 
 
 What had happened in military details is this: The Colorado Inf., the 9th and 
 21st Inf., and one troop of the Nevada Cav., swung around the hilltop of the ridge 
 above Guadalupe church and opened battle at 6:30 A. m. The rebels made no 
 response from the hills and the Colorado men cautiously advanced through the 
 thick grass until they were confronted by a trench. 
 
 The Colorado Regiment then advanced toward Laguna de Bay. Two com- 
 panies encountered trenches on the top of a knoll, where the Filipinos stood waist 
 high above a trench, pouring a volley upon them. They charged and drove out 
 the enemy, Lieutenant-Colonel Moses being wounded in the arm as he jumped into 
 the trench. On the 
 Paranaque side, mean- 
 time, Scott’s Battery 
 of the 6th Art. , shelled 
 the first line of insur- 
 gent defense with good 
 effect. Then a part of 
 the 13th and 14th Regi- 
 ments formed in skir- 
 mish line, extending a 
 mile to the right, and 
 supported by the rest 
 of the regiments swept the burning of caloocan. Photo hy k. t. f. 
 
 down the valley and up the hillside toward another trench. The approach 
 through the morass seriously hampered the 14th, and the rebels, taking advantage 
 of this, poured a galling fire upon them for thirty minutes. The 14th was twice 
 compelled to withdraw for the purpose of finding a safe crossing in the swamp. 
 Finally the trench was enfiladed on both flanks. The rebels fled to the woods 
 
286 
 
 Ca>>ipai<rfii)ij^ i,i the Philippijies. 
 
 and sustained severe loss. Lieut. Geiger of the 14th with forty-five men took a 
 hill from 300 Filipinos. About three o’clock in the afternoon, Gen. Wheaton’s 
 Brigade, headed by Gen. Lawton, who, in his white clothing and helmet, on a 
 big black horse, was a shining mark for the enemy’s sharpshooters, circled to 
 the south of Las Pinas, encountering a large force of Filipinos in the shelter of 
 
 TRAIN' WRECKED BY INSURGEN'TS NEAR ANGELES. P'1 oto hy Lillie. 
 
 the trees. Gen. Lawton had a narrow escape. In the first volley of the enemy 
 the horses of three officers were shot from under them. The Colorado Regiment 
 and the 9th Inf., bore the brunt of this attack and dispersed the Filipinos. 
 Hardly had they finished off that lot when a large force appeared in the rear, 
 which the 9th Inf. and a part of the Colorado Regiment drove away. By this time 
 nearly the whole division was around Las Pinas. 
 
 During the march, men were prostrated on all sides, owing to the lack of water 
 and exposure to the sun. It is estimated that forty per cent of the troops were 
 exhau.sted. Our men threw away their blankets, coats and even haversacks, 
 stripping to the waist and trusting to luck for food. Water could not be obtained, 
 and there was much discomfort after the canteens were emptied. 
 
 While the troops were advancing the army gunboat Napidan, on the river near 
 Pasig, shelled the enemy, killing several of them. The monitor, Monadjiock, and 
 the gunboat Helena, shelled Paranaque and Las Pinas, all day with the full power 
 of their batteries. The rebel sharpshooters kept in hiding until the American 
 lines had passed, and then attempted to pot stragglers from the trees. Owing to 
 their poor marksmanship their efforts were without result. 
 
 The Americans made camp for the night, south of the town, during a heavy 
 rain. Gen. Ovenshine’s Brigade did not come into camp until after dark. Strag- 
 glers came in all during the night. Men had fallen on the way and were able to 
 continue their march only after rest and the coolness of evening had refreshed 
 them. At six o’clock on the morning of the 11th, Gen. Wheaton advanced upon 
 Las Pinas with a troop of cavalry, the 21st Inf., the Colorado Regiment, part of 
 the 9th Inf., and two mountain guns, crossing two streams and entering the town 
 without firing a shot. He then entered Paranaque. 
 
 PARANAQUE OCCUPIED. 
 
 Gen. Ovenshine came into Paranaque with his brigade, about 10 A. m. The 
 troops had been stalled in mud, two feet deep. Only by proceeding in single file and 
 each man treading in the footsteps of the man in front of him were they able to 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 237 
 
 advance. How the artillery was brought through these bogs is a mystery. Lieut. 
 Scott, of the 6th Art., and Lieut. Fleming brought up cannon and horses. 
 
 The women and children and, for that matter, maii}^ men, remained in the 
 towns. No houses were destroyed, though many were torn by the shells from the 
 warships. Everywhere the Americans found white flags flying. 
 
 So far as could be ascertained, the Filipino loss was about fifty killed, about 
 three hundred and fifty wounded and twenty taken prisoners. The 13th U. S. 
 Inf. and the Colorado Volunteer Inf. were ordered to return to Manila, leaving 
 Las Pinas about 5 p. m. same day. 
 
 On June 12th, the command remained in their relative positions during the 
 day, except that outposts south of the camp were strengthened by artillery. 
 During the afternoon of the same day the Commanding General examined the 
 insurgent’s position along the bay, on board the launch Helena. 
 
 THE FIGHTING CONTINUED. 
 
 Early the following morning, Gen. Lawton, with two companies, 21st Inf., left 
 camp at Las Pinas and proceeded towards Bacoor to reconnoiter the enemy’s posi- 
 tion. After going about one mile, the enemy was encountered in large force. 
 They opened fire from all sides, the fire being returned by our men with good 
 effect, and the gunboats in the bay shelled the enemy’s trenches. The enemy was 
 found to be too strong for our small force, and they were obliged to retreat for a 
 short distance. Re-inforcements were brought up about noon, and a hot fight 
 ensued, lasting until about 5 p. m. 
 
 After an artillery battle and some lively skirmishing, an advance was made 
 in the direction of Bacoor, and it developed into the hardest fight since the hosti- 
 lities with the Filipinos began. 
 
 The main work was the direct attack on Zapote Bridge. Kenley’s Battery of 
 four mountain guns and two 3-inch guns, with Company E of the 14th Inf. as 
 support, advanced straight along the road to the bridge. The other companies of 
 the 14th Regiment moved forward to the right and left of the road. 
 
 INSURGENT TRENCHES AT MALINTA. Photo hy Darce.y. 
 
 The rebels had dug enormous trenches along the Bacoor side of the river and 
 had burned the planking in the middle of the bridge to prevent the Americans 
 from crossing and taking their positions. Our men pushed steadily forward until 
 they reached the bank of the river. Then Kenley took his mountain guns right 
 up to the bridge and poured a heavy fire into the trenches, but they were so well 
 
238 
 
 Ca}npaigni}ig in the Philippines. 
 
 constructed that it was impossible to damage them greatly. So close were we to 
 the enemy that we could see their heads above the earthworks. Gen. Lawton 
 told the writer that the Filipinos here made the bravest defense he had ever seen. 
 Our artillery' was within thirty-five 3 ’ards of their trenches. 
 
 A tremendous fire was set up in spite of the galling return. It was not long 
 before the rebels began to grow restive under the hail of bullets that was being 
 poured into them, and finall}' they broke and ran. That part of our army in front 
 of the Filipino trenches then ran along the bank of the river, and standing 
 upright, directed a terrible fire upon the fugitives. The 14th Inf. swam across the 
 river and found many Filipinos dead and dying in the trenches and fields. Prob- 
 ably fifty dead natives were found in the vicinity of the bridge. 
 
 The rebels had a second line of trenches half a mile away. Half an hour after 
 the retreat from the first line, firing was re-opened from this second line. Fresh 
 troops were hurried forward to relieve the tired men who had captured the first 
 line, and a heavy fire was opened on the enemy, who responded only for a short 
 time and then fled. Gen. Wheaton was slightly hurt by falling from his horse. 
 Gen. Ovenshine commanded the attack on the bridge. Gen. Lawton personally 
 directed the movement. The latter was a conspicuous mark for the enemy. He 
 is a big man and his uniform and his white helmet could be easily distinguished 
 for a great distance, but he went up and down the line unscathed. 
 
 Ensign Davis of the Helena came ashore with a Colt rapid-fire gun and saw 
 lively service. He captured a Filipino cannon, which had been placed below the 
 bridge, and found a supply of canister shot and brown powder. 
 
 Almost at the same time the 9th and 12th crossed a bar of the bay and came 
 upon their left flank at a point where a body of marines, with Maxim guns, 
 landed under protection of the ships’ batteries and fired upon the enemy’s left rear 
 with a demoralizing effect. The 21 st crossed the river by a bridge as soon as it 
 could be mended. Sixty-five Filipinos were found dead in the trenches, most of 
 them shot through the head. Several five-inch smooth bore guns were captured, 
 with ammunition marked “United States Navy.” After crossing the river, the 
 troops were withdrawn, with the exception of the 9th and 21st, these regiments 
 being left with four guns to guard the bridge. 
 
 As they were being formed into companies, the insurgents commenced to fire 
 volleys from the bamboo jungle three hundred yards away. The regiments formed 
 into line coolly, though under fire, rushed to the woods, driving the enemy a mile 
 away, the Filipinos disputing every foot. The 14th camped across the river, the 
 men caring for many of the Filipino wounded. Eight prisoners were captured. 
 The majority of the Filipinos wore red uniforms. The American loss in the fight- 
 ing of the 13th, was nine killed and thirty wounded. The Filipino loss was 
 heavy. 
 
 After the engagement of the 13th, the Filipinos retreated to the strongly forti- 
 fied town of Imus. The shelling of our warships drove the rebels from Bacoor. 
 The Americans by these operations gained control of several miles of the coast, 
 while the long line of entrenchments facing our south line had been cleared. 
 
 On the 14th, Gen. Lawton and his staff, and a troop of the 4th Cav., started to 
 ascertain the nature of the insurgent’s position. He rode five miles along the 
 
Canipaignitig in the Philippines. 
 
 239 
 
 coast to Bacoor, without discovering the enemy. He found the town full of white 
 flags, but there were no soldiers there. The women and children who had fled to 
 the woods during the bombardment were camping in the ruins of their homes. 
 The shells had knocked the town to pieces. The big church was wrecked and 
 many buildings were ruined. Even trees and shrubbery were torn as if by a hail- 
 storm. 
 
 Several hundred women and children came into the American lines for refuge, 
 and the road from Bacoor was covered all day with natives on foot and in carts, 
 driving animals and carrying goods on their heads. The appearances of the battle- 
 field testified to the fierceness of the fighting. The trees along the river were 
 almost torn down by bullets. The American officers estimate that one hundred 
 insurgents were killed and three hundred wounded during the engagement. 
 
 Services at Battery Knoll over the remains of three soldiers, Privates in the Kansas, Washington and 
 12th Infantry. This made a total of 261 men buried in this place to date, June 2, 1899. 
 
 All day many hungry Filipinos were fed at Paranaque and Eas Pinas. The 
 first issue of rations that morning consisted of rice and canned roast beef. Some 
 of the beef issued was spoiled. On the 18th a strong reconnaissance had been 
 made south of Noveleta. It was reported that a strong force of insurgents was at 
 San Francisco de Malabon. Gen. Vv’^heaton started a reconnaissance toward Perez 
 Dasmarinas also. The country to the south of Imus had not been scouted. The 
 rebels were reported to be concentrated at Perez Dasmarinas. 
 
 June 18th, our troops having occupied Imus, and the enemy threatening an 
 attack from Dasmarinas eight miles north, Gen. Wheaton was sent by the Depart- 
 ment Commander to assume, under Gen. Eawton, command of the troops at Imus. 
 On the morning of the 19th, a battalion of the 4th Inf. and one gun, under Maj. 
 John W. Bubb, was sent on the road from Imus in the direction of Dasmarinas to 
 
240 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 make a reconnaissance, and found the enemy in force on the road, and about one 
 mile from Imus. A spirited combat ensued, and Gen. Wheaton, at Imus, hearing 
 the firing, proceeded at once to reinforce the battalion with the other two battalions 
 of the 4th U. S. Inf., with three guns. The enemy, about 2500 strong, were imme- 
 diately attacked in the flank by a heavy fire from the artillery placed b}^ Gen. 
 Wheaton, and the infantry advanced upon him. He was routed with great loss, 
 and fled in the direction of Dasmarinas. The 20th Inf., Gen. Wheaton advanced 
 on Dasmarinas with the 4th Inf., one battalion 14th U. S. Inf., one battalion 
 9th U. S. Inf., one troop Nevada Cav. (dismounted) and seven guns. Dasmarinas 
 was occupied and the enemy’s force entirel 3 " dispersed. 
 
 RESUIvT OF THE OPERATIONS. 
 
 In this series of operations the enemy were driven from the countr 3 ^ in the 
 vicinity of Manila Ba 3 ^ and north of the city. His loss in killed, wounded and 
 captured was at least 2000 men. His forces were in a great measure dispersed. 
 
 FILIPIXO TKKNCHES. 
 
This map shows the movements of Gen. 
 Tawtoii’s troops in the Paranaque campaign, 
 and, like the rest of the military maps 
 which appear in this book, was made by 
 P. E. Tamar, official map maker in the 8th 
 Army Corps, from surveys made by him. 
 
CHAPTER XIII. 
 
 EXPEDITIONS TO THE SOUTHERN ISLANDS. 
 
 vCEBU, PANAY, NEGROvS AND SULU.) 
 
 NTlIv the treaty of peace should be ratified or rejected by the 
 United States Senate, the political situation in the Philippines 
 was uncertain, but under the instructions of President McKin- 
 ley, Gen. Otis was ordered to take and hold all the ceded terri- 
 tory. At this time the islands were entirely in the control of 
 the natives, with the exception of the port and the city of 
 Iloilo on the island of Panay. Here the Spanish force still 
 held the city, but were closely besieged, and Gen. Otis had 
 been notified by Gen. Rios that he could not hold the place 
 against the insurgents. With the uncertainties as to the dis- 
 position of the Philippines by the Spanish Cortez and the American Senate, 
 neither the Spanish nor American commanders wished to disturb the status unless 
 pressing need required it. It was for this reason that the command of Gen. Miller 
 was left inactive and on board the transport off Iloilo so long. 
 
 OPERATIONS ON PANAY. 
 
 On December 24, 1898, Gen. Otis, by order, created the “Separate 'Brigade,” 
 and a.ssigned the command to Gen. Marcus P. Miller. The order directed that 
 the command should proceed to Iloilo and there execute the special instructions 
 which the commander might receive from headquarters. That part of the order 
 relating to this matter is as follows: 
 
 Headquarters Department of the Pacific \ 
 General Order?, } and Eighth Army Corps. I 
 
 No. 29. 1 I 
 
 Manila, P. I., Dec. 24, 1898. j 
 
 1. Brigadier-General Marcus P. Miller is assigned to the command of the following 
 designated troops, viz: Light Battery G, 6th U. S. Art., 18th U. S. Inf., 51st Iowa Volunteer 
 Inf., and will proceed with them to Iloilo, island of Panay, by transports, Newport^ Arizona 
 and Pennsylvania^ under such naval escorts as the Rear-Admiral, commanding the Asiatic 
 squadron, may furnish him, and there execute the special instructions he will receive from these 
 headquarters. These troops will constitute the vSeparate Brigade within the meaning of the 73d 
 Article of War, to be known and designated as the 1st Separate Brigade of the 8th Army Corps. 
 They will be equipped and supplied as orders already and hereafter to be issued indicate. 
 
 By command of Major-General Otis. 
 
 THOMAS BARRY 
 
 Assistant Adjutant-General. 
 
 16b 
 
242 
 
 Cainpaigniug in the Philippines. 
 
 The importance of this Visayan group will be understood by reference to the 
 chapter entitled, “The Philippine Islands and Their People.” The principal 
 islands in the group are Panay, Cebu and Negros. The distance from Iloilo to 
 Cebu is about bO miles; from Cebu to Escalante on Negros, about 50 miles; and 
 from Bacolod, on Negros to Iloilo on Panay, about 35 miles. This is by the 
 
 usually traveled routes, and the distance from the nearest 
 point in the group to Manila is 355 miles. The military 
 operations in these islands could not, in detail, be well 
 directed from Manila, but they are in such close proximity 
 that in any important movements there, the forces could 
 support each other. While these islands, under Spanish 
 rule, were divided into provinces, and had separate com- 
 mercial centers, still there was such interchange of 
 commodities and business that the inhabitants had become 
 closely allied. The population of Panay is 781,325; that 
 of Cebu 504,076; and of Negros 321,777; and the total 
 population of the whole Visayan group is 2,384,142. 
 
 So closely affiliated are the people of these islands, 
 that immediately after the surrender of the Spaniards, 
 under Gen. Rios, to the insurgents, the people organized 
 “a Visayan Republic,” with Iloilo as its capital. The 
 governments in the different islands, however, were 
 practically independent. The climate in these islands 
 is salubrious, and the country well adapted to nearly 
 all branches of husbandry. Next to Manila, the great 
 centers of trade of the archipelago are here. It is not 
 only a fine grazing country and well adapted to stock- 
 raising, but sugar, hemp, tobacco, the cereals and a great 
 variety of fruits are grown. 
 
 The expedition, under Gen. Miller, left Manila, 
 December 26th, convoyed by the cruiser Baltimore. On 
 arrival at Iloilo it was found that the Spanish garrison 
 had withdrawn to Zamboango, and that the city was 
 in possession of the insurgents. The expedition remained on the transports until 
 February 11, 1899, pending instructions to meet the changed conditions. The 
 51st Iowa returned to Manila, and its place was taken by the 1st Tennessee, which 
 arrived on February 10th. The Baltimore was replaced by the Bostoji and Petrel. 
 
 On the morning of February 11th, after bombardment of the insurgent posi- 
 tion, the Tennessee Regiment and 18th Inf. landed, and took possession of the 
 city, driving the insurgents from their positions, on the outskirts of the town, 
 along the river, and saving much valuable property from incendiary fires. Capt. 
 Richmond of Company C, 1st Tennessee, was placed at some sandbag entrench- 
 ments, on the point, to prevent the insurgents on the opposite side from firing on 
 the landing party. The remainder of the force, accompanied by Gen. Miller, 
 marched to the Plaza and Custom House, beyond which point were the insurgents. 
 Here Col. Childers, of the Tennessee, assigned Companies A, Capt. Reed; E, 
 
 Prison at Malolos, where five 
 Americans were kept for 
 nearly three months. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippine^,, 
 
 243 
 
 Capt. Hager, and F, Capt. Gilaen, all under Maj. Bayless, to that portion of the 
 city along the river front and Progresso street, where they engaged the insurgents 
 who occupied the entrenchments and houses on the opposite side of the river. By 
 their prompt movements this command saved much property from destruction by fire. 
 
 Companies B, D, L and M, under Maj. Cheatham were sent up the river to 
 Jaro Bridge, which position they occupied. Companies B, H and K, under Maj. 
 McGuire, were instructed to encircle the town for the purpose of flanking the 
 insurgents, which was done by a movement to the left until the beach was reached, 
 and then up the bridge to the old cemetery which had been fortified by the insur- 
 gents, while they changed position to the right through the native village and 
 through rice-fields, to the barracks on the Iloilo River and Molo Road. Here the 
 insurgents were found in force and were driven hurriedly across the bridge to 
 Molo by the American force. 
 
 On the morning of February 12th, Companies B, D, F and M, under Maj. 
 Cheatham, made a reconnaissance through Molo, but found no armed insurgents. 
 On the same day the 1st Battalion of the 18th Inf., under Maj. Charles Keller, 
 consisting of Companies A, C, H and F, under the respective commands of 1st 
 Fient. A. E. Fewis, Capt. O. B. Warwick, Jst Fieut. D. H. Wells and Capt. E. E. 
 Hatch, were ordered to make a reconnaissance toward Jaro, to which place the 
 enemy had retired. The reconnaissance led to the sharp engagement at Jaro and 
 the capture of that city. The battalion lost one killed and five wounded, includ- 
 ing one officer. Nine of the enemy killed were buried. 
 
 Up to February 26th, all of these captured positions were held by the American 
 forces, who were continually harassed by the picket firing of the insurgents, and 
 there were numerous outpost skirmishes. On that date a reconnaissance in force 
 was made, under command of Maj. 
 
 Cheatham, marching to Molo, where 
 the troops crossed the Iloilo River, 
 and proceeded to Mandurriao. 
 
 While resting there, a scouting 
 party reported an insurgent outpost. 
 
 After driving in this outpost, an 
 advance was made on the main body 
 of the force. This was attacked 
 and dislodged, and rapidly driven 
 through the woods and rice-fields 
 for a distance of three miles, when 
 a halt was ordered and the force re- 
 turned through Jaro to Iloilo. The 
 insurgent loss was reported heavy, 
 but nothing definite as to this 
 
 could be ascertained. On March Unexploded shell fired from the Charleston, and picked up 
 
 on the battlefield of Caloocan by K. I. Faust and John 
 
 1st, reconnaissance was made to the w. Taylor. Photo by k. /. 
 
 north of Jaro by the 18th Inf., and the Battle of Jaro River was fought. The 
 insurgents quickly gave way to the onslaught of the American force and retreated 
 in great disorder and confusion. The only loss on the part of the Americans 
 
244 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 was one killed and two wounded. On March 16th, a force of insurgents, 
 estimated at over 1000 men, suddenly precipitated itself upon the town of 
 Jaro, now occupied by the 18th Inf., which they attempted to carry by assault. 
 Five companies of the 18th, under Maj. Keller, crossed the Jaro River and 
 engaged them. Companies B, C, R and M, and the Tennessees, under com- 
 mand of Col. Childers, with Maj. Cheatham, were sent as re-inforcements. 
 Crossing the Jaro River, and forming with their left on the river, the Tennessees 
 came in on the right flank of the enemy, who were driven back towards Pavia, 
 the insurgent force continually retreating until dark, which prevented our further 
 advance. The insurgent’s loss was known to be 150 killed and many wounded. 
 
 Having learned that Gen. Araneta, with 800 insurgents, had occupied Oton, a 
 city about seven miles from Iloilo, an expedition was made, with a view to effect- 
 ing their capture. Sending Maj. Cheatham, with Companies T, D and K, of the 
 
 Photo hy Lt. Thomas 
 
 CAPT. STEWART, OF COLORADO REGIMENT ^SITTING IN CHAIR), TAKEN SHORTLY 
 BEFORE HE WAS KILLED. 
 
 Tennessees, by boat to a point about one mile beyond Oton, Col. Childers, with 
 Companies A, B and F, with Maj. Bayless and Capt. Bridgman, of the 6th Art., 
 with two guns, started before daybreak on the morning of the 8th of April, and 
 proceeded to Molo and Aravelo, where they made a junction with troops sent by 
 boat, and surroimded Oton at 7:30 a.m. The insurgents, however, decamped. 
 
 The Tennessee Regiment had a peculiar aptitude for winning the favor of the 
 natives. The authority was tempered with a kindness which made itself soon felt 
 and respected. It was no uncommon thing for the officers and soldiers to be seen 
 in the native houses of worship, and their commingling was of that character so 
 observable in our own south between the whites and the blacks. The obedience 
 and respect of the latter was very evident, while the former yielded much to the 
 little whims of the blacks. Such methods gained the good will of the blacks, who 
 at the same time retained their self-respect. The same spirit exhibited through- 
 out the Philippines would do much to the restoration and maintenance of peace. 
 To the discretion of the Tennessee Regiment may be attributed the peaceable 
 
Campaig7iing in the Philippines. 245 
 
 occupation of Panay up to this writing. There have been occasional outpost 
 skirmishes, but rather with the marauding class, who at all times have infested 
 the country. There is a rebellious spirit in the island, but, up to this time, it has 
 not broken out. Besides Iloilo the Americans have taken possession of the towns 
 of Molo, Trinidad, San Juan, Arizalo, San Nicolas, Gagarman, Oton, Cagbran, San 
 Diego, Butang, Mandurriao, San Roque, Jibadan, and other small places. The 
 administration of civil affairs is proceeding with little friction. 
 
 OPERATIONvS IN CEBU. 
 
 The instructions to Col. Miller were, after establishing American authority at 
 Iloilo, to proceed immediately to Cebu and occupy that place. Pursuant to this 
 instruction the Petrel was despatched to Cebu. Resistance was expected, but it 
 was thought advisable to disclose to the native population the purposes of the 
 government. 
 
 The situation in Cebu at that time, is disclosed in the following statement 
 made by the German Consul to the writer: 
 
 Cebu was surrendered under protest by the influence of Majie and Elorente, the two ablest 
 Filipinos in the island, on February 17, 1899. There was a stormy meeting of the townspeople 
 upon hearing of the approach of the Americans. The young men advised the burning of the 
 town and fighting to the bitter end, but the older men advised calmer councils. There was a 
 second meeting at noon and the wiser heads prevailed. On the 21st of February, the U. S. 
 Petrel was seen, and Elorente, Garardo, Qui and Chiniaco, leaders in Cebu, went out to meet 
 her. When told by Mr. Sidebottom, the English Consul, acting for the American government 
 that the American Commander desired to treat, Majie said that “the people of Cebu, finding 
 themselves abandoned by the Spaniards, have joined the Filipino Republic.” The Commander 
 of the Petrel gave them until eight o’clock on the 22d to surrender. A great many were in 
 favor of burning the place, but at seven o’clock on the night of the 21st of E'ebruary it was 
 agreed to yield to superior force and to give up the town, protesting against doing so, and stat- 
 ing that they had no order from Aguinaldo to that effect. At 8:30 on the morning of the 22d 
 they sent this word to the Commander of the Petrel. At 9:30, forty sailors were landed, and at 
 9:40 the Stars and Stripes were hoisted at Cebu. 
 
 On the 28th of February, the 1st Battalion of the 23d Inf., under Maj. Goodale, 
 left Manila for Cebu to complete the American occupation. While the natives 
 demurred to occupation, by the Americans, of territory outside the city of Cebu, 
 the objections were overcome and the American occupatioh resulted in the estab- 
 lishment and maintenance of order under Col. Hamer of the Idaho Regiment, as 
 Military Governor of the island, and for the period intended to be covered by this 
 history there was peace in the island. 
 
 The writer, during that time, visited the island for the purpose of observing the 
 local conditions, and there met Lieutenant-Colonel Bayless, of the Tennessee 
 Regiment. He said : 
 
 There is a little trouble in Cebu, but it is not serious. Dissatisfaction exists in certain 
 quarters. The Secretary of the Treasury for the Filipino government, Senor Majie, has been 
 stabbed, and the murderers cannot be found, because the native police will not give them up. 
 They have fled into the mountains to a place named Sudlon, which is surrounded by an amphi- 
 theater of hills. They have 150 stands of Mausers and Remingtons, and some old rifles, and 
 1000 bolos. There is only one road into this town. I can take it any time. The native police- 
 men are unreliable, so I have to place night patrols of Americans. 
 
246 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 Col. Hamer, the Military Governor, said to the writer that “ Seiior Flores, 
 who was President of the island at first, was a weak and vacillating man, so the 
 Americans put him on the retired list, and Llorente was elected. Florente is not 
 a very strong man, he is a Mestizo, half Spanish and half Visa3mn, and has been ap- 
 pointed Gen. Otis one of the Associate Justices of the Supreme Court of Manila.” 
 In regard to the future government of the islands, the Colonel remarked: 
 
 What the conditions will be when the Governor has perfected his functions, I do not 
 know. Some of these people are still for Aguinaldo, and it will be hard to make them discard 
 him. The better class are shrewd enough to see that sooner or later the Americans will take 
 possession of the archipelago, and have quietly changed their political belief without exciting 
 unfavorable comment. The Filipino Governor is in the same building with myself, and we 
 have the anomaly here of American Governor and Filipino Governor in the same building, and 
 getting along on a very friendly basis. The native police are not reliable, and we cannot ferret 
 out the crimes of the Bolo men. They are suspicious of us, especially the lower classes, which are 
 the most numerous. I have a theory of the government of these islands. I do not believe the 
 native government should be general at first. I think it would be better to begin at the 
 bottom and organize upward; for example, organize the town first, and not the Provincial 
 government. Preferably, let the Americans appoint a president of the town, let the natives 
 elect and make a selection, subject to the American approval; leave the qualifications of voters 
 for future consideration; elect a president and justice and clerk from the natives; but let their 
 records and official acts pass under American inspection. Make the towns “ kindergartens ” to 
 give the people a chance to learn the art of self-government; divide them into wards, some to be 
 American wards absolutely. Permit the people to elect aldermen aud councilmen, and make 
 the city council a “ kindergarten ” in which to give these people a chance to learn the American 
 system of self-legislation. I would give the president, or mayor, of the towns the absolute veto 
 right, supervised by the United States authorities. My impression is that these officials should 
 be required to report all their acts in writing to some Central American Supervisor or Governor 
 of the islands. 
 
 There are several classes of people here to be considered. The rich and intelligent, and a 
 few Spanish, would favor the American control. Majie was our best friend and was the best 
 man in the island. There are certain ambitious fellows, without property interests, looters and 
 highwaymen and pirates by nature; they get a crowd around them and by intimidation and 
 bribes, make trouble, in order that they may be able to levy tribute in the dress of the Filipino 
 army, and make people take off their hats to them. There is a third class of citizens in Cebu, the 
 hill-folk, they are a still lower class, both in intelligence and property. They want the oppor- 
 tunity to make a living, but are easily led, and very susceptible to military influence. They 
 seldom visit large towns and then only on market days. They seldom go even to the local 
 villages, and then only to procure necessities. The hill-folk are deceived by monstrous stories 
 circulated by the military party. Some of them actually believe that the Americans are black, 
 and eat children and live on babies, and many join the insurgent army because they are afraid 
 to do otherwise. There are few schools here, and the well-to-do send their children to Hong- 
 kong or Manila, especially to Hongkong, because they have there the advantage of learning 
 the English language. The poor class have no education to speak of, and not twenty-five per 
 cent of the inhabitants can speak Spanish, they speak Visayan and nothing else. The 3mung 
 men and women of Cebu are very anxious to learn English. For the present, religion should 
 be let alone, absolutely as it is. The priests here are mostly Mestizos. 
 
 Governor Elorente received me with the politeness which characterizes the 
 Spanish Mestizo. He was very frank, and spoke in an interesting way of the 
 change which the coming of the Americans had made in Cebu. He thought, as 
 Col. Hamer did, that the best people of the island favored American control. 
 “What elements are against the Americans?” I asked. He replied that there were 
 only a few, and generally the most ignorant. Their leader was Arcadio Maxillon. 
 
Cainpai^ni}ig in the Philippines. 
 
 247 
 
 They were not strong in rifles, having less than 200. “What about religion?” I 
 inquired. “The Filipino government,” he answered, “wishes its church and 
 state separate. It would be a pity, however, to introduce the discussion of a 
 Protestant Mission at this time, because the public mind is pretty well unsettled 
 just now. I would favor absolute freedom of religion, when things are in a 
 settled condition. The Spanish rule here was very rigorous. They treated us 
 like slaves. There are about 100 Spaniards here in Cebu.” 
 
 The discontent of the natives of late, has created some apprehension that an 
 uprising was imminent, and to prevent this, the Supreme Justices from both 
 Negros and Cebu visited their respective islands and good results followed for a 
 time, but in Cebu the insurgents have become active again, and at the date of the 
 publication of this volume, there is fighting going on with what results cannot yet 
 be ascertained. 
 
 OCCUPATION OF NP:GR0S. 
 
 The American occupation of the island of Negros was similar, in character, 
 to that of Cebu, with the exception that the local authorities at that time, were 
 more amicable and more in hearty accord with American domination than those 
 
 FILIPINO TRENCHES. Photij ly Darccy. 
 
 of Panay and Cebu. The inhabitants of this island had been in revolt against the 
 Spanish government, and had practically overturned all Spanish authorit}^ so 
 that, on November 12, 1898, a Provisional government had been established by 
 the inhabitants with Anissitto Lacon, President, and Jose Tuis Luzuriaga, Presi- 
 dent of the native Congress. A Cabinet was also created with functions similar 
 to that in all republican governments, and the Congress was made up of thirty-six 
 deputies. Preceding the American occupation, a deputation composed of many of 
 the representatives of this government, including its President, waited upon Gen. 
 Otis in Manila, and expressed their desire to co-operate in the amicable establish- 
 ment of American rule on the island. Indeed, so hearty was this concurrence, 
 that previous to the advent of the Americans on the island, the American flag 
 had been raised there by the natives, and the subsequent coming of the Americans 
 was distinguished by an ovation rather than the reluctant submission of a defeated 
 people. It was apparent that with such manifestation of fealty and submission it 
 behooved the command to maintain its prestige by giving to the people the largest 
 liberty compatible with the military occupation of the country by the United States. 
 
248 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippmes. 
 
 In the island of Negros, then, it was determined to test in the largest measure 
 this capacity of the inhabitants for self-government, and with this object in view, 
 it was desirable to place one who was well versed in law and civic affairs at the 
 head of the military government of the island. Col. James H. Smith, of the 1st 
 California Volunteers, afterwards General, was found to be admirably qualified 
 for this position to which he was appointed by Gen. Otis. 
 
 Col. Smith, with the 1st Battalion of the California Volunteers, Maj. Sime, 
 commanding, acting upon the request of the deputation, proceeded by the transport 
 St. Paul from Manila, and, on the 4th of March, 1899, landed at Bacolod on Negros. 
 The deputation accompanied the command but landed the previous night to arrange 
 the welcome. Half an hour after landing, Capt. Tilly had re-opened communica- 
 tion with Iloilo by cable, and the first message over the line was the following: 
 
 The Governor and inhabitants of Negros to Gen. Miller, Iloilo. — We affectionately salute 
 and congratulate ourselves upon the happy arrival of Col. Smith and troops, under your orders, 
 and beg 3'ou to send this salutation and congratulation to Gen. Otis, Manila, as the representa- 
 tive of the United States in the Philippines. ANICETO LACSON. 
 
 Col. Smith proceeded at once to recognize and continue in force the existing 
 civil government. In adjusting this authority to the needs of the military gov- 
 ernment a little friction was created, but patience and good judgment prevented 
 any outbreak. The same class of law-breakers, however, are found in Negros as 
 elsewhere in the Visayan Islands. These largely came from an unsubdued class 
 of brigands for whose subjection time will be required. 
 
 In March, Tieutenant-Colonel Duboce arrived in Negros with a battalion of 
 the Californias, and immediately the command was called upon to subdue an out- 
 break of this brigand class. These hill- tribesmen were under the leadership of 
 one Papaissor, and were looting and destroying — their depredations being largely 
 
 upon the inhabitants of 
 the lowlands. Their 
 effort, also, was to incite 
 insurrection against the 
 Americans. These 
 brigands had killed 
 many, taken more into 
 captivity, and pillaged 
 the lowland districts. 
 The Californias were 
 despatched against 
 them, two companies 
 under command of Col. 
 Duboce, proceeding 
 overland, and Maj. 
 THE TRENCHES. Photo hy K. I. F. Sime, with two Other 
 companies by water, on April 2, 1899. The command of Col. Duboce made a 
 forced march of twelve miles and captured Labzid, where the insurgents were well 
 fortified, and destroyed the town, taking thirty-five prisoners, the remainder of 
 the force scattering into the mountains. 
 
 THIRD ARTILLERY IN 
 
Canipai^rmuir in the Philippines. 
 
 249 
 
 Gov. Smith retained exclusive control of the customs, postoffice, telegraph and 
 police force, while all other civil affairs were left in the hands of the natives. The 
 police force was constituted of natives, officered by Americans. Some time after 
 the occupation, Capt. Tilley, of the Signal Corps, was murdered while he was 
 preparing a telegraph 
 line, under a flag of 
 truce. As a punish- 
 ment, Gen. Smith cap- 
 tured Escalante, where 
 the murder occurred, 
 and killed the natives 
 who were implicated in 
 the defense. During 
 the spring and early 
 summer, several expedi- 
 tions were made into the 
 interior, and across the 
 island. Among the most 
 important of these was 
 one which resulted in an 
 action at Bobong. This 
 was an entrenched insurgent position, and was carried by the American forces in a 
 hand-to-hand fight, the insurgents leaving one hundred and fifteen killed on the 
 ground. The American loss was one killed and one wounded. There was another 
 sharp engagement at Tibunan, of which Gen. Otis cables as follows: “ Eieutenant- 
 Colonel, 6th Inf., with eighty men, encountered one hundred insurgents entrenched 
 in the mountains of the island of Negros and routed them after an hour and a 
 half of severe fighting. The Americans had three men slightly wounded. Nine- 
 teen insurgents were found dead in the trenches. It is supposed the insurgents 
 were armed Tagals, who, a few days since, had crossed from Panay in boats.” 
 
 THE SULU ARCHIPELAGO. 
 
 On May 20, 1899, Capt. Pratt and his command, consisting of two battalions 
 of the 23d Inf., according to previous arrangement, peaceab^ received the sur- 
 render of the Spanish garrison at Sulu, and thereupon the United States succeeded 
 to this, almost the only actual possession of Spain in the Sulu Archipelago, but at 
 this time there was a ruler of Sulu whose power was far greater than that of Spain, 
 whose title the United States acquired. 
 
 Through the fanaticism of the Mohammedans, the Sultan of Sulu is far more 
 powerful than the United States can hope to soon become. Capt. Pratt, soon after 
 his arrival, was waited upon by the Sultan, and in turn Capt. Pratt sought out 
 this Majesty, whose mind may be gathered by these questions then put to Capt. 
 Pratt by him: 
 
 “Why did you come here? For land, you have plenty at home. For money, 
 you are rich and I am poor. Why are you here?” 
 
 LOOKING FOR “ DINERO.” Photo hy Coomhst. 
 
250 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 In July, 1899, Capt. Pratt was succeeded by Maj. Goodale, and subsequently 
 Gen. John C. Bates arrived and concluded a “Treaty” with the Sultan. Gen. 
 Otis summarizes this treaty in the following communication to the War Depart- 
 ment, under date of August 24th, last: 
 
 All agreement was made with the Sultan and Dates whereby the sovereignty of the United 
 States over the entire Jolo Archipelago is acknowledged; its flag to fly on land and sea; the 
 United States to occupy and control all points deemed necessary. Introducing firearms is pro- 
 hibited. The Sultan is to assist in suppressing piracy. He agrees to deliver criminals accused 
 of crime not committed by Moros against Moros. Two other points in the archipelago will 
 be occupied by the United States troops when trade and commerce can be controlled. 
 
 As with trifling exceptions, the popula- 
 tion is Moro, it is evident that the Sul- 
 tan’s power is not greatly interfered with. 
 
 The Mohammedan is the dominant 
 creed in Borneo, Sulu Archipelago and the 
 great island of Mindanao. What is known 
 as the Sulu Archipelago consists of about 
 150 islands, capable, so far as known, 
 of cultivation and possessing some natural 
 resources. What has led to much con- 
 fusion in the enumeration of the number 
 of islands in the Philippines, is the fact 
 that some have attempted to include in 
 the enumeration all the isolated ground 
 surrounded by water, while others confine 
 the estimate to those of some considerable 
 dimensions or inhabitable. The Spaniards 
 estimate that some ninety-five of the 
 islands in the archipelago are inhabited, 
 but very few of these have any import or 
 export trade, and, with few exceptions, 
 the great mass of natives in the archi- 
 pelago live with little trade. There are 
 some localities in which agriculture is 
 pursued. The principal products of foreign 
 trade are copra and coffee. All the in- 
 dustries in the islands are in a very 
 primitive stage. The islands generally have a salubrious climate, and may be made 
 very productive of all tropical products, but production, for a time to come, must 
 depend upon the native industry, and this seldom looks beyond present needs. 
 
 It is probable that trouble may arise should our government attempt to enlarge 
 the control imparted to it by the Spaniards, and hence it is well to examine the 
 nature of the Spanish authority in the archipelago. 
 
 Many years since, the weaker of two contending “Sultans” sought an 
 alliance with the Spanish government at Manila, which was perfected upon the 
 agreement that he would recognize Spanish dominion in his territory, under cer- 
 tain restrictions, in consideration of which Spain should subdue the opposition 
 
 BRIGADIER-GENERAL HALE AND BRIGADE-SURGEON 
 MAJ. ROTTER AT SAMPALOC CHURCH. 
 
Canipaignini^ in the Philippines. 
 
 251 
 
 “Sultan.” While waiting for Spain’s co-operation, the Sultan, who was to be 
 aided by the Spaniards, attacked and dispersed the insurgent forces, losing his 
 life in the engagement. The Spanish fleet finally arrived, and, finding the Sultan 
 
 dead, returned to Manila 
 without, in any manner, 
 complying with the agree- 
 ment. Adasaolan suc- 
 ceeded to the Sultanship 
 and made a new alliance 
 with the Mindanao Sultan 
 as well as the Sultan of 
 North Borneo. 
 
 Later, the Spaniards at- 
 tempted to establish their 
 rule in the archipelago, 
 claiming the right by 
 virtue of the old alliance. 
 This was resisted and 
 
 TRENCHES NKAR PULILAN, WHERE THIRTY-EIGHT BODIES WERE FOUND. nearly thewhole Spanish 
 
 command perished. The Moros, for a long time thereafter, pursued a kind of 
 predatory warfare in which piracy and brigandage were the chief features. Under 
 these methods they took, and, for a long time held possession of Cebu, Negros, 
 Leyte, Bohol and certain provinces in Panay. Spain, by a series of victories, 
 finally drove the Moros out of their territory and built at Zamboango, a strongly 
 fortified place which they used as a base of operations against the Mohammedans. 
 
 Disease attacked the Spaniards at this place and out of a total of 1000 
 men, 850 died in a twelfth month. In 1770, a kind of treaty was arranged 
 between the governments, so that further warfare was averted, excepting occa- 
 sional piracies, and this condition prevailed for nearly a century. There now 
 followed a period of 
 years in which the 
 Moros again pil- 
 laged and destroyed 
 Spanish coast towns 
 so that in 1876, 
 
 Spain despatched a 
 force against the 
 Moros which effect- 
 ually quelled the 
 disturbance. In 
 1887, the Moros 
 were again found in 
 
 revolt and this Kansas boys building trenches under heavy fire. Photo h,j k. i. f. 
 
 being suppressed, was succeeded by another revolt. In 1888, an agreement 
 was made which recognized the rule of the Sultan, subject to a kind of Spanish 
 suzerainty, under which Spain paid a yearly stipend to the Sultan for its rights, 
 
Campaigning m ihe Philippines. 
 
 252 
 
 which, under the treaty concluded by Gen. Bates, is to be continued by us. 
 Even under this treaty, Spain had never exercised any control in these islands, ‘ 
 except in some of the sea-coast towns, and the population in the island interior has 
 known no rule but that of the Sultan. How ineffective was Spanish rule in these 
 islands ma}' be understood from the fact that so late as 1892, the Spanish Gov- 
 ernor attempted to enforce, for the first time, the collection of a tax upon the 
 Horos. The Sultan with a large following visited the Governor, and in token of 
 his good will, presented him with a basket of pearls. While the Governor was 
 in the act of receiving them, the Sultan drew a barong and split his skull to his 
 teeth. The population of these islands cannot be even approximately given, but 
 whatever it may be, the people have never been subdued, and thus far the Ameri- 
 cans have made no serious attempt to do so. 
 
 KANSAS MEN CROSSING THE CALUMPIT RIVER. 
 
 Photo hy English 
 
CHAPTER XIV. 
 
 THE GUNBOAT FLOTILLA. 
 
 HROUGHOUT the operations against the followers of Aguinaldo, 
 the improvised gunboats under the command of Brevet-Major 
 F. A. Grant, of the Utah Eight Artillery, took a very import- 
 tant part. The first boat to be put into service was the Laguna 
 de Day, and her work in assisting the land forces to clear the 
 Pasig River was looked upon with such favor that later two 
 other boats were armed and fitted out for the service. 
 
 Many engagements were had with the natives, especially 
 along the upper Pasig River and on the lake. Laguna de Bay, 
 after which the boat was named. As the boat was the largest 
 and the first to be fitted up, a short account of her will be given. 
 
 THE “ LAGUNA DE BAY ”. 
 
 The boat was an old side-wheel steamer owned by a Spanish company, and 
 built especially for trading on the lake and Pasig River. She is 120 feet long, 40 
 feet beam, and of very light draft. Under orders of Major-General Otis, Maj. 
 Grant was instructed to fit her out, and on the 27th of January, she was ready for 
 duty. The report of the completion of the boat showed that the main deck of the 
 boat had been completely surrounded with two thicknesses of steel plate as a pro- 
 tection from rifle bullets. Two three-inch marine guns comprised the forward 
 battery, with portholes so placed that they could be fired straight ahead or on 
 either bow. The after battery consisted of two 1.65-inch Hotchkiss rifles, arranged 
 to fire broadside or to the rear. 
 
 A turret of steel plates was erected on the top deck, inclosing and protecting 
 the men working at the wheel, and also the secondary battery of four 45-caliber 
 Gatling guns set on tripods. 
 
 To support the armor and guns the deck had to be strengthened with heavy 
 timbers, and when this was done the boat was complete and ready for service, 
 with a full and complete equipment of working lines and ship stores on board. 
 
 Capt. B. H. Randolph, of Battery G, 3d U. S. Heavy Artillery, was placed in 
 command of the boat, with a detachment of twenty-nine men from his battery to 
 man the guns on the main deck. Lieut. R. C. Naylor, of the Utah Art., with 
 ten men, was also detailed on board the boat. Lieut. Naylor was given command 
 of the guns, and the Utah men under Corp. Wm. Nelson were assigned to the 
 Gatling battery. Lieut. E. A. Harting, with a detachment of twenty-five sharp- 
 shooters from the South Dakota Regiment, completed the fighting force of the 
 
254 
 
 Campaig}ii}ig in the Philippines. 
 
 boat. Lieut. S. G. Larson, also of the South Dakota Regiment, was detailed as 
 navigating officer, his experience before joining the army fitting him for the position. 
 
 As a crew to handle the boat was necessary, the whole army was picked over 
 for men who were suited for the work. Sergt. H. F. Juirs, of the Signal Corps, 
 was made chief engineer. No less than six regiments were represented in the 
 crew. The greatest difficulty was had with the old engines, which were of a dif 
 ferent pattern to those used at the present time, but all difficulties were finally 
 overcome, and the boat was ready late in January and anchored in the river each 
 night below the outposts. 
 
 VARIOUS FIGHTS ON THF RIVERS. 
 
 On the historic night of February 4th, the Laguna de Bay was at her anchor- 
 age, and bullets struck all around her and whistled over her decks. Nothing 
 could be done during the night, but early on the morning of the 5th, an aide 
 appeared on the bank and gave an order to Capt. Randolph: “Gen. Otis directs 
 you to proceed to the firing line and engage the enemy.” 
 
 On arrival at the front a Filipino flag could be seen floating over Santa Ana, 
 and a vigorous cannonade was opened on this place, which was soon in flames. 
 The church of San Juan del Monte came in for a heavy fire. These places were 
 later occupied by the infantry. In the thick jungle, near Santa Ana, a party of 
 insurgents annoyed the boat and also the Nebraska camp with a Mauser fire, so 
 the boat rounded the bend and drove the insurgents beyond the San Juan River 
 with the Gatling guns. 
 
 The natives were then pushed up the river by Gen. King’s Brigade, the gun- 
 boat operating with him. On February 9th, the guns of the boat commanded the 
 town of Pasig, and Gen. King demanded its surrender, which was complied with. 
 At this time the river was free of natives to the lake, which was visited by the 
 gunboat. The line to the north of the river had been weakened, and the natives 
 threatened to break through, so the boat received orders to drop back and anchor 
 above Santa Mesa, where a wide stretch of level country could be commanded by her 
 guns. The next active service of the boat was on February 14th, when it was decided 
 to evacuate Pasig and fall back to San Pedro Macati, to shorten the line to the 
 south of the river. The natives were in large force at this point, and sufficient 
 troops could not be spared to hold such an advanced point as Pasig. The retreat 
 of the California Regiment from Pasig was a perilous undertaking, and the boat 
 was sent up to protect the rear. At Pasig ferry the infantry made a stand, with the 
 gunboat lying in the middle of the stream. At this point the first casualty on board 
 the boat occurred, when Lieut. Harting was drowned, while attempting to land a 
 Hotchkiss gun in a rowboat which capsized. The gun was lost. All efforts to rescue 
 the officer were futile, and his body was not recovered until the current of the 
 river washed it ashore at Manila. The next day the natives continued the fight, 
 and for more than two hours the boat kept up a terrific fire on a swamp and jungle 
 in which they had taken up their position. The same evening the infantry 
 retreated to Guadalupe church, without losing a man, although the natives fol- 
 lowed them closely. The boat returned to her position above Santa Ana, where 
 the next day Maj. Grant came aboard, relieving Capt. Randolph of his command. 
 
Cauipaio;nin^s^ in the Philippines. 
 
 255 
 
 It was then decided to abandon Guadalupe church, and retire to San Pedro 
 Macati, and again the Laguna de Bay advanced to cover the retreat. All night 
 long a desultory fire was kept up on the boat and between the outposts. At day- 
 light on the Ihth, the church was fired by the infantry, which at once retired to 
 San Pedro Macati. The church and hill, upon which it was situated, were 
 immediately occupied by the natives, whose sharpshooters began firing on the boat 
 and outposts. At ten o’clock Maj. Grant decided to test the boat by running up 
 between the native lines and see what the effect would be. As the boat advanced 
 she received a hail of bullets from the native rifles, but the steel plates warded 
 them off. For half an hour every gun on the boat was turned loose, and shells 
 and bullets whistled into the insurgent position. *At the end of the fire not a shot 
 came from the natives, who were completely silenced. The boat again returned 
 to a position below San Pedro Macati. The skirmish at Guadalupe had the 
 effect of quieting the natives, and when they afterward became troublesome, 
 the boat would be sent for. 
 
 Five times similar engage- 
 ments were had at Guada- 
 lupe, but so effective was 
 the armor that but one man 
 was killed, he being Private 
 John Toiza, of Battery G, 
 
 3d Art., who was killed by 
 a rifle ball on March 4th. 
 
 After the arrival of more 
 troops it was again decided 
 to clear the Pasig River. 
 
 On the morning of March 
 14th, Gen. Wheaton’s 
 Brigade advanced to the 
 attack. The Laguna de 
 Bay drove the natives from 
 the hill and it was occupied by the infantry without interference. A short 
 distance above Guadalupe, sunken cascos in the river prevented the gunboat 
 from cutting off the natives, who escaped across the river. After a brief delay, a 
 channel was found in the river through the obstructions, and the boat again 
 advanced to the attack. The natives were in their trenches across the river from 
 Gen. Wheaton’s Brigade, but when the boat arrived, they broke and fled toward 
 the city. A heavy fire was kept up, and on arrival at Pasig, in the open fields 
 beyond the town were seen thousands of natives, soldiers and non-combatants. 
 These were hurrying for shelter in the woods beyond and were not fired on. Two 
 launches left Pasig as the gunboat neared the town. They were fired upon 
 repeatedly, but succeeded in making their escape out into the lake. 
 
 The next day the Oeste, a tug protected with steel plates and armed with a small 
 cannon and two Gatling guns, joined the Laguna de Bay. She was commanded 
 by Tieut. W. C. Webb, of the Utah Art., and manned by men from the larger 
 boat. 
 
256 
 
 Campaigyiing iji the Philippines. 
 
 IN SUPPORT OF EXPEDITIONS. 
 
 The next move was to fit out an expedition to capture the towns on the lake. 
 A compan}^ of the 23d Inf. was sent with the boats to accomplish this. The 
 towns of Morong and Jalajala were taken. No resistance was met, but at the 
 former a quantity of stores were burned. The next morning Santa Cruz was 
 visited. The locality was reconnoitered, but it was decided that there was not 
 sufficient force at hand to land. The steam tugs belonging to the insurgents were 
 located in the Lambang River. 
 
 When the advance on Malabon was contemplated, the Laguna de Bay was 
 ordered to that point to operate in the shallow bays and inlets which are every- 
 where along the coast, and which kept the ships of Admiral Dewey’s fleet away 
 from shore. The towns along the coast were shelled by this gunboat. On the 
 25th of March, the Napidan]o\xs.^6. Maj. Grant. She was commanded by Rieut. 
 Franklin of the 23d Inf., and manned by men from the same regiment. She 
 carried two six-pound rifles, and two Gatling guns. The two boats operated 
 along the shore in the advance on Malolos. The next move of the gunboats was 
 in a campaign against Santa Cruz, and a direct move to cripple and destroy the 
 power of the Filipinos on the lake. Major-General Rawton took great interest in 
 Maj. Grant’s report concerning Santa Cruz, and he decided on a move against 
 that place. Before daylight on April 9th, there were assembled on the lake, 
 besides the three gunboats, a number of tugs and cascos, on which were 1500 
 men of the 14th Inf., the 4th Cav., dismounted, and the North Dakota Inf. 
 Major-General Lawton and Brigadier-General King were at the head of the 
 expedition. The fleet started directly for Santa Cruz, under the convoy of the 
 gunboats. 
 
 On nearing the city, a plan of campaign was adopted. The troops landed at 
 a point about five miles from the city, under the guns of the Napidan, while the 
 Laguna de Bay and the Oeste, with three troops of cavalry, anchored directly in 
 front of the city. The land forces met little opposition, and succeeded in sur- 
 rounding the city. The next morning the bombardment was commenced, and 
 early in the forenoon the city was in the hands of the Americans. The Filipino 
 loss was heavy, and many prisoners were taken. The loss of the land forces was 
 light. 
 
 The troops scoured the surrounding country, while the gunboats directed their 
 attention to the six captured tugs in the river. The natives had disabled the 
 engines, but enough were repaired to tow the remainder to the city. On April 
 17th, the whole expedition returned to Manila, after a successful campaign. 
 
 Maj. Grant next made an attempt to ascend the Malolos River, to co-operate 
 with the land forces in the advance on Calumpit, but it was found to be impossible 
 on account of low water. The boats are now doing duty guarding the lake and 
 upper waters of the Pasig River. 
 
 On May 7th, the Lagima de Bay and Covadonga, ascended the Pasig River 
 to Guagua, to establish water communication with Major-General Mac Arthur’s 
 Division. No opposition was encountered until the boat arrived at Sexmoan, 
 where a force of natives were found strongly entrenched. After a brisk skirmish 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 257 
 
 for a few minutes, the natives retired, firing the town. Guagua, a mile further up 
 the river, was also evacuated and set on fire. With this move the advance line 
 north of Manila, was put into communication with the city by an open water-way, 
 as well as by the railroad. 
 
 Gen. MacArthur failing to meet Maj. Grant at Guagua as arranged, the boats 
 waited at the town from 1 until 5 p. m., and as they could not hold the town 
 without assistance it was left for the time. 
 
 On May 10, 1899, the Laguna de Bay and Covadonga entered the Rio 
 Grande Pampanga River and made their way up to Calumpit, where they were 
 in a position to assist the land forces and carry supplies up to Gen. Lawton’s com- 
 mand at Candaba. On May 17th, the boats led the advance of Maj. Kobbe’s troops, 
 driving the insurgents before them and capturing San Luis. On the following 
 day the town of Candaba was surrendered to Grant, Maj. Kobbe’s command arriv- 
 ing about three hours later. 
 
 CAPTURES BY THE FLOTILLA. 
 
 The Laguna de Bay, Napidaji, Oeste, Covadonga and Oceania captured over 
 two hundred thousand dollars worth of coal, cascos and steamboats from the 
 insurgents. In all eight steamers were captured, and at Guagua the enemy burned 
 one gunboat and sunk another large steamer. 
 
 Gen. Lawton, who operated with the boats more than any other commander, 
 was very loud in his praise of the work done by them. 
 
 The foregoing is a correct statement. 
 
 F. H. GRANT, 
 
 Late Maj. Utah Art., Commander United States gunboats. 
 
 LATER EVENTS IN THE ISLANDS. 
 
 The events occurring between the closing of the spring campaign and the 
 opening of that which has just begun, have had no bearing on the fortunes 
 of the war, and are of interest only to those who were engaged in them. 
 So far as the volunteer troops were concerned in them, their history will 
 be found in the regimental histories in the “special editions’’ of this book. 
 There has been a series of detached operations whenever the insurgents happened 
 to be most troublesome. Aguinaldo’s forces have remained in front of our lines 
 everywhere. As our army has been depleted by the return of the volunteer regi- 
 ments and by sickness, the insurgents have pressed more heavily against them, 
 only to be punished and driven back once more. Aguinaldo’s capital has been 
 pushed back along the railroad, having been variously reported, at different times, as 
 at San Isidro, on the Rio Grande, Tarlac, on the railroad, and Porac. In the south the 
 late fighting has been in the province of Cavite between Cavite and Manila, where 
 our troops first landed. The absence of official reports, which are not available for 
 the later operations, renders it impossible to give a very clear account of what has 
 happened. We seem to have defeated all the bodies of insurgents with which our 
 forces have come in contact, and taken all the towns which we have attacked. 
 Whether or not we have retained or abandoned them is usually not clear. 
 Aguinaldo is evidently without resources to maintain a large army in one place, 
 and his troops are broken up into small bands which hover about and harass our 
 17b 
 
258 
 
 Campaignhig m the Philippines. 
 
 outposts. There is little or no vestige of civil government in any part of the 
 island of Luzon with which we have become acquainted. In the Visayan group, 
 where our force is small, there have of late been a good many outbreaks, doubt- 
 less incited by agents of Aguinaldo. 
 
 CHARACTER OF THE CAMPAIGN NOW OPENING. 
 
 The detailed history of our operations in the Philippines necessarily closes with 
 the end of the spring campaign, and the beginning of the rainy season. The 
 new campaign with increased forces is beginning as this volume goes to press. 
 The reader of these pages will be able, in connection with the maps herein con- 
 tained, to follow the telegraphic accounts of the movements of our army 
 far more intelligently than has hitherto been possible to the American public. 
 With the increased force now at command, and the certainty that they can be 
 retained until their mission is accomplished, the American commander will be able 
 to proceed far more effectively than has hitherto been possible. The geography 
 of the country has become known, the disposition of the inhabitants, and the 
 resources of the insurgents. It is announced that it will be the policy of the gov- 
 ernment to close all ports on the island of Luzon except those controlled by our 
 forces. This will cut off a large revenue which Aguinaldo has enjoyed from cus- 
 toms, and put a stop to the importations of arms and ammunition, except such as 
 escaping the vigilance of our navy, may be landed in out-of-the-way places. The 
 first military operation will be to occupy the great fertile valley which runs north- 
 ward from the province of Cavite, through Manila, and which is traversed by the 
 Manila and Dagupan Railroad, which has been continually fought over for the 
 past year. It is announced that this valley will now be occupied for the 
 entire length of the railroad by a force sufficient to permanently hold and police it. 
 When this is done, and the ports closed, the power of Aguinaldo will be broken. 
 He can no longer maintain armies, and must either submit or resort to a guerrilla 
 warfare in the mountains, which, if he is not captured, he can doubtless continue 
 for some time. But with the permanent occupation of the great valley, the natives 
 assured of protection, will certainly return and resume their occupations. They 
 will have no other alternative. They cannot live otherwise. They will certainly 
 enjoy a better government than they have ever before lived under, and the island 
 will probably gradually become pacified. 
 
CHAPTER XV. 
 
 THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS AND THEIR PEOPLE. 
 
 HE story of the campaign in the Philippines cannot be intelli- 
 gently followed without some knowledge of the islands and 
 their people. It is also evident that, for other reasons, all 
 that pertains to the country and its inhabitants is at this time 
 of deep concern to the people of the United States; while no 
 argument will be made upon questions of public policy, the 
 facts set forth herein may be of benefit to those seeking a 
 judicious solution of the vexed questions arising from our 
 occupation; and while the moral and intellectual worth of the 
 islanders is of grave consideration to those seeking their 
 betterment, the material conditions and possibilities of the country will be 
 important factors in shaping our policy with regard to it. 
 
 All that will be attempted, however, is a brief statement of the essential facts, 
 leaving the reader to pursue such further research into non-essentials he may 
 desire. While the descriptive matter is necessarily brief, it will be found well 
 supplemented by the various maps, charts and illustrations. 
 
 The Philippine Islands (so called in honor of Philip II of Spain) extend over 
 an area of about one thousand miles north and south, and six hundred miles east 
 and west. The number of islands is variously estimated at from four hundred to 
 two thousand. Of these many are unknown even by name, and of those enumer- 
 ated many are wholly or in great part unexplored. All of the present maps and 
 charts of the islands are very defective, even those which relate to the harbors, 
 the bays, and the coast line. The value of each island to the group, or of that of 
 the group to the world, can at best be but imperfectly understood until their 
 interiors are better explored, and the numerous bays, harbors and channels 
 properly surveyed. The maps and charts give substantially the location of the 
 archipelago, or group, in reference to the seas and the continents. These should be 
 considered in connection with a study of established steamship lines to or near the 
 islands. 
 
 Some twenty islands are named as being considered the chief in size and 
 importance, the principal of which is Euzon, upon which Manila is situated. 
 Their particular specification will not add to the value of this summary. Their 
 estimated area is 114,356 square miles. Luzon has 41,000 square miles, Min- 
 danao has 37,500 square miles, and five of the others have over 10,000 square 
 miles each. Luzon has been compared to the State of Virginia in size, and that 
 of the group to Arizona. 
 
 PHYSICAL ASPECTS. 
 
 The physical aspect of these islands is of interest. Throughout the group 
 there is a mountain system with a trend north and south, with occasional deflec- 
 tions. From sources in these mountain ranges Spring a great multitude of rivers 
 and rivulets, which make their outlet into the sea. In these, cascades, cataracts 
 
Cauipaig)iiii<^ in the Philippines. 
 
 2()0 
 
 and rushing torrents are very common. Between the ridges, and along the 
 streams are found alluvial deposits, which broaden and widen as they approach 
 the sea, until, in the region of their mouths, they constitute a vast plain, unsur- 
 passed for fertility and productiveness. But it must not be inferred that this 
 excellence of soil is restricted to the plains; rank vegetation and towering hard- 
 wood trees cover the major part of these ranges to their summits. There is a gro- 
 tesque grandeur in the scene. The abrupt declivities, the precipitous walls, the 
 rugged, towering pinnacles and peaks, are exhibitions of Nature in its wildest 
 aspects. There is Mindanao, a wonder and surprise throughout the whole 
 10,000 feet of elevation from the sea to the summit of Apo. This is likewise 
 true of Halcon in Mindoro, 8900 feet, and also Mayon, in Luzon, over 8000 
 feet. This last is well known to have been a volcano, and not long since in 
 violent action; in fact the whole region may be said to be a land of extinct vol- 
 canoes, giving evidences of the most destructive eruptions. The latest convulsions 
 are those noted as occurring in 1863 and in 1880, when the destruction was great 
 in Manila. In 1627 one of the most elevated mountains in the province of Cagayan 
 disappeared, and in 1675 a passage was made to the sea on the Island of 
 Mindoro, from which a vast plain emerged. 
 
 EARLY HISTORY UNKNOWN. 
 
 But little is known of the origin and early history of the inhabitants of 
 these islands. Their traditions, which should give us some clew, appear, 
 under the educational influences of the Catholic clergy, to have been sup- 
 pressed, changed, or inex- 
 tricably intermingled 
 with inventions of the 
 friars themselves. It 
 is believed that the 
 original type is 
 found in the Aetas 
 or Negritos, a 
 species of dwarfish 
 blacks now found 
 in the mountain 
 regions of Luzon 
 and Negros, but 
 fast becoming extinct. 
 Large areas in the interior, 
 NATivKs GRINDING RICE. howovor, ave inhabited by the 
 
 savage natives, of whom but little is known. Their number is unknown, but 
 from the best information obtainable, is supposed to approximate one million. 
 All estimates, however, of the total population are conjectural, as there has 
 never been a complete or reliable census of the islands. The estimates vary, 
 and range from eight to ten millions. We should judge from the density of the 
 population of the provinces best known — a tabulated statement of a few of which 
 is subjoined — that the above total is rather under than over the actual number. 
 
Cauipai^iiijio- in the Philippines. 
 
 2()1 
 
 The population of the best known provinces is exceedingly mixed. Malays 
 predominate largely, and with these are found Aetas, Negritos (pure blacks), 
 Chinese, Japanese, Indies, Moors and Europeans, and every conceivable shade of 
 intermixture. It is estimated there are quite as many different tribes as islands, 
 and that at least five hundred different languages and dialects are spoken. It 
 may be said generally of the inhabitants that they are amenable to government, 
 that the Malays are superior to many other Asiatics, and that they are honest, 
 honorable, and readily yield obedience to better influences. 
 
 POUTICAIv SUBDIVISIONS. 
 
 A province under the Spanish dominion was a division of land, with a capital 
 and government of its own, but all subordinate to the Governor-General at Manila. 
 Luzon had thirty-five of these subordinate provinces, as follows : 
 
 PROVINCE 
 
 Abra 
 
 Albay 
 
 Amburayan .... 
 
 Apayaos 
 
 Bataan 
 
 Batangas 
 
 Benguet 
 
 Binatangan 
 
 Bontoc 
 
 Bulacan 
 
 Cabugavon 
 
 Cagayan 
 
 Camarines 
 
 Cavite 
 
 Cayapa 
 
 Ilocos Norte 
 
 Ilocos Sur 
 
 Infanta 
 
 Isabela de Lnzon 
 
 Itaves 
 
 Laguna 
 
 Lepanto 
 
 Manila 
 
 Morong 
 
 Nueva Ecija .... 
 Nueva Vizcaya . . 
 
 Pampanga 
 
 Pangasinan 
 
 Principe 
 
 Quiangan 
 
 Tarlac 
 
 Tayabas 
 
 Tiagan 
 
 Union (La.) 
 
 Zambales 
 
 POPULATION 
 
 49,702 . 
 
 29(),850 . 
 
 30,150 
 6,000 . 
 52,000 . 
 
 212,192 . 
 
 15,932 , 
 
 24,502 
 
 230,000 
 
 112,357 
 
 185,878 
 
 133,926 
 
 156,900 
 
 172,836 
 
 10,200 
 
 46,846 
 
 15,208 
 
 177.000 
 19,422 
 
 400,238 
 
 42,748 
 
 155.000 
 23,520 
 
 250.000 
 295,105 
 
 5,000 
 
 29,800 
 
 97,947 
 
 105,576 
 
 3,041 
 
 119,421 
 
 87,641 
 
 CAPITAL 
 
 Bangued 
 
 Albay 
 
 Alilen 
 
 Bagubagu 
 
 Balanga 
 
 Batangas 
 
 La Trinidad 
 
 Binatangan 
 
 Bontoc 
 
 Bulacan 
 
 Cabugavon 
 
 Tuguegarao 
 
 Nueva Caceres 
 
 Cavite 
 
 Cayapa 
 
 Laoag 
 
 Vigan 
 
 Binangonan de Lampon 
 
 Hagan 
 
 Macogao 
 
 Santa Cruz 
 
 Cervantes 
 
 Manila 
 
 Morong 
 
 San Isidro 
 
 Bayombong 
 
 Bacolor 
 
 Lingayen 
 
 Baler 
 
 Quiangan 
 
 Tarlac 
 
 Tayabas 
 
 San Emilio 
 
 San Fernando 
 
 Iba 
 
 The province of Manila, the seat of the general government, has an area of 
 264 square miles, and a population of over 400,000. Manila proper, or Old Manila, 
 contained a population, previous to the war, of 110,000. The main part of the 
 
CampaignUig in the Philippines. 
 
 2()2 
 
 population of the locality known as Manila was in the suburbs, chief of which 
 were: Pueblo, Binondo, San Jose, Santa Cruz, with fifteen wards ; Quiapo, with 
 two wards ; San Miguel, with seven wards ; Sampaloc, with thirty-nine wards, 
 and Tondo, with eighteen wards. All of these suburbs are easy of access, and in 
 them are centered the chief mercantile transactions of the islands, while not only in 
 business, but in most of their attractions, they far outrank Old Manila. The total 
 distance east and west, in a direct line through Manila, is miles, and total dis- 
 tance north and south, 4^ miles. 
 
 The following are the chief cities and towns of the province : 
 
 NAME 
 
 *Caloocan 
 
 Dilao 
 
 Ermita 
 
 Las Pinas 
 
 Malate 
 
 Malabon or Tambobong 
 
 Malibay 
 
 Mariquina 
 
 fMontalban 
 
 Muntinlupa 
 
 Navotas 
 
 Pandacan 
 
 Paranaque 
 
 Pasig 
 
 Pateros 
 
 Pineda 
 
 San Felipe Neri 
 
 San Juan del Monte . . . . 
 
 San Mateo 
 
 San Pedro Macati 
 
 Santa Ana 
 
 Taguig 
 
 POPULATION DISTANCE FROM MANILA 
 
 9,843 5 miles from city limits 
 
 4,625 3 miles from city limits 
 
 4,726 miles from city limits 
 
 4,000 8 miles from city limits 
 
 2,319 Yi mile from city limits 
 
 . 25,000 6 miles from city limits 
 
 2,890 4 miles from city limits 
 
 . 10,313 7 miles from city limits 
 
 3,055 16 miles from city limits 
 
 5,068 21 miles from city limits 
 
 9,154 6X miles from city limits 
 
 . 2,446 2 miles from city limits 
 
 . 9,863 6J^ miles from city limits 
 
 . 22,000 7 miles from city limits 
 
 2,842 3 miles from city limits 
 
 9,825 3j^ miles from city limits 
 
 5,465 2j^ miles from city limits 
 
 2,011 2 miles from city limits 
 
 . 6,700 17 miles from city limits 
 
 3,921 3 miles from city limits 
 
 2,194 3 miles from city limits 
 
 9,662 9^ miles from city limits 
 
 * The distances given are calculated from the Walled City or Old Manila 
 t With highway to Caloocan. 
 
 Cavite is the capital of the province of Cavite. The province has an area of 
 480 square miles, and within this is a population of 133,926. It is contiguous to, 
 and closely identified with, Manila in its enterprises. The towns and cities range 
 from 1000 to 15,000 in population. Bulacan, the capital of the province of Bulacan, 
 has a population of 13,186, distant 22 miles from Manila. The area of the prov- 
 ince is 965 square miles, and it has a total population of 230,000. This is one of 
 the richest provinces in the archipelago, and maintains a variety of industries, 
 agricultural, manufacturing, and commercial. The cities are in close proximity 
 to each other, with good means of communication. 
 
 Close at hand, and north of Manila province, is the province of Pampanga; it 
 has an area of 787 square miles, and a population of 250,000, distributed among 
 22 pueblos and 329 barios. Bacolor, the capital, has a population of 10,642, and 
 is situated 47 miles from Manila. The pueblos or cities range in population 
 from 3000 to 20,000, and are distant from each other and the capital from 1 to 20 
 miles. The foregoing will suffice to illustrate the distribution of the great bulk 
 of the population of the Island of Luzon. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 2 ():] 
 
 THE VISAYAS. 
 
 Constituting a part of the Philippine system is a group of islands known as the 
 Visayas, which have long been famous for their fertility and productiveness, and 
 here is found a veritable mass of humanity. Up to the present time, except at 
 Iloilo, and slight disturbances in the Islands of Negros and Cebu, there has 
 been no special opposition to American control. 
 
 The population can be better enumerated by the provinces as follows: 
 
 PROVINCE 
 
 Antique 
 
 Bohol 
 
 Capiz 
 
 Cebu 
 
 Concepcion 
 
 Iloilo 
 
 Leyte 
 
 Negros Occidentales 
 Negros Orientates . . 
 
 Romblon 
 
 Samar 
 
 POPULATION CAPITAL 
 
 119,35ti San Jose de Buenavista 
 
 247,745 Tagbilaran 
 
 189,171 Capiz 
 
 504,076 Cebu 
 
 19,342 Concepcion 
 
 472,798 Iloilo 
 
 270,491 Tacloban 
 
 226,995 Bacolod 
 
 94,782 Duniaguete 
 
 38,633 Romblon 
 
 200,753 Catbalogan 
 
 Three of these provinces are on the Island of Panay, viz., Capiz, Iloilo, and 
 Antique; and, as the table shows, their total population is 781,325, while the area 
 is 4540 square miles. The province of Iloilo is 99 miles in length by 27 miles in 
 width. Iloilo, the capital, is 355 miles from Manila, and has a population of 
 10,380. The distribution of the population may be set down as follows: 
 
 NAME 
 
 Alimodian . . . . 
 
 Anilao 
 
 Arevalo 
 
 Ban ate 
 
 Barotac Nuevo 
 Barotac Viejo . 
 Buenavista . . . 
 
 Cabatuan 
 
 Calinog 
 
 Cordoba 
 
 Dingle 
 
 Duenas 
 
 Dumangas . . . . 
 
 Guimbal 
 
 Igbaras 
 
 Janinay 
 
 Jaro 
 
 Lambuano . . . . 
 
 Leganes 
 
 Leon 
 
 Lucena 
 
 Maasin 
 
 Manduriao . . . . 
 
 Miagas 
 
 Mina 
 
 Molo 
 
 POPULATION DISTANCE P'ROM ILOILO 
 
 11,837 12 miles 
 
 2,699 12 miles 
 
 3,594 4 miles 
 
 6,764 31 miles 
 
 . 11,805 
 
 5,590 32 miles 
 
 3,497 1 mile 
 
 18,177 13 miles 
 
 8,866 23 miles 
 
 2,744 2 miles 
 
 11,000 21 miles 
 
 7,130 28 miles 
 
 . 14,114 24 miles 
 
 10,958 18 miles 
 
 12,140 24 miles 
 
 . 28,738 3 miles 
 
 9,482 
 
 . 7,989 21 miles 
 
 2,875 6 miles 
 
 13,950 16 miles 
 
 6,511 7 miles 
 
 9,674 
 
 6,749 4 miles 
 
 . 22,100 24 miles 
 
 . 4,357 
 
 . 9,547 
 
2()4 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippuies. 
 
 N A M E 
 
 Nagaba 
 
 Oton 
 
 I^assi 
 
 Pavia 
 
 Paz (La.) 
 
 Pototaii 
 
 San Dioiiisio. , 
 San Enrique . 
 San Joaquin . 
 San Miguel . . , 
 Santa Barbara 
 
 Sara 
 
 Tigbauan 
 
 Tubugan 
 
 Zarraga 
 
 POPULATION DISTANCE FROM ILOILO 
 
 8,000 5 miles 
 
 13,3()3 7 miles 
 
 13,802 
 
 10,221 6 miles 
 
 3,641 mile 
 
 14,512 18 miles 
 
 1,782 
 
 . 3,015 27 miles 
 
 13,918 34 miles 
 
 7.300 9 miles 
 
 13,000 16 miles 
 
 10,950 75 miles 
 
 9,109 7 miles 
 
 4.368 31 miles 
 
 5,208 8 miles 
 
 The province of Cebu comprises the island of that name. The capital, Cebu, 
 has a population of 35,243, and is distant from Manila 460 miles; the area is 2090 
 square miles, and population, as before stated, 504,076. The city and locality of 
 Cebu long ranked Manila in importance, and is now considered the most import- 
 ant of the Visayas. On account of its varied industries, commercial facilities and 
 numerous inhabitants, it may be fitly termed the mercantile center of the islands. 
 The following indicates the distribution of population: 
 
 NAME 
 
 Alcantara 
 
 Alcoy 
 
 Alegria 
 
 Aloguinsan 
 
 Argao 
 
 Asturias 
 
 Badian 
 
 Balamban 
 
 Bantayan 
 
 Barili 
 
 Bogo 
 
 Boljoon 
 
 Carcar 
 
 Carmen 
 
 Catman 
 
 Compostela . . . , 
 Consolacion . , . 
 
 Cordoba 
 
 Daan Bantayan 
 Dalaguete .... 
 
 Danao 
 
 Dunianjug 
 
 Ginatilan 
 
 Liloan 
 
 Malabuyoc 
 
 Mandaue 
 
 Medellin 
 
 Minglanilla . . . 
 Moalboal 
 
 POPULATION 
 
 . 4,080 
 
 . 5,040 
 
 . 11,460 
 
 . 3,993 
 
 . 34,050 
 
 . 6,000 
 . 9,409 
 
 . 9,610 
 
 . 10,016 
 . 20,914 
 
 . 16,350 
 
 . 7,413 
 
 . 30,300 
 
 . 6,673 
 
 . 6,098 
 
 . 4,393 
 
 . 4,616 , 
 
 . 5,009 
 
 . 8,530 
 
 . 21,323 
 
 . 15,483 
 
 . 13,171 , 
 
 . 12,144 
 
 . 8,380 
 
 . 13,113 
 
 . 15,307 , 
 
 . 8,221 
 . 6,310 
 
 9,509 
 
 DISTANCE FROM CEBU 
 
 44 miles 
 90 miles 
 
 33 miles- 
 109 miles 
 
 51 miles 
 43 miles 
 62 miles 
 
 52 miles 
 69 miles 
 57 miles 
 23 miles 
 25 miles 
 
 7 miles 
 
 103 miles 
 49 miles 
 4 miles 
 42 miles 
 
 83 miles 
 41 miles 
 
 5 miles 
 
NAME 
 
 Naga 
 
 Nueva Caceres . 
 
 Opon 
 
 Oslob 
 
 Pardo (Bl.) 
 
 Pilar 
 
 Pina Mungajan 
 
 Poro 
 
 Samboan 
 
 San Fernando . . 
 San Francisco , . 
 San Nicolas . . . . 
 San Remigio . . . 
 
 Santa Fe 
 
 Santander 
 
 Sibonga 
 
 Sogod 
 
 Tabogon 
 
 Talambang 
 
 Talisay 
 
 Toledo 
 
 Tuburan 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 2(15 
 
 POPULATION DISTANCE PROM CEBU 
 
 10,926 11 miles 
 
 3,339 42 miles 
 
 11,506 9 miles 
 
 6,013 78 miles 
 
 10,647 
 
 4,268 38 miles 
 
 5,378 
 
 7,000 
 
 10,422 68 miles 
 
 12,155 9 miles 
 
 6,567 
 
 17,800 
 
 6,192 69 miles 
 
 3,102 
 
 4,686 88 miles 
 
 23,455 31 miles 
 
 6,719 
 
 8,631 
 
 6,226 1 mile 
 
 19,000 6 miles 
 
 10,922 39 miles 
 
 10,760 51 miles 
 
 THE SULU ARCHIPBIvAGO. 
 
 South of this group in the Philippine system, are the Sulu Islands or 
 archipelago. The natives here are less civilized than those of Tuzon and the 
 Visayas, and while they have warlike proclivities they are wanting in many of the 
 qualities of the barbarian. Of the Mangayans, — there are two distinct types, the 
 highland and the lowland. The lowlanders for centuries have felt the contact of 
 civilization, and morally, physically and intellectually, it has been to their 
 detriment. The highlanders have had less intercourse with the white races; 
 and as a race they are physically superior, having a well defined moral code, a 
 due regard for the virtues of sex, the sacredness of the marriage relation, and the 
 obligations to offspring; they are both brave and honest. A certain wild 
 domesticity, sacredly observant of home and family ties, and scrupulous in regard 
 to the higher virtues of life, permeates the life of the pure native Filipino wherever 
 found ; and it would seem that no race with such characteristics could be essentially 
 vicious or take delight in the atrocities of the barbarian. The native learns easily 
 and readily takes to books, education, mechanics and the arts. Such a nature 
 ruust be susceptible to the good with which it comes in contact. How much then, 
 of what he now is, is due to Spanish misrule, and now, divested of that, what will 
 the Filipino be or soon become? It is this question with which some of the best 
 of our countrymen are so greatly concerned to-day. There may be those who hold 
 that in national affairs “public good makes public right,” but with the majority is 
 the desire that justice shall be done. Tooking at the great admixture of races the 
 wonder is that any special type should remain. It would be interesting to study 
 in detail the effects of the curious intermingling of races which has taken place in 
 these islands, but for want of space we must pass over a long period of bigotry and 
 
26G 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippmes. 
 
 superstition, of burdens and exactions, to a time when we see the primitive 
 Filipino; then place him in comparison and contrast with the Filipino of the 
 present. 
 
 AN EARLY ACCOUNT OF THE ISLANDS. 
 
 De Morga, a writer and author, whose work appeared about 1609, wrote 
 extensively on the Philippine Islands. His position in their government, and his 
 reputation, makes his work credible. De Morga Street, in Manila, was named 
 after him. The following are largely paraphrases or excerpts from his book: 
 
 “ The people who inhabit this great Island of Luzon, both in the maritime 
 districts and in the interior of Camarines province, are of middling stature, of the 
 color of boiled quinces ; well featured, both men and women ; the hair very 
 black, scanty beard; of a clever disposition for anything they undertake ; sharp. 
 
 All live by their labor, 
 trade ; navigating by 
 island, and going from 
 another by land. The 
 provinces of this 
 jmn, are of the same 
 cept that it is known 
 of Manila and its 
 natives of the island, 
 and settled there in 
 they were Malays, 
 and remote provinces 
 the Island of Luzon, 
 of natives of a black 
 hair ; men and women 
 though strong and 
 These men are bar- 
 capacity ; they have 
 dwellings; they go in 
 the mountains and 
 ing their abode accord- 
 
 choleric and resolute, 
 gains, fishing and 
 sea from island to 
 one province to 
 natives of the other 
 island, as far as Caga- 
 sort and quality, ex- 
 by tradition that those 
 neighborhood were not 
 but had come to it 
 bygone times, and that 
 natives of other islands 
 in various parts 
 There are a number 
 color, with tangled 
 not very tall in stature, 
 with good limbs, 
 barians and of little 
 no houses nor settled 
 tribes, and bivouac in 
 
 A FILIPINO BELLE. 
 
 craggy ground, chang- 
 ing to the season from one place to another, maintaining themselves with some 
 little tillage and sowing of rice, which they do temporarily ; and the game which 
 they shoot with their bows, with which they are very dexterous and good 
 marksmen ; also with mountain honey, and roots which grow in the earth. 
 They are a barbarous people, with whom there is no security ; inclined to 
 murder, and to attack the towns of other natives, where they do great rriischief ; 
 without its having been possible to take effective measures to prevent them, either 
 to reduce them to subjection or to bring them to a state of peace, although it is 
 always attempted, by good or evil means, as the opportunity or necessity demands. 
 
 ‘ ‘ The province of Cagayan is inhabited by natives of the same color as the 
 other inhabitants of the island, though of better shaped bodies, and more valiant 
 and warlike than the rest. Their hair is long, hanging down over their shoulders. 
 
Campaigning in the JViilippines. 
 
 2()7 
 
 They have been in rebellion and insurrection twice since they were reduced to 
 submission, and there has been much work on different occasions to subject them 
 
 The costume and dress of these inhabitants of lyuzon, 
 before the Spanish entered the country, usually consisted, 
 for men — coats of Congan, with collars sewed together 
 in front, with short sleeves, coming a little below the 
 waist ; some blue, others black, and a few of varied colors 
 for the chief men ; these they call Chininas, A colored 
 wrapper is folded at the waist and between the legs, so as 
 to cover their middles and half way down the thigh; 
 these they call Bahaques. Their legs bare and their feet 
 unshod, their head is uncovered save for a narrow cloth 
 wrapped around it, with which they bind the forehead 
 and temples, called a Potong. Chains of gold wound 
 around the neck, worked like sperm wax, and with links 
 in our fashion, some larger than others. Bracelets on the 
 arms, which they call Calombigas, made of gold, very 
 thick and of different patterns, and some with strings 
 of stones, carnelians and agates; and others, blue and 
 white stones, which are much esteemed amongst them ; 
 and for garters on their legs, some strings of these 
 stones and some cords pitched and black, wound round many times. 
 
 “ In one province which they call Zambals, they wear the front half of the 
 head shaved, and on the skull a great lock of loose hair. The women in the 
 whole of this island wear little frocks, with the sleeves of the same stuffs and of 
 all colors, which they call Varas, without shifts, but they have white cotton 
 wraps, folded from the waist downwards to the feet, and other colored garments 
 fitting the body like cloaks, which are very graceful. The great ladies wear 
 crimson, and some have silk and other stuffs woven with gold, and edged with 
 fringes and other ornaments. Many wear gold chains around the neck. Cal- 
 ombigas (bracelets) on the wrists and thick earrings of gold in the ears, rings 
 on the fingers of gold and precious stones. The hair is black, and tied 
 gracefully with a knot on the back of the head. 
 
 ‘ ‘ Since the Spaniards have been in the country 
 many of the natives do not wear Bahaques, (waist 
 cloths) but wide drawers of the same stuffs, and 
 wrappers — and hats on their heads. The chiefs 
 wear braids of beaten gold, and of various work- 
 manships, and use shoes. The great ladies also 
 are daintily shod, many of them with shoes of 
 velvet embroidered with gold, and white robes like 
 petticoats. Men and women, and especially the 
 great people, are very cleanly and elegant in their person and dress, and of 
 goodly mien and grace. They take great care of their hair, rejoicing in its 
 being very black. They wash it with the boiled rind of a tree, which they 
 call Gogo, and they anoint it with oil of sesame, prepared with musk and 
 
 and pacify them again. 
 
 MARKKT WOMEN. 
 
268 
 
 CaDipaigmng m the Philippines. 
 
 other perfumes. All take much care of their teeth, and from tender age they 
 file and make them equal in size with stones and instruments, and they give 
 them a black color which is perpetual, and which they preserve until they are 
 
 very old. They very generally bathe their 
 whole bodies in the rivers and creeks. They 
 say it is one of the chief medicines with 
 which they are acquainted. When a little 
 child is born they immediately bathe it, and 
 the mother likewise. The women have, for 
 their employment and occupation, needle 
 work, in which they excel very much, as in 
 all kinds of sewing. They weave coverings 
 NATIVE FRUIT STAND. and Spill cotton, and serve in the houses of 
 
 their husbands and fathers. They pound the rice for their meals, and prepare 
 the other victuals. They rear fowls and suckling pigs, and take care of the 
 houses, while the men are attending to the labors in the fields, their fishing, 
 voyages and gains. In their visits, and in going about the streets and to the 
 temples, both men and women, and especially the principal ones, walk very 
 slowly, and pay attention to their steps, and with a large following of male 
 and female slaves, and with silk parasols, which they carry as a protection 
 against sun and rain. The ladies go in front, with their maids and slaves, and 
 behind them their husbands, fathers and brothers, with their servants and slaves. 
 
 “ Their ordinary food is rice, ground in wooden mortars and boiled, which is 
 called Morisqueta. This is the ordinary bread of all the country. Boiled fish, of 
 which there is great abundance, is a favorite food, and flesh of swine, deer and 
 wild buffalo, which they call Carabaos. They also eat boiled Camotes, which are 
 sweet potatoes; French beans, Quitites, and other vegetables. All sorts of plan- 
 tains, guavas, pineapples, custard apples, oranges of various sorts, and other kinds 
 of fruit and vegetables; in these the country abounds. What is used for drink is 
 a wine made from the tops of cocoanut palms and nipa trees, of which there is a 
 great abundance, and they are grown and cultivated like vines, though with less 
 labor and tillage. When the sap is taken from the palm they distil it in retorts 
 with their little stoves and instruments of a greater or less strength, and it 
 becomes spirits, and this is drunk in all the islands. It is a very clear wine, like 
 water, but strong and dry, and if it is used in moderation, it is medicine for the 
 stomach; when mixed with the wine of Spain it becomes a sweet liquor, and is 
 very wholesome. 
 
 “ The weapons of these people are in some provinces bows and arrows, but in 
 general, throughout the isles, they use lances with well made blades, of a 
 middling size, and shields of light wood, with their hands fixed on the inside, 
 which cover them from head to foot, which they call Carasas. At the waist a 
 dagger four inches wide, the blade ending in a point, and a third of a yard in 
 length; the hilt of gold or ivory; the pommel open, with two cross bars or projec- 
 tions, without any other guard; they are called Bararoes, and are two-edged; held 
 in sheaths of wood or buffalo horn, elegantly worked; with these they strike with 
 the point, but more usually with the edge. They are very dexterous; when they 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 2 ()<) 
 
 reach their adversary, if they lay hold of his hair with one hand, with the other, 
 at one blow they often cut off his head. Since they have seen Spaniards use their 
 arms, many of them handle arequebuses and muskets very dexterously. Before 
 this time they had small brass cannon, and other pieces of iron cast, with which 
 they defended their forts and towns, though their powder was not as fine as that 
 of the Spaniards. 
 
 “Their boats and ships were of many kinds, for on the rivers and creeks within 
 the country they used canoes made of one very large tree and others with benches 
 made of planks and built with keels; also Vireys and Barangays, which are 
 vessels very swift and light, and low in the water, joined together with wooden 
 bolts ; as slender at the stern as at the bow, which contained many rowers on both 
 sides, who with Buzeyes or paddles and with oars, rowed outside the vessel, timing 
 their rowing to the sound of some who kept singing in their language, things to 
 the purpose, by which they understood whether they were to hasten or retard their 
 rowing. Above the rowers there was a bailior, or gangway, upon which the 
 fighting men stood without embarassing the crew of rowers. These were built 
 with out-riggers, to prevent sinking or capsizing, and carried sails. Another craft, 
 of larger proportions, and differently constructed, was in use for freighting between 
 the islands. Some of the fighting ships could carry one hundred and fifty men.” 
 
 THE VISAYAS IN F:ARkY TIMES. 
 
 As to the inhabitants of the Visayas, the narration says; — “The Bisayas, also 
 called Pintadoes, are thickly peopled with natives. All the inhabitants of these 
 islands, both men and women, are well featured and of a good disposition, and 
 more well conditioned, and of more noble conduct, than the inhabitants of the Isle 
 of Tuzon and other neighboring isles. They are different from them in their 
 hair, which the men wear cut in a cue like the ancient Spanish fashion, and their 
 bodies painted with many designs, without touching the face. They wear very 
 large earrings of gold and ivory, and bracelets of the same material ; their head 
 dresses are twisted around their heads like turbans, with graceful knots and much 
 striped with gold; jackets with light sleeves, without collars; with skirts half 
 way down the legs, fastened in front, of Medrinaqve and colored silks. They do 
 not wear shirts nor drawers, but Bahaques of 
 many folds, so that their middles are covered 
 when they take off the jackets and skirts. 
 
 “The women are good looking and pleas- 
 ing, very elegant and slow in their gait ; 
 their hair black and long, and tied upon 
 the head ; their wrappers are twisted around 
 the waist, and hang down over them; they 
 are of all colors, and their jackets of the 
 same, without collars. They all go, men and camp lifk. 
 
 women, without cloaks or other covering, and barefoot, with much adorning of gold 
 chains, earrings, and wrought bracelets. Their weapons are long knives curved 
 like alfanges, lances and shields. They use the same boats as the people of Luzon. 
 They have the same labors, fruits and occupations, as all the other islands.” 
 
270 
 
 Cat)ipaigiiing in the Philippines. 
 
 The Island of Cebu was inhabited by the same class of natives, and abounded 
 in provisions, mines and gold washings. On the Island of Panay were some large 
 rich towns, and stocks for building ships of large size, and a great plenty of timber 
 
 for construction. There was also 
 great abundance of rice, palm wine 
 and provisions. The natives were 
 skilled shipbuilders, and close by 
 was a small islet where the natives 
 were all carpenters and fine work- 
 men, following no other employ- 
 ment. This was the Island of the 
 Cagayans. All of the islands were 
 thickly inhabited; the people indus- 
 trious, pursuing different avoca- 
 tions, such as tilling the soil, fishing, shipbuilding, stock raising and trading. 
 Their language was the same, and they communicated by speech and writing, and 
 in this had letters and characters of their own, which resembled those of the 
 Arabic. The writing was mostly done on the leaf of a tree. 
 
 The language of the natives of Luzon, and neighborhood, was unlike that of 
 the Visayas. There were many different languages in Luzon. That of the 
 Tagals in the province of Manila was elegant, copious, and abundant, and was 
 not difficult to learn or pronounce. In all the islands they wrote well, using 
 characters something like Greek or Arabic. There were fifteen letters used, three 
 were vowels, the rest consonants. They wrote from right to left in the Arabic 
 fashion and there were very few who did not write well and correctly. 
 
 The houses of these natives were fixed, and all built on a similar 
 method or plan, the purpose being to avoid the torridity of the climate, and 
 anno3mnces of the vermin and rats. These houses were built up on piles, 
 there being sufficient space between the ground and the first floor for the fowls and 
 animals ; the roof was thatched with palm leaf, which is considered much more 
 effective in resisting sun and rain than shingles or tiles. Ascent was made to the 
 living apartments by ladders. 
 
 ANCIENT FORM OF GOVERNMENT. 
 
 They had a well defined form of government, which not only made provision 
 for its permanence, but also for the social well-being and protection of the prop- 
 erty and person of the subject. 
 
 De Morga says, of the government existing at the time of the Spanish invasion : 
 “There were neither kings nor rulers who governed after the manner of other 
 kingdoms and provinces, but in each island and province the natives recognized 
 many of their number as chiefs, some greater than others, and each one with his 
 own partisans and subjects, divided into quarters and families. These chieftainships 
 and lordships were inherited by filiation and succession from father to son, and 
 their descendants, and in default of them, the brothers and collaterals succeeded. 
 Their duty was to rule and govern their subjects and partisans, and* assist them in 
 their wants and necessities. What these rulers received from their subjects was 
 
Campaigning in the rhilippines. 
 
 271 
 
 respected and revered by the ruler, and a regular system of tribute from the subject 
 obtained, by means of which the authority of the government was maintained.” 
 
 THE SYSTEM OF SLAVERY. 
 
 The descendants of the rulers were regarded and treated as nobles, and their 
 women had the corresponding rank and respect shown them. The rule of the 
 chief was a kind of absolutism, in which he could, for a trifling offense, make the 
 subject a slave; however, there were certain restrictions, involving a humanity 
 and decency, unknown in our own late slave system. If the owner of a slave had 
 a child by a slave mother, thereupon both mother and child became free, so that 
 no man could traffic, sell, or hold in bondage his own child or its mother. The 
 grievances between subjects involving property interests or damages to the person 
 were held and determined by the “ Ancients,” that is, certain of the older mem- 
 bers of the tribe. The parties were present, and witnesses heard in a manner 
 similar to our regular court procedure, and their determination was a finality, and 
 effect given to the judgment at once. The laws were unwritten, but were well in 
 effect by custom and tradition. There 
 were three distinct classes — the nobles 
 mentioned; the Timagnas, this being 
 the plebeian class; and the slaves 
 belonging to these two. There were 
 many peculiarities in this slave system, 
 which would have been very tolerant 
 if they had formed a part of our own. 
 
 There was permeating through the 
 whole system the possibility of free- 
 dom to the slave. By far the major 
 part of these slaves were only slaves 
 in part; for instance, a half, third, or minor part of the slave’s time only was 
 given to his servitude, and the rest of his time was for his own exclusive benefit, 
 at which time he was absolutely free. Again, when only one of the parents 
 was slave, and the other free, and there was only one child, he would be half 
 slave and half free, and if more than one, the first child would take the con- 
 dition of the father, whether slave or free, and the other the condition of the 
 mother, and so on alternating. If there were an odd number, he would be 
 half slave and half free. The offspring of such children would still be so appor- 
 tioned as to being slave or free. These part slaves could also oblige their 
 owner to emancipate them entirely upon payment of a just sum. This was 
 regulated as to price, dependent upon conditions, and ranged from forty to eighty 
 dollars. Much of the time of the courts was taken with the adjudication of 
 these matters. 
 
 It is not known how the slave system became inaugurated, but it is supposed 
 to have come in the way of conquest and usurious contracts, which provided for 
 taking the body of a debtor in liquidation, upon forfeiture of debtor. Crimes 
 were punished at the instance of the aggrieved party, and robbery might be 
 
272 
 
 Campaigiiiiig i)i the Philippines. 
 
 punished by death or slavery. Insults by words might be punished to the same 
 extent. Under certain circumstances such insults were regarded as more aggra- 
 vating than violence to the person. 
 
 MARRIAGE INSTITUTIONS. 
 
 The marriages were mostly confined to the same class. Nobles with nobles; Tun- 
 aguas with their rank; and slaves with slaves. They had a system of contract 
 marriage, agreed to by the parents and relatives, which was celebrated by feasts 
 and a public recognition. There was one real wife, who had property rights, and 
 the children had inheritance and descent; she was called Unasaba. There were 
 other wives called frieyids; the children of these did not inherit, but usually were 
 apportioned. The marriage portion was brought by the man, and his parents 
 gave him this, but the wife brought nothing till she inherited from her family. 
 Marriage was dissolved by the judgment of the Elders, in which parents and rela- 
 tives had consideration. If the husband were at fault his marriage would be 
 retained by the wife, otherwise it would be returned to him. The property 
 which they had acquired together was divided equally. There was judicious 
 provision made for the adoption of children, and the inheritance and descent of 
 property. 
 
 DETERIORATION OF THE FILIPINO. 
 
 The foregoing may suffice to show the attributes and character of the primitive 
 Filipino. His love of home, country and order are strikingly manifest in those 
 early times; his interpretation of rights and wrongs are all in accord with feelings 
 of justice and humanity, and there is not in the characteristics of the 
 native in those early times, a single disclosure of the instinct of savagery. In all 
 
 the arts of peace he was certainly quite abreast of his 
 times, while in warfare and defense he had the 
 necessary bravery and fortitude, but without the art of 
 military organization and effective weapons. For 
 centuries this people must have existed as a pastoral 
 peasantry, and were wanting in the polish and tarnish 
 of modern civilized life. If we regard him now, we 
 may find a defacement of his former self. He is as 
 brave now as in those generations past when MageJlan, 
 under the direction and supervision of his astrologer, 
 discovered him; for what can be stronger proof of 
 courage than the act of coolly facing death? The 
 Filipino to-day, knowing his inequality, coolly stands in 
 his trenches to receive the fatal bullet of the Volunteer. 
 
 His institutions now are as they were then, and his 
 impulses the same, but there is in him a timidity and 
 A YOUNG REBEL. evasion, a wariness and caution, that leads you to 
 
 watching his deceits. It is scarcely human not to live to profit — even to profit by 
 deception — and a little insight into his past will indicate the cause of his weakened 
 moral fiber. It is said that perjury has controlled the Spanish Courts of Justice 
 
Campaigning in the r/iilippines. 
 
 278 
 
 in the Philippines for ages past, and that intrigue and deception is the rule of 
 conduct in the governing class. It is also true that in pursuit of their oppression 
 and exactions, the Spanish not only practiced intrigue and deceit, but fraud and 
 violence, and these, by precept and ex- ^ 
 ample, entered largely into the business 
 life of the people. The varied, iniquitous 
 devices to enforce Spanish misrule upon 
 the Filipino cannot be given within the 
 confines of a chapter, but the whole 
 system was a net-work of wrong, entering 
 into the judicial and executive functions, 
 and lowering the social standard of the 
 people. How any residue of manliness 
 and honor could outlive it all is a source a native milk train. 
 
 of wonder; the fact that much has remained will always bring sympathy and 
 esteem to the native Filipino. His status under the Spanish rule has received the 
 condemnation of all who have written upon the Philippines, other than those 
 of Spanish origin, and their conclusions concur as to the baleful effects of the 
 Spanish policy. 
 
 In 1842 Tieutenant Wilkes, in command of the United States exploring expe- 
 dition, makes the significant statement: “That they (the Filipinos) are an 
 industrious class; that they are extremely hospitable, tractable, and possessed of 
 quick apprehension; that they are intelligent and orderly, and govern themselves 
 without the aid of the military; that their wages then were twelve and one-half 
 cents a day in Manila, and six cents to nine cents a day in the provinces,” and he 
 says: “The government of the Philippines is emphatically an iron rule, and 
 how long it can continue so is doubtful.” 
 
 Under the present conditions, with his quiet reticence, the native seldom mani- 
 fests his true character to those outside his class, and what he is or was before the 
 insurrection must be largely gleaned from those who were his familiars at such 
 time. 
 
 Professor Dean C. Worcester of the late Commission to the Philippines, had 
 previously spent some years in the islands in his pursuit as a naturalist. He 
 summarizes the Filipino then, and his relation to Spanish rule, as follows: “ As 
 a rule the civilized natives are orderly, and when well drilled they make excellent 
 soldiers. Many of the natives are quick to learn, and are anxious for the oppor- 
 tunity, so that their education reduces itself to a question of ways and means. 
 By centuries of oppression and injustice, this naturally gentle and peace-loving 
 people has been drawn into armed revolt. One of the chief causes,” he con- 
 cludes, “is that a school system is provided for by the Spanish law, but favoritism 
 prevails in the choice of teachers, who are often grossly incompetent, while the 
 practical workings of the schools are frequently interfered with by the friars. The 
 law provides that Spanish shall be taught, but as it suits their convenience in the 
 more out of the way places to be the only means of communication between the 
 government and the natives, they often forbid this. A few prayers, and a little 
 writing and arithmetic, comprise the course of instruction in many of the schools. 
 
 18 b 
 
274 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 The relation of the friars to the free school system naturally leads to the discus- 
 sion of a delicate question, but it would be idle to treat of the problems of the 
 Philippines without discussing the predominance of the friars, and the character 
 of their influence. 
 
 “ A clear distinction should be drawn at the outset between the friars and the 
 priests. Some of the priests have accomplished an immense amount of good, as 
 the Jesuits. Their ‘ Ateneo Municipal’ at Manila is, with possibly one excep- 
 tion, the best educational institution in the archipelago, and numbers among its 
 faculty many able and competent men. For some unexplained reason they are 
 
 allowed to do missionary 
 work only in the Morro 
 country, where there is 
 much danger and hardship. 
 
 “The priests of the mis- 
 sion are often very superior 
 men, abuses are absent, and 
 much good has been accom- 
 plished. Many parishes are 
 held by a class of friars 
 which would not be tolerated 
 in any other country. 
 While it is by no means 
 true that all of these friars 
 are incompetent, it is never- 
 theless a fact that many of 
 them are ignorant beyond 
 belief, and are given over to 
 open and brutish licentious- 
 ness, practice inhuman ex- 
 tortion, especially in con- 
 nection with the solemniza- 
 tion of marriage and the 
 burial of the dead, while 
 they interfere with the ex- 
 ecution of the laws, and 
 themselves openly violate 
 them when it serves their 
 
 CONSTRUCTING A NATIVE HOUSE. ^iids to do SO. Tho inevi- 
 
 table result is the utter demoralization of the communities which they control. 
 There is no doubt that their evil practices have contributed, as much as any other 
 one cause, towards bringing about the present revolution, and one of the demands 
 of the insurgents has been that the friars should be expelled from the country. 
 
 “ It is true that there exists a large class which has suffered at the hands of 
 the friars wrongs which it is not human to forgive. Spain has purposely kept 
 the natives in ignorance, has prevented them from communicating freely with one 
 another, has removed men who showed capacity and inclination to become 
 
Cauipaigjimg in the Philippines. 
 
 275 
 
 leaders, and has above all, prevented the bringing in of firearms and ammunition. 
 The name of existing codes is legion, and a law-suit under any of them is the 
 worst misfortune that can befall a man; precedent can be found for anything; 
 bribery is universal and justice virtually unknown. Notwithstanding this, it is 
 considered that a larger percentage of the Christian natives can read and write, 
 than the percentage in Spain. 
 
 A BRITISH OPINION OF THE FILIPINOS. 
 
 In a British Consular report on the Philippines are these statements: 
 
 ‘ ‘ Rarely is an intro-tropical people a satisfactory one, but this cannot be said 
 of the Philippine Malay, who, in bodily formation and mental capacities alike, 
 may fairly claim a place not among the middling ones merely, but among the 
 higher ones included in the world’s national scale. He is characterized by a con- 
 centrated, never absent self-respect; an habitual self restraint; a word and deed 
 
 STREET SCENE IN SAN FERNANDO. 
 
 very rarely broken, except when extreme provocation induces the transitory, but 
 fatal frenzy ‘Omuah;’ an inbred courtesy, equally diffused throughout all classes, 
 high or low; by unfailing decorum, prudence, caution, quiet cheerfulness, ready 
 hospitality and correct, though not inventive taste. His family is a pleasing 
 sight; much subordination, and little restraint ; unison in gradation; liberty, not 
 license ; orderly children, respectful parents ; women subject, but not oppressed ; 
 men ruling, but not despotic; reverence, with kindness; obedience in affection. 
 These form a lovely picture, by no means rare in the villages of the eastern isles.” 
 
 The construction and operation of the only steam railway in the islands affords 
 another illustration of the capacity of the natives. The Manila and Dagupan 
 Railway was constructed on a guaranty by the government of an income of eight 
 per cent on the investment, and as the government has never been called upon to 
 liquidate the guaranty, it may be assumed that the investment is a paying one. 
 
Canipai^S!^)ii)ig in the Philippines. 
 
 276 
 
 The road is one hundred and twenty-three miles in length, and extends from 
 Manila, through and along the length of one of the largest, and perhaps the most 
 productive valley in the islands, to Dagupan, a small port on the west coast. It 
 has a good roadbed, well ballasted, elevated some three or four feet above the 
 adjoining land; hardwood ties, and steel rails ; the gauge is three feet six inches. 
 There are some sixteen iron bridges crossing the streams on the course, and the 
 line is almost entirely on the lowlands, in order that it may be accessible in mov- 
 ing the large rice crops which grow in what might be termed the swampy part of 
 the valley. On the higher and dryer land grow the sugar cane and cocoa crops. 
 The line, then, is peculiarly subject to washouts and overflows, common to certain 
 periods of the 3’ear, owing to torrents of rainfall. The construction was begun 
 in 1887, and completed in four years. 
 
 BUSINESS CAPABILITY OF THE NATIVES. 
 
 It goes without saying that a high order of intelligence and great trust- 
 worthiness on the part of the employees of our ordinary American railway is 
 required; and it is apparent that the construction and maintenance of such a line 
 as the Manila and Dagupan Railway, under the circumstances and conditions 
 described, would call for the highest type of these qualities on the part of the 
 employees. 
 
 The railway was built, and has ever since been maintained b}" Filipinos under 
 the supervision of English management. Up to the time of the insurrection 
 there had not been a single loss or accident chargeable to the neglect or want of 
 skill on the part of an employee. There were some twenty-eight stations on the 
 line, and with the exception of three Spanish station agents, all the rest were 
 
 Filipinos. In fact, with 
 the exception of the 
 general manager and a 
 few English overseers, 
 the whole force, clerical 
 and otherwise, were 
 Filipinos. Their apti- 
 tude for this service is 
 a revelation when it is 
 further known that 
 they had no prior train- 
 ing or discipline in the 
 work. It is said that 
 the clerks compare 
 very favorably with the 
 Europeans in the like 
 service. Their wages were six to twenty dollars per month, and this service in- 
 cluded station masters, telegraph operators, conductors, engineers and mechanics, 
 the great bulk of them drawing the lower salaries. This is only one instance 
 of the capacity of the Filipino, and may be an overdrawn statement. Under 
 the restraints attending his position in this conflict he is too exclusive to 
 
 IGRITOS CAPTURED NEAR THE DEPOSITO, ON FEBRUARY 5tH. 
 
CanipaigniHir in the Philippines. 
 
 277 
 
 an American to be by him fairly judged, but we may safely say of him that 
 he is open-handed, capable, cheerful and hospitable. He does not count him- 
 self in his hospitality to the stranger; he never turns one of his kind from his 
 door. If cleanliness is next to godliness he is to be commended; public and private 
 baths are universal, and are daily 
 used by all classes. There is a 
 pretty custom at vespers, which has 
 often been mentioned: “In an 
 instant a hush comes over the home 
 and place; in each house father, 
 mother and children fall on their 
 knees before the image of some saint 
 and repeat their prayers; then, rising, 
 each child kisses the hand of its 
 mother and father and bids a good 
 night; then obeisance is made to his 
 fellow children, and if there is a 
 guest present he is saluted with a 
 bow, and to a white man they 
 usually kneel and kiss his hand.” 
 
 The Filipino is a kind father, a 
 dutiful son. His aged relatives are 
 never allowed to want where there 
 is wherewithal to give, but depend- 
 ents are taken to the home and 
 in all ways share in the living of 
 the family. He is genial with his 
 race; is a natural musician, and 
 loves to sing, dance and be merry. 
 
 Fearless himself, he much admires 
 bravery in others. Such is the kind 
 of people to be subdued in this conflict — persistent, indefatigable, brave. When 
 once the science of arms is known to them it is the consensus of opinion among 
 the volunteers that their subjugation and defeat can only be compassed by great 
 efibrt and sacrifice. 
 
 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS. 
 
 Before turning to the topography of the country in which the campaign has 
 been, and must for a time continue, consideration must be given to the cli- 
 matic conditions under which the war has been and must be waged. “Seis meses 
 de lodo,” — “six months of mud.” “Seis meses de palvo,” — “six months of 
 dust.” “Seis meses de todo,” — “six months of anything.” This is what the 
 Spaniards said after losing twenty-five per cent of their command in fifteen months 
 in the Philippines. While the climate in general is tropical, there is great varia- 
 tion, and this should be apparent when we consider the extreme length of the 
 group, from north to south, their northern limit extending to a point north of the 
 tropical zone ; the ^mriable winds and currents are more or less unlike in their 
 
 NATIVES IN THE INTERIOR OF LUZON. 
 
278 
 
 Ca))ipaigmu{r in the Philippines. 
 
 effects upon different localities differently exposed; and the varying altitudes, from 
 plain to mountain top, should also be considered. We have the mean tempera- 
 ture of three seasons, known as cold, hot, wet, at several places, as follows: 
 
 MEAN TEMPERATURE. 
 
 COLD HOT WKT 
 
 Manila 72 degrees 87 degrees 84 degrees 
 
 Cebu 75 “ 86 “ 75 “ 
 
 Davao 86 “ 88 “ 87 “ 
 
 Sulu 81 “ 82 “ 83 
 
 At Manila the average rainfall yearly is reported to be from seventy-five to 
 one hundred and twent}^ inches; this is small compared with many other localities. 
 In the archipelago of Liano, northeast of Mindanao, the average rainfall is one 
 hundred and forty-two inches. The United States Weather Bureau makes the 
 following computation of weather at Manila, covering a period of thirty-two 
 years : 
 
 TEMPERATURE. 
 
 Mean annual 80 degrees 
 
 Warmest month 82 “ 
 
 Coldest month 79 “ 
 
 Highest temperature 100 “ 
 
 Lowest temperature 60 “ 
 
 Humidity, relative per cent, 78 degrees, absolute grains, per cubic foot, 8.75. 
 
 WIND MOVEMENTS IN MIEES. 
 
 Daily mean 134 
 
 Greatest daily 204 
 
 Least daily 95 
 
 Prevailing wind directions — Northeast, November to April. Southwest, May to October. 
 
 Annual per cent 
 
 CEOUDINESS. 
 
 53 
 
 Total number 
 
 DAYS WITH RAIN. 
 
 135 
 
 RAINFAEE IN INCHES. 
 
 Mean annual 75.43 
 
 Greatest annual 120.98 
 
 Least annual 55.65 
 
 The heated term lasts from March to June, the greatest heat usually being in 
 the month of May, before the wet season. At this time the temperature maximum 
 ranges from 80° to 100°, but most of that time nearer the latter mark. The cool 
 season is most marked, beginning with December and ending with February. 
 During this time the temperature ranges usually from 60° to 65*^ at night, and 
 seldom goes above 75° in the daytime. It should be noted here that the differ- 
 ence in the length of the longest and the shortest day at Manila scarcely exceeds 
 one and one-half hours during the year. The months of November, December, 
 January and February, are set down as “the delightful season” of the year. As 
 a rule the sky is clear, and the weather dry and cool. Among the chief causes 
 superinducing unlike conditions in different localities are the winds and the currents. 
 
CauipaiiTjiinfr in the Philippi)ies. 
 
 279 
 
 THE TYPHOONS. 
 
 There are three well defined classes of wind in the Philippines — the Calla, 
 Nortada and Baguio, the last being more generally known as the typhoon. The 
 Calla usually lasts three days, at the end of which its subsidence is usually percep- 
 tible; during this time, however, it has a varying force, but is constant from a given 
 direction, although generally it has the accompaniments of calms, squalls, and then 
 heavy dashes of rain. The Nortada is as a rule premonitory of an approaching 
 or passing typhoon. It is in the nature of a constant wind, and is most common 
 in the northern portions of the islands. It is in these localities that the typhoon 
 is usually known in its season. This season proper is in the months of July, August 
 and September, although it may be expected any time between May and Novem- 
 ber. Due to causes, not yet definitely known, these 
 terrific wind centers have their origin in the 
 Pacific Ocean, thence take their way 
 across the China Sea, during which ^ 
 
 THK FII.IPINO SEDAN CHAIR. 
 
 Photo hy Lillie. 
 
 time they seem to augment in power and force, striking in their southwesterly 
 course from the northeast, the northernmost parts of the islands. As the summer 
 time passes, their frequency increases, and with this, their track extends south- 
 ward. Their course seldom extends south of 9° North latitude. Such regularity 
 governs the action of these winds that the time of their regular coming at Manila 
 is fixed for the latter part of October or the first of November. It is not the 
 rapidity of the progressive motion of these winds and storms that is alarming, for 
 they have never been known to exceed fourteep miles an hour; their usual speed 
 is eleven or twelve miles per hour; but the spiral or gyrating motion is the 
 destructive force, which seems to draw everything within its path into the vortex 
 of destruction and death. The diameter of this wind circle ranges from forty to 
 one hundred and thirty miles, with an axis or central wind vacuum of eight to 
 fifteen miles. The length of time, then, that this wind or storm may continue at 
 a given place, is usually less than ten hours. At times there is a deluge of rain, 
 and from the low, dark clouds there is emitted a continuous electrical discharge. 
 
280 
 
 Campaio;ninp:; in the Philippines. 
 
 The CJihia Sea Directory treats of the typhoon as follows: “The earliest 
 signs of a t3^phoon are clouds of a cirrus type, looking like fine hair or 
 feathers, or small white tufts of wool, traveling from east or north; a slight 
 rise in the barometer; clear and dry weather and light wind. These signs are 
 
 usually followed by the usual ugly and threatening 
 appearance of the weather which forebodes most 
 storms, and the increasing of the number and severity 
 of the gusts of wind with the rising of the storm. 
 In some cases, one of the earliest signs is a long, 
 heavy swell, and confused sea, which comes from 
 the direction from which the storm is approaching, 
 and travels more rapidly than the storm center. 
 The best and surest warning, however, will be found 
 in the barometer. In every case there is a great 
 barometric disturbance, accordingly, if the barometer 
 falls rapidh^ or even if the regularity of its diurnal 
 variation be disrupted, danger may be apprehended. 
 No positive rule can be given as to the amount of 
 depression to be expected, but at the center of some 
 of the storms, the barometer is said to stand fully 
 two inches lower than outside the storm field. 
 The average barometer gradient near the vortex 
 of the most violent of these storms is said to be 
 rather more than one inch in fifty nautical miles. 
 As the center of the storm is approached, the 
 more rapid become the changes of wind, until at length, instead of its direc- 
 tion altering gradually, as is the case on first entering the storm field, the 
 wind flies around at once to the opposite direction, the sea meanwhile breaking 
 into mountainous and confused heaps. There are instances on record of the wind 
 suddenly falling in the vortex, and the clouds dispersing for a short interval, 
 though the wind soon blows again, with renewed fury.” 
 
 THE OCEANIC CURRENTS. 
 
 The oceanic currents have much to do with climatic conditions in the Philip- 
 pines. What is known as the Equatorial Current, exists between the 26° South, 
 and 24° North. This consists of two mighty currents coming from east to west, 
 on either side of the Equator, while between the two is the great Counter Equa- 
 torial Current, running from west to east, and having an average width of three 
 hundred miles. The Trade Drift which flows to the westward between the parallels 
 of 9° and 20° North, on reaching the eastern shores of the Philippines, again 
 turns to the northward, forming near the northern limit of that group, the com- 
 mencement of the Japan Current; the main body of the current then flows along 
 the east coast of Formosa, and from that island pursues a northeasterly course 
 through the chain of islands lying between Formosa and Japan, and sweeping 
 along the southeastern coast of Japan in the same general direction; it is known 
 to reach the parallel of 50° North. The limits and velocity of the Japan Current 
 
 A CHINESE MESTIZA. 
 
Cauipai^niii^ in the Philippines. 
 
 281 
 
 are considerably influenced by the monsoons in the China Sea, and by the prevail- 
 ing winds in the corresponding seasons in the Yellow-Japan Sea; also by the var- 
 ious drift currents which these periodic winds produce. It is thus easy to infer 
 that the whole Philippine group presents a variable climate. It is told by a party 
 of travelers that they passed a whole year in the Philippines, and at no time were 
 in a locality during a rainfall. The intersection of storm currents by mountain 
 ranges, and the change and alteration of these currents in the seasons, makes 
 this possible. 
 
 UNHEAIvTHFUIvNKSS OF MANILA. 
 
 The salubrity of many localities, including some entire islands, is unquestioned, 
 but Manila and its environments will never be noted as a health resort. Good 
 sanitation will dispel much of the pestilential conditions, but it will always be a 
 marked place of discomfort. Healthfulness did not enter into the question of its 
 founding. When first known by the Spaniards, there was a large center of popu- 
 lation here, and the place was called by the natives, “Manila.” There was 
 another large city at hand, called by the natives, “Tondo,” and under different 
 chiefs. It was then a fortified place, with mounted bronze cannon, but there is 
 no record by whom, or when founded. The Pasig River was on the north, the 
 bay in front, while swamps were south and east. For 
 defense, it was a place easily fortified, and in a large 
 measure made impregnable to the old methods of 
 warfare. The ground is but a trifle above sea-level. 
 
 This place is now known as “Old Manila.” It is a 
 thing remarkable that in all the centuries since the 
 Spaniards have but added to the noisomeness of the 
 place. Internal improvement does not accord with 
 the Spanish mind and Spanish official thrift. Here, 
 with a population approximating 350,000 souls, there 
 is not an artificial sewerage system in the whole place. 
 
 The city depends almost entirely upon nature for 
 sewerage, as the people do largely for a living. A few 
 natural cuts or water-ways, which serve as conduits 
 when there is an overflow caused by excessive rainfall 
 at certain seasons of the year, is the only way of 
 cleansing the city of its filth. The water is so stag- 
 nant that this is only in part washed from the cit3q 
 but the decompositions of the season are left in solu- 
 tion, to impregnate and saturate the soil. When these 
 water-beds become dry, and the black scum covers 
 them over, the exhalation is awful. As a source 
 of pestilence, it is difficult to conceive its equal. 
 
 It is said that the old moat surrounding the Old 
 Manila wall has never been cleansed since the first century of its existence. 
 It was formerly constructed so that it could be flooded through a number of 
 gates, but the gates got out of repair soon after they were built, and as all 
 the revenue was needed b}' the officials in their affairs, the necessary outlay 
 
 A FILIPINO “ BOLO MAN.” 
 
282 
 
 Campaig7img in the Philippuies. 
 
 to put them in repair could not be made ; so for centuries since, the moat 
 has remained uncleansed, and there it is to-day, extending around the city, 
 along the wall, a distance of two and one-quarter miles, a reeking putrescent 
 mass. An apology has been made by the Spanish authorities that it could 
 not be disturbed because of the pestilence it would breed. The sanitary 
 condition of the city, through the work of “ the details,” has been much improved 
 since the American occupation, who did much to rid the city of its putrefaction. 
 
 With a heavy rainfall about one-third of the 
 year and blistering sun the major part of the 
 remainder, health conditions could not be 
 desirable. There are few days in the year 
 when the people are not compelled to remain 
 indoors, avoiding, in a way, the excessive 
 heat during this heated term. Still, this is 
 the headquarters of our army, and for 
 months this army of inactivity was kept 
 bottled up amid these stifling elements of 
 death. This plague-spot has many tribu- 
 taries and ramifications, in which the mili- 
 tary campaign must be made. Directly 
 back of Manila, interior and northward, are 
 the rice-fields, a fact sufficient of itself to 
 account for the long campaign; and for 
 months the army has been largely kept 
 in the trenches, on the march or in battle 
 in this miasmatic place. As was to be 
 expected, there was enervation, exhaustion, 
 debility and death. It is estimated that there are approximately 5,000,000 of the 
 civilized natives. With few exceptions they seem to be hostile to our occupation. 
 Their homes and property, without our lines, ' , largely in the great valley 
 
 extending northward from Manila, and through which the Manila and Dagupan 
 Railway, before mentioned, extends. 
 
 The region of the rice-fields is largely made up of small holdings, 
 and here there is a dense population. Further north, and on the higher 
 ground, of which San Fernando may be called the center, is the sugar-producing 
 region, and beyond this the tobacco country. Nearly all the products of the 
 island are grown in great abundance in this valley and its tributaries. Here is 
 largely centered the wealth of Luzon Island. It may cost much in money and 
 men to take and hold this country. 
 
 COMMERCE OF THE ISLANDS. 
 
 The following compilation is largely from the British Foreign Office report of 
 1897 and a United States Consular report of 1898: 
 
 The export staples from the Philippines are tobacco (manufactured and raw), 
 cocoa, coffee, sugar, Manila hemp, and certain textile fabrics, consisting of baskets, 
 ropes, mats, hats, carriages, musical instruments, pottery and furniture. During 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 283 
 
 the quarter ending December 31, 1897, there were exported to Great Britain and 
 the United States 216,898 bales of hemp (280 pounds to the bale), of which 
 138,798 bales went to the United States and 78,106 bales to Great Britain. During 
 this year the hemp trade increased as follows: To Continental Europe, 19,741 
 bales; to Australia, 2192 bales; to the United States, 133,896 bales. To Great 
 Britain there was a decrease of 22,348 bales. Thus, it will be seen, in this 
 increase the United States is 544 per cent greater than all other countries 
 combined. Of the total export of hemp from these islands for the ten years 
 ending with 1897, amounting to 6,528,965 bales, or 914,055 tons, 41 per cent, 
 went to the United States. During this time sugar was exported from the islands 
 amounting to 151,582,904 tons, of which 875,150 tons went to the United States, 
 666,391 tons to Great Britain and 41,362 tons to Continental Europe. By com- 
 parison, then, it will be seen that 55 per cent went to the United States. English 
 reports estimate the imports into the islands, for the year 1896, at ^10,631,250, 
 and the exports at $20,175,000. The general imports being flour, rice, dress 
 goods, wines, coal and petroleum. 
 
 The following is given for 1897: 
 
 COUNTRY 
 
 Great Britain , 
 Germany, . . . 
 
 France 
 
 Belgium 
 
 United States 
 
 China 
 
 Japan 
 
 IMPORT 
 
 $ 2 , 467,090 
 . 744,928 
 
 , 1 , 794,900 
 272,240 
 162,446 
 108,()80 
 98,782 
 
 EXPORT 
 
 $ 7 , 467,500 
 
 223,700 
 
 1 , 987,900 
 
 45,660 
 
 4 , 982,857 
 
 13,770 
 
 1 , 387,909 
 
 NATURAL PRODUCTS. 
 
 An important item is the vast area of primeval forest. There is not a timber 
 growth essential in any wood work, that is not found here in the very highest 
 stage of excellence. Those in most common use are found in abundance, and 
 with them in like quantities, slj be found ebony, 
 cedar, spanwood, logwood, gumtrees, cocoa, nucifera, 
 bamboo, arcea palm, and two woods, the bonava 
 and malavea, which resist the action of water for 
 centuries. There are over two hundred varieties of 
 wood, and some most excellent for shipbuilding. In 
 the southern isles there are reported to be over fifty 
 varieties of food producing trees. It must not be 
 assumed that these forests are isolated, or inacces- 
 sible; on the contrary, it would perhaps be difficult 
 to find any considerable forest tract that is not 
 easily approachable, either by stream, waterway or 
 otherwise. What then, in the near future, may not 
 be the status of the manufacture of lumber ? And 
 when the vast deposits of coal and iron are utilized, what will be the condition of 
 shipbuilding, now in its infancy? In fact, any art in which wood and iron 
 form an essential part, should soon find rapid growth in the opportunities of the 
 
 “GOOD THING; PUSH IT ALONG.” 
 
 This will only be appreciated by those 
 who have been in Manila. 
 
284 
 
 Caiupaii^nini^ in the Philippines. 
 
 Philippines. Practically, the products include all citrus and many deciduous fruits, 
 and much in plant life indigenous to the country, and not successfully grown else- 
 where, such as Manila hemp. It is not to be said that all these varieties, which 
 enter into our consumption are common to all localities, but that each finds local- 
 ities suitable to its cultivation and growth. Mangoes, plantains, jack-fruits and 
 all the Malayan fruits grow abundantly. 
 
 The hills or higher altitudes are well adapted to stock-raising. There are now 
 in these regions, or rather were before the beginning of the insurrection, great 
 herds of cattle, hogs, horses, buffalo, and many in a wild state. The buffalo, or 
 “Karba,” as called by the Malays, is the beast of common burden. In the wild 
 
 state he is intractable, but 
 domesticated, suits the pur- 
 pose of the natives well. 
 Of a grayish or mouse color, 
 and smaller than our native 
 ox, he is strong and hardy 
 as long as he has his fill of 
 water, and the frequent in- 
 dulgence of a mud bath. 
 He has many peculiarities, 
 one being the shape of the 
 horns, which is much like 
 a three-cornered file, being 
 flat on top. The native 
 horse is small and unseemly, 
 but enduring and strong. 
 Before the outbreak, the 
 best ranged in price from 
 $100 to $150, but the aver- 
 age per pair for ordinary 
 draft purposes, was from 
 $15 to $20. The husbandry, 
 which obtains in the Phil- 
 ippines, is very crude. In 
 the cultivation and manufacture of hemp, sugar and rice, and in all the affairs of 
 agricultural life, the primitive ways of centuries past are still in vogue; the reason of 
 this is due to Spanish design or inertia. When the re-habilitation takes place, and 
 the industries there adopt the science and appliances of modern times, the awaken- 
 ing will be astonishing. Indeed, the business world is already turning its atten- 
 tion to these islands. The ‘ ‘ march of empire ’ ’ is rapidly in the westward trend, 
 and in this we are ourselves active participants. We can easily recur to that time 
 when the Mediterranean was appropriately styled “the mid-earth sea.” The 
 central carrying trade became shifted to the Atlantic Ocean; and now, there is 
 every assurance that this is soon to shift to the Pacific. 
 
 With the decade ending in 1894, the shipping on the Atlantic decreased over 
 130,000 tons, while there was a corresponding increase on the Pacific. Now, 
 
Cauipaigning hi the Philippines. 
 
 285 
 
 the commerce of the Pacific is rapidly increasing, and we can see that with 
 the new era of commercial enterprise, it must soon be immeasurably expanded. 
 The factors promotive of this may be stated in brief. 
 
 What pertains to ourselves may be considered known, but looking beyond this 
 continent we see populations having the Pacific Ocean as a shore line, whose busi- 
 ness interests will revolutionize the future. The carrying trade will have in view 
 a desirable interchange of commodities, and in this, regard will be had to the vast 
 populations bordering on the waters, and to economy in time and distance. 
 
 These populations may be set down as follows: 
 
 The Chinese Empire and Islands 400,000,000 
 
 British Indies and Dependencies 290,000,000 
 
 Japan and Formosa 45,000,000 
 
 Corea and Eastern Siberia 21 ,000,000 
 
 The Malay Peninsula and Siam 9,000,000 
 
 The Philippines, Australasia, Dutch East Indies and the islands of Oceanica 52,000,000 
 The total Western Slope of America 40,000,000 
 
 It is readily seen, estimating the total population of the earth at 1,500,000,000, 
 that more than one-half of it is included in the above enumeration. 
 
 The enormous expenditures in the recent past, in railway and maritime con- 
 struction; the vast outlays in developing natural resources, and other like sums 
 given to commercial and manufacturing enterprises; all these tend towards mak- 
 ing the Pacific the carrying center of the world’s business and traffic. Russia is 
 hastening the completion of the Trans-Siberian Railway, and bending her com- 
 mercial energies to share in this new field. England is directing her colonial 
 enterprises to this end. Japan 
 has arisen from her lethargy of 
 ages. Thirty-five years ago she 
 had not an iron rail, a steamer, 
 or manufactures; now her man- 
 ufactures are in active competi- 
 tion with the best the world 
 produces, and her foreign com- 
 merce, in 1897, amounted to 
 quite $200,000,000. Certainly 
 much must be expected of China, 
 in this behalf. Her richest part 
 is the valley of the Yang-tse- 
 Kiang, covering over 600,000 
 square miles, through which 
 the great river flows to the 
 Pacific. Here we find Shangai, with already an annual foreign trade of 
 $80,000,000. Corea is another instance of rapid growth. A few years ago she 
 had comparitively no foreign trade, but in 1897, this amounted to $11,755,625. 
 The Dutch Colonial Possessions are all in place, and ready to avail themselves of 
 the new trade and traffic. It is easy to see, that soon much of our European traffic 
 will be diverted into this new field, where the consumer is not likewise competitor. 
 
 A YOUNG CHINESE MESTIZO. 
 
280 
 
 Cainpaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 Our relation to this situation, together with that of a home government to its 
 colonies, may be briefly indicated by noting the following: In 1892 our export 
 trade to China amounted, in round numbers, to $9,600,000, and in 1896 this had 
 
 increased to $17,675,000. The English 
 say the Americans have an aptitude 
 for manufacturing what the market 
 demands, while they (the English) 
 manufacture what they think the 
 people ought to have. This seems to 
 be supported by the facts. 
 
 Our exports have increased in the 
 last six years from 15 to 20 per cent, 
 which is not equaled in the English 
 trade. Our total exports for 1898 were 
 $1,277,000,000. Since 1888 and includ- 
 ing 1897, Great Britain, Germany, 
 France, Spain and the British colonies 
 have lost in exports $1,518,127,850, 
 and during this time the United States 
 gained $270,000,901. 
 
 England, it is estimated, controls 
 practically 22 per cent of the entire area 
 of the globe and 27 per cent of the population of the world, and has about 55 per 
 cent of the carrying tonnage; still she lost in exports $566,000,000, or 7)4 per 
 cent of her export trade; but in her exports to her colonies she lost 10 per cent 
 of this trade, or $200,000,000. 
 
 Our exports to the Philippines for the past eighteen years average less than 
 $130,000 yearly, this being from 1880 to and including 1897. For the last year, 
 as shown by the Treasury Department Report, it was $127,804. Comparing this 
 with our world’s business, it is about 1-100 of 1 per cent. 
 
 MINING INDUSTRIES. 
 
 Much has been said of the mining interests in the islands, but at present these 
 are almost unknown. However, there is sufficient information to justify explora- 
 tion, when conditions will permit, although no one now seems to be possessed of 
 absolute knowledge of the mines. Perhaps a reason may be found for this in the 
 early accounts of De Morga. He says: 
 
 “All the islands are rich in gold washings, and in ore of this metal, which the 
 natives extract and work; although, since the Spaniards are in the country, they 
 proceed more slowly with this, contenting themselves with what they already have 
 got in jewels, and from a far distant time, and inherited from their predecessors, 
 which is a large quantity; for he must be a very poor and wretched person who 
 does not possess any chains of gold, bracelets and earrings. In the province of 
 Camarines, Paracali, they work some washings and mines where there is good gold 
 upon copper, also in Ylocos, this merchandise is dealt in, because at the edge and 
 back of the province, which is on the edge and coast of the sea, there are some 
 
 CELEBRATING AGUINALDO’S ELECTION AT MALOLOS. 
 
Campaigning -in the Philippines. 
 
 287 
 
 high and craggy mountain ranges, which run as far as Cagayan, on the slopes of 
 which many islanders dwell. These are not yet subdued, nor has any entrance 
 been made amongst them; they are named Ygorrotes. These possess rich mines, 
 many of them gold upon silver. From these they only extract as much as they 
 require for their wants, and they descend with this gold, without completing its 
 refinement, or bringing it to perfection, to trade with the Ylocos in certain places, 
 where they exchange the gold for rice, swine, buffalo, wraps and other things, in 
 which they are deficient; and the Ylocos finish the refining of it and getting it 
 ready, and by their means it is distributed over the whole country. 
 
 “And although steps have been taken with these Ygorrotes to discover their 
 mines, and how they work them, and the method they possess for extracting the 
 metal, there has been no means of kqowing it, because they are apprehensive of 
 the Spaniards who would go to look them up, for the sake of their gold, and they 
 say they keep it better taken care of in the earth than in their houses. 
 
 “In the other islands there is the same plenty of mines and gold washings, 
 especially in the Pintadoes River of Botuan in Mindanao, and in Sulu, where a 
 mine is worked and good gold extracted, named Taribon, and if the industry and 
 labor of the Spaniards were applied to working the gold mines, as much would be 
 extracted from any of these isles as from the other provinces in the rest of the 
 world, but attending to other gains more than to this, as will be said in its place, 
 this was not attempted with design or purpose.” 
 
 lyieut. Wilkes, before quoted, having been in charge of government explora- 
 tions for many years, is certainly an authority. He was in the islands nearly 
 sixty years ago, in the same service, and says of the mines: “There are many 
 valuable mines of gold, lead, copper and iron, besides coal; and the geological 
 formation indicated a large area of these ores and deposits;” and concludes: 
 “With such mineral resources, and a soil capable of producing the most varied 
 vegetation of the tropics, a liberal policy is all the country lacks.” 
 
 SAN JACINTO STREET, MANILA. 
 
 Showing the office of Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 (Mr. Faust in center with umbrella.) 
 
MAP SHOWING THE DIFFERENT STEAMSHIP ROUTES BETWEEN SAN FSANCISCO AND MANILA, 
 
THE VOYAGE FROM SAN FRANCISCO TO MANILA. 
 
 DESCRIPTION of the Philippine Islands would be unsatisfac- 
 tory without reference to what must necessarily be considered 
 in their connection — the trip to the islands. The great 
 distance separating these islands from our Western Coast adds 
 an especial interest to what is already an absorbing subject, in 
 very much the same manner that distance lends enchantment 
 to the view, and the voyage of nearly 17,000 miles from San 
 Francisco to Manila and return is a feature of not the least 
 importance. It seems appropriate, therefore, that the writer 
 should give a brief description of the trip made for the purpose of obtaining infor- 
 mation contained in this book, which, by the way of calling up pleasant memories, 
 becomes a very agreeable task. 
 
 After having decided to make the trip the next question to be considered was, 
 which steamship line offered the best inducements to the prospective tourist. It 
 was found, after a careful investigation of the various routes, that the Occidental 
 and Oriental Steamship Company’s terms and accommodations were the most 
 satisfactory, and passage was secured at their office. No. 421 Market street, San 
 Francisco, on the steamer Gaelic, sailing from San Francisco, December 24, 1898. 
 
 The route of travel between San Francisco and Manila is via Honolulu, Yoko- 
 hama and Hongkong, the latter city being the terminus of this Steamship 
 Company’s Line. Connections are made with steamers running between Hongkong 
 and Manila, and through tickets are sold by this company from San Francisco to 
 Manila as follows: First-class cabin passage, one way, $261.00; four months 
 round trip, $397.50; twelve months round trip, $453.75. All passengers holding 
 cabin tickets, who desire to lay over at Honolulu or at any port of call in Japan 
 and China, are at liberty to do so and resume their journey by any steamer of 
 either the Occidental and Oriental, Pacific Mail or the Toyo Kisen Kaisha Steam- 
 ship Companies. 
 
 Families of United States army and naval officials, also missionaries and their 
 families and servants accompanying same, are accorded special rates. Cabin pas- 
 sengers are allowed to carry 350 pounds of baggage free. The distance between 
 San Francisco and Hongkong via the above-described route is 7579 miles, and it 
 takes twenty-eight days to make the trip. From Hongkong to Manila the dis- 
 tance is 850 miles, which is made in about three and a half days. 
 
 One would naturally suppose it would require a good deal of preparation for 
 such a long voyage, but upon inquiring at the steamship company’s office you 
 are advised to take no unnecessary baggage, and divest yourself of all non-essen- 
 tials in wardrobe or personal effects, except such as are necessary for ordinary use. 
 Of course, customs change in the Orient, but your wants can be supplied much 
 
 19b 
 
290 
 
 Campaigjnng in the Philippines 
 
 cheaper there than here. W^hen settled down on board you will find yourself sur- 
 rounded with all the luxuries of a first-class hotel in one of these splendidly 
 equipped steamers, and you are not long on the voyage when you commence to 
 have a home-like feeling, which is hard to shake off when you find all too soon 
 that you are obliged to bid farewell to your pleasant environments. 
 
 The scene at the Steamship Company’s dock on the day of departure of one 
 of their trans-Pacific liners is at once novel and interesting. The custom officials 
 are busy marshaling on board the hundreds of Chinese, who constitute a large 
 percentage of the human freight carried by these steamers. The Gaelic on this 
 trip carried over 4e50 “Celestials,” who occupied a portion of the ship especially 
 set apart for them, and are, therefore, not brought in contact with the cabin pas- 
 sengers in any way that is offensive. Passengers who have not already had their 
 baggage checked are rustling around attending to this important duty, assisted 
 by obliging and courteous employees. Friends of the passengers form an inter- 
 esting feature of the crowd which is always present to watch the departure of one 
 of these vessels. It was particularly noticeable on this occasion, as Tieut. Hobson, 
 the hero of the Merrimac, was to be one of the passengers, and the esteem in 
 which this gentleman is held by his admiring countrymen and “countrywomen” 
 was shown by the great throng which had gathered at the dock to catch a glimpse 
 of him and, if possible, shake his hand and wish him a pleasant voyage. The 
 autograph and kodak “fiends” were well represented, and the gallant and oblig- 
 ing Lieutenant had much difficulty in elbowing his way through the crowd to the 
 ship, shaking many hands and leaving his autograph on many slips of paper 
 thrust before him. 
 
 The chorus of good-byes shouted back and forth soon make us realize that we 
 are slowly backing away from the dock, and, as the ship swings around and points 
 her bows toward the setting sun, we remember that it will be many moons before 
 we can hope to again see those left behind. Out through the Golden Gate, past 
 the light-ship, and we are on the great Pacific Ocean, steering a course for 
 the Hawaiian Islands. 
 
 The trip from San Francisco to Honolulu has been described as “drifting to 
 paradise on an even keel.” Whether the expression originated with some enter- 
 prising real estate dealer of Honolulu, or is the product of a bard of modern lore, 
 we are unable to say, but, after having made the trip, one must become convinced 
 that there is at least as much truth as poetry in the statement. Certainly no 
 ocean voyage could be more delightful than this, and it would be difficult to 
 imagine any combination of earth, sea and sky that would better represent the 
 average mortal’s idea of an earthly paradise than that which unfolded itself in 
 these beautiful islands of tne sea. Masters in the art of word-painting have sung 
 their praise in poetry and prose; yet, after beholding this marvelous work of 
 nature, one can but realize the inadequacy of words to describe this “ Paradise of 
 the Pacific.” 
 
 Our life is much as we make it, whether aboard ship or elsewhere. After find- 
 ing yourself pleasantly ensconced in one of the light and airy cabins for which 
 these ships are justly famous, if you are like the rest, you soon join the genial 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 291 
 
 throng and become one of them. On the Gaelic there was a continued overflow of 
 this exhuberance, and acquaintance speedily ripened into friendship, the memories 
 of which will be life long. 
 
 Our cabin passenger list, as is usually the case with the vessels of this line^ 
 ran up to the ship’s full complement, and while the different walks of life were 
 represented, the highly cultured class predominated. As it is desirable to have 
 the best associations during this long voyage, one should be careful where he 
 pitches his tent. The real luxuries of life are less in food supplies and physical 
 comforts than in the satiation of our mental desires. 
 
 The courtesies of the ship were soon marked by the whole cabin. From 
 genial Capt. Finch down through the gradation of attendants there was appar- 
 
 NUUANU AVENUE, HONOLULU. 
 
 ently nothing left undone that would add to the welfare and comfort of the 
 passengers. A good library supplies the best literature, and a piano, organ and 
 music-boxes furnish opportunity for those musically inclined to gratify their tastes. 
 Games for upper deck, such as shuffle-board, quoits, etc., are provided, and an 
 obliging attendant is always at hand to supply your slightest wish. 
 
 All the passengers, as a rule, participated in these sports, and even the venera- 
 ble Dr. Allen, who, for forty years, has served as a missionary in China, and 
 during this time has crossed the Pacific a dozen or more times, seemed to forget 
 that he had passed the three-score-and-ten mark, and joined in the games with 
 
I 
 
 STKAMSHIP . “ GAKLIC.” 
 
 420 feet long ; 4500 gross tonnage. 
 
Campai^ryiing in the Philippines. 
 
 293 
 
 as much enthusiasm as the two little girls who called him Santa Claus. Lieut. 
 Hobson was always ready to join the party, and we found him a very agreeable 
 and interesting traveling companion. His unassuming manners and gentlemanly 
 conduct won for him the esteem of all on board, and the charming young lady 
 from Georgia voiced the sentiments of us all when she said that “ he was just 
 the nicest gentleman that she ever did see.” 
 
 We must not forget to speak of the ample provision made for supplying the 
 desires of the inner man. To say that this far exceeded our expectations is but 
 to poorly express our appreciation of the excellent fare served on the Gaelic. To 
 give the reader an opportunity to judge, for himself, we print one of the daily 
 dinner bills of fare. 
 
 DINNER 
 
 Eastern Oysters on Half Shell 
 
 Celery Anchovy Toast Olives 
 
 SOUPS 
 
 Green Turtle Consomme 
 
 FISH 
 
 Boiled Salmon, Parsley Sauce 
 entrees 
 
 Kidney, Vol au Vent Haricot Ox Tail 
 Quail on Toast Peach Fritters 
 
 BOIEED 
 
 Mutton, Caper Sauce Calf’s Head, Brain Sauce 
 
 Ham, Champagne Sauce 
 
 ROASTS 
 
 Sirloin of Beef, Yorkshire Pudding 
 Turkey, Cranberry Sauce Suckling Pig, Apple Sauce 
 
 VEGETABEES 
 
 Cauliflower Green Peas 
 
 Maitre d’ Hotel and Boiled Potatoes 
 
 PUDDING AND PASTRY 
 
 English Plum Pudding, Hard and Brandy Sauce 
 
 Compote of Pears 
 
 
 Apple and Mince Pies 
 
 Candy Assorted Cake 
 
 
 
 dessert 
 
 
 Apples 
 
 Oranges 
 
 Bananas 
 
 Pineapples 
 
 Nuts and Raisins 
 
 Figs 
 
 Crackers 
 
 Coffee and Tea 
 
 Cheese 
 
 The Chinese servants, dressed in their long blue or white robes, move 
 noiselessly about, and seem to know intuitively your every wish, and before you 
 have reached the journey’s end you are convinced that there are no better ser- 
 vants than those on these steamers. 
 
 It is such surroundings as those described above that make life on board one 
 of these splendid modern steamers, “one continual round of pleasure,” and 
 it is not to be wondered at that by the time the journey’s end is reached you feel 
 like a new being, and treasure up in your store-house of memories this most 
 delightful experience and leave the ship with feelings not unmingled with regret 
 
294 
 
 Cai)ipaif^ni7ig in the Philippines. 
 
 After six da^^s of this kind of life, land is sighted, which proves to be Diamond 
 Head, and now we have reached the famous Paradise of the Pacific. There is a 
 charm about the Hawaiian Islands which increases with your sta^^ The delight- 
 ful langor of a restful repose is the first pleasing emotion of a visitor to these 
 islands, and he then easily finds himself en rapport with his surroundings. The 
 climate is so equable that one scarcely notices the change of seasons. For 
 instance, the morning temperature at six o’clock, for the year, runs from 67 to 75 
 degrees, a variation of eight degrees. The noon temperature, from 72 to 84 
 degrees, and the evening, nine o’clock, from 63 to 76 degrees. The rainfall at Hono- 
 lulu averages twenty-five inches a year. On other parts of the island the rainfall 
 is very heavy, while in others it is much less. The Hawaiian archipelago con- 
 sists of about twenty islands, the entry ports of any note being Honolulu, on 
 Oahu; Hilo, on Hawaii, and Kahului, on Maui. The resources of the country 
 
 are now in process of rapid development, 
 and if the traveler has the time the situ- 
 ation will well repay his consideration. 
 The population of Honolulu, prior to 
 annexation, was about 25,000, but this is 
 rapidly increasing, and the English 
 language is generally understood. One 
 will want to see the Punch Bowl Hill, 
 an extinct crater — a few minutes’ walk 
 from the hotel. Go from this to Mount 
 Tantalus, where you reach an altitude of 
 2000 feet, and the view covers a large 
 area. Mount Konahuanui has an altitude 
 of 4000 feet, from the summit of which 
 the island of Oahu may be viewed. All 
 these tours take the traveler through a 
 country grandly picturesque, and in which 
 the flora is bewilderingly beautiful. It 
 takes about ten days to make the trip. 
 Waikiki is the bathing resort. This is 
 some three miles distant from Honolulu. It is said that no one has had the 
 full luxury of a sea bath unless he has laved himself in the sea at Waikiki. 
 
 After spending a most delightful day in Honolulu, we reluctantly returned to 
 the ship, regretting that circumstances would not permit us to take advantage of 
 the stop-over privilege which cabin passengers are entitled to. As if to more 
 firmly rivet the chains which Honolulu’s natural charms have placed about the 
 admiring tourist, young ladies are at the dock with garlands of flowers which 
 they place about the necks of passengers, and a native band plays some of their 
 weird pathetic music, which adds a peculiar fascination not easy to shake off. As 
 the steamer backs away from the dock the passengers join in singing “Some Day 
 I’ll Wander Back Again,’’ and you sincerely hope that Providence may so direct your 
 footsteps. The usual schedule time from Honolulu to Yokohama, is ten days. The 
 voyage is largely a repetition of the trip dowm to Honolulu. Friendships become 
 
Cauipaiirnin^ in the Philippines. 
 
 295 
 
 more cemented, and the ties are more and more like those of the family group. 
 The first glimpse of the “Island Empire” is had at Yokohama. This is the 
 largest of the treaty ports, and practically the port of Tokio. If you are bent 
 upon a thorough inspection of this new wonderland, you quit the steamer at 
 Yokohama, and with the stop-over ticket, proceed through the interior, by 
 rail, to the temples and shrines, and many places of absorbing interest. A little 
 note on climate that you may prepare yourself accordingly. To speak generally, 
 the summer is hot, with occasional rains, and during September and a part of 
 October very wet. Beginning late in autumn, and through the first part of win- 
 ter it is delightfully cool and dry. February and March are variable with more or 
 less snow, and in the late spring, considerable rain and high winds are interspersed 
 with beautiful days. For thirteen years the mean temperature was 56.5°. The 
 lowest, January, 36.7°. Highest, August, 77.9°. Mean rainfall 58.33". Num- 
 ber of rainy days 138.7, and days with snow 8.5. 
 
 Japan has been called “the pleasure ground of the universe,” and it is said 
 one always leaves the country with regrets, no matter how short or long his stay. 
 Dr. Dresser said, while exploring the country: “I am getting weary of beauty 
 and I am weary of writing of the beautiful.” Percival Lowell says: “ In the soul 
 of the far East, the Japanese makes love to Nature, and it almost seems as if 
 Nature heard his silent prayer and smiled upon him in acceptance, as if the love- 
 light lent her face the added beauty that it lends the maids. For nowhere in this 
 world probably is she lovelier than in Japan. A climate of long happy means 
 and short extremes. Months of spring, and months of autumn, with but a few 
 weeks of winter in be- 
 tween ; a land of flowers 
 where the lotus and the 
 cherry, the plum and 
 wistaria grow wantonly 
 side by side ; a land 
 where the bamboo em- 
 bosoms the maple ; where 
 the pine at last has found 
 its palm tree, and the 
 tropic and temperate zone 
 forget their separating 
 identity in one long self- 
 obliterating kiss.” 
 
 Japan “can be done” 
 in three weeks, but three 
 months is preferable. It 
 is best also if you want 
 the best of everything to start on an excursion in the morning and avoid night 
 travel. Of course one must be armed with a passport, for this is in constant 
 requisition. An excellent view of Yokohama and its approaches is had from 
 Noge-Yama. Here are various shrines such as the Shinto God of Akiha, the 
 great Buddhist God and the Sun Goddess of Ise. 
 
 JAPANESE P-LOWER MERCHANT. 
 
296 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 It is eighteen miles from Yokohama to Tokio, the capital. The journey is made 
 by rail in fifty minutes. It was the first railroad built in Japan and was opened in 
 1872. Tokio has good hotel accommodations and is the center of the trade in 
 curios. On the road hither from Yokohama an excellent view of Fujiyama, the 
 
 highest mountain peak in 
 Japan may be had. It is 
 12,400 feet high. At Neno 
 Park the Cherry Blossom 
 festival is held each year in 
 April. If the traveler re- 
 turns to Yokohama he may 
 go by steamer to Kobe, the 
 distance being 348 miles. 
 If he goes by rail the dis- 
 tance is 376 miles. Most 
 travelers go by rail as they 
 may thus visit Osaka, 
 Kyoto, Nagoya and other 
 desirable places en route. 
 The road runs through a 
 densely populated region 
 and these cities are among 
 the chief in the Empire. Kobe is the center for travelers, being situated accessible 
 to the great Inland Sea and also communicating by rail with the interior important 
 cities. The famous landscape gardens are in this region, and numerous temples of 
 antiquity, while the scenic effects are incomparable. Take Biwa is a national resort. 
 It is 36 miles long by 12 miles wide, has an elevation of 340 feet and its depth is 
 325 feet. The oldest Buddhist temple in Japan is found near here and has many 
 relics of antiquity. The bronze work in these temples is very elaborate. In one 
 the bell was cast in 732, contains 37 tons of metal, is 14 feet high, 9 feet in 
 diameter and 8^ inches thick at the edges. 
 
 The Inland Sea of Japan is famous the world over. Its length is 240 miles, 
 and is studded with beautiful islands, similar in contour and aspect to those in the 
 St. Lawrence and Puget Sound. It is justly styled the most magnificent sheet of 
 water in the known world. It narrows in places so that two ships can hardly pass, 
 and from the time the steamer enters it, through the Straits of Akashi until she 
 goes out through the Straits of Shimonoseki, it is one gorgeous panorama, a verit- 
 able sailing through “ fairy -land.” The islands and country are in a high state of 
 cultivation and the whole scene is so emblazoned with grandeur that the travelers 
 quit their meals and feast their souls on the beauties of their surroundings. 
 
 Emerging into the open sea from the Straits of Shimonoseki a detour is made 
 southward, where Nagasaki is reached. The steamer remains here usually one 
 day for the purpose of coaling, and this is done by men, women and children with 
 small baskets. The adults standing in a row passing the basket along the line 
 from one to the other to the boat, the children gathering up the empty baskets. 
 The women receive for this work nine cents a day and the men twelve cents. The 
 
 SWIMMING TANK ON THE “GAELIC.” 
 
Campai^7iing in the Philippines. 
 
 297 
 
 largest engineering and ship-building works in the far East are situated here, also 
 the Tategami dock, cut out of solid rock and costing over $1 ,000,000. It is avail- 
 able for the largest ships afloat, and is a remarkable piece of workmanship. 
 
 The distance from Nagasaki to Shanghai is about 400 miles, and Shanghai from 
 Hongkong about 870 miles. Shanghai is termed the “Paris of the far East” 
 because of its pleasures and social gaities. Its population is about 400,000 with 5000 
 foreigners. It is the largest treaty port in China. Usually the traveler takes a 
 stop-over trip at Shanghai, partly because of the sights there and because he wishes 
 to see the great city of Peking, about 80 miles inland, and the distance is 
 covered in less than four hours. There are fine roads and beautiful drives in this 
 region and a very profitable stay can be made in the study of the antiquities, habits 
 and customs of the people. Peking became the capital of China in 1491 and its 
 present population is placed anywhere between 1,000,000 and 1,750,000. The 
 natives call the city Ching. It is surrounded by walls, the outer of which is dis- 
 tant about 130 yards and runs parallel to the city. Then high walls and open 
 spaces surround the inside of the Imperial City of Peking and separate it entirely 
 from the city itself. The great wall of China is 45 miles from the city, and 
 the road leading to the nearest part is paved with solid granite slabs 10 feet long. 
 The city and its surroundings are replete with curiosities, and well worth a visit. 
 
 It is about four days by steamer from Shanghai to Hongkong. Hongkong 
 is styled the “Revelation” owing to its development since the incoming 
 of the English in 1841. In that year the Island of Hongkong was ceded to 
 Great Britain by China, the island then having a population of 2000, consisting 
 of Puntis, Aboriginees, Hakkas, or strangers from the highlands, and the Hoklos, 
 hailing from the coast ports of the North. The island is about three miles in 
 width and twelve miles in 
 length. It now has a popu- 
 lation approximating 250,- 
 000 and is cosmopolitan in 
 appearance. Those j ourney- 
 ing to the Philippines 
 usually want to spend about 
 three days on their outward 
 trip, viewing the many in- 
 teresting sights in and 
 around Hongkong, and 
 should by all means take a 
 flying trip up to Canton, 
 which is reached in about 
 seven hours by boat. Here 
 is found the temple of Ho- 
 nan, the finest temple in 
 China, with its gardens, in the kitchen department of which there is a Colum- 
 barium similar to the one discovered at Pompeii. A Buddhist monastery and 
 nunnery with water clock 800 years old and the five-storied Pagoda are also 
 here. Another day is usually given to Maco where great gambling games 
 
EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR VIEWS ON BOARD THE “GAFJJC/ 
 
Cmnpaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 299 
 
 similar in style to those at Montecarlo are carried on. At Hongkong we bid 
 good-bye to the good ship Gaelic., genial Captain Finch and his courteous officers 
 and each one prepares to go his own way, and in winding up this short descrip- 
 tion of a most charming sea voyage, the writer feels it incumbent upon him to 
 say that all the promises made by the steamship officials were more than fulfilled, 
 and this was the concensus of opinion throughout the ship. 
 
 From Hongkong to Manila, the distance as heretofore stated, is about 850 
 miles and the trip is made in about three and one-half days. The China Sea is 
 well known to be a body of rough water and you do not look forward with much 
 pleasurable anticipation of the trip. How- 
 ever, it has to be made, and your first inquiry 
 is, which of the steamship lines have the 
 safest and best boats. There are several small 
 boats running to Manila, and if you happen 
 to be a passenger on one of these in some of 
 the storms which are quite frequent in this 
 latitude, you may not only have occasion to 
 regret your experience, but there is also 
 actual danger to life. It is generally the 
 wisest and best in such cases to patronize an 
 old established company as they all usually 
 know by experience the existing conditions 
 and are prepared for emergencies. The 
 events of the past year in the Philippine 
 Islands have caused a good deal of travel to 
 Manila and this has made the steamship busi- 
 ness unusually brisk and as a result a number 
 of boacs have been taken off other routes that 
 are less profitable and put upon this one. 
 
 The oldest firm operating a line of steamers 
 between Hongkong and Manila is Warren, 
 
 Barnes & Company. We took passage on 
 their steamer Esmeralda and have never had 
 occasion to regret the choice. Of course the 
 change in our surroundings was quite notice- 
 able as compared with those we had been accustomed to on the good old Gaelic^ but 
 as compared with some of the boats of the other steamship companies we think we 
 were very fortunate in making the choice. The sea was very choppy and rough 
 and although we had experienced only slight symptoms of seasickness in crossing 
 the Pacific Ocean we are willing to admit that there were only two occasions when 
 we answered the call of the dinner bell, once before the steamer left the harbor of 
 Hongkong and the other after we were inside Manila Bay. 
 
 As we enter the historical waters of Manila Bay, past the guns which frown 
 upon us from Fraile Rock and the forts on Corregidor Island, w^e remember with 
 a thrill of admiration that a little less than a year ago a very unassuming Com- 
 modore in the American Navy, with his slim fleet entered these same waters, 
 
300 
 
 Campaignmg hi the Philippines. 
 
 silenced these guns, and passing on up the bay engaged and entirely destroyed 
 the proud Spanish fleet which were there awaiting him and by this act changed 
 the theater of war and focused the e3"es of the world upon these islands in this 
 remote corner of the globe — when we remember all this we are proud to pay 
 homage to America’s greatest hero in the late war with Spain — Admiral George 
 Dewey 
 
 MONUMENT NEAR MALATE, SHOWING EFFECTS 
 OF MAUSER BULLETS. 
 
SUPPLEMENT. 
 
 THE STAFF DEPARTMENTS OF THE ARMY. 
 
 T he attention of the public is so much occupied with the fighting portion of the army — 
 known as “the line” — that it usually gives little thought to those less prominent, but 
 equally essential services which feed and clorhe the army, transport it from place to place, 
 care for the wounded and sick, minister to its moral and spiritual needs, arrange its fortifica- 
 tions and build its bridges and roads. The following is intended to give some idea of the nature 
 of these services, which are performed by a number of departments, collectively known as “ the 
 staff.” Officers of the very highest ability are selected for staff service. Any brave man can 
 fight, but the number is comparatively limited who have the organizing and executive ability 
 required for carrying on business upon the enormous scale requisite for the support of a large 
 army. In time of war it is sometimes very difficult to keep these able officers in the compara- 
 tively obscure positions of the staff. They wish to be on the fighting line. In time of peace 
 they are best satisfied where they are. 
 
 THE ENGINEER CORPS. 
 
 The planning and construction of the national defenses and the operations of an army in 
 the field require a great amount of skilled work, which must be directed by the highest intel- 
 ligence. Scholarship, especially in mathematics, is an essential prerequisite for the engineer 
 service, and a certain number of the graduates of West Point who stand highest in scholarship 
 are assigned to the Engineer Corps. In times of peace this is the most desirable assignment in 
 the army, as the construction of harbor defenses and of river and harbor improvements, which 
 are also usually directed by engineer officers, commonly goes on in the neighborhood of large 
 cities, where conditions of life are most agreeable. In time of war, however, it is different, as 
 the engineers, while quite as much exposed as those of other branches of the service, and 
 engaged in the most arduous labor, are not in the line of promotion to high command, and 
 have little hope of attaining the great military reputation which is the dream of all soldiers. 
 
 The chief of engineers is a Brigadier-General, and is stationed at Washington. All plans 
 and estimates for the construction of national works pass through his office for approval before 
 being submitted to Congress for authorization, and he makes the details of engineer officers for 
 service in all parts of the country. When an army takes the field there is a chief of engineers 
 attached to the staff of the commanding general, and also, usually, to Division Headquarters. 
 Other engineer officers are assigned as occasion demands, it being necessary that every body 
 of troops moving independently in an enemy’s country should be accompanied by a skilled 
 engineer. As all West Point graduates, however, have had instruction in engineering, it is 
 not always necessary that engineer officers should be detailed for the purpose. 
 
 THE BATTAEION OF ENGINEERS. 
 
 In time of peace the construction force for government works can usually be employed on 
 the spot, when necessary, although for the most part such works are executed by civilian con- 
 tractors, but such operations as the mining of harbors, torpedo work, quick bridge building, 
 trench and fort construction in the field, reconnaissance and quick map making, require not 
 only skilled direction, but a force of trained men for execution. For this purpose, there is con- 
 stantly maintained a battalion of engineers whose headquarters are at Willets Point, on Long 
 Island, a few miles from New York City. Here the men are trained in all kinds of engineering 
 work, and kept in constant readiness for military operations. In peace, the strength of each 
 
302 
 
 Cajfipaij^ning' in the Philippines. 
 
 of the four companies of the battalion is kept at about eighty enlisted men, but in war time the 
 company is filled up to one hundred and twenty. There is the regular company and battalion 
 complement of officers, and the battalion is armed and drilled as infantry, doing its work in 
 the field under arms, and serving as infantry as occasion requires. 
 
 THE ENGINEER CORPS IN THE PHILIPPINES. 
 
 During the Philippine campaign, Lieutenant-Colonel Charles L. Potter has been Chief of 
 Engineers, on the staff of Major-General Otis, commanding the Corps, and Maj. J. F. Bell, upon 
 the staff of Gen. MacArthur, commanding the 2d Division. Lieut. Edward L. King of the 
 8th Cav., has acted as Chief of Engineers, on the staff of Gen. Lawton, commanding the 2d 
 Division. Lieut. W. G. Haan of the 3d Art., was in command of the company of the Engineer 
 Corps until March 8, 1899, in which capacity he repeatedly distinguished himself. He was 
 succeeded by Capt. Francis R. Shunk. Other engineer officers were detailed for various ser- 
 vices as occasion required. 
 
 THE QUARTERMASTER’S DEPARTMENT. * 
 
 The duties of the Quartermaster’s Department are to provide means of transportation of 
 every character which may be needed in the movement of troops and the materials of war. It 
 furnishes clothing, camp and garrison equipage, barracks, store-houses and other buildings for 
 the accommodation of soldiers. Under the direction of the engineers it constructs and repairs 
 roads, telegraph lines, railways and bridges; it charters ships and boats, docks and Wxiarves 
 needed for military purposes. Moreover, all the disbursing of civil funds to pay for the fore- 
 going is done through this department. The work of the Quartermaster’s Department in the 
 field is well illustrated by the efficiency with which, assisted by details of skilled mechanics 
 from the volunteer regiments, it rose to an emergency in the Philippine campaign. Lieutenant- 
 Colonel James W. Pope, has until quite recently, served as Chief Quartermaster in the Philip- 
 pines, and has received great commendation for his efficiency. 
 
 OPERATING A RAILROAD. 
 
 After the fight of Saturday night and Sunday, February 5th and 6th, it was found that the 
 last engine on the Manila and Dagupan Railroad had gone north and through the lines, con- 
 veying M. Haggin (the Superintendent of the road) into the insurgent lines. The road was 
 thus rendered valueless to the American forces, while the insurgents were able to use it to their 
 own very great advantage. Matters remained in this unsatisfactory shape until the night of 
 Friday, February lOth, when Gen. MacArthur advanced and took Caloocan. Maj. C. A. Devol, 
 Transportation Quartermaster, obtained Corp. J. J. Haish, 20th Kansas, an old Rock Island 
 railroad man, to follow and see what could be found at the Caloocan round house. The 
 Corporal appeared the next morning with a small yard engine, crew and all, fired and ready for 
 work. The round house was found to contain three large engines, more or less disabled, and 
 two small ones. The insurgents could readily have permanently disabled these engines and thus 
 seriously crippled the American advance, but probably not realizing the ready ingenuity of the 
 American soldier, they thought that an engine taken apart and resting on jacks was not of 
 service. As the insurgent lines were just beyond Caloocan and firing almost continuous, Gen. 
 Otis directed the five engines brought down at once to Manila that night, if possible. Maj. 
 Devol at once proceeded with all available railroad men to the shops at Caloocan, and 
 during the afternoon repaired and fired the least disabled engine, intending to pull the others 
 down. Steam was not gotten up until after dark, and then all hands stood around while the 
 engineer opened the throttle to see if she would work. Slowly and majestically she ran out of 
 the house and up the track amid a general sigh of relief, when a crash and dismal rattle told 
 experienced men that she had gone off the track. It was a bad derailment, and time was 
 precious. Jacks, lanterns, pins, etc. were finally found, and after about seven hours’ hard work she 
 was on, and ran into Manila at three o’clock in the morning. The engines were repaired one 
 after another. The 20th Kansas and 1st Montana furnished invaluable aid in the services of 
 
 *The work of the Quartermaster’s Department in San Francisco has been very fully described in Chapter 
 IV, in connection with the movement of the troops to the Philippines. 
 
CcDHpai^^'ninz in fhe Philippines. 
 
 303 
 
 their railroad men These men didn’t like to leave the firing line, but there is something about 
 railroading that makes an old railroad man long to get back on an engine again, if only for a 
 time, and as the engines, whenever they appeared, were usually saluted V)y a long range 
 fire from the insurgent lines, they carry to this day marks of the Mauser bullet. The train 
 crew did not have a chance to worry much about not being on the firing line. The train service 
 settled into a steady routine supply of Gen. Mac Arthur’s Division at Caloocan, until his 
 advance on his long march to San Fernando. As soon as he had passed the Friageus River it 
 was found that the track was torn up across the bridge and quite an embankment thrown across 
 the track on the other side. The railroad wrecking gang, assisted by the engineers, immediately 
 began to repair the bridge and track and had a train over in a few hours. All along the advance 
 the track was found torn up at intervals and bridges damaged. Twenty railroad men were 
 detailed from the 1st Colorado Volunteers and sent up to assist in the work of following the 
 firing line. The track to Malolos was damaged at Tinajeus River, Malinta, Manlao, Bocaue, 
 Bigaa, Guiguinto and Malolos, each break worse than the preceding one. The wrecking crew 
 and engineers worked night and day and the trains followed the advance, supplying condensed 
 water, fresh beef, bread and ammunition and nearly every night carrying to Manila the men 
 who had lost their lives or been wounded in the advance. 
 
 On the night before Malolos was taken, the headlight of the locomotive was on the firing 
 line, and the train delivered some badly needed ammunition to the battery. The stop at 
 Malolos gave the enemy time to badly use up the road from this on to San Fernando. Realiz- 
 ing the futility of tearing up the track, they dropped a span of the bridge at Bagbag into the 
 river, and tore up the track clear into Calumpit. After Gen. MacArthur had advanced, this 
 span was repaired by trestling up from the inclined span. The similar break at St. Tomas was 
 repaired in the same way. At Calumpit, twelve of the tie-bearing girders had been taken 
 entirely away. These were made in a few days in Manila. 
 
 Too much credit cannot be given to the trainmen and crews during this long advance. 
 They got no extra pay for this arduous and dangerous service. Trains ran day and night — all 
 day with the advance, carrying rations, ammunition and bridge-builders’ supplies, and all night 
 with the dead and wounded, back to Manila. They had every difficulty to overcome. New 
 and hastily repaired engines, uncertain roadbed, constant danger in night runs of being derailed 
 by insurgents, loss of sleep and often scant food. Not a man of them would have stood this 
 sort of service back in the States for any amount of money, but they were working with the 
 firing line for the glory of the American soldiers, and they stood by their work to the end. 
 
 THE SUBSISTENCE DEPARTMENT. 
 
 The Subsistence Department of the U. S. A. is that branch of the service charged 
 with the duty of supplying food and articles of consumption, such as groceries, fruits 
 and other articles which comprise the rations of the troops, as well as such luxuries as they and 
 other persons in the service of the United States are allowed to purchase from the government. 
 Whenever it is practicable, the needed supplies are bought in the United States, but circum- 
 stances have arisen in the distant Philippine Islands, when the stocks of certain articles were 
 depleted, that compelled the chief commissary at Manila to effect his purchases through ten- 
 ders from local dealers, who, in the main, obtained supplies from Hongkong and Singapore. 
 Distribution of rations to the troops takes place at stated intervals by the depot commissary, 
 who delivers the supplies to men detailed from each regiment, who are authorized to receive 
 the same b}' the officer charged with the duty of attending to the feeding of the command. 
 This system applies when troops are in garrison. 
 
 In the field each brigade has a chief commissary, with a commissary for each division 
 when practicable. These officers make requisitions upon the depot commissary for supplies 
 for sale and the rations allowed by law, and upon receipt of the same apportion the allowances 
 and regulate the issuances and sales to the respective regimental officers. 
 
 The company cooks of each regiment, under the supervision of Sergeants, prepare the 
 rations. The officers aud men buy articles from the sales depots of such food products as are 
 not comprised in the ration list. 
 
304 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 RATIONS ON THE TRANSPORTS. 
 
 The following table shows the quantity and description of food issued to the troops on 
 board the transports en route from the United States to the Philippine Islands; the computa- 
 tions are for 1000 men: 
 
 MEATS. Pounds 
 
 Pork 75 
 
 Bacon 150 
 
 Fresh Beef 875 pounds, or Fresh 
 Beef 750 pounds and Canned Sal- 
 mon 125 pounds 875 
 
 FEOUR. 
 
 Flour 1125 
 
 VEGETABEES. 
 
 Dry Beans or Peas 75 
 
 Rice or Hominy 50 
 
 Fresh Potatoes, 800 pounds, or Pota- 
 toes 700 pounds 800 
 
 Onions, 200 pounds 
 Canned Tomatoes, 300 pounds 
 
 Coffee, green IQO 
 
 Sugar 150 
 
 Vinegar ;io 
 
 Candles 15 
 
 Soap 40 
 
 Salt 40 
 
 Pepper 2.5 
 
 For 1000 men . 3877 . 5 
 
 Per man one ration ... 3 88 
 
 RATIONS IN THE FIELD. 
 
 The following table shows the rations issued to the 
 for a body of 1000 men: 
 
 Pounds 
 
 Bacon 750 
 
 Hard Bread 1000 
 
 Beans 150 
 
 Potatoes, Onions and Canned Toma- 
 toes (when possible) 1000 
 
 Coffee, roasted 80 
 
 Sugar 150 
 
 troops when in the field. Computed 
 
 Pounds. 
 
 Vinegar 80 
 
 Candles 15 
 
 Soap 40 
 
 Salt 40 
 
 Pepper, black 2 5 
 
 For 1000 men 3307 . 5 
 
 One ration 3.31 
 
 THE TRAVEL RATION. 
 
 The travel ration when en route, computed at the rate of 1000 men: 
 
 FOR FIRST FOUR DAYS. Pounds 
 
 Hard Bread 1000 
 
 Canned Beef 750 
 
 Baked Beans, (3-pound cans) 450 
 
 Coffee, roasted 80 
 
 Sugar 150 
 
 One thousand rations 2430 
 
 One ration, 2.43 
 
 AFTER FOURTH DAY, ADDITIONAE Pounds 
 
 Tomatoes, (gallon cans) 1000 
 
 One ration 1 
 
 Col. David L. Brainard has served as Chief Commissary with the army in the Philippines. 
 THE MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 
 
 The Medical Department of the army is under the supervison of the Surgeon-General, and 
 no candidate can be examined for a commission as surgeon without his express sanction, which 
 is only granted after evidence of such candidate’s moral, intellectual and physical fitness to 
 perform the necessary duties. The candidate for a commission must be a citizen of the United 
 States, not more than twenty-nine years of age at date of appearing for such examination, and a 
 graduate of some regular medical college with hospital training and practical experience. 
 
Ca}npai(r)iiii(r in the Philippi7ies. 
 
 305 
 
 The Chief Surgeon of an Army Corps is an officer attached to the staff of the commanding 
 general, and is charged with the supervision of all matters pertaining to the health of the com- 
 mand. This includes sanitation, the hosjntal and ambulance service, the detail of medical 
 officers and the obtaining, distribution and care of medical supplies. He prepares general 
 orders, when necessary, which are signed and promulgated by the Corps Commander. The 
 Chief Division and Brigade Surgeons have similar duties within their divisions and brigades. 
 The regimental surgeon has charge of the health of his regiment, and the treatment of temporary 
 ailments, all serious cases being sent to the brigade, division, or general hospital, as circumstances 
 may require. There are attached to each full regiment, one .surgeon, ranking as Major, and two 
 assistant surgeons, ranking respectively, as Captain and Lieutenant. When in action, field 
 hospitals are established in sheltered places, as near the firing line as possible where temporary 
 trealment is given, and are manned from the staff and regimental surgeons as circumstances re- 
 spiire or permit. The organization of a medical service in a campaign is constantly changing, 
 according to circumstances, but severe ca.ses of wounds or sickness are sent as soon as possible 
 to the general hospitals, where the best care can be given, and which are under the control of 
 the Corps Surgeon. Each hospital, however, is an organization of itself, in charge of a surgeon 
 and as many assistants as necessary, the surgeon in charge reporting to the Corps, Division, or 
 Brigade Surgeon as the case may be. All officers and men are under the direct medical and 
 sanitary direction of the regimental surgeons, until transferred to .some hospital. 
 
 THE SUPPLY AND AMBULANCE SERVICE. 
 
 That part of the medical service which in civil life is known as the “drug store” is in 
 charge of non-commissioned officers, known as “ Hospital Stewards.” P"or the positions of 
 hospital steward, and acting hospital steward, special examinations are necessary, and these are 
 made by a medical board. Candidates must be unmarried and be physically and mentally 
 capable of endurance, and have had experience in discipline and control of men, nursing and 
 dispensary work, clerical work, cooking and mess management, hospital corps drill and minor 
 surgery. Their duties are to care for the hospital stores and property, to compound and 
 administer medicines, supervi.se preparation and serving of food, maintain discipline in the 
 hospitals and watch over their police, and to supervi.se the duties of the Hospital Corps in the 
 hospital and in the field. The Hospital Corps consists of stewards, and acting stewards and 
 privates who are assigned to regiments as required. 
 
 The ambulance service is organized for the transport of the sick and wounded Ambul- 
 ances are attached to each regiment and hospital and are under control of the surgeons, and 
 there is an Ambulance Corps organized for general service, in removing the sick to hospitals and 
 the wounded from the field of batcle. 
 
 Except under special circumstances which justify the expectation that their rights as non- 
 combatants under the Geneva Convention will not be recognized, no arms are issued to the Hospital 
 Corps. During the war with the Filipinos, however, it has been frequently necessary to arm 
 them, as they were not respected by the enemy. 
 
 The ambulance and hospital service of each command is under the supervision of its chief 
 surgeon, who makes all necessary arrangements for the care of the sick and wounded, and their 
 transportation during action. These arrangements are so made that they may receive 
 attention with the line of battle under fire, at the dressing stations, at the ambulance stations 
 and at the division, brigade and field hospitals. 
 
 To the ranking surgeon also falls the duty of detailing the number of medical officers, 
 hospital stewards 'and privates of the Hospital Corps for duty with the advance line. First 
 dressing stations are established at places near to the combatants, but where the wounded and 
 those attendant upon them will not be exposed to fire. These dressing stations are distin- 
 guished by Red Cross flags in the day and by red lanterns at night. 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE EIGHTPI ARMY CORPS. 
 
 At the head of the medical service of the 8th Army Corps was Surgeon Henry Lippincott,* 
 U. S. V., with the rank of Lieutenant-Colonel and Deputy Surgeon-General. Immediately 
 upon his arrival at Manila, Col. Lippincott was compelled to deal resolutely with the subject of 
 
 * Since relieved by lyieuteiiant-Colonel Alfred A. Woodliall, U. S. A. 
 
 20 b 
 
.306 
 
 Cauipaigniug in the Philippines. 
 
 sanitation. There was much sickness in the army, partly growing out of the filthy condition of 
 all buildings and places which had been occupied by Spaniards or Filipinos, and partly by rea- 
 son of the imprudence of the men, who did not willingly submit to the strict regulations con- 
 cerning diet, drink and exposure which were necessar}' under the circumstances. By vigorous 
 measures, however, the surroundings of the troops were made and kept clean, the men 
 restrained from indulgence in unwholesome fruits, and compelled to drink no water which had 
 not been boiled. As a result sickness rapidly decreased, and by the end of August, 1898, the 
 health of the command was fairly good. 
 
 The surgeons had much to contend with on arrival, as transport work between the vessels 
 and Camp Dewey and Cavite was difficult and dangerous, owing to the very stormy 
 weather and heavy rain prevailing at the time. Much valuable property was lost or ruined, 
 while lives of patients were endangered in the landing under such circumstances. On the 
 organization of the Medical Department, under Col. Lippincott, the Volunteer Hospital Corps 
 was transferred to the regular establishment. This secured many excellent men, and a sufficient 
 number of privates was furnished for duty in the Divisional Hospital Corps and for attendance 
 upon the sick in transports. 
 
 VICTIMS OF WAR IN THE PHILIPPINES. 
 
 The following is a complete list of the deaths, as copied from the records in the Surgeon- 
 General’s office, occurring in the U. S. A. operating in the Philippines up to June 2, 1899: 
 
 IS'AME OF Organization. 
 
 Killed in .Action 
 
 Died ok Wounds 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Died of 
 
 Disease 
 
 
 
 
 
 U 
 
 X 
 
 < 
 
 0 
 
 Typhoid 
 
 Dysentery 
 
 Malaria 
 
 Smallpox 
 
 Diphtheria 
 
 Tonsillitis 
 
 Other P'evers 
 
 Meningitis 
 
 Pneumonia 
 
 2 
 
 H 
 
 u 
 
 V 
 
 'X 
 
 Accidental 
 
 Drowning 
 
 Tuberculosis 
 
 Suicide 
 
 Mi.sccllaneous 
 
 Astor Battery 
 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •A i 
 
 ■ ■ 
 
 ! i 
 
 i • • ■ 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 1st California Volunteer Inf. . . . 
 
 6 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 3 ! 
 
 1 ! 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 ■2 
 
 31 
 
 California Heavy Artillery 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 •• 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 •• 
 
 3 
 
 1st Colorado Volunteer Inf 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 5 
 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 1 ' 
 
 
 32 
 
 1st Idaho Volunteer Inf 
 
 6 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 .. 
 
 ' ! 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 22 
 
 51st Iowa Volunteer Inf. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ;3 
 
 20th Kansas Volunteer Inf .... 
 
 i? 
 
 17 
 
 ‘2 1 
 
 I ■■ 
 
 ! 1 
 
 13 
 
 
 
 
 3 i 
 
 i 4 
 
 : 1 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 58 
 
 1st Minnesota Volunteer Inf . . . 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 ‘i 
 
 
 11 
 
 . i 
 
 
 
 • • 1 
 
 1 1 ! 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 
 39 
 
 1st ^Montana Volunteer Inf. .... 
 
 10 
 
 13 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 2 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 .. i 
 
 1 'i ! 
 
 'i 
 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 1st Nebraska Volunteer Inf 
 
 23 
 
 15 
 
 13 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 1 ! 
 
 ! - 1 
 
 1 
 
 ■-> 
 
 
 1 
 
 05 
 
 Nevada Volunteer Cav 
 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 i . . 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 •• 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 1st North Dakota Volunteer Inf. 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 , 4 I 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 . . i 
 
 1 • • 
 
 •• ! 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 ■ 15 
 
 2d Oregon Volunteer Inf. 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 9 
 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 
 2 ‘ 
 
 
 • • i 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 46 
 
 10th Pennsylvania Volunteer In f. 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 
 1 2 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 ! 1 
 
 1 1 
 
 .. 
 
 1 •• 
 
 • ■ 
 
 1 
 
 21 
 
 1st South Dakota Volunteer Inf. , 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 I 4 
 
 1 
 
 7 
 
 i 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 5 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 2 
 
 55 
 
 1st Tennessee Volunteer Inf. . . . . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 
 
 •• 
 
 •• 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 Utah Volunteer Tight Artillery. . 
 
 
 ‘3 
 
 1 
 
 1 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 .. 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 : 1 
 
 0 
 
 1st Washington Volunteer Inf.. . 
 
 i5 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 i 3 
 
 1 •• 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 36 
 
 1st Wyoming Volunteer Inf .... 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 9 
 
 Third U. S. Art 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 
 ; 2 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 1 
 
 i . . 
 
 33 
 
 Sixth U. S. Art 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 !! i 
 
 1 .. 
 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 Fourth U. S. Cav 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 ! 1 
 
 2 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 13 
 
 Third U. S. Inf 
 
 7 
 
 1 
 
 1 5 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 'i 
 
 i 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 19 
 
 Fourth U. vS. Inf 
 
 1 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 i 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 Ninth U. S. Inf. 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 Twelfth U. S. Inf 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 1 .. 
 
 ^ '6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 Fourteenth U. S. Inf 
 
 is 
 
 '4 
 
 3 
 
 '2 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 38 
 
 Seventeenth U. S. Inf 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 i ' ! 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 Eighteenth U. S. Inf 
 
 '4 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 'i 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 33 
 
 Twentieth U. S. Inf 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 7 
 
 Twenty-second U. .S. Inf 
 
 10 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •• 
 
 
 
 12 
 
 Twenty-third U. S. Inf. 
 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 2 
 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 
 i •• 
 
 6 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 31 
 
 U. S. Flngineer Corps 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 U. S. Hospital Corps 
 
 '2 
 
 ‘‘2 
 
 6 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 ] 3 
 
 U. S. Signal Corps 
 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 •• 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 Total 
 
 193 
 
 124 
 
 F 
 
 50 
 
 ' 18 
 
 85 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 1 3 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 i ^ 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 : 8 
 
 1 
 
 37 
 
 721 
 
 Total died of disease, 404. Total died of wounds, 124. Total killed in action, 193. 
 
 The total number of fatalities given is 736 — 23 officers, 699 privates and 14 civilians attached 
 to the army. The mortality of officers from disease was small, but the officers killed in battle 
 were out of all proportion to the number of privates. Of the 23 officers killed. 16 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 307 
 
 were shot down in battle and the other 7 died of disease. In the case of the men, 294 died of 
 wounds received in action and 9 were killed accidentally. In addition to the above, I officer 
 and 18 enlisted men died on transports returning to San Francisco, and 1 officer and 155 
 enlisted men had died in the general hospital at San Francisco up to September 30, 1899. The 
 grand total of deaths in the Philippine campaign up to October 1, 1899, is 25 officers, 1 retired 
 officer, 872 enlisted men and 14 civilians, in addition to deaths in the islands between June 2d 
 and October 1st, and a small number who died on hospital ships not reported at Department 
 Headquarters. 
 
 NOBLE WORK OF THE VOLUNTEER LADY PHYSICIANS. 
 
 It would be improper to close this sketch of the work of the Medical Department in the 
 Philippines without mention of the effective aid given by several lady physicians, who were 
 early on the ground, by permission of the government, and who placed their services at e 
 disposal of the medical officer. The true physician is devoted to his profession and unsparing 
 of himself in emergencies, and it would be improper to say that these ladies were any more 
 zealous in the service than the medical officers, who exposed themselves on the field when occa- 
 sion demanded, as freely as those bearing arms; but it is true that in the womanly touch 
 there is a deftness and in the womanly nature a tenderness which are wanting in the kindest 
 man; and the gentle ministrations of thesi faithful co-workers in the hospitals, comforted the 
 departing hour of many a dying soldier, and live as a grateful memory in the hearts of hun- 
 dreds of those who survive. 
 
 THE RED CROSS WORK. 
 
 In connection with the Medical Department, it is appropriate to make some mention of the 
 “ Red Cross Society.” It is the duty of all governments to care for their wounded and sick 
 soldiers, and they all seek to discharge that duty, but with the progress of civilization there has 
 arisen an earnest and world wide desire to supplement government care with the gifts and 
 services of private devotion. During the Crimean War, in 1854, Miss Florence Nightengale at 
 the head of a body of women nurses sent out by the British government, first demonstrated, on 
 a great scale, the effectiveness of women in organized work of relief, and while the Red Cross 
 Society was not founded by women, they have always born their full share of the work, and, in 
 this country, have usually been the recognized leaders. 
 
 The immediate occasion of the founding of the Red Cross organization, was the dreadful 
 suffering which followed the Battle of Solferino in 1859, when the army surgeons were utterly 
 unable to deal with the thousands upon thousands of the wounded of the two armies. Henri 
 Dunand, a Swiss gentleman, who was present and aided in this care, was so much impressed 
 with the inadequacy of government efforts, that he began an agitation which resulted, in 
 August, 1894, in an official convention of delegates representing sixteen governments, which 
 formulated articles ” for the amelioration of the condition of the wounded in the armies in the 
 field,” and which, as modified in a later convention, have received the formal adhesion of the 
 governments of nearly all civilized nations. The badge, the red cross on a white ground, is the 
 national colors of Switzerland reversed, and was adopted as a compliment to the nation where 
 both the treaties have been formulated, and’which is the home of the International permanent 
 Committee. This Committee however, is only maintained as a bond of unity between the 
 national committees, which are entirely independent 
 
 The United States was very slow in giving its adhesion to the movement. In 1864, during 
 our Civil War, the ‘LSanitary Commission” wassuccessfully doing its work, audit was not, at the 
 time, thought best' to commit the government to any other movement. Subsequently, in 1877, 
 a letter from the President of the International Committee sent through Miss Clara Barton, to 
 President Hayes, does not seem even to have elicited a reply. Later, however, in 1881, a copy 
 of the same letter presented by Miss Barton to President Garfield, received prompt attention, 
 and as a result, the American Association of the Red Cross was immediately organized, and the 
 United States, in 1882, agreed to the convention of Geneva, being the thirty-second nation to do so. 
 
 The American National Society has its auxiliaries in all parts of the United States. Its 
 organization is permanent, and it pursues its work of mercy, not only in war, but at all times 
 when sudden emergencies arise. It seeks to be constantly ready for duty, both as to material 
 
 I 
 
Canipaii^)ii)ii^ in the Philippines. 
 
 30. -i 
 
 and personnel. Its badge has become familiar wherever there is great trouble. Miss Clara Bar- 
 ton, as is well known, has been at the head of the American Society ever since its organization. 
 
 The American Red Cross had been active in Cuba, previous to the breaking out of the war, 
 and immediately upon that event, and coincident with the raising of volunteer troops, Red 
 Cross Societies, with or without formal connection with the National Society, sprang into 
 existence everywhere. The headquarters of the National Society are at Washington, but its 
 greate.st center of work is in New York, where, at the beginning of the war, a powerful Relief 
 Committee was organized, under the Presidency of Bishop H. C. Potter, which had received, 
 up to March 17, 1899, over $320,000 to be applied to the work. To “Auxiliary No. 3,” at New 
 York, of which Mrs. Janies Speyer is President, was assigned the duty of caring for the soldiers 
 in the Philippines, and nur.ses and supplies went forward by the first transport sailing from 
 New York. 
 
 Immediately upon the call for volunteers a meeting of patriotic ladies and gentlemen was 
 called in San Francisco and met at the California Hotel, on April 23d, Mrs. W. B. Harrington 
 presiding. Other meetings were held in rapid succession in other cities of the State, and the 
 result was the organization of a California State Red Cross Society of wdiich Mrs. W. B. Har- 
 rington has been President, and which has been remarkable for its effectiveness and for the 
 personal devotion of its officers and members. At first the main thought was for provision for 
 the California soldiers, and the natural official affiliation of the society was with the California 
 National Guard. There was no time to seek instructions from the National Society, and 
 apparently no necessity, the proposed duty being mainly the proper equipment and care of the 
 California Yolunteers; Init with Dewey’s victory, and the American occupation of the Philip- 
 pines, all this was changed. San Francisco would evidently be the post of departure for the 
 troops for the Orient. Soldiers from many States would be for weeks in camp here, and later 
 would be returning, in both cases needing such care as no government ever did or ever can .supply. 
 How nobly the women of California rose to the unexpected opportunity has been told in 
 emphatic language from the lips of every soldier who has passed through San P'rancisco. 
 Originally organized to aid the soldiers of California, the charit}" and loving care of the society 
 has known no bounds. Soldiers have been cared for regardless of State bounds. Although a 
 local society it has been doing a national work. It has not only cared for soldiers in San Fran- 
 cisco, but has sent nurses, agents and supplies to the Philippines for the succor, not only of 
 Californi ms, but of all in distress. It has had the aid of more than one hundred local auxil- 
 iaries, of which that of San I'rancisco, under the presidency of Mrs. John F. Merrill, has 
 naturally been the largest. Large .sums of money have been expended by the State, San PTan- 
 cisco and Oakland societies. It is not yet possible to give the aggregate of the disbursements of the 
 California Red Cross Societies, but the State Society alone expended |22,494 during the year 
 ending October 17, 1899. The money was expended for the support of nurses and supplies sent 
 to the Philippines, and employed in San Francisco, wdiere a convalescent hospital w’as main- 
 tained. Indentification medals w^ere supplied to all soldiers, and nearly all organizations, 
 passing through San Francisco, were met and fed on arrival. The Society acted as bankers for 
 soldiers paid off, and distributed literature and stationery in great quantities. 
 
 THE SIGNAL CORPS. 
 
 The Signal Corps is the staff department which is charged with the duty of maintaining 
 communications between commanding generals and their subordinates in the field, by means 
 of telegraphs, telephones, flag signals, balloons, carrier pigeons or whatever other means of 
 communication may be found practicable. The head of the department is a Brigadier General, 
 at Washington, and there are signal officers attached to all armies in the field according to their 
 requirements for the time being. The enlisted force consists of Sergeants, Corporals and Pri- 
 vates, as in the line. In the reorganized regular army there are six companies, fully officered, 
 the aggregate enlisted force being about 750 men. There is a school of instruction maintained on 
 the Atlantic Coast where men are trained for their duties. In time of war the service is rapidly 
 recruited, mainly from telegraph operators and others accustomed to electrical work, and where- 
 ever an army moves the Signal Corps men go with it, the telegraph lines being kept as close as 
 necessary to the firing line, so that the commanding general is kept in constant touch with 
 
Ca}Hpaip:;nin_s^ in the Philippuics. 
 
 809 
 
 Division and Brigade Headquarters. It is a laborious and hazardous service, as no point is more 
 eagerly sought for attack than the communications of an enemy. The lines are often p)ut up 
 and maintained under fire, and during the Philippine campaign many acts of heroism have been 
 performed by the men of this corps who freely exposed themselves to sharpshooters in climbing 
 poles and trees while stringing the telegraph lines. Dieutenant-Colonel R. E. Thompson has 
 been Chief Signal Officer upon the staff of the Corps Commander, during the operations of our 
 armies in the Philippines. 
 
 THE CHAPEAINS IN THE ARMY. 
 
 [According to army regulations, there is attached to each regiment a Chaplain whose duty 
 is to conduct religious services when possible, and otherwise to minister to the regiments in the 
 field as he would to a congregation at home. Being non-combatants, they are not necessarily 
 exposed to the fire of the enemy, but to the credit of our Chaplains be it said, that where there 
 was a soldier needing their attentions, there they were to be found, whether on the firing line 
 or elsewhere. It has not been found possible to procure any complete record of the services of 
 the Chaplains in the Philippines, and it has seemed best to give in full the following personal 
 narrative, which includes merely a record of a few incidents coming under ihe personal observa- 
 tion of the writer, Init illustrates better than any more formal statement, the life and work of 
 the Chaplains in the army. It is proper to say that the writer of the following was a Press 
 Correspondent who is also a congregational clergyman, who was himself several times wounded, 
 and who was as active and helpful in ministering to the soldiers, as those whose services he 
 chronicles]. 
 
 “ The Chaplain is the true knight of the battlefield. His high duty it is to march with the 
 soldiers, assist the weak, succor the wounded, administer to the dying, and bring the consolation 
 of God to the dripping edges of the battlefield. 
 
 “ There were not wanting in our army in the Philippines splendid and heroic Ministers of 
 various denominations and creeds of Christianity, who abandoned their homes and their work 
 in order to be of use and blessing to the soldiers fighting in the distant land. I have seen these 
 Chaplains on the firing line, with the Hospital Corps, the Military Reserve Hospitals, and be- 
 side the soldier’s grave. No class of men behave with more gentleness and chivalry than these 
 devoted Soldiers of the Cross. It would be invidious to select from so able and perfect a body 
 of men any particular members for special praise or consideration, but I was fortunate enough 
 to meet and campaign with several of them, while I was not able to see them all on the battle- 
 field. Among the very best and most heroic of these men was Rev. P'ather W. D. McKinnon, 
 Chaplain of the 1st California. He it was, who entered Manila under the fire of the Spaniards, 
 walking along the shore near old Malate, in order to interview the Archbishop and to ask him 
 if Manila could not be surrendered without loss of life. He told me himself that in this expedi- 
 tion he received a wound in the fleshy part of the leg, which he tried to treat himself, and which 
 after a couple of days gangrened, giving him considerable trouble. He was not a spectacular 
 man, P'ather McKinnon, but did his work in a kind, gentle and modest way which attracted to 
 him the hearts of all who met him. Among all the regiments I think no Chaplain was more 
 sincerely loved by men of all denominations and creeds than Father McKinnon. Together we 
 trudged along dusty roads, through the rice-fields and through the cane-brakes on the torrid, 
 dusty battlefields between Caloocan and Malolos. 
 
 “ I remember one morning, as we came along the railroad beyond Bocaue, how we found a 
 poor P'ilipino lying with his leg broken at the thigh. He must have been running and fell into 
 one of the deep ravines, for his clothes were saturated with water, and his handsand feet were all 
 pale and white. Two soldiers had brought him from the swamp and laid him on the dry ground 
 beside the railway. I was very much touched at the way in which Father McKinnon, with the 
 aid of Mr. Waage, of the California Red Cross, worked over the restoration of this poor man. 
 The Padre went across the scorching rice-fields to get some branches of bamboo to shade the 
 man withal, while Mr. Waage, from his medical kit, gave restoratives and hypodermic injec- 
 tions to the sufferer. 
 
 “ Again on the Santa Cruz expedition, I met Father McKinnon and Mr. Waage. There 
 was no duty too menial, no work too hard, and no task too perilous for the Chaplain to under- 
 take. He would walk by the side of a soldier and encourage him in a kindly way and help him 
 
310 
 
 in the Philippines. 
 
 with his knapsack, or try and get food or medicine for the poor fellows who fell ont from the 
 heat of the snn. Between Santa Cruz and Pagsanjan, while we were on the roadside waiting for 
 the artillery to come up, a great fellow over six feet tall broke in from the cocoanut groves, 
 saying he was prostrated by the heat. It was evident that he was thoroughly demoralized, and 
 perhaps his brain touched by the sun. It was a telling sight to see P'ather McKinnon encour- 
 age the poor fellow, and by a few restoratives bringing him around so that by afternoon I saw 
 this same man fighting away on the firing lines as if he had never been injured. I shall never 
 forget a night that the reporters, chaplains and military attaches encamped at Bongos church 
 on Laguna de Bay. That day a part of the North Dakota Regiment had been ambushed aud 
 five of its men killed and .several wounded. The killed and wounded were brought back as the 
 evening shades grew to gray around the old church walls. One poor fellow was shot through 
 the lungs, another was shot through the neck. They were both alive when brought to the 
 church. Still a third had been shot through the spine. He also was alive. From five in the 
 afternoon until midnight. Father McKinnon was engaged with these men. From some he took 
 their confessions, to some he brought tea and such other restoratives as we could get ready. 
 
 “There was also with us that night a very noble man, the Rev. Mr. Stephenson of Idaho. 
 These two Chaplains exercised a wonderful influence in the tragic scene. Here in the dim 
 church aisle were stretched in pathetic windrows, the living and the dead, and up under the 
 altar, where the dim light of the candles throws a shadow, lay the man who was wounded in the 
 lungs, and in the little sacristy lay two of the mortally wounded. When the Chaplain told 
 these men they had but an hour to live, one of them, a young bugler, sipped a cup of tea and 
 turning to his friend, who was also mortally wounded, said: ‘Well, Jack, let us die bravely.’ Chap- 
 lain McKinnon sat up most of the night with the man who was shot through the lungs. I 
 remember looking along the floor of the church that night, and the shadow of the sentinel 
 pacing to and fro, mingled strangely with the shadow of the preacher as he bent above the 
 agonized and dying. It was a scene to live in a man's memory forever. As I went outside the 
 stifling church — for in that tropic country decomposition sets in as soon as death, and the odor 
 of choloroform and decomposition was .stifling— I looked up at the sky and saw the ‘ Southern 
 Cross.’ It seemed to me almost a sign from Heaven. Out in the dew’ where the stars are 
 always peaceful, the ‘ Cross ’ seemed like an emblem of Hope. It .seemed as if God knew 
 
 that our hearts were hurt and weary. In the early gray of dawn, I walked down to the church 
 
 again and found the Chaplain there. Still those pathetic windrows of the dead, and those 
 
 pathetic faces of the living. The .stars were .shining still. The ‘Sign ’ was hung out in the 
 
 branding sky, and in the dim aisles where the altar candles burned the face of ‘ Our Lady ’ 
 was suffused as with tears. 
 
 “ In Lawton’s expedition north, there campaigned with us Father Hart of the 3d Art., and 
 Father Fitzgarald. In the expedition to San Isidro, we traversed a country that was almost 
 impassable. Few armies would have been able to cross it except under such a brilliant and 
 determined a man as Major-General Lawton. To watch the battle was interesting, and to march 
 with and talk to the men was an education for a lifetime, but as a change I sometimes fell back 
 to talk and interchange views with the Chaplains. In places, these men were under severe Are 
 because the insurgents fire high and the spent bullets usually take effect with the Hospital 
 Corps, and the Signal Service men, who are in the rear. At San Rafael we had various skirm- 
 ishes, but you could see these Chaplains moving to and fro along the road, which was a very 
 exposed and dangerous place, helping the men and cheerfully doing any task or duty that came 
 their way. One day we were led off into ambush by a spy, who was our guide. After the army 
 had wandered two or three miles acro.ss the country, we discovered a native priest who offered 
 to .show us the way to San Jose, our next town. It was impossible, however, to get very much 
 out of him, as he did not understand Spanish very well, but Father Fitzgarald, was in the 
 expedition, and I suggested to Gen. Lawton, that perhaps Father Fitzgarald could understand 
 the priest’s way of expressing him.self. I went back about two miles and found Father Fitz- 
 gerald at dinner, which consisted of one slice of bacon and one and a half hardtack. He 
 immediately left his luxurious meal, aud accompanied me across the hot stifling landscape in 
 the middle of the day. Reaching the tent where Gen. Lawton and the Filipinio priest were, 
 Father B'itzgerald engaged the priest in conversation in Latin, and in a few moments was 
 
burial scenes in the graveyard near fort SAN ANTONIO. 
 
 CHAPLAIN PIERCE, OFFICIATING. 
 
312 
 
 Canipaignins[ in the Philippines. 
 
 able to find out from him the various trails and roads leading to the town we were looking 
 for. Gen. Lawton spoke to me in terms of highest commendation of Father Fitzgerald. 
 
 “ It was upon a dark night in front of San Rafael. I reached the camp at midnight, worn out 
 with the journey of thirty-five miles, and lay down upon the road beside a carabao wagon. A 
 bull was tied to one side of the wagon and in between the shafts was a heap of hay. As I lay 
 down with a groan I was surprised to see this heap of hay move, and Father Fitzgerald extri- 
 cate himself from the shafts of the wagon, saying to me in a kindly voice, ‘ I know you have 
 come all the way from Manila. You get in this hay. I can sleep on a board which the China- 
 man, our cook, offered me this evening.’ It rained that night and, as I was a sick man, I felt 
 how good a turn the priest had done me. I should have been very comfortable under my 
 coverlet of hay, only the old bull, in the middle of the night, became hungry and ate up this 
 unusual counterpane. 
 
 “After the fall of Malabon, Father Hart was stationed in that town for sometime. The 
 natives were a little shy of him when he came in an American uniform, but when he brought 
 his Catholic vestment and conducted their services for them, they opened their hearts and homes 
 to him, and he told me that never in his life had he been received with such courtesy and loving 
 kindness as by the inhabitants of Malabon. I think it would be of immense value to these 
 Philippine Islands to import into the Catholic Church there a large number of our American 
 priests. Here in America the Catholic priests have become so thoroughly imbued with the 
 ideas of universal liberty that they could not but impart to the PTlipinos a great deal of the 
 results of American training. A man like Archbishop Ireland, in my opinion, could do more for 
 the Islands, with an able staff of Catholic priests, than all the armies that we can send against 
 these benighted folk. 
 
 “ Chaplain Stephenson of the Idaho Regiment was a man for whom the whole army had the 
 highest respect; a man who lived with the troops, who partook of their scanty fare, journeyed in 
 their hard marches, shared their dangers, and did all these things with a modesty of forgetful- 
 ness for self, which creates the true gentleman hero. 
 
 “ Chaplain Pierce of the First Reserve Hospital, has been of great help to the sick soldiers, 
 and of great use to the country by reason of his carefulness in burying the dead and marking 
 their graves against the time that their friends at home may wish to remove their heroic ashes. 
 Since Chaplain Pierce came to this work no single American soldier has been buried without 
 military honors. We have lost by disease and battles a good many men in the Philippines. 
 The cemetery at Battery Knoll is filled, and a new cemetery was opened on the level ground, 
 near old Malate Fort. As we passed one day, we saw a long trench like a deep gash in the 
 face of nature. A few graves were already there. A week later I visited the same place and 
 found the significant line of graves had lengthened, and the gash in nature was being filled. 
 After a few w’eeks this long trench was nearly filled in, and one quiet afternoon, as we neared 
 the place, we saw four hearses there. There were no mourners, only Chaplain Pierce standing 
 bareheaded, while four coffins were lowered into the graves. The wild waves beat on the shore 
 of Manila Bay, as if to sing a requiem for the brave dead who would never see their native land 
 again. A strong wind was blowing across the level lands, and in the woods the cooing 
 of the ring-dove sounded strange and weird. The Chaplain read, as he stood alone, the 
 glorious words of the burial service of the Episcopal Church The weed-grown grave, already, 
 nearby, was the scene of the burial of a child, and the service of the Chaplain, as it rose free to 
 the sky in that desolate and lonely place seemed a fitting prayer for the child who had died c n 
 its mother’s knee, and the man who had hobbled across the hospital of life to the grave on the 
 other side. There was a prayer for the ‘Martyr,’ a prayer for the ‘Suffering,’ a prayer for 
 all in ‘ Trouble ’ and a Benediction. 
 
 “ As I went away from that sad place the grand words seemed to mingle still upon the air 
 and make it sweet, tho’ lonely. Some of the words kept coming back like the words of an 
 unforgotten song. 
 
 “ ‘ Lord, have mercy upon all who are wounded or suffering. Let thy grace be their comfort, 
 tho’ kindred and friends be faraway . . . Almighty God, with whom do live the spirits of 
 
 just men, made perfect after their delivery from their earthly presence, we humbly command 
 the souls of these thy servants, our brothers, into thy hands. 
 
CainpaiQ;nin^Q; in the PJiilippmcs. 
 
 313 
 
 “ ‘ Lord, support ns all day long of this troublous life, until the shadows lengthen and the 
 evening conies, and the busy world is hushed, and the fever of life is over and its battles done. 
 Then, in thy mercy, grant us a safe lodging and holy rest and peace at last.’ 
 
 “These words seemed so gracious on the horrid edge of war. They seem to grow into our 
 memory like a little root of daisies blooming undefiled amid the riot of the battlefield. It 
 seemed to send the throes of grace and poetry into the hard and sordid world. The dead had 
 not died in vain, their friends remembered them: ‘ Tho’ kindred and friends were far away.’ 
 They were sustained by the prayers of those across the sea: ‘ Support us all day long of this 
 troublous life, until the shadows lengthen and the evening comes, and the busy world is hushed 
 and the fever of life is over and its battles done.’ 
 
 SKETCHES OF SOME CHAPLAINS. 
 
 “ Rev. Charles C. Pierce of the P^piscopal Church in Philadelphia, a graduate ofShurtleff Col- 
 lege, Illinois, was the Chaplain of the Regulars at Camp Merritt. He has been in the army for 
 thirteen years. When active operations began in the Philippines, he was in the Second Divi- 
 sion, Chaplain with the Regulars ou Gen. Mac Arthur’s staff, and was ordered to the First 
 Reserve Hospital, his duty being to take charge of and identify the dead, prepare them for 
 burial, make arrangements for the sounding of the taps over their graves, and for the sending of 
 the clergyman to conduct the services. He has charge of the coffins and the supplying of 
 clothes, carriage escorts and buglers. When there is no other Chaplain at hand he goes to the 
 grave himself. He told me of a case of five men who were killed at Paete and brought 
 down in the middle cf the night. They had been dead several days, and in the tropical 
 climate decomposition had strongly set in. These bodies were placed in the aisle of a hospital 
 among the sick people and were a danger and menace to health. Dr. Pierce came in at mid- 
 night and found this condition of things. He made a protest but could find no one to help him 
 in the difficulty. Pfinally he engaged a dozen natives and with them set out himself to Battery 
 Knoll, placed the soldiers in graves and located each body, so that they could be found when 
 their friends at home sent for them. He had buried, when I saw him on the 16th of June, 
 since March 29th, 217 American soldiers. Not one man had been buried without the honors 
 of war and the Chaplain. That is, the sounding of the taps and the wreathing of the grave with 
 the American flag. The work of this one man shows the value, courage and constancy of the 
 work done by the Chaplains in the army. 
 
 “ vSometirnes men are inclined to .slight the Chaplains. This happened to be the case in the 
 Kansas Regiment, where the Chaplain, Dr. J, S. Schliemann, was supposed to be too much of a 
 recluse and religious man to suit the fighting blood of Funston’s soldiers. Time went on and 
 open war began, and the temper of the Chaplain had never been known to his regiment until 
 the night of the fight at Caloocan, when the Kansans discerned the tall and rail-like figure of 
 their Chaplain stalking through the woods with a gun, bringing down the wily sharpshooter 
 from his perch in the trees, even as the hunter brings down his game. From that moment Dr. 
 Schliemann was one of the chief heroes in the Kansas Regiment, ‘ that bodyof heroes and hero- 
 worshipers.’ 
 
 “ We read of the Tennessee Chaplain dying at his post from the plague of smallpox; of 
 the Washington Chaplain also falling martyr to duty, and it would be invidious to mention one 
 without naming all for heroism and duty well performed. The only reason why I cannot give 
 a sketch of the work of each Chaplain, is that I am speaking now only of those with whom I 
 came in contact. I have heard of the work of all of the Chaplains, and I have heard them all 
 highly praised. 
 
 “ Rev. W. S. Gilbert, Presbyterian, of the Oregon Regiment, was a man who impressed me 
 with his great common sen.se, and his deep interest in the welfare of his men. He prepared a 
 tablet for me, showing how the army influences the character of young men. He prepared 
 several questions which he gave to each one of the Captains and Sergeants of the Oregon Regi- 
 ment, in relation to the moral influence of the army life, and received in reply an almost 
 unanimous answer, that in every respect, with the exception of profanity, the men had improved 
 in character since coming to the Philippines. 
 
P,14 
 
 C aiupaio-iiino; ?;/ the Philippujes. 
 
 “ There is every reason for me to believe that the Chaplain was an instrument of good 
 among the men. This is true, not only in regard to those I have mentioned, but in regard to 
 all the Chaplains in the field. 
 
 “ Chaplains Stull and Cressy were especially prominent in their efforts to give the soldiers 
 and civilians religions exercises on Sunday. There .seemed to be no distinction of sect, all 
 difference of belief seemed to sink in the face of heroism and duty. I have seen a Catholic 
 priest and a ^Methodist minister bending over the same, wounded, dying man, and giving him 
 whatever human help they could. 
 
 “ The Y. ]M. C. A., under INIessrs. Glunz and Jackson, did splendid and effective w’ork in 
 helping the men along the lines. They used to go along the firing lines with note paper, pens 
 and pencils so that the soldier did not feel himself utterlj' abandoned if he happened to fall in 
 the fight, but was able thus to send messages, oftentimes his last w'ord to his kin beyond the 
 .sea. The Y. ]M. C. A. akso had a tent near the Bridge of Spain, near Manila. Their books, 
 papers, periodicals, and all kinds of writing material were given to the soldiers free of charge. 
 As one crossed the Bridge of Spain, nights, the kindly lights of the Y. M. C. A. tent gleamed 
 out amid the tents of war and the .streets of turmoil, like a silver beacon along the wave- 
 tormented coast. 
 
 “ Rev. James B. Rodgers and the Rev. E. S. Hubbard of the Presbyterian Board of P'oreign 
 ^Missions, conducted the missionary work in the city of IManila, in a quiet, modest and sub- 
 stantial way. Just at present, owing to the unsettled condition of Luzon, and, in fact, of all the 
 Philippines, the work of the missionar)" will necessarih' be ver}’ slow. Only the very wi.se and 
 level-headed preachers should attempt any of that work to-day in the Philippines, because the 
 people are very strongly opposed to Protestantism, and feel that if we thrust Protestantism into 
 the islands, we will take away their religious, as well as their political liberty. This was the 
 case with the Rev. Dr. Hermann in Cebu. He had distributed some tracts among the Bisayans. 
 The tracts were harmless in themselves, but the town priest and local i)aper immediate!}^ 
 became enraged, and Col. Hamer, the American Military Commander, was forced to send Mr. 
 Hermann to Manila.” 
 
 A DESERVED ACKNOWLEDGMENT. 
 
 An interesting chapter might be w'ritten, describing the circumstances under which man}- of 
 the views which appear in this book were taken. The w’riter’s own personal experience with a 
 kodak could be made, with a little embellishment, into a very exciting tale. Many of the 
 pictures were taken in the open battlefield, under the fire of the enemy, and several men were 
 wounded while thus engaged. It requires as much nerve to take a photograph of a company 
 of soldiers charging the enemy’s trenches, as for one of those engaged in the movement — 
 possibly more, when the enemy is firing wild, or when they happen to select the camera for 
 a target. 
 
 Special mention is due to the following soldiers of the different regiments, who have 
 furnished us with photographs, taken on the field or elsewhere. Their addresses, as far as we 
 have them, are given for the benefit of those who may be collecting war views: 
 
 W. H. Lillie, official photographer, 8th Army Corps, box 614, Leadville, Col. 
 
 Harry Coombs (1st Washington), North Yakima, Wash; C. C. Jackson (1st Washington), 
 Dayton, Wash.; Howard Page (13th Minne.sota), Minneapolis, jMinn; Wni. Darcey (remained in 
 Manila); J. E. Northrup (20th Kansas), Lawrence, Kas.; C. C. Cole, (20th Kansas); Arthur C. 
 Johnson (1st Colorado), Denver. Col.; Lieut G. E. Thomas (1st Colorado), Pueblo, Col ; 
 Geo. R. Boomer (1st Nebraska), Beatrice, Neb.; Wni. H. Reedy (1st Nebraska), Beatrice, Neb.; 
 Lieut. Van Valin (1st Nebraska), Nelson, Neb.; John W. Jones (2d Oregon), Portland, Or.; 
 C. C. Stoakley (6th U. S. Art.), remained at Manila; C. B. Bishop (6th Art.), remained at Manila; 
 Steward Wells (Hospital Corps), Corregidor Island, P. I. 
 
 Sam C. Partridge, 121 Post street, San Francisco; B. F. Rahmeyer, Greenwich street, San 
 Francisco; Hodson, 416 Geary street, San Francisco, have photos of companies and ofi&cers in 
 volunteer regiments. 
 
GOVKRXOR ROBERT B. SMITH, MONTANA, 
 
OFFICIAL 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OPERATIONS 
 
 OF THE 
 
 First Montana Infantry, U. S. V. 
 
 IN THE 
 
 CAMPAIGN IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS 
 
 WRITTEN BY 
 
 LIEUTENANT ALEXANDER LAIST 
 
 Who served as Chief Clerk and Chief of Orderlies on General MacArthur’s Staff 
 
 IHROUGH THE CCURTESY OF 
 
 GENERAL HARRY C. KESSLER 
 
 DEUTENANT LAIST WAS PERMITTED TO USE THE OFFICIAL RECORDS OF THE 
 REGIMENT IN COMPILING THIS HISTORY. 
 
To Whom it May .Concern: 
 
 I certify that the accompanying historical matter and 
 rosters, written especially for “ Campaigning in the Philippines,” 
 relative to the First Montana Volunteer Infantry, are official, the 
 account of the field operations having been compiled by Lieutenant 
 Alexander Laist, from the official records of the regiment. 
 
 HARRY C. KESSLER, 
 
 Colonel First Montana Infantry. 
 
BRIGADIER-GENERAL H. C. KESSLER 
 (Formerly Colonel of the Regiment.) 
 
THE FIRST MONTANA INFANTRY. 
 
 'HE marvelous industrial development of the Great Republic has 
 always been the wonder of Europe. It has become the fashion 
 of late years for her statesmen, writers and industrialists to 
 direct their Cook’s tours to these shores, and the journals and 
 letters published by these men have been eagerly read by our 
 people. It is always instructive to learn how others see us, 
 but the productions of these car-window observers have been, 
 too frequently, simply repetitions of how, through the distorted 
 spectacles of the writers for partisan newspapers, we see our- 
 selves. All the unpleasant things which are there said about 
 those of our fellow-citizens who are unfortunate enough to be 
 candidates for office, and all the charges of corruption which are heaped upon the 
 party in power by the organs of the party out of power, are taken as absolutely 
 true; received, in fact, as admissions against interest. A big nation — that is the 
 verdict — but not great; wonderful prosperity, it is true, but low public morals. 
 Great mines, railroads, factories, commercial houses, but that is all; everywhere 
 the sordid spirit of money-getting, and nowhere the higher aims that make life 
 worthy and distinguishable from the strife of the barbarian for the material neces- 
 saries of existence. The men who are at the head of our Government and 
 defenses, it was charged, were mere jobbers and traders of the nation’s honor, 
 anxious only to enrich themselves. Was it not only in February of the year 1898 
 that the letter of the Spanish Minister at Washington, in which he denounced the 
 President of the United States as a low politician, was pronounced, by almost the 
 entire continental European press, to be correct and truthful, although perhaps a 
 little unwise and impolitic? Was it not only a few days later, after the blowing 
 up of the Maijie, that the same press almost unanimously agreed that the Ameri- 
 can naval officers were, through their incompetence and inefficiency, themselves 
 responsible for the destruction of the ill-fated battleship? How they must have 
 changed their opinion ! And the army, what a ridiculously small body that was; 
 scarcely numbering two-thirds of the standing army of Denmark, and that is a 
 little kingdom with a much smaller total population than one of our great cities, 
 and only a little larger than that of at least one more. Then that the discordant 
 elements of European immigration could have become welded into a nation, was 
 another matter incomprehensible to, and not believed by, our critics. We think, 
 however, that recent events have sufficiently opened their eyes. 
 
 The outbreak of hostilities with Spain found the United States well prepared 
 on the sea, but, according to the standards of Europe, almost entirely without 
 land forces. Even Spain, small a country as she is, outnumbered us four to one 
 with her standing army. But, as in 1861, we showed our capacity for rapid mil- 
 itary development. The nucleus of our forces was, of course, our regular army 
 
Campaii^uijio^ in the Philippines. 
 
 small but efficient. The next reliance of the Government was upon onr National 
 Guard; citizen-soldiers, who had patiently subjected themselves to military instruc- 
 tion and discipline for years past, ready for the call of the nation at the appearance 
 of internal or external foe. 
 
 When the President issued his proclamation for 125,000 volunteers, on April 
 2od, it was found that the number allotted to Montana was a little over 500. 
 
 However, the existence in the State 
 of a regiment of National Guard 
 Infantry led to its acceptance as a 
 whole, recruited to a war strength of 
 50 officers and 1019 enlisted men. The 
 membership of the regiment before the 
 war had been about 500, so that, it 
 will be seen, over one-half of the body 
 that went to the Philippines was drawn from the general population. 
 
 The 1st Regiment of Inf., Montana National Guard, had been organized in 
 1887, and this was the organization that was expanded to form the 1st Montana 
 Inf., U. S. Its Colonel, Harry C. Kessler, of Butte, had been the old 
 
 National Guard Colonel; Lieutenant-Colonel Wallace was a 1st Lieutenant in the 
 6th L. S. Cav. and military instructor of the Montana National Guard; Maj. James 
 W. Drennan had been Adjutant General of Montana; Benj. E. Calkins, 1st Lieut, 
 and Adjt., and Albert Seadorf, 1st Lieut, and Quartermaster, had held the same 
 positions in the guard. All the old officers of the guard, except two, volunteered 
 and joined. Maj. Miller had been Captain of a battery of light artillery" at Helena. 
 The regiment numbered many others who had had some previous military training, 
 and many had, at one time or other, belonged to the regular army, among 
 them Capt. Thomas S. Dillon of Company K; Chief Musician Henry Roberts, 1st 
 Lieut. Bryan Conrad, afterward Lieutenant in the 18th U. S. Inf.; 1st Sergt. 
 Albert J. Erickson of Company G, afterward Captain in the 37th U. S. V. Inf., 
 and Private Charles R. Valentine of Company F. Maj. Asa L. Duncan had been 
 a member of the 3d Virgina Regiment of National Guard and commandant of 
 cadets at the military school at Lexington, Virginia; there were a few graduates 
 of military schools and many who had been members of the National Guards of 
 other States. 
 
 Nor was the regiment entirely without those who had seen practical warfare. 
 Col. Kessler had fought as 1st Lieutenant in the 104th Pennsylvania Vols. under 
 ^IcClellan at Vorktown, Lee’s ^lills, Williamsburg, Bottom’s Bridge and Fair 
 Oaks; Maj. Drennan had served under Gen. Thomas Francis Meagher (whose 
 name is historical in Montana as that of one of its first Governors) at the san- 
 guinary combat of Gettysburg and throughout the campaigns of the army of the 
 Potomac, and later gained renown upon the expedition in 1866, of Gen. E. S. 
 Otis, up the Missouri River against the Sioux, and of Gen. Crook, in 1876, against 
 Chief Dull Knife of the Cheyenne tribe, being wounded at Slim Butte, Neb. 
 Capt. Hallahan had fought in the 47th New Vork Vols. under Gens. Sherman, 
 Terry and Schofield at Chapin’s Farm, in front of Petersburg, at Wilmington, 
 Faisen’s Station and Bentonville, was with Gen. Terry on the Fort Fisher expe- 
 
 TAKIXG THE OATH OF ALLEGIANCE. 
 
Cauipaigniug in the rhilippines. 
 
 clition, and after the close of the Civil War, aided for three years, as a member of the 
 14th U. S. Inf. in the Apache campaigns of Gen. Thomas L. Crittenden. Capt. 
 Reif, then in the 2d U. S. Cav., took part in the eight months’ campaign of 
 1877 of Gen. Nelson L. Miles on the Rosebud against the Nez Perce tribe and 
 was present at the surrender of Chief Joseph. Capt. Wynne had been a member 
 of an expedition of the pioneers of Montana who organized themselves for defense 
 against the Indian outbreak of 1877 and took part in the engagement of Camas 
 Meadows in that year. 
 
 Lieut. Seadorf was an old Indian campaigner. He had served under Capt. 
 Kennington against the Utes in 1875, and in 1876 he was with Gen. Crook in 
 Montana, Wyoming and Idaho in the expedition against the Sioux, taking part 
 in the Battle of Sim Butte on September 9th. 
 
 Privates Andrew McGinnis and Walter L. Whann were both veterans of the 
 Civil War. So it will be seen from this list of names, which is necessarily incom- 
 plete, that the population of Montana, although devoted to the arts of peace, was, 
 as the other States of the Union, not without those who had some proficiency in 
 the arts of war. 
 
 Company A was the old National Guard company of Great Falls; B, F and G 
 of Butte; E of Dillon; D of Virginia City; H of Kalispell; I of Lewistown and K 
 of Anaconda. Company C was composed chiefly of the Bozeman troop of cavalry 
 and the Helena Light Battery, its Captain, James F. Keown, having been commander 
 of the troop. Company L was principally from Helena, and M from Anaconda, 
 neither having been represented in the National Guard, but were organized to bring 
 the number of companies up to twelve, in accordance with the call of the President. 
 
 The first signs of war revived interest in the guard. Armories that had been 
 deserted became the gathering place for men anxious to enlist, and drill nights, 
 which had been neglected, were attended, not only by the members of the guard, 
 but by the embryo soldiers as well. 
 
 When enrollment finally did commence (April 28th), it proceeded as rapidly as 
 the clerical facilities permitted. There was no lack of recruits. The only diffi- 
 culty was to adjudicate the rival claims of those who, from procrastination, had 
 failed to present themselves prompthv 
 The roll of enlisted men included the 
 names of prominent and prosperous 
 Montanans. John C. Heilig was at 
 the time Alderman of Butte; Thomas 
 P. A. Howe was a well-known civil 
 engineer of Great Falls, and had 
 formerly been a Captain of the National 
 Guard; Robt. H. Paxson was, and is yet, one of the leading druggists of Butte; 
 E. K. Cheadle was County Attorney of Meagher County when he enlisted; Albert 
 Pfaus was a Presbyterian minister at Lewistown; Wm. J. Hannah was a member 
 of the Montana State Senate; Robert H. Sprague and S. J. Murph}- are well-to-do 
 ranchers of the Gallatin and Prickly Pear Valleys, respectively, and so on. 
 
 Col. Ke.ssler issued orders to the guard on April 28th, to report for duty at 
 their several armories throughout the State. From that time drilling was begun 
 
 “ DRILL, YE TARRIERS.” 
 
4 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 in earnest. Montana, like the rest of the country, was agog over war news. 
 Crowds besieged the bulletin boards ; those who intended to enlist hastily arranged 
 their business affairs, and when Dewe^^’s victory at Manila was announced, it was 
 realized that war had actualh" begun. The unexpectedness with which this news 
 came, and the enchantment and romance lent by the distant scene of this battle 
 fired the imagination of all. 
 
 On May 4th, the companies began to arrive at Helena. D, the Virginia City 
 Company, was the first, and was mustered in on May 6th. The Helena Company, 
 L, was already on the ground and was mustered in on the 5th. B, F and G 
 arrived on the 5th, and the first was mustered in on the 6th, and the two latter on 
 the 7th. E, K, and M arrived on the 6th and were mustered in on the 8th. A 
 reached camp on the 7th and was mustered in on the 8th. C, H, and I arrived 
 on the 7th and were mustered in on the 9th. On May 9th the mustering-in was 
 completed by Lieut. Geo. P. Ahern, of the regular service, who had been on duty 
 as military instructor at the agricultural college at Bozeman. On the same day 
 Col. Kessler formally took command of the regiment and appointed Lieuts. Ben. 
 E. Calkins and Alford Seadorf Adjutant and Quartermaster, respectively. 
 
 The several companies in their journeys to Helena, were the recipients of 
 ovations all along the line. The enthusiasm was great everywhere. The farewell 
 meetings, festive decorations and last cheers at the home towns were never to be 
 forgotten. At the way stations the village band, if there was one, played patriotic 
 airs ; school-children, wearing the national colors, sang ‘ ‘ America, ’ ’ and those of 
 the townsmen who had friends among the departing bade them good-bye. 
 
 The first camp of the regiment at Helena, called “Robert B. Smith,” in honor 
 of the Governor, was a sorry place. It was situated not far from the Broadwater 
 Hotel. During the first few days the weather, although cold, was sunny and dry; 
 but when, later, it began to snow, the melting snow, becoming churned into the 
 ground by the tramp of the soldiers going out to drill or passing to and fro in the 
 discharge of their duties, turned the camp into the semblance of a duck pond. It 
 was impossible to keep dr}^ or clean or warm. Colds became numerous and the 
 brown mixture provided by Uncle Sam was dispensed to the long crowds that 
 lined up every morning at the hospital tent, by the barrel. The chorus of coughs 
 that was to be heard whenever a company formed for roll call would have been 
 
 amusing had it not been indicative of 
 considerable suffering. Finally, condi- 
 tions became unbearable and on May 16th 
 Camp “Mud,” as it was familiarly called, 
 was abandoned and another location, 
 nearer to the town, was selected. The 
 new Camp Smith, although equally cold, 
 was at least healthy, and by the provision 
 of straw for the tents and cord wood for 
 camp fires, was made moderately com- 
 fortable. 
 
 The lack of clothing was another cause of discomfort. The Government made 
 no issues of anything except blankets until the regiment reached San Francisco. 
 
 CAMP LIFE— THE SUNXY SIDE. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 5 
 
 The only company that was fully uniformed was the Great Falls company, and 
 some of the others, like M, had no uniforms at all. 
 
 Rifles, too, were very scarce. Those on hand, of the Springfield pattern, had 
 belonged to the guard and were sufiicient 
 to arm only half the regiment. Each 
 company was given its proportionate 
 share and the men had to take turns 
 practicing the manual of arms. 
 
 In the meantime, instruction in mili- 
 tary duties was going on apace. Six hours 
 per day were devoted to drill and officers’ 
 and non-commissioned officers’ schools 
 were instituted. Everyone went to work 
 with a will. Heated discussions were to 
 be heard about the camp fires and in the tents on doubtful points in the drill 
 regulations. The regiment about this time was subdivided into battalions, the 
 1st Battalion, under Maj. Drennen, including Companies C, H, E and K; the 
 2d, under Maj. Cook, D, E, G and M, and the 8d, under Maj. Miller, A, B, F and I. 
 
 Rumors became rife that the regiment was among those to go to the Philip- 
 pines. Considerable impatience was felt on account of the delay in the start for 
 San Francisco. On account of the severity of the weather, as well as a desire to 
 take the first step in the voyage to the seat of war, everyone was anxious to leave 
 Camp R. B. Smith. Finally, the Government was able to provide transportation 
 and the orders to break camp came. Everything was carefully packed and loaded 
 in the baggage cars and when on May 25th at 8 A. m. the trumpets blew the 
 “general,” all the tents fell together, and the regiment’s days in the home State 
 were over. The train, in four sections, was soon speeding to its destination. 
 Whenever a stop was made the boys were sure of a hearty welcome and the best 
 wishes on their journey. The reception at Dillon, where the ladies of the town 
 entertained the entire regiment at supper, was especially remembered. The route 
 lay south through Idaho and Utah and then westward over the Central Pacific. 
 The trip was without incident and was accomplished by the morning of May 28th. 
 By noon of the same day the regiment reached Camp Merritt, in the Bay District 
 of San Francisco, and was quartered on a block fronting on Point Eobos avenue, 
 opposite the Odd Fellows’ Cemetery. The bo^^s were given a splendid breakfast 
 at the ferry-house by the San Francisco Red Cross ladies, and they feasted their 
 eyes on a wealth of flowers to which they had been unaccustomed in their 
 rather bleak and cold mountain homes. 
 
 The tents were pitched in the bottomless sands of San Francisco. Straw was 
 provided, but after a few days, for sanitary reasons, was removed. Sand got into 
 everything, the eyes, ears, clothes and food; and besides, the district was infested 
 by a minute sand flea which few ever saw but from which all suffered. At night the 
 camp was overhung by thick fogs that blew straight in from the ocean. When this 
 settled on the tents and boards, it was difficult, from the amount of moisture, to 
 distinguish from a rainfall. Still, the new location was not unhealthy. The drill 
 ground lay about a quarter of a mile away and consisted of a gently sloping hill- 
 
6 
 
 Cainpaig}ii)ij^ in the Philippines. 
 
 side in the Presidio, overlooking the Pacific Ocean. When the regiment first 
 marched to it, many of its members got their first view of saltwater. Drilling was 
 actively carried on, as well as instructions in the other duties of a soldier. Guard 
 duty received especial attention, and the careful training the boys then got, under 
 the direction of Col. Kessler, proved of the greatest advantage in the Philippines. 
 One detachment of nine privates, two Corporals and a Sergeant were sent to a Gov- 
 ernment woodpile about three blocks away from camp. They measured the pile 
 and discovered that it was worth $2.40, so they made up a pot to pa}" for the wood 
 that they might go to sleep. The cruel officer of the day refused the offer, but 
 afterwards it was realized that the benefits of the work at Camp Merritt lay not so 
 much in its present value as in the training it afforded for the night vigils in 
 Manila. 
 
 At this time the first summary court was instituted, Maj. Brennan being 
 detailed on field officer’s court on June 4th. The court soon began to get in its 
 
 deadly work, although the good- 
 hearted Major was sometimes very 
 loath to inflict punishments as severe 
 as the regulations of the army con- 
 templated. The minor offenses were 
 followed by a few da 3 "s’ work in the 
 kitchen, and some had employment 
 there so steadily that by the time they 
 were mustered out, they had learned 
 the worthy trade of cooking. Drinks 
 cost from $2.00 up, according to size 
 and quality. 
 
 Shortly after the Montanas reached 
 San Francisco, they, together with the 
 South Dakotas, the Wyomings and 7th 
 Californians, were included in a brigade 
 under command of Gen. Arthur Mac- 
 Arthur. On June 21st, Gen. MacArthur departed for the Philippines. Col. Kess- 
 ler, who was the ranking Colonel, and, for that matter, the ranking volunteer 
 Colonel in the country, took command, and retained it for something like three 
 weeks, when he was relieved by Brigadier-General Harrison Gray Otis, U. S. V. 
 
 About the middle of June the regiment had its first pay day, being paid for 
 the months of May and June, and for a few days the business of the summary 
 court was good. The monthly pay of a private was $15.60, an increase of 20 per 
 cent on the regular $18 being allowed for war service. 
 
 The Fourth of July was spent in Oakland, where, in a beautiful public park, 
 a sham battle was fought with blank cartridges, and the boys were entertained at 
 luncheon and supper by the good people of that town. Six companies represented 
 the Americans, and the others, very reluctantly, had to play the part of Spaniards. 
 In the combat the old struggle between love and duty presented itself to the 
 “Spaniards,” whether, as soldiers, they should strain every nerve to win, or, as 
 real Americans, the Spaniards should be beaten. As it has happened in similar 
 
 THE FIRST PAY-DAY. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 THE AWKWARD SQUAD. 
 
 cases, love conquered, and by a judicious throwing off by the “Spaniards,” the 
 Americans won the day. The fight was in every respect a mimic battle, with the 
 exception, of course, of the whistling of the bullets, and was hugely enjoyed by 
 spectators and participants as well. Men were detailed to fall as though wounded, 
 and the Captain of one company, who had thoughtlessly designated a man for this 
 duty who weighed 216 pounds, 
 came in for considerable criticism 
 at the hands of the unfortunate 
 litter-bearers, who had to carry 
 him off the gore-stained field. 
 
 In the meantime, the Govern- 
 ment had made its issue of arms, 
 accoutrements and clothing, and 
 in the pattern and quality of these, 
 the lack of preparation was well shown. The rifle was the old Springfield model 
 of 1878, a venerable antiquity, whose failings were to be well demonstrated later 
 on when in hostile conflict with the modern Mausers of the Filipinos. On the 
 advance to Malolos, the unfortunate soldiers who were armed with these weapons 
 were dubbed “ bolomen ” by their luckier comrades, who had the Krag-Jorgen- 
 sens, in allusion to Aguinaldo’s “ bolo ” or machete battalions. The uniforms 
 were something indescribable. The appellation of “Boys in blue” was not 
 literally exact for the Montanans, because, after a few days’ exposure, the blouses 
 assumed a dead purple hue, and the trousers a glaring, horrible green. Nor was 
 the Regimental Quartermaster to blame, or even the Government. For the former 
 had to take what was offered, or nothing, and the latter was in much the same 
 position. Armies or their supplies cannot be created in a moment. 
 
 On July 6, 1898, death claimed its first victim. Hospital Corps Private Robert 
 Lennington, who had enlisted with Company K and had been transferred to the 
 Hospital Corps, on May 11th, passed away on that day after a severe illness of 
 pneumonia. The entire regiment joined in the impressive ceremonies of his 
 funeral. 
 
 The Montana soldiers were now becoming impatient of remaining in the 
 country. Three expeditions had already departed for foreign shores, and it was 
 thought that they should also be given their turn. Their claims were actively 
 pressed by the Colonel, but, under existing circumstances, the authorities in 
 control could not be hurried. Finally, the orders came. The transport allotted 
 was the Pennsylvania, an American-built ship which had, a short time before, 
 rounded the Horn, having been brought to San Francisco to engage in the Klon- 
 dike trade, which was then very prosperous. Last leaves were taken, and at the 
 camp the ridiculous alternated with the pathetic. Whenever a lady approached 
 a soldier friend to shake hands, a chorus of bystanders would break out into an 
 ear-splitting, hoarse howl of “Good-bye,” and “God bless you,” and fall on each 
 others’ necks, simulating uncontrollable grief. On July 18th, at 8:15 in the 
 morning, the tents fell at the sounding of the “general,” and the regiment 
 marched through the gaily decorated streets, thronged by an enthusiastic multi- 
 tude, to the dock. The ship pulled into the stream and anchored at 5 p. m. On 
 
<s 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 the 19th, at 10:30 A. m. the vessel set sail. While the work of loading had been 
 going on, on the 17th, Private Frank Camp, of Company C, succumbed to disease 
 at the French Hospital. 
 
 Sea-sickness began shorth^ after leaving the Golden Gate. Few escaped, but 
 nearly all recovered in a day or two. The trip was one of hardship to nearly all 
 on the ship. To begin with, the vessel was much overcrowded. Besides carrying 
 
 the entire Montana Regiment, there were three hundred 
 recruits for the 1st California aboard. One entire company 
 was without berths. This evil was remedied at Honolulu, 
 where seventy-five of the California men were transferred 
 to the Rio de Janeiro. 
 
 Honolulu was reached at 7:30 A. m., July 28th. The 
 troops were permitted to land, and enjoyed the few days’ 
 stay they had there hugely. The town and suburbs is 
 certain!}^ one of the prettiest spots on the face of the earth, 
 and the people, who were daily awaiting the arrival of 
 commissioners to complete formalities of annexation, 
 extended a hearty welcome. The first evening a glee 
 club of Hawaiians came aboard and sang, besides some 
 of the popular songs of the day, some of their own sweet 
 and plaintive airs. Sitting there in the moonlight, fanned by a cooling tropi- 
 cal breeze, the shadows of the tall palms on the shore in the distance, was 
 not a bad beginning. How nice it would have been if they could only have 
 brought the Filipinos over to us and had it out then and there ! For dinner 
 the next da}’' the ladies of Honolulu provided a bountiful repast in the 
 luxuriant grove in front of the Government building, formerly Queen Liliuokalani’s 
 palace. How the boys did eat, and what an abundance of mangoes, oranges, pine- 
 apples and bananas, besides more solid things ! Occasionally, drills were had, and 
 when the ship again set sail, August 3d, at 5 A. m., everybody was in the best 
 of spirits and much strengthened for the remainder of the voyage. The trip to 
 Manila was made in the company of the Rio de Janeiro, carrying South Dakota 
 troops, which was never out of sight until the destination was reached. Aboard 
 the Rio was Gen. H. G. Otis, who had command of the expedition and paid 
 occasional visits of inspection on mid-ocean. The route lay almost due east until 
 the northern extremity of Luzon was reached, when the course was south. 
 Between Honolulu and the Philippines no land was sighted. The weather in the 
 China Sea, as is usual on those turbulent waters, was rough, and on August 24th, 
 at 9:30 A. m. the ship cast anchor off Cavite, without having had any deaths, 
 accidents, or serious cases of illness aboard. 
 
 The voyage, however, had been a severe trial to all, especially after leaving 
 Honolulu. The Pennsylvania was scarcely fit for the carrying of passengers. The 
 decks were small and not shaded by awnings, and this caused, perhaps, more suffer- 
 ing than anything else, the weather encountered being intensely hot. The hold 
 became untenable, almost, 3 "et many had to sleep there for lack of room on deck. 
 The food, too, was something not to be forgotten. The bill of fare consisted, 
 breakfast and dinner, of beef stew made out of meat that was not embalmed, but 
 
 i- A. ' 
 
 A WOODPILE SHAVE. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 9 ' 
 
 would probably have kept better if it had been. This mixture was promptly 
 dubbed “vSlum-gullion,” and everybody who ever saw it, or smelt it, or tasted it, 
 agreed that it deserved its name. Supper consisted of beans sometimes cooked 
 a la gunny-sack, that is, with the gunny-sack on, whenever the cooks were tired. 
 Besides they had a receipt in the galley for baking the only soda biscuits that we 
 ever saw that would sink immediately upon touching the water. The soldiers 
 from the conditions on the ship, received thorough training in the art of “lining- 
 up.” One had to line up to go below, to pass along the deck, and get a drink of 
 water. And what water! It came fresh from the condenser and was usually 
 lukewarm. The Colonel and regimental officers did all they could to alleviate the 
 suffering of the men, but with the poor facilities the Government had provided, 
 they could do little or nothing. 
 
 The vessels had not skirted the coast of Luzon into Manila without anxiety. 
 Entirely without armed convo}^ and the Spanish War still being at its height 
 when San Francisco was left, it was not impossible that the expedition might be 
 waylaid by gunboats of the enemy. Yet these apprehensions turned out to be 
 baseless. The transport entered the bay on a bright sunny morning. A launch 
 soon came alongside and brought the request from Admiral Dewey that we should 
 deliver at once any mail we might have for the American fleet. Questions were 
 then asked. “How is the war?” “The war is over. The Spaniards surren- 
 dered Manila on August 13th.” Cheers went up, not without regrets, for every 
 man in the regiment had come to fight, and now it almost seemed as though they 
 would not get to strike a blow. Some of the more credulous even went so far as 
 to fear that the Pennsylvania would be turned back before the troops would be 
 permitted to land. All doubts on that score were, however, soon set at rest. 
 Early in the evening, disembarkation began. The soldiers were loaded on paddle- 
 wheel steamboats and taken to Cavite. The 2d Battalion landed after dark, 
 not late in the evening, though, for the sun sets early in those latitudes, and it is 
 not daylight until 7 o’clock in the morning. When the lighter touched land, 
 they crawled over three or four boats that lay between them and the wharf and 
 picked their way through the darkened walks of the Cavite Navy Yard. There 
 were shades and shadows of 
 strange things that none had seen 
 the like of before, oddly built 
 forts and houses, curious old can- 
 non that had long ceased to be 
 useful, an octagonal shrine, the 
 statue of a Spanish cavalier, and 
 rank, luxuriant tropical vegeta- 
 tion. Two troops of the 4th U. S. 
 
 Cav. were already there and told 
 the arrivals that on that very day 
 the insurgents had killed a Sergeant of the Utah Eight Artillery. It was within 
 the walls of the town of Cavite and proved to have been a drunken brawl. The 
 Sergeant failed to halt when challenged by an insurgent sentry, standing guard 
 over territory in the rebels’ hands. 
 
 CAMP EQUIPAGE. 
 
10 
 
 Cauipaigning i?i the Philippines. 
 
 A guard detail was called for that same night, to stand on the seawall and 
 protect the Spanish wrecks lying in the offing from the ravages of Filipino boat- 
 men, who were stealing everything that could be removed. Capt. Jensen was 
 officer of the day, and some of the men of his company shot at and killed two 
 thieves who were all too persistent, and wounded three others. So, from the 
 experiences and the story of the 4th Cav. troops, things were not so peaceful in 
 the Philippines after all. 
 
 By noon of the next day the entire regiment had gone into quarters in the old 
 Spanish barracks, part of which are hundreds of years old. Fort San Felipe, 
 near by, was occupied by a detachment of California Heavy Artillery and the 6th 
 U. S. Art. The South Dakotas were quartered in an old church, but these, as 
 well as the 4th Cav., soon went to Manila, leaving the field to the Montanas. 
 
 The first impressions of the Philippines were not pleasant ones. In the first 
 place, there was an entire absence of enthusiastic reception, such as the regiment 
 had been used to. There were no flags, no dinners, no shouts of welcome, and 
 all this was unconsciously resented. Nor were the natives, to our eyes, pleasant 
 to look upon. Some of the younger men and women were not ill-favored; but 
 the older Filipinos, with their dark yellow or brown, leathery skin, were not 
 unlike Chinamen blackened for a nigger minstrel show. They had a way of 
 holding up the forefinger of one hand to represent the “Americanos” and that of 
 the other to represent the Filipinos, and then putting the two together to repre- 
 sent the unity of the two races in interest and 
 in amity. “Americano mucho bueno, Spanish 
 mucho malo,” was an oft-heard phrase of theirs. 
 And with their professions their friendship ended, 
 for from the very first their attitude was covertly 
 hostile, and whenever possible they victimized 
 those who had destroyed the power of their 
 Spanish oppressors. Supplies for the army and 
 navy could only be gotten at ruinous valuations, 
 and prices of fruit and things of daily use were 
 one thing for Filipinos and two or three times as 
 much for Americans. 
 
 The unloading of the ship was done by the 
 soldiers. It was then quickly discovered that the 
 amount of physical labor that could be endured 
 by a white man was much less than at home. The 
 sun’s rays soon fatigued, and there was but 
 little refreshment in sleep during the hot nights, made hideous by millions of 
 mosquitoes. At this time the regiment first became acquainted with so-called 
 “ Prime Roast Beef.” The first fatigue details engaged in unloading the ship had 
 encountered the appetizing label on some of the boxes and managed, as if by 
 chance, to drop one or two, and break them. The cans were quickly secreted 
 under the shirts of the soldiers, taken behind a convenient wall and eaten. In 
 their famished condition they managed to eat it, but it soon became nauseating. 
 It was tried to make it palatable in all sorts of ways — boiled, fried, made into 
 
 I 
 
 ! 
 
 I 
 
 SABBATH TEACHING. 
 
Campaigning in the rjiilippines. 
 
 11 
 
 liasl], literally seasoned — but all to no avail; the stomach refused it. This was 
 the stuff that, it had been charged, was the “ refuse of the manufacture of beef 
 extract and canned soup.” The Court of Inquiry said it was the “by product” 
 of such manufacture — a distinction that did not improve its taste or nourishing 
 qualities. It was issued by the Government in the 
 Philippines off and on until the end of March. 
 
 In the morning there was one-hour drill, and in 
 the evening a half hour, besides guard duty. The 
 insidious effects of the climate soon began to be felt. 
 
 Everyone suffered to some extent of malarial fever; 
 some quite severely. Cases of a month’s confinement 
 to the hospital were common, and the men, when dis- 
 charged, were but shadows ot their former selves. 
 
 At first the Montanas occupied Cavite jointly with 
 the Filpinos. The little brown soldiers, barefooted, 
 when standing at “order arms,” the bayonetsextending 
 sometimes fifteen inches above their heads, were curious 
 to look upon. They had a large building full of Spanish 
 prisoners, who, in their famished condition, enlisted 
 the sympathies of the American soldiers. The latter frequently passed food 
 in through the bars to them, and brought them fruit. Working parties of 
 Spanish prisoners held by the Americans always returned with three or four 
 recruits who had escaped from the cruel treatment of the insurgents. The 
 presence of the Filipino soldiers, however, became undesirable. The Proctocol of 
 Paris made Cavite and Manila temporarily American, and for this reason alone, 
 if not for others, alien military forces were not to be tolerated. Gen. Andenson 
 was in command of the district of Cavite, but his first demands for evacuation 
 were met by temporizing on the part of Aguinaldo. The wily Malay soon found 
 that these tactics would avail nothing, and eventually, about the middle of 
 October he retired through the gates of the walled city of Cavite that opened on 
 the causeway which connected with the mainland. The number of insurgent 
 soldiers had been about one thousand ; of Spanish prisoners, about two hundred. 
 
 Trading with the natives was a novelty. When you wanted tomatoes, 
 potatoes or onions, 3 "ou did not buy a peck or a pound, but bought them by the 
 piece. On landing, mone^^ was quite scarce, so that some of the bo>"S were com- 
 pelled to spend their aluminum identification medals, provided by the Red Cross 
 ladies of San Francisco. The only thing that was really cheap was cigars, and 
 of these, one could enjoy the best the Islands afforded for two cents apiece. 
 Ever\Tody smoked them, men, women and children alike. 
 
 The situation at Manila was becoming such that the Commanding General 
 issued orders for the regiment to come to that cit^v On October 24, 1898, the 1st 
 and 2d Battalions left Cavite, and on November 21st, the 3d followed. The 2d 
 and 3d Battalions were quartered at No 6. San Miguel street, and the 1st near by, 
 on Gunao street, headquarters being established at 23 San Miguel street. The 
 barracks were crowded, and those at 6 San Miguel had been a warehouse for 
 dried cocoanuts, the smell of which remained to the last. Mosquito nets and can- 
 
 “ CLEANLINESS IS NEXT TO 
 GODLINESS.” 
 
12 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 vas cots were furnished, which made living much more comfortable. The rains 
 were severe, and the lot where the cooking was done soon became a trackless 
 swamp. One who has never seen a tropical rain can have no conception of the 
 deluge of water that is poured from the heavens. The city of Manila has an 
 abundant water supply. Shower baths were provided and were used by the sol- 
 diers sometimes as often as four to five times a day. It was the onl}^ way of 
 keeping cool. For drinking purposes the water had to be boiled. 
 
 Drilling was cut down to half an hour in the morning, and in the evening a 
 march and dress parade, occupying about the same length of time, was had. The 
 regiment, besides guarding its own camp, was required to furnish a guard for the 
 Escolta, Manila’s principal thoroughfare, from November 10th to December 8th, 
 and the sentries at the headquarters of the 2d Division of the 8th Army Corps, 
 Maj. Gen. MacArthnr, No. 16 General Solano street, were Montana men from 
 the beginning of January until the middle of July. 
 
 The sanitar}" conditions at the barracks and their surroundings, the kind of 
 water and food and the amount of work and hardship to which the soldiers were 
 subjected, made themselves felt in the daily sick reports, a never-failing barometer. 
 Thus, at Cavite, the 1st Battalion, which was quartered in an old Spanish fort, 
 with thick and damp walls, had thirty to forty sick men where the others had 
 only fifteen or twenty. The percentage of sick in San Francisco had been about 
 four. In Cavite it speedily rose to ten, and fluctuated in that neighborhood until 
 the trouble broke out, when at one time it rose as high as thirty-two in the Mon- 
 tanas, although other regiments had it as high as sixty-five per cent. Artificer 
 John C. Adams, Company A, died at Cavite, September 2, 1898, of typhoid 
 fever; Private Cary A. Sayler, Company A, at the same place and of the same 
 disease, on September 5th; Private William C. O’Leary, at the same place, Sep- 
 tember 5th, of spinal meningitis; Private Daniel McElliott, Company A, October 
 
 22d, at Cavite, of dysen- 
 tery; Private Walter J. 
 McLean. Com pan}" L, 
 October 28th, at Cavite. 
 There were no further 
 deaths until Private 
 Harry Archibald, Com- 
 pany M, died at Manila, 
 January 6, 1899, of ty- 
 phoid fever, and his was 
 the last death before the 
 trouble broke out. 
 
 On December 1, 1898, 1st Lieut, and Regimental Adjt. Ben E. Calkins, who 
 was called home on pressing business affairs, received his discharge from the 
 service. He sailed for home two days later. Second Lieut. William B. Knowlton, 
 Company G, who was extremely popular with the officers and enlisted men, was 
 detailed as Acting Regimental Adjutant on December 2d, and on the 24th of the same 
 month he received his promotion as 1st Lieutenant and Adjutant, and served in 
 that capacity until muster out, with great credit to himself and to his regiment. 
 
 DISHING UP RATIONS. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 13 
 
 First Ivieiit. Edgar S. Paxson, Company G, was given sick leave to the United 
 States on October 15, 189S. His health was such that he could not return and he 
 was mustered out of the service. Pdrst Lieut. Louis P. Sanders was detailed as 
 aide to the General commanding the American troops, and remained on that duty 
 during his stay in the Philippines. Capt. Charles Gardner and 1st Lieut. Wil- 
 liam F. McGrath, both of Company B; 2d Lieut. Adolph Kappner, Company 
 F, and 2d Lieut. Gerald Sullivan, Company M, were discharged from the ser- 
 vice on January 8, 1899. First Lieut. Jacob M. 
 
 Kennedy, Company K, was discharged on account 
 of sickness on December 81st. First Lieut. Bryan 
 Conrad, Company M, was discharged September 
 1st, to go into the 18th U. S. Inf. The following 
 promotions were made from the muster-in of the 
 regiment until the outbreak of hostilities: Louis 
 P. Sanders, Captain of Company B, January 28d; 
 
 Clarence I. Boardman, 1st Lieutenant of Com- 
 pany B, January 28d; S. A. J. Dorn, 2d Lieu- 
 tenant of Company M, January 9th and 1st Lieu- 
 tenant same company, January 23d; Byron J. 
 
 McIntyre, 1st Lieutenant, Company G, January 
 24th; Philip Greenan, 1st Lieutenant, Company 
 K, January 6th; William C. Gardenhire, 2d Lieu- 
 tenant, Company P', January 22d; Ernest V. D. 
 
 Murphy, 2d Lieutenant, Company G, January 6th; Arthur O’Leary, 2d Lieuten- 
 ant, Company M, January 23d; Valentine Laubenheimer, 2d Lieutenant, Company 
 A, January 23d, and Myles Kelly, 2d Lieutenant, Company H, January 23d. 
 
 On December 24, 1898, the Montanas were assigned a place in the line of 
 defenses of Manila. The regiment was then, as throughout the campaign, a part 
 of the 2d Division, under Major-General Mac Arthur, which occupied the 
 portion of Manila north of the Pasig River, and was brigaded with the 20th 
 Kansas, 10th Pennsylvanias, and 3d Art. (acting as infantry), under Brigadier- 
 General Harrison Gray Otis. The Montanas occupied a position, the center of 
 which was a point on the Dulumbayan Road, about one thousand yards north of 
 the leper hospital. The 3d Art. was to the left and the Pennsylvanias to the right. 
 There was a small cemetery nearby, heavily walled, which was used as a fortress 
 on the night of February 4th. The post was about two miles from the barracks. 
 At first it was occupied by one company at a time, on duty for twent 3 -four hours 
 at a time. On January 7th, two companies were on at night and one in the day, 
 and on February 1st, four companies were held in reserve at the barracks with 
 orders to march out at the first sign of difficulty. 
 
 The attitude of the Filipinos w^as hostile throughout, and the relations between 
 the two forces became more and more strained every day. The patience with 
 which the Americans received the insults of the insurgents was mistaken for 
 cowardice. All sorts of challenges were called to the sentries in bad Spanish. 
 “ Quiere combatir ! Americano mucho malo! Poco tiempo, no mas Montanas!” 
 meaning, ” Come and fight,” “The Americans are no good.” “Pretty soon the 
 
 A CAMP PEDDI.ER. 
 
 Mont. 2 
 
14 
 
 Cainpaig)iino in the Philippines. 
 
 Montanas will be exterminated,” and so on. The commanding General was 
 determined not to use violence until attacked by force of arms, and all this had 
 to be borne. 
 
 About the middle of January a painful accident occurred. A sentry belonging 
 to Company B carelessly discharged his rifle, the ball lodging in the hip of a Fili- 
 pino woman, and inflicting a mortal wound. Maj. (later Lieutenant-Colonel) 
 Cook, who was field officer of the day, quelled the excitement, which was run- 
 ning high. A money contribution by Col. Kessler to the bereaved widower, large 
 enough to bury the remains with pomp and enable him to get a handsomer and 
 younger wife, sufficed to smooth over the incident. 
 
 The first actively hostile demonstration at the Montana line was made on Jan- 
 uary 18th. Company E was on duty and Capt. Jenson was in charge of his com- 
 pany. At about 2 p. M., a squad composed of Corp. \V. H. Mace and Privates 
 Robert Johnston, J. L. Banks, G. L. Banks, M. Phelan, \V. P. Mulchay, Otto 
 Olson and Eli Loucks, posted 150 3’ards in front of the main body, observed a bod}' 
 of Aguinaldo’s soldiers with rifles leveled, coming toward it. The sentry called a 
 halt, which was received with shouts of derision. The P'ilipinos crossed into the 
 American lines and soon had the squad completely surrounded. Private Loucks 
 
 BREAKING CAMP. 
 
 was sent to the Captain as messenger, and the squad, under the circumstances, 
 not being allowed to fire, reluctantly began to slowly fall back. Soon Capt. Jen- 
 son arrived, brought the outpost back to the main body, and deployed the com- 
 pany at the right and left of the road, in line of skirmishers, some distance in front 
 of the walled cemetery. In accordance with instructions, he telegraphed Gen. 
 MacArthur, “Outpost attacked.” In half an hour Brigadier-General H. G. Otis 
 and Inspector-General John S. Mallory, of MacArthur’s staff, arrived and had a 
 parley with the Filipinos. Their commander apologized and quiet was soon re- 
 stored, the outpost re-occupying its old position. 
 
 A day or two later. Col. Kessler, when field officer of the day, was called upon 
 to pour oil on the troubled waters at the Kansas outpost, where a sentry was 
 holding a mob of over three hundred at bay, by loading his rifle with ball car- 
 tridges in the presence of some insolent Filipinos, who persisted in entering the 
 lines armed. This difficulty, too, was adjusted. 
 
 During the night of February 2d, the first hostile shots were fired at the Mon- 
 tana men. Companies G and B were on duty. Early in the evening the Cor- 
 poral of the guard, John J. McLane, had noticed unusual activit}' in the native 
 houses of the vicinity. A larger number than common of natives was seen to be 
 
VlKWvS ABOUT MANILA. 
 
IG 
 
 Caiiipaionuig in the Philippines. 
 
 about, and about 9 o’clock a dusky messenger was seen to go from house to 
 house. Trouble was anticipated, and it came. At midnight the sentries of Com- 
 pany G were relieved by Company B men. About half an hour later two shots 
 were fired at the men on the foremost post. The alarm was given in a minute, 
 and, directly, Capt. Wynne and Tieut. Corby had deplo^'ed their men as skir- 
 mishers, B to the left and G to the right of the road. Officers and men, long held 
 at bay, were eager for the fray, but Maj. Drennan, field officer of the day, of 
 cour.se, could not permit it. Peace was restored, and hostilities were put off a 
 little while longer. 
 
 The humdrum of barrack life and the monotony of what was practically 
 imprisonment in the limits of Manila, had made all anxious to strike the blow. 
 The opportunity came on the evening of February 4th. The long-continued 
 hostile attitude of the insurgents culminated in their attack on the Nebraskas, 
 who occupied the extreme right of Gen. MacArthur’s line. A sentry of this 
 regiment fired the finst shot of the war. The volunteers in the Philippines had 
 enlisted against the Spaniards, but fighting was now a matter of self-defense and 
 just vengeance, and to a man they were eager for the call of duty and the orders 
 of their superiors. 
 
 When the attack began. Companies M and I were on the line, and I), F, A 
 and K were in reserve quarters. Capt. Hallahan, Company M, was in com- 
 mand of the force at the front. The night was a very dark one. A little before 
 9 o’clock he called the attention of Maj. Bierer, of the 10th Pennsylvania, 
 field officer of the day, to some shots heard in the distance. Being repeated, they 
 discussed them, and first thought they might be fire-crackers. Maj. Bierer finally 
 said: ‘ ‘ Those are not fire-crackers. The ball is opened. ’ ’ They listened a moment 
 longer and then formed the two companies, M and I, and ten or fifteen minutes 
 later they heard the Filipino bugles blow a call in the distance that was new to 
 
 them. It was quite long, 
 and presumably a call to 
 arms. Corp. William S. 
 Lincoln, Company M, 
 was then at the cossack 
 post, some 550 paces north 
 of the main body, with a 
 squad of twelve men be- 
 longing to both Compan- 
 ies M and I. Private 
 Michael Henry was the 
 sentry to the left. He 
 was the first Montana 
 man fired upon, and promptly returned the fire. Soon the entire detachment was 
 engaged. The Filipinos endeavored to surround it, but it gallantly held its own, 
 retreating slowly to the main body, keeping up a steady fire and taking advantage 
 of the conformation of the ground. The two companies were deployed, 500 yards 
 to the left of the road, to connect with the 3d Art., and 360 yards to the right to 
 touch Pennsylvania’s left, a long line for so few to defend, allowing only one man 
 
 MARCHING TO THE TRAIN. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 17 
 
 KN ROUTK TO SAN FRANCISCO. 
 
 to every twelve paces. This position was held for over an hour, when, in 
 obedience to repeated orders. Companies M and I retired to the small walled ceme- 
 tery 800 paces to the rear, and rather reluctantly, because at this .station the 
 ground could be only imperfectly covered, so that there was some danger that the 
 insurgents might sneak through to the leper hospital. They had approached as 
 close as twenty yards, but after that the shots were long range, immediate hopes 
 of penetrating the lines having 
 apparently been given up. 
 
 Our soldiers were much ex- 
 posed by their black-powder 
 cartridges, which they had to 
 use in part, and which belched 
 forth long tongues of flame 
 that gave the enemy complete 
 indication of their position. 
 
 In the meantime. Col. Kess- 
 ler arrived with reinforcements. 
 
 At half-past nine, the order 
 had come at the barracks to 
 fall in. Maj. Miller had been 
 placed in command of the companies that were left to guard the safety of Manila. 
 Tieut. Col. Wallace and Maj. Cook had gone to the left of the Kansas, the 
 extreme left of the north line, with Companies G, E, and B. The latter two 
 immediately returned, but G fought with Kansas until the morning of the 6th, 
 when it, too, joined the regiment. The command was halted on the corner of 
 Dulumbayan Road and Calle Iris, where Maj. Gen. MacArthur had established 
 temporary headquarters. The Colonel took Companies L and C forward, and 
 the.se, with M and I, were, by 11 p. m., disposed about the small cemetery; 
 Company I, Capt. Preston, to the left of the road, using the rice-dikes for shelter. 
 The thick walls of the cemetery afforded ample protection for the other companies. 
 Two guns of the Utah Light Artillery — three 2 -inch field pieces — also took post 
 here, and began their destructive work under Capt. Grant of that organiza- 
 tion. Firing was kept up all night, and by daylight the boys, although there 
 had been no casualty, were pretty well exhausted. The vigorous kick of the 
 ancient Springfield muskets had made many an arm black and blue, and many a 
 shoulder painfully sore. However, Manila was still American, and the battle had 
 been won. Capt. Keown then, with a squad of Company C men, was detailed 
 to clear the territory in the immediate front of nipa huts, by burning them to the 
 ground, and about 10 o’clock in the forenoon. Companies M and I advanced 
 about one thousand yards, also clearing away obstructions. 
 
 Gen. MacArthur now (Sunday morning, February 5thl ordered an advance of 
 about a mile to La Loma Church and the Chinese Cemetery. Capt. Hill, with a 
 squad of about a dozen men of Company F, which had in the meantime arrived, 
 was sent to reconnoiter the position to the right. Considerable resistance was met, 
 but the Chinese Hospital was gained, being found deserted, and about the 
 same time Lieut. Gardenhire, with another detachment of Company F, appeared. 
 
IS 
 
 CainJ:aij^)ii?ig in the Philippines. 
 
 Col. Kessler now moved the regiment forward, and after sharp fighting, occupied 
 the line contemplated in the General’s orders. It included, besides tbe church 
 and cemetery mentioned, the town of Lico and also block-house Xo.* 2, a strong 
 fortress of hewn stone, provided with numerous port-holes for musketry. Com- 
 panies C, F, H, I, K, Iv and M had taken part in the engagement, while G (Capt. 
 W^vniie) was on the lefc of the Kansas, and fought bravely with that regiment. 
 The next day (Monday, the fith) an adjustment of the lines was made, involving 
 a slight advance. Trenches were thrown up, and the position retained until Feb- 
 ruary 10th. The bulk of the regiment was stationed to the left of block-house 
 Xo. 2; Company E was at the block-house, and C and M were to the right near 
 La Loma Church, with the Pennsylvanias, under command of Maj. Drennan. 
 
 The fight of the 5th claimed six victims. The following were wounded: Pri- 
 vate L. L. Pierstorff, Company C; Private Charles Runnels, H; Private George A. 
 Rowland, H; Corp. Edward L. Skinner, I; Corp. William Meyersick, I, (died 
 February 18th), and Private John Sorensen, L, (died February 20th). Private 
 Henry Slack, Company B, was wounded on the 7th. 
 
 The extension of the line, to include the village of Caloocan, was now decided 
 upon by the division commander. The movement was set for the 10th of Feb- 
 ruary, and made with the co-operation of the fleet. For thirty minutes, beginning 
 at 8:09 p. m., upon signal from the high cupola of La Loma Church, the division 
 
 headquarters, the rebel entrenchments were 
 bombarded by the big 10-inch guns of the 
 navy, and the shrapnel of the Utah Artil- 
 lery. The ardor of the cannoneers was 
 such that it was impossible to control their 
 Are within the time limits fixed, so that it 
 was not safe for the infantr}’ advance to com- 
 mence until 8:50 p. m. Then the signal was 
 given and the Montana boys swept forward 
 in a hail of Mauser and Remington bullets. 
 The enemy fled before them in confusion, man}' falling before the well-directed 
 fire. The programme placed Companies D, G, A and I between Kansas on the 
 left and the 8d Art. on the right, on the firing line, but Companies L, K, B and F, 
 who had been designated as support to remain in the rear, could not be controlled, 
 and they, too, pressed forward on the advance line. Col. Kessler was in command 
 of these eight companies. Company E held block-house Xo. 2, and C was with 
 the Pennsylvanias at La Loma Church. Company M and its Captain were selected 
 for a duty which is referred to in the report of the division commander in the 
 following words: 
 
 “ In the connection with the occupation of Caloocan, Company M of the Mon- 
 tana Regiment, Capt. Hallahan commanding, was placed under the orders of 
 Maj. Bell, U. S. V. engineers, in charge of the office of Military Information, with 
 a view to utilizing a ravine for a concealed advance, in the hope of deriving 
 advantage from the sudden and unexpected appearance of troops on that part of 
 the field. This duty, which was special in its nature, and also involved the pos- 
 sibility of extra hazard, was well performed.” 
 
Cainpai(rning in the Philippines. 
 
 19 
 
 Capt. Hallahaii, in a personal interview with Gen. MacArthur, received the 
 instructions for his command. The company, at 1:30 on the afternoon of the 
 battle, concealed by a rank growth of bamboos and grasses, took position some 
 distance in advance of the troops. At the preconcerted signal, the discharge of a 
 cannon, the men stealthily crawled forward, unobserved by the enemy, endeavor- 
 ing to gain the left flank of the enemy’s trenches, and to drive them therefrom by 
 enfilading fire. When within 300 yards, they opened on the 
 enemy, and were then attacked both front and rear. After a 
 determined stand, the firing from the insurgents in the rear 
 subsided, the rest of the American forces having in the mean- 
 time commenced their advance. Capt. Hallahan then moved 
 forward and soon arrived at his destination, the final charge 
 being made with fixed bayonets, ammunition having given 
 out. Company D arrived at Caloocan about the same time 
 from the other direction. Privates James Casey and William 
 E. Edwards of Company M raised the American flag on the 
 town at 5:15 p. m., while rebel bullets were still flying. The 
 ardor of the Montana boys was such, and the “niggers” ran 
 so well, that our men were carried over a mile beyond their 
 destination, but before nightfall were ordered back to Caloocan. The insurgents 
 had fired the village before evacuating and nothing was standing save the railroad 
 shops and the church, which had been used as a fort and partly ruined by the shells 
 from the battleships in the bay. 
 
 The victory, however, was costly. Private Frederick Hall of the band, was 
 killed. The following were wounded: Lieut. Col. R. B. Wallace; Private John C. 
 Bullard, Company A; Musician Seth H. Dibble, Company A.; Corp. David A. 
 Bruneau, Company A; Private Adolph F. Charette, Company A; Sergt. Everett 
 Metcalf, Company B; Sergt. Geo. W. Lowman, Company D; Private James M. 
 Box, Company D; Private Edward G. Reynolds, Company D; Capt. Wm. F. Hill, 
 Company F; Lieut. Wm. C. Gardenhire, Company F; Private James Cravere, 
 Company F; Pri- 
 vate James W. 
 
 Kennedy, Com- 
 pany G ; Private 
 Delos D. Bab- 
 cock, Company 
 G; Artificer Wm. 
 
 J. Borthwick, 
 
 Company G; Pri- 
 vate Karl J. Peterson, Company G; Private Thomas Malloy, Company K; Private 
 John J. Campbell, Company M (died February 16th); Private Joseph Callahan, 
 Company M, and Private Clarence G. Briggs of the band (died February 12th), a 
 total of one killed and twenty wounded. Private Percy C. Bullard, Company I, 
 had been wounded the day before. 
 
 The Montana boys now entrenched themselves a little beyond Caloocan and to 
 the right of the railroad track, and here they remained until March 24th, when 
 
20 
 
 Campaigniuir m the Philippines. 
 
 further advance was ordered. The camp consisted of a long single row of shelter 
 tents, pitched directly in the trenches, and here, for a month and a half, the 
 soldiers, from Colonel down, slept, ate, drank, chatted, wrote letters and fought 
 The life was trying. Outposts were maintained at some distance to the front, and 
 this dangerous duty was attended with frequent casualties. In the trenches it 
 was necessary to be on the alert at all hours of the day and night. The favorite 
 hours for insurgent attack were 11 at night, and 8 in the morning; but at 
 any time one was likel}' to be disturbed at mess, during a nap, or while washing 
 or shaving, and compelled to pick up the rifle for an exchange of compliments 
 with the dusk}^ warriors. Such things as leaves-of-absence were unknown. 
 Ever^^one had to sta}' right on the fighting-line. From Malabon, separated by a 
 marsh and an arm of the sea, the deadly fire of the insurgents entirely covered 
 the camp. The bullets came not only from the front but also from the rear. The 
 dangerousness of the position is attested by the following list of casualties, which 
 occured during the occupation: killed. Private Henry C. Beecher, Company 
 
 A, on March 
 1 5th ; wounded , 
 Private Francis 
 G. A n s p a c h , 
 Company A, Feb- 
 ruary 25th ; Pri- 
 vate Alvin F. 
 Plottner, A, Feb- 
 ruary 28th ; Pri- 
 vate Otto Nel- 
 son, A, February 
 23d ; Private 
 John \V. Shan- 
 non, A, Febru- 
 ary 23d; Private Charles Brinton, B, February 11th; Private Martin Hyman, B, 
 February 22d; Private John F. Funn, C, Februar}^ 23d; Private Glen Hurd, C, 
 February 23d; Private Albert S. Hicks, C, February 25th; Private William F. 
 Kraemer, D, February 23d ; Private Frederick A. Chaxel, F, Februar}' 23d ; Private 
 Theodore H. Manchester, G, February 23d; Private Edward S. Moore, G, Febru- 
 ary 27th (died February 28th); Private William A. Bonham, I, February 23d; 
 1st Lieut. Philip Greenan, K, February 23d; Private Howard L. Turner, K, Feb- 
 ruary 28th ; Private Thomas P. Dunn, L, February 23d ; Private William J. 
 Cheastey, M, Februar}^ 28th, and Private Alfred Cashmore of the band, ^larch 
 2d ; a total of one killed and one wounded, in this period. 
 
 There was much suffering from the heat, the poor quality of the food, the bad- 
 ness of the water, the unhealthiness of the neighborhood, and the close confine- 
 ment to the camp. 
 
 The days at Caloocan were unrelieved by engagements of any magnitude. 
 The events of February 23d are, however, noteworthy. On that day a formidable 
 uprising was undertaken in the city of Manila by the combined efforts of the 
 natives, assisted by insurgent soldiers, who had apparently passed our lines 
 
VIEWS IN TIIK INTERIOR OF EUZON. 
 
-- Ca})ipaig)iing in the Philippuies. 
 
 disguised, for the purpose of eiicouragiiig their friends in the city. Information 
 of a successful attack by natives on the Tondo car-shed of the tramway line con- 
 necting ]\Ianila and IMalabon, and which lay directly on the road from camp to the 
 city, was reported to Gen. MacArthur. The enemy was thus cutting off commun- 
 ication with Manila. Troops of the Provost Guard was sent in their pursuit, and 
 Company L, accompanied by Maj. Mallory, of the division staff, assisted from the 
 
 other direction to effect their dislodgement, which was 
 soon accomplished. Corp. William A. Stedman was 
 wounded and kieut. Eugene S. French was killed under 
 circumstances that illustrated the treacherous nature of 
 the foe. A party of natives had been cornered and so 
 hard pressed that the}^ raised a white flag to invoke the 
 mercy of our sharpshooters. French commanded his 
 men to cease firing, and while he was assuring the insur- 
 gents in a few words of Spanish of their safety, one of 
 them quickly picked up a rifle concealed in the grass and 
 inflicted a wound upon him of which he instantly died. 
 
 Fred S. Yaeger and George E. Kumpe were mustered 
 in as 2d Lieutenants on March 6th and 24th, respectively. 
 
 The forward movement, which culminated in the capture of Malolos, the rebel 
 capital, began for the Montanas on the night of March 24th. On the fighting 
 line the 3d Art. and Kansas were to be at the left, then the Montanas and the 
 Pennsylvanias at their right. To effect the new arrangement the Montanas, 
 under the cover of darkness, marched from Caloocan to La Loma Church, a dis- 
 tance of three miles. At this time the total fighting strength, through casualties 
 and disease, had dwindled to 42 officers and 796 enlisted men. The entire regi- 
 ment was united, except Compain’^ A (Capt. Moran), which had been temporarily 
 detailed as guard in town and arrived too late to reach La Loma, but which, re- 
 porting to Gen. Wheaton, fought with the 2d Oregons at ^lalabon, joining its 
 own command on the morning of the 27th. All soldiers were provided with 200 
 rounds of ammunition, weighing about twenty pounds, and twenty-four hours’ 
 rations. 
 
 The main body of the insurgent army had been located by reconnoissance at 
 Polo and Xovaliches, but the enemy was strongly entrenched on the farther banks 
 of the Tuliahan River, a stream averaging a width of forty feet and a depth of five 
 feet, and running nearly parallel to the old Caloocan-La Loma entrenchments at a 
 distance of about three miles in front. The ground which was to be taken, placed 
 our troops at serious disadvantage. For the most part it consisted of hard, dried- 
 up rice fields terraced down to the enemy’s position, who was concealed b}’ the 
 rank growth of bamboo along the banks of the Tuliahan. The scheme was for 
 the 2d Brigade, under Hale, to execute a turning movement, come upon the 
 enemy from the rear, and thus imprison him between the 1st Brigade, which in- 
 cluded the Montanas, in front, and the 2d Brigade behind. On account of the 
 dense tropical jungle, it could not be carried out. 
 
 The start was made in line of skirmishers at 6 a. m.. Col. Kessler in com- 
 mand. Wallace, with H, K, and C, was to the left of the road leading north ; 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 Cook, \\ith M, E, G, and D, to his left, and Miller, with E, F, I, and B, to the 
 left of Cook. Some confusion was caused by Pennsylvania companies getting in 
 between the ‘2d and 3d Battalions, but this was soon straightened out. The 
 enemy’s fire proved deadly from the first. Sharp resistance was encountered at 
 every inch of the ground. Almost more harassing than the hostile bullets, were 
 the blighting rays of the tropical sun, and the thorns of the jungle which tore 
 clothes and flesh. Heat prostrations were numerous and had soon decimated the 
 command. 
 
 The entrenchments at the Tuliahan were formidable works, but the well- 
 directed bullets from our side soon cleared them of living Filipinos. Two strong 
 block-houses of the enemy also impeded the progress of the Montanas, but 
 
 EMBARKING FOR MANILA. 
 
 Companies D and G killed six insurgents by firing at and through the port-holes. 
 It was the latter Company, too, that suffered most severely on this day. 
 
 By 10 o’clock in the morning the trenches had been cleared, and the Montanas 
 took a well-deserved rest on the near bank of the Tuliahan. At noon, the 
 entire command crossed, the 1st Battalion wading through water that reached to 
 the armpits, and the 2d, about waist deep. The 8d came up the Polo Road, and 
 forded at the Malabon pumping station. Here, just north of the river, the 
 Montanas pitched camp, or rather laid down on the ground in their company 
 formation for a few hours’ rest, for they had no tents, no bedding, and no blankets. 
 The losses of the day were: killed. Private Percy R. Lockhart and Private Steve 
 Stephens, both of Company G; Private William Meitschke, M, and Artificer 
 Joseph A. J. Beckmann, F. Private Robert Brown, G, died the next day of a 
 mortal wound received at the Tuliahan. The wounded were Private Thomas 
 Rickard, Company D; Private John Cavanaugh, E; Private James Enright, E; 
 
24 
 
 Cai)ipaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 Musician James M, McOuary, E; Private George T. Banks, E; Private William 
 H. McCarthy, G; Private Hayes Axtell, G; Private Gomer Williams, G ; Private 
 Joseph P. Meyer, G; Private John T. McLaughlin, G; Private Charles E. 
 Young, G ; 2d Lieut. ]\Iyles Kelly, H ; Private Louis Pollat, H ; Private Edvard 
 J. Lynn, I ; Private Edward ]\I. Weaver, I, and Private John TC Robinson, M ; 
 a total of five killed and sixteen wounded, of which three killed and six wounded 
 belonged to Company G. 
 
 Fighting the next day was desultory. Early in the morning the regiment 
 formed column of fours and marched northward until it came in sight of Polo and 
 the railroad. The dense smoke of the burning village of Malabon, which the 
 rebels had put to the torch before evacuation, obscured the horizon to the west. 
 In the early afternoon Gen. H. G. Otis had a drill of his brigade. Later, the 
 marc h was resumed, and by 5 p. m. the regiment was encamped in the trenches of 
 the* e nemy a mile or so north of Polo and to the right of the track of the Manila 
 and IJagnpan Railway. Xearby was a salt-water pond, and most of the men 
 availed themselves of the opportunity of a cooling bath, although 
 the whistle of occasional bullets from rebel sharpshooters was 
 still to be heard. To the front the glare of burning towns, 
 abandoned by the enemy, lit up the night. 
 
 Maj. and Surgeon Francis J. Adams, who had been in the 
 thickest of the fight, binding up wounds and alleviating the 
 suffering of those overcome by heat, and Private Edward Mor- 
 rissey, Company B, were wounded this day (March 26th). 
 
 On the 27th, the regiment was in reserve, the 3d U. S. Art. 
 constituting the firing line of the 1st Brigade. Camp was 
 broken about 6:45 A. m., and the march proceeded in column 
 of fours. Meycauayan was reached about 10:30 a. m. At 
 about 5 p. 31. the command moved northward on the road about 
 a mile, to the Marilao River, finding the bridge destroyed. 
 Here it bivouacked for the night. The road to the rear was 
 crowded with the supply train of the army, and means had to be provided for its 
 crossing. Fording was impossible, for the river was from fifteen to twenty feet 
 deep. Under the direction of Capt. Francis P. Shrink of the Corps of Engineers, 
 the Montanas built a pontoon bridge. Work was begun about 9 p. 3i. Some 
 cascoes were found in the river and lumber was obtained from the church. This 
 lumber was very hard and heavy. Much of it had to be sawed into suitable 
 lengths, and there was much delay on account of having only one saw. The 
 bridge was supported by two cascoes, one transverse to the length of the bridge, 
 the other longitudinal. It was finished by 7 :30 a. 3i. the next morning, details 
 of sixty men each working all night for two-hour shifts. 
 
 The position of reserve is almost as perilous as the firing line, for eight men 
 were wounded this day (March 27th). They were Private Harry T. Athay, A; Pri- 
 vate Theodore Volkey, C; Private William H. Yost, G; Private Frank A. Gibson, 
 H; Corp. Joseph Lorenz, I; Private Seymour Addison, I; Private John T. Tier- 
 ney, K, and Private Lawrence Keenan, K. During the afternoon Maj. Miller 
 
 LAST MAX ABOARD. 
 
Cauipaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 25 
 
 crossed the ri'ver to the left, in cascoes, with Companies I and B, to protect the 
 left flank of the 8d Art., who were just then in considerable straits. 
 
 Early on the 28th, the Marilao River was crossed on the bridge which had 
 been built. The day was quite uneventful. The regiment advanced to Bocaue, 
 and camped there. There were no casualties on this day. 
 
 At b:80 the next morning (March 2hth) the 2d and 8d Battalions (Cook’s and 
 Miller’s) were formed in line of skirmishers and the 1st (Wallace’s') was held as 
 support. The advance proceeded amid the whistle of rebel bullets. By 10 o’clock 
 Bocaue bridge was passed, and Bigaa to the front was burning, set afire b}^ the 
 fleeing insurgents. It was taken by our troops by 1 p. m. 
 
 It was now necessary to wait for the supply train. The draught animal in the 
 Philippines is the carabao, or water buffalo, and the speed of this ponderous beast 
 is about five miles a day, and he had been entirely unable to keep up with the in- 
 fantry. At Marilao, however, most of the food had been transferred to a railway 
 train, and this now came up, carrying also an abundant supply of good water. 
 Through the lack of water the troops had suffered much, for that which had been 
 encountered by the way, was not only “green, crawling and stinkin’ ,” like Gunga 
 Din’s in Kipling’s poem, but .strongly brackish as well. The troops were issued 
 
 LBAVING GOLDEN GATE. 
 
 rations, made a hasty meal, and by 3:15 p. m. were again under way. The com- 
 mand crossed on the railroad bridge and camped near Guiguinto. The casualties 
 for the day (March 29th) were the following, wounded: Corp. William H. Tol- 
 bert, A; Private James P. Eennox, E; Private Axel Peterson, E; Private William 
 Borkowski, F; Private Edward Bowen, F; Private Frederick Wheaton, H, (died 
 next day); Private Alex. F. Smith, H, and Private Charles F. Meyer, H; a total 
 of eight. Col. Kessler’s orderly, William G. Marshall, of Company D, was killed 
 on this day while standing by the Colonel’s side, holding his horse. There were 
 no further casualties until after Malolos had been taken. 
 
 The advance next day (March 30th) was again delayed by shortage of rations. 
 It began at 2 o’clock in the afternoon in column of fours, but some resistance 
 being encountered. Companies A and F were deployed as skirmishers. The 
 enemy soon fled, and the regiment bivouacked at Santa Isabel, about three miles 
 from Malolos, by the side of the Kansas and the 3d Art. 
 
 Malolos could have been gained the same day, but owing to the fact that it was 
 the rebel capital, considerable resistance was anticipated, and this was confirmed 
 by natives who entered the American lines from the north, during the day of the 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 2 () 
 
 oOth. From the boasts of the insurgents, a desperate stand, it was believed, was 
 to be made. Malolos was known to be strongly entrenched. 
 
 Preparations were accordingly made for a premeditated battle of considerable 
 proportions, the *2d Brigade being to the right of the railway track and the 1st to 
 the left, Montana in the center of the latter, between the 3d Art. on its left and 
 the Kansas on its right. An artillery bombardment of twenty-five minutes opened 
 
 the engagement, and thereafcer, at 7:25 A. m., 
 March 31st, the advance of the infantry began. 
 Although there was a large force of insurgents 
 present, there was but little opposition. The 
 enemy seemed to have been thoroughly cowed by 
 this time by their constant defeat. Montana 
 moved forwards in line as skirmishers, and by 10 
 K - .MR .RACING .\T Ho-xoLULr. o’clock the towii wus reached. At 10:30 the 2d 
 Battalion (Cook) received orders to enter. The convent, which had been occupied 
 bv Aguinaldo as headquarters was found in flames, and the last dozen or so 
 retreating P'ilipinos fired from behind street barricades of stones. The Montana 
 men charged, killed some, and routed the rest. A flag belonging to some members 
 of Company G was soon hoisted, and it was the first American flag to wave over 
 the rebel captial. The regiment went into camp in a line about a mile long on 
 the banks of a small creek north of Malolos, remaining there nearly two months. 
 
 The problem now was to ascertain the direction taken by the fleeing enemy. 
 Two days later (April 2d), the 3d Battalion, under Maj. Miller, composed of Com- 
 panies F, I, B and A, made a reconnoissance to the north in the neighborhood of 
 the Bagbag River and found the enemy in considerable force on the opposite bank. 
 No one was hurt. 
 
 On April 4th, the entire regiment, accompanied by two 3.2-inch field pieces 
 and one Colt’s automatic gun, the latter borrowed from the navy and in charge of 
 Lieut. Cleland Davis, U. S. N., made another reconnoissance in the same direc- 
 tion, along the railway. The start was made at 5:30 A. m., and by 10 o’clock the 
 regiment reached a point within two hundred yards of the Bagbag. The enem}^ 
 had strong trenches, masked by banana trees, on the other bank. One span of 
 the railway bridge had been broken. The 1st and 3d Battalions found shelter in 
 a clump of bamboos, but the 2d (Cook’s), being in the lead, was compelled to lay 
 in the open rice fields, exposed to the glaring sun, and the enemy’s bullets, as 
 well. A messenger was sent to Gen. Mac Arthur and the return to Malolos or- 
 dered by him, and commenced by 5:30 p. m. The day had been very trying to 
 the 2d Battalion. Over thirty men were prostrated by the intense heat, and Corp. 
 Owen H. Rowlands, Company L, was killed, and Principal Musician George 
 Crowell, Private \Vm. J. Boast, Company G, and Private Frank Landreman, M, 
 were wounded. 
 
 On April 14th a permanent scouting and reconnoitering detachment was or- 
 ganized under Maj. Bell, of Gen. MacArthur’s staff, and 1st Lieut. Charles W. 
 Mead, Company D, was put in practical charge. Lieut. Mead’s experience as 
 civil engineer and his ability at map making, as well as his fearlessness in pene- 
 trating into the lines of the enemy, proved of great service at divisioiCheadquar- 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 27 
 
 ters. Corp. D. W. Vickers of Company D and Private W. Chatelle of E, were 
 other Montana men on this detachment. 
 
 Gen. MacArthur had established his headquarters in the building formerly oc- 
 cupied by the insurgent treasury. It contained, among other things, three prom- 
 ising looking safes. Hospital Corps Private Alex. G. Ralston, formerly of the 
 Montana Regiment, was detailed to break them open. Two were found empty, 
 but the third yielded over $23,000 in Mexican mone 3 v 
 
 Eife at Malolos was much the same as it had been in the trenches at Caloocan. 
 There was the same necessity of being constantly on the alert, and in attendance 
 on camp, to await the favorite night attacks of the enem 3 \ Outpost duty, occa- 
 sional drills and going to the train for rations was the order of the da^^ All 
 water had to be brought from Manila on the cars, for the wells of the neighbor- 
 hood are strongly brackish. Private Joseph A. Wright of Company B was 
 wounded on April 13th. 
 
 The Montanas had, in the meantime, fought their battles with the Springfield 
 rifle, an antiquated weapon, which placed them at great disadvantage with the 
 Filipinos, who were mostly provided with Mausers. The Springfields could shoot 
 well to a distance of 800 3 'ards; the Mausers twice that far. So, it will be seen, 
 an insurgent could safely stand, say 1500 yards awa}^, and inflict the most deadly 
 punishment on our boys. Throughout the campaign there had been experiences 
 of having to advance through a hail of hostile bullets for quite a distance before 
 the fire of the shorter ranged Springfields could be made effective. The use of 
 smokeless powder soon destroyed the rifling of the barrels, and the bamboos of the 
 jungles through which it became necessary to fire, deflected the heavy lead bullets 
 of the Springfield. The Montana boys were now (about the middle of April) 
 partly armed with Krag-Jorgensens, twenty-five of these to each compaii}', and so 
 became a much more formidable fighting body. 
 
 In April, Col. Kessler became ill and had to keep to his bed in Manila. Rieut. 
 Col. Wallace took temporary" 
 command. Col. Kessler rejoined 
 at the Rio Grande. 
 
 The monotony and humdrum 
 of garrison duty at Malolos was 
 becoming distasteful. The boys 
 longed to again go “on the hike, ’ ’ 
 and when, on April 22d, Gen, 
 
 MacArthur’s field order (No. 26), 
 ordering further advance, was re- 
 ceived, every one was well pleased. The plan contemplated an advance of only ten 
 miles, but necessitated the crossing of two wide and deep rivers, the Ragbag and Rio 
 Grande de la Pampanga, and the taking of two fortifications of the enemy, much 
 more formidable than any hitherto encountered. Upon these works the rebels had 
 built almost their last hopes, and Col. Aguelles, Chief of Staff to Gen. Tuna, the 
 insurgent commander in the premises, who afterwards entered our lines to negoti- 
 ate for a suspension of hostilities, said that he had been charged by his chief to 
 
28 
 
 Caitipaigniug in the Philippines. 
 
 express the warmest admiration of the valor of the American soldier in fording the 
 Rio Grande, a feat which theretofore by them had been considered impossible. 
 
 On April 24th, the regiment moved about a mile north without resistance. A 
 halt was made to give the 2d Brigade, which was making a detour to the right, a 
 chance to come up. By the next morning at 6 o’clock (April 25th) the command 
 was again under way, this time advancing cautiously in line of skirmishers, and 
 reaching the Bagbag a little before noon. The engagement that followed was 
 sharp, but short, and by 1 o’clock the enemy was dislodged. The Kansas were to 
 the right of the railway and the Montanas to the left. In the center was the 
 armored car, carrying four cannon and Gatling guns. Musician William Patton, 
 Company H, and Private Joseph E. Jette, Company K, were wounded, and Private 
 James Kenned}^ Company K, was drowned while bathing in the Bagbag. 
 
 A span of the railroad bridge was down, as had been thertofore determined 
 by the reconnoissance of April 4th. It became necessary, therefore, to wait 
 
 until the engineers could erect a suit- 
 able foot bridge, the river being entirely 
 unfordable. This task was completed 
 - during the night. 
 
 Next morning, April 26th, the 
 Kansas and Montana boys crossed and 
 advanced in deployed lines to some 
 abandomed trenches within 600 3^ards 
 of the Rio Grande. The river at this 
 point is about 200 feet wide, very deep 
 and swift, and runs between steep, high 
 banks. The steel bridge had been de- 
 nuded of all timbers. Only the frame- 
 work was left intact. On the opposite 
 bank lay the main body of the Filipino 
 army, out-numbering our men three to 
 one. It was protected b}' elaborate field 
 fortifications, constructed of railroad 
 iron and boiler plates. Mounted so as to 
 icommand the bridge were three pieces 
 of artillery and a rapid-fire Maxim gun. 
 
 The main body of our forces being screened from the enemy’s fire, detach- 
 ments and small parties of skirmishers, Kansas and Montana men, were advanced 
 and siezed all sheltered places near the river and within long rifle range of the 
 bridge. Two brick and stone buildings near the river were occupied and loop- 
 holed for musketry. The machine guns and a part of the artillery were placed in 
 position for fire upon the enemy’s entrenchments. The river was reconnoitered 
 below the railroad bridge for the purpose of ascertaining any place possible to cross. 
 A constant and continued fire of Montana sharpshooters was kept up, and slow 
 but continuous fire from the three 2-inch guns. The distance separating the 
 combatants was scarcely greater than a stone’s throw. The losses of the day 
 were Sergt. Thomas G. Anderson, Company B, and Private James A. Callahan, 
 
 
 'LIGHTHOUSE. AT CORKEGIDOR. 
 
Caiiipaii^nijig in the Philippines. 
 
 29 
 
 K, killed; and Private Andrew Davis, B; Corp. Adolph M. Clay, F; Private 
 Edward B. Harvey, I, and Sergt. James O’ Deary, M, wounded. 
 
 The fusilade and cannonade were kept up the morning of the next day (April 
 27th). Part of the Kansas Regiment, about forty men, crossed on a raft and en- 
 filaded the enemy. By 1 o’clock the fire had subsided to such an extent that the 
 river could be crossed. The Montana men, carrying only their rifles and ammu- 
 nition, pushed across such framework of the bridge as was still standing. On 
 reaching the north bank, two bodies of the enemy, each about two thousand 
 strong, and which had evidently been guarding the river below, were observed, 
 about one and a half miles to the left They moved in a deployed line, extended 
 order, and advanced, but after being subjected to fire about twenty minutes, fell 
 back in disorder and retreated out of range. The Kansas and Montanas drove 
 them beyond Apalit Station, in the direction of Santo Tomas. In the distance 
 the smoke of a locomotive was seen, hauling a trainload of Filipino warriors for 
 whom running was not sufficiently fast. One cannon was captured. Thecasual- 
 
 MANILA AND MALABON RAILROAD. 
 
 ties were: killed. Private Charles A. Murphy, Company M; wounded, Maj. John 
 R. Miller; Private James Tierney, Company B; Private Gotlieb Molsen, C; Capt. 
 Andrew Jensen, E; Private Martin B. Hall, F; Private Frank E. Tate, F; Private 
 John Kirley, K, and Private Robert Murphy, K. The regiment then camped in 
 the town of Apalit for a week, Company G acting as Provost Guard. 
 
 The advance was resumed on May 4th, at 4:15 A. m. The Montanas and their 
 old partners, the Kansas, held to the railway. The fire of the enemy was at its 
 height at about 10 o’clock. The insurgents had set fire to Santo Tomas, and the 
 contest was for the six-span railway bridge over the Malolos River. By 11 :30 A. m. 
 the bridge was taken, but it was found that one span was destroyed. After the bridge 
 was passed, a considerable number of the enemy were found strongly entrenched at 
 the Santo Tomas Station, and from there delivering a galling fire. A charge was 
 made, and the insurgents routed with considerable loss, thirty prisoners being 
 taken. The regiment bivouacked in Santo Tomas. The work of the day had 
 
 Mont. 3 
 
30 
 
 Campciigning in the Philippines. 
 
 been the most exhausting of the campaign, but the results were entirely satisfactory. 
 The countr}’ traversed is swamp}- and intersected with numierous streams. The 
 heat was son:ething indescribable, and many were overcome. The casualties were: 
 Private Thcmas Scallcn, Company K, killed; and Private Fred W. Smith, Corn- 
 
 pan}- C, Capt. Thomas S. Dillon, Company K, and 
 Private Bruce Belknap, Company K, wounded. 
 
 On the 5th, the regiment remained at Santo 
 Tomas. San Fernando, the objective point, was 
 captured by the 2d Brigade on this day, but the 1st 
 Brigade could not break camp on account of the 
 delay in bringing forward the supply train. 
 
 On the 6th, at 5:30 A. m., the 2d and 3d Battalions 
 set out on a reconnoissance to the west, but finding 
 no enemy returned to Santo Tomas at about 10:30. 
 At 11:30 A. M. the command marched into San 
 Fernando, occupying deserted native houses on the north bank of the San Fer- 
 nando River and to the west of the railw-ay. It made no further advance from 
 here, but for the next two months was part of the garrison of the towm, the prin- 
 cipal part of the Filipino army being here held at bay. 
 
 The regiment had reached its new camp wdth less than 450 men able to do 
 duty. To the Montanas w-as assigned the duty of protecting the w-estern limits of 
 the tow-n, which involved the guarding of the road to Bacolor. Beyond this 
 town, at Santa Rita and Porac, w^as stationed a large division of the insurgent 
 army under Gen. Mascardo. 
 
 On May 7th, the Companies H and K made a reconnoissance under Capt. 
 Green, but found no enemy. 
 
 On the 8th, the outpost was attacked. The entire regiment was under arms, 
 and 1st Sergt. Patrick McBride of Company K was wounded. 
 
 On the 17th, a platoon of Company L made a reconnoissance. 
 
 On May 19th, Lieutenant-Colonel Wallace was appointed Provost Marshal of 
 San Fernando, and the 1st Battalion became the Provost Guard. They w^ere re- 
 lieved on May 25th. 
 
 On the 24th of May, the insurgents completely surrounded and isolated the 
 American forces at San Fernando. On parts of the line the attack was made as 
 early as 3 o’clock in the morning, but there was no firing on the Montana patrol 
 until about 5:30 A. m. Col. Kessler took out the whole regiment. The enemy 
 was occupying a long and deep entrenchment to the west of the town. Tw^o bat- 
 talions of the Montanas, Companies A, F, G, H, K, L, H and C, took position 
 unobserved at one of his flanks and two battalions of Kansas on the other. The 
 Montanas then began the fire, which caused the insurgents to run from their end 
 of the ditch only to fall into the hands of the Kansans at the other end. The 
 slaughter was great, and the enemy fled towards Bacolor in wild confusion. The 
 Montanas went in pursuit of them, advancing as far as Bacolor, but the fleetness 
 of the Filipinos before the volleys sent after them, was such that our boys had to 
 give up the race at this place, and returned to camp. It had been necessary to 
 wade, part of the distance, through rice fields filled with water, and the physical 
 
Ca})ipaignin(r in the Philippines. 
 
 31 
 
 effort attending this was indescribably exhausting. The casualties were: Corp. 
 James C. Taylor, Company F; Private Joseph Frantzen, F; Private George B. 
 Raymond, G, and Private Barney O’Niel, M, wounded. 
 
 June od, the outpost was again fired upon. Private Theodore Schuele, of 
 Company C, was wounded. 
 
 On the Ifith, another extended attack was made by the enemy. The events 
 of that day show the peculiar methods of the Filipinos, and illustrates to what 
 extent they are in the habit of violating the most ordinary rules of civilized 
 warfare. Company C was on outpost. At the extreme left, Corp. Charles J. 
 Lisle and Privates William Howen, William Kincade and Lester P\ Pierstorff 
 were on guard. About 5:15 A. m., they were approached by a party of 150 
 Filipinos in single file, carrying white flags. The fact that the part}^ instead 
 of coming up the road, was advancing across the rice fields, and also the 
 regularity of their formation, excited suspicion and led the guards to think that 
 they might not be what they pretended, namely, friendly natives, seeking pro- 
 tection. In order to test their intentions, one shot was fired at them, knowing 
 that if they were friendly they would fall to the ground to wait for identifica- 
 tion. Instead, a volley from their concealed Mausers was the response, and 
 they were thus revealed in a true light. Our fire that followed soon put them 
 to rout. After an hour and a half’s sharp fight, in which all the forces in 
 San Fernando were engaged, the enemy fled. Over 150 of them were killed. 
 Sergt. George W. Boardman, Company A; Sergt. James W. Dennis, D; Private 
 Warren Morris, C ; Private Charles Robb, E, and Private David Silver, M, were 
 wounded. The latter died of his wounds the same day. To make the lesson 
 an impressive one to the natives, the division commander ordered all of the 
 enemy killed to be brought to San Fernando and laid together in one place 
 in the cemetery, so that the amount of punishment would be realized. This 
 was the last battle in which the Montanas took part. 
 
 On June 10th, Companies D and L made a reconnoissance of the countrjr 
 lying between Bacolor and Santa Rita. They found the enemy in some force 
 and had a sharp brush with him. 
 
 Privates Abraham Clem and Wil- 
 liam F. Kraemer, both of Com- 
 pany D, were wounded. 
 
 On June 22d, the enemy again 
 attacked the right of the outpost 
 line, and the regiment was ordered 
 out, but there was no engagement 
 on the Montana front. 
 
 The department commander 
 had, in the meantime, promised Montana outpost attack. 
 
 to relieve the regiment from garrison duty at San Fernando. The term of enlist- 
 ment had long expired, for war with the Spaniards had ended a year before. Other 
 volunteers were being sent home, and as the rainy season, which was then a month 
 old, prevented the further prosecution of active warfare, they, too, thought it should 
 soon be their turn to embark for America. Accordingly, on the 28th of June, the 
 
32 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 3d Battalion, composed of Companies F, I, B and A, were sent to Cavite. The 
 former two were kept in the town, and the two latter, under :\Iaj. Miller, occupied 
 an outpost of Cavite, at Punta Caridad. On the 29th, the rest of the regiment, 
 headquarters, band, and the 1st and 2d Battalions, moved from their quarters to 
 the south side of the river to make room for the 12th U. S. Inf., which was to 
 relieve the Montanas, and on July 3d these, too, left San Fernando, stopping at 
 Manila. On the 6th, headquarters, band, and the 1st Battalion proceeded to 
 Cavite for guard and provost duty, relieving the California Heavy Artillery. Col. 
 Kessler was put in command of the District of Cavite. On the 12th, the 2d Bat- 
 talion was ordered from Manila to Zapote bridge. Soon after their arrival the 
 river began to rise and the country became a lake. Storing their baggage on the 
 roofs of houses and on rafts moored to high trees, the men sought higher ground 
 at Bacoor, three miles awa}^ wading and swimming along the highroad. By the 
 25th, the floods had subsided sufficiently to permit of return. 
 
 The following promotions were made before leaving the Philippines: Philip 
 Greenan, Captain, August 1st; Walter J. Bradshaw, Captain, July 14th; John F. 
 Mercer, Captain, August 15th; Asa L. Duncan, Major, May 11th; James F. 
 Keown, Major, May 9th; William C. Gardenhire, 1st Lieutenant, May 1st; Valen- 
 tine Laubenheimer, 1st Lieutenant, July 24th; Arthur O’Leary, 1st Lieutenant, 
 July 5th; Edward J. Gainan, 1st Lieutenant, July 22d; Fred S. Yaeger, 1st Lieu- 
 tenant, July 14th; George E. Kumpe, 1st Lieutenant, August 2d; Colin S. Hill, 
 
 2d Lieutenant, May 1st, (John C. Heilig being ap- 
 pointed Sergeant Major in his place on the same day); 
 Charles W. Lane, 2d Lieutenant, Jul}^ 24th, (Lloyd R. 
 Hood being made Regimental Quartermaster-Sergeant 
 in his place); Archibald Logan, 2d Lieutenant, July 
 5th; George E. Lowman, 2d Lieutenant, August 3d; 
 Alexander Laist, 2d Lieutenant, xAugust 5th; Charles 
 H. Virden, 2d Lieutenant, August 18th; Arthur W. 
 Church, 2d Lieutenant, August 4th; Byron H. Cook, 
 Lieutenant-Colonel, August 4th; Arthur W. Stoddard, 
 2d Lieutenant, August 18th; William H. Poorman, 
 1st Lieutenant, July 14th. 
 
 Preparations for return now actively began. ‘Such 
 Government property' as was no more needed was 
 turned in. Three regiments of veterans were being 
 organized and for these the Montanas furnished 
 fifty-five enlisted men as recruits, besides the following 
 officers: R. B. Wallace, Colonel, 37th U. S. V. Inf.; 
 Daniel T. Bowman, 1st Lieutenant; A. J. Erickson, 
 Captain; William B. Hanna, Captain; John E. Moran, 
 Captain; E. D. Murphy, 1st Lieutenant, all the same regiment; Frank E. Green, 
 Captain, 11th U. S. V. Cav. (Lockett’s), and Charles W. Mead and Charles French, 
 Captains, 36th U. S. V. Inf. (Bell’s). Seventy -six enlisted men were discharged 
 at Manila to engage in civil pursuits in the land which they had helped to add 
 to America. First Lieutenant Byron J. McIntyre also remained, to open a law 
 
 <v;KX. CiRKKXE AXI) COL. H.ALE. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 33 
 
 office there, and 1st Lieut. Edward A. Foster was discharged to enable him 
 to make the trip home via Asia and Europe. 
 
 The transports Zealaudia and Valencia were the ships allotted. The troops 
 went aboard on August 18th and 19th, headquarters, band and Companies D, E, 
 G, M, H and K on the former, and Companies A, B, C, F, I and L, under com- 
 mand of Maj. Miller, on the latter. 
 
 While the ships were laying in the harbor, the following dispatch was received 
 from the General under whom the Montanas had fought so bravel}" through many 
 a hard battle: 
 
 San Fernando, August 18, 1899. 
 
 To Col. Kessler, ist Montana, Cavite: 
 
 In reply to your exceedingly agreeable message, just received, my staff joins me in sending 
 cordial greetings and God-speed to the commanding officers, officers, and enlisted men of the 
 1st Montana Inf. We all join in the hope that all members of the regiment may realize their 
 most sanguine expectations upon arrival home, as they have certainly earned a right to the 
 gratitude of their State and Nation by their brilliant and faithful services in the Philippines. 
 
 (Signed) ARTHUR MacARTHUR, 
 
 Maj. Gen. U. S. V., Commanding 2d Division, 8th Army Corps. 
 
 
 The ships were compelled to lay in the harbor until the morning of August 
 23d, to await the blowing over of a typhoon. At 10 o’clock A. m. of that day, in 
 a thick fog, the ships sailed, and the Montana - . — 
 
 men had their last look at the land in which 
 they had spent just a year of their lives. 
 
 The course was northerly, skirting the west 
 coast of Luzon and then the east coast of For- 
 mosa. The first port made was Nagasaki, at 
 the western extremity of Japan, reached on 
 August 28th, where both vessels coaled, and 
 the Zealaudia went into dry-dock and was 
 cleaned and painted. The route then lay 
 through the Inland Sea to Yokohama, where 
 the ships dropped anchor. On September 3d^ 
 the Vale7icia sailed into the open Pacific, and 
 the Zeala7idia followed on the morning of the 
 4th. The stops at Japanese ports had given all an opportunity to take a good 
 glance at this, of all countries of the East, the most charming to the tourist. 
 
 The homeward course taken then lay nearly along the fortieth parallel. 
 The Zealandia arrived in San Francisco Bay, the 22d of September, and the 
 troops landed the 23d ; the Valencia arrived in the bay on the 24th, and landing 
 was made on the 25th. While laying at anchor the vessels were visited by 
 Governor Smith of Montana, his staff. Senator Carter, ex-Governor Rickards, 
 and many prominent citizens of the home State. It was learned that the friends 
 left behind had provided for a reception and celebration at Butte, the like of 
 which had never been seen. 
 
 The march up Market street to the Presidio was made through cheering 
 crowds and gaily decorated streets. The excellent camp which awaited made the 
 
34 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 Of the enlisted men originally enrolled, 277 had been discharged before this 
 time, for various reasons; for sickness, by favor, a few for crimes, and to re-enlist 
 in new regiments and to engage in civil pursuits in the Philippines ; twenty-one 
 had been killed or had died of wounds ; thirteen had died of disease, and one 
 had drowned. The total number of wounded in battle was 121. 
 
 While waiting for muster-out the following promotions were made: James M. 
 Croft and Joseph Corby, 1st Lieutenants and Battalion Adjutants; Samuel 
 Hilburn, Captain; Myles Kelly, 1st Lieutenant, and Andrew W. Swane}^ George 
 W. King and Alexander Wessetch, 2d Lieutenants. It was also learned that 
 1st Lieuts. George E. Kumpe and William Brown had received commissions in the 
 45th U. S. V. Inf. 
 
 soldiers forget, to some extent, the hardships and suffering they had undergone. 
 Extra rations were allowed all the returning volunteers, and the efficiency of the 
 commissary and quartermaster departments of the army had, after a year of 
 warfare, become such that the difference between the new and old San Francisco 
 camps was something marv^elous. 
 
 Muster-out, it was found, was set for October 17th. Each company had to 
 prepare five copies of a roll showing the complete military history of all the men 
 who had ever belonged to the company. The body returned to the States num- 
 bering 48 officers and 676 enlisted men. Since muster-in, a year and a half 
 before, nineteen had been promoted from the ranks, two officers had resigned, 
 seventeen had been discharged, one had been killed, and one had died of disease. 
 
 GUN IN THE LUNETA JUST AS LEFT BY THE SPANIARDS. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 35 
 
 On the 5th of October, the following telegram was received: 
 
 Washington, D. C., October 4, 1899. 
 
 Gen. W. R. Shafter, Commanding Departinent of California: 
 
 The Secretary of War directs me to authorize you to inform Col. Kessler, of the 1st 
 Montana Regiment, that the President has to-day conferred upon him the brevet of Brigadier- 
 General of Vounteers, in recognition of his gallant services in the battles in which his regiment 
 was engaged in the Philippine Islands. 
 
 (Signed) H. C. CORBIN, 
 
 Adjt. Gen. of the Army. 
 
 The news was received with enthusiasm and joy by all member of the regiment, 
 because they, as no others, knew that the reward had been justly bestowed. 
 
 On the 17th, the process of muster-out was completed. Two days later the 
 ex-soldiers boarded a train provided through the liberality of the citizens of Mon- 
 tana. In due time they arrived at Butte, where immense crowds were waiting to 
 welcome them. Whose heart was so cold that his e3^es remained dry at the 
 enthusiasm of the old friends at the home coming? 
 
 The whilom soldiers were now back at their old peaceful pursuits. All were 
 thoroughly glad that their days of warfare were over; or were there some who, 
 like the British veteran of Oriental campaigns, were soon to long for the old 
 stirring days by palm and bamboo ? 
 
 An’ I’m learniu’ ’ere iu Loudon what tlie teu-\^ear sodger tells; 
 
 If you’ve ’eard the East a-calliii’ why you won’t ’eed nothin’ else. 
 
 Ship me somewheres east of vSuez, where the best is like the worst, 
 Where there aren’t no Ten Commandments, an’ a man can raise a thirst. 
 
 F'or the temple bells are callin’, an’ it’s there that I would be — 
 
 By the old Moulmein Pagoda, lookin' laz\" at the sea — 
 
 On the road to Mandala^^ where the Ilyin’ fishes play. 
 
 An’ the dawn comes u]) like thunder outer China ’crost the ba\n 
 
Photo by B. F. Rahmeyer. REGIMKNTAI^ OFFICERS, 1st MONTANA INFANTRY. 
 
Campaigning iii the Philippines. 
 
 87 
 
 Key to Cut of Officers on Opposite Page 
 
 No. 1— Col. H. C. Kessler 
 “ 2— Kieiit. Col. Cook 
 
 “ 3— Maj. John R. Miller 
 
 “ 4— Maj. Janies F. Keown 
 
 “ 5 — Maj. Asa L,. Duncan 
 
 “ 6 — Maj. Adams 
 
 •'* 7 — 1st Dient. Knowlton 
 
 “■ 8 — Chaplain Stull 
 “ 9 — 1st Dieut. Bruning 
 
 “ 10 — 1st Dieut. vSouthmaj’d 
 “ 11— 1st Dieut. Win. Brown 
 “ 12— 1st Dieut. Janies W. Croft 
 “ 13— Capt. Geo. W. Reif 
 “ 14— Capt. W. D. Hill 
 “ 15— Capt. Fllis W. Wynne 
 “ 16— Capt. Thos. S. Dillon 
 “ 17 — Capt. Andrew Jensen 
 “ IS — Capt. John Hallahan 
 “ 19 — Capt. Guy A. Preston 
 “ 20 — Capt. Philip Greenan 
 “ 21 — Capt. John F. Mercer 
 
 No. 22 — Capt. Samuel Hilburn 
 “ 23— 1st Dieut. P'rederick Bird 
 “ 24— 1st Dieut. W. C. Gardenhire 
 “ 25— 1st Dieut. Arthur O’Deary 
 “ 26 — 1st Dieut. Fd. J. Gainer 
 “ 27 — 1st Dieut. F'red S. Yeager 
 “ 28 — 1st Dieut. Geo. E. Kunipe 
 “ 29— 1st Dieut. W. H. Poornian 
 “ 30— 1st Dieut. Myles Kelly 
 “ 31— 2d Dieut. Homer G. Rickards 
 “ 32— 2d Dieut. C. S. Hill 
 “ £3 — 2d Dieut. Archibald Dogan 
 “ 34— 2d Dieut. Chas. W. Dane 
 “ 35— 2d Dieut. Arthur W. Church 
 “ 36 — 2d Dieut Alex Daist 
 “ 37— 2d Dieut Geo E- Dowman 
 “ 38— 2d Dieut. Chas. A. Virden 
 “ 39— 2d Dieut. Arthur W. Stoddard 
 “ 40— 2d Dieut. Andrew W. Swaney 
 “ 41— 1st Dieut. Alex Wessitsh 
 
 Field and Staff- 
 
 NAMB. OCCUPATION. 
 
 Harry C. Kessler, Colonel Capitalist 
 
 Byron H. Cook, Dieutenant Colonel. . . Accountant 
 
 John R. Miller, Major Banker 
 
 James F. Keown, Major Farmer 
 
 Asa D- Duncan, Major Dawyer 
 
 Wm. B. Knowlton, 1st Dieut. and Adjt . Accountant 
 
 W'^m. Brown, 1st Dieut. and Bat. Adjt. . Druggist 
 
 Joseph Corby, 1st Dt. and Bat. Adjt. . . .Engineer 
 
 James M. Croft, 1st Dt. and Bat. Adjt. .County Asjeisor. . . 
 
 Francis J. Adams, Maj. and Surgeon. .Physician 
 
 Dou C. Bruning, 1st Dt. and Ast. Surg. .Physician 
 
 Deroy Southmayd, 1st Dt. and Ast. Srg. Physician . . . 
 George C. Stull, Capt. and Chaplain. . .Clergyman. 
 Alfred Seadorf, 1st Dieut. and Q. M. . . .Bookkeeper 
 
 ADDRESS. 
 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 Butte, 
 
 Helena, “ 
 
 Bozeman, “ 
 
 Missoula, “ 
 
 Butte, 
 
 Helena, “ 
 
 Butte, 
 
 Dewiston, “ 
 
 Great Falls, “ 
 
 Miles City, “ 
 
 .. .Virginia City, “ 
 
 Billings, “ 
 
 Butte, 
 
 PROMOTED. 
 
 NAME. ADDRESS. OCCUPATION. REMARKS. 
 
 Robt. B. Wallace, Dieut. Col Manila, P. I Soldier Col. 37th Inf., U.S. V., July 10,1899. 
 
 Wm. B. Hanna, 1st Dt., Bat. Adjt .Manila, P. I Accountant.. Capt. 37th Inf., U. vS. V., July 13, 1899. 
 
 resigned. 
 
 Benj. E- Calkins, Ist Dt. and Adjt, Butte, Mont Stationer 
 
 .January 7, 1899. 
 
 James W. Drennan, Major 
 
 DIED. 
 
 . .Died of Bright’s disease at Malate, P. I., June 24, 1898. 
 
 WOUNDED. 
 
 .Wounded in left lung at Caloocan, P. I., F'ebruary 10, 1899. 
 . . .Wounded in left shoulder at Calumpit, P. I., April 27, 1899. 
 . . . .Wounded in left thigh near Bocaue, P. I., March 28, 1899. 
 
 Robt. B. Wallace, Dieut. Col 
 
 John R. Miller, Major 
 
 Francis J. Adams, Maj. and Surg. 
 
38 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippijies. 
 
 Non-Commissioned Staff- 
 
 NAME OCCUPATION 
 
 John C. Heilig, Sergt. Maj Accountant 
 
 hloyd R. Hood, Quartermaster Sergt. .Salesman 
 
 Edvv. H. Charette, Hospital Steward. . .Druggist 
 
 Edmund G. High, Hospital Steward.. .Druggist 
 
 Rudolf Herbst, Hospital Steward Nurse 
 
 Harry Roberts, Chief Music’n and Con . Musician 
 Chas. D. Tomlinson, Prin. Musician. . .Musician 
 Geo. W. Crowell, Principal Musician.. .Clerk 
 
 ADDRESS 
 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 Bozeman, “ 
 
 ... .Great Falls, 
 
 Butte, 
 
 ... .Great Falls, 
 
 . . , Great Falls, 
 
 Augusta, “ 
 
 Dillon, “ 
 
 DISCHARGED TO ACCEPT COMMISSIONS. 
 
 NAME ADDRESS OCCUPATION REMARKS 
 
 James H. Monteath, Sergt. Maj . .Butte, Mont. .Newspaperman Maj. Grigsby ’s Rough Riders, Junel5,1898. 
 
 Colin S. Hill, Sergt. Maj “ “ ..Accountant 2 d Eieut., Co. F, 1st Mont., May 1, 1899. 
 
 Chas. W. Dane, Q. M. Sergt “ “ ..Accountant 2d Et., Co. A, 1st Mont., Aug. 22, 1899. 
 
 Hospital Corps, 
 
 NAME. 
 
 P^dw. H. Charette, Hosp. Steward 
 
 Edmund G. High, Hosp. Steward 
 
 Rudolf Herbst, Hosp. Steward 
 
 Albert D. Tonkin, 
 
 Fred Peterson 
 
 John E- Strain 
 
 Charles S. Patterson 
 
 OCCUPA'l ION. 
 
 Druggist 
 
 Druggist 
 
 Nurse 
 
 Student 
 
 Nurse 
 
 . Clerk 
 
 Student 
 
 ADDRESS. 
 
 Great Falls, Mont. 
 
 Butte, “ 
 
 Great Falls, “ 
 
 Butte, “ 
 
 Helena, “ 
 
 Great Falls, “ 
 
 Bozeman, “ 
 
 DISCHARGED. 
 
 NAME. ADDRESS. OCCUPATION. 
 
 Robt. H. Paxson, Hsp. S’d. .Butte, Mont Druggist By 
 
 And’w G.Einquest, “ “ .. “ “ Nurse By 
 
 Charles C. Cline Stockton, Cal Blacksmith By 
 
 Warner A. Jennings Townsen, Mont Teacher By 
 
 Daniel A. McMillian Butte, Mont Clerk By 
 
 Albert D. McNeal Manila, P. I Res’t Keeper By 
 
 REMARKS. 
 
 orders, March 10, 1899. 
 orders, August 9, 1899. 
 orders, October 1, 1899. 
 orders, October 1, 1899. 
 order, August 31, 1899. 
 orders, August 18, 1899. 
 
 transferrp:d. 
 
 Harry A. Green Virginia City, Mont Nurse 
 
 Oliver E. Nelson Helena, Mont Nurse 
 
 Alex Ralston Butte, Mont Student . . . . 
 
 ) To First Reserve Hosp., Manila, 
 r August 31, 1898. 
 
 Robert Eennington 
 
 dead. 
 
 . .Died of pneumonia, at San F'rancisco, Cal., July 6, 1898. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 39 - 
 
 field AND STAFF OFFICERS. 
 
 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES. 
 
 HARRY CLAY KESSLER, Colonel, 1st Montana Regiment, was born in 
 Philadelphia, Pa., March 18, 1844. He is of old Revolutionary stock. His great 
 grandfather served as a midshipman under Commodore John Barry in the War for 
 Independence. Col. Kessler was educated in the public schools of Philadelphia. 
 At the breaking out of the Civil War in 1861, he entered the service as 2d Lieu- 
 tenant of the 104th Pennsylvania Volunteers, and served nearly three years in the 
 Army of the Potomac, participating in all the engagements of the Peninsula 
 Campaign, under General McClellan. He was mustered out as 1st Lieutenant of 
 the same regiment. After the war he engaged in business in Philadelphia. In 
 the early part of 1875, he moved to Montana, and went into business with Capt. 
 James H. Mills in the publication of the Ne^v Northwest. In 1876 he went to 
 Butte and established the Butte Miner., and next year sold his interest in the paper 
 and engaged in mining. He served one term as County Commissioner and four 
 terms as County Treasurer in Silver Bow County. He has been connected with 
 the National Guard since its organization in 1887, first as Captain, then as Lieu- 
 tenant-Colonel, and afterwards as Colonel of the regiment, and was in command 
 at the breaking out of the Spanish-American War. He was called into service and 
 commissioned Colonel of the 1st Montana Inf., U. S. V., April 25, 1898, and 
 remained in command until the regiment was discharged from the service of the 
 United States. On October 4, 1899, the President of the United States conferred 
 upon him the brevet of Brigadier-General of Volunteers, in recognition of his 
 gallant services in the battles in which his regiment was engaged in the Philippine 
 Islands. 
 
 [As Lieut. Col. Wallace is still in Manila we have been unable to obtain any particulars of 
 his life except the following.] 
 
 ROBERT B. WALLACE, Lieutenant-Colonel, was a West Point cadet. He 
 was commissioned 2d Lieutenant, 2d Cav., U. S. A., from June 12, 1890, to Jan- 
 uary 13, 1897, and promoted to 1st Lieutenant, January 4, 1897, from which he 
 was granted an indefinite leave of absence to accept a commission as Lieutenant- 
 Colonel. He was mustered into the volunteer service as Lieutenant-Colonel of the 
 1st Montana Volunteer Regiment, May 7, 1898, at Helena, Mont., and served 
 through the Philippine campaign with his regiment. Lieut. Col. Wallace was on 
 general duty organizing the 37th Inf from June 26, 1899, to July 9, 1899, inclusive. 
 He was discharged from the 1st Montana Volunteer Inf, Jul}^ 10, 1899, to accept 
 a commission as Colonel of this regiment. 
 
 BYRON PI. COOK, Lieutenant-Colonel, was born in Faribault, Minn., July 
 17, 1859. He spent the early portion of his life in California, then returned to 
 Minnesota. He left Minnesota in 1876, and went to Montana in the spring of 
 
40 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 1877 and has been [there ever since that time. He was connected with the 
 National Guard since its organization in 1887. He was 1st Sergeant in Compain^ 
 C. In the National Guard he was Regimental Adjutant, Captain, Major, and 
 Inspector of Rifle Practice. At the time of the outbreak of the war he was 
 Major, and was mustered in as Major of the 1st Montana Regiment. He was 
 appointed Lieutenant-Colonel to fill a vacancy on July 13, 1899, succeeding 
 Lieut. Col. MMllace. He was with all the engagements of the regiment from the 
 call out, February 4th. 
 
 JOHN P. MILLER, Major, 1st Montana Inf., was born in Cleveland, 
 Ohio, February 26, 1866. He went to Montana in 1883, and lived in Butte for 
 a short time and then in Helena. He first served as 2d Lieutenant in Troop A, 
 National Guard, Montana, then on the Ordnance Staff, and then on Light 
 Battery A, which he left when he entered the United States’ service. He was 
 mustered in as IMajor in the 1st Montana, and served through the whole 
 campaign in the same rank. He went in as Junior Major of the regiment, and 
 came out as Senior Major. He was wounded at Rio Grande River, April 27, 
 1899, and was disabled for two months. He returned to duty about the 15th of 
 June. He was shot in Calumpit Cemetery, near the Rio Grande. 
 
 J. F. KEOWN, IMajor, was born in Pennsylvania, December, 1866. He 
 came to Montana in 1879. He first resided at Fort Benton and then removed to 
 Bozeman, which is now his home. He was educated in the public schools at 
 Bozeman, and also went to school in Philadelphia. He has been in the National 
 Guard of Montana since its organization in 1887. He was in the Cavalry Army 
 service of the National Guard. When the first call for volunteers came he was 
 ordered to report to Col. Roosevelt, but, through influence unknown to him, was 
 left out and went into the infantry as Captain of Company C and was promoted 
 to Major July 13, 1899. He went through all the Filipino campaign, and was 
 in all the engagements from Manila to San Fernando. 
 
 A. L. DUNCAN, Major, was born at Hale Ford, Franklin Co., Va. He was 
 educated in the public schools of Danville, Va. He entered the Virginia Militarj^ 
 Institute, Juh^ 1880, and graduated as Cadet Lieutenant, July 4, 1883. He was 
 appointed Assistant Professor of Latin, French and instructor of infantry and 
 artillery tactics, after graduation, with the rank of Captain in the Virginia Military 
 Institute. He held this position for two years, and then resigned and studied law 
 at the Washington & Lee University, Lexington, Va., receiving a diploma as a 
 graduate of the law school of that institution in June, 1886, and later studied law 
 in the University of Virginia. He commanded Company A of the 3d Virginia 
 Regiment of Volunteer Militia, from 1888 to 1889. He was called back to the 
 Virginia Military Institute as Acting Commandant of the Cadets, in Januar}^ 
 1890. He resigned this position in July, 1891, and went to Missoula, Mont., and 
 began the practice of law. He was elected County xVttorney, Missoula Co., Mont., 
 in 1896, and held this position until the beginning of the Spanish-American War 
 in 1898. He was commissioned b}' the Governor of Montana as Captain of Com- 
 
Cainpaii^7ii>ig in the Philippines. 
 
 41 
 
 paiiy L, 1st Montana Inf., U. S. V., and served with the regiment a part of 1898 
 and 1899. He was promoted to the rank of Major in July, 1899. 
 
 W. B. KNOWLTON, 1st Lieutenant, Regimental Adjutant, was born in Wis- 
 consin, August 13, 1868. He belonged to the National Guard in Montana for 
 eight years before the outbreak of the Spanish- American War. He was mustered 
 in at the outbreak of the war as 2d Lieutenant of Company G, and was promoted 
 to 1st Lieutenant of the same company, December 26, 1898, at the resignation of 
 Lieut. Paxson. He was appointed Regimental Adjutant, January 24, 1899. He 
 was with his regiment in all engagements. 
 
 WILLIAM BROWN, Battalion Adjutant of the 1st Battalion, under Maj. 
 Miller, and Regimental Commissary Officer, was born in Edinburgh, Scotland, 
 November 12, 1872. He came to America in July, 1889. He joined the National 
 Guard in Montana. He first joined a troop in the winter of 1892-93, and was 
 then promoted to Corporal in Company C, Infantry, and was commissioned 2d 
 Lieutenant in 1893, and promoted to 1st Lieutenant in 1894, in the same company. 
 He resigned and joined the Signal Corps, and was two years in that order, under 
 Maj. Miller. The Signal Corps was abolished, and a battery of light artiller3y 
 Battery A, was organized. Commencing service therein as 1st Sergeant, he held 
 that appointment until the Spanish-American War, which he entered as Battalion 
 Adjutant, 1st Montana, already commissioned first in the 45th U. S. V. 
 
 WILLIAM B. HANNA, 1st Lieutenant and Battalion Adjutant, was born in 
 Indianapolis, Ind., 1874. He was enrolled and mustered in as Sergeant in Company 
 L, 1st Montana, U. S. V., May 5, 1898, at Helena, Mont., and appointed 1st Lieu- 
 tenant and Battalion Adjutant, May 11, 1898, to fill the original vacancy. He was 
 on special dut^" as Inspector of Immigrants, per Special Order 123, Headquarters 
 Department Pacific and 8th Army Corps, dated November 30, 1898. He was on 
 special duty as Captain of the Port at Iloilo, Island of Panay, per Paragraph 3, 
 General Orders 8, Headquarters U. S. Military' Governor in Philippines, dated 
 March 14, 1899. He was discharged, July 13, 1899, to accept a commission as 
 Captain in the 37th U. S. V. 
 
 JAMES M. CROFT, 1st Lieutenant, 3d Battalion Adjutant, was born in 
 Waterbury, New Haven County, Conn., January 3, 1858. He went to Montana 
 in the spring of 1881, and has been engaged in business there ever since. His 
 first military service was in Company A, 2d Connecticut National Guard. He 
 served four years ^ in that company, and was promoted to Corporal. He next 
 became identified with the National Guard in Montana, March 19, 1898, when he 
 was elected 2d Lieutenant, and afterward commissioned by Governor Smith in 
 Company I, 1st Montana National Guard. He was mustered into the service of 
 the United States, May 7, 1898, as 2d Lieutenant, Company I, 1st Montana Inf., 
 U. S. V. He was promoted to 1st Lieutenant and Battalion Adjutant, September 
 28, 1899. He has been constantly with the regiment since the mustering into 
 service, and has been present at all engagements in which the regiment has 
 
42 
 
 CaDipaigiiifig in the PhiUppines. 
 
 participated, with the exception of one, the engagement of June 16th at San 
 Fernando. He was detailed as exchange officer in Manila, November 25, 1898. 
 He was assigned to the command of Company M at Malolos on April 17, 1899, 
 and commanded the company from that date until July 1, 1899. He returned 
 with the regiment from San Fernando to Manila, July 3, 1899, and was assigned 
 to duty as Adjutant of the 1st Battalion, July 5, 1899. He is Adjutant of the 
 battalion up to the present time. The battalion was detached and sent to Zapote 
 bridge, July 12, 1899, where it remained until August 13, 1899, when it was 
 relieved and proceeded to Manila, preparatory to taking passage on the transport 
 for the United States. He was appointed and commissioned by the President as 
 Captain in the 37th U. S. Inf., in July, 1899, but declined for private reasons. 
 
 FRANCIS JOSEPH ADAMS, Major and Staff Surgeon, 1st Montana Inf., 
 was born at Fort Crook, Cal., December 16, 1859. He was a graduate of the 
 University of Georgetown, classical and medical department. He was resident 
 physician of the Children’s Hospital of Washington, D. C. From 1881 to 1885 
 he was Assistant Surgeon of the U. S. Army stationed at New York Harbor and 
 at Newport, R. I., and the Department of Columbia and the Department of Da- 
 kota. He accepted the appointment as Assistant Instructor in the St. Eouis Post 
 Graduate Medical School. He went to Great Falls, Mont., in 1891, and en- 
 gaged in civil practice there. He was appointed Major-Surgeon of the 1st Mon- 
 tana, May 1, 1898, served in that capacity through the Spanish-American War, 
 and was appointed Brigade Surgeon, 1st Brigade, December, 1898, and served on 
 the staffs of Gen. Otis, Gen. Uloyd Wheaton and Gen. Fred Funston. He had 
 charge of the Canacoa Hospital for Filipino prisoners from July 1st until August 
 23d, and was wounded at Polo, March 26, 1899. He was sent with Col. Wallace, 
 as hostage, to the insurgent forces under Gen. Tuna at Santo Tomas. Maj. 
 Adams is a member of the Sons of the American Revolution and the Aztec Society, 
 Mexican War. 
 
 U. C. BRUNING, 1st Eieutenant, Assistant Surgeon, was born in Louisville, 
 Ky., November 3, 1867. -He graduated from the University of Louisville in 1894, 
 serving as House Surgeon in the Louisville City Hospital during 1894 and 1395. 
 He practiced the profession in Miles City, Mont., until the outbreak of the 
 Spanish-American War and has been serving during the Philippine campaign. 
 
 LE ROY SOUTHMAYD, 1st Lieutenant, Assistant Surgeon, was born in 
 Alder Gulch, Mont., July 19, 1869. He was educated at the University of 
 Michigan in arts and medicine. He was appointed by the Governor of Montana 
 as 1st Lieutenant, Assistant Surgeon, May 4, 1898, and was with the regiment 
 until its arrival in the Philippines, when he was placed on detached duty at Cavite 
 Hospital. He was on duty at the hospital from August 23, 1898, until December 
 9, 1898, and was then transferred to the 2d Reserve Hospital in Manila, and was on 
 duty there from the 9th of December until April 15, 1899. During this time he 
 was also chief of the ambulances of the 1st Division, 8th Army Corps, and served 
 daily in the field in that capacity with the troops of the 1st Division, participating 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 4a 
 
 in all their engagements np to that time and then was returned to the regiment, 
 after repeated request by the Major-Surgeon of the regiment at Malolos, and made 
 the advance with them from there to San Fernando, participating in all engage- 
 ments. He returned to San Francisco on the U. S. transport Zealandia. 
 
 G. C. STULL, Chaplain, 1st Montana, was born in Pennsylvania in 1858 and 
 came to Montana in 1882, and was appointed by Gov. Rickards as Chaplain of 
 the National Guard in 1892. He was appointed by Gov. Smith, Chaplain 
 of the 1st Montana in May, 1898, and has been with that regiment constantly 
 since. His duties have varied from the distribution of shoe strings and the 
 taking of money and valuables of the men, to getting the last message from the 
 dying soldier and committing his body to the ground in the lonely cemeteries in 
 Manila. At no time has he been sick or incapacitated from duty and was not 
 absent' from any engagement from the time the regiment left Manila until it went 
 on board the transport for the United States. 
 
 Chaplain Stull was the pastor of a church in Montana from 1882 to 1887, and 
 from 1887 to 1892 in Idaho, then a part of the Montana Conference. In 1892 
 and 1897 he was Presiding Elder of the Helena district, and in 1898 he came to 
 the Spanish-American War. He expects to be returned to Montana. He will go 
 back to his native State and will then return to Montana to resume his work. 
 While at Manila he was placed in charge of sixty Spanish prisoners held by the 
 insurgents and continued to feed them and provide them with clothing and medical 
 attendance until the breaking out of hostilities between the Americans and insurg- 
 ents. He was granted a pass by Gen. Estrella of Cavite Province, on the 1st 
 of February to visit any part of Cavite Province, and in going in the insurgent 
 line was shown every courtesy that might possibly be extended. He had a con- 
 ference with Aguinaldo and found him a perfect gentleman and a scholar, and also 
 found that his aide were men who had been educated in England and in Germany, 
 and were men of more than average intelligence. 
 
 A. SEAUORF, 1st Lieutenant and Quartermaster, was born in Germany in 1848 
 and came to America in 1866. In civil life his occupation was that of bookkeeper. 
 He served ten years in the 14th Inf. and was discharged as 1st Sergeant in 1884. 
 He has belonged to the National Guard in Montana since 1888. At the outbreak 
 ■of the Spanish-American War he was mustered in as 1st Lieutenant and Quarter- 
 master and was in all the engagements with his regiment. 
 
Campaignirig m the Philippines. 
 
 45 
 
 Instrumentation of First Montana Infantry Band* 
 
 Harry Roberts, Chief Musician and Conductor 
 
 Chas. D. Tomlinson, Principle Musician Solo Bl> Cornet 
 
 Geo. W Crowell, Principle Musician Solo Bb Clarinet 
 
 Wm. D. Alexander, Private Third Alto 
 
 Edw. C. Biganess, “ E^ Tuba 
 
 Alfred C. Cashmore, “ Second Trombone 
 
 Herman Fashman, “ Bass Trombone 
 
 Wm. A. Flowers, “ Solo Alto 
 
 Alfred Force, “ First Tenor 
 
 Frank Hawkins, “ Bass Drum 
 
 John H. McPherson, “ B Bb Tuba 
 
 John F. Pearson, “ First Bb Cornet 
 
 Oliver M. Ross, “ Second Tenor 
 
 Harry B. Stevens, “ Piccolo 
 
 Walter L. Verge, “ Eb Clarinet 
 
 Chas. M. Walker, “ Cymbals 
 
 Wm. H. Wilton, “ Baritone 
 
 Albert Breitlove, Sergeant First Alto 
 
 Leon D. Alexander, Private Solo Bb Cornet 
 
 Ernest H. Boyd, “ Snare Drum 
 
 Ray Conger, “ Second Clarinet 
 
 Fred’k Eythe, “ Fourth Alto 
 
 Edgar J. Thomson “ Drum Major 
 
 DISCHARGED. 
 
 Asa F. Fisk, Sergeant By order, June 1st, 1899. 
 
 George B. Mead, Private, 37th U. S. V “ Aug. 22, 1899. 
 
 WOUNDED. 
 
 Geo. W. Crowell, Prin. Musician, wounded in right leg at Malolos, P.I., April 4, 1899. 
 Alfred Cashmore, Private, wounded in left leg at Caloocan, P. I., Mar. 2, 1899. 
 
 DEAD. 
 
 Clarence G. Briggs, Private, died in Manila, P. I., Feb. 12, 1899, of wounds received 
 at Caloocan. 
 
 Fred’k Hall, Private, killed in action at Caloocan, Feb. 10, 1899. 
 
 Mont 4 
 
CO. F, 1st MONTANA INFANTRY. 
 Taken at Malolos shortly after arrival. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 47 
 
 COMMIvSSIONEl) OFFICERS OF COMPANY F. 
 B I O C't R A P H I C AF SK P:TC H PFS . 
 
 WILEIAM L. HILL, Captain, Company F, Est Montana Inf., was born in 
 Devonshire, FEigland. He came to the United States in 1884, and went 
 to Butte, Mont., in 1888, and has lived there ever since. He served two 
 terms in Butte, Mont., as County Treasurer, and has been in the National 
 Guard ten years. When the Spanish-American War broke out, he was 
 mustered in as Captain of Company P'. He was seriously wounded at Caloocan, 
 Island of Luzon, on PAbruary 10, 1890, and was sent home in May on sick leave, 
 arriving there on the 22d. Were it not for Dr. Brnning, he would not be alive 
 to-day. 
 
 WILLIAM C. GARDENHIRE, 1st Lieutenant, Company F, was born in 
 Chattanooga, Tenn. His occupation in civil life is a traveling salesman. He went 
 from Tennessee to Montana in 1894. He enlisted in the Spanish-American War as 
 private, Company G. He was commissioned 2d Lieutenant January 21, 1899. 
 May 1, 1899, he was promoted to 1st Lieutenant and placed in command of Com- 
 pany F, until the regiment was mustered out. He was in all engagements, and 
 was wounded at Caloocan, February 10, 1899. 
 
 C. S. HILL, 2d Lieutenant, Compaii}^ F, was born in Devon, Eng., July 9, 
 1869. In civil life he was occupied as a druggist. He has been living in Butte, 
 Mont., for the last eight years, and belonged to the National Guard of that place 
 for four years. At the outbreak of the war, he was mustered in as Quarter- 
 master Sergeant of Company F, and was promoted to Sergeant-Major, in May, 
 1898, acting in that capacity until April 80, 1899. May 1, 1899, he was promoted 
 to 2d Lieutenant. He was absent from his regiment from March 28 to April 28, 
 on account of sickness. 
 
48 
 
 Canipaigjiijig in the PhilippUies. 
 
 Co. F — 1st Battalion. 
 
 NAME OCCUPATION 
 
 William L. Hill, Capt Accountant 
 
 William C. Gardenhire, 1st Ivieut Traveling Salesman. . 
 
 Colin S. Hill, 2d L,ieut Bookkeeper 
 
 James E- Weaver, 1st Sergt Carpenter 
 
 William Johnson, Q. M. Sergt Teamster 
 
 Adolph Keppeler, Sergt Jeweler 
 
 Thomas J. Coberly, Sergt . Miner 
 
 Eouis Olsen, Sergt Engineer 
 
 Arlin R. Ayers, Sergt Assayer 
 
 John Stenzel, Corp Miner 
 
 John H. Caddy, Corp Photographer 
 
 Ernest H. Eeosch, Corp Butcher 
 
 Charles H. Evans, Corp Baker 
 
 Charles M. Pyle, Corp Miner 
 
 William Raymond, Corp Tinsmith 
 
 Eugene Gastiger, Cook Cook 
 
 John G. Vigeant, Mus Chemist 
 
 Herbert P. Galbraith, Artificer Printer 
 
 John Strasser, Wagoner Eocksmith 
 
 Alex. C. Abbott 
 
 Joseph J. Baker 
 
 William Barkowski . 
 
 Joseph Brauer 
 
 Herbert R. Bucks. . . . 
 
 Alfred E. Caddy 
 
 George E- Chapman 
 Frederick Chaxel . . 
 
 James F. Craver 
 
 Charles W. Elwell. 
 
 John J. Evans 
 
 John S. Forsberg 
 
 Joseph Frantzen 
 
 Robert E- Gaffin 
 
 Samuel Gillam 
 
 Abel H. Hall 
 
 Martin S Hall 
 
 William B. Harris . 
 
 William P. Harris 
 
 Edward W. Harvey 
 
 Victor E- Hitter 
 
 Thomas Johns 
 
 Jesse E. Jones 
 
 Owen King 
 
 George F. Mardel . . . 
 
 Bruce H. Mason 
 
 Timothy J. McAuliff , 
 
 Acle McMahone 
 
 Michael Nugent 
 
 Mathias Ostberg 
 
 Frank Otis 
 
 Charles F. Patton — 
 
 T. J. Renaux 
 
 Gus A. Schudoma. . . . 
 
 Alvin D. Sheldon 
 
 Frank E. Tate 
 
 James C. Taylor 
 
 William F. Turner.. . 
 
 Charles R. Ubele 
 
 Eug'^ne '"’’alencourt . . 
 Charles xv. Valentine 
 William H. Walsh . . . 
 Eugene A. Whitten .. 
 
 PRIVATES. 
 
 .Glass-blower 
 
 .Boiler-maker 
 
 .Potter 
 
 .Tile-setter 
 
 .Engineer 
 
 . Carpenter 
 
 . Engineer 
 
 . Painter 
 
 . Millman 
 
 . Clerk 
 
 .Miner 
 
 .Clerk 
 
 . Miner 
 
 .Harness-maker .... 
 
 .Miner 
 
 . Plasterer 
 
 .Miner 
 
 . Miner 
 
 Miner 
 
 . Cook 
 
 . Butcher 
 
 . Smelterman 
 
 . Horse-trainer 
 
 . Miner 
 
 .Upholsterer 
 
 . Miner 
 
 .Miner 
 
 . Miner 
 
 Miner 
 
 . Carpenter 
 
 . Miner 
 
 Miner 
 
 Stone-mason 
 
 Teamster 
 
 .Clerk 
 
 . Cabinet-maker 
 
 . Paper-hanger 
 
 Machinist 
 
 Blacksmith .... . . 
 
 . Min ?r 
 
 Waiter 
 
 . Cook 
 
 . Stone-cutter 
 
 ADDRESS 
 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 . Seattle, Wash. 
 . Butte, Mont. 
 
 Philadelphia, Pa. 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 . . Middletown, N. Y. 
 Butte Mont. 
 
 . .Aurora. 111. 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 Eeminster, Mass. 
 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 Belt, Mont. 
 
 .... Butte. Mont. 
 
 Monticello, Minn. 
 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 .... Eureka, Utah. 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 Ishpeming, Mich. 
 Butte, Mon' 
 
 Colton, Ohio. 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 .Iron Mountain, Mich. 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 49 
 
 NAME. 
 
 Gustav T. Nickel, 1st kieut 
 Adolf Keppner, 2d kieut . . . , 
 Gustav H. B. Hess, Sergt.. . 
 
 Adolph M. Clay, Corp 
 
 Alex McAlpey, Corp 
 
 Albert Ackerman 
 
 kdw. B. Bowen 
 
 Dugal Carmichael 
 
 Wm. Gottlieb 
 
 Henry B. Hinton 
 
 Michael k- James 
 
 John Jonas 
 
 Wm. McCartney 
 
 Jesse J. Norgaard 
 
 Thos. W. Robinson 
 
 korenz Schaub 
 
 Jos. k. Trahant 
 
 kouis Weigle 
 
 DISCHARGED. 
 
 ADDRESS. OCCUPATION. 
 
 Butte, Mont Saloon-keeper . 
 
 “ “ Clerk 
 
 “ Machinist 
 
 .San Francisco, Cal Civil Engineer 
 
 Butte, Mont Miner 
 
 Cavite, P. I Saloon-keeper. 
 
 Butte, Mont Miner 
 
 “ Baker 
 
 “ “ Cook 
 
 “ ‘ ’. Miner 
 
 ‘‘ “ Miner 
 
 “ “ Marble-cutter. 
 
 “ “ Miner 
 
 Kalispel, “ Miner 
 
 Butte, “ Miner 
 
 “ Baker 
 
 “ “ Shoe-cutter 
 
 “ “ Butcher 
 
 REMARKS. 
 
 .Resigned April 18, 1899. 
 By order, Jan. 6, 1899. 
 By order, Nov. 14, 1898. 
 Disability, Sept. 3, 1899. 
 , By order. May 16, 1899. 
 .By order, Oct. 6, 1898. 
 Disability, Sept. 5, 1899. 
 
 . By order, Aug. 19, lb99. 
 
 . Disability, Sept. 5, 1899. 
 .By order, Sept. 5, 1899. 
 By order, July 23, 1899. 
 .By order. Sept. 5, 1899. 
 By order. Sept. 5, 1899. 
 By order, Aug. 13, 1899. 
 By order, Aug. 19, 1899. 
 .By order, Aug. 19, 1899. 
 By order, Aug. 19, 1899. 
 
 . By order, Aug. 19. 1899. 
 
 transferred. 
 
 Milan D. Elderkin Butte, Mont Machinist To Co. I, June 6, 1898. 
 
 Frank S. McNeil Manila, P. I kaborer To Co. B, Dec. 23, 1898. 
 
 Wm. P. Mulcahy Helena, Mont F^ectrician To Co. E, June 6, 1899. 
 
 Chas. M. Walker Butte, “ Soldier To Reg. Band, Nov. 26, ’98. 
 
 Wm. k. Hill, Capt 
 
 Wm. G. Gardenhire, 1st kieut 
 
 Adolph M. Clay, Corp 
 
 Wm. Bartawski 
 
 Edw. B. Bowen 
 
 Fred Chaxel 
 
 Jas. F. Craver 
 
 Jos. Frantzen 
 
 Martin S. Hall 
 
 Frank E. Tate 
 
 Jas. C. Taylor 
 
 WOUNDED. 
 
 Wounded at Caloocan, P. I., in right groin, Feb. 10, 1899. 
 
 Wounded at Caloocan, P. I., in leg, Feb. 10, 1899. 
 
 Wounded at Calumpit, P. I., in jaw, April 26, 1899. 
 
 Wounded near Bocaue, P. I., in left lung, March 28, 1899. 
 
 Wounded near Bocaue, P. I., in forehead, March 28, 1899. 
 
 Wounded at Caloocan, P. I., in right elbow, Feb. 23, 1899. 
 
 Wounded at Caloocan, P. I., in back, Feb. 10, 1899. 
 
 Wounded at San Fernando, P. I., in right cheek. May 24, 1899. 
 
 Wounded at Calumpit, P. I., in ear, April 26, 1899. 
 
 Wounded at Calumpit, P. I., in nose, April 26, 1899. 
 
 Wounded at San Fernando, P. I., in head. May 24, 1899. 
 
 DEAD. 
 
 David k. Williams, Musician Died at Manila, P. I., of dysentery. May 31, 1899. 
 
 Jos. O. J. Beckman, Artificer Killed in action at ka koma Church, P. I., March 25, 1899. 
 
 Wm. F. Stanley Died at Manila, P. I., of typhoid fever, Feb. 19, 1899. 
 
CO. I, l.st MONTANA INFANTRY. 
 Taken at Malolo.s shortly after arrival. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 51 
 
 COMMISSIONED OFFICERS OF COMPANY I. 
 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES. 
 
 G. H. PRESTON, Captain, Company I, was born in New Ipenwich, N. H., 
 July 30, 1865. He belonged to Company M of the 6th Massachusetts and was 
 Corporal in Company C, 1st Iowa. He served fourteen months as Sergeant in 
 Company C of the 1st Montana National Guard and was 1st Sergeant, 2d Lieu- 
 tenant, 1st Lieutenant and Captain of the company. He was made Captain of 
 Company I of the 1st Montana, April 28, 1898, and was mustered into the service 
 as Captain of that company. May 8, 1898. He was with his regiment in all its 
 engagements. 
 
 EDWARD A. FOSTER, 1st Lieutenant, Company I, was born in Marion, 
 Ohio, in 1867. He was elected 1st Lieutenant in the Montana National Guard at 
 date of organization and was appointed 1st Lieutenant when the regiment was 
 mustered into the U. S. V. service. May 1, 1899. He was in all engagements 
 of his company from February 6, 1899, to time of discharge, and was mustered 
 out at Manila, P. I., August 18, 1899, to enable him to return to the United States 
 via Europe. 
 
 ALEXANDER WESSITSH, 2d Lieutenant, Company I, was born in Mos- 
 cow, Russia, August 23, 1874. He came to Montana April 12, 1890, where he 
 has lived for the past nine years. At the outbreak of the war he was enrolled as 
 1st Sergeant of Company C, and was promoted to 2d Lieutenant, Company I, 
 September 29, 1899. He was in all the engagements up to Marilao, P. I., when 
 he went to Cebu. On June 22, 1899, he was sent home for treatment on the Hos- 
 pital Ship, Relief. He reported for duty with his regiment September 25, 1899. 
 
52 
 
 Campaignmg in the Philippines. 
 
 NAME 
 
 Guy H. Preston, Capt 
 
 Alex Wessitch, 2d Lieut 
 
 Benj. C. Wiedeman, 1st Sergt.. 
 Thos. A. Harrison, Q. M. Sergt 
 
 Wm. A. Shauls, Sergt 
 
 P<dw. L. Skinner, Sergt 
 
 Chas. L- Seifert, Sergt 
 
 Jos. Lorenz, Sergt 
 
 Chas. F. Smith, Corp 
 
 Arthur T. Harvey, Corp 
 
 Alex Robertson, Corp 
 
 Fdw. M. Weaver, Corp...'..... 
 
 Frank N. Bristol, Corp 
 
 John F. Munz 
 
 Chas. G. Edwards, Cook 
 
 Chas. E. Beary, Musician 
 
 Geo. W. Hall, Musician 
 
 Frank M. Partridge, Artificer. 
 Perry C. McHugh, Wagoner . . 
 
 Co, I — 1st Battalion. 
 
 OCCUPATION 
 
 . . Pharmacist 
 
 ..Clerk 
 
 ..Clerk 
 
 . .Soldier 
 
 . .Saloon-keeper 
 
 . .Laborer 
 
 ..Clerk 
 
 . .Tailor 
 
 . . Printer 
 
 . .Laborer 
 
 . .Miner 
 
 . .Laborer 
 
 . . Farmer 
 
 . . Miner 
 
 . .Cook 
 
 . .Printer 
 
 . .Farmer 
 
 . .Carpenter 
 
 . . Laborer 
 
 ADDRESS 
 Lewiston, Mont. 
 Bozeman, “ 
 Lewiston, “ 
 
 . Dubuque, Iowa 
 .Lewiston, Mont. 
 
 Bosault, Idaho 
 
 Lewiston, Mont. 
 
 ...Cottonwood, “ 
 
 , Dawson City, Alaska 
 
 Gilt Edge, Mont. 
 
 . . San Francisco, Cal. 
 Lewiston, Mont. 
 
 Anton Bisjak 
 
 Harry D. Booth 
 
 Robt. B. Bradley 
 
 Geo. Briggs 
 
 Percy C. Bullard 
 
 Geo. H. Burmaster. . 
 
 Harry Buser 
 
 Nuggett Cordeiro . . . 
 
 Conrad Duvall 
 
 Jos. Echer 
 
 Milan D. Elderkin, . . 
 Jonathan F. Fisher. 
 
 Chas. R. Frost 
 
 Frank Gant 
 
 Samuel Grant 
 
 Eldw. B. Harvey 
 
 Alvin M. Hill 
 
 Wm. R. Hortop 
 
 Marshall H. Huffine 
 Jas. P. Johnson .... 
 
 Jas. Logan 
 
 Edw. J. Lynn 
 
 Robt. H. McKee 
 
 Gilbert T. Olson .... 
 Shelton N. Paine. . . . 
 
 Samuel C. Purdy 
 
 Julius Riser 
 
 John B. Ritch 
 
 Chas. F. Robbins ... 
 
 Richard Roberts 
 
 Wm. J. Roberts 
 
 John F. Schultz 
 
 Ray O. Sherman .... 
 
 Chas. Starnish 
 
 A. Van Irnestine 
 
 Hiram L. Welch 
 
 NAME. 
 
 Edward A. Foster, 1st Lieut. 
 Edwin K. Cheadle, 1st Sergt 
 Thomas D. Barton, Sergt .. . 
 
 PRIVATES. 
 
 Miner 
 
 Railroadman, 
 
 .... Herder 
 
 Miner 
 
 Clerk 
 
 Clerk 
 
 Barber 
 
 Herder 
 
 Stockman 
 
 Miner 
 
 Machinist 
 
 Laborer 
 
 Stockman 
 
 Miner 
 
 Miner 
 
 Laborer 
 
 Teamster 
 
 Herder 
 
 Clerk 
 
 Miner 
 
 Miner 
 
 Miner 
 
 Miner 
 
 Teamster 
 
 Railroadman 
 
 Miner 
 
 Miner 
 
 Miner 
 
 Nailroadman 
 
 Cook 
 
 Jeweler 
 
 Miner 
 
 Farmer . 
 
 Miner 
 
 Herder 
 
 Farmer 
 
 DISCHARGED. 
 
 ADDRESS. OCCUPATION. 
 
 Lewiston, Mont Merchant ... 
 
 “ “ Lawyer 
 
 .Manila, P. I Printer 
 
 Gilt Edge, Mont. 
 Great Falls, “ 
 ..Gilt Edge, “ 
 
 Lewiston, 
 
 Castle, 
 
 Cottonwood, 
 
 Belt, 
 
 Butte, 
 
 Maiden, 
 
 . . . Lewiston, 
 
 Belt, 
 
 . . . Gilt Edge, 
 . Lewiston, 
 
 Ubet, 
 
 . . . Lewiston, 
 . . . Bozeman 
 Belt, 
 
 . . . Gilt Edge, 
 Sand Coulee, 
 Great Falls, 
 
 Belt, 
 
 . .Lewiston, 
 
 . . Gilt F'dge, 
 Great Falls, 
 . . Lewiston, 
 
 Belt, 
 
 . . . Gilt Edge, 
 
 Castle, 
 
 Belt, 
 
 ... Lewiston, 
 .Cottonwood, 
 
 REMARKS. 
 
 By order, August 18, 1899. 
 By order, June I, 1899. 
 
 By order, Aug. 18, 1899. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 53 
 
 NAMK 
 
 ADDRESS OCCUPATION 
 
 REMARKS 
 
 George F. Young, Sergt Manila, P. I 
 
 Albert Pfaus, Corp Fewiston, Mont . . 
 
 Thomas G. Nielson, Corp “ “ 
 
 William Schugart, Mus “ “ 
 
 Seymour Addison Gilt I?dge, “ 
 
 Carl A. Anderson Lewiston, “ 
 
 Jacob F. Arsenschek Manila, P. I 
 
 Clarence H. Barrowsi Ubet, Mont 
 
 William A. Bonham Lewiston, Mont . . 
 
 Milton B. Carroll “ “ 
 
 Leroy Gorley Manila, P. I 
 
 Edward J. Grindrod “ “ 
 
 William J. Hanna Big Timber, Mont 
 
 Frederick H. Jones Gilt Fydge, “ 
 
 John G. Kertz Manila, P. I 
 
 Andrew Merton Belt, Mont 
 
 Bernard Neisigh Lewiston, Mont . , 
 
 Claude Ramsey Paines Creek, Cal . 
 
 Lewis D. Smith Lewiston, Mont . . 
 
 James W. Stevenson Manila, P. I 
 
 P'rank A. Storey “ “ 
 
 Tinner 
 
 . . . .Clergyman . 
 
 .... Miner 
 
 Barber .... 
 
 Blacksmith 
 
 . . . .Farmer 
 
 Miner 
 
 . . . .Stockman . . . 
 
 . . . .Farmer. . . . 
 
 ... Farmer 
 
 . . . .Elocutionist 
 .... Lawyer .... 
 
 Clergyman . . 
 
 . . . . Miner 
 
 . . . .Teamster . . . 
 
 . . . . Miner 
 
 . . . . Miner 
 
 . . . .Laborer 
 
 . . . . Rancher 
 
 . . . . Miner 
 
 . . . .Miner 
 
 . .By order, July 6, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 By order, Dec. 3, ’98. [37th U. S. V. 
 
 . . Disability, March 21, 1899. 
 
 . .By order, Aug. 18, ’99. [37th U. S. V. 
 . .By order, July 6, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 . .Disability, April 26, 1899. 
 
 . .By order, August 18, 1899. 
 
 . .Disability, September 11, 1899. 
 
 . .Disability, September 11, 1899. 
 
 . .Disability, April 18, ’99. |37th U. S.V. 
 . .By order, July 6, 1899 Re-enlisted 
 . . By order, August 18, 1899; 
 
 . .November 25, 1898. 
 
 . .Disability, vSept. 7, ’99. [37th U. S. V. 
 ..By order, July 6,1899. Re-enlisted 
 . . Disability, September 11, 1899. 
 
 . . By order, March 3, 1899. 
 
 . .Disability, February 2, 1899. 
 
 . . March 19, 1899. 
 
 . . By order, Aug. 18, ’99. [37th U. S. V. 
 . By order, Aug. 4, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 
 Janies M. Croft, 2d Lieut . . 
 Arthur W. Stoddard, Sergt 
 
 Edward J. Kurz 
 
 Fred Miller 
 
 Myles J. O’Connor 
 
 TRANSFFIRRED. 
 
 .Lewiston, Mont County Assessor. To 1st Lt. and Bat. Adjt., Sept. 29, 1899. 
 
 “ “ Merchant To 2d Lieut, Company K, Aug. 18, 1899. 
 
 Iowa City, Iowa Laborer To Company A, January 29, 1899. 
 
 Helena, Mont Teamster To Company L, June 6, 1898. 
 
 Manila, P. I Miner .To Company C, June 13, 1898. 
 
 WOUNDED. 
 
 Joseph Lorenz, Sergt Wounded near Meycauayan, P. I., in right thigh, March 27, 1899. 
 
 Edward L. Skinner, Sergt Wounded at La Loma, P. I., in left leg, February 5, 1899. 
 
 Edward M. Weaver, Corp Wounded at Tulihan River, P. I., in left forearm, March 25, 1899. 
 
 Seymour Addison Wounded near Meycauayan, P. I., in left shoulder, March 27, 1899. 
 
 William A. Bonham Wounded at Caloocan, P. I., in right shoulder, February 21, 1899. 
 
 Percy C. Bullard Wounded near Caloocan, P. I., in right foot, February 8, 1899. 
 
 Fidward B. Harvey Wounded at Calumpit, P. I., in neck, April 26, 1899. 
 
 Fldward J. Lynn Wounded at La Loma Church, P. I., in abdomen, March 25, 1899. 
 
 DEAD. 
 
 William R. Meyersick Died of wounds, February 13, 1899, received at Manila, P. I. 
 
 William C. O’Leary Died of spinal meningitis, September 5, 1898, at Cavite, P. I. 
 
 tf? ’Ir 
 
•Photo by B. F. -liohnieycr. CO. B, 1st MONTANA INFANTRY. 
 
 Taken at Presidio, California, after return from Manila. 
 
Campdigniiiir in the Philippines. 
 
 55 
 
 COMMISSIONED OFFICERS OF COMPANY P. 
 
 BIOGRAPHICAL vSKKTCHPLS. 
 
 L. P. SANDFvRS, Captain, Company B, was born at Helena, Mont., Octo- 
 ber 28, 1870 ; graduated from Philips Flxeter Academy, 1880, and Harvard Uni- 
 versity, 1898; read law in the office of \V. S. Sanders, his father, in Helena, 
 Mont,, was admitted to practice June, 1890, before vState and Federal Courts, 
 and became a partner in the firm of Sanders & Sanders, Attorneys and Counselors- 
 at-Eaw, immediately thereafter. He was practicing the law profession when the 
 call for volunteers for the War with Spain was issued. He had never been a member 
 of the National Guard. He was enrolled May 2d, commissioned 1st Lieutenant 
 and Battalion Adjutant, May 7, 1898, and assigned to the 2d Battalion commanded 
 by Maj. B. J. Cook; was appointed aide-de-camp on the .staff of Brigadier- 
 General H. G. 'Otis, June 18, 1898, and returned to duty with the regiment, 
 September 10, 1898, while at Cavite, P. I.; served on Military Commission for 
 trial of those accused of offenses not cognizable by courts martial; was promoted 
 to Captaincy, January 24, 1899, and assigned to Company B, l.st Montana Regi- 
 ment; was appointed aide-de-camp on the staff of Major-General Elwell S. Otis, 
 commanding 8th Army Corps, and .served in this capacity through the American- 
 Filipino War, until relieved, August 20, 1899, to return to the United States 
 with the regiment. 
 
 CHARLES FRENCH, 1st Lieutenant, Company B, was born in Rubicon, 
 Wisconsin, in 1864. He enlisted as 1st Lieutenant in the Montana National 
 Guard and was mustered into the l.st Montana Volunteer Regiment as 1st 
 Lieutenant of Company A, May 1, 1898, at Helena, Mont. He was trans- 
 ferred to Company B, July 9, 1899, and discharged therefrom July 20th, to accept 
 a commission as Captain of Company H, 86th Philippine Veteran Volunteer Inf. 
 
 CLARENCE I. BOARDMAN, 1st Lieutenant, Company B, was born in Union 
 City, Pa., October 2, 1875. He was educated in the Montana public schools and 
 was connected witu the National Guard. He taught school one year in Montana. 
 He was in thedaw office of Stanton & Stanton for two and a half years. At the 
 beginning of the war he was commi.ssioned 2d Lieutenant of Company A, at 
 Great Falls. He was promoted to Ist Lieutenant, vice William McGrath, from 
 Company A to Company B. He was in command of Company A, from April 27, 
 1899, to June 80, 1899, in the field. July 7, 1899, he was appointed Provost 
 Judge of the District of Cavite. He rejoined Compaii}" B, August 18, 1899, and 
 was in all engagements of the regiment. 
 
 GEORGE W. KING, 2d Lieutenant, Company B, was born in Jacksonville, 
 Or., December 10, 1874. He was a mining engineer in Butte, Mont., and had 
 two enlistments in the National Guard of Montana. He entered the Spanish- 
 American War as a private and was promoted to 2d Lieutenant, September 5, 1899. 
 He was in all the engagements north of Malolos. 
 
56 
 
 Cainpaignifig in the Philippines. 
 
 Co. B — 1st Battalion, 
 
 NAMK OCCUPATION 
 
 Louis P. Sanders, Capt Lawyer 
 
 Clarence I. Boardman, 1st Lieut Lawyer 
 
 Geo. W. King, ‘2d Lieut Medical Student 
 
 Michael Joy, 1st Sergt Miner 
 
 Everett Metcalf, Q. M. Sergt Fireman 
 
 John J. Eddy, Sergt Bookkeeper 
 
 Wilmer B, Brinton, Sergt Motorman 
 
 Stephen G. Jeans, Sergt Clerk 
 
 Peter D. McKenzie, Sergt Miner 
 
 Frank McManimon, Corp Miner 
 
 Jas. McCartin, Corp Miner 
 
 Wm. Williams, Corp . . Blacksmith 
 
 Homer E. Vroom, Corp Engineer 
 
 Michael Hanifan, Corp Miner 
 
 Foster Torrence, Corp Miner 
 
 Thos. Goforth, Cook Smelterman 
 
 Chas. Peltier, Artificer Upholsterer 
 
 Michael H. Hogan, Wagoner Teamster 
 
 Wm. Aspel 
 
 Thomas Bergum. . . . 
 
 Chas. Black 
 
 Thos. Bowden 
 
 Chas. Brinton 
 
 John Coggins 
 
 Jas. Connell 
 
 Thos. Crotty 
 
 Andrew Davis 
 
 John Erickson 
 
 Frank Foley 
 
 Frank Franzen 
 
 Thos. C. Garrity . . . . 
 
 Wm. A. Green 
 
 Isaac Havard 
 
 Secondrus Holland 
 
 John Kemple 
 
 Luke Kennelly 
 
 Thos. Maguire 
 
 Jas. Martin 
 
 John McClernon 
 
 Geo. Miller 
 
 Leonard Miller 
 
 Daniel J. Monroe. . . 
 
 Fdw. Morrissey 
 
 John F. Murphy. 
 
 Patrick O’Brien 
 
 Jas. Percise 
 
 Arthur Peters 
 
 Henry Pollard 
 
 Nathan D. Root 
 
 Jas. H. Rowling . . . . 
 
 Jos. M. Shane 
 
 Harry L. Slack 
 
 Albert Stack 
 
 Chas. E. Thompson, 
 Milton Valentine. . . 
 
 Fdw. R. Walsh 
 
 Jas. W. Weaver 
 
 Harry A. White 
 
 Winnie Whitely 
 
 Jos. A. Wright 
 
 Zuar .S. Wright 
 
 PRIVATES. 
 
 .Miner 
 
 .Laborer 
 
 .Laborer 
 
 .Painter 
 
 .Student 
 
 . Miner 
 
 . Miner 
 
 .Miner 
 
 .Carpenter 
 
 .Laborer 
 
 .Miner 
 
 Laborer 
 
 .Miner 
 
 .Farmer 
 
 .Laborer 
 
 . Laborer 
 
 .Miner 
 
 .Student 
 
 . Miner 
 
 . Miner 
 
 .Miner 
 
 . Miner 
 
 .Cook 
 
 . Miner 
 
 .Miner 
 
 . Miner 
 
 .Miner 
 
 . Machinist 
 
 . Miner 
 
 .Shoemaker 
 
 .Laborer 
 
 . Laborer 
 
 . Miner 
 
 . Clerk 
 
 .Fireman 
 
 .Fireman 
 
 .Laborer 
 
 . Boilermaker 
 
 .Clerk 
 
 .Student 
 
 .Brakeman 
 
 .Smelterman 
 
 . Machinist 
 
 ADDRESS 
 
 Helena, Mont. 
 
 Great Falls, “ 
 Butte, 
 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 Denver, Colo. 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 Cannon Ferry, “ 
 
 Butte, “ 
 
 Pupello, Ala. 
 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 Anaconda, “ 
 ....Butte, “ 
 
 Easton, Pa. 
 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 5 
 
 ■ DIvSCHARGED. 
 
 ADDRKSS OCCUPATION REMARKS 
 
 Charles Gardner, Capt Butte, Mont Salesman By order, January 6, 1899. 
 
 Win. F. McGrath, 1st lyieut. . . “ “ Policeman By order, Jan. 6, ’99. [36th U. .S. V. 
 
 Charles French, 1st Fieut Great Falls, Mont . . . .Contractor By order. July 20, ’99. Capt. Co. H, 
 
 John McAuley, Sergt Manila, P. I Laborer By order, July 19, 1899. 
 
 Franks. O’Neill, Mus “ “ Miner By order, July 3, 1899. 36th U. S. V. 
 
 Charles Foote, Wagoner “ “ Carpenter By order, August 19, 1899. 
 
 William Black Butte, Mont Laborer Disability, June 8, 1899. 
 
 Charles Buchanan Manila, P. I Miner By order, August 19, 1899. 
 
 Ralph Fvans “ “ Laborer By order, Aug 12, ’99. 36th U. S. V. 
 
 James P. Green Butte, Mont Blacksmith By order, October 6, 1898. 
 
 Thomas Joyce Manila, P. I Teamster By order, August 19, 1899. 
 
 Peter Kelly Butte, Mont Assayer By order, June 9, 1899. 
 
 Charles Kerr San Francisco, Cal.. . .Butcher By order, August 31, 1899. 
 
 Thomas J. Mullaney Manila, P. I Miner By order, August 19, 1899. 
 
 John B. McLeod Butte, Mont Miner By order, August .31, 1899. 
 
 Myles J. O’Connor Manila, P. I Miner By order, July 3, ’99. 36th U. S. V. 
 
 John Percell Oakland, Cal Plumber By order, June 28, 1898. 
 
 Louis Semple Manila, P. 1 Clerk By order, Augusi 19, 1899. 
 
 Irving C. Smith “ “ By order, August 19, 1899. 
 
 James Tierney Butte, Mont Miner Disability, August 18, 1899. 
 
 transferred. 
 
 Joseph Corby, 2d Lieut Butte, Mont Engineer. . . . 
 
 E. V. D. Murphy, 1st Sergt Manila, P. I Accountant . 
 
 Timothy J. McAulifT, Sergt .. Butte, Mont Miner 
 
 John R. Ross, Artificer “ “ Blacksmith . 
 
 Charles C. Cline Stockton, Cal Blacksmith. . 
 
 Frank Hawkins Butte, Mont Sailor 
 
 Martin K. Hyman “ “ Cook 
 
 Warner A. Jennings Townsend, Mont. . . . Teacher 
 
 John H. McPherson Butte, Mont ..Silversmith .. 
 
 Edw. T. Moran “ “ Clerk 
 
 Irving C. Smith “ “ Assayer 
 
 Harry B. Stevens “ “ Miner 
 
 .To Bat. Adj. September 29, 1899. 
 
 To 2d Lieut. Co. G, January 7, 1899. 
 . To Company F, July 28, 1899. 
 
 .To Company C, June 22, 1898. 
 
 To Hospital Corps, June 14, 1898. 
 
 .To Regimental Band, July 6,1898. 
 To Company K, August 5, 1898. 
 
 To Hospital Corps, June 17, 1898. 
 
 To Regimental Band, June 6, 1898. 
 To Company C, June 22, 1898. 
 
 .To Company C, June 22, 1898. 
 
 .To Regimental Band, June 6, 1898. 
 
 wounded. 
 
 Everett L. Metcalf, Q. M. Sergt 
 
 Charles Brinton 
 
 Andrew Davis 
 
 Martin Hyman 
 
 Edw. Morrissey 
 
 Harry Slack 
 
 James Tierney 
 
 Joseph A. Wright 
 
 .Wounded at Caloocan, P. I., in left arm, February 10, 
 ..Wounded at Caloocan, P. I., in left arm, February 10, 
 . . .Wounded at Calumpit, P. I., in left cheek, April 26, 
 Wounded at Caloocan, P. I., in right leg, February 23, 
 
 Wounded near Polo, P. I., in left arm, March 26, 
 
 , .Wounded at Caloocan, P. I., in left hip, P'ebruary 10, 
 . .Wounded near Apalit, P. I., in right thigh, April 27, 
 Wounded at Malolos, P. I., in left leg, April 13, 
 
 1899. 
 
 1899. 
 
 1899. 
 
 1899. 
 
 1899. 
 
 1899. 
 
 1899. 
 
 1899. 
 
 Patrick Haggerty 
 
 DESERTED. 
 
 Deserted at San Francisco, June 23, 1898. 
 
 Thomas C. Anderson, Sergt 
 
 DEAD. 
 
 Killed in action near Calumpit, April 26, 1899. 
 
Photo by ‘B. F. Rabmeyer. CO. A, 1st MONTANA INFANTRY. 
 
 Taken at Piesiclio, California, after return from Manila. 
 
(Sanipaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 
 COMMISSIONED OFFICERS OF COMPANY A. 
 
 BIOGRAPHICAL vSKPACHPLS. 
 
 JOHN F. MERCER, Captain, Company A, was born in Anne Arundel 
 County, Maryland, February 1, 1860. He moved to Montana, and was with the 
 Northern Pacific Railroad in 1878, and was a member of the Engineer Corps for a 
 number of years. He has been with the National Bank of Montana, as examiner 
 and receiver, and was connected with the First National Bank of Helena. He 
 was in the City and County Treasurer’s office, and the Eand Office of the In- 
 terior Department during several terms. He was commissioned 1st Eieutenant of 
 Campany C, in the National Guard of Montana, and was mustered into the ser- 
 vice as 1st Eieutenant of the same company. He was promoted to Captain of 
 Company A, at Cavite, P. I., during the month of August, 1899, and was tempor- 
 arily assigned to the command of Battery B, of the 6th U. S. Art., stationed at 
 Caridad. He was with his regiment in all its engagements from Manila to San 
 Fernando. 
 
 JOHN E. MORAN, Captain, Company A, was born in Vernon, Vt., in 
 1858. He enlisted in the Montana National Guard, and was promoted Captain 
 of Company A. On May 1, 1898, he was mustered into the 1st Montana Volun- 
 teer service as Captain of Company C, with which he served during the Philip- 
 pine campaign, . taking an active part in all the battles and engagements of his 
 company. He was discharged August 16, 1896, to accept a commission as Cap- 
 tain of Company F, 37th Philippine Veteran Volunteer Inf. 
 
 CHAS. W. DANE, 2d Lieutenant, Company A, 1st Montana Inf., was born 
 in New Castle, Pa., April 10, 1856. He was in the general office of the railroad 
 company for twelve years, first with the N. Y. P. N. O. and afterwards with the 
 N. Y., L. E. & W. S. He came to Montana in 1890, and was with the National 
 Guard there for eight years up to the time he was mustered in, at the outbreak 
 of the Spanish- American War, as Regimental Quartermaster Sergeant. He was 
 promoted to 2d Lieutenant in July 1899, was assigned to Company A, and was in 
 all engagements from the night of February 4th to the finish. 
 
Campai(rni7ig in the Philippines. 
 
 ()0 
 
 Co. A — 1st Battalion. 
 
 OCCUPATIOX 
 
 John F. Mercer, Capt Civil Engineer . 
 
 Valentine Faubenheimer, 1st lyieut . . . .Stenographer. . . 
 
 Chas. W. Lane, 2d Lieut Accountant 
 
 Chas. S. Hoermann, 1st Sergt Printer 
 
 Knimett L- Hawkins, Q. M. Sergt Tinner 
 
 Edwin G. Cornelius, Sergt Stage Mechanic 
 
 Geo. W. Boardman, Sergt Laborer 
 
 Wm. H. Tolbert, Sergt Mechanic 
 
 Peter Peterson, Sergt Miner 
 
 Albert G. Gray, Corp Bookkeeper .... 
 
 David A. Bruneau, Corp Clerk 
 
 Harry L. Price, Corp Clerk 
 
 Hugh M. Jones, Corp Clerk 
 
 Alois Klauer, Corp Bookkeeper 
 
 Edw. J. Sayler, Corp Student 
 
 Frank Bates, Cook Machinist 
 
 Seth H. Dibble, Musician Student 
 
 Edgar J. Thompson, Musician Bricklayer 
 
 Ira O. Black, Artificer Carpenter 
 
 John P". Ferguson, Wagoner Engineer 
 
 Guilder Ammoiidson. 
 Francis G. Anspach.. 
 
 Harry R. Athey 
 
 John A. Best 
 
 John E. Blair 
 
 Darwin R. Boots 
 
 Oliver M. Bowen . . . 
 
 Wm. R. Brown 
 
 John C. Bullard 
 
 Sherman A. Burger 
 Lynn C. Chamberlain. 
 Adolph T. Charette . . . 
 
 Wm. E. Charette 
 
 Maurice T. Comstock . 
 
 Roger Curry 
 
 Seymour W. B. Curry 
 Walter M. Dannat. . . 
 Lemuel F. Depew . . . 
 
 Fred W. Dow 
 
 Walter H. Earll 
 
 Howard Ellis 
 
 Calvin A. Everhart 
 
 Walter J. Forster 
 
 Francis J. Gray 
 
 Thomas F. Hodges 
 
 John R. Irwin 
 
 Scott Jones 
 
 Fred F. Knight 
 
 Peter Kommers 
 
 Edw. J. Kurz 
 
 Arthur D. Lambie 
 
 Addison R. Lancaster. 
 
 Jay D. Moore 
 
 Alonzo R. Morrison.. . 
 
 Walter Morrison 
 
 Patrick M. Murphy. . . 
 
 Simon D. Murray 
 
 Otto Nelson 
 
 Moritz C. Newman. . 
 Elton Nunn 
 
 PRIVATES. 
 
 . Engineer 
 
 Student 
 
 .Student 
 
 . Barber 
 
 .Clerk 
 
 .Abstracter 
 
 Cook 
 
 .Laborer 
 
 . Musician 
 
 . Teamster 
 
 .Student 
 
 . Bookkeeper 
 
 .Carpenter 
 
 . Railroadman 
 
 .Laborer 
 
 . Laborer 
 
 . Fireman 
 
 .Student 
 
 Merchant 
 
 .Smelterman 
 
 .Farmer 
 
 .Clerk 
 
 .Student 
 
 .Fireman 
 
 . News Agent 
 
 .Painter 
 
 .Cook 
 
 .Brakeman 
 
 Laborer . 
 
 .Laborer 
 
 .Laborer 
 
 .Laborer 
 
 . Student 
 
 Engineer, 
 
 , Laborer 
 
 Laborer 
 
 .Miner 
 
 Carpenter 
 
 . Brakeman 
 
 Ranger 
 
 ADDRESS 
 
 . Helena, Mont. 
 
 Great Falls, “ 
 
 Butte, “ 
 
 Dubuque, Iowa 
 
 Great Falls, Mont. 
 
 . . . . Dubuque, Iowa 
 Great Falls, Mont. 
 
 Cresco, Iowa 
 
 ■ Great Falls, Mont. 
 
 Great Falls, Mont. 
 
 Dillon, 
 
 Great Falls, 
 
 St. Paul, Minn. 
 
 Great Falls, Mont. 
 
 . .Morehead, Minn. 
 Great Falls, Mont. 
 
 Martinsburg, Penn. 
 .Great Falls, Mont. 
 
 Waukon, Iowa 
 
 . .New Orleans, La. 
 
 Waverly, Minn. 
 
 . . .Iowa City, Iowa 
 Great Falls, Mont. 
 
 Green Bay, Wis. 
 
 .Great Falls, Mont. 
 Sand Coulee, Mont. 
 
Canipaiirning in the Philippines. 
 
 61 
 
 NAMK OCCUPATION ADDRESS 
 
 Alvin F. Plottner Barber Great Falls, Mont. 
 
 Fred F^ Powell Jeweler “ “ 
 
 Win. Radis Farmer “ “ 
 
 Robt. S. Rothweiler Laborer “ “ 
 
 John W. Shannon Book Agent “ “ 
 
 Casper Shog Laborer “ “ 
 
 Samuel D. Webb Laborer 
 
 Jas. L. Young Cook 
 
 dischargf:d. 
 
 NAME ADDRESS OCCUPATION 
 
 John Fb Moran, Capt Manila, P. I Clerk 
 
 Thos. P. A. Howe. IstSergt.. “ “ Civil Fhigineer . . 
 
 Stuart H. Reid, Sergt Great Falls, Mont Clerk 
 
 John T. Conrey Manila, P. I Bartender 
 
 Patrick Derrig Great Falls, Mont Machinist 
 
 Harry A. Elliott “ “ . . .Teamster 
 
 Robt. S. Matheson Manila, P. I F'ireman 
 
 Robt. H. McCormick Great Falls, Mont Journalist 
 
 Timothy F. McDonald Manila, P. I Laborer 
 
 Jas. B. Shaw “ “ Printer 
 
 REMARKS p^7th U.s.v. 
 
 By order, Aug. 16, 1899. Capt. Co. F. 
 By order, Aug, 15, '99. [37th U. S. V. 
 By order, April 4, 1899. 
 
 By order, July 4, ’99. [36th U. S. V. 
 
 Disability, March 7, 1899. 
 
 Disability, January 22, 1899. 
 
 By order, August 16, 1899. 
 
 By order, April 17, 1899. 
 
 By order, July 10, ’99. [36th U. S. V. 
 By order, August 16, 1899. 
 
 PROMOTIONS. 
 
 Clarence I. Boardman, 2d. Lieut. . . .Great Falls, Mont Lawyer To 1st Lieut. Co. B, Jan. 23, 1899. 
 
 Geo. E. Kumpe, Sergt “ “ Druggist To 1st Lieut. Co. K, March 23, 1899. 
 
 Chas. French, 1st Lieut 
 Clarence G. Briggs. . . . 
 
 Oliver M. Ross 
 
 John E. Strain 
 
 Walter L. Verge 
 
 TRANSFERRED. 
 
 . ...Manila, P. I Contractor.. 
 
 . . . .Great Falls, Mont Smelterman. 
 
 . . . . “ “ .... Boilermaker 
 
 . . . . “ “ .... Merchant. . . 
 
 “ ....Clerk 
 
 To 1st Lieut. Co. B, July 9, 1899. 
 
 To Regt. Band, September 10, 1898. 
 To Regt. Band, June 6, 1898. 
 
 To Hosp. Corp, June 14, 1898. 
 
 To Regt. Band, June 6, 1898. 
 
 Geo. W. Boardman, Sergt 
 Wm. H. Tolbert, Sergt. . . 
 David A. Bruneau, Corp. . 
 Seth H. Dibble, Musician. 
 
 Francis G. Anspach 
 
 Harry R. Athey 
 
 John C. Bullard 
 
 Adolph T. Charette 
 
 Otto Nelson 
 
 Alvin F. Plottner 
 
 John W. Shannon 
 
 John C. Adams, Artificer 
 
 Henry C. Beecher 
 
 Daniel McEUiot 
 
 Cary A. Sayler 
 
 wounded. j-^jp June 16, ’99. 
 
 .Wounded at Caloocan, P. I. in knee, F'eb. 10, ’99 and at San Fernando, P. I. in 
 
 Wounded near Bocaue, P. I., in right wrist March 28, 1899. 
 
 Wounded at Caloocan, P. I., in face, February 10, 1899. 
 
 Wounded at Caloocan, P. I., in both legs, February 10, 1899. 
 
 Wounded at Caloocan, P. I., in neck, February 24, 1899. 
 
 Wounded at Polo, P. I., in left thigh, March 26, 1899. 
 
 Wounded at Caloocan, P. I., in face, February 10, 1899. 
 
 Wounded at Caloocan, P. I., in hand, February 10, 1899. 
 
 Wounded at Caloocan, P. I., in shoulder, February 23, 1899. 
 
 Wounded at Caloocan, P. I., in right shoulder, February 28, 1899. 
 
 Wounded at Caloocan, P. I., in right buttock, February 23, 1899. 
 
 DEAD. 
 
 Died at Cavite of typhoid fever, September 2, 1898. 
 
 Killed in action at Caloocan, P. I.. March 15, 1899. 
 
 Died at Cavite, P. I. of dysentery, October 22, 1898, 
 
 Died at Cavite, P. I. of typhoid fever, September 5, 1898. 
 
 tl? ir 
 
 Mont 5 
 
CO. K, l.st IVIONTANA INFANTRY. 
 Taken at Malolo.s .shortly after arrival. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 
 COMMISSIONED OFFICERS OF COMPANY K. 
 
 HI( )( 'xR API I IC A L SKP:TCHP:vS. 
 
 '^PHOMAS DILLON, Captain, Company K, was born in Ireland in 1872. He 
 came to Canada in ISSb and thence to the Lnited States in 1888. He joined the 
 2d U. S. Inf. in 1894 and was discharged in 1897. He belonged to Company K, 
 National Guard of Montana. At the outbreak of the war he was commissioned 
 Captain of Company K, 1st Montana Regiment, May 7th. He was wounded at 
 Santo Tomas and was in all the engagements but two at San Fernando. 
 
 GEORGE E. KUMPE, Lst Lieutenant, Company K, was born in Leighton, 
 Alabama, May 12, 187b. He was a member of the National Guard of Mon- 
 tana, and at the outbreak of the war was mustered in as Sergeant of Company A. 
 He was promoted to 2d Lieutenant, May 24, 1899, and to 1st Lieutenant, Com- 
 pany K, August 2, 1899. He participated with his regiment in all engagements. 
 
 ARTHUR \V. STODDARD, 2d Lieutenant, Company K, 1st Montana Vol- 
 unteers, was born at Newington, Hartford County, Conn., June 17, 1866, and 
 was educated in the public schools of Hartford, Conn. He moved to Mon- 
 tana in 1884. In civil life he is a merchant in Lewiston, Fergus County, Mont. 
 He enlisted in Company I, National Guard of Montana, in March, 1896, and was 
 mustered into the United States service as a Sergeant on May 9, 1898. He was 
 appointed 1st Sergeant on June 1, 1899, and was commissioned 2d Lieutenant, 
 August 6, 1899, and assigned to Compaii}^ K. 
 
G4 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 Co. K — 2d Battalion. 
 
 NAME OCCUPATION 
 
 Thomas S. Dillon, Capt Soldier 
 
 George K. Kumpe, 1st Tieut Druggist. . 
 
 Arthur W. Stoddard, 2d Dieut Merchant . 
 
 Patrick McBride, 1st Sergt Laborer . . . 
 
 Barney Marron, Q. M. Sergt Laborer . . . 
 
 Patrick Culleton, Sergt Laborer . . . 
 
 John F. Corrigan, Sergt Soldier 
 
 John Reiley, Sergt Laborer . . . 
 
 William Lyons, Sergt Laborer . . . 
 
 Harold H. Tonseth, Corp Clerk 
 
 James Fitzpatrick, Corp Laborer . . . 
 
 Frank P. Burke, Corp Refiner. . . . 
 
 Janies R. Fitzpatrick, Corp Laborer . . . 
 
 John Alexander, Corp Fireman .. 
 
 Edward Heaf}^ Corp Laborer . . . 
 
 Thomas Williams, Cook Brakeman 
 
 Austin O’Malley, Wagoner Laborer . . . 
 
 ADDRESS 
 
 . .Anaconda, Mont. 
 Great Falls, “ 
 ...Lewiston, “ 
 
 . Anaconda, Mont. 
 
 Portland, Or. 
 
 Anaconda, Mont. 
 
 Gustaf Ahlgren 
 
 Bruce F. Belknap 
 
 Henry Bell 
 
 Herman Blank 
 
 George D. Brown . . . 
 
 Harry Burleigh 
 
 James T. Cannon . . . . 
 
 James Conlon 
 
 Francis Corrigan. . . . 
 
 Earl Daugherty 
 
 Joseph M. Devine. . . . 
 George C. Douglas . . . 
 
 Patrick Duffy 
 
 Frank Faley 
 
 Thomas Feeney 
 
 James Garvey 
 
 James Golden 
 
 Frank Goldsworthy 
 
 Walter Green 
 
 Frederick C. Greene . 
 
 John Hagar 
 
 Paul Harmon 
 
 Lawrence Keegan 
 
 John Kiely 
 
 Carl G. Killinger 
 
 John Kirley 
 
 Patrick McCollum . . 
 
 James McDevdtt 
 
 Barney McKittrick . . 
 
 Robert Murphy 
 
 John Newman 
 
 Paul E. Nicholas 
 
 Hugh Rafferty 
 
 Richard S. Ryan 
 
 John Smith 
 
 Frank J. Smyth 
 
 Howard L. Tanner. . . 
 
 John J. Tiernay 
 
 Clemson Underwood 
 Henry Watt 
 
 PRIVATES. 
 
 . . . Laborer 
 
 . . . Laborer 
 
 . . . Baker 
 
 . . .Shingle-worker 
 
 ...Engineer 
 
 . . . Cook 
 
 . . . Laborer 
 
 . . . Laborer 
 
 . . . Laborer 
 
 . . .Fireman 
 
 ...Clerk 
 
 . . . Laborer 
 
 . . . Smelterman . . . . 
 
 . . . Laborer 
 
 . . . Laborer 
 
 . . . Laborer 
 
 . . . Laborer 
 
 . . . Laborer 
 
 . . Cook 
 
 . . . Harness-maker 
 
 . . . Cook 
 
 . . . Waiter 
 
 . . .Laborer 
 
 . . . Laborer 
 
 . . Carpenter 
 
 . . Miner 
 
 . . . Laborer 
 
 . . . Miner 
 
 . . . Laborer 
 
 . . . Miner 
 
 . . . Miner 
 
 . . Clerk 
 
 . . . Laborer 
 
 . . . Laborer 
 
 . . Laborer 
 
 . . .Laborer 
 
 . . . Brakeman 
 
 . . . Laborer 
 
 . . .Laborer 
 
 . . . Rancher 
 
 Anaconda, Mont. 
 Valley City, Wash. 
 . .Anaconda, Mont. 
 
 Nenno, Wis. 
 
 ..Anaconda, Mont. 
 . . Huntington, Pa. 
 
 Cresco, Iowa 
 
 . . Anaconda, Mont. 
 
 Sharon, Pa. 
 
 Peru, Ind. 
 
 Anaconda, Mont. 
 
 . .. Hollville Ind. 
 Anaconda, Mont. 
 
 Lake Linden, Mich. 
 . . Anaconda, Mont. 
 Lake Linden, Mich. 
 . . . Anaconda, Mont. 
 
 Peru, Ind. 
 
 Anaconda, Mont. 
 
 Denver, Col. 
 
 Anaconda, Mont. 
 Spirit Lake. Iowa. 
 .Anaconda, Mont. 
 
 . . . . Volney, Iowa . 
 . .St. Paul, Minn. 
 Anaconda, Mont. 
 
 DISCHARGED. 
 
 NAME ADDRESS OCCUPATION REMARKS 
 
 Jacob M. Kennedy, 1st Lieut Anaconda, Mont Journalist Resigned, Dec. 31, 1898. [36th U. S. V. 
 
 Michael Barr/, Sergt Manila, P. I Laborer By order, July 1, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 
 John Cavin, Corp “ “ Butcher By order, July 1, 1899. 
 
Canipai^nini^ in the Philippines. 
 
 ()5 
 
 NAME 
 
 ADDRESS 
 
 OCCUPATION 
 
 Thomas A. O’Toole, Corp. . . 
 
 
 
 Henry Bode, Musician 
 
 . . Honolulu, H. I 
 
 
 Joseph E- Jette, Musician.. 
 
 . . Anaconda, Mont . . . 
 
 .... Laborer 
 
 John Clinton, Artificer 
 
 .. 
 
 Electrician. 
 
 William A. Brown 
 
 . . Manila, P. I 
 
 
 Hoyt B. Cooper 
 
 . Anaconda, Mont.. . 
 
 .... Cook 
 
 John Donohue 
 
 
 ... Plumber 
 
 Michael P'itzgerald 
 
 . Manila P. I 
 
 .... Motorman 
 
 Martin K. Hyman 
 
 . . Anaconda, Mont . . 
 
 .... Cook 
 
 Lawrence Keenan 
 
 
 .... Laborer 
 
 John Kerrigan 
 
 
 .... Laborer 
 
 Thomas Malloy 
 
 . .Anaconda, Mont . 
 
 Laborer 
 
 Janies W. Reed 
 
 
 Cook 
 
 Robert M. Richwine 
 
 . . Manila, P. I. 
 
 ... Peddler 
 
 John P. Rowan 
 
 
 . . Cook 
 
 
 transfp:rrp;d. 
 
 Philip Greenan, 1st Lieut .. . 
 
 . Anaconda, Mont... 
 
 
 Myles Kelly, 2d Lieut 
 
 
 .... Laborer 
 
 Arthur O’Leary, Corp 
 
 “ “ 
 
 . . Student 
 
 Herman Fashman 
 
 , . Loraine, Ohio 
 
 
 Martin K. Hyman 
 
 . . .\naconda, Mont . . 
 
 . . . Cook 
 
 Robert Lennington 
 
 “ 
 
 Carpenter 
 
 Albert D. McNeal 
 
 “ ... 
 
 . . . .Cook 
 
 Jeremiah Mahoney 
 
 “ ... 
 
 .... Barber 
 
 REMARKS 
 
 [37th U. vS. V. 
 1899. Re-enlisted 
 
 By order, July 1, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 Disability, August 17, 1889, 
 Disability, Jan. 21 , 1899. [36th U. S. V. 
 By order July 1, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 By order, August 18, 1899. 
 
 Disability, Aug. 17, ’99. [37th U. S. V. 
 By order, July 1, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 Disability, July 3, 1899. 
 
 By order, Aug. 18, ’99. [37th U. S. V. 
 
 By order, July 16, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 By order, October 6, 1898. 
 
 Co. M, Jan. 24, 1899. 
 
 -ps, June 11, 1898. 
 October 7, 1898. 
 
 db:sb:rtb:d. 
 
 Richard C. Burke, Musician Laborer Anaconda, Mont. 
 
 WOUNDBID. 
 
 Wounded in left side, near Santo Tomas, P. I., May 4, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in right side, at Caloocan, P I., February 23, 1899. 
 
 ’^Vounded in chest and right arm, at San Fernando, P. I., May 8, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in left breast, near Santo Tomas, P. I , May 4, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in left shoulder, at Bagbag River, P. I., April 25, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in right lung, near Meycauayan, P. I., March 27, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in right shoulder, at Apalit, P. I., April 27, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in left shoulder, at Caloocan, P. I., February 10, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in right shoulder, near Apalit, P. I., April 27, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in left leg, at Caloocan, P. I., February 28, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in left thigh, near Meycauayan, P. I., March 27, 1899. 
 
 DEAD. 
 
 James A. Callahan Killed in action, near Calumpit, P. 1., April 26, 1899. 
 
 Michael Corrigan Died of dysentery, at Manila, P. I., July 15, 1899. 
 
 Charles A. Kaiser Died of typhoid fever, at Manila, P. I., April 8, 1899. 
 
 James Kennedy Drowned in Bagbag River, P. I., April 25, 1899. 
 
 Thomas Scallon Killed in action, near Santo Tomas, P. I., .May 4, 1899. 
 
 Thomas S. Dillon, Capt. , . . 
 Philip Greenan, 1st Lieut.. 
 Patrick McBride, 1st Sergt. 
 
 Bruce F. Belknap 
 
 Joseph E. Jette 
 
 Lawrence Keenan 
 
 John Kirley 
 
 Thomas Mallory 
 
 Robert Murphy 
 
 Howard L. Tanner 
 
 John J. Tierney 
 
 
CO. C, 1st MONTANA INFANTRY. 
 Taken at Malolos shortly after arrival. 
 
Campaignmg hi the Philippines. 
 
 07 
 
 COMMISSIONED OFFICERS OF COMPANY C. 
 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHEvS. 
 
 WALTER J. BRADSHAW, Captain, Company C, was born at Indianapolis, 
 Ind., in 1858. He joined the Montana Regiment, May 5, 1898, as 1st Lieutenant, 
 Company L, and was transferred and commissioned Captain of Company C on 
 July 17th. He had no sick record and never lost a day during the campaign; 
 was in every battle the regiment was engaged in, and two besides. 
 
 WILLIAM H. POORMAN, 1st Lieutenant, Company C, was born near 
 Muncie, Ind., November 3, 1858. He moved to Wisconsin in 1861. He grad- 
 uated from the law department of the State University of Wisconsin with the Class 
 of ’88. He moved to Livingston, Mont., in May, 1889, and served two terms there 
 as City Attorney and two terms as County Attorney. He enrolled with the 1st 
 Montana Regiment, May 1, 1898, was mustered into service, May 9, 1898, as 2d 
 Lieutenant, and was promoted to 1st Lieutenant, August 4, 1899. He served for a 
 time as Passenger Inspector at Manila, and was also for a time in charge of the 
 military prison. District of Cavite, P. I., and served as Judge Advocate. He was 
 with his regiment at all times, except when temporarily detailed on special duty. 
 
 CHARLES H. VIRDIN, 2d Lieutenant, Company C, was born in Madison 
 County, Mont., September 26, 1874. He spent the first part of his life in Sheri- 
 dan, Mont., and then moved to Dillon, Mont., where he was living when he 
 enlisted for the Spanish-American War. He belonged to Company E, Montana 
 National Guard, and had seen previous service with that organization as Sergeant. 
 He was mustered into the service of the United States as 1st Sergeant in Company 
 E, and was commissioned 2d Lieutenant, Company’ C, August 4, 1899. He has 
 been in continuous service since muster-in. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 ()8 
 
 Co. C — 2d Battalion. 
 
 NAMK. OCCUPATION. 
 
 Walter J. Bradshaw, Capt Civil Engineer 
 
 Wm. H. Poorman, 1st Eieut Lawyer 
 
 Chas. H, Virden, ‘2d Lient Carpenter 
 
 Robt. H. Sprague, 1st Sergt Farmer 
 
 Andrew C. Harding, Q. M. Sergt Farmer 
 
 Rhesis Fransham, Sergt Clerk 
 
 Jas. S. Dolliver, Sergt Printer 
 
 Edw. M. Reynolds, Sergt Teamster 
 
 Chas. J. Lisle, Sergt Printer 
 
 Ernest E. Paddock, Corp Student 
 
 Comly T. Heaton, Corp Laborer 
 
 Jos. Morgan, Corp Farmer 
 
 Wm. H. Owen, Corp Miner 
 
 Lauriston Cruttenden, Corp Farmer 
 
 Oscar G. Hodson, Corp Miner 
 
 Wm. Kinkade, Cook Cook 
 
 Fred Lytle, Musician Jeweler 
 
 Theo. Volkey, Musician Clerk 
 
 Daniel Paling, Artificer Farmer 
 
 John R. B. Cheney, Wagoner Farmer 
 
 .^DDRES.S. 
 
 Helena, Mont. 
 
 Livingston, “ 
 
 Dillon, “ 
 
 ..Bozeman, “ 
 
 South Framingham, Mass. 
 
 Bozeman, Mont. 
 
 Dong Pine, Neb. 
 
 Leadville, Col. 
 
 Smithfield, Ohio. 
 
 . .' Bozeman, Mont. 
 
 Canyon Ferry, 
 Bozeman, 
 
 . . Helena, 
 . . Logan, 
 Bozeman, 
 
 Victor H. Adams 
 
 Leon V. Alexander. . . 
 Chauncey T. Boswell. 
 
 Parker Brown 
 
 Branson B. DeHart. . . 
 
 John F. Dunn 
 
 Robt. Fogle 
 
 Andrew Hogstrom . . . 
 
 Wm. P. Hayes 
 
 Frank Hobert 
 
 Amos. A. Hogeland.. 
 
 Geo. I. Hyatt . 
 
 Louis Kraus 
 
 Frank Leonard 
 
 John McLaughlin. . . . 
 
 Wm. McManus 
 
 John P. Molitor 
 
 Warren J. Morris. . . . 
 Lester L- Pierstorff. . . 
 
 Fldw. S. Pollard 
 
 Harry Ponsford 
 
 Geo. W. Post 
 
 Frank E. Price 
 
 Emory Ricketts 
 
 MerUbn L- Rowley. . . . 
 
 Theo. Schuele 
 
 Fred D. Schwietering 
 
 John T. Wickham 
 
 Clemens Wiese 
 
 PRIVATES. 
 
 . Blacksmith . . 
 
 . Laborer 
 
 . Miner 
 
 . F'armer 
 
 . Miner 
 
 .Printer 
 
 , Farmer 
 
 Shoemaker. . . 
 . Cigarmaker. . 
 
 Teamster 
 
 . Laborer 
 
 . Miner 
 
 .Nurse 
 
 . Butcher 
 
 . Blacksmith , . 
 
 . Farmer 
 
 . Miner 
 
 . Farmer 
 
 .Clerk 
 
 . Miner 
 
 . Electrician . . . 
 
 .Farmer 
 
 .Cook . . . 
 
 . Blacksmith . . . 
 
 .Miner 
 
 . Miner 
 
 Farmer 
 
 . Herder 
 
 . Painter 
 
 Bozeman, Mont. 
 
 Seattle, Wash. 
 
 . . .Bozeman, Mont. 
 Livingston “ 
 ...Helena, “ 
 ..Bozeman, “ 
 
 Butte, “ 
 
 ..Bozeman, “ 
 
 . . . .Helena, “ 
 ..Missoula, “ 
 
 Chicago, 111. 
 
 Winston, Mont. 
 Bozeman, “ 
 ..Cinnabar, “ 
 
 Nevada, Mo. 
 
 Bozeman, Mont. 
 Townsend, “ 
 Bozeman, “ 
 
 .... Helena, “ 
 Livingston, “ 
 
 . . . Winston, “ 
 
 Topeka Kas. 
 
 . Bozeman, Mont. 
 ... Boulder, “ 
 Bozeman, “ 
 
 NAME 
 
 DISCHARGED. 
 
 ADDRESS OCCUPATION 
 
 rp:marks 
 
 Daniel T. Bowman Manila, P. I 
 
 Edw. P. Brown *. Nagasaki, Japan 
 
 Jas. W. Cameron Bozeman, Mont . 
 
 Daniel Coryell . . Manila, P. I 
 
 Fritz Esselborn “ “ 
 
 Edw. M. Gould Helena, Mont . . . 
 
 Harry B. Gray Bozeman, Mont. 
 
 Clerk By order, July 2, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 
 1st Lieut. 87th U. S. V. 
 
 .Shoemaker Disability, December 15, 1898. 
 
 Farmer Disability, August 31, 1899. 
 
 Farmer By order, Aug. 19, ’99. [36th U. S. V. 
 
 Blacksmith By order, July 2, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 
 Fireman Disability, April 3, 1899. 
 
 Clerk Disability, August 15, 1899. 
 
CauipaignUi^ in the Philippines. 
 
 69 
 
 NAME 
 
 ADDRESS OCCUPATION 
 
 REMARKS 
 
 Albert vS. Hicks kivingston, Mont Clerk 
 
 Glen Hnrd Manila, P. I Teamster 
 
 Martin Keongh Great Falls, Mont Brakeman .... 
 
 Robt. Mahaffy Manila, P. I Coachman 
 
 Jeremiah F. Mahoney Omaha, Neb Barber 
 
 Henry Miller Bozeman, Mont laborer 
 
 Gottlieb Molcon Manila, P. I Taborer 
 
 PMw. T. Moran Butte, Mont Clerk 
 
 Peter Norve Helena, Mont Laborer 
 
 Harry C. Patterson Bozeman, Mont Student 
 
 Jas. P. Phelan Manila, P. I. Farmer 
 
 Geo. Reynolds “ Herder 
 
 Wm. Seaman Bozeman, Mont Laborer 
 
 Fred W. Smith Manila, P. I Kngineer 
 
 Fred W. Smith Helena Mont Teamster 
 
 Harry A. Summers Manila,!’. I Bartender 
 
 Frank Thomas... Manila, P. I Laborer 
 
 PROMOTFD. 
 
 Jas. F*. Keown, Capt Bozeman, Mont Farmer 
 
 John F. Mercer, 1st Lieut Helena, Mont Civil Kngineer 
 
 Alex. Wessitsh, 1st Sergt Bozeman, Mont Clerk 
 
 Arthur W. Church, Sergt Helena, Mont Kngineer 
 
 Lloyd R. Hood, Sergt Bozeman, Mont Salesman. . . . 
 
 Kdmund (L High Bntte, Mont Druggist. . . 
 
 Talentine Laubenheimer Great Falls, Mont Stenographer.. 
 
 Disability, Aug. 31, ’99. [37th U. S. V. 
 By order, July 2, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 Disability, Aug. 31, ’99. [37th U. S. V. 
 By order, Aug. 5, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 By order, December 15, 1898. 
 Disability July 26, ’99. [37thU.S. V. 
 . By order, July 2, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 By order, August 6, 1898. 
 
 Disability, August 18, 1899. 
 Disability, Sept. 30, ’98. [37th U. S. V. 
 
 . By order, Aug. 5, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 By order, July 2, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 Disability, Mch. 7, ’99. [36th U. S.V. 
 
 By order, July 4, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 , Disability, Nov. 25, ’98. [36th U.S.V. 
 
 37th U. S. V. 
 By order, Aug. 4, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 37th C. S.V. 
 By order, July 2, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 
 .To Major, August 5, 1899. 
 
 To Capt. Co. A, August 17, 1899. 
 
 To 2d Lieut. Co. I, Sept. 28, 1899. 
 
 To 2d Lieut. Co. L, August 3, 1899. 
 To Regl. Q M. vSergt., July 24, 1899. 
 To Hospital Steward, Mch. 28, 1899. 
 To 1st Lieut. Co. A, Jan. 24, 1899. 
 
 transfkrrkd. 
 
 Krnest V. D. Murphy, Corp ... Manila, P. I Accountant 
 
 Geo. W. Ingram Helena, Mont Laborer. . . . 
 
 John Kerrigan Manila, P. I Laborer.... 
 
 Daniel J. Monroe Butte, Mont Miner 
 
 Myles O’Connor “ “ Miner 
 
 Chas. S Patterson Bozeman, Mont Student. . . . 
 
 John R. Ross Butte, Mont Blacksmith 
 
 Chas. F. Smith Lewiston, Mont Printer 
 
 Irving C. .Smith Butte, Mont Assayer 
 
 Chas. D. Tomlinson Augusta, Mont Musician... 
 
 To Company B, June 22, 1898. 
 
 .To Company L, September 14, 1898. 
 To Company K, October 7, 1898. 
 
 To Company B, June 22, 1898. 
 
 .To Company B, December 21, 1898. 
 To Hospital Corps, June 14, 1898. 
 
 To Company G, August 5, 1899. 
 
 To Company I, June 22, 1898. 
 
 To Company B, July 14, 1899. 
 
 To Regl. Band. June 6, 1898. 
 
 John F. Dunn 
 
 Albert S. Hicks 
 
 Glen Hurd 
 
 Gottlieb Molcon 
 
 Warren Morris 
 
 Theo. Schuele 
 
 Fred W. Smith 
 
 Theo. Volkey, Musician 
 
 WOUNDKD. 
 
 .Wounded in left thigh and left wrist at Caloocan, P. I.. February 23, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in left shoulder at Caloocan, P. I., February 24, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in left instep at Caloocan, P. I., February 23, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in right arm near Apalit, P. I., April 27, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in left side at San Fernando, P. I., June 16, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in back at San Fernando, P. I., June 3, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in left cheek near Santa Tomas, P. I., May 4, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in neck and left shoulder near Meycauayan, P. I., March 27, 1899. 
 
 DKAD. 
 
 Frank A. Camp ; Died of empyema at vSan Francisco, Cal., July 16, 1898. 
 
 Jos. Marx Died of smallpox at Manila, P. I., March 5, 1899. 
 
 Dickson W. Weeden Died of typhoid fever at Cavite, P. I,, August 18, 1899. 
 
 
CO. Tv, 1st MONTANA INFANTRY. 
 Taken at Malolos shortly after arrival. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines . 
 
 71 
 
 COMMISSIONED OFFICERS OF COMPANY E. 
 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES 
 
 PHILIP GREENAN, Captain, Company L, was born in Ireland in 1869. 
 He came to America in 1889 and went to Montana in 1891. He belonged to the 
 National Guard of Montana. When the 1st Montana Regiment was organized he 
 was commissioned 2d Lieutenant, Company K, and was promoted to 1st Lieutenant 
 of the same company, January 28, 1899. He was promoted to Captain of Com- 
 pany L, July 28, 1899. He was wounded on the 23d of February at Caloocan, 
 and was with his regiment in all its engagements. 
 
 FRED S. YAEGER, 1st Lieutenant, Company L, was born at Fort Hayes, 
 Kas., July 24, 1873. He spent his younger days in the Southern States, arriving 
 in Montana when four years old. He was educated in the public schools of 
 Helena, Mont. He was draftsman in the U. S. Surveyor-General’s office for four 
 years and Deputy County Clerk and Recorder of Lewis and Clarke Counties. At 
 the outbreak of the war he formed Company L, assisted by Lieut. French, who 
 was afterwards killed at the Tondo fight. He entered the service as Sergeant of 
 Company L, and was promoted to 2d Lieutenant to succeed Lieut. French, 
 March 5, 1899. He commanded Company L at the engagements at Bagbag River, 
 Calumpit, Rio Grande, Santo Tomas, San Fernando and Santa Rita. He was 
 promoted to 1st Lieutenant at Cavite, P. I., to succeed Lieut. Bradshaw who 
 was promoted to Captain. 
 
 ARTHUR W. CHURCH, 2d Lieutenant, Company L, was born in Oswego, 
 Kas., January 12, 1873. In civil life he was occupied as hoisting engineer. He 
 served in Battery A of the National Guard of Montana. He joined the National 
 Guard in the winter of 1890 and was transferred to Company I, Infantry, in 1892. 
 He served in Company I until 1895, when he was discharged, and in the winter 
 of 1897 he joined Battery A, National Guard of Montana, and served until the 
 outbreak of the Spanish- American War. He enlisted as Sergeant in Company C, 
 and was promoted July 12, 1899, to 2d Lieutenant, Compan}^ L. He was with 
 the regiment in all engagements. 
 
 E. S. FRENCH, 2d Lieutenant, Company L, was killed at the Tondo fight, 
 February 23, 1899. For this reason it has been impossible to get an accurate 
 biography. The facts of his gallantry in battle are stated in the Montana 
 Regimental History. Too much cannot be said of the fighting abilities ol Lieut. 
 French, or of his character as a man and loyal friend. He was a popular man 
 among his men and a born fighter. 
 
72 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines 
 
 Co* L — 2d Battalion* 
 
 NAME OCCUPATION 
 
 Philip Greenan, Capt Merchant 
 
 Freds. Yaeger, 1st hieut Dentist 
 
 Arthur W. Church, 2d Lieut Engineer 
 
 Thomas B. Stephens, Sergt Clerk 
 
 Charles R. Sutton, Q. M. Sergt Insurance Agent 
 
 Charles L. Moore, vSergt Lawyer 
 
 Guy \V. Hassler Lawyer 
 
 Alex. Goodman, Sergt Clerk 
 
 William A. Steadman, Sergt Machinist 
 
 Harry Younglove, Corp Conductor 
 
 Mark T. Good, Corp Team.ster 
 
 Julius Barnej’,Corp Clerk 
 
 ^tephen J. Murphy, Corp Farmer 
 
 Edw. A. Meyers, Corp Engineer 
 
 David Hanley, Corp Carpenter 
 
 William L- Kindall, Cook Laborer 
 
 Harry vS. Strong, Artificer Machinist 
 
 David P'. F'j^erl}’, Wagoner Carpenter 
 
 ADDRESS 
 Anaconda Mont. 
 ...Helena, “ 
 
 East Helena, “ 
 
 Milan, Mich. 
 
 Helena, Mont. 
 
 Sumas City, Wash. 
 
 John Baas 
 
 Robert Bridgens 
 William L. Briggs . 
 James Browning. . . 
 Ralph Bushnell . . . . 
 Donald Cameron . . . 
 Plugene E. Clark . . . 
 
 Fldw. Costello 
 
 George Daigh 
 
 Oscar A. Fallang. . . 
 
 John Fennell 
 
 Patrick Flynn . . . 
 Oscar B. Hallpeter . 
 George Haynes . . . . 
 
 John S. Herald 
 
 Joseph D. Hoffman 
 
 Barney Hogan 
 
 Frank M. Kline ... 
 Emery B. Lacy . . . . 
 Thomas H. Larkin 
 Frank Lessinger . . . 
 
 Hugh McGee 
 
 Andrew McGinnis. 
 Napoleon Monroe. . 
 Daniel C. Mosier. . . 
 Andrew' Nelson .... 
 Edw. C. O’Brien . . 
 
 Daniel Olsen 
 
 Frank Peterson 
 George Pitcher. . . 
 Samuel F. Price. . 
 George W. Shepard 
 Alfred F. Sibley... 
 August Streit .... 
 George Townsend 
 Bird C. Vestal . . 
 Walter L. Whann . 
 
 PRIVATES 
 
 . Laborer 
 
 . Laborer 
 
 .Engineer 
 
 . Butcher 
 
 Butcher 
 
 .Carpenter 
 
 Brakeman 
 
 . Blacksmith 
 
 Farmer 
 
 .Farmer 
 
 , .Farmer 
 
 . Miner 
 
 . Electrician 
 
 Clerk 
 
 .Miner 
 
 .Clerk 
 
 Miner 
 
 . Liquor-dealer 
 Telegraph Operator 
 
 .Lawyer 
 
 . Laborer 
 
 Cook 
 
 . Upholsterer 
 
 .Clerk 
 
 . Engineer 
 
 .Laborer 
 
 Laborer 
 
 Laborer 
 
 .Miner 
 
 . Painter 
 
 . Brakeman 
 
 .Miner 
 
 .Florist 
 
 Musician 
 
 .Farmer 
 
 . Laborer 
 
 Miner 
 
 Helena, Mont. 
 
 . . Canyon Ferry, “ 
 
 Milan, Mich. 
 
 Ogden, Utah. 
 
 Twin Bridges, Mont. 
 
 Helena, '■ 
 
 Los Angeles, Cal. 
 
 Helena, Motit 
 
 Ashton, W. Va. 
 
 Melrose, Mont. 
 
 Brooklyn, N. Y. 
 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 Norwalk, Ohio. 
 
 . . San P'ran cisco Cal. 
 
 Helena, Mont. 
 
 Hudson, Wis. 
 
 El Paso, Wis. 
 
 . . . Big Timber, Mont. 
 Prairie Du Chien, Wis. 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. 
 
 Utica. N. Y. 
 
 Helena, viont. 
 
 East Helena, 
 . . Ironwof d, 
 Big Timber, 
 Helena, 
 
 . . . Weston, Mass. 
 
 Helena, Mont. 
 
 . . Faribault, Minn. 
 Big Timber, Mont. 
 Helena, “ 
 
 NAME 
 
 Theron M. Ripley, Sergt . . 
 Hobart H. Hawkins, Sergt 
 Charles Albrecht, Corp 
 
 DISCHARGED. 
 
 .ADDRESS OCCUPATION REMARKS 
 
 Helena, Mont Civil Engineer By order, Aug. IS, 1S99. [37th U. S. V. 
 
 Manila, P. I Butcher By order, Aug. 13, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 
 Helena, Mont Clerk By order, August Jo 1898. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 73 
 
 NAME ADDRESS 
 
 Thomas J. Mclvaughlin, Corp Manila, P. I . 
 
 Robert Ormiston, Corp Helena, Mont 
 
 Enstice Wheeler, Corp “ “ 
 
 George W. Ingram, Musician ... “ “ 
 
 Hans M. Wegener, Corp “ “ 
 
 P'rank Monroe, Wagoner “ “ 
 
 John P. Bahnsen “ “ 
 
 Kerr Beadle “ “ 
 
 Michael Bennett “ “ 
 
 William H. Plashill Manila, P. I 
 
 George Brown San Francisco 
 
 Austin D. Butler Helena, Mont 
 
 Thomas P. Dunn “ “ 
 
 Jacob Goodman “ “ 
 
 P'rank Henry vSan Francisco, Cal 
 
 Severet Johnson Helena, Mont 
 
 John F. King “ “ 
 
 John Mazanec “ “ 
 
 Fred. Miller “ " 
 
 Dinford Seeley “ “ 
 
 Arthur W. Smith “ “ 
 
 Frank Stursa “ “ 
 
 William Thefault “ “ 
 
 George F. Walker Manila, P. I 
 
 OCCUPATION 
 
 . . . Miner 
 
 . . . Farmer 
 
 Dawyer 
 
 . . . Taborer 
 
 . . . Photographer 
 
 . . Merchant 
 
 . . . Plumber 
 
 Miner 
 
 . . .Butcher 
 
 Butcher 
 
 , . .Taborer 
 
 . . .Carpenter 
 
 . . .Barber 
 
 . . Merchant 
 
 . . Cook 
 
 . . .Cook 
 
 . . Daborer 
 
 . . -Daborer 
 
 . . . Teamster 
 
 . Carpenter . . . . 
 
 ...Clerk 
 
 . . Butcher 
 
 . . Taborer 
 
 . . .Miner 
 
 REMARKS 
 
 .By order, August 18, 1899. 
 . .By order, August 31, 1899. 
 . .By order, June 5, 1898. 
 
 . .By order, August 18, 1899. 
 . By order, August 18, 1899. 
 . .By order, August 18, 1899. 
 . .By order, August 17, 1899. 
 
 .By order, July 14, 1898. 
 
 . By order, August 31, 1899. 
 
 . .By order, August 18, 1899. 
 . . By order, July 1.5, 1898. 
 
 . . By order. May 7, 1899. 
 
 . Disability, July 3, 1899. 
 
 . .By order, June 7, 1898. 
 
 By order, July 26, 1898. 
 
 By order, August 31, 1899. 
 . . By order, August 31 , 1899. 
 . By order, August 18. 1899. 
 ..Disability, June 21, 1899. 
 
 . By order, August 31, 1899. 
 . .By order, April 10, 1899. 
 
 . .By order, June 10, 1899. 
 
 . .Disability, April 27, 1899. 
 ..By order, August 18, 1899. 
 
 TRANSFERKPID. 
 
 Asa D- Fisk Helena, Mont Printer To Regl. Band, June 4, 1898. 
 
 Fred Peterson “ “ Nurse To Hosp. Corps, June 19, 1898. 
 
 PROMOTED. 
 
 Asa E. Duncan, Capt Missoula, Mont Lawyer To Major, August 1,1899. 
 
 Walter J. Bradshaw, 1st Lieut. Helena, “ Civil Engineer . . .To Capt., Company C, Aug. 4, 1899. 
 
 William B. Hanna, Sergt Manila, P. I Accountant To 1st Lt. and Bat. Adj., June 2, ’98. 
 
 William A. Steadman, Corp. 
 Thomas P. Dunn 
 
 WOUNDED. 
 
 Wounded in left thigh, at Caloocan, P. I., February 23, 1899. 
 Wounded in head, at Caloocan, P. I., February 22, 1899. 
 
 Eugene S. French, 2d Lieut 
 Owen H. Rowland, Corp. . . . 
 
 Walter J. McLean 
 
 John Sorenson 
 
 DEAD 
 
 Killed in action at Caloocan, P. I., February 23, 1899. 
 
 Killed in action near Malolos, P. I., April 4, 1899 
 
 . . . Died of typhoid fever at Cavite, P. I., October 28, 1898 
 Died of wounds at Manila, P. I., February 20, 1899. 
 
Photo by B. F. Rahmeycr. CO. H, l.st MONTANA INFANTRY. 
 
 Taken at Presidio, California, after return from Manila. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 75 
 
 COMMISSIONED OFFICERS OF COMPANY H. 
 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES. 
 
 FRANK I{. GREEN, Captain, Company H, was born in St. Peters, Minn., 
 and when enrolled into U. S. V. service was 27 years of age. Capt. Green joined 
 the Montana National Guard as 1st Lieutenant of Company H, September 
 17, 1897, and was promoted to Captain of that company May 9, 1898. He was 
 in all the engagements of his company. He was mustered out at Manila, P. I., to 
 accept a commission as Captain in the 11th U. S. V. Cav. 
 
 SAMUEL HILBURN, Captain, Company H, was born in Xenia, Ohio, 
 October 28, 1860. At the time of joining the militia, in 1897, he was County 
 Treasurer of Flathead County, Mont. He was enrolled as 2d Lieutenant, and 
 mustered in as 1st Lieutenant on account of the physical disability of the 
 Captain. He was promoted to Captain on the 5th day of September, 1899, and 
 was with the regiment in all its engagements except three, which he missed on 
 account of sickness. 
 
 MYLES KELLY, 1st Lieutenant, Company H, was born in Ireland in 1876. 
 He came to America in 1890. He was chief organizer of Company K, 1st Montana 
 Regiment, and was mustered into the volunteer service as 1st Sergeant, Company 
 K. He was promoted January 28, 1899, to 2d Lieutenant. On the 25th of 
 March he was wounded at La Loma Church. September 28, 1899, he was 
 promoted to 1st Lieutenant Company H, and was with his regiment in all its 
 engagements. 
 
 A. W. SWANEY, 2d Lieutenant, Company H, was born in Allegheny City, 
 Pa., June 8, 1860. At the outbreak of the war he was clerk of the court of 
 the 11th District, State of Montana, for Flathead County. He belonged to the 
 National Guard and was mustered into the United States .service as 1st Sergeant 
 of Company H, and was promoted to 2d Lieutenant September 11, 1899. He was 
 with his regiment in all its engagements. 
 
76 
 
 Canipaig7ii7i^ iti the Philippines. 
 
 Co* H — 2d Battalion* 
 
 NAME OCCUPATION 
 
 Samuel Hilburn, Capt Accountant. . . . 
 
 Myles Kelly, 1st Lieut Smelterman . . 
 
 Andrew W. Swaney, 2d Lieut Farmer 
 
 August C. Lagoni, 1st Sergt Farmer 
 
 James F. Johnson, Q. M. Sergt Boatman 
 
 Albert Breedlove, Sergt Clerk 
 
 James A. Coulter, Sergt Student 
 
 George C. McCauley, Sergt Carpenter 
 
 Albert Ingraham, Sergt Farmer 
 
 Joseph f;. Ritchey, Corp Clerk 
 
 Benjamin A. Green, Corp Student 
 
 Charles E. Forbes, Corp Farmer 
 
 John W. Kneiff, Corp Contractor 
 
 Charles F. Myers, Corp Farmer 
 
 Edward 3. Green, Cook Carpenter 
 
 Ralph C. Kirkland, Musician Harness-maker 
 
 William A. Patton, Musician Laborer 
 
 Henry Loewe, Artificer Cigarniaker . . . . 
 
 Hugh W. McCauley, Wagoner Carpenter 
 
 PRIVATES. 
 
 Henry Bird Farmer 
 
 Rodney W. Bradley Laborer 
 
 Isaac M. Chance Glassblower . . . 
 
 Birt B. Curtis Farmer 
 
 Charles G. Dick Printer 
 
 John Gilmore Laborer 
 
 Henry C. Gould Laborer 
 
 Silas Gould Carpenter 
 
 Elmer Greenleaf Laborer 
 
 Swan Halleen Teamster 
 
 George W. Hatt Barber 
 
 James J. Hayes Hotel-keeper . . 
 
 Oscar Herbert Miner 
 
 Arnt Hogan Blacksmith 
 
 Willard Hollowell Laborer 
 
 Thomas Howard Shoemaker. . . . 
 
 Joseph D. Isaacs Laborer 
 
 Mathias Iverson Laborer 
 
 Charles F. Jewell Laborer 
 
 Leroy H. Johnstone Railroadman. . . 
 
 Theodore Knutson Miner 
 
 James K. Lang Accountant 
 
 Hans C. Mamen Laborer 
 
 Fred Meiers Butcher 
 
 David Nelson Carpenter 
 
 Charles A. Ovelman Laborer 
 
 Clarence Poole Farmer 
 
 Patrick Rooney Laborer 
 
 George A. Rowland Clerk 
 
 Joseph H. Shultz Miner 
 
 Alfred F. Smith Miner 
 
 Ole Thorson Miner 
 
 Joseph Wadsworth Laborer 
 
 Walter J. Walker Laborer 
 
 John S. Wise Farmer 
 
 Rice Wood Teamster 
 
 ADDRESS 
 Kalispell, Mont. 
 Anaconda, “ 
 Kalispell, “ 
 
 . . . . Brooklyn, N Y. 
 . . . Kalispell, Mont. 
 Grand Forks, N. D. 
 . . . Kalispell, Mont. 
 
 Columbia Falls, “ 
 
 St. Peter, Minn. 
 
 Kalispell, Mont. 
 
 Colorado Springs, Col. 
 Kalispell, Mont. 
 
 Kalispell, Mont. 
 
 Blackfoot, Idaho. 
 . . . Helena, Mont. 
 Kalispell, “ 
 
 Columbia Falls, “ 
 
 Elk Park, S. D. 
 
 . . . Wilmington, Ohio. 
 
 Troy, Mont. 
 
 . . . . Sandcoulee, “ 
 
 Kalispell, “ 
 
 Rockford, Ohio. 
 
 Kalispell, Mont. 
 
 Great Falls, “ 
 
 Kalispell, “ 
 
 .... Truro, N. D. 
 . Billing, Minn. 
 Kalispell, Mont. 
 
 . . . . Brooklyn, N. Y. 
 ,San Francisco, Cal. 
 . Kalispell, Mont. 
 
 Libby, “ 
 
 Kalispell, “ 
 
 Columbia Falls, “ 
 
 Arlington, Neb. 
 
 DISCHARGED. 
 
 NAME ADDRESS 
 
 Soren H. Smith, Corp Kalispell, Mont 
 
 William Zeller, Cook Manila P. I 
 
 Adelbert R. Burke, Musician. . “ “ 
 
 OCCUPATION REMARKS 
 
 Accountant By order, October 3, 1899. 
 
 Cook By order. Aug. 17, ’99. [37th U. S. V. 
 
 Barber By order, Aug. 15, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 
Campaigning in the Philippinei,. 
 
 77 
 
 NAME 
 
 Mark R. Baldwin.. . 
 Daniel D. Barrett . . 
 Edward F. Barrett . 
 
 George Berry 
 
 Albert H. Buckland 
 
 Robert R. Case 
 
 William H. Doyle . . 
 Alfred M. Finley . . . 
 
 Frank A. Gibson . . . 
 
 Nels Hansen 
 
 Charles Jessup 
 
 John Nilson 
 
 Douis Pallat 
 
 Albert R. Peterson . 
 Charles H. Runels . . 
 George h. Stanley. . , 
 Anton Stromgren . . 
 Samuel Swanson . . 
 Louis Warner 
 
 ADI)Rt;SS 
 .Manila, P. I. . . . 
 
 .Kalispell, Mont 
 
 . Chicago, 111 
 
 . Kalispell, Mont 
 
 Manila, P. I Civil Kngineer .. 
 
 “ “ Teacher 
 
 .New York City, N. Y. .Plasterer 
 
 Manila, P. I .Sailor 
 
 Manila P. I Cook 
 
 “ “ Miner 
 
 “ “ Laborer 
 
 . Kalispell, Mont Laborer . . 
 
 Columbia Falls Farmer 
 
 . Kalispell, Mont Fireman 
 
 Marseilles, Mich Mason 
 
 Columbia Falls, Mont . Herder 
 
 .Nelson, B. C Miner, 
 
 Manila P. I Miner 
 
 “ “ Miner. 
 
 REMARKS 
 
 By order August 18. 1899. 
 
 Disability, June 24, 1898. 
 
 By order, August 31, 1899. 
 
 Disability, September 5. 1899. 
 
 By order, Aug. 13, 1899. 
 
 By order, Aug. 18, 1899. 
 
 By order, January 24, 1899. [11th Cav. 
 By order, Aug. 19, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 [37th U. S. V. 
 By order, Aug. 19, 1899 Re-enlisted 
 By order, August 18, 1899. [11th Cav. 
 By order, Aug. 9, 1899 Re-enlisted 
 By order, Aug. 31, 1899. 
 
 Disability, August 31, 1899. 
 Disability, August 31, 1899. 
 
 By order, April 17 1899. 
 
 By order, January 25, 1899. 
 
 Disability, Aug. 31, 1899. [11th Cav. 
 
 By order, Aug. 17, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 By order, August 18, 1899. 
 
 OCCUPATION 
 Laborer . . . 
 Engineer . 
 Electrician 
 Baker 
 
 Frank E Green, Capt Manila, P. I. . . . 
 
 Byron J. Mclntire 1st Lieut.. “ “ 
 
 Pinkney M. Thompson, Sergt Kalispell, Mont 
 Archibald H. Logan, Corp. . . .Helena, Mont. . . 
 Hi-nry Bode Honolulu, H. I . 
 
 Lawyer To Captain, 11th Cav., Aug. 21, 1899. 
 
 Lawyer To Company G, January 23, 1899. 
 
 .Electrician To Signal Corps, March 18, 1899. 
 
 .Stenographer To Signal Corps, March 18, 1899. 
 
 Sailor To Company K, Oct. 1, 1898- 
 
 TRANSFERRED. 
 
 Myles Kelly, 1st Lieut 
 
 Soren H. Smith, Corp 
 
 William A. Patton, Musician 
 
 Frank A. Gibson 
 
 Charles F. Myers 
 
 Louis Pallat 
 
 George A. Rowland 
 
 Charles Runels 
 
 Alfred F. Smith 
 
 WOUNDED. 
 
 . Wounded in nose and lip, at Tuliahan River, P. I., Marc i 25, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in left arm, near Bocaue, P. I., March 28, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in neck, at Ragbag River, P. I., April 25, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in left leg, near Meycauayan, P. I., March 27, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in left side, near Bocaue, P. I., March 29, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in body, at La Loma Church, P. I., March 25, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in left ear, at La Loma Church, P. I., February 5, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in right leg, at Chinese Cemetery, P. I., February 5, 1899. 
 Wounded in face, near Bocaue, P. I., March 29, 1899. 
 
 Frederick Wheaton 
 
 DEAD. 
 
 Died oi wounds received in action, near Bocaue, P. I., March SO, 1899. 
 
 ^ ^ ^ 
 
 Mont 6 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 79 
 
 COMMISSIONED OFFICERS OF COMPANY D. 
 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES. 
 
 GEORGE W. REIF, Captain, Company D, was born in Philadelphia, Pa., 
 PYbruary 27, 1857. He was in the 2d U. S. Cav. in the years 1876-1878 and 
 served in the Indian campaigns, under Gen. Miles, in Montana and Dakota. He 
 belonged to the National Guard from 1889 until the breaking out of war. He 
 was mustered into the United States service as Captain of Company D. He was 
 with his regiment in all the engagements and did not lose a day through 
 sickness. 
 
 CHARLES W. MEAD, 1st Lieutenant, Company D, was born in Underhill^ 
 Vt., and when mustered into the United States volunteer service, was 87 years 
 of age. He enlisted as 1st Sergeant, of Company D, Montana National Guard, 
 in May, 1898, and was promoted to 1st Lieutenant of the same company in 
 January, 1899. He was enrolled into the United States volunteer service at 
 Virginia City, Mont., and served with his company through the insurgent war 
 until July 12, 1899, on which day he resigned to accept a commission as Captain 
 in the 36th Philippine Veteran Volunteer Inf. 
 
 E. J. GAINAN, 1st Lieutenant, Company D, was born in Lyons, Iowa, July 
 26, 1864. He joined Company I) of the National Guard of Montana in 1887. 
 He served as a private for two enlistments. He was 1st Sergeant a part 
 of one enlistment and was then elected 2d Lieutenant. At the time of the out- 
 break of the war he was 2d Lieutenant, and was mustered in as such. He was 
 promoted to 1st Lieutenant on July 12, 1899. He was in all the engagements 
 with his regiment. '' . 
 
 GEORGE E. LOWMAN, 2d Lieutenant, Company D, was born in Virginia 
 City, Mont., November 8, 1869. His occupation in civil life was stationary 
 engineer. He was a member of the Montana National Guard, from 1887 until 
 1895. He went from Montana to Idaho in 1896 and returned to Montana at the 
 outbreak of the war. He was once commissioned 2d Lieutenant in the National 
 Guard of Montana. He enlisted in the Spanish-American War as Sergeant, 
 Company D, and was promoted to 1st Sergeant, February 23, 1899. He was 
 commissioned 2d Lieutenant, July 27, 1899. He was with his regiment in all its 
 engagements. 
 
80 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 Co* D-— 3d Battalion* 
 
 NAMK 
 
 OCCUPATION 
 
 ADDRESS 
 
 Geo. W. Reif, Capt Miner. ... 
 
 Kdw. J. Gainan, 1st t,ieut Miner . . . 
 
 Geo. K- Lowman, 2d Lieut Kngineer. 
 
 Jas. M. McClurg, 1st Sergt Teamster. 
 
 Dean W. Vickers, Q. M. Sergt Laborer . 
 
 Alvah M. Parke, Sergt Miner . . 
 
 Jas. W. C. Dennis, Sergt Stockman 
 
 Boyd A. Kneedler, Sergt Clerk 
 
 Chas. N. Morse, Sergt Miner 
 
 Cornelius McClurg, Corp Teamster. 
 
 Grant D. Mathers. Corp Laborer. . . 
 
 Valentine Gilbert, Corp Laborer . . 
 
 Jas. W. Bothwell, Corp P'armer . . 
 
 Chas. Kelly, Corp Farmer. . . 
 
 Nels Peterson Corp Miner 
 
 Nichols Rider, Cook Miner 
 
 Stewart R. Champion, Musician Teamster. 
 
 Floyd C. Wilson, Musician Laborer . . 
 
 Frank Mack, Artificer Miner 
 
 Virginia City, 
 
 Pony, 
 
 Virginia City, 
 . . . .vSheridan, 
 Virginia City, 
 
 Sheridan, 
 
 Pony, 
 
 Butte, 
 
 Pony, 
 
 Virginia City, 
 
 St. Paul, 
 
 . . Lexington, 
 
 Mont. 
 
 PRIVATES. 
 
 Chas. Beckwith Miner 
 
 Alonzo L. Blaugh Miner 
 
 John A. Bowman Farmer 
 
 Jas. M. Box Farmer 
 
 John W. Boyd Laborer 
 
 Jas. Carlon Farmer 
 
 Albert Case Laborer 
 
 Jos. A. Casebeer Miner 
 
 Abraham L- Clem Miner 
 
 Jas. W. Comley Farmer 
 
 Chas. M. Kdgehill Teamster 
 
 Frank Faires Farmer 
 
 Jas. Francis Miner 
 
 Nazaire Gardner Miner 
 
 Jefferson D. Garrett Miner 
 
 Kdgar Guidry Cigarmaker 
 
 Albert Johnson Miner 
 
 Lucius G. Kellogg Engineer.. 
 
 David Kenealy Teamster . 
 
 Fay Kohls Laborer 
 
 Berry Knutson Miner 
 
 Wm. F. Kramer Laborer 
 
 Oliver P. Longfellow Teamster. 
 
 Robert Lee 
 
 Albert Mack Miner 
 
 Alex. J. McArthur Miner 
 
 Herbert G. McPheters Laborer 
 
 Julius Moritz Barber 
 
 Chas. Nacie Teamster. . . 
 
 Thos. G. Pasley Farmer 
 
 Thos. Rickards Miner 
 
 Wm. Roden Teamster... 
 
 John R. Rogers Miner 
 
 Wm. F. Stobie Miner 
 
 Oscar C. Stone Miner 
 
 Maurice A. Wiles Laborer 
 
 Perry Wilsey Stockman . 
 
 Wm. J. Wammach Miner 
 
 Christ. Zigler Laborer . . . 
 
 Ray Zigler Laborer 
 
 Ponj', Mont. 
 
 Sheridan, 
 
 . Twin Bridges, “ 
 
 Sheridan, 
 
 Pony, “ 
 
 . Virginia City, “ 
 
 Pony, “ 
 
 Sheridan, “ 
 
 . .Virginia City, “ 
 
 . .Twin Bridges, “ 
 
 Salina, Mo. 
 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 . Virginia City, “ 
 Sheridan, ‘ 
 Lafayette Parish, La. 
 . .Twin Bridges, Mont. 
 . Virginia City, “ 
 
 Adobetown, “ 
 
 . Virginia City, “ 
 
 Pony, “ 
 
 ..Virginia City, “ 
 
 Lexington, Minn. 
 .Twin Bridges, Mont. 
 
 Ketchum, Idaho. 
 
 Virginia City, Mont. 
 
 Butte, 
 
 Virginia City, Wash. 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 Virginia City, “ 
 
 Lampa, Idaho. 
 
 Sheridan, Mont. 
 
 Virginia City, “ 
 
 ...Home Park, “ 
 
 Pony, “ 
 
 .Sheridan, “ 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 81 
 
 DISCHAKGliD. 
 
 NAME ADDRES.S OCCUPATION 
 
 Chas. W. Mead, 1st lyieut Manila, P. I Civil tCngineer 
 
 Aimer X. Kellogg, Q.M.Sergt . Manila, P. I Teamster 
 
 August T. Romey, Sergt Virginia City, Mont Mechanic 
 
 Albert p;. Cole, Corp “ “ ..Laborer 
 
 Richard B. Vickers, Corp “ “ ..Laborer 
 
 Geo. D. Vickers Corp “ “ ..Laborer 
 
 Clarence Ph Wilson, Corp. . . . Manila, P. I Printer 
 
 Jerome Mayland, Artificer ... “ Mechanic 
 
 Jos. W. Black Pony, Mont Miner 
 
 Curtis K. Brooks Manila, P. 1. Farmer 
 
 Otis Carter Pony, Mont Miner 
 
 Job D. Foster Manila, P. I Phigineer 
 
 Berrington P. Gould “ “ Jouriialist 
 
 Chauncy W. Jackson Twin Bridget, Mont. .Teamster 
 
 Wm. H. McDonald Manila, P. I Farmer 
 
 Isaac A. Ogden “ “ . .. .. Miner 
 
 John H. Orth “ “ Cook 
 
 p;dward L. Reynolds Virginia City, Mont .. Blacksmith ... . 
 
 Jos. Sicard Pony, Mont Miner 
 
 Dlisha Siprell Sheridan, Mont Laborer 
 
 Jos. A. Spalding Virginia City, Mont Teamster 
 
 Thos. Wilson Manila, P. I Miner 
 
 REMARKS. 
 
 . Resigned, July 12, ’99. Re-enlisted, 
 Capt., ;-,6th U. S. V. 
 .By order, Aug. 18, 1899. 
 
 . By order, June 1, 1899. 
 
 Disability, December 31, 1898. 
 
 .By order, August 31, 1899. 
 
 .By order, September 15, 1899. 
 
 .By order, August 18, 1899. 
 
 .By order, August 18, 1899. 
 .Disability, April 21, 1899. 
 
 .By order, July 31, ’99. Re-enlisted 
 ..By order, April 21, 1899. [36th U.S.V. 
 ..By order, July 31, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 By order, July 31, 1899. [36th U.S.V. 
 ..By order, September 18, 1899. 
 
 • By order, July 31, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 ..By order, August 18, ’99. [36thU.S.V. 
 
 By order, August 18, 1899. 
 ..Disability, July 26, 1899. 
 
 By order, August 31, 1899. 
 
 ..By order, August 31, 1899. 
 .Disability, April 20, ’99. [36th U.S.V. 
 .By order, July 31, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 
 transferred. 
 
 Geo. B. Mead Garrison, Mont Barber To Reg’l Band, June 9, 1898. 
 
 DESERTED. 
 
 Willard D. Phsher hX Camp Merritt, July 1, 1898. 
 
 WOUNDED. 
 
 Geo. E- Lownian, 2d Lieut Wounded in abdomen at Caloocan, P. 1., February 10, 1899. 
 
 Jas. W. C. Dennis, Sergt Wounded in right buttock at San Fernando, P. I., June 16, 1899. 
 
 Jas. M. Box Wounded in left shoulder at Caloocan, P. I., February 10, 1899. 
 
 Abraham L- Clem Wounded in right thigh, near Bacolor, P. I , June 10, 1899. 
 
 Wm. F. Kramer Wounded in scalp at Caloocan, P. I., February 23, 1899, and in left knee, near 
 
 Bacolor, P. 1., June 10, 1899. 
 
 Edward L. Reynolds Wounded in left leg at Caloocan, P. 1., February 10, 1899. 
 
 Thos. Rickards. Wounded in right thigh at La Loma Church, P. I., March 25, 1899. 
 
 Wm. G. Marshall 
 
 DEAD. 
 
 Died of wounds received in action, near Bocaue, P. I., April 2, 1899. 
 
 ttr ^ rtr 
 
Photo bv B. F. Rahmeyer. CO. G, 1st MONTANA INFANTRY. 
 
 Taken at Presidio, California, after return from Manila. 
 
Cainpaigjiing in the Philippines. 
 
 83 
 
 * COMMISSIONED OFFICERS OF COMPANY G. 
 
 BIOGRAPHICAL vSKETCHES. 
 
 ELLIS W. WYNNE, Captain, Company G, was born at Hazel Green, Grant 
 County, Wis., May 1, 1859. He went to Montana in 1877 and was in the Nez Perce 
 war with the Indians. He served two years as Alderman in Butte City, Mont., 
 and three years as Deputy County Auditor of the same place. He has been a 
 member of the National Guard of Montana since its organization in 1887. He 
 was one of the organizers of Company G. He commenced as Sergeant and went 
 through all other offices up to Captain, and was Captain when the Spanish- 
 American War broke out. He was commissioned Captain, Company G, volunteer 
 service, and has been in all the engagements of the regiment. 
 
 BYRON J. McINTlRE, 1st Lieutenant, Company G, was born in Ludlow, • 
 Vt., in 1860. He is a lawyer and was engaged in the practice of his pro- 
 fession at Kalispel, Mont., when the Spanish-American War broke out. He 
 joined the Montana National Guard as a private, April 19, 1898, and was soon 
 promoted to Corporal. He enlisted as Sergeant, Company H, in the 1st Montana 
 Volunteer service and was promoted to 2d Lieutenant. On January 24, 1899, he 
 was transferred to Company G as 1st Lieutenant. He was Judge- Advocate of the 
 1st Brigade, 2d Division, 8th Army Corps from November, 1898, to February, 
 1899. He was mustered out of service in Manila. 
 
 ALEXANDER LAIST, 2d Lieutenant. Company G, was born in Cincinnati, 
 Ohio, May 3, 1866. He went to the public schools at that place and, subse- 
 quently, the Columbia University at New York. He graduated as Bachelor of 
 Science at the University of Cincinnati. In August, 1887, he came to Montana, 
 locating at Bozeman, where he was teacher at the Bozeman Academy, and had an 
 assay office. In 1888 he went into the employ of the Anaconda Company as 
 mechanical engineer and draughtsman, and afterwards for the Utah and Montana 
 Machinery Company, at Butte. He planned and supervised the construction of 
 the Morning Concentrator at Mullen, Idaho, and the Champion Silver Mill, Deer 
 Lodge. In March, 1892, he was admitted to the bar, having studied law with 
 Thompson & Campbell. He was practicing law when the Spanish-American 
 War broke out. He was mustered into the Montana Regiment as Corporal, Com- 
 pany G. From January 1, 1899, until July he was detailed at Gen. Mac- 
 Arthur’s headquarters, being, during that time, chief clerk and chief of the or- 
 derlies. On July 13, 1899, he was promoted to 2d Lieutenant, Company G, and 
 returned to his regiment. He was the regimental historian. 
 
 Biography of 2d lieutenant K. V. D. Murphy appears on page 94. 
 
84 
 
 Campaig7iing in the Philippines. 
 
 Co* G — 3d Battalion* 
 
 NAME OCCrPATION 
 
 Ellis W. Wynne, Capt Accountant... 
 
 Alex. Eaist, 2d Lieut Lawyer 
 
 Win. L. Soper. 1st Sergt Teacher 
 
 Frank Morford, Q. M. Sergt Baker 
 
 Thos. J. Bordeaux, Sergt Collector 
 
 Albert H. Bond, Sergt Engineer ... 
 
 Geo. Hunter, Sergt Photographer 
 
 John J. McLane, Sergt Fireman 
 
 John V. Lemon, Corp Miner 
 
 Marvin B. Sipple, Corp Millman. . . . 
 
 Jos. H. Williams, Corp Letter Carrier 
 
 Walter G. Tucker, Corp Accountant . . 
 
 Frank E. Kennedy, Corp Salesman 
 
 Win. H. Yost, Corp Electrician 
 
 Louis S. Hoffman, Cook Merchant 
 
 Chas. Bayer, ^Musician Miner 
 
 Harry M. Paxson, Musician Student 
 
 Win. J. Borthwick, Artificer Blacksmith . 
 
 ADDRESS 
 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 Basin, 
 
 Butte 
 
 Jas. E Anderson 
 
 Hayes C. Axtell 
 
 Lewis C. Bartholomew 
 
 Frank E. Belaud 
 
 Wm. J. Boast 
 
 Chas. J. Byers 
 
 John T. Carter 
 
 Guy N. Churchill 
 
 Jas. T. Coleman 
 
 John P. Daily 
 
 Geo. W. Elliott 
 
 Robt. B. Hall 
 
 Chas. M. Hewitt 
 
 Jas. W. Kennedy 
 
 Chas. J. Kinseth 
 
 Fred E. Mershon 
 
 Fred J. Prince 
 
 John R. Ross 
 
 Christ R. Schweitzer. . . 
 
 Samuel M. Shields 
 
 Louis Vanderhook 
 
 Wm. R. Van Orden 
 
 Gomer Williams 
 
 PRIVATE. 
 
 .Fireman 
 
 .Telegraph Operator 
 
 Carpenter 
 
 Carpenter 
 
 .Teamster 
 
 .Teamster 
 
 ^Miller 
 
 .Clerk 
 
 . Bricklayer 
 
 Traveling Salesman 
 
 . Miner 
 
 .Traveling .Salesman 
 
 . Miner 
 
 .City Officer 
 
 .Traveling Salesman 
 
 .Barber 
 
 .Millman 
 
 .Blacksmith 
 
 .Plumber . 
 
 .Journalist 
 
 .Clerk 
 
 .Clerk 
 
 . Assayer 
 
 Butte, iMont. 
 
 Basin, “ 
 
 Salesvillc, “ 
 
 . . . Butte, 
 
 Basin, 
 
 Walkerville, 
 Butte, 
 
 •Lewiston. Utah. 
 ... Butte, Mont. 
 
 DISCHARGED. 
 
 NAME .ADDRESS OCCUP.ATIO.N 
 
 Edgar S. Paxson, 1st Lieut . . .Butte, Mont .Artist 
 
 Byron J. Mclntire, 1st Lieut. . Manila, P. I Lawj'er. .. 
 
 Ernest V. D. Murphy, 2d Lieut. “ “ -Accountant 
 
 -Albert J. p;rickson, 1st Sergt. .Manila, P. I .Soldier 
 
 J. T. McCluskey, Q. M. Sergt. . Manila, P. I Carpenter 
 
 Jos. A. Proulx, Corp Butte, Mont Blacksmith 
 
 Wm. G. Watson, Wagoner Manila, P. I Engineer . 
 
 Fred D. -Abbott Butte, Mont Cook 
 
 Delos D. Babcock “ “ Miner 
 
 Guy Bellenger Manila, P. I Bookkeeper 
 
 Edgar B. Benware “ “ Butcher. 
 
 Ray M. Calkins “ “ Clerk 
 
 Adelard N. Dussault “ “ Teamster 
 
 Wm. H. Fifer . " “ Salesman 
 
 REM. ARKS 
 
 . Resigned, December 2, 1898. 
 
 By order, -August 19, 1899. 
 
 . Hy order, July 16, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 1st Lieut 37th U. S. V. 
 . By order, July 1, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 Capt. 37th U. S. V 
 By order, .August 18, 1899. 
 Disability, January 23, 1899. 
 
 By order, August 18, 1899. 
 
 Disability, March 15, 1899. 
 
 . Disability, July 12, 1899. 
 
 By order, July 1, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 . By order, -Aug. 18, ’99. [37th U. S. V. 
 By order, .August 6, 1899. 
 
 By ord r, .August 18, 1899. 
 
 By order, .August 18, 1899. 
 
Catnpaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 85 
 
 NAME 
 
 ADDRESS OCCUPATION 
 
 REMARKS 
 
 Wm. W. Garver Iloilo, P. I 
 
 Geo. Gibson Manila, P. 1. .. 
 
 Wni. Hardcastle Butte, Mont.... 
 
 Jos. Hervey Manila, P. 1. .. 
 
 Wm. Holmes “ “ . . . . 
 
 Theo. K. Manchester Butte, Mont. .. 
 
 Wm. H. McCarty Manila, P. 1. .. 
 
 Samuel McDonald “ “ .... 
 
 Wilbur J. McKee “ “ . . . . 
 
 John T. McDaughliii “ “ 
 
 Wm. McLean “ “ . . . . 
 
 Jos. P. Meyers “ “ . . . . 
 
 Martin N. Miller “ “ ... 
 
 Karl J. Peterson Butte, Mont. .. 
 
 Geo. B. Raymond “ “ .... 
 
 Jos. S. Robinson “ “ .... 
 
 Walter A. Sherlock “ “ .... 
 
 Chas. p;. Young “ ‘ ■ .... 
 
 Geo. PL Young Manila, P I. . . . 
 
 ... .Stenographer. 
 
 .... Miner 
 
 . . . . Stenographer. . 
 
 .... Printer 
 
 .... Miner 
 
 .. .Salesman 
 
 Stonecutter. . . 
 
 .... Paper-hanger. 
 
 . .. Clerk 
 
 . . . .Blacksmith. . . 
 
 .... Miner 
 
 . . . .Cook 
 
 . . . . Miner 
 
 . . . .Clerk 
 
 . . . . Bookkeeper. . . 
 
 . . . .Clerk 
 
 . . . . Student 
 
 . . . . Miner 
 
 . . . Miner 
 
 By order, P'ebruary 7, 1899. 
 
 By order, August 18, 1899. 
 
 By order, August 31, 1899. 
 
 By order, August 18, 1899. 
 
 By order, August 18, 1899. 
 Disability, June 17, 1899. 
 
 . By order, August 18, 1899. 
 
 By order, August 18, 1899. 
 
 By order, August 18 1899. 
 
 By order, Aug. 18, ’99. [36th U. S. V. 
 By order, July 27. 1899. Re-enlisted 
 By order, August 18, 1899. 
 
 By order, August 18, 1899. 
 
 By order June 24, 1899. 
 
 Disability, August 21, 1899. 
 
 By order, August 18, 1899. 
 Disability, August 31, 1899. 
 Disability, June 20, ’99. [37th U.S.V. 
 By order, July 1, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 
 transfp:rred. 
 
 Wm. C. Gardenhire, 2d Lieut . .Butte, Mont. . . 
 Wm. B. Knowlton, 2d Lieut. . . “ “ 
 
 Geo. W. King, Corp “ “ ... 
 
 John C. Heilig “ “ .. 
 
 Daniel A. McMillan “ “ ... 
 
 Alex. G. Ralston “ “ ... 
 
 Homer C. Rickards ‘ “ .. 
 
 Claude H. Still St. Paul, Minn 
 
 Albert D. Tonkin Butte, Mont . . 
 
 Trav. Salesman To 1st Lieut. Co. F, Jan. 22, 1899. 
 
 Accountant To 1st Lt. and Regl. Adjt., Jan. 23, ’99. 
 
 Medical Student. . . .To 2d Lieut. Co. B, Sept. 28, 1899. 
 
 Accountant To Regl. Sergt. Maj., May 1, 1898. 
 
 Clerk To Hospital Corps, July 7, 1898. 
 
 Student To Hospital Corps, July 7, 1898. 
 
 Clerk To 2d Lieut. Co. K, May 14, 1898. 
 
 Stenographer To Co.C, 13th Minn. Inf., June 11, ’98. 
 
 Student To Hospital Corps, June 23, 1898. 
 
 WOUNDED. 
 
 Hayes C. Axtell Wounded in both thighs at Tuliahan River, P. I., March 25,1899. 
 
 Wm. J. Borthwick, Artificer Wounded in left arm at Caloocan, P. I., February 10, 1899. 
 
 Delos D. Babcock. . Wounded in right ankle at Caloocan, P. I., February 10, 1899. 
 
 Wm. Boast Wounded in left knee near Malolos, P. I., April 4, 1899. 
 
 Jas. W. Kennedy Wounded in right leg at Caloocan, P. I., February 10, 1899. 
 
 Theo. PL Manchester Wounded in left hand and both legs at Caloocan, P. I., February 13, 1899. 
 
 Wm. H. McCarty .Wounded in left leg at Tuliahan River, P. I., March 25, 1899. 
 
 John T. McLaughlin Wounded in left hand near Bocaue, P. I., March 28, 1899. 
 
 Jos. P. Meyer Wounded in right hip at Tuliahan River, P. I., March 25, 1899. 
 
 Karl J. Peterson Wounded in left shoulder at Caloocan, P. I., February 10, 1899. 
 
 Geo. B. Raymond Wounded in left arm at San Fernando, P. I., May 24, 1899. 
 
 Gomer Williams Wounded in left arm and breast at Tuliahan River, P. I., March 25, 1899. 
 
 Wm. H. Yost Wounded in left thigh near Meycauayan, P. I., March 27, 1899. 
 
 Chas. E. Young Wounded in right hand at La Loma Church, P. I., March 25, 1899. 
 
 John R. Moody 
 
 DESERTED. 
 
 Deserted at Silver Bow, Mont. May 25, 1898. 
 
 DEAD. 
 
 Robt. Brown Died of wounds received in action at Tuliahan River, P. I., March 26, 1899. 
 
 Percy R. Lockhart Killed in action at Tuliahan River, P. I., March 25, 1899. 
 
 Edw. S. Moore Died of wounds received in action at Caloocan, P. I., February 28, 1899. 
 
 Steve Stevens Died of wounds received in action at La Loma Church, P. I., March 25, 1899. 
 
 tl? ’Ir <1? 
 
Photo by H. F. Rabmeyer. CO. !<;, 1st MONTANA INFANTRY. 
 
 Taken at Presidio, California, after return froni Manila. 
 
Campaignin}^ ui the Philippines. 
 
 87 
 
 COMMISSIONED OFFICERS OF COMPANY E. 
 
 BIOGRAPHICAL vSKRTCHES. 
 
 ANDREW JENSEN, Captain, Company E, was born in St. Paul, Minn., 
 January 1, 1862. His military career began in 1880, when he was a member of 
 Company D, 1st Minnesota (now 13th), of the National Guard, in St. Paul, Minn. 
 He moved to Great Falls, Mont., in 1888, and organized Company A, at present 
 the first company of the 1st Montana Regiment. He was Captain of Company A, 
 but resigned on account of pressure of business and lack of time. At the outbreak 
 of the war he was Inspector-General of the State of Montana. He recruited a new 
 company to take the place of Company E in the 1st Regiment, and was mustered 
 in as Captain of Company E. He was wounded in the arm at the Battle of Apalit 
 and was sent to San Francisco for treatment. He participated in all the engage- 
 ments of his regiment up to the time he was wounded. 
 
 FRED J. BIRD, 1st Lieutenant, Company E, was born in Salt Lake, Utah, 
 in October, 1857. He joined the National Guard in May, 1889. He was pro- 
 moted from Sergeant to 2d Lieutenant in the National Guard of Dillon, Mont. 
 He went to Montana in 1877, and was promoted to 1st Lieutenant of the National 
 Guard about April 1, 1898. He enlisted for the Spanish- American War, and was 
 mustered in. May 8, 1898, in Company E. On February 4th he went out, and 
 was in every engagement, one excepted, at Bacolor, which he missed on account 
 of sickness. He went to Manila, July 8d, and stayed there until Jul}^ 10th, when 
 he went back to Bacoor at Zapote bridge. He made one reconnoissance while 
 there, and returned from Zapote to Manila, August 13th. In April he took 
 charge of the transportation of the regiment, and had charge until May 8, 1899. 
 
 HOMER C. RICKARDS, 2d Lieutenant, Company E, was born in Trinidad, 
 Col., March 25, 1877. He was a member of the Montana National Guard, as 
 Corporal, previous to the regimental muster into the service of the United States. 
 He was mustered in as Corporal in Company G, and then promoted to 2d Lieuten- 
 ant, Company E. He served in Manila on Brigadier-General Otis’ staff as 
 Brigadier Commissary. 
 
88 
 
 CampaigniJig in the Philippines. 
 
 NAME 
 
 Andrew Jensen, Capt 
 
 Fred’k Bird, 1st Lieut 
 
 Homer G. Rickards, 2d Lieut. . 
 Francis A. Johnston, 1st Sergt 
 Comas Nelson, Q. Sergt. . . . 
 
 Fred. M. Rogers, Sergt 
 
 Osborne McIntosh, Sergt 
 
 Albert S. Johnson, Sergt 
 
 Robt. Robbins, Sergt 
 
 Harry Allen, Corp 
 
 Wellington H. Mace, Corp 
 
 Patrick F. Harrington, Corp.. . 
 
 Andrew L. Banks, Corp 
 
 John J. McDonald, Corp 
 
 Jas. P Lenox, Corp 
 
 Wm. D. Brown, Cook 
 
 John H. McQuary, Musician . 
 Ernest H. Boyd, Musician ... 
 
 Wm. F. Dudley, Artificer 
 
 Ernest Powell, Wagoner 
 
 Andrew Anderson . . 
 
 Geo. T. Banks 
 
 John L. Banks 
 
 Frank Borbridge 
 
 John Cavanaugh 
 
 Ray S. Conger 
 
 Dennis D. Dojde 
 
 Andrew Ehricks .... 
 
 James Enright 
 
 Emil Feltman 
 
 Ellis J. Fifer 
 
 Rich’d Fielder 
 
 Robt. Foster 
 
 David E. Freeman . . . 
 
 Paul Frisch 
 
 Angelo A. F 3 ’hrie. . . 
 
 Geo. B. Graham 
 
 Orin F. Grant 
 
 Robt. J. Gray 
 
 John Hank 
 
 Jas. M Harney 
 
 Eberhard Heberlein . 
 
 David C. Hines 
 
 Chas. L. Huestis .... 
 
 Wm. K. Ireland 
 
 Kobt. Johnston 
 
 Henry Kej’ser 
 
 Albert S. Lloyd 
 
 Raj’ H. Longwell. ...» 
 
 Eli Loucks 
 
 John W. Lj'ons 
 
 Thos. W. McConnon. 
 
 Oscar McIntosh 
 
 Jas. C. Nedrow 
 
 Otto M. Olsen 
 
 Martin Pendergast 
 
 Axel Peterson 
 
 Michael Phelan 
 
 Chas. N. Robb 
 
 Geo. W. Schulte 
 
 Edw. Sheser 
 
 Co* E — 3d Battalion. 
 
 OCCUPATION ADDRESS 
 
 ...Merchant Great Falls, Mont. 
 
 . . . Farmer Dillon, Mont. 
 
 . . .Clerk Butte, Mont. 
 
 . . . Teamster Dillon , Mont. 
 
 . . .Liverj’man “ ‘ 
 
 . . .Painter Butte, Mont. 
 
 ...Student Dillon, Mont. 
 
 . . .Barber “ “ 
 
 ...Laborer “ “ 
 
 ..Operator “ “ 
 
 . . Engineer Germantown, Pa. 
 
 . Blacksmith Butte, Mont. 
 
 . Farmer Dillon, Mont. 
 
 . Engineer Carroll, Mont. 
 
 Farmer Dillon, Mont. 
 
 . . .Farmer Santian, Or. 
 
 . Painter Milton, Or. 
 
 . . .Laborer Dillon, Mont. 
 
 ...Miner “ 
 
 . . .Farmer Whitehall, Mont. 
 
 PRIVATES. 
 
 . . .Farmer Falim, Kas. 
 
 .. .Cook Seabrook, Kas. 
 
 . . . Farmer Dillon, Mont. 
 
 . . Waiter Rochester, Minn. 
 
 . . . Miner Hollingsdale, Wis. 
 
 . . .Painter Dillon, Mont. 
 
 . . . Miner Butte, Mont. 
 
 ...Carpenter “ “ 
 
 . . Teamster “ “ 
 
 . . . Farmer Perrj', Idaho. 
 
 . Fireman Butte, Mont. 
 
 . . . Clerk Red Rock, Mont. 
 
 ...Fireman Butte, Mont. 
 
 . . .Laborer Lawrenceburg, Ind. 
 
 . . .Laborer Billings, Mont. 
 
 .. Clerk Dillon, Mont 
 
 . . . Teacher Holden, Mo. 
 
 . . .Miner Marseilles, 111. 
 
 . . Farmer Dennison Mills, Quebec, Canada. 
 
 . . . Miner Newton, 111. 
 
 . . .Salesman Galena, 111. 
 
 . . .Chemist Great Falls, Mont. 
 
 ...Farmer Gowere. Mo. 
 
 . . .Miner Cold Springs, Putman Countj-, N. Y 
 
 . . Miner Butte, Mont 
 
 . . .Miner “ *' 
 
 . Laborer. Dillon, Mont. 
 
 Laborer Anaconda, Mont. 
 
 . . . Farmer Blockton, Iowa. 
 
 .. .Farmer Newbridgeville. Pa. 
 
 , . .Miner Wood River, Neb. 
 
 . . . Bookkeeper Peterson, N. Y. 
 
 ...Laborer Dillon, Mont. 
 
 . . .Teamster St. Anthony, Idaho. 
 
 . . Laborer. . . . „ Lone Walnut, Kas. 
 
 . . Miner Butte, Mont. 
 
 . . .Laborer Rawlins, Wj’o. 
 
 . , .Miner Butte, Mont. 
 
 . . Clerk Gibbons, Neb. 
 
 . Laborer Dillon, Mont. 
 
 ...Clerk “ 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 Si> 
 
 NAME 
 
 John H. Selzer 
 
 John F. Sullivan 
 John S. Taylor . . 
 Nicholas Vincent . 
 Robt. A. Waddell. 
 
 Guy W. Wade 
 
 Fred. Walker 
 
 Geo. D. Wenceslaw 
 Flarl V. Williamson 
 
 John W. Wynes 
 
 Geo. W. Zeigler ... 
 
 . .Miller 
 
 Miner 
 
 Clerk 
 
 vSwitchiuan 
 
 Miner 
 
 Laborer . . . 
 Farmer. . . . 
 
 Miner 
 
 Butcher ... 
 Laborer . . . . 
 Clerk 
 
 ADDRESS 
 Lincoln, Neb. 
 Butte, Mont. 
 Dillon, Mont. 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 . . . Wadena, Iowa. 
 
 Amity, Or. 
 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 Sacramento, Cal. 
 . . .Chappell, Neb. 
 . . . Toledo, Ohio. 
 
 DISCHARGED. 
 
 NA.ME ADDRESS OCCUPATION 
 
 Lorenzo Cushing. Sergt Dillon, Mont Clerk 
 
 Rich’d F. Wells, Sergt Manila, P. I Assayer 
 
 Walter M. Powers, Corp Dillon, Mont Student 
 
 Harry Chamberlain Manila, P. I Painter 
 
 Wilfred Chetelle “ “ Miner 
 
 Harry C. Falls U. S. A. Transport Fhigineer . . 
 
 Win Leaton Manila, P. I Miner 
 
 Win. P. Mulcahy “ “ Electrician.. 
 
 Jens Nelson “ “ Clerk 
 
 REMARKS 
 
 .Disability, November, 11. 1898. 
 
 .By order, August 20, 1899. 
 
 .By order, August 31, 1899. 
 
 By order, Aug. 20, 1899. 136th U. S. V 
 .By order, July 11, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 . By order, October 8, 1898. 
 
 .By order, August 20, 1899. 
 
 . By order, August 20, 1899. 
 
 . By order, August 20, 1899. 
 
 Geo. W. Crowell, Sergt 
 
 Alfred Cash more 
 
 John F'. Pearson 
 
 TRANSFERRED. 
 
 Dillon, Mont Clerk To Regimental Band, September 10, 1898. 
 
 “ “ Painter To Regimental Band, June 6, 1898. 
 
 Butte, Mont Butcher To Regimental Band, June 6, 18' 8. 
 
 PROMOTED. 
 
 Chas. H. Virden, 1st Sergt .... Dillon, Mont Carpenter. . . .To 2d Lieut. Co. C, 1st Mont., Aug. 17, 1899. 
 
 Andrew Jensen, Capt 
 
 Wm. F. Dudley, Artificer... 
 
 Geo. T. Banks 
 
 John Cavanaugh 
 
 Jas. Enright 
 
 Jas. P. Lenox, Corp 
 
 John H. McQuary, Musician 
 
 Axel Peterson 
 
 Chas N. Robb 
 
 WOUNDED. 
 
 Wounded in right forearm, near Apalit, P. I.. April 27, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in right leg at Caloocan, P. I., February 17, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in right arm at La Loma Church, P. I., March 25, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in neck at Tuliahan River, P. I., March 25, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in chest at La Loma Church, P. I., March 25, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in right knee, near Bocaue, P. I., March 28, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in chest at Tuliahan River, P. I., March 25, 1899. 
 
 . . .Wounded in right forearm, near Bocaue, P. I., March 28, 1899. 
 Wounded in right thigh at vSaii Fernando, P. I., June 16, 1899. 
 
 if. 
 
CO M, 1st MONTANA INFANTRY. 
 Taken at Malolos shortly after arrival. 
 
Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 91 
 
 * COMMISSIONED OFFICERS OF COMPANY M. 
 BIOGRAPHICAL vSKPLICHtLS. 
 
 JOHN H ALLAH AN, Captain, Company M, was born in Cork, Ireland, 
 December, 184(), and came to America in 18b4. He enlisted in the 47th N. Y. 
 Volunteer service in the Army of the James, and was with Gen. Terry at Fort 
 Fisher. He was at the capture of Wilmington, FMison Station, and served in 
 several campaigns, under Sherman and Schofield, and was mustered out at 
 New^ York Harbor on the 80th of August, 1805. He enlisted in the 14th L. vS. 
 Inf. and w^as detailed to the Presidio at San Franci.sco in 1805, and thence to 
 Arizona, wTere he remained for two \ears fighting Apaches. June, 1800, he 
 visited Madelena, State of Sonora, wdth the Mexican troops. Maxmillian’s army 
 w^as there at the time. He crossed the line near Santa Cruz, and carried mail 
 betw^een Tuzon and Maricopa, Arizona. He then returned to California and 
 lived in Truckee from 1808 to 1878, and in Reno, Nevada, from 1878 to 1875. 
 He lived in Virginia City from 1875 to 1877, and pro.spected in Bighorn County, 
 Wyoming and Montana, from 1877 to 1878, returning to Nevada and w^orking in 
 the mines there. In 1880 he w^as foreman of the “ Maylundy,” Mono County, Cal. 
 He w^ent from there to the Comstock, wTere he remained about a year wwking 
 in the mines ; he then went to Colorado and had charge of some mines and mills 
 there from May, 1882, to 1886. In 1886 he w^ent to Butte, Mont., and has been 
 in that State since that time, chiefly engaged in mining. In 1898 he joined the 
 1st Montana Regiment, U. S. V., as Captain, on the Governor’s staff. In the first 
 fray at Manila he was in charge of twm companies, I and M, and w^ent to outpost 
 and w^as attacked. He next led an advance on the Chinese Cemetery and La Loma 
 Church. He continued in the campaign nearly to Malolos. Before reaching 
 Malolos he w^as taken sick and went to the hospital at Corregidor Island, where 
 he remained two months, returning to his regiment at San Fernando. When the 
 battalion went to Zapote he accompanied it and w^as on the last reconnoissance 
 made by the regiment under Gen. Grant from Zapote to Casa San Nicolas near 
 Imus. He w^as mustered out wdth his regiment. 
 
 ARTHUR O’LEARY, 1st Lieutenant, Company M, was born in Hastings, 
 Minn., January 6, 1877. He belonged to the National Guard of Montana for 
 three years. At the outbreak of the Spanish- American War he enlisted as 
 Corporal, Company K, 1st Montana, May 1 , 1898. He w^as promoted to 2d 
 Lieutenant, January 8, 1899, and on July 8, 1899, w^as promoted to 1st 
 
 Lieutenant. He was with his regiment in all its engagements. 
 
 Biography of 2d T.ieutenant A. H. t,ogan appears on page 94. 
 
92 
 
 Campaigyiing in the Philippines. 
 
 Co* M — 3d Battalion* 
 
 NAME 
 
 John Hallahan, Capt 
 
 Arthur O’Leary, 1st Lieut. 
 Archibald Logan, 2d Lieut. . . 
 Edward J. Haulon, 1st Sergt. 
 Swift D. Hunter. Q. M. Sergt 
 
 William Reilly, Sergt 
 
 Pnilip McDonnell, Sergt 
 
 James O’Leary, Sergt 
 
 Peter Brackman, Sergt 
 
 Charles B. Buck, Corp 
 
 Thoma.s DoiinelU', Corp 
 
 Jacob L. Schiffmau, Corp 
 
 Janies O’Donnell, Corp 
 
 George C. Downing, Corp. . . 
 
 Ole T. Onarheim, Corp 
 
 Andrew S. Jensen, Cook 
 
 Guy W. Hankins, Musician.. 
 George L- Spier Musician 
 James Haughey, Artificer. . . 
 Barney O’Neill, Wagoner . 
 
 OCCUPATION 
 .Liquor Dealer 
 
 .Student 
 
 . Stenographer 
 . Bookkeeper . . 
 
 . Assayer 
 
 .Trainer 
 
 Butcher 
 
 Laborer 
 
 . Laborer 
 
 Teacher 
 
 Laborer 
 
 . Dj^er 
 
 Laborer 
 
 Teamster 
 
 Barte-'der 
 
 . Laborer 
 
 Barber 
 
 Laborer 
 
 Laborer 
 
 Laborer 
 
 ADDRESS 
 Anaconda, Mont. 
 
 ...Helena, 
 Anaconda, “ 
 
 PRIVATES. 
 
 Daniel P. Boyle Miner 
 
 John Brooks Laborer 
 
 Fred M. Cain Laundryman 
 
 Joseph C. Callaghan Miner 
 
 Janies Casey Laborer 
 
 Patrick Doherty Laborer 
 
 Dominick Dougherty Laborer 
 
 Thomas Eaton Laborer 
 
 William E. Edwards Coreuiaker. . 
 
 William P. Fisher Brakeman . . 
 
 Jesse H. Getchell Fireman 
 
 Thomas J. Gorman Laborer 
 
 Byron Griffin Painter 
 
 Frank C. Haniill Bricklayer . . 
 
 William H. Hamly Laborer 
 
 Michael Henry Laborer 
 
 Bart N. Kenned}' Clerk 
 
 Robert W. McCulloch Brakeman . . . 
 
 Adolph Meihofer Brickmaker . 
 
 Cornelius O’Connor . Stonecutter .. 
 
 Janies H. O’Neill Laborer 
 
 Alfred Ouillette Laborer 
 
 Morton S. Railey Clerk ... 
 
 Charles L Rice Cook 
 
 John E. Robinson Laborer 
 
 Charles Rogers Laborer 
 
 Thomas Ryan Fireman 
 
 Floyd Shipman Fireman 
 
 Carl A. Steinmetz Jeweler 
 
 Gustav J. Tente Laborer 
 
 Butte, Mont. 
 
 Anaconda, 
 
 Butte, 
 
 Anaconda, 
 
 ... Hull, England 
 Anaconda, Mont. 
 Marquette, Mich. 
 . . St. Paul, Minn. 
 Anaconda, Mont. 
 
 . . Helena, 
 Anaconda, 
 
 . . . Helena, 
 .Anaconda, 
 
 DISCH.ARGED. 
 
 NAME ADDRESS OCCUPATION 
 
 S. A. J. Dorn, 1st Lieut Helena, Mont .Accountant. 
 
 Gerald Sullivan, 2d Lieut Anaconda, “ Policeman .. 
 
 George Deis, Q. M. Sergt Manila, P. I Butcher 
 
 Martin O’Shea, Sergt Manila, P. I Miner 
 
 Florence W. Condon, Corp Manila, P. I Laborer 
 
 REMARKS 
 
 Resigned, July 2, 1899. 
 
 By order, January 6, 1899. 
 
 ,By order, August 19, 1899. 
 
 [36th U. S. V. 
 By order, .Aug. 19, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 [36th U. S. V. 
 B}' order, Aug. 18, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 
Campaigning m the Philippines. 
 
 98 
 
 NAME 
 
 Robert A. Dodson, Corp,. 
 William S. Lincoln, Corp, 
 
 James Noonan, Corp 
 
 Charles F. Bateman 
 
 John L. Brooks 
 
 William J. Cheastey 
 
 Alfred P. Daily 
 
 Anton Dali 
 
 F^dwin J. Godahl 
 
 Wm, E. Hall 
 
 ADDRESS OCCUPATION 
 
 Manila, P. I Laborer.. 
 
 “ “ Laborer.. 
 
 Manila, P. I Laborer.. 
 
 Manila, P. I Laborer. . 
 
 “ “ Laborer.. 
 
 “ “ Laborer . . 
 
 Anaconda, Mont Laborer. . . 
 
 Manila, P. I Laborer.. 
 
 Manila, P. I Laborer. . 
 
 Manila, P. I Laborer.. 
 
 John Hendrickson.. 
 
 Wm. A. Hill 
 
 Patrick H. Holland.. 
 Frederick P. Hudson 
 
 Henry Jebe 
 
 Frank Landreman.. 
 
 Hugh McKenzie 
 
 Frank Mills 
 
 Chas. P. Monroe 
 
 Bevan Montague 
 
 John Smith 
 
 Manila, P. I Miner 
 
 “ “ Engineer.. 
 
 .Anaconda, Mont Millnian . . . 
 
 Manila, P. I Machinist., 
 
 Anaconda, Mont Butcher. . . . 
 
 “ “ Laborer... 
 
 Manila, P. I Electrician 
 
 “ “ Laborer . . . 
 
 “ “ Miner 
 
 “ “ Clerk 
 
 “ “ Waiter 
 
 REMARKS 
 
 By order, August 19, 1899. 
 
 By order, August 19, 1899. 
 
 [36th U. S. V. 
 By order, July 1, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 [36th U. S. V. 
 By order, July 29, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 By order, August 19, 1899. [llth Cav. 
 By order, Aug. 19, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 By order, Feb. 2, ’99. [36th U. S. V. 
 
 .By order Aug. 19, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 [37th U. S. V. 
 .By order, Aug. 19, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 [36th U. S. V. 
 ..By order, July 29, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 [37th U. S. V. 
 
 . By order, Aug. 19, ’99. Re -enlisted 
 . By order, August 20, 1899. 
 
 ..By order, December 2, 1898. 
 
 By order, August 19, 1899. 
 
 Disability, September 13, 1898. 
 
 By order, August 18, 1899. 
 
 . . By order, Aug. 19, 1899. [36th U.S.V. 
 By order, July 1, 1899. Re-enlisted 
 .By order, August 19, 1899. 
 
 . . By order, August 19, 1899. 
 
 ..By order, August 19, 1899. 
 
 Byron Conrad, 1st Lieut, 
 
 Alfred M. Finley 
 
 Rudolph Herbst 
 
 Fred. Johnson 
 
 transferred. 
 
 . Manila, P. I Lawyer. . .To 2d Lieut., 18tk Inf., U. S. A., September 1, 1898. 
 
 “ “ Sailor To Company H, June 7, 1898. 
 
 Great Falls, Mont.. . Nurse To Hospital Corps, June 18, 1898. 
 
 Helena, Mont Tel. Operator To Signal Corps, March 17, 1899. 
 
 Jas. O’Leary, Sergt 
 
 Barney O’Neill, Wagoner. 
 
 Jos. Callaghan 
 
 Wm. J. Cheastey 
 
 Frank Landreman 
 
 Frank Mills 
 
 John E- Robinson 
 
 WOUNDFID. 
 
 Wounded in right shoulder at Calumpit, P. I., April 26, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in right leg at San Fernando. P. I., May 24, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in left side at Caloocan, P. I., February 10, 1899. 
 
 . . . .Wounded in right hand at Caloocan, P. I., February 28, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in chest near Malolos, P. I., April 4, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in right hand at San Fernando, P. L, May 24, 1899. 
 
 Wounded in right arm, at La Loma Church, P. I., March 25, 1899. 
 
 DEAD. 
 
 Harry Archibald Died of typhoid fever, at Manila, P. I., January 6, 1899. 
 
 John J. Campbell Died of wounds received at Caloocan, P. I., February 16, 1899. 
 
 William Meitschke Killed in action at Tuliahan River, P. I., March 25, 1899. 
 
 Charles A. Murphy Killed in action at Calumpit, P. I., April 27, 1899. 
 
 John A. Saxton Died of typhoid fever at Manila, P. I., June 3, 1899. 
 
 David Silver Died of wounds received in action at San Fernando, P. I , June 3, 1899. 
 
 rl-* 
 
 Mont 7 
 
94 
 
 Campaigning in the Philippines. 
 
 ADDITIONAL BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES. 
 
 COMPANY G. 
 
 H. V. D. MURPHY, 2d Lieutenant, Company G, was born in New York City 
 in 1874. He enlisted as a Corporal in Company C, 1st Montana, U. S. Y., May 8, 
 1898. He was promoted to 1st Sergeant of Compaii}^ B, same regiment, in June, 1898, 
 and held position as 1st Sergeant until January 22, 1899, when he was discharged 
 to accept commission as 2d Lieutenant in Company G. He was mustered into 
 service January 23, 1899, and assigned to Company B for temporary duty; was 
 discharged from Compan}^ G on Jul}' 16, 1899, to accept commission as 1st Lieu- 
 tenant in the 37th U. S. Y. Inf. at Manila, P. I. 
 
 COMPANY M. 
 
 A. H. LOGAN, 2d Lieutenant, Company M, was born in Dubuque, Iowa, 
 August 3, 1872. He belonged to Company I, “Governor’s Guard,’’ of Montana, 
 in 1894. He was mustered in as Corporal of Company H, 1st Montana, and 
 served as such until the 17th of March, 1899, when he was transferred to the 19th 
 Company, Signal Corps, and served with them until July 3, 1899. He was 
 promoted to 2d Lieutenant, Company M, on the 3d of Juh\ He was in all the 
 engagements up to the 17th of March, and was with Gen. Lawton’s expedition 
 north, May 21, 1899. 
 
DATE DUE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 MAY 1 c 
 
 : 2007 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 UNIVERSITY PRODUCTS, INC. #859-5503 
 
BOSTON COLLEGE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3tnr^ixii*'\ ' 'Tliyji.r 
 
 c^.jcfiriC 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 igt® 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 L" j'T'J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 y^^^CT^V; Pfx^